<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<rss xmlns:g="http://base.google.com/ns/1.0" version="2.0"><channel><title>ROBOMATIS® - Google Merchant Feed</title><link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/</link><description>Product feed for Google Shopping</description><item><g:id>740290</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Diesel Generator 108kW SDG108 - BAUDOUIN engine - Water Cooled - Silent]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Diesel Generator 108kW SDG108 - BAUDOUIN engine - Water Cooled - Silent – Introduction Diesel Generator 108kW is developed for enterprises requiring a dependable high-capacity power source for industrial operations, commercial infrastructure, construction sites, agricultural facilities, technical systems, and emergency electricity supply. Companies operating production lines, warehouses, logistics centers, maintenance facilities, workshops, or infrastructure projects often require stable electrical continuity to maintain productivity and reduce interruption-related costs. This model is designed to support those requirements through a combination of high output capacity and structured operating features. The generator delivers 108 kW / 135 kVA prime power and 119 kW / 149 kVA standby power, supporting both continuous operation and backup functionality in demanding environments. The unit uses a BAUDOUIN 6M11G150/5 engine with a water-cooled system, supporting controlled operating conditions during long working periods. It operates on 230V / 400V and 50Hz, allowing compatibility with professional single-phase and three-phase systems. The generator also includes a SmartGen display, integrated ATS, oil, water, and air heater system, heater temperature regulator, and an electric pump. With a 1780 kg construction, 3200 × 1140 × 1800 mm dimensions, and silent canopy configuration, the generator is intended for structured industrial placement where stable electricity and operational continuity are business priorities.   FAQ of Diesel Generator 108kW 1. What applications is Diesel Generator 108kW suitable for? Diesel Generator 108kW is suitable for industrial facilities, warehouses, construction sites, agricultural operations, commercial buildings, logistics centers, workshops, and emergency backup systems requiring dependable electricity. 2. What engine is used in Diesel Generator 108kW? Diesel Generator 108kW uses a BAUDOUIN 6M11G150/5 engine, designed for professional generator applications requiring dependable performance. 3. What is the prime power of Diesel Generator 108kW? Diesel Generator 108kW provides 108 kW / 135 kVA prime power, suitable for regular professional operation. 4. What standby power does Diesel Generator 108kW provide? Diesel Generator 108kW delivers 119 kW / 149 kVA standby power for emergency or temporary increased demand situations. 5. Does Diesel Generator 108kW support single-phase and three-phase systems? Yes. Diesel Generator 108kW operates on 230V / 400V, supporting compatible professional single-phase and three-phase equipment. 6. Does Diesel Generator 108kW include ATS functionality? Yes. Diesel Generator 108kW includes an integrated ATS, supporting structured backup power transition. 7. What controller is included with Diesel Generator 108kW? Diesel Generator 108kW includes a SmartGen display for monitoring and operational visibility. 8. Does Diesel Generator 108kW include heating systems? Yes. Diesel Generator 108kW includes oil, water, and air heater systems with a heater temperature regulator. 9. What are the dimensions and weight of Diesel Generator 108kW? Diesel Generator 108kW measures 3200 × 1140 × 1800 mm and weighs 1780 kg. 10. How can I buy Diesel Generator 108kW? You can order Diesel Generator 108kW directly by clicking ADD TO CART or click GET OFFER for a personalized quotation.   Specifications of Diesel Generator 108kW Specification Value Product Name Diesel Generator 108kW SDG108 Engine Brand BAUDOUIN Engine Model 6M11G150/5 Cooling System Water Cooled Prime Power 108 kW / 135 kVA Standby Power 119 kW / 149 kVA Engine Prime Power 128 kW / 160 kVA Voltage 230V / 400V Frequency 50Hz Display SmartGen Display ATS Integrated ATS Heater System Oil Water Air Heater Heater Temperature Regulator Included Electric Pump Included Weight 1780 kg Dimensions 3200 × 1140 × 1800 mm Color Light Blue   Diesel Generator 108kW ROI – How This Tool Improves Process Efficiency Diesel Generator 108kW supports operational continuity by reducing downtime associated with unstable electrical infrastructure, temporary site conditions, or unexpected power failures. In industrial production, logistics, commercial facilities, and infrastructure projects, interrupted electricity often results in delayed workflows, reduced equipment availability, and higher operational costs. With 108 kW / 135 kVA prime power, companies can support demanding electrical systems while maintaining structured workflow continuity. The 119 kW / 149 kVA standby capacity improves preparedness for emergency requirements where uninterrupted electricity supply is important for safety, equipment protection, or production stability. The integrated ATS supports more organized backup transition, helping reduce manual intervention during power interruptions. A SmartGen display improves operational visibility by supporting faster equipment checks and structured monitoring. For enterprises managing multiple processes, the generator c...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/diesel-generator-108kw-sdg108-baudouin-engine-water-cooled-silent/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Diesel-Generator-108kW-buy-scaled.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Diesel-Generator-108kW-new-scaled.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Diesel-Generator-108kW-price-scaled.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Diesel-Generator-108kW-great-scaled.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Diesel-Generator-108kW-cheap-scaled.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>24400 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>20000 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMITH</g:brand><g:mpn>740290</g:mpn><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>932</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>932</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Elgeneratorer</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Elgeneratorer</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>740285</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Dieselgenerator 50kW SDG50 – BAUDOUIN-motor – Vannkjølt – Stillegående]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Dieselgenerator 50kW SDG50 – BAUDOUIN-motor – Vannkjølt – Stillegående]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/diesel-generator-50kw-sdg50-baudouin-engine-water-cooled-silent/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Diesel-Generator-50kW-best-scaled.png</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>14640 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>12000 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMITH</g:brand><g:mpn>740285</g:mpn><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>932</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>932</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Elgeneratorer</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Elgeneratorer</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>740150</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Silent Inverter Generator 9kW]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Silent Inverter Generator 9kW - Introduction Silent Inverter Generator 9kW is designed to provide stable and controlled electrical power for professional users requiring dependable energy support in commercial, industrial, workshop, construction, maintenance, and field-based environments. The generator is intended for companies, service teams, warehouses, technical operations, logistics facilities, temporary worksites, and enterprises that require a practical independent power source for tools, lighting, operating devices, and essential support equipment. The silent inverter configuration makes it suitable for locations where controlled sound levels and stable output are important during daily work. This model combines a rated power output of 9 kW and a maximum output of 9.5 kW, allowing operators to manage demanding electrical needs while maintaining additional capacity for short-term load increases. The unit operates on 230V / 50Hz, making it suitable for professional applications that require standard single-phase electrical supply. A digital display provides clear operating visibility, while a USB connection adds practical support for compatible electronic devices. Starting procedures are simplified through electric start with remote control, allowing operators to activate the generator more conveniently in structured workplaces or field conditions. With a silent inverter construction, 105 kg weight, and packing dimensions of 925 × 690 × 780 mm, the generator is suitable for planned storage, transport, and professional deployment.   FAQ of Silent Inverter Generator 9kW 1. What applications is Silent Inverter Generator 9kW suitable for? Silent Inverter Generator 9kW is suitable for commercial, industrial, workshop, maintenance, warehouse, construction, agricultural, and temporary site applications requiring a stable 230V electrical power source. It can support tools, lighting systems, technical equipment, service devices, and backup power requirements. 2. What is the difference between rated power and maximum power? Silent Inverter Generator 9kW provides a rated power output of 9 kW for regular operating use and a maximum output of 9.5 kW for short-term peak demand or temporary higher load requirements during operation. 3. Does Silent Inverter Generator 9kW include a remote start function? Yes. Silent Inverter Generator 9kW includes electric start with remote-control functionality, allowing operators to start the generator more conveniently and reduce unnecessary manual handling. 4. Is Silent Inverter Generator 9kW suitable for professional business use? Yes. Silent Inverter Generator 9kW is intended for companies and enterprises requiring dependable electrical support for operational continuity, temporary worksites, mobile service work, and backup power applications. 5. Does Silent Inverter Generator 9kW have a silent operating system? Yes. Silent Inverter Generator 9kW features a silent inverter design, making it more suitable for professional environments where controlled noise levels and stable power delivery are important. 6. What voltage and frequency does Silent Inverter Generator 9kW operate on? Silent Inverter Generator 9kW operates at 230V / 50Hz, allowing compatibility with professional devices and equipment designed for these electrical requirements. 7. Does Silent Inverter Generator 9kW include a monitoring display? Yes. Silent Inverter Generator 9kW includes a digital display that allows operators to review operating information and improve monitoring during active use. 8. Does Silent Inverter Generator 9kW include USB connection? Yes. Silent Inverter Generator 9kW includes a USB connection, which provides practical support for compatible electronic devices used during work or service activities. 9. Is Silent Inverter Generator 9kW easy to transport and position? Silent Inverter Generator 9kW has a weight of 105 kg and packing dimensions of 925 × 690 × 780 mm, making it suitable for organized transportation, planned positioning, and professional deployment. 10. How can I buy Silent Inverter Generator 9kW? You can order Silent Inverter Generator 9kW directly by clicking ADD TO CART. If your company requires commercial terms, project consultation, or quantity-based purchasing, click GET OFFER for a personalized quotation.   Specifications of Silent Inverter Generator 9kW Specification Value Product Name Silent Inverter Generator 9kW Generator Type Silent Inverter Generator Rated Power 9 kW Maximum Power 9.5 kW Voltage 230V Frequency 50Hz Starting Method Electric Start Remote Control Yes Display Digital Display USB Connection Yes Weight 105 kg Packing Dimensions 925 × 690 × 780 mm   Silent Inverter Generator 9kW ROI – How This Tool Improves Process Efficiency Silent Inverter Generator 9kW supports operational continuity by reducing interruptions caused by unavailable electricity, unstable power supply, and temporary site limitations. For companies operating tools, service equipment, lightin...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/silent-inverter-generator-9kw/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Silent-Inverter-Generator-9kW-scaled.png</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2684 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2200 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>740150</g:mpn><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>932</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>932</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Elgeneratorer</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Elgeneratorer</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>740280</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Diesel Generator 20kW SDG20 - BAUDOUIN engine - Water Cooled - Silent]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Diesel generator 20kw – Silent Diesel Generator SDG20 20kW BAUDOUIN Water Cooled Diesel generator 20kw is designed to provide a reliable and stable power source for industrial operations, commercial facilities, workshops, construction sites, warehouses, agricultural applications, and backup power systems where operational continuity is important. The generator is equipped with a BAUDOUIN 4M06G25/5 water-cooled engine, offering prime power 18kW/23kVA and standby power 20kW/25kVA with operation at 230V/400V 50Hz, supporting both single-phase and three-phase loads. The generator includes a SmartGen 6120 controller, integrated ATS automatic transfer system, oil, water and air heating system, electric water pump and heater temperature regulator to support stable operation in demanding environments. The water-cooled system supports thermal stability during prolonged operation and high workloads, while the silent canopy design helps reduce operational noise. With multiple European standard sockets and remote monitoring functionality, this generator is intended for companies requiring consistent electrical performance, fault protection and operational monitoring. The BAUDOUIN 4M06 platform includes industrial-grade engine components designed for long service life and maintenance accessibility.   FAQ of Silent diesel generator 20kW SDG20 1. What power output does Diesel generator 20kw provide? Diesel generator 20kw provides 18kW prime power and 20kW standby power, making it suitable for continuous and backup operation. It supports both 230V and 400V systems and is compatible with single-phase and three-phase equipment, which is important for industrial, warehouse, workshop and commercial applications. 2. Is Diesel generator 20kw suitable for backup power during electricity outages? Yes. Diesel generator 20kw includes an integrated ATS (Automatic Transfer Switch), allowing automatic startup when mains electricity fails and automatic shutdown when power is restored. This helps maintain operational continuity and reduces downtime for businesses relying on uninterrupted power. 3. What type of engine is installed in Diesel generator 20kw? Diesel generator 20kw is equipped with a BAUDOUIN 4M06G25/5 water-cooled diesel engine with 23kW engine prime power. The engine platform is designed for industrial environments where stable performance, controlled fuel consumption and long-term durability are required. 4. Can Diesel generator 20kw operate in cold environments? Yes. Diesel generator 20kw includes a cold start heating system consisting of an oil heater, water heater, air heater, electric water pump and temperature regulator. This configuration improves startup performance in low-temperature and demanding environmental conditions. 5. What equipment can be connected to Diesel generator 20kw? Diesel generator 20kw includes multiple European standard sockets including 230V 16A, 230V 32A, 400V 16A and 400V 32A. This allows connection of industrial tools, compressors, warehouse systems, lighting, refrigeration, pumps, machinery and commercial equipment depending on power requirements. 6. Does Diesel generator 20kw support remote monitoring? Yes. Diesel generator 20kw is equipped with a SmartGen 6120 controller with remote monitoring functionality. Operators can monitor voltage, current, oil pressure, water temperature, runtime and alarms, helping improve maintenance planning and operational control. 7. Is Diesel generator 20kw noisy during operation? Diesel generator 20kw is equipped with a silent canopy design intended to reduce operational noise compared with open-frame industrial generators. This makes the generator more suitable for commercial areas, construction sites, industrial buildings and locations where lower sound levels are preferred. 8. What maintenance does Diesel generator 20kw require? Diesel generator 20kw requires periodic inspection of oil systems, cooling systems, filters, electrical connections and operational parameters shown on the controller. Routine maintenance supports operational reliability, reduces unexpected downtime and helps extend equipment service life. 9. Is Diesel generator 20kw suitable for industrial and enterprise applications? Yes. Diesel generator 20kw is suitable for industrial operations, warehouses, manufacturing facilities, workshops, farms, logistics facilities, commercial buildings and service providers requiring stable backup or independent power generation for operational continuity. 10. How do I choose whether Diesel generator 20kw is the right generator for my business? Before purchasing Diesel generator 20kw, businesses should evaluate their required power consumption, voltage requirements, startup current of connected machines, number of devices, operational duration and whether backup automation with ATS is required. If you are uncertain, request a personalized offer to verify compatibility with your equipment and operating environment.   Specifications of Silent diesel ...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/silent-diesel-generator-20kw-sdg20/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Diesel-Generator-20kW-price-scaled.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Diesel-Generator-20kW-best-scaled.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Diesel-Generator-20kW-cheap-scaled.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Diesel-Generator-20kW-great.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Diesel-Generator-20kW-new-scaled.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Diesel-Generator-20kW-price-scaled.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>7808 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>6400 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMITH</g:brand><g:mpn>740280</g:mpn><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>932</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>932</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Elgeneratorer</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Elgeneratorer</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>740282</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Stille Dieselengenerator 30 kW (38 kVA) – KOFO MN4100ZDS-42 – SmartGen + ATS – 230/400V, 50Hz]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Stille Dieselengenerator 30 kW (38 kVA) – KOFO MN4100ZDS-42 – SmartGen + ATS – 230/400V, 50Hz]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/silent-diesel-generator-30-kw-38-kva-kofo-mn4100zds-42-smartgen-ats-230-400v-50hz/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Diesel-Generator-32kW-best-scaled.png</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>8540 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>7000 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>740282</g:mpn><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>932</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>932</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Elgeneratorer</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Elgeneratorer</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>900500</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Montering]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Montering]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/assembly/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/assembly-1.webp</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>280 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>900500</g:mpn><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2493</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2493</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Uncategorized</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name></item><item><g:id>780020</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[SMITH električna dvižna platforma AS-X1012 - največja višina platforme 10m, največja delovna višina 12m - nosilnost 320kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[SMITH electric lifting platform AS-X1012 SMITH electric lifting platform AS-X1012 is a self-propelled scissor type aerial work platform designed to lift personnel together with tools and materials to an elevated work position in industrial and commercial facilities. The platform supports controlled access for tasks such as maintenance, installation, inspection, and internal logistics where repeatable positioning and predictable vertical travel are required. Typical operating capability includes a maximum working height of 7.8 m and a maximum platform height of 5.8 m, with a compact chassis suitable for indoor aisles and production areas. The machine is engineered around proportional control and dual-mode driving to improve handling at low speed and to support precise positioning near work points. Core safety and operational design principles emphasize pre-operation inspection, function testing, and workplace assessment prior to each shift, with the equipment intended strictly for lifting personnel rather than load handling or crane-like use. Operational control is available from both ground and platform control stations, including emergency stop functions and emergency lowering provisions to manage unexpected stop conditions. The system is specified for controlled indoor use, with stability and capacity parameters defined for safe operation, including rated load limits and platform extension limitations.   SMITH electric lifting platform AS-X1012 video FAQ of SMITH electric lifting platform AS-X1012 1. What working height do we need?SMITH electric lifting platform AS-X1012 provides a maximum working height of 7.8 m and a platform height of 5.8 m. Before purchasing, confirm the actual elevation required for maintenance, installation, or inspection tasks. Consider ceiling height, operator reach, and any overhead obstacles to ensure correct specification. 2. What load capacity is required for our operations?SMITH electric lifting platform supports a rated platform capacity of 230 kg and 120 kg on the extension deck. Buyers must calculate the combined weight of operators, tools, and materials. If two operators are working simultaneously, verify that the total load remains within defined limits. 3. Is the platform intended for indoor or outdoor use?This model is primarily designed for indoor operation with up to two occupants. Outdoor usage requires strict compliance with slope and wind limitations. Confirm environmental conditions before deployment. 4. Will the machine fit within our facility layout?With an overall width of 0.76 m and overall length of 1.84 m, the platform is suitable for narrow aisles and compact work zones. Buyers should verify doorway widths, turning space, and storage clearance. 5. What floor conditions will it operate on?The machine offers 25% gradeability (stowed position) and includes tilt alarm and pothole protection systems. Evaluate ramp angles, floor stability, and surface quality to ensure safe operation. 6. How is the platform controlled?SMITH electric lifting platform uses proportional controls for lift and drive functions, allowing precise positioning. Dual control stations (ground and platform) provide operational flexibility and emergency management capability. 7. What safety systems are included?The unit is equipped with emergency stop buttons, tilt alarm, overload warning system, pothole protection, and emergency lowering mechanism. These features support compliance with internal safety policies and reduce operational risk. 8. What power and charging requirements must be considered?The platform operates on a 24 VDC control system and includes a charger with 100–240 VAC input voltage. Ensure that suitable power supply and ventilation are available in the charging area. 9. How easy is maintenance and inspection?Daily pre-operation inspections are required, including checks of hydraulic systems, batteries, controls, and structural components. Routine maintenance procedures are clearly defined, supporting predictable uptime and reduced unexpected downtime. 10. What is the total weight and floor load impact?The machine has an overall weight of approximately 1540 kg. Buyers should confirm that floor load capacity in warehouses, mezzanines, or production areas is sufficient to support the equipment safely. Specifications of SMITH electric lifting platform AS-X1012 Max. working height 7.8 m Max. platform height 5.8 m Overall length 1.84 m Overall width 0.76 m Overall height (guardrails unfolded) 2.18 m Overall height (rails folded) 1.84 m Platform size (L x W) 1.65 x 0.75 m Guardrail height 1.1 m Extension platform length 0.9 m Ground clearance (retracted) 60 mm Ground clearance (lifting) 15 mm Wheelbase 1.36 m Rated capacity 230 kg Extension platform rated capacity 120 kg Max. number of workers (indoor/outdoor) 2 / - Drive speed (retracted) 0–4 km/h Drive speed (lifting) 0–0.8 km/h Min. turning radius (inside / outside) 0 m / 1.55 m Lifting / lowering time 18 s / 28 s Gradeabilit...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/smith-electric-lifting-platform-as-x1012-maximum-platform-height-10-m-maximum-working-height-12-m-load-capacity-320-kg/</g:link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>12799 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>780020</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>2.165 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>503767</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2439,2643</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2439</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Industrielt utstyr</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Industrielt utstyr</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>770200_02</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[SMITH Elektrisk Gaffeltruck XT2 – Lader]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[SMITH Elektrisk Gaffeltruck XT2 – Lader]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/smith-electric-forklift-xt2-charger/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/SMITH-Electric-Forklift-XT2-Charger.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>169 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>770200_02</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>5.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>503771</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2523,528</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2523</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Electric pallet stacker – Spare parts</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Electric pallet stacker &amp;#8211; Spare parts</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>770200_01</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[SMITH Elektrisk Gaffeltruck XT2 – Batteri 48 V/10t]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[SMITH Elektrisk Gaffeltruck XT2 – Batteri 48 V/10t]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/smith-electric-forklift-xt2-battery-48-v-10h/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/SMITH-Electric-Forklift-XT2-Battery.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>320 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>269 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMITH</g:brand><g:mpn>770200_01</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>5.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>503771</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2523,528</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2523</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Electric pallet stacker – Spare parts</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Electric pallet stacker &amp;#8211; Spare parts</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>120032</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Batteri spenningssett TES PRO 12-16mm inkl. 2x Batteri &amp; Lader + PP stropp – spenningsvogn — strap-width: 15.5x0.7mm/406mm - 1750m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Batteri spenningssett TES PRO 12-16mm inkl. 2x Batteri & Lader + PP stropp – spenningsvogn - 15.5x0.7mm/406mm - 1750m]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/battery-strapping-set-tes-pro-12-16mm-incl-2xbattery-charger-pp-strap-strapping-cart/?attribute_strap-width=15.5x0.7mm%2F406mm+-+1750m</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-sets-TES2-12-16mm-PET-strap-dispenser.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1400 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1195 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>120032</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>34543</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>39.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>120033</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Batteri spenningssett TES PRO 12-16mm inkl. 2x Batteri &amp; Lader + PP stropp – spenningsvogn — strap-width: 12x0,6mm/406mm - 2500m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Batteri spenningssett TES PRO 12-16mm inkl. 2x Batteri & Lader + PP stropp – spenningsvogn - 12x0,6mm/406mm - 2500m]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/battery-strapping-set-tes-pro-12-16mm-incl-2xbattery-charger-pp-strap-strapping-cart/?attribute_strap-width=12x0%2C6mm%2F406mm+-+2500m</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-sets-TES2-12-16mm-PET-strap-dispenser.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1400 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1195 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>120033</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>34543</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>49.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>120034</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Batteri spenningssett TES PRO 12-16mm inkl. 2x Batteri &amp; Lader + PP stropp – spenningsvogn — strap-width: 15.5x0.9mm/406mm - 1250m/600kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Batteri spenningssett TES PRO 12-16mm inkl. 2x Batteri & Lader + PP stropp – spenningsvogn - 15.5x0.9mm/406mm - 1250m/600kg]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/battery-strapping-set-tes-pro-12-16mm-incl-2xbattery-charger-pp-strap-strapping-cart/?attribute_strap-width=15.5x0.9mm%2F406mm+-+1250m%2F600kg</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-sets-TES2-12-16mm-PET-strap-dispenser.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1400 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1195 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>120034</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>34543</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>39 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>120017</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Polyester strapping kit NEO2 9-16mm PET/PP incl. Battery &amp; Charger + PP strap – strapping cart — strap-width: 12x0,8mm/406mm - 2000m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Polyester strapping kit NEO2 9-16mm PET/PP incl. Battery & Charger + PP strap – strapping cart Polyester strapping kit NEO2 is a complete mobile strapping solution designed for industrial and logistics environments that require reliable load securing and consistent packaging results. By purchasing a complete strapping kit, enterprises reduce procurement complexity, shorten setup time, and achieve predictable packaging performance from the first day of use. The kit is supplied as an integrated system that enables immediate operation without the need for additional accessories or fixed strapping stations. Polyester strapping kit NEO2 supports PET and PP strap widths from 9 mm to 16 mm, allowing standardized pallet strapping across different load sizes, weight classes, and operational areas. The system is intended for professional daily use in warehouses, production facilities, and dispatch zones where mobility, flexibility, and repeatable strapping quality are required. In this Polyester strapping kit NEO2 you receive: • NEO2 battery-powered strapping tool for PET and PP straps from 9 mm to 16 mm• Rechargeable lithium-ion battery with matching charger• PP plastic strapping suitable for industrial load securing• Mobile strapping cart for PP strap dispensing and tool storage Battery strapping tool NEO2 supplied in this kit includes a warranty and is serviced in Europe. Polyester strapping kit NEO2 will be shipped free to your address.   Specifications of Polyester strapping kit NEO2 Strap Type PP and PET compatible Supported Strap Width 9–16 mm Tool Operation Battery powered, fully automatic Sealing Method Friction weld Tension Adjustment Electronic, adjustable Battery Type Rechargeable lithium battery Charging System External charger included Strapping Cart Mobile dispenser for PP/PET coils Application Pallets, cartons, bundled goods Operating Environment Industrial and logistics facilities   ROI – Polyester strapping kit NEO2 Polyester strapping kit NEO2 contributes directly to operational efficiency by reducing manual effort, standardizing strapping quality, and minimizing packaging time per pallet. Compared to manual tensioners or steel strapping systems, the battery-powered operation eliminates repetitive physical strain and shortens the strapping cycle, allowing operators to secure more loads per shift. The electronically controlled tensioning ensures consistent strap force regardless of operator skill level, reducing rework caused by under- or over-tensioned straps. This consistency improves load stability during transport and storage, lowering the risk of product damage and associated costs. The mobile strapping cart enables point-of-use operation, eliminating unnecessary movement to fixed strapping stations and improving material flow within warehouses. By using PP and PET straps instead of steel, companies reduce consumable costs and simplify waste handling. The reduced training requirement for new operators further lowers indirect labor costs. Over time, these factors result in measurable savings through faster pallet processing, reduced material waste, and improved packaging reliability. Polyester strapping kit NEO2 supports predictable throughput and aligns with cost-control strategies in high-volume logistics environments.   Key Features and Benefits of Polyester strapping kit NEO2 Polyester strapping kit NEO2 combines several functional features that address the practical needs of industrial packaging operations. The automatic strapping cycle integrates tensioning, welding, and cutting into a single process, reducing operator intervention and ensuring repeatable results. The adjustable electronic tension control allows adaptation to different load types, from lightweight cartons to heavier palletized goods. The battery-powered design removes dependency on compressed air or power cables, enabling flexible deployment across multiple work areas. The included PP strap provides reliable performance for standard logistics applications while maintaining controlled elongation under load. The mobile dispenser cart improves workplace organization by keeping strap coils stable and preventing tangling or contamination. Ergonomic tool design supports extended use with reduced fatigue. Together, these features deliver consistent strapping quality, improved operator productivity, and reduced downtime. For enterprises managing diverse shipment profiles, Polyester strapping kit NEO2 offers a balanced combination of performance, reliability, and operational simplicity.   How to use Polyester strapping kit NEO2 Using Polyester strapping kit NEO2 follows a structured and intuitive process designed for industrial environments. First, the operator places the PP strap coil onto the strapping cart and feeds the strap through the guide system. The battery is inserted into the NEO2 tool and verified for sufficient charge. The strap is then wrapped around the pallet or load and overlapped at the desired joint location. ...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/polyester-strapping-kit-neo2-9-16mm-pet-pp-incl-battery-charger-pp-strap-strapping-cart/?attribute_strap-width=12x0%2C8mm%2F406mm+-+2000m</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/battery-strapping-tool-kit-NEO2-9-16mm-PP-strap-dispenser.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1700 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1399 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>120017</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>34493</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>49 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>120018</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Polyester strapping kit NEO2 9-16mm PET/PP incl. Battery &amp; Charger + PP strap – strapping cart — strap-width: 15x0.8mm/406mm - 1800m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Polyester strapping kit NEO2 9-16mm PET/PP incl. Battery & Charger + PP strap – strapping cart Polyester strapping kit NEO2 is a complete mobile strapping solution designed for industrial and logistics environments that require reliable load securing and consistent packaging results. By purchasing a complete strapping kit, enterprises reduce procurement complexity, shorten setup time, and achieve predictable packaging performance from the first day of use. The kit is supplied as an integrated system that enables immediate operation without the need for additional accessories or fixed strapping stations. Polyester strapping kit NEO2 supports PET and PP strap widths from 9 mm to 16 mm, allowing standardized pallet strapping across different load sizes, weight classes, and operational areas. The system is intended for professional daily use in warehouses, production facilities, and dispatch zones where mobility, flexibility, and repeatable strapping quality are required. In this Polyester strapping kit NEO2 you receive: • NEO2 battery-powered strapping tool for PET and PP straps from 9 mm to 16 mm• Rechargeable lithium-ion battery with matching charger• PP plastic strapping suitable for industrial load securing• Mobile strapping cart for PP strap dispensing and tool storage Battery strapping tool NEO2 supplied in this kit includes a warranty and is serviced in Europe. Polyester strapping kit NEO2 will be shipped free to your address.   Specifications of Polyester strapping kit NEO2 Strap Type PP and PET compatible Supported Strap Width 9–16 mm Tool Operation Battery powered, fully automatic Sealing Method Friction weld Tension Adjustment Electronic, adjustable Battery Type Rechargeable lithium battery Charging System External charger included Strapping Cart Mobile dispenser for PP/PET coils Application Pallets, cartons, bundled goods Operating Environment Industrial and logistics facilities   ROI – Polyester strapping kit NEO2 Polyester strapping kit NEO2 contributes directly to operational efficiency by reducing manual effort, standardizing strapping quality, and minimizing packaging time per pallet. Compared to manual tensioners or steel strapping systems, the battery-powered operation eliminates repetitive physical strain and shortens the strapping cycle, allowing operators to secure more loads per shift. The electronically controlled tensioning ensures consistent strap force regardless of operator skill level, reducing rework caused by under- or over-tensioned straps. This consistency improves load stability during transport and storage, lowering the risk of product damage and associated costs. The mobile strapping cart enables point-of-use operation, eliminating unnecessary movement to fixed strapping stations and improving material flow within warehouses. By using PP and PET straps instead of steel, companies reduce consumable costs and simplify waste handling. The reduced training requirement for new operators further lowers indirect labor costs. Over time, these factors result in measurable savings through faster pallet processing, reduced material waste, and improved packaging reliability. Polyester strapping kit NEO2 supports predictable throughput and aligns with cost-control strategies in high-volume logistics environments.   Key Features and Benefits of Polyester strapping kit NEO2 Polyester strapping kit NEO2 combines several functional features that address the practical needs of industrial packaging operations. The automatic strapping cycle integrates tensioning, welding, and cutting into a single process, reducing operator intervention and ensuring repeatable results. The adjustable electronic tension control allows adaptation to different load types, from lightweight cartons to heavier palletized goods. The battery-powered design removes dependency on compressed air or power cables, enabling flexible deployment across multiple work areas. The included PP strap provides reliable performance for standard logistics applications while maintaining controlled elongation under load. The mobile dispenser cart improves workplace organization by keeping strap coils stable and preventing tangling or contamination. Ergonomic tool design supports extended use with reduced fatigue. Together, these features deliver consistent strapping quality, improved operator productivity, and reduced downtime. For enterprises managing diverse shipment profiles, Polyester strapping kit NEO2 offers a balanced combination of performance, reliability, and operational simplicity.   How to use Polyester strapping kit NEO2 Using Polyester strapping kit NEO2 follows a structured and intuitive process designed for industrial environments. First, the operator places the PP strap coil onto the strapping cart and feeds the strap through the guide system. The battery is inserted into the NEO2 tool and verified for sufficient charge. The strap is then wrapped around the pallet or load and overlapped at the desired joint location. ...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/polyester-strapping-kit-neo2-9-16mm-pet-pp-incl-battery-charger-pp-strap-strapping-cart/?attribute_strap-width=15x0.8mm%2F406mm+-+1800m</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/battery-strapping-tool-kit-NEO2-9-16mm-PP-strap-dispenser.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1700 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1399 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>120018</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>34493</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>49 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>770030_01</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[SMITH Elektrisk Stabler CLE – med S-Ride Base – Batteri (12V/120AH)]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[SMITH Elektrisk Stabler CLE – med S-Ride Base – Batteri (12V/120AH)]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/smith-electric-stacker-cle-with-s-ride-base-battery-12v-120ah/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/SMITH-Electric-Stacker-CLE-Battery.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>340 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>289 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>770030_01</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>25.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>503771</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2523,528</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2523</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Electric pallet stacker – Spare parts</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Electric pallet stacker &amp;#8211; Spare parts</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>770010_01</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[SMITH Elektrisk Pallestabler CLJB – Batteri (12/100 V/Ah)]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[SMITH Elektrisk Pallestabler CLJB – Batteri (12/100 V/Ah)]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/smith-electric-pallet-stacker-cljb-battery-12-100-v-ah/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/SMITH-Electric-Stacker-Battery.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>300 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>239 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>770010_01</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>29 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>503771</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2523,528</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2523</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Electric pallet stacker – Spare parts</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Electric pallet stacker &amp;#8211; Spare parts</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>550682_01</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[OPP-teip 30 mm – 150 m – innerdiameter på rull 40 mm – 40 stk]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[OPP-teip 30 mm – 150 m – innerdiameter på rull 40 mm – 40 stk]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/opp-tape-30-mm-150-m-inner-diameter-of-roll-40-mm-40-pieces/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/OPP-tape-30-mm.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>169 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550682_01</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>10 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>529</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>529</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Stroppebånd</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Stroppebånd</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>120016</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Polyester spennbåndsett NEO2 9-16mm PET/PP inkl. batteri og lader + PET-bånd – spennvogn — strap-width: 12x0,6mm/406/2500m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Polyester spennbåndsett NEO2 9-16mm PET/PP inkl. batteri og lader + PET-bånd – spennvogn - 12x0,6mm/406/2500m]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/polyester-strapping-kit-neo2-9-16mm-pet-pp-incl-battery-charger-pet-strap-strapping-cart/?attribute_strap-width=12x0%2C6mm%2F406%2F2500m</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/polyester-strapping-kit-NEO2-9-16mm-PET-strap-dispenser.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1700 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1399 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>120016</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>34116</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>49 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>120015</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Polyester spennbåndsett NEO2 9-16mm PET/PP inkl. batteri og lader + PET-bånd – spennvogn — strap-width: 15.5x0.7mm/406/1750m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Polyester spennbåndsett NEO2 9-16mm PET/PP inkl. batteri og lader + PET-bånd – spennvogn - 15.5x0.7mm/406/1750m]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/polyester-strapping-kit-neo2-9-16mm-pet-pp-incl-battery-charger-pet-strap-strapping-cart/?attribute_strap-width=15.5x0.7mm%2F406%2F1750m</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/polyester-strapping-kit-NEO2-9-16mm-PET-strap-dispenser.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1700 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1399 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>120015</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>34116</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>49 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>120014</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Polyester spennbåndsett NEO2 9-16mm PET/PP inkl. batteri og lader + PET-bånd – spennvogn — strap-width: 15.5x0.9mm/406/1250m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Polyester spennbåndsett NEO2 9-16mm PET/PP inkl. batteri og lader + PET-bånd – spennvogn - 15.5x0.9mm/406/1250m]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/polyester-strapping-kit-neo2-9-16mm-pet-pp-incl-battery-charger-pet-strap-strapping-cart/?attribute_strap-width=15.5x0.9mm%2F406%2F1250m</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/polyester-strapping-kit-NEO2-9-16mm-PET-strap-dispenser.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1700 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1399 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>120014</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>34116</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550700_02</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Stålbånd for stropping 16 mm, 19 mm, 25 mm eller 32 mm – 250 kg – 10 stk. — strap-width: 16x0,5mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Stålbånd for stropping 16 mm, 19 mm, 25 mm eller 32 mm – 250 kg – 10 stk. - 16x0,5mm]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/steel-strap-for-binding-16-x-0-5-mm-25-kg-10-pieces-250-kg/?attribute_strap-width=16x0%2C5mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/steel-strap-16mm.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>600 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>549 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550700_02</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>33994</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550711_02</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Stålbånd for stropping 16 mm, 19 mm, 25 mm eller 32 mm – 250 kg – 10 stk. — strap-width: 19x0,5mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Stålbånd for stropping 16 mm, 19 mm, 25 mm eller 32 mm – 250 kg – 10 stk. - 19x0,5mm]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/steel-strap-for-binding-16-x-0-5-mm-25-kg-10-pieces-250-kg/?attribute_strap-width=19x0%2C5mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/steel-strap-16mm.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550711_02</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>33994</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>250.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550720_02</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Stålbånd for stropping 16 mm, 19 mm, 25 mm eller 32 mm – 250 kg – 10 stk. — strap-width: 25x0,8mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Stålbånd for stropping 16 mm, 19 mm, 25 mm eller 32 mm – 250 kg – 10 stk. - 25x0,8mm]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/steel-strap-for-binding-16-x-0-5-mm-25-kg-10-pieces-250-kg/?attribute_strap-width=25x0%2C8mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/steel-strap-16mm.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>out of stock</g:availability><g:price>600 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>549 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550720_02</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>33994</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>250 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550731_02</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Stålbånd for stropping 16 mm, 19 mm, 25 mm eller 32 mm – 250 kg – 10 stk. — strap-width: 32x1,0mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Stålbånd for stropping 16 mm, 19 mm, 25 mm eller 32 mm – 250 kg – 10 stk. - 32x1,0mm]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/steel-strap-for-binding-16-x-0-5-mm-25-kg-10-pieces-250-kg/?attribute_strap-width=32x1%2C0mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/steel-strap-16mm.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>600 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>549 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550731_02</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>33994</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>250 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>1</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[test]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[test]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/__trashed/</g:link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0.5 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>1</g:mpn><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2493</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2493</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Uncategorized</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name></item><item><g:id>770062</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[SMITH elektrisk palletruck med vekt SLL3C 1530 – lastekapasitet 1500 kg, løftehøyde 200 mm, Li on 24/30 – V/Ah]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[SMITH elektrisk palletruck med vekt SLL3C 1530 – lastekapasitet 1500 kg, løftehøyde 200 mm, Li on 24/30 – V/Ah]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/smith-electric-pallet-jack-with-scale-sll3c-1530-load-capacity-1500-kg-lift-height-200-mm-li-on-24-30-v-ah/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/SMITH-electric-pallet-jack-with-scale-SLL3C.png</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1600 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1399 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMITH</g:brand><g:mpn>770062</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>190 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>503771</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2523,528</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2523</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Electric pallet stacker – Spare parts</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Electric pallet stacker &amp;#8211; Spare parts</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>750080_02</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Industriell Gulvrens SJ115 – Børster]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Industriell Gulvrens SJ115 – Børster]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/industrial-floor-cleaner-sj115-brushes/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/SJ115-Brush.png</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>108 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>89 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>750080_02</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>1 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>968,2503</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>968</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Gulvvaskere</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Gulvvaskere</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>750080_01</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Industrial Floor Cleaner SJ115 - Absorbent Rubber Strips]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Industrial Floor Cleaner SJ115 - Absorbent Rubber Strips Absorbent Rubber Strips for Industrial Floor Cleaner SJ115 are essential consumable components that ensure consistent liquid recovery and controlled drying performance during mechanized floor cleaning. Mounted on the squeegee assembly, they direct wastewater toward the vacuum intake while maintaining continuous surface contact, enabling efficient removal of water, detergents, and debris. This ensures floors remain dry, safe, and immediately usable in professional environments. Absorbent Rubber Strips are engineered for precise compatibility with the SJ115, providing dimensional accuracy, stable mounting, and predictable performance. The front strip size 1055 x 57 x 4 mm and rear strip size 1126 x 60 x 4.76 mm deliver effective sealing across the full squeegee width. These specifications balance flexibility and rigidity, ensuring proper surface adaptation and reduced wear. Absorbent Rubber Strips directly support cleaning quality, operational safety, and cost efficiency. Effective single-pass water recovery reduces secondary drying, lowers slip risk, and supports workplace safety compliance. As a preventive maintenance consumable, timely replacement preserves vacuum efficiency, prevents streaking, and ensures stable productivity across warehouses, production facilities, logistics centers, and commercial spaces.   FAQ of Industrial Floor Cleaner SJ115 - Absorbent Rubber Strips Are these Absorbent Rubber Strips compatible with my machine?They are designed specifically for the Industrial Floor Cleaner SJ115, ensuring full mechanical and dimensional compatibility. What are the exact dimensions of the rubber strips?The front rubber strip measures 1055 × 57 × 4 mm, and the rear rubber strip measures 1126 × 60 × 4.76 mm. What is the function of Absorbent Rubber Strips?They ensure effective water recovery, guide wastewater to the vacuum system, and leave floors dry and safe after cleaning. Are these rubber strips universal?No, they are machine-specific components intended only for use with the SJ115 floor scrubber. How often should Absorbent Rubber Strips be replaced?They should be replaced when drying performance decreases or when visible wear or deformation is observed. Do the rubber strips require adjustment after installation?No adjustment is required; a simple visual inspection confirms correct floor contact. What material are the Absorbent Rubber Strips made from?They are manufactured from industrial-grade absorbent rubber resistant to cleaning chemicals and abrasion. How do worn rubber strips affect cleaning performance?Worn strips reduce vacuum efficiency, cause streaking or puddling, and increase slip risk. Can replacement be done by in-house maintenance staff?Yes, replacement is straightforward and can be carried out by trained in-house personnel. Why should original-sized Absorbent Rubber Strips be used?Correct sizing ensures optimal sealing, protects machine components, and preserves the intended performance of the SJ115.   Specifications of Industrial Floor Cleaner SJ115 - Absorbent Rubber Strips Product Type Absorbent Rubber Squeegee Strips Compatible Machine Industrial Floor Cleaner SJ115 Front Rubber Strip Size 1055 x 57 x 4 mm Rear Rubber Strip Size 1126 x 60 x 4.76 mm Material Industrial-Grade Absorbent Rubber Function Water Recovery and Surface Drying Installation Position Squeegee Assembly Front and Rear Replacement Type Wear Part Consumable   ROI and Process Efficiency of Absorbent Rubber Strips Absorbent Rubber Strips directly impact operational efficiency and cost effectiveness in industrial floor cleaning. When operating correctly, they enable the SJ115 to recover cleaning solution and wastewater in a single pass, eliminating repeated cleaning cycles and manual drying. This reduces rework, delivers labor savings, and improves machine utilization, particularly in large facilities where downtime and floor availability are critical. Absorbent Rubber Strips also lower indirect operational costs by reducing safety risks and surface contamination. Effective water removal minimizes slip hazards and supports compliance with occupational safety regulations. In production and logistics environments, dry floors enable uninterrupted material flow and reduce the risk of damage to goods or equipment caused by residual moisture. Absorbent Rubber Strips enable predictable maintenance planning and cost control. As standardized consumables with a defined service life, they can be replaced proactively before performance declines. This approach reduces unplanned downtime, prevents premature wear of vacuum components, and protects the overall investment in the SJ115. Consistent replacement supports lower total cost of ownership and stable cleaning performance over time.   Key Features and Benefits of Absorbent Rubber Strips Absorbent Rubber Strips are engineered to balance flexibility and structural stability, maintaining continuous contact with varying ...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/industrial-floor-cleaner-sj115-absorbent-rubber-strips/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/SJ115-Rear-rubber-strip.png</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>108 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>89 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>750080_01</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>1 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>968,2503</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>968</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Gulvvaskere</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Gulvvaskere</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>750060_02</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Industriell Gulvrens SJ85 – Børster]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Industriell Gulvrens SJ85 – Børster]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/industrial-floor-cleaner-sj85-brushes/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/SJ85-Brush.png</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>108 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>89 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>750060_02</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>1 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>968,2503</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>968</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Gulvvaskere</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Gulvvaskere</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>750060_01</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Industriell Gulvrens SJ85 – Absorberende Gummistriper]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Industriell Gulvrens SJ85 – Absorberende Gummistriper]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/industrial-floor-cleaner-sj85-absorbent-rubber-strips/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/SJ85-Rear-rubber-strip.png</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>108 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>89 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>750060_01</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>1 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>968,2503</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>968</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Gulvvaskere</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Gulvvaskere</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>750040_02</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Industriell Gulvrens SJ45B &#8211; Børster]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Industriell Gulvrens SJ45B – Børster]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/industrial-floor-cleaner-sj45b-brushes/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/SJ45B-Brush.png</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>108 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>89 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>750040_02</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>1 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>968,2503</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>968</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Gulvvaskere</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Gulvvaskere</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>750040_01</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[SMITH SJ45B Industriell Gulvrens &#8211; Absorberende Gummistriper]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[SMITH SJ45B Industriell Gulvrens – Absorberende Gummistriper]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/smith-sj45b-industrial-floor-cleaner-absorbent-rubber-strips/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/SJ45B-Rear-rubber-strip.png</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>71 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>59 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>750040_01</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>1.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>968,2503</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>968</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Gulvvaskere</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Gulvvaskere</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>750020_02</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Industriell Gulvrens SJ25 – Børster]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Industriell Gulvrens SJ25 – Børster]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/industrial-floor-cleaner-sj25-brushes/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/SJ25-Brush.png</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>84 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>69 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>750020_02</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>2 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>968,2503</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>968</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Gulvvaskere</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Gulvvaskere</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>750020_01</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Industriell Gulvrens SJ25 – Absorberende Gummistriper]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Industriell Gulvrens SJ25 – Absorberende Gummistriper Absorberende gummistriper for Industriell Gulvrens SJ25 er presisjonsutformede komponenter designet for å støtte effektiv vannoppsamling og pålitelige overflatedriving under mekaniserte gulvrenseoperasjoner. De utgjør et funksjonelt grensesnitt mellom Industriell Gulvrens SJ25 og gulvoverflaten, og påvirker direkte tørkekvaliteten, glidningsreduksjon og den generelle rengjøringskonsistensen. I industrielle miljøer hvor sikkerhet, hygiene og driftskontinuitet kreves, er korrekt spesifiserte absorberende gummistriper essensielle for å oppnå forutsigbare rengjøringsresultater. Produktet er utviklet spesifikt for SJ25-plattformen for å sikre riktig passform, stabil kontakttrykk og konsekvent sugeytelse. Sett inkluderer en foran gummistripe 660 × 33 × 2 mm og en bakre gummistripe 730 × 35 × 2,5 mm, produsert av en holdbar absorberende gummiblanding optimalisert for våt oppsamling. De definerte dimensjonene sikrer jevn gulvkontakt og kontrollert vannfjerning over hele arbeidsbredden. Materialet opprettholder fleksibilitet og motstand mot slitasje på vanlige industrielle overflater som betong, epoxy, fliser og vinyl, og støtter effektiv fuktighetsoppsamling med minimalt restmateriale. Designet for profesjonell og industriell bruk, støtter disse absorberende gummistripene planlagte vedlikeholdsrutiner og forutsigbare utskiftingsintervaller. Deres standardiserte design muliggjør rask installasjon, redusert service-nedetid og konsekvent ytelse over flere rengjøringsskift, noe som bidrar til kontrollerte driftskostnader og pålitelig rengjøringsdrift.   FAQ om Absorberende Gummistriper for Industriell Gulvrens SJ25 Hva brukes absorberende gummistriper til?Absorberende gummistriper brukes i industrielle gulvrensere for å sikre effektiv vannoppsamling og rask overflatedriving under mekaniserte rengjøringsoperasjoner, noe som reduserer restfuktighet og risiko for glidning. Er disse absorberende gummistripene kompatible med alle gulvrensere?Nei, disse absorberende gummistripene er spesifikt designet for Industriell Gulvrens SJ25 og er dimensjonert for å passe dens skrapeaggregatgeometri. Hva er dimensjonene på de absorberende gummistripene?Den fremre gummistripen måler 660 × 33 × 2 mm, mens den bakre gummistripen måler 730 × 35 × 2,5 mm, noe som sikrer korrekt passform og trinnvis vannoppsamling. Hvilket materiale er de absorberende gummistripene laget av?De er produsert av en holdbar absorberende gummiblanding designet for våt oppsamling, kjemikaliebestandighet og konsekvent fleksibilitet i industrielle miljøer. Hvordan påvirker absorberende gummistriper rengjøringsytelsen?De påvirker direkte tørkeeffektiviteten ved å sikre stabil gulvkontakt og effektiv vannføring til sugesystemet, noe som reduserer behovet for gjentatte rengjøringspass. Hvor ofte bør absorberende gummistriper byttes ut?Utskiftingsfrekvens avhenger av bruksintensitet, gulvtype og driftsforhold, men rutinemessig inspeksjon anbefales for å identifisere slitasje som påvirker tørkekvaliteten. Kreves spesialverktøy for å installere absorberende gummistriper?Nei, installasjon og utskifting kan utføres med standard mekaniske klemmer på skrapeaggregatet uten spesialverktøy. Kan slitte absorberende gummistriper øke sikkerhetsrisikoen?Ja, slitte eller skadede striper kan redusere vannoppsamlingseffektiviteten, øke restfuktighet og risikoen for glidning i industrielle eller kommersielle miljøer. Hjelper absorberende gummistriper med å redusere driftskostnader?Ja, effektiv vannoppsamling reduserer arbeidstid, vann- og vaskemiddelforbruk samt slitasje på relaterte komponenter, noe som bidrar til lavere totale driftskostnader. Hvem bør kjøpe absorberende gummistriper for Industriell Gulvrens SJ25?De er ment for bedrifter, anleggsansvarlige og profesjonelle rengjøringsentreprenører som krever pålitelige, kompatible forbruksvarer for konsekvent industriell gulvrenseytelse.   Spesifikasjoner for absorberende gummistriper Parameter Spesifikasjon Produkttype Absorberende gummiskrapestriper Kompatibel maskin Industriell Gulvrens SJ25 Størrelse foran gummistripe 660 × 33 × 2 mm Størrelse bakre gummistripe 730 × 35 × 2,5 mm Materiale Industriell absorberende gummiblanding Funksjon Vannoppsamling og overflatedriving Installasjonsmetode Mekanisk klemmefeste Bruksflate typer Betong, fliser, epoxy, vinyl Driftsmiljø Industrielle og kommersielle innendørsområder   ROI – Prosesseffektivitet med absorberende gummistriper Absorberende gummistriper påvirker driftseffektiviteten og kostnadsstrukturen for industriell gulvrensing ved å sikre pålitelig vannoppsamling under hvert rengjøringspass. Når stripene opprettholder korrekt kontaktgeometri og elastisitet, kan Industriell Gulvrens SJ25 operere med tiltenkt hastighet uten gjentatte pass eller manuell tørking. Dette reduserer omarbeiding og gir målbare arbeidsbesparelser, spesielt i store anlegg med faste rengjøringsplaner. Konsistent vannoppsamling reduserer også risikoen for gl...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/industrial-floor-cleaner-sj25-absorbent-rubber-strips/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/SJ25-Rear-rubber-strip.png</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>71 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>59 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>750020_01</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>2 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>968,2503,2493</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>968</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Gulvvaskere</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Gulvvaskere</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>550690_01</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Papirteip 12 mm &#8211; 150 m &#8211; indre diameter på rull 40 mm &#8211; 100 stk]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Papirteip 12 mm – 150 m – indre diameter på rull 40 mm – 100 stk]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/paper-tape-12-mm-150-m-inner-diameter-of-roll-40-mm-100-pieces/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Paper-band-12-mm.png</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>451 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>370 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550690_01</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>10 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2473,2474,529</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2473</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Packaging solutions</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>660395</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping - 16-32 mm — width: 16x40mm - 1000 units]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping are industrial fastening components designed to create secure, high-strength joints when using pneumatic steel strapping tools in demanding operational environments. These clips play a critical role in maintaining applied strap tension after tightening, ensuring that heavy or rigid loads remain stable throughout internal handling, storage, and transportation. They are engineered for professional use in sectors where load integrity, repeatability, and process reliability are essential operational requirements rather than optional enhancements. The clips function as the mechanical locking element within the strapping system, directly influencing joint strength, safety, and long-term performance. This product range supports multiple standardized dimensions, including 16x40 mm, 19x57 mm, 25x57 mm, and 32x57 mm, covering the most commonly used steel strap widths in industrial strapping operations. Each size is designed to match corresponding strap widths and thicknesses used with pneumatic tensioners and sealers, enabling consistent deformation and controlled gripping during the sealing process. The clips are manufactured from high-strength carbon steel, selected for its ability to withstand high tensile forces generated during pneumatic tensioning without cracking, excessive deformation, or loss of locking performance. Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping are used in environments where load weights, sharp edges, or transport stress require a mechanical joint that performs reliably under dynamic conditions. Typical applications include steel coils, metal profiles, timber bundles, construction materials, pallets with heavy machinery components, and industrial goods prepared for long-distance shipment. By offering a standardized consumable that integrates seamlessly with existing pneumatic tools, these clips support efficient workflows, predictable sealing quality, and reduced risk of load failure in professional industrial operations.   FAQ of Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping What are Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping used for?Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping are used to mechanically seal steel straps after tensioning with pneumatic tools. Their purpose is to lock the strap ends securely, maintaining applied tension and ensuring load stability during handling, storage, and transport in industrial environments. Which strap widths are compatible with these clips?These clips are available in 16×40 mm, 19×57 mm, 25×57 mm, and 32×57 mm sizes. Each size is designed to match a specific steel strap width, and correct size selection is essential to achieve proper sealing performance and joint strength. Are these clips suitable only for pneumatic strapping tools?Yes. Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping are engineered specifically for use with pneumatic tensioners and sealers. Their material strength and geometry are optimized for the higher and more consistent sealing forces generated by pneumatic systems. What material are the clips made from?The clips are manufactured from high-strength carbon steel, providing resistance to deformation under high tension and ensuring durable joint performance in demanding industrial applications. Can these clips be reused after sealing?No. Steel strapping clips are single-use consumables. Once compressed during the sealing process, they permanently deform to lock the strap ends and must be replaced for each new strapping cycle to ensure safety and reliability. How important is correct clip size selection?Correct clip size selection is critical. Using an incorrect size can lead to insufficient sealing force, reduced joint strength, or strap slippage. Always match the clip dimensions precisely to the steel strap width and tool specifications. What industries commonly use these clips?Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping are widely used in logistics, metal processing, steel production, timber and wood packaging, construction materials, heavy manufacturing, and export-oriented shipping operations. Do these clips support high-tension applications?Yes. When properly sealed with compatible pneumatic tools, these clips support high tension forces and provide strong joints capable of withstanding vibration, load movement, and long-distance transport conditions. Are these clips compatible with different brands of pneumatic tools?The clips are compatible with most standard pneumatic steel strapping tools, provided the tool is designed for the corresponding strap width. Always verify tool compatibility with the selected clip size to ensure optimal sealing results. How should these clips be stored before use?Clips should be stored in a dry, clean environment to prevent corrosion or contamination. Proper storage helps maintain consistent sealing performance and ensures reliable operation when used in industrial s...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/clips-for-steel-strapping-for-pneumatic-strapping-16-32-mm/?attribute_width=16x40mm+-+1000+units</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Clips-for-steel-strapping-for-pneumatic-strapping.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Clips-for-steel-strapping-for-pneumatic-strapping-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Clips-for-steel-strapping-for-pneumatic-strapping-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Clips-for-steel-strapping-for-pneumatic-strapping.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>109 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>660395</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>33439</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>20.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>660400</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping - 16-32 mm — width: 19x57mm - 1000 units]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping are industrial fastening components designed to create secure, high-strength joints when using pneumatic steel strapping tools in demanding operational environments. These clips play a critical role in maintaining applied strap tension after tightening, ensuring that heavy or rigid loads remain stable throughout internal handling, storage, and transportation. They are engineered for professional use in sectors where load integrity, repeatability, and process reliability are essential operational requirements rather than optional enhancements. The clips function as the mechanical locking element within the strapping system, directly influencing joint strength, safety, and long-term performance. This product range supports multiple standardized dimensions, including 16x40 mm, 19x57 mm, 25x57 mm, and 32x57 mm, covering the most commonly used steel strap widths in industrial strapping operations. Each size is designed to match corresponding strap widths and thicknesses used with pneumatic tensioners and sealers, enabling consistent deformation and controlled gripping during the sealing process. The clips are manufactured from high-strength carbon steel, selected for its ability to withstand high tensile forces generated during pneumatic tensioning without cracking, excessive deformation, or loss of locking performance. Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping are used in environments where load weights, sharp edges, or transport stress require a mechanical joint that performs reliably under dynamic conditions. Typical applications include steel coils, metal profiles, timber bundles, construction materials, pallets with heavy machinery components, and industrial goods prepared for long-distance shipment. By offering a standardized consumable that integrates seamlessly with existing pneumatic tools, these clips support efficient workflows, predictable sealing quality, and reduced risk of load failure in professional industrial operations.   FAQ of Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping What are Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping used for?Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping are used to mechanically seal steel straps after tensioning with pneumatic tools. Their purpose is to lock the strap ends securely, maintaining applied tension and ensuring load stability during handling, storage, and transport in industrial environments. Which strap widths are compatible with these clips?These clips are available in 16×40 mm, 19×57 mm, 25×57 mm, and 32×57 mm sizes. Each size is designed to match a specific steel strap width, and correct size selection is essential to achieve proper sealing performance and joint strength. Are these clips suitable only for pneumatic strapping tools?Yes. Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping are engineered specifically for use with pneumatic tensioners and sealers. Their material strength and geometry are optimized for the higher and more consistent sealing forces generated by pneumatic systems. What material are the clips made from?The clips are manufactured from high-strength carbon steel, providing resistance to deformation under high tension and ensuring durable joint performance in demanding industrial applications. Can these clips be reused after sealing?No. Steel strapping clips are single-use consumables. Once compressed during the sealing process, they permanently deform to lock the strap ends and must be replaced for each new strapping cycle to ensure safety and reliability. How important is correct clip size selection?Correct clip size selection is critical. Using an incorrect size can lead to insufficient sealing force, reduced joint strength, or strap slippage. Always match the clip dimensions precisely to the steel strap width and tool specifications. What industries commonly use these clips?Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping are widely used in logistics, metal processing, steel production, timber and wood packaging, construction materials, heavy manufacturing, and export-oriented shipping operations. Do these clips support high-tension applications?Yes. When properly sealed with compatible pneumatic tools, these clips support high tension forces and provide strong joints capable of withstanding vibration, load movement, and long-distance transport conditions. Are these clips compatible with different brands of pneumatic tools?The clips are compatible with most standard pneumatic steel strapping tools, provided the tool is designed for the corresponding strap width. Always verify tool compatibility with the selected clip size to ensure optimal sealing results. How should these clips be stored before use?Clips should be stored in a dry, clean environment to prevent corrosion or contamination. Proper storage helps maintain consistent sealing performance and ensures reliable operation when used in industrial s...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/clips-for-steel-strapping-for-pneumatic-strapping-16-32-mm/?attribute_width=19x57mm+-+1000+units</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Clips-for-steel-strapping-for-pneumatic-strapping.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Clips-for-steel-strapping-for-pneumatic-strapping-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Clips-for-steel-strapping-for-pneumatic-strapping-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Clips-for-steel-strapping-for-pneumatic-strapping.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>79 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>660400</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>33439</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>20.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>660410</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping - 16-32 mm — width: 25x57mm - 1000 units]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping are industrial fastening components designed to create secure, high-strength joints when using pneumatic steel strapping tools in demanding operational environments. These clips play a critical role in maintaining applied strap tension after tightening, ensuring that heavy or rigid loads remain stable throughout internal handling, storage, and transportation. They are engineered for professional use in sectors where load integrity, repeatability, and process reliability are essential operational requirements rather than optional enhancements. The clips function as the mechanical locking element within the strapping system, directly influencing joint strength, safety, and long-term performance. This product range supports multiple standardized dimensions, including 16x40 mm, 19x57 mm, 25x57 mm, and 32x57 mm, covering the most commonly used steel strap widths in industrial strapping operations. Each size is designed to match corresponding strap widths and thicknesses used with pneumatic tensioners and sealers, enabling consistent deformation and controlled gripping during the sealing process. The clips are manufactured from high-strength carbon steel, selected for its ability to withstand high tensile forces generated during pneumatic tensioning without cracking, excessive deformation, or loss of locking performance. Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping are used in environments where load weights, sharp edges, or transport stress require a mechanical joint that performs reliably under dynamic conditions. Typical applications include steel coils, metal profiles, timber bundles, construction materials, pallets with heavy machinery components, and industrial goods prepared for long-distance shipment. By offering a standardized consumable that integrates seamlessly with existing pneumatic tools, these clips support efficient workflows, predictable sealing quality, and reduced risk of load failure in professional industrial operations.   FAQ of Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping What are Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping used for?Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping are used to mechanically seal steel straps after tensioning with pneumatic tools. Their purpose is to lock the strap ends securely, maintaining applied tension and ensuring load stability during handling, storage, and transport in industrial environments. Which strap widths are compatible with these clips?These clips are available in 16×40 mm, 19×57 mm, 25×57 mm, and 32×57 mm sizes. Each size is designed to match a specific steel strap width, and correct size selection is essential to achieve proper sealing performance and joint strength. Are these clips suitable only for pneumatic strapping tools?Yes. Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping are engineered specifically for use with pneumatic tensioners and sealers. Their material strength and geometry are optimized for the higher and more consistent sealing forces generated by pneumatic systems. What material are the clips made from?The clips are manufactured from high-strength carbon steel, providing resistance to deformation under high tension and ensuring durable joint performance in demanding industrial applications. Can these clips be reused after sealing?No. Steel strapping clips are single-use consumables. Once compressed during the sealing process, they permanently deform to lock the strap ends and must be replaced for each new strapping cycle to ensure safety and reliability. How important is correct clip size selection?Correct clip size selection is critical. Using an incorrect size can lead to insufficient sealing force, reduced joint strength, or strap slippage. Always match the clip dimensions precisely to the steel strap width and tool specifications. What industries commonly use these clips?Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping are widely used in logistics, metal processing, steel production, timber and wood packaging, construction materials, heavy manufacturing, and export-oriented shipping operations. Do these clips support high-tension applications?Yes. When properly sealed with compatible pneumatic tools, these clips support high tension forces and provide strong joints capable of withstanding vibration, load movement, and long-distance transport conditions. Are these clips compatible with different brands of pneumatic tools?The clips are compatible with most standard pneumatic steel strapping tools, provided the tool is designed for the corresponding strap width. Always verify tool compatibility with the selected clip size to ensure optimal sealing results. How should these clips be stored before use?Clips should be stored in a dry, clean environment to prevent corrosion or contamination. Proper storage helps maintain consistent sealing performance and ensures reliable operation when used in industrial s...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/clips-for-steel-strapping-for-pneumatic-strapping-16-32-mm/?attribute_width=25x57mm+-+1000+units</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Clips-for-steel-strapping-for-pneumatic-strapping.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Clips-for-steel-strapping-for-pneumatic-strapping-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Clips-for-steel-strapping-for-pneumatic-strapping-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Clips-for-steel-strapping-for-pneumatic-strapping.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>99 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>660410</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>33439</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>20.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>660420</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping - 16-32 mm — width: 32x57mm - 800 units]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping are industrial fastening components designed to create secure, high-strength joints when using pneumatic steel strapping tools in demanding operational environments. These clips play a critical role in maintaining applied strap tension after tightening, ensuring that heavy or rigid loads remain stable throughout internal handling, storage, and transportation. They are engineered for professional use in sectors where load integrity, repeatability, and process reliability are essential operational requirements rather than optional enhancements. The clips function as the mechanical locking element within the strapping system, directly influencing joint strength, safety, and long-term performance. This product range supports multiple standardized dimensions, including 16x40 mm, 19x57 mm, 25x57 mm, and 32x57 mm, covering the most commonly used steel strap widths in industrial strapping operations. Each size is designed to match corresponding strap widths and thicknesses used with pneumatic tensioners and sealers, enabling consistent deformation and controlled gripping during the sealing process. The clips are manufactured from high-strength carbon steel, selected for its ability to withstand high tensile forces generated during pneumatic tensioning without cracking, excessive deformation, or loss of locking performance. Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping are used in environments where load weights, sharp edges, or transport stress require a mechanical joint that performs reliably under dynamic conditions. Typical applications include steel coils, metal profiles, timber bundles, construction materials, pallets with heavy machinery components, and industrial goods prepared for long-distance shipment. By offering a standardized consumable that integrates seamlessly with existing pneumatic tools, these clips support efficient workflows, predictable sealing quality, and reduced risk of load failure in professional industrial operations.   FAQ of Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping What are Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping used for?Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping are used to mechanically seal steel straps after tensioning with pneumatic tools. Their purpose is to lock the strap ends securely, maintaining applied tension and ensuring load stability during handling, storage, and transport in industrial environments. Which strap widths are compatible with these clips?These clips are available in 16×40 mm, 19×57 mm, 25×57 mm, and 32×57 mm sizes. Each size is designed to match a specific steel strap width, and correct size selection is essential to achieve proper sealing performance and joint strength. Are these clips suitable only for pneumatic strapping tools?Yes. Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping are engineered specifically for use with pneumatic tensioners and sealers. Their material strength and geometry are optimized for the higher and more consistent sealing forces generated by pneumatic systems. What material are the clips made from?The clips are manufactured from high-strength carbon steel, providing resistance to deformation under high tension and ensuring durable joint performance in demanding industrial applications. Can these clips be reused after sealing?No. Steel strapping clips are single-use consumables. Once compressed during the sealing process, they permanently deform to lock the strap ends and must be replaced for each new strapping cycle to ensure safety and reliability. How important is correct clip size selection?Correct clip size selection is critical. Using an incorrect size can lead to insufficient sealing force, reduced joint strength, or strap slippage. Always match the clip dimensions precisely to the steel strap width and tool specifications. What industries commonly use these clips?Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping are widely used in logistics, metal processing, steel production, timber and wood packaging, construction materials, heavy manufacturing, and export-oriented shipping operations. Do these clips support high-tension applications?Yes. When properly sealed with compatible pneumatic tools, these clips support high tension forces and provide strong joints capable of withstanding vibration, load movement, and long-distance transport conditions. Are these clips compatible with different brands of pneumatic tools?The clips are compatible with most standard pneumatic steel strapping tools, provided the tool is designed for the corresponding strap width. Always verify tool compatibility with the selected clip size to ensure optimal sealing results. How should these clips be stored before use?Clips should be stored in a dry, clean environment to prevent corrosion or contamination. Proper storage helps maintain consistent sealing performance and ensures reliable operation when used in industrial s...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/clips-for-steel-strapping-for-pneumatic-strapping-16-32-mm/?attribute_width=32x57mm+-+800+units</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Clips-for-steel-strapping-for-pneumatic-strapping.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Clips-for-steel-strapping-for-pneumatic-strapping-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Clips-for-steel-strapping-for-pneumatic-strapping-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Clips-for-steel-strapping-for-pneumatic-strapping.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>99 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>660420</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>33439</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>20.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550603_01</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[40x Folija stretch 500mm/23my - ( 3 kg) - karton/6 kos - transparent - 1 paleta]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[40x Stretch film 500mm/23my (3 kg) 40x Stretch film 500mm/23my is a standardized industrial hand stretch film designed for secure pallet wrapping, load stabilization, and protection of goods during internal handling, storage, and transportation. This product is manufactured from LLDPE cast film material and supplied in a logistics-optimized configuration consisting of 40 cartons, each carton containing 6 rolls, for a total of 240 rolls per pallet. The film is transparent, allowing visual inspection of wrapped goods, barcode scanning, and stock identification without removing the protective layer. With a nominal width of 500 mm and a controlled thickness of 23 my ±1 my, the film is suitable for medium to heavy pallet loads where consistent holding force and tear resistance are required. Each roll has a gross weight of 3.0 kg and an effective film length of 212 meters, providing predictable material consumption and accurate cost calculations for procurement and operations. The film offers an elongation in use of 160 percent ±10 percent, enabling efficient manual application with reduced operator fatigue while maintaining load stability. The internal and external cohesion balance of 80 percent inside and 20 percent outside ensures strong layer bonding without excessive stickiness on the outer surface. Designed for professional environments, 40x Stretch film 500mm/23my is compliant with the MSZ 10386:1989 standard and is suitable for warehouses, production plants, and distribution centers seeking reliable and repeatable pallet wrapping results.   FAQ of Stretch film 500mm/23my (3 kg) What type of stretch film is Stretch film 500mm/23my?Stretch film 500mm/23my is a manual hand stretch film made from LLDPE cast film, designed for professional pallet wrapping and load stabilization. What loads is Stretch film 500mm/23my suitable for?It is suitable for medium to heavy pallet loads, including cartons, boxed goods, mixed pallets, and packaged industrial products. What are the key dimensions of the film?The film has a width of 500 mm, a thickness of 23 my, and a length of 212 meters per roll. How much does one roll weigh?Each roll has a gross weight of 3.0 kg, with a paper core weighing 0.75 kg. What elongation performance does the film offer?The film provides an elongation in use of approximately 160 percent, enabling effective load containment with controlled manual stretching. How many rolls are supplied per carton and per pallet?Each carton contains 6 rolls, and one pallet includes 40 cartons, totaling 240 rolls per pallet. Is the film compatible with standard hand dispensers?Yes, Stretch film 500mm/23my is fully compatible with standard manual stretch film dispensers used in industrial environments. Does the transparent film allow barcode scanning after wrapping?Yes, the transparent material allows labels, barcodes, and compliance markings to remain visible for scanning and identification. What storage conditions are recommended for this stretch film?The film should be stored in a dry room at ambient temperature, avoiding direct heat and light, to maintain quality for up to six months. Which industries typically use Stretch film 500mm/23my?It is commonly used in warehousing, manufacturing, distribution centers, logistics operations, retail backrooms, and export preparation environments.   Specifications of Stretch film 500mm/23my (3 kg) Parameter Specification Material Type LLDPE cast film Film Width 500 mm ±2% Film Thickness 23 my ±1 my Film Length per Roll 212 m Gross Roll Weight 3.0 kg Elongation in Use 160% ±10% Tensile Strength MD 32 N/mm² ±10% Tensile Strength TD 20 N/mm² ±10% Density 0.921 g/cm³ Color Transparent Cohesion Inside 80% Cohesion Outside 20% Core Material Paper Core Length 510 mm Core Weight 0.75 kg Rolls per Carton 6 Cartons per Pallet 40 Rolls per Pallet 240 Standard Compliance MSZ 10386:1989 Storage Recommendation Dry room, ambient temperature, avoid heat and light Quality Retention Up to 6 months under proper storage   ROI of Stretch film 500mm/23my (3 kg) 40x Stretch film 500mm/23my improves operational efficiency by reducing load damage, standardizing manual wrapping quality, and enabling predictable material consumption in daily dispatch and internal logistics. The controlled elongation in use supports effective load containment with fewer turns compared to lower-grade films that require additional layers to compensate for tearing or insufficient holding force. This reduces film usage per pallet and supports lower cost per shipped unit, especially in environments with repeated outbound shipments. The fixed film length of 212 meters per roll allows procurement teams to forecast consumption more accurately and reduce emergency purchasing caused by unplanned stock-outs. In warehouse operations, transparent film enables faster identification and scanning of wrapped pallets without removing protective layers, reducing handling time and minimizing the risk of accidental load disturbance. St...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/40x-stretch-film-500mm-23my-3-kg-carton-6-pieces-transparent-1-pallet/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Stretch-film-500mm23my-3-kg.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Stretch-film-500mm23my-3-kg-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Stretch-film-500mm23my-3-kg.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1769.2 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1769 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550603_01</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>3.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2473,2574,2575,529</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2473</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Packaging solutions</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>660390</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Steel strap clips 16x40mm - for manual strapping - 1000 pieces]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Steel strap clips 16x40mm Steel strap clips are essential consumable components used in manual steel strapping operations where secure, repeatable, and mechanically reliable load fastening is required. Steel strap clips 16x40mm are specifically designed to join overlapping steel strapping ends after tensioning, forming a mechanically locked joint that maintains load stability during handling, storage, and transport. This product is supplied in an industrial bulk package of 1,000 pieces, intended for continuous use in professional environments such as warehouses, production plants, logistics hubs, and construction-related operations. Steel strap clips are applied using manual steel strapping tools, typically consisting of a tensioner and a sealer, without the need for electrical or pneumatic power sources. Technically, these clips are manufactured from high-strength steel, engineered to allow controlled deformation during sealing while maintaining high joint retention strength. The dimensions 16x40mm are optimized for compatibility with 16 mm steel strapping, ensuring consistent sealing performance when used with standard manual tools. The clips are designed for single-use industrial applications, prioritizing mechanical integrity over reusability. Their role in industrial operations is to provide a cost-controlled, standardized fastening method that supports predictable packaging outcomes. Steel strap clips are commonly selected by procurement and operations teams that require dependable consumables with stable specifications, simple application procedures, and compatibility with established manual strapping workflows.   FAQ of Steel strap clips What are Steel strap clips used for?Steel strap clips are used to mechanically secure overlapping ends of steel strapping in manual strapping operations. They create a locked joint after tensioning, ensuring load stability during handling, storage, and transport. Which strap width are these Steel strap clips compatible with?These Steel strap clips are designed specifically for 16 mm steel strapping. Using the correct strap width is essential to achieve proper deformation, joint strength, and secure fastening. Do Steel strap clips require powered tools to operate?No. Steel strap clips are intended for manual strapping systems and are applied using a manual tensioner and sealer. No electrical or pneumatic power source is required. Are Steel strap clips reusable?No. Steel strap clips are single-use consumables. Once deformed during sealing, they are designed to remain permanently locked and should not be reused. What types of loads can Steel strap clips secure?Steel strap clips are suitable for securing heavy, rigid, or irregular loads, including palletized goods, steel profiles, pipes, machinery components, and construction materials. How strong is the joint created by Steel strap clips?Joint strength depends on correct tensioning, proper clip placement, and adequate sealing force. When applied correctly, Steel strap clips provide reliable mechanical joints capable of withstanding typical manual steel strapping tension levels. Are Steel strap clips compatible with all manual sealers?Steel strap clips are compatible with standard manual sealers designed for 16 mm steel strapping. They do not require proprietary or brand-specific tools. How should Steel strap clips be stored?Steel strap clips should be stored in dry, covered conditions to preserve surface quality and prevent corrosion. Proper storage ensures consistent performance over long periods. Do Steel strap clips require maintenance or adjustment?The clips themselves require no maintenance or adjustment. However, the manual tensioner and sealer should be regularly inspected to ensure proper alignment and sealing performance. What are the main advantages of Steel strap clips compared to alternative fastening methods?Steel strap clips offer high mechanical reliability, predictable costs, compatibility with standard tools, and independence from powered equipment. They are especially suitable for environments where simplicity, portability, and operational stability are required.   Specifications of Steel strap clips 16x40mm Specification Value Product type Steel strap clips for manual strapping Clip dimensions 16 x 40 mm Compatible strap width 16 mm steel strapping Material High-strength steel Application method Manual sealing with steel strap sealer Packaging unit 1,000 pieces Usage type Single-use industrial consumable Typical environment Industrial, logistics, warehousing   ROI and process efficiency of Steel strap clips Steel strap clips contribute directly to operational efficiency and cost control in manual strapping processes. From a return-on-investment perspective, Steel strap clips enable secure load fastening without the capital expenditure associated with powered strapping systems. Their use supports decentralized packaging operations, allowing multiple workstations or on-site teams to perform strappin...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/steel-strap-clips-16x40mm-for-manual-strapping-1000-pieces/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Steel-strap-clips-16x40mm.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Steel-strap-clips-16x40mm-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Steel-strap-clips-16x40mm-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Steel-strap-clips-16x40mm-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Steel-strap-clips-16x40mm-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Steel-strap-clips-16x40mm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>79 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>660390</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>20.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2473,2539,2670,823</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2473</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Packaging solutions</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>550601_02</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Strekkfilm 500 mm/23 my – 5 kg – 120 enheter – 1 pall/600 kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Strekkfilm 500 mm/23 my Strekkfilm er et standard emballasjeforbruksprodukt brukt for å stabilisere enhetslaster under intern transport, lagring og utgående logistikk. Produktet Strekkfilm 500 mm/23 my - 5 kg - 120 enheter - 1 pall/600 kg er beregnet for profesjonell manuell innpakking i lager, produksjonsanlegg og distribusjonsmiljøer hvor repeterbar lastsikring og kontrollert emballasjekostnad kreves. Den er produsert av LLDPE ved bruk av cast film-teknologi, som sikrer konsistent materialatferd under typiske driftsforhold. Filmen har en spesifisert tykkelse på 23 mikron og bredde på 500 mm, som gir praktisk dekning for pallinnpakking samtidig som den opprettholder forutsigbar elastisitet. Rullformatet er designet for industriell håndtering, med en papirkjerne og en 60 mm kjerne diameter som passer vanlige hånddispenser, noe som muliggjør standardisert bruk på flere pakkestasjoner. Strekkfilm leveres som 5 kg ruller med en toleranse på ±3%, palletert med 120 ruller per pall (omtrent 600 kg per pall). Filmen er transparent for å opprettholde synlighet av etiketter og forsendelsesidentifikatorer. Mekaniske egenskaper inkluderer 600 % horisontal strekk og 300 % langsgående strekk, som støtter effektiv innkapslingskraft med kontrollert materialbruk når den påføres med jevn spenning. Motstandsverdier er spesifisert som 26 MPa langsgående rivemotstand og 18 MPa horisontal rivemotstand. For kvalitetsbevaring er lagring spesifisert i et tørt rom ved romtemperatur, unngå strålevarme og lys; under riktige lagringsforhold forventes ingen kvalitetsnedgang i opptil 6 måneder, noe som støtter forutsigbar lagerstyring i bedriftsinnkjøp.   FAQ om Strekkfilm Hvilket materiale er filmen laget av, og hvorfor er det viktig?Dette produktet er laget av LLDPE. LLDPE er mye brukt til pallinnpakking fordi det gir elastisitet for lastsikring og motstand mot riving under håndtering og transport. Hvilken filmtype er det, og hva er den operative fordelen?Filmtypen er cast film. Cast film velges vanligvis for jevn tykkelse og stabil strekkatferd, som støtter repeterbare innpakkingsresultater på tvers av operatører og skift. Hvilken tykkelse bør velges for våre laster?Denne filmen er 23 mikron. I innkjøpssammenheng er tykkelse en nøkkelindikator på robusthet; riktig valg avhenger av lastvekt, kantens skarphet, transportrisiko og om ekstra sikringsmetoder benyttes. Er rullens bredde kompatibel med standard pallinnpakningspraksis?Bredden er 500 mm, som er en vanlig bredde for manuell pallinnpakking og støtter effektiv dekning av typiske pallfotavtrykk. Hvor mye veier en rull, og hvilken toleranse kan vi forvente?Hver rull er spesifisert til 5 kg ±3%. Dette er relevant for lagerplanlegging, forbruksberegninger per rull og ergonomi ved pakkestasjoner. Passer rullen i våre hånddispenser?Kjernen er av papir med en 60 mm kjerne diameter. Denne spesifikasjonen bekrefter kompatibilitet med standard manuelle dispenserutstyr. Hvor mye kan filmen strekkes, og hvordan påvirker dette forbruket?Filmen er spesifisert med 600 % horisontal strekk og 300 % langsgående strekk. Høy strekkapasitet kan støtte oppnåelse av innkapslingskraft med færre lag når den påføres med kontrollert spenning, noe som kan redusere total filmbruk. Hvilke rivemotstandsverdier bør vi vurdere for transportstabilitet?Databladet spesifiserer 26 MPa langsgående rivemotstand og 18 MPa horisontal rivemotstand. Disse verdiene indikerer motstand mot riving under stress ved innpakking og håndteringsoperasjoner. Hvor mange ruller leveres per pall, og hvordan støtter dette innkjøp?Pallkonfigurasjonen er 120 ruller per pall (omtrent 600 kg per pall basert på angitt produktpakningsformat). Dette støtter storinnkjøp, stabil forsyning og forenklede lagerinnkjøpsprosesser. Hva er lagringskravene og forventet holdbarhet?Lagring er spesifisert i et tørt rom ved romtemperatur, unngå strålevarme og lys. Med korrekt lagring forventes ingen kvalitetsnedgang i opptil 6 måneder, noe som støtter forutsigbar lagerrotasjon og kontinuitet i ytelse.   Spesifikasjoner for Strekkfilm Materiale LLDPE Filmtype Cast film Tykkelse 23 mikron Bredde 500 mm Densitet 0,921 g/cm3 Rullvekt 5 kg ±3% Farge Transparent Kohesjon (innside) 80% Kohesjon (utside) 20% Kjernemateriale Papir Kjernediameter 60 mm Kjernevekt 1,65 kg Rullengde (spolelengde) 510 mm Horisontal strekk 600% Langsgående strekk 300% Rivemotstand (langsgående) 26 MPa Rivemotstand (horisontal) 18 MPa Ruller per pall 120 Standard / samsvar MSZ 10386:1989 Lagringsanvisning Tørt rom, romtemperatur, unngå strålevarme og lys; kvalitet opprettholdes i opptil 6 måneder   Avkastning på investering for Strekkfilm Strekkfilm bidrar til målbare effektivitetsgevinster ved å redusere omarbeiding, forbedre innpakkingskonsistens og støtte kontrollert materialforbruk per pall. Den spesifiserte 600 % horisontale strekk og 300 % langsgående strekk gjør det mulig for operatører å oppnå nødvendig innkapslingskraft med færre lag sammenlignet med filmer med lavere forlenge...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/stretch-film-500-mm-23-my-5-kg-120-units-1-pallet-600-kg/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Stretch-film-500-mm-23-my.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Stretch-film-500-mm-23-my-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Stretch-film-500-mm-23-my-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Stretch-film-500-mm-23-my-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Stretch-film-500-mm-23-my.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1712 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1404 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550601_02</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>5.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>974</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2574,529</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2574</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Stretch wrap</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Stretch wrap</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>260122</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Impulse heat sealer ZONE600F - 600mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Impulse heat sealer ZONE600F Impulse heat sealer ZONE600F is a professional pedal-operated impulse sealing machine developed for controlled and repeatable sealing of thermoplastic packaging materials in industrial and commercial environments. The machine is based exclusively on the Pedal Sealer MODEL: PFS-F600, which provides a 600 mm sealing length, making it suitable for wide bags, large-format packaging, and bulk product sealing. Its primary purpose is to ensure reliable and consistent package closure in production, warehousing, and packaging departments where manual precision and seal quality are critical. The Impulse heat sealer ZONE600F operates using impulse heat technology, meaning heat is generated only during the sealing cycle. This reduces energy consumption and limits thermal stress on internal components. The integrated electric heating control system allows precise adjustment of the heating time from 0 to 2.5 seconds, enabling adaptation to different material thicknesses and compositions. This ensures consistent sealing results across polyethylene, polystyrene, and multi-layer composite films commonly used in industrial packaging. Structurally, the machine is manufactured using a die-cast aluminum alloy frame, providing rigidity, resistance to deformation, and durability under continuous industrial use. The foot pedal activation mechanism allows hands-free operation, improving ergonomics and sealing accuracy. With a sealing width of 3–5 mm and a pulse power of 1350 W, the Impulse heat sealer ZONE600F delivers strong, uniform seals while maintaining operational safety. Designed for 110V or 220V single-phase power supply and equipped with protective grounding, the machine complies with standard industrial electrical requirements.   Impulse heat sealer ZONE600F video https://youtu.be/b7BlFQMooRE?si=Xp4AmiodXIUlvh0S FAQ of Impulse heat sealer ZONE600F 1. What type of sealing technology does the Impulse heat sealer ZONE600F use? Impulse heat sealer ZONE600F uses impulse heat sealing technology, which means heat is generated only during the sealing cycle. This reduces energy consumption, limits thermal stress on components, and ensures consistent sealing quality for industrial packaging applications. 2. What is the maximum sealing length of the Impulse heat sealer ZONE600F? The machine offers a 600 mm sealing length, making it suitable for sealing wide bags and large-format packaging materials commonly used in industrial, logistics, and manufacturing environments. 3. Which materials can be sealed with the Impulse heat sealer ZONE600F? The machine is designed for sealing polyethylene (PE), polystyrene (PS), and multi-layer composite films. Heating time can be adjusted to match different material thicknesses and structures. 4. How is the Impulse heat sealer ZONE600F operated? The machine is operated using a foot pedal, allowing hands-free activation. This enables precise positioning of the bag with both hands, improving sealing accuracy and operator ergonomics. 5. Is the heating time adjustable? Yes, the Impulse heat sealer ZONE600F features an adjustable heating time range from 0 to 2.5 seconds. This allows operators to optimize sealing parameters according to material thickness and packaging requirements. 6. What power supply is required for the Impulse heat sealer ZONE600F? The machine operates on a single-phase 110V or 220V power supply and must be connected to a properly grounded outlet to ensure electrical safety. 7. What is the sealing width and why is it important? The sealing width is 3–5 mm, providing a balance between strong joint strength and efficient material use. This width ensures reliable seals suitable for transport and storage. 8. Is the Impulse heat sealer ZONE600F suitable for continuous industrial use? Yes, the machine is built with a die-cast aluminum alloy frame and industrial-grade components, making it suitable for regular daily operation in production and packaging environments. 9. What maintenance is required? Routine maintenance includes cleaning the sealing surface, inspecting the heating wire and insulation cloth, and lubricating moving parts. These actions help maintain consistent sealing quality and extend service life. 10. What safety features does the Impulse heat sealer ZONE600F offer? Safety features include protective grounding, impulse heating that limits heat exposure, and pedal-controlled operation that keeps hands away from the heating area during sealing.   Specifications of Impulse heat sealer ZONE600F Parameter Specification Model PFS-F600 Sealing length 600 mm Sealing width 3–5 mm Heating type Impulse heat Heating time 0–2.5 seconds Pulse power 1350 W Input voltage 110V or 220V, single-phase Machine dimensions 700 × 570 × 880 mm Machine weight 28 kg Frame material Aluminum alloy die-casting   ROI and process efficiency of Impulse heat sealer ZONE600F Impulse heat sealer ZONE600F improves operational efficiency by reducing sealing errors, minimizing mate...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/impulse-heat-sealer-zone600f/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Impulse-heat-sealer-ZONE600F-scaled.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Impulse-heat-sealer-ZONE600F-new-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Impulse-heat-sealer-ZONE600F-buy-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Impulse-heat-sealer-ZONE600F-price-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Impulse-heat-sealer-ZONE600F-best-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Impulse-heat-sealer-ZONE600F-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>out of stock</g:availability><g:price>240 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>189 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>260122</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>25.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>1073,2473</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>1073</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Heat sealers</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Pakking maskiner &gt; Heat sealers</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>250025</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[ECOBAND-A Maskin for innbinding med papir- eller OPP-bånd 30 mm med stativ og ramme 460*200mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[ECOBAND-A Automatisk innbindingsmaskin Den ECOBAND-A automatiske innbindingsmaskinen er et industrielt utstyr designet for presis innbinding og profesjonell produktpresentasjon på tvers av flere sektorer. Bygget for kontinuerlig drift, sikrer den konsistente resultater for trykkeri-, mat-, farmasøytisk og logistikkindustri. Maskinen opererer med et sikkert DC 24V kontrollsystem, som minimerer elektrisk risiko og sikrer stabilitet under krevende industrielle forhold. Dens strømforsyning på AC 110–240V, 50/60Hz, 0,4kW støtter energieffektiv ytelse. ECOBAND-A er utstyrt med en bue-størrelse på 460 mm bredde og 200 mm høyde, som gir fleksibel pakking av ulike produktdimensjoner. Den støtter både OPP-film og papirbånd med bredder på 20 mm eller 30 mm, noe som muliggjør miljøvennlige og tradisjonelle pakkeløsninger. Med en innbindingshastighet på 20 bånd per minutt og en spennkapasitet på opptil 5 kg, kombinerer den presisjon og hastighet i ett system. Arbeidsbordets høyde på 600 mm gir ergonomisk tilgang for operatører. Kompakt konstruksjon (570×750×1080 mm) tillater enkel integrering i produksjonslinjer. Denne maskinen øker effektiviteten, reduserer arbeidskostnader og sikrer en profesjonell finish for hvert produkt den behandler.   Video av ECOBAND-A Automatisk innbindingsmaskin ﻿   FAQ for ECOBAND-A Automatisk innbindingsmaskin 1. Passer den automatiske innbindingsmaskinen for mine produktdimensjoner? Ja, ECOBAND-A-modellen har en bue-størrelse på 460 mm bredde og 200 mm høyde, med en arbeidsbordshøyde på 600 mm. Den kan håndtere produkter med minimum bredde på 50 mm, noe som gjør den egnet for et bredt spekter av pakkefomater. 2. Hvilke innbindingsmaterialer og størrelser kan brukes? Maskinen støtter både OPP-film og papirbånd med bredder på 20 mm eller 30 mm. Båndrullens kjerne diameter er 76 mm, ytre rull diameter er 300 mm, og båndets tykkelse er omtrent 0,12 mm. 3. Hva er produksjonshastigheten til den automatiske innbindingsmaskinen? ECOBAND-A opererer med en hastighet på 20 bånd per minutt under normale forhold. Faktisk gjennomstrømning avhenger av operatøreffektivitet og produktbehandling mellom sykluser. 4. Hvordan kontrolleres båndspenningen? Maskinen tillater justerbar spenning opptil 5 kg, som sikrer riktig sikring av både skjøre og stive produkter. Spenningsinnstillingen styres enkelt via berøringsskjermens kontrollpanel. 5. Hvilken strømforsyning krever den automatiske innbindingsmaskinen? Den opererer på AC 110–240V, 50/60Hz, enfaset strøm med et forbruk på cirka 0,4 kW (2,5A). Intern kontrollspenning er DC 24V for økt operatørsikkerhet. 6. Kan den automatiske innbindingsmaskinen integreres i eksisterende produksjonslinjer? Ja, den kompakte størrelsen (570 × 750 × 1080 mm) tillater enkel integrering i eksisterende transportbåndsystemer eller manuelle arbeidsstasjoner. Den er egnet både for frittstående og linjeintegrerte pakkesystemer. 7. Hva er vedlikeholdskravene? Rutinemessig vedlikehold inkluderer rengjøring av innbindingsbuen og materbanen, kontroll av spenningsmekanismen og sporadisk inspeksjon av sensorer. Det beltedrevne designet minimerer behovet for smøring og reservedeler. 8. Hvilke typer industrier bruker vanligvis den automatiske innbindingsmaskinen? Denne maskinen er mye brukt i trykkeri-, mat-, farmasøytisk-, logistikk- og elektronikksektorer. Den er ideell for innbinding av brosjyrer, kartonger, brett og lignende grupperte varer. 9. Støtter den automatiske innbindingsmaskinen bærekraftig emballasje? Ja, maskinen kan bruke papirbånd som et miljøvennlig alternativ til plast OPP-film. Dette hjelper bedrifter med å redusere plastforbruk og overholde miljøstandarder. 10. Hvilke garantier og servicealternativer finnes? ECOBAND-A automatiske innbindingsmaskin leveres med ett års garanti som dekker produksjonsfeil. Reservedeler og teknisk støtte er tilgjengelig for å sikre langvarig driftssikkerhet.   Automatisk innbindingsmaskin – Spesifikasjoner for ECOBAND-A Modell ECOBAND-A (460×200) Strømkilde AC 110–240V, 50/60Hz, 1F, 0,4kW (2,5A) Kontrollsystem DC 24V sikker spenning med berøringsskjermkonfigurasjon Innbindingshastighet 20 bånd per minutt Båndspenning ≤5kg (justerbar) Bue-størrelse 460mm (B) × 200mm (H) Arbeidsbordshøyde 600mm Egnet båndmateriale OPP-film eller papir Båndbredde 20mm eller 30mm Båndrull kjerne diameter 76mm Ytre rull diameter 300mm Båndtykkelse 0,12mm Minimum pakkebredde 50mm Maskindimensjoner L 570mm × B 750mm × H 1080mm Pakkedimensjoner L 620mm × B 800mm × H 1130mm Netto vekt 80kg Bruttovekt 90kg   ROI og prosesseffektivitet for ECOBAND-A Automatisk innbindingsmaskin ECOBAND-A automatiske innbindingsmaskin sikrer målbar forbedring i pakkeeffektivitet og kostnadsreduksjon. Ved å erstatte manuell innbinding minimerer den arbeidsinnsats og eliminerer inkonsistens i båndkvalitet. Med 20 sykluser per minutt og et justerbart spenningssystem tillater den rask tilpasning til ulike produkttyper. Energiforbruket er svært lavt, kun 0,4 kW, noe som bidrar til driftsbespa...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/ecoband-a-automatic-banding-machine/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/ECOBAND-A-automatic-banding-machine.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/ECOBAND-A-automatic-banding-machine.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>7196 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>5899 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>hsm</g:brand><g:mpn>250025</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>110 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2473,830,2474,530</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2473</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Pakking maskiner &gt; Stroppemaskiner</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>260030</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[DOZE600 double chamber vacuum sealer with double chamber and two pumps 2×20m³/h]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[DOZE600 double chamber vacuum sealer The DOZE600 double chamber vacuum sealer is a high-performance industrial packaging machine designed for efficient, large-scale vacuum sealing operations. Equipped with a double chamber and dual high-capacity vacuum pumps, this model is engineered to deliver consistent results in demanding production environments. It is ideal for food processing, electronics, chemical, and pharmaceutical industries where maintaining product integrity and extending shelf life are critical. Constructed from stainless steel, the unit ensures durability, hygiene, and corrosion resistance, complying with EN ISO3746 standards with a noise level below 75 dB(A). The DOZE600 is built to support vacuuming, nitrogen filling, and sealing processes in a single automated cycle. Its sealing bar length of 620 mm, chamber dimensions of 630 × 580 × 50 mm, and pump capacity of up to 40 m³/h provide strong performance for a wide variety of packaging applications. The machine’s intelligent PC control panel allows up to ten programmable memory settings, enabling operators to quickly adapt to different packaging materials and specifications. Designed for continuous industrial use, this machine enhances operational reliability while minimizing downtime. Its structure supports quick setup and smooth operation, making it a vital component for production lines requiring consistent vacuum sealing efficiency and precision. The DOZE600 double chamber vacuum sealer meets the needs of enterprises looking for robust, automated vacuum solutions that ensure high throughput and product quality preservation.   DOZE600 double chamber vacuum sealer video ﻿   FAQ of DOZE600 double chamber vacuum sealer 1. What is a double chamber vacuum sealer and how does it work? A double chamber vacuum sealer is an industrial packaging machine equipped with two separate chambers that allow continuous operation. While one chamber is sealing, the operator can load the second one. This system increases productivity, reduces downtime, and ensures consistent vacuum and sealing performance for various packaging materials. 2. What types of products can be sealed using a double chamber vacuum sealer? A double chamber vacuum sealer can package solid, liquid, or powdered products, including food items, chemicals, pharmaceuticals, electronics, and precision components. It is ideal for materials that require protection from oxidation, moisture, and contamination. 3. What is the difference between a single chamber and a double chamber vacuum sealer? A single chamber vacuum sealer operates with one chamber only, requiring manual loading between each cycle. A double chamber vacuum sealer allows alternating use of two chambers, significantly improving workflow and increasing output efficiency by up to 30 percent. 4. What chamber size and sealing length do I need? The required chamber size depends on the product dimensions and packaging volume. The DOZE600 model, for example, offers a chamber size of 630 × 580 × 50 mm and a sealing bar length of 620 mm, suitable for medium to large items in industrial production lines. 5. How powerful should the vacuum pump be? For industrial operations, a dual pump system or a single high-capacity pump (around 40 m³/h) is recommended. Higher pump capacity reduces cycle time, ensures deeper vacuum levels, and provides consistent sealing results even for dense or heavy materials. 6. What materials are compatible with a double chamber vacuum sealer? The machine is compatible with various film types such as polyethylene, polyamide, aluminum foil composite films, and laminated bags. Operators can adjust temperature and sealing time to match different film thicknesses and material compositions. 7. What are the main advantages of using a double chamber vacuum sealer? Key advantages include higher packaging speed, improved product preservation, reduced oxygen exposure, and longer product shelf life. Additionally, the machine offers automated control, low noise levels, and consistent sealing quality across multiple cycles. 8. How is maintenance performed on a double chamber vacuum sealer? Regular maintenance involves checking vacuum oil levels, cleaning sealing bars and silicone strips, replacing filters, and ensuring proper grounding. Using ISO-grade vacuum oil and following the manufacturer’s maintenance schedule ensures long-term reliability. 9. What safety features are included? Most industrial models, including the DOZE600, include an emergency stop button, automatic lid opening after cycle completion, thermal protection for heating elements, and grounded electrical systems. These features protect both the operator and the equipment. 10. How to choose the right double chamber vacuum sealer for my business? To choose the right model, consider your product size, packaging volume, desired vacuum depth, and available workspace. Evaluate specifications such as chamber dimensions, pump capacity, and automation level. For large-sc...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/doze600-double-chamber-vacuum-sealer-with-double-chamber-and-two-pumps/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/DOZE600.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/DOZE600-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/DOZE600-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/DOZE600-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/DOZE600-high-quality.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/DOZE600-quality.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/DOZE600-great.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/DOZE600-good.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/DOZE600-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/DOZE600-better.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/DOZE600-useful.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/DOZE600.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>3414 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2799 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>260030</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>330.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2473,830,2575,1047</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2473</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Pakking maskiner &gt; Vacuum sealer machines</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>110072</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[SIAT VIPER 9-16mm (3/8″-5/8″) battery powered banding tool]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[SIAT VIPER Battery Powered Banding Tool The SIAT VIPER battery powered banding tool is a professional solution designed for efficient and secure strapping of packages in industrial environments. Developed and manufactured in Italy, this advanced tool represents a new generation of battery operated strapping technology for PP and PET straps. It is built for users who demand high performance, reliability, and precision in their daily packaging operations. The machine combines ergonomic design, digital control, and industrial-grade durability, ensuring consistent strapping results even in high-volume production facilities. With its capacitive touchscreen display, the SIAT VIPER allows operators to easily configure and monitor strapping parameters, such as tension force, sealing time, and cooling duration. This data-driven approach improves repeatability and reduces human error. Its brushless motor provides a longer lifetime, reduced maintenance, and stable performance during continuous use. The Makita 18V lithium-ion battery offers portability, fast recharging, and up to 550 cycles per charge, depending on configuration. With programmable presets, the tool ensures that every load is secured with the same precision and tension. Designed for automatic, semi-automatic, or manual operation, the SIAT VIPER battery powered banding tool integrates seamlessly into modern logistics and production processes, where precision, uptime, and safety are essential.   SIAT VIPER Battery Powered Banding Tool video ﻿   FAQ of SIAT VIPER Battery Powered Banding Tool Which strap materials, widths, and thicknesses are compatible? The SIAT VIPER works with PP and PET straps in 9 mm, 12 mm, and 16 mm widths. Supported thickness range is 0.5–1.1 mm. For thin PP (0.5–0.6 mm) applications, consider the optional cutting blade spring accessory to ensure consistent cutting performance. What tension range is required for our products? VIPER provides two programmable ranges: Standard 1,200–2,700 N for medium to heavy loads and Soft 500–1,500 N for light or fragile goods. Select the range based on product rigidity, strap material, and pallet stability targets. Using the correct range minimizes product damage and optimizes joint integrity. What cycle speed and throughput can we expect? The tool reaches a maximum tensioning speed of 200 mm/s, with overall cycle time dependent on strap path and set cooling time. In typical operations, the 18 V battery platform enables rapid successive cycles, supporting high-volume lines where consistent takt time and predictable throughput are required. How long does the battery last and how fast does it charge? Using the Makita 18 V Li-Ion system, the 3.0 Ah pack delivers approximately 250–350 cycles per charge, while the optional 5.0 Ah pack yields approximately 400–550 cycles, depending on strap, tension, and package size. Typical charging time is about 20 minutes, supporting low downtime in multi-shift environments. Which operating modes are available for our process? VIPER offers Automatic, Semi-Automatic, and Manual modes. Automatic executes tensioning, sealing, and cutting in a single command for standardized processes. Semi-Automatic allows staged control where operator confirmation is desired. Manual is suited for special cases, trials, or training, maintaining full control over each phase. What joint performance and sealing results should we plan for? Friction-weld joints typically achieve 75–85% sealing efficiency, assuming correct strap selection and parameter settings. Adjustable cooling time and programmable recipes help maintain repeatable joint strength across shifts, reducing rework and ensuring conformity with transport and storage requirements. Is the tool suitable for our environment and shift pattern? Operating conditions are −5 °C to 40 °C and 20–90% RH, aligning with typical warehouse and production settings. The tool weight is 3.9 kg including a 3 Ah battery. Noise during welding is approximately 96 dB(A)</b); provide appropriate hearing protection where required. Multi-shift usage is supported by spare batteries and rapid charging. What digital controls and data options improve quality? The front-facing color capacitive touchscreen shows real-time force and speed with values in N, kg, or lbs. Up to eight stored recipes standardize settings for different strap types or load categories. The interface includes self-diagnostics and a lockable display, supporting process control, operator discipline, and auditability. IoT readiness enables connected maintenance strategies. What safety, reliability, and maintenance aspects should we consider? The tool uses a brushless motor for extended life and reduced service. The reinforced housing improves resistance to impacts. Maintenance access through the handle simplifies inspection. Optional foot guard and protective parts support heavy-duty use. The soft mode lowers risk on fragile products. Periodic cleaning and parameter checks sustain long-ter...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/siat-viper-9-16mm-battery-powered-banding-tool/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/SIAT-VIPER-1.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/SIAT-VIPER-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/SIAT-VIPER-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/SIAT-VIPER-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/SIAT-VIPER-1.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2926 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2399 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>siat-maillis</g:brand><g:mpn>110072</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>7.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>531,2473,2652,2552,823</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>531</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Batteridrevet Strekkapparat</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Stroppingsverktøy &gt; Batteridrevet Strekkapparat</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>210090</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[ARCUS automatic pallet strapping machine for PET/PP tape 11-12 mm - 0.55-1.0 mm/FI-200 mm - Tension force: 0-90 kg - Arc size: W1500×H2200 mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[ARCUS Automatic pallet strapping machine The ARCUS automatic pallet strapping machine is an industrial solution engineered for securing palletized loads with consistent, repeatable results across high-throughput packaging lines. Built around a robust architecture with PLC control, photoelectric detection, and precision pneumatic actuation, it supports manual, automatic, and continuous operating modes to match diverse plant workflows. The system applies polypropylene (PP) strapping with a 13 mm width and 0.83 mm thickness, delivering an adjustable strapping force from 0 to 80 kg. A typical strap cycle completes in ≤ 15 seconds, aligning with automated palletizing and dispatch operations. The drive package operates at 380 V / 50 Hz with approximately 1550 W rated power and includes integrated protections for safe, reliable duty. The machine footprint is optimized for line integration, with overall dimensions of 3890 × 640 × 2200 mm, a clear arch of 1500 × 2000 mm, and a net weight of about 350 kg. Structure is realized in aluminum alloy for rigidity, low vibration, and corrosion resistance, while electronics use international-brand components to ensure long-term availability and serviceability in industrial environments.   ARCUS Automatic pallet strapping machine video ﻿   FAQ of ARCUS Automatic pallet strapping machine What utilities does an automatic pallet strapping machine require? An automatic pallet strapping machine typically requires three-phase 380 V / 50 Hz power and compressed air per site standards. Verify available amperage, protected grounding, and air quality (dry, filtered) to ensure stable cycle execution and component longevity. Which strap sizes and materials are compatible with an automatic pallet strapping machine? The referenced configuration supports PP strap 13 mm width with approximately 0.83 mm thickness. Confirm tension range, heater settings, and strap path guides for the selected material to maintain weld integrity and consistent containment force. What throughput can an automatic pallet strapping machine achieve? Cycle time per strap is typically ≤ 15 seconds, depending on line interlocks, pallet presentation, and strap count. Actual hourly throughput depends on number of straps per pallet, conveyor indexing, and operator interventions. How is tension controlled on an automatic pallet strapping machine? Tension is adjustable within a nominal range up to 80 kg. Set values according to load mass and packaging resilience to avoid product deformation while achieving the required containment force and transport stability. How does an automatic pallet strapping machine integrate with conveyors and wrappers? Integration is handled through PLC I/O handshakes, photoelectric pallet presence, and optional start/ready interlocks. Verify line height, infeed/outfeed spacing, and signal mapping to coordinate indexing, strap counts, and downstream wrapping. What safety features are standard on an automatic pallet strapping machine? Typical provisions include emergency stop circuits, guarded mechanisms, photoelectric verification before cycle, and overcurrent protection. Operators should avoid the strap path during operation and follow lockout/tagout procedures during service. What maintenance is required for an automatic pallet strapping machine? Planned tasks include cleaning the strap path, checking fasteners, inspecting belts and springs, and validating heater and knife condition. Adjust strap thickness spacing and idler preload as materials change. Maintain a spare parts kit for wear items. Which environmental conditions suit an automatic pallet strapping machine? Recommended operation is within 0–40 °C and up to 98% relative humidity (non-condensing). Ensure the area is dry, ventilated, and free of corrosive agents. Maintain stable utilities to protect electronics and sensors. What data should be specified before purchasing an automatic pallet strapping machine? Provide target throughput, strap count per pallet, typical pallet dimensions and heights, load mass, strap material policy, line elevation, utilities, and integration signals. Include any compliance or quality documentation requirements. What ROI factors justify an automatic pallet strapping machine? Primary drivers are labor reduction, improved cycle consistency, reduced damage claims, and higher line utilization. Secondary factors include material savings from correct tensioning, lower noise emissions, and predictable maintenance intervals that limit downtime.   Specifications of ARCUS Automatic pallet strapping machine The following technical data define the operating envelope and integration parameters for the ARCUS automatic pallet strapping machine. Values reflect a configuration aligned with mainstream end-of-line applications, enabling predictable performance, stable weld quality, and straightforward electrical and mechanical interfacing. Parameter tolerances depend on installation practice, strap quality, and environment...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/arcus-automatic-pallet-strapping-machine-for-pet-pp-tape/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/ARCUS-automatic-pallet-strapping-machine.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/ARCUS-automatic-pallet-strapping-machine.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>24375 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>19980 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>210090</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>390.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2473,830,2652,2552,530</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2473</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Pakking maskiner &gt; Stroppemaskiner</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>780010</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[SMITH AS-X6 sakselift – maksimal plattformhøyde 5,8 m, maksimal arbeidshøyde 7,8 m – lastekapasitet 230 kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[SMITH AS-X6 Sakselift SMITH AS-X6 Sakselift er en selvkjørende arbeidsplattform designet for sikker og effektiv løfting av personell og verktøy i industrielle og kommersielle miljøer. Dette utstyret tilbyr en maksimal arbeidshøyde på 7,8 meter og en plattformhøyde på 5,8 meter, noe som gjør den egnet for innendørs vedlikehold, installasjon og byggeoppgaver. Liften støtter en nominell lastekapasitet på 230 kg, som tillater to operatører å arbeide samtidig. Dens kompakte totaldimensjoner på 1,84 m lengde og 0,76 m bredde sikrer enkel manøvrering gjennom trange ganger og begrensede områder. Det robuste designet og det doble forhjulsdriftsystemet sikrer stabil og jevn bevegelse på flate industrigulv. Plattformen er utstyrt med et automatisk bremsesystem, nødstoppenhet, intelligent faresignal og overbelastningsvern, som alle bidrar til økt operatørsikkerhet. Sakseliften drives med en 24V likestrømforsyning fra seks 4V/200Ah batterier og har en 3,3 kW motor som sikrer tilstrekkelig kraft for både løfting og kjøring. Med en klatreevne på 25% og en minste svingradius på 1,55 meter tilbyr den presis håndtering i trange omgivelser. AS-X6 er en profesjonell løfteløsning som oppfyller EN280 og CE sikkerhetsstandarder, og sikrer overholdelse av europeiske arbeidsplassforskrifter.   FAQ for SMITH AS-X6 Sakselift Hva er maksimal arbeidshøyde for Sakseliften? SMITH AS-X6 Sakselift tilbyr en maksimal arbeidshøyde på 7,8 meter, egnet for innendørs vedlikehold, installasjon og lageroperasjoner. Hvor mye vekt kan Sakseliften trygt bære? Liften støtter en nominell lastekapasitet på 230 kg på hovedplattformen og 120 kg på forlengelsesdekket, noe som tillater sikker drift for to arbeidere og verktøy. Hva er strømkilden til Sakseliften? Sakseliften drives av et 24V DC batterisystem bestående av seks 4V/200Ah vedlikeholdsfrie batterier, som sikrer stille og utslippsfri drift. Er Sakseliften i samsvar med europeiske sikkerhetsstandarder? Ja, SMITH AS-X6 er produsert i samsvar med EN280 og CE standarder, og oppfyller alle nødvendige sikkerhets- og driftsforskrifter innen EU-markedet. Kan Sakseliften brukes utendørs? Modellen er primært designet for innendørs bruk på faste og jevne flater. Utendørs bruk er kun mulig under stabile forhold uten vind eller ujevnt underlag. Hvilket vedlikehold kreves for Sakseliften? Rutinemessig vedlikehold inkluderer kontroll av batteriladningsnivå, hydraulikkoljetilstand og bremsefunksjonalitet. Liften har også et automatisk feildiagnosesystem som bistår ved serviceinspeksjoner. Hvor lang tid tar det å løfte til maksimal høyde? Sakseliften oppnår full høyde på omtrent 18 sekunder og senkes på 28 sekunder, noe som sikrer rask og effektiv arbeidsflyt i vedlikeholdsoperasjoner. Hvilke sikkerhetssystemer er integrert i Sakseliften? Sikkerhetsfunksjoner inkluderer automatisk hullbeskyttelse, nødstoppsbrytere, veltnings- og overbelastningsalarmer, og en nødsenkemekanisme for kontrollert nedstigning. Er Sakseliften enkel å transportere og lagre? Ja. Den kompakte størrelsen på 1,84 m × 0,76 m og sammenleggbare rekkverk gjør den enkel å flytte gjennom standard dører og lagre på begrensede områder. Den har også gaffellommer for håndtering. Hvilken garanti og kundestøtte tilbys? SMITH AS-X6 Sakselift leveres med ett års garanti som dekker fabrikasjonsfeil. Teknisk støtte og reservedeler er tilgjengelig gjennom autoriserte servicesentre innen EU.   Spesifikasjoner for SMITH AS-X6 Sakselift Modell SMITH AS-X6 (tilsvarende JS0607) Maks. Arbeidshøyde 7,8 m Maks. Plattformhøyde 5,8 m Plattformstørrelse (L×B) 1,65 × 0,75 m Forlengelsesplattform Lengde 0,9 m Rated Kapasitet 230 kg Forlengelsesplattform Kapasitet 120 kg Kjørehastighet (Sammenfoldet / Hevet) 0–4 km/t / 0–0,8 km/t Svingradius (Utvendig) 1,55 m Klatreevne 25% Batterispenning / Kapasitet 24V (6×4V/200Ah) Motoreffekt 3,3 kW Totalvekt 1540 kg Bakkeklaring 60 mm (inntrukket) / 15 mm (løftet) Kontrolltype Proporsjonal Kontroll Drivsystem Doble Forhjul / Doble Bakhjul   Avkastning av SMITH AS-X6 Sakselift SMITH AS-X6 Sakselift gir målbar avkastning på investeringen gjennom produktivitet, sikkerhet og redusert driftsstans. Dens hel-elektriske design eliminerer behovet for hydraulisk trekking eller manuell løfting, noe som reduserer arbeidskostnader og øker driftseffektiviteten. Med raske heve- og senketider på 18 til 28 sekunder tillater liften teknikere å fullføre flere løftesykluser per time, noe som betydelig forbedrer prosjektets effektivitet. Den kompakte og selvkjørende konstruksjonen muliggjør rask forflytning mellom arbeidsstasjoner uten ekstern trekking. Det robuste batterisystemet gir forlenget driftstid mellom ladinger, og sikrer kontinuerlig bruk gjennom en standard arbeidsøkt. Automatiserte funksjoner som feildiagnose, automatisk bremseutløsning og overbelastningsdeteksjon reduserer vedlikeholdskostnader og forhindrer ulykker som kan føre til driftsstans. Sammenlignet med leielifter sikrer egen eierskap av AS-X6 lavere langsiktige kostnader, rask u...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/smith-as-x6-scissor-lift/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/SMITH-AS-X6-scissor-lift.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/SMITH-AS-X6-scissor-lift-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/SMITH-AS-X6-scissor-lift-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/SMITH-AS-X6-scissor-lift-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/SMITH-AS-X6-scissor-lift.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>11954 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>9799 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>780010</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>2.165 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>503767</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2643</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2643</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Scissor Lifts</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Scissor Lifts</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>210048B</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Automatisk bindingsmaskin med transportbånd – HIPO ULTRA-B, 220V, for PP-bånd med bredde 5-6 mm, tykkelse 0,6-1,0 mm, ramme – bredde 850 mm, høyde 800 mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[HIPO ULTRA-B Automatisk bindingsmaskin med transportbånd HIPO ULTRA-B automatiske bindingsmaskin med transportbånd er en svært effektiv industriløsning designet for automatiserte pakkelinjer som krever kontinuerlig drift, presisjon og holdbarhet. Den kombinerer en høyhastighets bindingsenhet med et integrert transportsystem, som gjør at pakker automatisk kan plasseres, bindes og utleveres uten manuell håndtering. Dette systemet er ideelt for kartonger, esker og andre standardiserte pakker som vanligvis finnes i lager, logistikk og produksjonsmiljøer. Maskinen opererer med polypropylen (PP) bånd med bredde fra 5 mm til 9 mm og benytter et varmtsmelteforseglingssystem for konsistente og pålitelige båndfester. Bygget på en stålramme med industrielle komponenter, er den konstruert for kontinuerlig produksjon og redusert nedetid. Berøringsskjermgrensesnittet, PLC-kontroll og automatisk båndmater sikrer enkel betjening og stabil ytelse med hastigheter opptil 50 sykluser per minutt. Denne automatiske bindingsmaskinen integreres perfekt med transportbaserte pakkesystemer, noe som muliggjør høy gjennomstrømning, reduserte arbeidskostnader og bedre pakkeuniformitet. Den tilbyr justerbar båndspenning opptil 30 kg, lavt støynivå (≤75 dB) og lavt strømforbruk på kun 1,0 kW. Standard bueåpning på 650 × 500 mm og arbeidsbordshøyde på 850 mm gjør den kompatibel med de fleste pakkeformater. HIPO ULTRA-B kan også tilpasses spesifikke dimensjoner eller produksjonskrav, og tilbyr skalerbarhet for ulike industrielle bruksområder.   Video av HIPO ULTRA-B Automatisk bindingsmaskin med transportbånd ﻿   FAQ for HIPO ULTRA-B Automatisk bindingsmaskin med transportbånd Hvilke pakkestørrelser og vekter er kompatible med en automatisk bindingsmaskin med transportbånd? Standard bueåpning på 650 × 500 mm støtter de fleste kartonger og esker brukt i logistikk og produksjon. Minimum pakkestørrelse er omtrent 80 × 60 mm. Maksimal pakkvekt er vanligvis 80 kg, avhengig av transportørkonfigurasjonen. Tilpassede bueåpninger kan produseres for å imøtekomme større eller spesialpakker. Hvilken båndtype og dimensjoner støttes av en automatisk bindingsmaskin med transportbånd? Maskinen opererer med polypropylen (PP) bånd med bredde fra 5 mm til 9 mm og tykkelse 0,5 til 0,8 mm. Standard båndrull har en indre diameter på 200–210 mm og ytre diameter på 400–450 mm. Kun PP-bånd bør brukes for optimal forsegling. Hva er bindingshastigheten til en automatisk bindingsmaskin med transportbånd? Bindingshastigheten er opptil 50 sykluser per minutt under optimale driftsforhold. Faktisk gjennomstrømning avhenger av transportørhastighet, pakkedimensjoner og avstand mellom pakker. Systemet sikrer høy effektivitet selv ved kontinuerlig industriell bruk. Hvordan justeres båndspenningen på en automatisk bindingsmaskin med transportbånd? Båndspenningen kan justeres elektronisk mellom 0 og 30 kg via kontrollpanelet. Denne fleksibiliteten gjør at operatøren kan optimalisere båndstrammingen basert på pakkens styrke og innhold, og sikre trygg transport uten skade. Hvilken strømforsyning kreves for en automatisk bindingsmaskin med transportbånd? Maskinen krever 220 V, 50 Hz enfaset strømtilkobling og bruker omtrent 1,0 kW elektrisitet under drift. Den krever ikke trykkluft, noe som forenkler installasjon og vedlikehold. Kan den automatiske bindingsmaskinen med transportbånd integreres i eksisterende produksjonslinjer? Ja. Transportsystemet er designet for integrasjon med automatiske pakkelinjer og kan synkroniseres via sensor-kommunikasjon og justerbar transportørhastighetskontroll. Tilpassede grensesnittløsninger er tilgjengelige for eksisterende automasjonsoppsett. Hvilke sikkerhetsfunksjoner er inkludert i en automatisk bindingsmaskin med transportbånd? Maskinen inkluderer sikkerhetsdeksler over bevegelige og oppvarmede deler, en nødstoppsknapp, temperaturkontrollerte forseglingskomponenter og elektrisk jording i samsvar med CE-standarder. Disse funksjonene sikrer trygg drift ved kontinuerlig industriell bruk. Hvilket vedlikehold kreves for en automatisk bindingsmaskin med transportbånd? Rutinemessig vedlikehold inkluderer daglig rengjøring av båndkanaler, ukentlig smøring av bevegelige deler og periodisk kontroll av sensorer og spenningskomponenter. Den modulære konstruksjonen gir rask tilgang for service og enkel utskifting av slitedeler. Hva er forventet levetid for en automatisk bindingsmaskin med transportbånd? Med riktig vedlikehold og bruk av originale deler kan maskinen operere pålitelig i 10 år eller mer under standard industrielle forhold. Den robuste stålrammen og presisjonskomponentene er designet for langvarig, kontinuerlig bruk. Er den automatiske bindingsmaskinen med transportbånd miljøvennlig? Ja. Maskinen er energieffektiv, bruker kun 1,0 kW strøm og opererer uten trykkluft. Den benytter resirkulerbare PP-bånd og oppfyller RoHS miljøstandarder. Den holdbare konstruksjonen minimerer komponentavfall og støtter bærekraftig produksjon.   Spesifikasjoner...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/fully-automatic-strapping-machine-with-conveyor-belt/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/HIPO-ULTRA-B.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/HIPO-ULTRA-B-new.jpeg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/HIPO-ULTRA-B-buy.jpeg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/HIPO-ULTRA-B-price.jpeg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/HIPO-ULTRA-B.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>8538 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>6999 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>210048B</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>350.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2473,830,2552,530</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2473</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Pakking maskiner &gt; Stroppemaskiner</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>280050</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[LINEBOX-03 Box packaging Line - 720 boxes/h]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[LINEBOX-03 Box Packaging Line The LINEBOX-03 Box Packaging Line is an integrated automated solution designed for efficient and consistent carton forming, sealing, and conveying operations within industrial packaging environments. It combines four coordinated modules – an automatic case erector, motor-driven roller conveyor, non-driven roller conveyor, and automatic box taper – to streamline the process of erecting, transferring, and sealing up to 720 boxes per hour. The line is suitable for manufacturing, logistics, e-commerce, and food industries requiring continuous carton packaging flow. Constructed from high-strength steel and equipped with servo-controlled folding mechanisms, the system delivers consistent output while minimizing human intervention. The modular configuration allows each section to operate in perfect synchronization, maintaining balanced throughput and reducing downtime. With its PLC-based control system, 18 m/min conveyor speed, and compact footprint of 6 m × 2 m, LINEBOX-03 provides enterprises with a cost-effective, durable, and easy-to-maintain solution for automated carton handling and sealing.   LINEBOX-03 Box Packaging Line video ﻿   FAQ of LINEBOX-03 Box Packaging Line What is the production capacity of the box packaging line? The line produces approximately 720 boxes per hour, equivalent to 12 boxes per minute, depending on carton size and operator efficiency. Which carton dimensions are supported by the system? It supports carton sizes from 200–500 mm in length, 200–400 mm in width, and 150–350 mm in height. These limits ensure smooth transfer through each module. What tape types can be used for sealing? The box taper operates with BOPP or Kraft tape of 48–60 mm width, standard 75 mm inner core, suitable for most industrial packaging materials. What utilities are required to operate the box packaging line? The line runs on AC 220 V / 50 Hz / single phase electrical supply and requires compressed air at 0.6–0.8 MPa for pneumatic functions of the case erector. How many operators are needed? Only one operator is typically required to load carton blanks and supervise operation. For higher volume production, a second operator may assist with product loading or palletizing. How long does it take to change carton size? Changeover between carton formats is completed within 3–5 minutes using handwheel or pneumatic adjustments. Stored size presets simplify repetitive setups. Can the line be integrated with existing automation? Yes, the system features a modular design and can connect to upstream product filling, labeling, weighing, or palletizing lines using standard mechanical and PLC interfaces. What is the total space required for installation? The complete line requires approximately 6.1 meters in length and 2.1 meters in width, with an operational clearance of at least 1 meter for safe access and maintenance. What regular maintenance is recommended? Routine maintenance includes roller lubrication, belt inspection, and sensor cleaning. Pneumatic filters and tape heads should be checked weekly to ensure continuous operation. What is the expected return on investment (ROI)? By automating erection, sealing, and conveying, the line significantly reduces manual labor and material waste, typically achieving ROI within 12–18 months in medium to large production environments.   Specifications of LINEBOX-03 Box Packaging Line Component Specification Case Erector Model AUTOBOX10 Automatic Case Erector Erecting Speed 10–15 boxes/min (up to 720 boxes/h) Carton Size Range Length 200–500 mm; Width 200–400 mm; Height 150–350 mm Conveyor Model RC2M-D Motor-Driven Roller Conveyor Conveyor Speed 18 m/min Conveyor Width 600 mm Non-Driven Conveyor RC1M Passive Roller Section, Length 1000 mm Box Taper Model RUBBER Automatic Box Taper 48–60 mm Tape Width Power Supply AC 220 V / 50 Hz / 1 Phase Total Length of Line Approx. 6.1 m Operating Height 650 mm Noise Level Below 60 dB Frame Material Powder-coated industrial steel   ROI – Operational Efficiency of the LINEBOX-03 Box Packaging Line The box packaging line reduces manual labor requirements and increases packaging consistency. By automating the forming, sealing, and transfer of cartons, it minimizes the need for multiple operators traditionally required for manual assembly. With an average production capacity of 720 boxes per hour, companies can achieve substantial cost reductions per unit over time. The servo-controlled case erector ensures accurate folding and adhesive application, preventing carton waste and material losses. Integration of a motorized conveyor system with adjustable speed supports continuous workflow and prevents bottlenecks. The investment pays back quickly through improved throughput, reduced downtime, and optimized labor distribution, resulting in an estimated ROI within 12–18 months for medium-volume operations.   Key Features and Benefits of LINEBOX-03 Box Packaging Line The box packaging line offers features that directly e...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/linebox-03-box-packaging-line-720-boxes-h/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/LINEBOX-03-Box-packaging-Line-1.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/LINEBOX-03-Box-packaging-Line-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/LINEBOX-03-Box-packaging-Line-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/LINEBOX-03-Box-packaging-Line-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/LINEBOX-03-Box-packaging-Line-1.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RUBBER-automatic-box-taper-machine.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RUBBER-automatic-box-taper-machine-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RUBBER-automatic-box-taper-machine-left-side.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RUBBER-automatic-box-taper-machine-best-1.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RUBBER-automatic-box-taper-machine-better.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/autobox10-automatic-case-erector-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/autobox10-automatic-case-erector-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/autobox10-automatic-case-erector-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>18908 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>15499 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>280050</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>1000</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>833,2473,2623,830</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>833</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Kartongforseglere</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Pakking maskiner &gt; Kartongforseglere</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>295112</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Motor-drive Roller Conveyor RC2M-D]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Motor-drive Roller Conveyor RC2M-D The Motor-drive Roller Conveyor RC2M-D is a precision-engineered material handling solution designed for seamless product transfer in industrial production environments. It is developed for continuous operation in warehouses, packaging lines, and manufacturing plants where automation and reliability are critical. The conveyor operates with a motor-driven roller system that ensures consistent speed, reduced manual labor, and improved operational efficiency. Constructed with durable steel frames and precision rollers, it guarantees long-term stability even under intensive workloads. The RC2M-D model has a total dimension of 2050 × 600 mm, optimized for medium-sized product transportation, while the RC1M/D variant provides a compact size of 1000 × 600 mm. Its transport speed reaches 18 m/min, providing smooth flow across production lines. The gear ratio of 12.5:1 ensures strong torque and precise motion control. This conveyor is compatible with various industrial systems, including automated packaging equipment and palletizing solutions. Due to its motorized operation and low noise output, it is particularly suitable for integration in clean, organized production areas where reliability and efficiency are mandatory.   FAQ of Motor-drive Roller Conveyor RC2M-D 1. What is the primary function of a Motor-drive Roller Conveyor? A Motor-drive Roller Conveyor is designed to automatically transport goods or materials between workstations using powered rollers. It replaces manual handling and ensures continuous, smooth, and reliable material flow in industrial environments. 2. What are the key dimensions of the RC2M-D model? The RC2M-D model has a total size of 2050 × 600 mm, suitable for standard-sized boxes, containers, or light pallets. A smaller version, RC1M/D, measures 1000 × 600 mm. 3. What is the transport speed of the Motor-drive Roller Conveyor? The standard operating speed is 18 meters per minute, ensuring efficient yet safe product handling across production lines. 4. What type of motor and drive system does it use? The conveyor operates with an integrated electric motor featuring a 12.5:1 gear ratio, providing stable torque output and consistent speed control. 5. How much weight can the conveyor handle? The RC2M-D is designed for high load-bearing capacity, capable of handling heavy industrial materials, cartons, or mechanical components without deformation or loss of performance. 6. What are the main advantages compared to traditional conveyors? Unlike belt conveyors, the Motor-drive Roller Conveyor has fewer moving parts, requires less maintenance, and provides greater energy efficiency due to its direct motor drive mechanism. 7. How is maintenance performed on this conveyor? Maintenance is minimal and includes periodic lubrication of bearings, inspection of roller alignment, and cleaning of the surface. The sealed gearbox design reduces the need for frequent servicing. 8. Can the Motor-drive Roller Conveyor be integrated into automated systems? Yes. The RC2M-D is fully compatible with automated packaging, palletizing, and labeling systems, and can be synchronized with smart factory control modules. 9. What safety features are included in the RC2M-D model? It includes an enclosed motor housing, anti-slip rollers, and overload protection to ensure safe operation and protect both equipment and personnel from hazards. 10. How can I order or request a quote? Customers can purchase directly through the website by clicking ADD TO CART for standard orders or GET OFFER for customized quotes and large-scale industrial installations.   Specifications of Motor-drive Roller Conveyor RC2M-D Model RC2M-D Length × Width 2050 × 600 mm Speed 18 m/min Motor Gear Ratio 12.5:1 Structure Motor-driven roller conveyor with steel frame Roller Material High-strength galvanized steel Drive Type Integrated motor drive Noise Level Low (<60 dB) Maintenance Minimal lubrication required Weight Capacity High load-bearing for industrial use   ROI and Efficiency of Motor-drive Roller Conveyor RC2M-D Investing in a Motor-drive Roller Conveyor provides a clear return through enhanced process efficiency and reduced operational downtime. By automating product transport between workstations, companies minimize manual handling and the associated labor costs. The continuous and reliable movement of goods allows production lines to maintain constant throughput, improving productivity per shift. Furthermore, the motorized design minimizes product damage by providing consistent acceleration and deceleration, lowering waste and rework. Over time, these advantages result in a rapid ROI (Return on Investment)—typically realized within months depending on production scale and frequency of use.   Key Features and Benefits of Motor-drive Roller Conveyor RC2M-D The RC2M-D Motor-drive Roller Conveyor combines efficiency, robustness, and flexibility. Its modular construction allows easy integration with existing conve...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/motor-drive-roller-conveyor-rc2m-d/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Motor-drive-Roller-Conveyor-RC2M-D.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Motor-drive-Roller-Conveyor-RC2M-D.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1584 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1299 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>295112</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>95.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6988</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2603,830</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2603</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Conveyors</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Conveyors</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>240023</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Automatisk L-bar forsegler T4535 – Maks. pakkestørrelse: L400*B300*H220mm, Min pakkestørrelse: L:100mm, B: 50mm, H: ingen begrensning]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Automatisk L-bar forsegler T4535 Automatisk L-bar forsegler T4535 er en industrikvalitets automatisk L-bar forsegler designet for kontinuerlige pakkoperasjoner som krever høy produktivitet, konsekvent forseglingskvalitet og langsiktig pålitelighet. Denne maskinen er mye brukt i produksjons- og logistikkfasiliteter for å lage forseglede filminnpakninger rundt individuelle eller grupperte produkter før krymping med varme. Den er egnet for POF krympefilm med bredder fra 100 mm til 550 mm og tykkelse mellom 15 til 25 mikron. Systemets kompakte fotavtrykk og automatiserte drift gjør den til et effektivt valg for mellomstore til høyvolums produksjonslinjer. Med en maksimal pakkestørrelse på L450 × B350 × H220 mm og et minimum forseglingsområde på L100 × B50 mm, håndterer Automatisk L-bar forsegler T4535 et bredt spekter av produktdimensjoner. Utstyret integrerer presis temperaturkontroll, et høy-effektivt forseglingsblad og et automatisk transportsystem som sikrer stabil overføring av varer gjennom forseglings- og krympeprosessen. Den robuste konstruksjonen og varmebestandige materialer sikrer kontinuerlig drift under industrielle belastninger. Designet for bruk med separat eller innebygd krympetunnel, tilbyr T4535 en utmerket kombinasjon av automatisering, tilpasningsevne og energieffektivitet.   Video av Automatisk L-bar forsegler T4535 ﻿   FAQ om Automatisk L-bar forsegler T4535 Hva er en automatisk L-bar forsegler og hvordan fungerer den? En automatisk L-bar forsegler er en pakkemaskin som forsegler produkter i varmekrympbar film ved hjelp av en L-formet forseglingsarm. Den oppdager automatisk produktet, kutter og forsegler filmen, og forbereder den for varmekrymping. Denne prosessen sikrer konsekvent forseglingskvalitet og reduserer manuelt arbeid i pakkeoperasjoner. Hvilke filmtyper er kompatible med Automatisk L-bar forsegler T4535? Automatisk L-bar forsegler T4535 er kompatibel med POF (polyolefin) krympefilm med bredde fra 100 mm til 550 mm og tykkelse på 15–25 mikron. Den gir ren, restfri forsegling med høy klarhet på krympefilmer. Hva er maksimal og minimal produktstørrelse som kan forsegles? Maskinen støtter produkter med maksimale dimensjoner på L450 × B350 × H220 mm og minimale dimensjoner på L100 × B50 mm. Produktets høyde er ikke begrenset, noe som tillater emballering av ulike produktprofiler. Er Automatisk L-bar forsegler T4535 egnet for høyvolumsproduksjon? Ja. Den automatiske L-bar forsegleren er designet for kontinuerlig eller semi-automatisk drift, noe som gjør den ideell for mellomstore til høyvolums pakkemiljøer som krever stabil produksjon og minimal operatørinnsats. Trenger maskinen en ekstern krympetunnel? Automatisk L-bar forsegler T4535 kan brukes som en frittstående enhet eller i kombinasjon med en ekstern krympetunnel. For stramme og profesjonelle pakkeresultater anbefales det å koble forsegleren til et kompatibelt krympetunnelsystem. Hva er strømkravene for denne maskinen? Automatisk L-bar forsegler T4535 drives på standard 220V / 50–60Hz strømforsyning og forbruker omtrent 1,6 kW. Den er egnet for de fleste industrielle miljøer innenfor europeisk strømstandard. Hva slags vedlikehold krever maskinen? Rutinemessig vedlikehold innebærer rengjøring av forseglingsbladet, kontroll av teflonbelegget og inspeksjon av transportbånd og sensorer. Regelmessig forebyggende vedlikehold sikrer stabil ytelse og forlenger levetiden til den automatiske L-bar forsegleren. Er maskinen i samsvar med europeiske sikkerhetsstandarder? Ja. Automatisk L-bar forsegler T4535 er CE-sertifisert og inkluderer sikkerhetsfunksjoner som beskyttelsesdeksler, nødstoppsbrytere og varmeisolasjon. Disse funksjonene garanterer operatørsikkerhet under kontinuerlig industriell bruk. Kan maskinen håndtere forskjellige produktformer og materialer? Den automatiske L-bar forsegleren er svært allsidig og kan forsegle rektangulære, kvadratiske eller uregelmessig formede produkter laget av papp, plast eller andre stive materialer, så lenge de passer innenfor maksimalstørrelsesgrensene. Hvor kan jeg kjøpe Automatisk L-bar forsegler T4535? Du kan kjøpe Automatisk L-bar forsegler T4535 direkte via vår nettside ved å klikke på LEGG I HANDLEKURV-knappen. For tilpassede tilbud eller bestillinger i bulk, velg FÅ TILBUD for å motta et personlig forretningsforslag med konkurransedyktige priser og levering i hele EU.   Spesifikasjoner for Automatisk L-bar forsegler T4535 Modell T4535 Automatisk L-bar forsegler Strømforsyning 220V / 50-60Hz Strømforbruk 1,6 kW Maks pakkestørrelse L450 × B350 × H220 mm Min pakkestørrelse L100 × B50 mm, Høyde: Ingen begrensning Filmmateriale POF krympefilm Filmbredde 100 mm – 550 mm Filmtjukkelse 15–25 mikron Maskindimensjoner 1450 × 670 × 1000 mm Vekt 200 kg Driftsmodus Semi-automatisk / kontinuerlig forsegling Forseglingsbladtype Varmebestandig L-type forseglingssystem Kontrollsystem Elektronisk temperaturkontroller og fotosensor   Avkastning på investering for Automatisk L-bar forsegler T4535 Automatis...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/automatic-l-bar-sealer-t4535/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Automatic-L-bar-sealer-T4535.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Automatic-L-bar-sealer-T4535-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Automatic-L-bar-sealer-T4535-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Automatic-L-bar-sealer-T4535-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Automatic-L-bar-sealer-T4535-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Automatic-L-bar-sealer-T4535.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>out of stock</g:availability><g:price>3292 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2699 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>240023</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>270.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>836,830</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>836</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Krympepakkemaskiner</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Pakking maskiner &gt; Krympepakkemaskiner</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>230034</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[RUBBER automatic box taper machine 48-60mm (Kraft or BOPP tape) - 12m/min - Max. Carton size: W500*H500mm - Min. Carton Size: W120*H120mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[RUBBER Automatic Box Taper Machine Automatic box taper machine is designed for efficient and standardized carton sealing in industrial and commercial operations. This equipment ensures consistent packaging quality across production lines while reducing manual labor and human error. The RUBBER automatic box taper machine uses pressure-sensitive adhesive tapes such as BOPP and Kraft tape to seal cartons in a reliable and uniform manner. With a power supply of 220V/50Hz and 370W output, it provides stable and continuous operation for demanding environments. The machine supports carton dimensions from L300–700mm, W120–480mm, and H120–480mm, making it suitable for a wide range of packaging requirements. Operating at a sealing speed of 12 cases per minute, it increases productivity while maintaining accuracy in carton closing. Equipped with a 750mm height workbench and robust side belt drive system, the machine facilitates integration with automated conveyor systems in warehouses and production facilities. Dimensions of L1780 × W886 × H1685mm and weight of 180kg ensure a compact yet stable construction that is durable in long-term industrial use. Its application field includes chemical fiber industries, tobacco leaf drying, pharmaceuticals, publications, household appliances, refrigeration, ceramics, and logistics operations. The RUBBER automatic box taper machine is built to improve operational efficiency, reduce packaging waste, and ensure standardized sealing quality across multiple packaging lines.   RUBBER Automatic Box Taper Machine video ﻿   FAQ of RUBBER Automatic Box Taper Machine What carton sizes can the automatic box taper machine handle? The machine supports cartons with dimensions from L300–700mm, W120–480mm, and H120–480mm, ensuring flexibility for various packaging requirements. What type of adhesive tape is compatible with the automatic box taper machine? It is compatible with BOPP and Kraft adhesive tapes, in widths ranging from 48mm to 60mm. What is the sealing speed of the automatic box taper machine? The equipment operates at a sealing speed of 12 cases per minute, suitable for medium to high-volume production lines. What is the power requirement for the automatic box taper machine? It requires a 220V / 50Hz power supply with a rated power of 370W. Is the automatic box taper machine easy to integrate with existing conveyor systems? Yes, the machine has a standard 750mm workbench height, allowing seamless integration with infeed and outfeed conveyors. What is the weight and size of the automatic box taper machine? The machine dimensions are L1780 × W886 × H1685mm, with a gross weight of 180kg, providing compact yet stable construction. What safety features are included in the automatic box taper machine? It includes operator safety instructions, blade protection, and requires safe operating distance to reduce risks during operation. What industries typically use the automatic box taper machine? Industries such as manufacturing, logistics, pharmaceuticals, household appliances, ceramics, publishing, and refrigerated goods benefit from its application. How much maintenance does the automatic box taper machine require? It requires regular inspection of belts, blades, and tape rollers, as well as cleaning adhesive residue and lubricating moving parts for smooth operation. What purchasing options are available for the automatic box taper machine? Customers can add the product directly to cart for immediate purchase or request a personalized quotation by selecting the Get Offer option.   Specifications of RUBBER Automatic Box Taper Machine Model FX-AT5050 Power Supply and Power 220V / 50Hz / 370W Sealing Specification L300–700mm × W120–480mm × H120–480mm Adhesive Tape BOPP, Kraft adhesive tape Adhesive Size 48–60mm Sealing Speed 12 cases per minute Workbench Height 750mm Dimensions L1780 × W886 × H1685mm Packing Measurement L2300 × W1150 × H1690mm (4.47m³) Net Weight 150kg Gross Weight 180kg   ROI of RUBBER Automatic Box Taper Machine Automatic box taper machine ensures measurable return on investment for companies engaged in medium to large scale packaging. By automating carton sealing, it reduces dependency on manual labor and lowers the risk of inconsistent sealing quality. The sealing speed of 12 cases per minute translates to significant time savings in high-volume operations, reducing bottlenecks in production lines. Lower labor involvement minimizes training costs and employee fatigue, while ensuring higher operational safety. Energy consumption remains low with a 370W power configuration, making it cost-efficient to operate continuously. Carton sealing waste is minimized as the machine applies consistent tape tension and alignment. This optimization prevents product damage during storage or transport and reduces rework costs. In sectors such as manufacturing, logistics, and distribution, the equipment provides long-term cost savings through reliable performance, limited downtime, and exte...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/rubber-automatic-box-taper-machine-48-60mm-kraft-or-bopp/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RUBBER-automatic-box-taper-machine.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RUBBER-automatic-box-taper-machine-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RUBBER-automatic-box-taper-machine-buy-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RUBBER-automatic-box-taper-machine-left-side.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RUBBER-automatic-box-taper-machine-right-side.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RUBBER-automatic-box-taper-machine-price.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RUBBER-automatic-box-taper-machine-better.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RUBBER-automatic-box-taper-machine-best-1.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RUBBER-automatic-box-taper-machine-quality.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RUBBER-automatic-box-taper-machine-high.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RUBBER-automatic-box-taper-machine-cheap-1.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RUBBER-automatic-box-taper-machine.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>4878 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>3999 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>230034</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>240.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>833,830</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>833</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Kartongforseglere</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Pakking maskiner &gt; Kartongforseglere</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>260354</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Tabletop auto labeling machine T160LB - 30-80pcs/min]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Tabletop auto labeling machine T160LB The Tabletop auto labeling machine T160LB is a professional equipment solution developed for industrial applications where high precision and consistency in labeling are essential. This machine is designed to handle flat product surfaces and provides reliable performance for companies requiring systematic product labeling across multiple batches. The labeling speed ranges from 30 to 80 pieces per minute, depending on the dimensions of the product and the applied label size. It supports label sizes between 6 to 250 mm in length and 20 to 160 mm in width. The device accommodates product sizes ranging from 40 to 300 mm in length, 40 to 200 mm in width, and 0.2 to 100 mm in height. The core design of this machine ensures labeling accuracy and consistency, making it suitable for companies that require compliance with industrial standards in packaging and identification processes. The system is built with stable components to maintain durability and reliability during extended operation, minimizing the risk of downtime and maximizing operational efficiency.   Tabletop auto labeling machine T160LB video ﻿   FAQ of Tabletop auto labeling machine T160LB 1. What product shapes and surfaces are suitable? Flat or nearly flat surfaces are ideal for consistent label adhesion and positioning. Typical applications include cartons, pouches, trays, flat bottles, and rigid components with a uniform top face. For the Tabletop auto labeling machine T160LB, suitable product dimensions are Length 40–300 mm, Width 40–200 mm, and Height 0.2–100 mm, ensuring stable transport and reliable label application within these ranges. 2. What throughput do I need for my line? Define your required labeled-units-per-hour from real production data (shift targets, changeovers, rejects). The T160LB operates at 30–80 pcs/min, allowing planners to budget between 1,800 and 4,800 labeled pieces per hour under steady-state conditions. Select a capacity with 15–25% headroom to accommodate ramp-up, operator interventions, and label roll changes without risking bottlenecks. 3. What label sizes are supported? Confirm the full label size envelope against the machine’s specification. The T160LB supports label sizes of Length 6–250 mm and Width 20–160 mm. Validate your smallest and largest SKUs (including any planned redesigns) against these limits to avoid retooling or parallel equipment for outliers. 4. Will my product dimensions fit without custom fixtures? Compare your product length, width, and height to the machine’s admissible window. The T160LB supports products within L 40–300 mm, W 40–200 mm, H 0.2–100 mm. Parts outside this range may require custom guides or a different platform. Verify tolerance bands (warpage, flatness) to ensure stable transport and repeatable label placement. 5. How do I ensure label placement accuracy and consistency? Accuracy depends on stable product handling, correct sensor positioning, and proper label threading/tension. Implement clear work instructions for threading, set product guides to eliminate lateral play, and run short validation batches whenever changing label size or product. Maintain clean rollers and sensors to prevent drift and mis-triggers. 6. What changeover steps are required between SKUs? Typical changeovers include swapping label rolls as needed, adjusting guide rails to product width, setting label position via the head’s vertical/front-back adjustments, and confirming sensor triggers on the new label gap/mark. Document target settings per SKU and use a checklist to keep changeovers predictable and under a defined time standard. 7. What are the installation and operating environment requirements? Install on a rigid, level surface with adequate clearance for loading products and changing label rolls. Operate in a clean, dry area with stable temperature and minimal vibration. Provide standard AC power per local regulations and ensure proper grounding for safety and signal stability. Keep liquids, dust, and corrosives away from transport and sensor areas. 8. What routine maintenance and consumables should I plan for? Plan periodic cleaning of transport rollers, label path, and sensors; remove adhesive buildup to prevent slippage and misfeeds. Inspect belts and wear components on a schedule aligned with run-hours. Primary consumables are pressure-sensitive labels compatible with your substrate. Maintain spare label rolls and basic wear parts to minimize downtime. 9. How do I validate labels, compliance, and traceability? Confirm label material compatibility with your product surface and storage conditions. Validate readability (text, barcodes, regulatory marks) at line speed and downstream checkpoints. Establish a first-article approval per shift/SKU, record settings, and include periodic sampling during production to demonstrate ongoing compliance and traceability. 10. What support, training, and documentation are required? Ensure operators receive initial training...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/tabletop-auto-labeling-machine-t160lb/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Tabletop-auto-labeling-machine-T160LB-scaled.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Tabletop-auto-labeling-machine-T160LB-buy.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Tabletop-auto-labeling-machine-T160LB-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>out of stock</g:availability><g:price>3536 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2899 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>260354</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>160.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>1076,830</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>1076</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Labeling machines</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Pakking maskiner &gt; Labeling machines</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>260350</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Automatic Labeling Machine A175LB - 40-120pcs/min]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Automatic Labeling Machine A175LB Automatic labeling machine A175LB is a professional industrial solution designed for enterprises that require consistent and accurate labeling on flat products. This machine is engineered to meet the operational needs of companies in sectors such as manufacturing, packaging, logistics, and distribution. Automatic labeling machine A175LB provides an efficient method to apply labels with high precision, supporting large-scale operations where consistency and reliability are critical. The system ensures labeling accuracy ±1mm and labeling speed 40–120 pcs/min, subject to label and product parameters. The device is powered by a step motor and managed via a stable PLC system to maintain repeatable performance in extended industrial use. Automatic labeling machine A175LB supports a wide range of product sizes and label sizes, enabling versatile deployment across packaging tasks. The compact dimensions 1500×650×1400mm and net weight 160kg ensure stable operation with efficient floor utilization. The machine handles product dimensions L:40–250mm, W:40–200mm, H:0.2–100mm and label dimensions W:20–175mm, L:6–250mm, forming a reliable, accurate solution aligned with enterprise standards.   Automatic Labeling Machine A175LB video ﻿   FAQ of Automatic Labeling Machine A175LB 1) What products can the automatic labeling machine A175LB handle? Automatic labeling machine A175LB is designed for flat-surface products across manufacturing, packaging, and distribution. It supports the following Suitable product size envelope: L:40mm–250mm, W:40mm–200mm, H:0.2mm–100mm. Typical items include cartons, trays, sleeves, and flat industrial components where uniform label placement is required. Within these limits, the platform maintains ±1mm accuracy provided products are conveyed stably and aligned using the adjustable guides and labeling head positioning mechanisms. 2) What label sizes are compatible with the automatic labeling machine A175LB? Automatic labeling machine A175LB accepts the following Suitable label size range: L (length): 6–250mm and W (width): 20–175mm (expressed by supplier as W6–250*H20–175mm). This coverage supports small identification labels through to larger compliance or branding labels on flat packaging. For best results, use quality liners (e.g., glassine) and ensure die-cut depth does not score the liner to prevent tearing during high-speed dispensing. 3) What throughput and accuracy can we expect from the automatic labeling machine A175LB? Automatic labeling machine A175LB achieves a labeling speed of 40–120 pcs/min, dependent on label geometry, product handling stability, and chosen parameters. Placement precision is specified at ±1mm under normal conditions. Consistency is governed by correct sensor calibration, stable conveyance, and appropriate tensioning of label media through the path. 4) What are the electrical and power requirements for the automatic labeling machine A175LB? Automatic labeling machine A175LB operates on 110/220V, 50–60Hz mains supply with a rated power consumption of 400W. A properly grounded connection is required. The drive is a step motor under PLC control, ensuring deterministic motion and repeatable label feed under continuous duty. 5) How does the automatic labeling machine A175LB integrate into an existing line? Automatic labeling machine A175LB is configured for Left-to-Right product flow and mounts inline with upstream/downstream conveyors. The platform’s compact footprint 1500×650×1400mm and weight 160kg provide stability with modest floor-space impact. Integration focuses on synchronized infeed, consistent product orientation, and clear take-away to protect adhesion immediately after label application. 6) What adjustments and changeover steps are required on the automatic labeling machine A175LB? Automatic labeling machine A175LB provides vertical, horizontal, and front–rear positioning for the labeling head, adjustable product guides, and tension control for the label path. Changeover involves: loading the label roll, threading per the path diagram, setting labeling speed, aligning the peel point to the target area, and performing sensor calibration for reliable gap detection. Documented settings help shorten changeover time across SKUs. 7) What operator skills and controls are needed for the automatic labeling machine A175LB? Automatic labeling machine A175LB is intended for trained personnel. Operators configure parameters via the integrated PLC/HMI, including speed, delay, and detection thresholds. Routine tasks include threading, tension checks, and periodic verification of placement. The interface also permits manual jog for testing and diagnostics before switching to automatic mode for production. 8) What maintenance practices ensure reliability of the automatic labeling machine A175LB? Automatic labeling machine A175LB benefits from a preventive plan: regular cleaning of rollers and peel plates, removal of liner debris, sensor...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/automatic-labeling-machine-a175lb/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Automatic-Labeling-Machine-A175LB-scaled.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Automatic-Labeling-Machine-A175LB-buy-scaled.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Automatic-Labeling-Machine-A175LB-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Automatic-Labeling-Machine-A175LB-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Automatic-Labeling-Machine-A175LB-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>5488 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>4499 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>260350</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>160.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>1076,830</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>1076</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Labeling machines</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Pakking maskiner &gt; Labeling machines</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>331000</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Stretch film dispenser HOLD3 - Stretching Rate: 35% - Film Width: 500mm, Inner Dia.: 76 mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Stretch Film Dispenser HOLD3 Stretch Film Dispenser HOLD3 is a precision-engineered tool designed for industrial packaging operations to secure and wrap goods efficiently. This stretch film dispenser supports film widths from 12 to 20 inches (30 to 50 cm), fitting a variety of standard stretch film rolls used in warehousing, manufacturing, and logistics. It features a robust metal frame with a rust-resistant coating to ensure longevity in demanding environments. Operators benefit from the ergonomic design and tension adjustment mechanism, which facilitates consistent film delivery and reduces material waste. The dispenser’s lightweight yet durable construction enhances maneuverability and ease of use across different packaging scenarios, making it an essential tool for companies aiming to improve transport safety and optimize packing workflows.   Stretch Film Dispenser HOLD3 video ﻿   FAQ of Stretch Film Dispenser HOLD3 What is a stretch film dispenser and what is it used for? A stretch film dispenser is a tool used to hold and apply stretch wrap film efficiently around pallets or products to secure and protect them during storage or transportation. It helps control film tension and speed, improving wrap consistency and reducing film waste. What film sizes are compatible with most stretch film dispensers? Most stretch film dispensers accommodate film widths ranging between 12 and 20 inches (30 to 50 cm) with typically a standard 3-inch core diameter. It is important to check dispenser specifications to ensure compatibility with the film used. How does tension adjustment improve wrapping? Tension adjustment lets the operator control the tightness of the film wrap around a load, which ensures secure packing, reduces film breakage, and minimizes material waste, resulting in cost savings. Are stretch film dispensers suitable for all types of pallets and loads? Yes, stretch film dispensers are designed to wrap different pallet sizes and loads securely. Adjustable tension and film size compatibility enable versatile use on various cargo types and packaging situations. What materials are stretch film dispensers typically made of? They are usually constructed from durable metals with rust-resistant coatings to withstand industrial wear and exposure, ensuring long-lasting reliability in demanding environments. How easy is it to replace the stretch film roll on the dispenser? Roll replacement is designed to be quick and tool-free in most dispensers. The standard 3-inch core film rolls can be loaded easily to minimize downtime and improve workflow speed. Can the dispenser reduce operator fatigue? Ergonomic design features, including soft handle grips and lightweight construction, reduce hand strain and fatigue during prolonged wrapping tasks, supporting better safety and productivity. What maintenance does a stretch film dispenser require? Routine cleaning to remove debris and regular inspection of tension controls and moving parts ensure smooth film delivery and extend the dispenser’s operational life. Is the stretch film dispenser environmentally friendly? By improving film tension control and reducing waste, dispensers help minimize excessive use of plastic wrap. Additionally, many films used are recyclable, supporting sustainability goals. How does this dispenser compare to automatic stretch wrapping machines? Manual stretch film dispensers are cost-effective and flexible tools for lower to medium volume packaging tasks, while automatic machines serve high-throughput environments. Dispensers provide operator control and mobility not offered by fixed machinery.   Specifications of Stretch Film Dispenser HOLD3 Parameter Specification Film Width Compatibility 12 - 20 inches (30 - 50 cm) Core Diameter 3 inches (7.6 cm) Weight Approx. 3.2 lbs (1.45 kg) Material Durable metal with rust-resistant finish Tension Adjustment Manual control for film tightness Handle Grip Soft foam padded for comfort   ROI - Process Efficiency Improvement of Stretch Film Dispenser HOLD3 The stretch film dispenser HOLD3 significantly enhances operational efficiency by streamlining the packaging process. Its adjustable tension control minimizes film waste, reducing supply costs related to overuse and breakage. The durable construction lowers maintenance and replacement needs, decreasing downtime. The ergonomic design reduces operator fatigue, which can improve labor productivity and lessen work-related injuries. By enabling quicker, more consistent wrapping of pallets and goods, it helps enterprises meet tight shipping schedules. These benefits translate into measurable cost savings and productivity gains, increasing return on investment for companies seeking scalable packaging solutions.   Key Features and Benefits of Stretch Film Dispenser HOLD3 The HOLD3 stretch film dispenser offers notable features including adjustable height, manual tension control, and a soft foam handle grip designed for extended use. These elements enhance operator ...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/stretch-film-dispenser-hold3/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Stretch-film-dispenser-HOLD3-1.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Stretch-film-dispenser-HOLD3-buy.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Stretch-film-dispenser-HOLD3-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Stretch-film-dispenser-HOLD3-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Stretch-film-dispenser-HOLD3-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Stretch-film-dispenser-HOLD3-1.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>364 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>299 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:mpn>331000</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>6.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>830,834</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>830</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Pakking maskiner</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Pakking maskiner &gt; Pallepakkemaskin</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>240060</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Termisk krympetunnel V4530 – 10m/min – Maks produktdimensjoner: 1400*350*200]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Krympetunnel V4530 Krympetunnel V4530 er et industrikvalitets emballasjeutstyr spesielt utviklet for effektive krympeløsninger. Denne krympetunnelen integrerer avansert varme-krympeteknologi, som sikrer høy konsistens og holdbarhet i emballasjeprosesser. Bygget for bruk i bedrifter og produksjonsindustrier, støtter Krympetunnel V4530 et bredt spekter av krympefilmer inkludert Polyolefin (POF) og Polyetylen (PE), med filmtetthet fra 15 til 160 mikron og filmbredder fra 200mm til 520mm. Maskinen maksimerer emballasjeeffektiviteten ved å benytte justerbare luftblåsevinkler og presis temperaturkontroll, som tillater optimal krymping med redusert filmavfall. Produktet støtter emballering av varer opptil 1400mm i lengde, 350mm i bredde og 200mm i høyde, noe som gjør den tilpasningsdyktig til ulike produkttyper. Dens robuste design og pålitelige ytelse garanterer jevn forseglingkvalitet samtidig som produktene beskyttes under transport. Krympetunnel V4530 er konstruert for industriell bruk med funksjoner som øker gjennomstrømning, reduserer driftskostnader og opprettholder samsvar med sikkerhets- og kvalitetsstandarder.   Krympetunnel V4530 video ﻿   FAQ om Krympetunnel V4530 Hvilke typer krympefilmer er kompatible med krympetunnelen? Krympetunnelen er kompatibel med Polyolefin (POF), Polyetylen (PE) og PVC krympefilmer. Den støtter filmtettheter fra 15 til 160 mikron og filmbredder mellom 200mm og 520mm, noe som gir fleksibilitet med ulike emballasjematerialer basert på driftsbehov. Hvilket størrelsesområde av produkter kan krympetunnelen håndtere? Denne krympetunnelen støtter produkter opptil 1400mm i lengde, 350mm i bredde og 200mm i høyde, noe som gjør den egnet for emballering av mellomstore til store gjenstander som vanligvis håndteres i industrielle miljøer. Hvordan påvirker krympetunnelen produksjonseffektivitet og avkastning? Ved å automatisere filmkrympeprosessen reduserer krympetunnelen manuelt arbeid, øker gjennomstrømning, minimerer filmavfall og reduserer nedetid gjennom pålitelig ytelse – noe som resulterer i betydelige forbedringer i emballasjeeffektivitet og investeringsavkastning. Hvilke sikkerhetsfunksjoner er inkludert for å beskytte operatører? Krympetunnelen inkluderer termisk isolasjon for å minimere varmeeksponering, nødstoppsmekanismer for rask nedstengning, og robust konstruksjon som overholder industrielle sikkerhetsstandarder for å sikre trygg drift i krevende produksjonsmiljøer. Er krympetunnelen enkel å betjene og vedlikeholde? Ja, tunnelen har et digitalt kontrollpanel for presis temperatur- og luftstrømsjustering og krever rutinemessig vedlikehold som rengjøring av luftstrøm og kalibrering av sensorer for å sikre jevn ytelse og lang levetid. Er det noen miljøfordeler knyttet til denne krympetunnelen? Maskinen muliggjør presis varmeapplikasjon som reduserer filmforbruk, støtter resirkulerbare filmmaterialer som Polyolefin, og bidrar til miljømessig bærekraft ved å minimere emballasjeavfall. Kan krympetunnelens innstillinger justeres for ulike produkttyper og filmer? Krympetunnelen tilbyr tilpassbare luftblåsevinkler og temperaturkontroller for å tilpasse seg et bredt utvalg av produktstørrelser og krympefilmmaterialer, og sikrer optimal krymping uten å skade produktet. Hvilke infrastrukturkrav er nødvendige for installasjon? Maskinen krever passende industriell strømforsyning, tilstrekkelig plass for å romme dens dimensjoner, og riktig ventilasjon for sikker varmeavledning i produksjonsområdet. Hvordan sammenlignes denne krympetunnelen med andre tilgjengelige typer? Denne tunnelen tilbyr avansert digital temperaturkontroll og justerbar luftstrøm, som sikrer overlegen krympkvalitet og energieffektivitet sammenlignet med konvensjonelle eller dampbaserte krympetunneler, i tillegg til redusert vedlikeholdsbehov. Hva er prosessen for kjøp og support etter salg? Kunder kan kjøpe krympetunnelen gjennom autoriserte forhandlere eller nettplattformer med muligheter for å legge i handlekurv eller be om personlig tilbud. Omfattende etter-salgs støtte, inkludert installasjonsveiledning og teknisk assistanse, sikrer smidig integrering i eksisterende arbeidsflyter.   Spesifikasjoner for Krympetunnel V4530 Spesifikasjon Detaljer Maks produktdimensjon (L x B x H) 1400mm x 350mm x 200mm Krympefilmtyper POF og PE Filmtetthet 15-160 mikron Filmbredde 200mm - 520mm Luftblåsing Justerbar vinkel Temperaturkontroll Digital og justerbar Strømforsyning Standard industriell spenning Driftshastighet Variabel - optimalisert per applikasjon   ROI - Effektivitet med Krympetunnel V4530 Implementering av Krympetunnel V4530 i emballasjeoperasjoner forbedrer prosesseffektiviteten betydelig ved å minimere manuelt arbeid og akselerere emballasjegjennomstrømning. Denne industrielle krympetunnelen reduserer behovet for flere emballasjetrinn ved å sikre rask, jevn krymping av filmer rundt produkter. Som følge opplever bedrifter redusert materialavfall takket være presis temperatur- og luftstrømstyring tilpasset spesifik...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/shrink-tunnel-v4530/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Shrink-Tunnel-V4530-best.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Shrink-Tunnel-V4530-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Shrink-Tunnel-V4530.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>4200 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>3599 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>240060</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>350.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>836,830</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>836</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Krympepakkemaskiner</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Pakking maskiner &gt; Krympepakkemaskiner</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>240055</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Automatic Side Sealer A450 - 15m/min - Highest packing 150mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Automatic Side Sealer A450 Automatic Side Sealer A450 is an industrial packaging machine designed for efficient and reliable sealing using shrink films. It is tailored for use in industrial operations involving tall and long products such as doors, wood panels, and other items requiring a secure shrink wrap. The machine supports product heights ranging from 5 cm to 25 cm, accommodating a variety of shapes and delivering consistent shrinkage effects. This tool plays a critical role in enhancing packaging quality and efficiency for manufacturers and enterprises. The machine operates on a 220V, 50/60Hz power supply with a power consumption of 1.35 kW. It features an automated film feeding system and waste film collection to maintain an orderly work environment and reduce material waste. The sealing size supports unlimited length with a maximum seal width of 350 mm and a packing height limit of 120 mm. Additionally, it achieves a high sealing speed of 15 meters per minute and works with an air pressure of 0.5 Mpa, ensuring productive and continuous packaging lines.   Automatic Side Sealer A450 video ﻿   FAQ of Automatic Side Sealer A450 What are the minimum and maximum product size limits for the Automatic Side Sealer? The machine supports a minimum product size of 5 cm length x 5 cm width x 2 cm height, and the combined width and height must be less than 420 mm. The height must be under 150 mm, while the length is unlimited, suitable for tall and long items. What types of shrink films are compatible with the machine? This model is compatible with POF, PVC, and PP shrink films, allowing flexibility depending on packaging needs and product protection requirements. What is the power requirement and operational environment for the Automatic Side Sealer? The machine requires a 220V, 50/60Hz power supply, operating at approximately 1.35 kW power consumption, suitable for standard industrial electrical setups. How fast can the machine seal products? The machine operates at a sealing speed of up to 15 meters per minute, supporting high production volumes with consistent seal quality. Does the machine feature automatic or manual controls? It features automatic film feeding and waste film collection with selectable operation modes for manual setup and automatic packaging, controlled via an operator interface. How does the machine ensure operator safety? Safety features include automatic return of the sealing knife if an obstruction occurs, protective covers for moving parts, and emergency stop controls to prevent accidents. What maintenance is required to keep the machine running smoothly? Routine maintenance involves cleaning sealing knives before they cool below 70°C, draining moisture from the air compressor monthly, and regularly checking and replacing worn parts to avoid downtime. Is the machine compatible with various product shapes? Yes, it can handle different product shapes within the size limitations, making it versatile for diverse packaging applications. How does the machine help reduce material waste? With automatic waste film collection and optimized sealing, it minimizes excess shrink film use, contributing to reduced environmental impact and cost savings. What are the dimensions and footprint of the machine for production planning? The machine measures approximately 1650 mm long x 800 mm wide x 1450 mm high and weighs about 300 kg, requiring a stable floor space for installation with access for maintenance.   Specifications of Automatic Side Sealer A450 Specification Details Power Supply 220V, 50/60Hz Power Consumption 1.35 kW Maximum Packing Height 120 mm Seal Size Unlimited Length, Width 350 mm Sealing Speed 15 meters/minute Air Pressure 0.5 Mpa Machine Dimensions (LxWxH) 1650 x 800 x 1450 mm Machine Weight 300 Kg Shrink Films Compatible POF, PVC, PP   ROI for Automatic Side Sealer A450 The Automatic Side Sealer A450 enhances packaging efficiency by automating the sealing process, reducing manual labor and minimizing errors. It achieves consistent, high-quality seals that protect products during transportation and storage, reducing damage and returns. Its rapid sealing speed of up to 15 meters per minute increases throughput, enabling businesses to meet high production demands. The device’s automated waste film collection also reduces material loss, optimizing packaging costs. Thus, companies achieve faster packaging cycles, better quality assurance, and lower operational expenditures, leading to a significant return on investment.   Key Features and Benefits of Automatic Side Sealer A450 This model features automatic film feeding and waste film collection systems that ensure smooth, uninterrupted packaging operations. The machine supports products of varying shapes and sizes with a flexible sealing width and unlimited length capability. It operates with a high sealing speed and maintains reliable performance due to its adjustable sealing temperature and time controls, which can be tailored to diffe...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/automatic-side-sealer-a450/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Automatic-Side-Sealer-A450-scaled.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Automatic-Side-Sealer-A450-buy-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Automatic-Side-Sealer-A450-high-quality-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Automatic-Side-Sealer-A450-quality-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Automatic-Side-Sealer-A450-best-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Automatic-Side-Sealer-A450-price-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Automatic-Side-Sealer-A450-new-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Automatic-Side-Sealer-A450-buying-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Automatic-Side-Sealer-A450-better.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Automatic-Side-Sealer-A450-cheap-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Automatic-Side-Sealer-A450-high-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Automatic-Side-Sealer-A450-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>7600 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>6599 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>240055</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>350.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>830,836</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>830</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Pakking maskiner</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Pakking maskiner &gt; Krympepakkemaskiner</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>240014</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Heat shrink machine F7060 - min product L:100mm, W: 100mm, H:30mm, max product: 700*600*300mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Heat Shrink Machine F7060 The heat shrink machine F7060 is a professional industrial packaging solution designed to integrate sealing and shrinking functions into a single compact structure. It provides enterprises with an automated method of packaging that eliminates the inefficiency of manual bagging and offers consistent results across a wide range of applications. This equipment is suitable for industries that demand reliable packaging such as food processing, publishing, logistics, retail distribution, and manufacturing. With a maximum sealing size of 700 x 600 mm and the ability to handle packages up to 650 mm length, it is capable of supporting medium to large scale packaging requirements. The power capacity is 5.0 kW, enabling continuous operation without compromising energy efficiency. The machine is built for 110V or 220–240V/50–60Hz power supply and delivers a working efficiency of 500–800 pieces per hour. Constructed with a stable 1720 x 950 x 1100 mm frame and a weight of 165 kg, the unit provides both durability and mobility for factory environments. Its dual function of sealing and shrinking ensures that packaged goods are protected against dust, moisture, and damage, improving product presentation and extending shelf life. The heat shrink machine F7060 therefore serves as a reliable tool for companies seeking productivity, cost efficiency, and standardized packaging quality.   Heat Shrink Machine F7060 video ﻿   FAQ of Heat Shrink Machine F7060 What type of films can be used with the heat shrink machine? The heat shrink machine F7060 is compatible with PVC and POF shrink films. These materials provide reliable sealing, good transparency, and durability. POF films are particularly suitable for food and consumer goods due to their non-toxic properties. What is the maximum package size supported by the heat shrink machine? The heat shrink machine F7060 supports packages up to W+H < 650 mm, W < 580 mm, L < 650 mm, H < 150 mm. This makes it suitable for medium to large-sized products across various industries. What is the working efficiency of the heat shrink machine? The heat shrink machine F7060 can process between 500 and 800 pieces per hour. Efficiency depends on the size of the product, film type, and operator handling, but the machine maintains consistent output in industrial settings. What power requirements are needed for the heat shrink machine? The heat shrink machine F7060 operates with a 110V or 220–240V, 50–60Hz power supply. It requires 5.0 kW of power capacity, ensuring robust heating and sealing performance during continuous operation. Is the heat shrink machine safe to operate? Yes, the heat shrink machine F7060 is equipped with a protective sealing hood, safety switches, and warning systems that prevent activation when the cover is not engaged. These features reduce risks associated with high-temperature sealing and cutting. How durable is the heat shrink machine F7060? The heat shrink machine F7060 is constructed with a 1720 x 950 x 1100 mm frame and weighs 165 kg, ensuring structural stability. Components such as the nickel chrome cutter and stainless steel heating tube provide long service life and operational reliability. What industries typically use the heat shrink machine? The heat shrink machine F7060 is widely applied in food and beverage, publishing, logistics, retail packaging, consumer goods, and manufacturing. It is suitable for enterprises that require efficient, standardized packaging solutions. What maintenance is required for the heat shrink machine? The heat shrink machine F7060 requires daily cleaning of the sealing knife and shrink chamber, semi-annual inspections for lubrication and component checks, and replacement of parts such as cutters or heating tubes as needed. Proper maintenance ensures long-term performance. What is the expected return on investment from the heat shrink machine? The heat shrink machine F7060 reduces labor costs, increases throughput, and improves packaging quality. By eliminating manual packaging inefficiencies and reducing product damage, enterprises gain a clear ROI through cost savings and higher operational productivity. How can the heat shrink machine F7060 be purchased? The heat shrink machine F7060 can be acquired directly by selecting Add to Cart for a standard purchase or requesting a tailored quotation by choosing Get Offer. This provides companies flexibility to order based on standard requirements or custom specifications.   Specifications of Heat Shrink Machine F7060 Model F7060 Type 2 in 1 Shrink Packaging Machine Power Supply 110V / 220–240V, 50–60Hz Power 5.0 kW Max. Packing Size W+H < 650, W < 580, L < 650, H < 150 Max. Sealing Size 700 x 600 mm Working Efficiency 500–800 pcs/h Machine Size 1720 x 950 x 1100 mm Machine Weight 165 kg   ROI of Heat Shrink Machine F7060 The heat shrink machine F7060 contributes to return on investment by reducing dependency on manual labor and increasing overall productivity. Manual...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/heat-shrink-machine-f7060/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Heat-shrink-machine-F7060.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Heat-shrink-machine-F7060-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Heat-shrink-machine-F7060-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Heat-shrink-machine-F7060-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Heat-shrink-machine-F7060-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Heat-shrink-machine-F7060-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Heat-shrink-machine-F7060-high-quality.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2700 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2199 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>240014</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>170.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>830,836</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>830</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Pakking maskiner</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Pakking maskiner &gt; Krympepakkemaskiner</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>295005</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Forleng rullebane i rustfritt stål bredde 550 mm, lengde 1200-5000 mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Rullebane i rustfritt stål Forleng rullebane i rustfritt stål bredde 550 mm, lengde 1200–5000 mm er designet for å støtte industriell logistikk og pakkeoperasjoner hvor effektivitet, pålitelighet og tilpasningsevne er nøkkelkrav. Transportbåndet er konstruert med en ramme i rustfritt stål, som sikrer motstandsdyktighet mot korrosjon og egnethet for krevende miljøer, inkludert mat-, farmasøytisk- og produksjonsanlegg. Dets justerbare lengde fra 1200 mm til 5000 mm gjør det mulig å brukes i ulike applikasjoner, fra kortdistanse materialoverføringer til lengre interne transportprosesser. Den justerbare høyden på 650–800 mm gir fleksibilitet for integrering med eksisterende utstyr og prosesser. Med en lastkapasitet på 50 kg er transportbåndet konstruert for å håndtere varer med middels vekt konsekvent samtidig som det opprettholder strukturell stabilitet. Bruken av utvidbare rulleseksjoner muliggjør enkel posisjonering og omkonfigurering, noe som reduserer tiden som kreves for operasjonelle justeringer. Dette transportbåndet er en praktisk investering for bedrifter som søker langsiktig pålitelighet i materialhåndtering og konsekvent overholdelse av industrielle standarder.   FAQ for rullebane i rustfritt stål 1) Hva er de eksakte dimensjonene på rullebanen i rustfritt stål jeg kjøper? Den spesifiserte modellen er Forleng rullebane i rustfritt stål med en brukbar bredde på 550 mm og en fleksibel lengde fra 1200 mm til 5000 mm. Arbeidshøyden er justerbar mellom 650–800 mm for å tilpasses tilstøtende utstyr. Bekreft nødvendige inn- og utmatingshøyder på din linje og sørg for minst 200 mm rett tilnærming i begge ender for sikre overføringer.2) Hvilken last kan rullebanen i rustfritt stål trygt håndtere? Den oppgitte lastkapasiteten er 50 kg per enhet som en fordelt last. Hvis pakkene dine nærmer seg denne grensen, vurder pakkeavtrykk og tyngdepunkt, og ta hensyn til sikkerhetsfaktorer (f.eks. 70–80 % av nominell kapasitet). For høyere laster eller konsentrerte punktlaster, be om ingeniørbekreftelse før kjøp.3) Er rullebanen i rustfritt stål drevet eller gravitasjons-/manuell? Denne konfigurasjonen er en rullebasert, ikke-drevet (gravitasjon/manuell) transportør. Produktbevegelse oppnås ved manuell skyv eller ved graderte oppsett der det er hensiktsmessig. Hvis du trenger drevet transport, akkumuleringstyring eller konstant gjennomstrømning, spesifiser et motorisert alternativ eller et hybridoppsett under tilbudsforespørsel.4) Vil rullebanen i rustfritt stål integreres med mitt eksisterende utstyr? Integrasjon støttes via 650–800 mm høydejustering og 1200–5000 mm fleksibel lengde. Bekreft grensesnittshøyden til oppstrøms/nedstrøms maskiner, tilgjengelig gulvplass for utvidelse, minimum svingklaringer, og behov for endestopp, sideguider eller overføringsplater for å brolegge gap til vekter, forseglere eller innpakningsmaskiner. 5) Er rullebanen i rustfritt stål egnet for hygieniske eller korrosive miljøer? Rammen er i rustfritt stål, som støtter rutinemessig vask og korrosjonsmotstand typisk for mat-, farmasi- eller våtromsområder. Hvis du opererer med aggressive kjemikalier, saltlake eller sure rengjøringsmidler, bekreft stålkvalitet og rullesammensetning. Definer dine rengjøringsmidler og frekvens for å sikre materialkompatibilitet og forventet levetid. 6) Hvilke produkttyper er kompatible med rullebanen i rustfritt stål? Beste resultater oppnås med stive bunnartikler som kartonger, kasser og plastbokser innenfor 50 kg vurderingen. For myk emballasje (poser, krymp) bruk brett eller glideskjema for å forhindre heng mellom rullene. Bekreft minimum pakkelengde (ideelt dekker minst 3 ruller) for å sikre jevn rulling uten kantkrok. 7) Hvor mye gulvplass krever rullebanen i rustfritt stål under drift og lagring? Under drift, tillat maksimal 5 m utvidelseslengde pluss sikre operatørpassasjer i begge ender. Ved lagring eller standby komprimeres det utvidbare designet for å redusere fotavtrykket betydelig. Sjekk gangbredde, svingradius for omplassering, og eventuelle hindringer (søyle, sluk) som kan begrense full forlengelse. 8) Hvilken informasjon trenger jeg for et presist tilbud på rullebanen i rustfritt stål? Oppgi pakkedimensjoner og vekt, mål gjennomstrømning (artikler/time), tilgjengelig linjehøyde, foretrukket arbeidshøyde innen 650–800 mm, typiske omgivelsesforhold (temperatur, fuktighet, rengjøringsregime), og eventuelle tilbehør som kreves (endestopp, sideguider, overføringsplater). Inkluder layouttegninger eller bilder for å bekrefte passform og klaringer. 9) Hva er vedlikeholdskravene for rullebanen i rustfritt stål? Vedlikehold er minimalt: hold rullene rene, inspiser periodisk rullelager for jevn rotasjon, og verifiser at låsemekanismer for lengde og høyde fungerer korrekt. Etabler en rutinemessig rengjøringsplan i samsvar med dine hygieniske SOP-er og loggfør inspeksjoner kvartalsvis (eller i henhold til bruk) for å maksimere oppetid. 10) Hvilke samsvars-, dokumentasjons- og ettersalgsstøtte er tilgjengel...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/extend-stainless-steel-roller-conveyor/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Extend-stainless-steel-roller-conveyor-1.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Extend-stainless-steel-roller-conveyor-buy-1.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1706 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1399 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>295005</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>95.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>973</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2602,2603,2473,830</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2602</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Cardboard packaging</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Cardboard packaging</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>260305</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[F150PM Band Sealer with Inkjet Printer for bags up to 3kg - 0–13m/min, 600W]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[F150PM Band Sealer with Inkjet Printer The F150PM Band Sealer with Inkjet Printer is a professional sealing solution designed for continuous and efficient packaging of plastic film bags across multiple industries, including food, pharmaceutical, chemical, agricultural, and industrial applications. This equipment combines high-performance sealing technology with integrated inkjet printing capability, providing both reliable sealing and traceable product coding in one process. The system operates on AC 220V/50-60Hz or 110V/60Hz power supply, with a motor power of 50W and heat tube power of 300W × 2, making it suitable for long-term industrial use. Its sealing speed reaches up to 13m/min, with a temperature range of 0–300°C, adaptable to various bag materials. The machine can handle a maximum film thickness of 0.08 mm and a loaded weight of 3 kg. Dimensions of 1000 × 400 × 450 mm and a robust structural design make it suitable for integration into existing packaging lines. This equipment ensures high sealing quality, uniform heating, and printing accuracy, reducing operational steps by combining sealing and marking in a single workflow. The result is improved efficiency, reduced labor cost, and compliance with traceability standards for industrial packaging operations.   F150PM Band Sealer with Inkjet Printer video ﻿   FAQ of F150PM Band Sealer with Inkjet Printer What type of materials can the Band Sealer with printer handle? The machine is compatible with plastic films such as LDPE, MDPE, HDPE, and PP, with a maximum thickness of 0.08 mm. What is the sealing speed of the Band Sealer with printer? The equipment operates at adjustable speeds between 0–13 meters per minute, depending on material and bag thickness. Does the Band Sealer with printer include integrated coding functionality? Yes, the model features an inkjet printer capable of printing dates, batch codes, barcodes, and QR codes directly onto the packaging. What power supply is required for the Band Sealer with printer? The machine can operate on 1P AC 220V/50-60Hz or 110V/60Hz, depending on regional requirements. What are the dimensions and weight of the Band Sealer with printer? The dimensions are 1000 × 400 × 450 mm, with a net weight of approximately 25 kg, suitable for integration into production lines. How is the temperature controlled on the Band Sealer with printer? The system uses an electronic temperature controller with an adjustable range of 0–300°C, ensuring consistent and reliable seals. What safety features does the Band Sealer with printer provide? The equipment includes a grounding system, emergency stop switch, protective covers, and controlled cooling to ensure safe operation. Is the Band Sealer with printer suitable for continuous industrial use? Yes, it is designed for continuous operation with durable components, making it suitable for medium- and high-volume packaging environments. What maintenance is required for the Band Sealer with printer? Regular cleaning of sealing belts and conveyor surfaces is needed, with periodic inspection of belts, gears, and motor brushes for long-term efficiency. Can the Band Sealer with printer be integrated into automated production lines? Yes, its compact design and adjustable conveyor system allow integration into both standalone and automated packaging lines.   Specifications of F150PM Band Sealer with Inkjet Printer Model F150PM Supply Voltage 1P AC 220V/50-60Hz or 110V/60Hz Motor Power 50W Heat Tube Power 300W × 2 Sealing Speed 0–13 m/min Temperature Range 0–300°C Maximum Thickness ≤0.08 mm Loaded Weight ≤3 kg Dimensions 1000 × 400 × 450 mm Net Weight Approx. 25 kg   ROI - How This Tool Will Help Make Process More Efficient The Band Sealer with printer provides measurable return on investment by reducing the number of process steps in packaging operations. Instead of separately sealing bags and printing codes, the machine integrates both tasks, leading to significant time savings. Companies benefit from reduced labor involvement, lower error rates, and increased packaging speed of up to 13 meters per minute. By ensuring consistent seals and precise printing of dates, batch codes, barcodes, and QR codes, the equipment reduces the risk of packaging failure and product returns. Lower energy consumption is achieved through efficient temperature control and the use of a DC motor transmission system, which contributes to long-term operating cost reduction. The system improves productivity in both high and medium-volume packaging lines, leading to faster product turnaround and compliance with industrial traceability standards, resulting in higher customer satisfaction and lower costs of rework or recalls.   Key Features and Benefits of F150PM Band Sealer with Inkjet Printer The F150PM Band Sealer with Inkjet Printer is equipped with several key features that benefit enterprise operations. The machine uses an electronic constant temperature control system to ensure uniform heating, preventing s...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/f150pm-band-sealer-with-inkjet-printer-for-bags-up-to-3kg/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/F150PM-Band-Sealer-with-Inkjet-Printer.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/F150PM-Band-Sealer-with-Inkjet-Printer-buy.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/F150PM-Band-Sealer-with-Inkjet-Printer-best.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/F150PM-Band-Sealer-with-Inkjet-Printer-price.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/F150PM-Band-Sealer-with-Inkjet-Printer-cheap.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/F150PM-Band-Sealer-with-Inkjet-Printer-quality.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/F150PM-Band-Sealer-with-Inkjet-Printer.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1218 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>999 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>260305</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>120 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2686</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2686</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Band Sealers</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Band Sealers</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>260303</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[FS150 Maskin for forsegling av poser opptil 3 kg – Vertikal type, 0–13 m/min]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[FS150 Kontinuerlig Båndforsegler FS150 Kontinuerlig Båndforsegler er en profesjonell forseglingsmaskin designet for konsekvent og pålitelig emballering i industrielle miljøer. Den brukes hovedsakelig til forsegling av plastfilmposer innen sektorer som næringsmiddelindustri, farmasi, kjemikalier, husholdningsartikler og landbruk. Med sitt avanserte elektroniske konstant temperaturkontrollsystem og variabel hastighetsoverføring tilbyr forsegleren stabil ytelse og jevn forseglingskvalitet. FS150-modellen finnes i tre konfigurasjoner: horisontal (SF150W), vertikal (SF150LW) og gulvstående (SF150LD), noe som gjør den tilpasningsdyktig til ulike emballasjetilfeller. Maskinen støtter kontinuerlig forseglingsdrift, som betydelig øker produksjonseffektiviteten sammenlignet med manuelle eller semi-automatiske forseglingsprosesser. Utstyrt med en 50W motor og to 300W varmeelementer, kan forsegleren håndtere et bredt temperaturområde for forsegling på 0–300°C. Den oppnår forseglingshastigheter mellom 0–13 m/min avhengig av materiale og tykkelse. Den kompakte konstruksjonen, lette vekten og enkel betjening gjør den til et essensielt verktøy for bedrifter som krever pålitelige og kostnadseffektive forseglingsløsninger. FS150 Kontinuerlig Båndforsegler sikrer jevn styrke og kvalitet på forseglingen samtidig som den minimerer operatørens inngripen, noe som reduserer nedetid og sikrer standardiserte resultater i storskala produksjonsmiljøer.   Video av FS150 Kontinuerlig Båndforsegler ﻿   FAQ for FS150 Kontinuerlig Båndforsegler 1. Hvilken strømforsyning og forbruk krever en Kontinuerlig Båndforsegler? En standard enhet opererer på AC 220V 50–60Hz eller 110V 60Hz. Typiske spesifikasjoner: Motor 50W, Varme 300W × 2. Bekreft jordingsforbindelse og kretskapasitet på stedet før installasjon. 2. Hvilket forseglingshastighetsområde kan vi forvente? Nominal hastighet er 0–13 m/min, justerbar via hastighetsvelgeren. Faktisk gjennomstrømning avhenger av filmmateriale, tykkelse og posevekt. For nye SKUer, valider kvalitet ved lavere hastighet og øk når prosesskapasitet er bekreftet. 3. Hvilket temperaturområde og kontroll tilbyr en Kontinuerlig Båndforsegler? Kontrolleren støtter 0–300 °C med elektronisk regulering. Start fra lavere innstillinger og øk til forseglingene oppfyller avskrellingsstyrke og visuelle kriterier. Bruk kjølefunksjonen for ren profil og dimensjonsstabilitet. 4. Hvilke emballasjematerialer er kompatible? Designet for LDPE, MDPE, HDPE, PP og vanlige flerlags polyfilmer. Maks anbefalt enkeltlags tykkelse ≤ 0,08 mm. For laminater eller spesialfilmer, gjennomfør en linjetest for å verifisere forseglingens integritet. 5. Hva er maksimal produkt-/posebelastning på transportbåndet? Det integrerte transportbåndet støtter opptil 3 kg totalt. For tyngre poser, bruk eksterne inn- og utmatingsstøtter eller et oppstrøms transportbånd for å opprettholde beltesporing og forseglingstilpasning. 6. Bør vi velge horisontal, vertikal eller gulvstående orientering? Horisontal (SF150W) passer for tørre faste stoffer. Vertikal (SF150LW) støtter pulver/væsker for å forhindre søl. Gulvstående (SF150LD) gir mobil høydejusterbar drift. Velg basert på produktets reologi og linjeergonomi. 7. Hvordan kontrolleres kvalitet og hvilke forseglingsmønstre er tilgjengelige? Kvalitet avhenger av temperatur–hastighet–trykk-triaden. Maskinene tilbyr preget (nett/stripe) eller glatt finish; valgfrie stål-type trykkhjul kan legge til parti-/datokoder. Implementer rutinemessige avskrellingstester og sprengningstester. 8. Hvilke sikkerhetsfunksjoner og samsvarsprosedyrer gjelder? Inkluderer nødstoppsbryter, beskyttede varme soner og beskyttelsesdeksler. Krever korrekt jording, låsing ved vedlikehold og opplæring i varmeoverflatefarer. Oppretthold klaringer for ventilasjon (≈10 cm) og tørre, ikke-korroderende omgivelser. 9. Hva er nøkkelvedlikeholdspunkter og intervaller? Daglig: rengjør forsegling og styrebelter; tørk av transportbånd. Månedlig: inspiser belter og guider; rengjør motor. Halvårlig: sjekk motorkull, varmeelementer, lagre; smør eksponerte gir. Bytt ut slitte deler raskt for å forhindre avvik og nedetid. 10. Hvilken dokumentasjon, reservedeler og ettersalgsstøtte bør vi planlegge for? Oppbevar brukermanual, koblingsskjema og vedlikeholdslogg ved linjen. Lagre kritiske reservedeler: forseglingsbelter, styrebelter, varmerør og motorkull. Standard garanti dekker mekanikk 12 måneder og elektrisk 6 måneder (bekreft i kjøpsvilkår).   Spesifikasjoner for FS150 Kontinuerlig Båndforsegler Modell SF150W (Horisontal), SF150LW (Vertikal), SF150LD (Gulvstående) Strømforsyning AC 220V / 50-60Hz eller 110V / 60Hz Motoreffekt 50W Varmeeffekt 300W × 2 Forseglingshastighet 0–13 m/min (justerbar) Temperaturområde 0–300°C (justerbar) Maks filmtykkelse ≤ 0,08 mm (enkelt lag) Maks transportbåndsbelastning ≤ 3 kg Dimensjoner 820 × 385 × 310 mm (W), 820 × 350 × 590 mm (LW), 820 × 510 × 830 mm (LD) Nettovekt 20,2 kg (W), 23 kg (LW), 25,5 kg (LD)   ROI - Hvordan d...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/fs150-continuous-band-sealer-for-bags-up-to-3kg/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/FS150-Continuous-Band-Sealer-1.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/FS150-Continuous-Band-Sealer-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/FS150-Continuous-Band-Sealer-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/FS150-Continuous-Band-Sealer-price-1.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/FS150-Continuous-Band-Sealer-best-1.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/FS150-Continuous-Band-Sealer-1.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>730 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>599 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>260303</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>120 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2686</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2686</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Band Sealers</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Band Sealers</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>260300</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[AS600F Vertical Band Sealer - 13mm Seal Width, 0–15m/min, 20kg Load - Bag Height: 60cm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[AS600F Vertical Band Sealer The AS600F Vertical Band Sealer is a professional packaging solution designed for companies requiring continuous and efficient sealing operations. This machine is applied across multiple industrial sectors such as food production, pharmaceuticals, chemicals, consumer goods, and agriculture. Its primary function is to provide consistent and secure sealing for plastic film bags, ensuring protection, durability, and reliability of packaged goods. The vertical band sealer operates with an electronic constant temperature control system and a stepless speed regulation mechanism, which together allow precise adjustments according to material type and thickness. With sealing speeds of up to 15 meters per minute and adjustable temperature control from 0–300°C, it offers significant flexibility to meet industrial requirements. The conveyor system can support loads up to 20 kilograms, making it suitable for larger batches and heavier packaging. By adopting this solution, businesses can increase productivity, reduce waste caused by irregular sealing, and maintain high-quality presentation of products while ensuring operational safety and compliance with industrial packaging standards.   AS600F Vertical Band Sealer video ﻿   FAQ of AS600F Vertical Band Sealer What is a vertical band sealer and how does it work? A vertical band sealer is a machine used to seal plastic film bags through a continuous process. Bags are transported by a conveyor through heated copper blocks, which soften the film. Pressure and cooling then create a secure and uniform seal. What industries typically use a vertical band sealer? Industries including food packaging, pharmaceuticals, agriculture, chemicals, and consumer goods commonly use a vertical band sealer. It is suitable for medium to large scale production lines requiring consistent sealing quality. What materials are compatible with a vertical band sealer? The vertical band sealer is compatible with LDPE, HDPE, PP, laminates, and composite films. Its temperature range of 0–300°C ensures adaptability for films with varying thicknesses between 0.04–0.20 mm. What is the sealing capacity of the AS600F Vertical Band Sealer? The AS600F vertical band sealer achieves sealing speeds up to 15 meters per minute and can accommodate a conveyor load of 20 kilograms. The sealing width is 13 mm, providing strong and durable closures. What are the safety features of the vertical band sealer? The machine includes an emergency stop switch, proper grounding requirements, protective casing for heated elements, and a controlled shutdown process. These features ensure operator safety during industrial operation. How is the vertical band sealer maintained? Routine maintenance includes cleaning the sealing belts, inspecting guide belts, checking motor carbon brushes, and monitoring heating tubes. Scheduled inspections ensure longevity and consistent sealing performance. Can the vertical band sealer handle heavy-duty packaging? Yes, the AS600F vertical band sealer is designed for industrial use and supports a conveyor load of up to 20 kg, making it suitable for heavy packaging requirements in manufacturing and distribution environments. Is the vertical band sealer adjustable for different bag sizes? The conveyor height of the vertical band sealer is adjustable between 120–600 mm, allowing it to handle small, medium, and large bags without additional equipment modifications. What is the expected lifespan of the vertical band sealer? With regular maintenance, the vertical band sealer is designed for long-term industrial use. Critical components such as heating tubes, belts, and motors can be replaced according to recommended service intervals to extend operational life. How can a business purchase the AS600F Vertical Band Sealer? Businesses can acquire the AS600F vertical band sealer by selecting ADD TO CART for direct purchase or requesting a customized quotation through GET OFFER. Both options ensure secure ordering and support from the supplier.   Specifications of AS600F Vertical Band Sealer Supply Voltage AC220V / 50Hz Motor Power DC24V 120W Heating Tube Power 2 × 400W Sealing Width 13 mm Sealing Speed 0 – 15 m/min Temperature Range 0 – 300°C adjustable Film Thickness 0.04 – 0.20 mm (single layer) Max Conveyor Load 20 kg (5 kg per bag) Adjustable Bag Height 120 – 600 mm Machine Dimensions 1195 × 500 × 1245 mm Net Weight 85 kg   ROI - How This Tool Will Help Make Process More Efficient The adoption of the AS600F Vertical Band Sealer enhances operational return on investment by reducing manual handling and ensuring a standardized packaging process. Manual sealing methods often result in irregular sealing quality, increased downtime, and higher product rejection rates. The vertical band sealer eliminates these inefficiencies by delivering continuous and uniform results. With the machine’s adjustable sealing speed and precise temperature control, production capacity can be scaled with...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/as600f-vertical-band-sealer/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/AS600F-Vertical-Band-Sealer.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/AS600F-Vertical-Band-Sealer-behind.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/AS600F-Vertical-Band-Sealer-conveyer-belt-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/AS600F-Vertical-Band-Sealer-inside-1.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/AS600F-Vertical-Band-Sealer-inside-2.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/AS600F-Vertical-Band-Sealer-right-side.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/AS600F-Vertical-Band-Sealer.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/AS600F-Vertical-Band-Sealer-buy-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/AS600F-Vertical-Band-Sealer-left-side.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/AS600F-Vertical-Band-Sealer-new-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/AS600F-Vertical-Band-Sealer-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/AS600F-Vertical-Band-Sealer-price-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/AS600F-Vertical-Band-Sealer-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/AS600F-Vertical-Band-Sealer-quality.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>3530 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2899 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>260300</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>220.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2686</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2686</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Band Sealers</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Band Sealers</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>210048</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[HIPO ULTRA - auto strapping machine - PP strap 5-6mm - 800W x 600H mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[HIPO ULTRA Auto Strapping Machine Introduction The HIPO ULTRA Auto Strapping Machine is a fully automated industrial strapping system engineered to improve productivity and consistency in packaging operations. Designed for high-volume enterprises in logistics, warehousing, printing, and general manufacturing, this model combines advanced electronic control with durable mechanical construction. The system incorporates PLC technology, brushless DC motors, and an automatic strap feeding mechanism, ensuring reliable performance under demanding conditions. With a packaging speed of approximately 72 cycles per minute and a maximum tension range of 0–30 kg, the equipment meets the requirements of companies that need standardized packaging quality and minimized downtime. The worktable height of 850 mm supports ergonomic operation, while the standard arch size of 650 mm × 500 mm provides compatibility with a wide variety of product dimensions. The machine uses polypropylene straps with a width of 5–12 mm and thickness of 0.5–0.8 mm, making it suitable for multiple industrial applications. With a noise level of ≤ 75 dB and hot-melt bottom sealing technology, the HIPO ULTRA ensures strong strap joints, safe operation, and consistent throughput. Enterprises seeking to reduce manual packaging labor, improve efficiency, and maintain product safety across their supply chain can rely on this automated system as an integral part of their production infrastructure.   HIPO ULTRA Auto Strapping Machine video ﻿   FAQ of HIPO ULTRA Auto Strapping Machine What type of straps can the auto strapping machine use? The machine is designed for polypropylene (PP) straps with a width of 5 mm or 6 mm and thickness between 0.5–0.8 mm. Strap coil dimensions must be inner diameter 200–210 mm, outer diameter 400–450 mm, and width 170–190 mm. What is the maximum speed of the machine? The strapping speed reaches up to 75 cycles per minute, ensuring fast and consistent performance for high-volume packaging lines. What is the tension capacity? The machine provides an adjustable tension range from 0–45 kg, suitable for lightweight and medium-weight products. How does the machine seal the straps? It uses a hot-melt adhesion technique at the bottom position, with adhesion strength of at least 90%, ensuring secure sealing with minimal deviation of ≤2 mm. What is the standard arch size and can it be customized? The standard arch inner size is 650 mm × 500 mm. Custom dimensions are possible depending on customer requirements. What are the dimensions and weight of the machine? The machine size is 1170 × 585 × 1450 mm with a net weight of 185 kg. Shipping size is 1220 × 650 × 1600 mm and gross weight 230 kg. What power supply does the machine require? It operates on 220V, 50/60Hz, single phase, with a rated power of 0.9 kW and current of 4A. How user-friendly is the operation? The machine has a touch screen interface for parameter settings, Schneider electronic components, and multiple operation modes including manual, continuous, and foot switch. An independent dispenser release switch simplifies strap feeding. What safety features are included? It incorporates fault warning functions, sensor switches, and a brushless DC motor for stable and low-noise operation of ≤75 dB. The system also includes protective covers and complies with emergency shut-off standards. What industries is the auto strapping machine suitable for? It is widely used in manufacturing, logistics, warehousing, printing, and distribution, particularly where high-speed and consistent strapping of cartons, bundles, and light products is required.   Specifications of HIPO ULTRA Auto Strapping Machine Model YS-505X Power Supply 1P, 220 V, 50/60 Hz, 0.95 kW, 4 A Packing Speed ≈ 72 cycles/min Tension Range 0–30 kg Sealing Method Bottom hot-melt sealing, adhesion ≥ 90% Worktable Height 850 mm Standard Arch Size 650 mm × 500 mm Applicable Strap PP, 5–12 mm width, 0.5–0.8 mm thickness Strap Coil Core I.D. 200–210 mm Strap Coil O.D. 400–450 mm Machine Size (L×W×H) 1210 × 645 × 1436 mm Net Weight 150 kg Noise Level ≤ 75 dB(A) Min Package Size 100 × 60 mm (W×H) Environment −20 °C to 40 °C, ≤ 98% RH   ROI of HIPO ULTRA Auto Strapping Machine The HIPO ULTRA Auto Strapping Machine delivers measurable return on investment by replacing manual strapping tasks with fully automated processes that ensure uniformity and speed. Manual methods require significant operator time and are prone to inconsistencies that increase rework, material waste, and labor costs. By contrast, this machine achieves up to 72 strapping cycles per minute with consistent quality, directly increasing throughput and reducing production bottlenecks. The brushless motor technology minimizes mechanical wear and extends service intervals, lowering long-term maintenance expenses. Adjustable tension control reduces product damage while maintaining secure loads, preventing financial losses from returns or re-packaging. Enterprises can r...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/hipo-ultra-auto-strapping-machine/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/HIPO-ULTRA-auto-strapping-machine.jpeg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/HIPO-ULTRA-auto-strapping-machine-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/HIPO-ULTRA-auto-strapping-machine.jpeg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>4400 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>3799 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>210048</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>270.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2473,830,2552,530</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2473</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Pakking maskiner &gt; Stroppemaskiner</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>210030</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[HIPO PRO XS Automatic strapping machine - PP strap 5-6mm - 650W x 500H mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[HIPO PRO XS Automatic strapping machine The HIPO PRO XS Automatic strapping machine is a professional packaging solution developed to increase efficiency in industrial environments where reliable bundling and secure load stability are critical. This model is designed to automate the process of applying polypropylene (PP) straps around cartons, boxes, printed materials, and other units of goods. Its integration into production or logistics lines reduces manual work and ensures consistent strapping quality. The Automatic strapping machine achieves a high level of performance with a speed of up to 50 straps per minute, making it suitable for companies with medium to high packaging volumes. The worktable height of 850 mm is engineered for ergonomic operation, while its robust arch frame allows processing of packages up to 650 × 500 mm in standard configuration. With tension capacity adjustable up to 45 kg, the unit guarantees reliable load security across a variety of applications. Powered by AC 220V single-phase, with a consumption of 0.6 kW, the machine offers stable operation and energy efficiency. Its noise emission is limited to ≤75 dB(A), ensuring compliance with industrial work environment standards. The machine is specifically suited for operations in logistics, warehouses, printing facilities, and production companies seeking precision, reliability, and reduced cycle times. Minimum package size is 80*60mm. Maximum package size is 550*450mm.   HIPO PRO XS Automatic strapping machine video   FAQ of HIPO PRO XS Automatic strapping machine 1. What types of products can the Automatic strapping machine handle?The Automatic strapping machine is suitable for cartons, boxes, newspapers, printed materials, and light to medium-weight packages up to approximately 80 kg. The standard arch size of 650 × 500 mm allows for strapping of various dimensions, with customization available for special requirements. 2. What strap materials and sizes are compatible with the Automatic strapping machine?The machine is designed for polypropylene (PP) straps with widths ranging from 5 mm to 9 mm and thickness between 0.5 mm and 0.8 mm. Strap reel core sizes are 200–210 mm (inner) and 400–450 mm (outer). 3. What is the strapping speed of the Automatic strapping machine?The unit achieves a performance of up to 50 straps per minute, making it suitable for operations that require high throughput and efficiency. 4. How strong is the strap tension capacity?The tension range is adjustable from 0 to 45 kg, allowing secure bundling of both lightweight and moderately heavy packages. 5. What are the power requirements of the Automatic strapping machine?It operates on AC 220V, 50/60 Hz, single-phase power, with a rated consumption of 0.6 kW (4A). 6. What safety features are integrated into the Automatic strapping machine?Safety measures include protective covers, clear warning labels for hot surfaces, grounding for electrical safety, and an emergency stop system. Operators must avoid loose clothing and keep hands clear of the strapping area during use. 7. What is the machine’s durability and expected service life?Constructed with a robust iron arch and reinforced frame, the machine is built for continuous industrial operation. With proper maintenance and lubrication, it offers long service life and consistent performance. 8. How easy is it to operate the Automatic strapping machine?The machine includes a user-friendly PCB control system, foot-bar switch, and automatic threading functions. Strapping can be initiated manually, via foot pedal, or automatically by sensors. 9. What are the maintenance requirements?Routine maintenance includes weekly lubrication of cams and rollers, inspection of proximity switches, cleaning of strap paths, and replacement of wear parts such as springs or heater plates. These tasks are straightforward and ensure reliability. 10. Can the Automatic strapping machine be customized for specific operations?Yes, the arch size is customizable, and the machine allows adjustment of strap tension, heater plate temperature, and cooling time. This flexibility makes it adaptable for different packaging lines and product types. Specifications of HIPO PRO XS Automatic strapping machine Model HIPO PRO XS (YS-305N series) Power Supply AC 220V, 50/60Hz, 1 Phase Power Consumption 0.6 kW (4A) Strapping Speed ≤ 50 straps per minute Minimum package size 80*60mm Maximum package size 550*450mm Tension Range 0 – 45 kg Strap Width 5 – 9 mm polypropylene (PP) Hot-Adhering Position Bottom, ≥90% adhesion surface Worktable Height 850 mm Arch Size 650 × 500 mm (can also be customized) Machine Dimensions L1170 × W585 × H1450 mm Net Weight 185 kg Noise Level ≤ 75 dB(A) Environment Conditions 0–40 °C, humidity ≤ 90%   ROI of HIPO PRO XS Automatic strapping machine Return on investment when using the HIPO PRO XS Automatic strapping machine is realized through the reduction of manual labor, consistent packaging quality, and decreased product dama...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/hipo-pro-xs-automatic-strapping-machine/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/HIPO-PRO-XS-Automatic-strapping-machine-1.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>3600 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2990 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>210030</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>185.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2473,830,2552,530</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2473</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Pakking maskiner &gt; Stroppemaskiner</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>260211</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[ST-210S-H2 Thermal ink printer - Two heads]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[ST-210S-H2 Thermal ink printer The ST-210S-H2 Thermal ink printer is a professional industrial solution designed for enterprises that require accurate and reliable product marking on high-speed production lines. This printer is equipped with two independent print heads that can operate separately or in a stitched configuration to achieve an extended printing height of up to 25.4 mm. With a 7-inch industrial touchscreen and an embedded Linux operating system, the device provides a stable and secure platform for operation in demanding environments. The system supports a wide range of print content including text, dates, barcodes, QR codes, GS1 codes, logos, and database-driven information. It is compatible with multiple ink types such as water-based, solvent-based, UV, and food-grade inks, ensuring adaptability to various industrial requirements. Constructed from aviation-grade aluminum, the printer maintains durability and resistance under heavy usage conditions, making it suitable for continuous operation. Its advanced controller, based on industrial-grade CPU and FPGA hardware, ensures precise processing for high-resolution results. With its capability to operate at speeds up to 406 m/min and resolutions of 600 × 600 DPI, the ST-210S-H2 provides companies with an efficient and cost-effective marking solution. This introduction outlines its role as a robust and adaptable coding device for manufacturing, logistics, and packaging industries.   ST-210S-H2 Thermal ink printer video ﻿   FAQ of ST-210S-H2 Thermal ink printer 1. What is a Thermal ink printer and how does it work?A Thermal ink printer is an industrial coding device that uses thermal inkjet (TIJ) technology to apply text, barcodes, QR codes, logos, and other variable data directly onto packaging materials. It operates by heating ink inside a cartridge chamber, creating a bubble that expels ink droplets precisely onto the surface. 2. What materials can a Thermal ink printer print on?A Thermal ink printer can print on a wide range of materials including cartons, plastics, glass, metals, cables, pipes, and medical or food packaging. The choice of ink (water-based, solvent, UV, or food-grade) determines compatibility with specific surfaces. 3. What is the maximum print height available?A single print head typically provides a print height of 12.7 mm. Dual-head models, such as the ST-210S-H2, can achieve a stitched height of up to 25.4 mm. 4. What print resolution does a Thermal ink printer offer?Most industrial models provide resolutions up to 600 × 600 DPI, ensuring sharp, scannable barcodes, legible text, and accurate logos. 5. How fast can a Thermal ink printer operate?Depending on the resolution, printing speeds can reach up to 406 meters per minute at 90 DPI. Higher resolutions reduce speed but increase clarity. 6. What types of inks are available for a Thermal ink printer?Inks include water-based, solvent-based, UV-curable, and food-grade options. Ink color choices typically include black, white, red, yellow, blue, green, and invisible UV. 7. How is a Thermal ink printer integrated into production lines?Integration is straightforward via USB, RS232, or LAN connections. External sensors, encoders, and alarms can also be connected for synchronization and quality control. 8. What maintenance is required for a Thermal ink printer?Routine maintenance includes cleaning cartridges, inspecting nozzles, and replacing ink when depleted. Many devices have automated features such as flash-jet cleaning to prevent clogging. 9. What certifications does a Thermal ink printer have?Models such as the ST-210S-H2 are CE, RoHS, and FCC certified, ensuring compliance with international safety and environmental standards. 10. Who should use a Thermal ink printer?Thermal ink printers are intended for enterprises requiring high-speed, reliable, and compliant coding. They are widely used in food and beverage production, pharmaceuticals, medical devices, consumer goods, automotive components, and logistics. Specifications for ST-210S-H2 Thermal ink printer Nozzle Type TIJ 2.5 Thermal Foaming Nozzle Number 2 (independent or stitched) Maximum Resolution 600 × 600 DPI Printing Speed 406 m/min (90 DPI), 304 m/min (120 DPI), 240 m/min (150 DPI), 120 m/min (300 DPI), 60 m/min (600 DPI) Printing Height Up to 25.4 mm (dual-head stitched) Printing Distance 1–5 mm Supported Print Content Text, logos, serial numbers, barcodes, QR codes, GS1 codes, databases Barcode Standards CODE11, CODE39, CODE128, EAN13, UPCA, UPCE, VIN, GS1 QR Code Types QR Code, DataMatrix, MicroQR, PDF417, MicroPDF417 Display 7-inch industrial touchscreen Operating System Embedded Linux Controller Dimensions 202 × 119 × 61.2 mm Printhead Group Dimensions 112 × 79 × 103 mm Machine Material Aviation-grade aluminum Power Supply Input 100–240V AC; Output 30V DC, 4A Working Environment Temperature 0–45°C, Humidity 30–70%RH Certifications CE, RoHS, FCC   ROI and Process Efficiency of ST-210S-H2 Thermal ink printer T...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/st-210s-h2-thermal-ink-printer/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/ST-210S-H2-Thermal-ink-printer.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/ST-210S-H2-Thermal-ink-printer-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/ST-210S-H2-Thermal-ink-printer-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/ST-210S-H2-Thermal-ink-printer-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/ST-210S-H2-Thermal-ink-printer.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2072.78 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1699 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>260211</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>90.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2439,1074</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2439</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Industrielt utstyr</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Industrielt utstyr &gt; Thermal inkjet printers</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>260210</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[ST-210S-H1 Inkjet thermal printer - One head]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[ST-210S-H1 Inkjet thermal printer ST-210S-H1 Inkjet thermal printer is a high-resolution industrial marking solution designed for continuous use in professional environments. The printer applies advanced TIJ 2.5 thermal foaming nozzle technology, enabling consistent printing quality across diverse materials including carton, plastic, metal, cable, glass, stone and electronic components. It is developed to meet enterprise requirements for product identification, compliance labeling, and serialization in manufacturing, logistics, and packaging operations. With a single head configuration, the system delivers 12.7 mm print height and up to 600 x 600 DPI resolution, supporting both text and graphic output. Its embedded Linux operating system, 7-inch industrial touch display, and integration with external sensors ensure reliable control of production processes. The printer is engineered for high-speed environments, providing stable operation at up to 406 meters per minute at 90 DPI. By offering compatibility with multiple ink types including water-based, solvent, food-grade, UV and invisible inks, the device supports a wide range of industrial applications. Certified with CE, FCC and RoHS, the ST-210S-H1 ensures compliance with international safety and environmental standards. This introduction outlines the core purpose of the printer, emphasizing its role as a precise and durable tool for professional enterprises that require traceable and standardized product marking.   ST-210S-H1 Inkjet thermal printer video ﻿   FAQ of ST-210S-H1 Inkjet thermal printer 1. What is the maximum printing resolution of an Inkjet thermal printer? The ST-210S-H1 Inkjet thermal printer provides a maximum resolution of 600 x 600 DPI, ensuring clear and accurate text, barcodes, and graphics suitable for industrial applications. 2. What is the maximum print height supported by the Inkjet thermal printer? The printer supports a single head height of 12.7 mm, which is sufficient for standard labeling, barcode printing, and serialization tasks across multiple packaging formats. 3. What printing speeds can the Inkjet thermal printer achieve? The device supports speeds up to 406 meters per minute at 90 DPI and maintains stable operation at different resolutions down to 60 meters per minute at 600 DPI. 4. Which materials are compatible with the Inkjet thermal printer? The printer can be used on carton, plastic, metal, glass, cable, stone, electronic components, auto parts, and packaging materials across diverse industrial sectors. 5. Which types of barcodes and QR codes can be printed? The system supports multiple barcode standards including CODE11, CODE39, EAN13, CODE128, CODE93, UPCA, UPCE, VIN and QR code types including QR Code, DataMatrix, Micro QR Code, PDF417, and MicroPDF417. 6. What types of inks can be used with the Inkjet thermal printer? The printer is compatible with water-based, solvent, weak solvent, UV, invisible, and food-grade inks, offering flexibility for different packaging and compliance needs. 7. How is the Inkjet thermal printer controlled and monitored? The ST-210S-H1 operates on an embedded Linux system with a 7-inch industrial touch screen, allowing operators to configure print settings, manage databases, and monitor operation in real time. 8. What connectivity options are available? The printer includes USB, RS232, and LAN interfaces, enabling integration with external sensors, encoders, and enterprise IT systems for seamless production line compatibility. 9. What certifications does the Inkjet thermal printer have? The printer complies with CE, FCC, and RoHS standards, ensuring international regulatory compliance for safety, electromagnetic compatibility, and environmental responsibility. 10. What are the maintenance requirements of the Inkjet thermal printer? Routine maintenance involves removing and protecting cartridges during downtime, cleaning the nozzle with non-woven cloth, and using flash-jet functions to prevent clogging. The modular design allows straightforward servicing for long-term reliability.   Specifications of ST-210S-H1 Inkjet thermal printer Nozzle Type TIJ 2.5 Thermal Foaming Nozzle Number 1 (Single Head) Maximum Resolution 600 x 600 DPI Printing Height 12.7 mm Printing Speed 406 m/min (90 DPI), 304 m/min (120 DPI), 240 m/min (150 DPI), 120 m/min (300 DPI), 60 m/min (600 DPI) Printing Distance 1–5 mm Print Content Text, Time, Date, Logo, Serial Number, Barcode, QR Code, Database Supported Barcodes CODE11, CODE39, EAN13, CODE128, CODE93, UPCA, UPCE, VIN and others Supported QR Codes QR Code, DataMatrix, Micro QR Code, PDF417, MicroPDF417 Display 7-inch Industrial Touch Screen Operating System Embedded Linux Interfaces USB, RS232, LAN Dimensions Controller 202 × 119 × 61.2 mm; Printhead 112 × 79 × 103 mm Materials Aviation-Grade Aluminum Working Environment 0–45°C, 30–70% RH Certifications CE, FCC, RoHS   ROI of ST-210S-H1 Inkjet thermal printer Inkjet thermal printer ST-210S-H1 contributes t...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/st-210s-h1-inkjet-thermal-printer/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/ST-210S-H1-Inkjet-thermal-printer.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/ST-210S-H1-Inkjet-thermal-printer-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/ST-210S-H1-Inkjet-thermal-printer-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/ST-210S-H1-Inkjet-thermal-printer-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/ST-210S-H1-Inkjet-thermal-printer.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1585.78 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1299 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>260210</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>70 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2439,1074</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2439</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Industrielt utstyr</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Industrielt utstyr &gt; Thermal inkjet printers</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>260200</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[GT-100E Handheld thermal inkjet printer - One head]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[GT-100E Handheld thermal inkjet printer The GT-100E Handheld Thermal Inkjet Printer is a highly advanced printing device designed specifically for industrial marking and coding applications. This handheld thermal inkjet printer integrates a powerful Cortex-A7 1.2GHz industrial-grade dual-core processor alongside an FPGA algorithm acceleration chipset, ensuring robust and reliable performance in diverse manufacturing environments. Featuring a TIJ 2.5 thermal foaming nozzle, it supports high-resolution printing up to 300 DPI vertically and up to 2400 DPI horizontally, producing precise, clear, and professional markings on a range of substrates including carton, plastic, metal, and more. Equipped with an embedded Linux operating system, the GT-100E offers a user-friendly interface, supporting over 40 international languages to meet global industrial needs. The printer’s built-in RFID-enabled ink cartridges provide automatic identification and consumption recording, enhancing operational efficiency and minimizing downtime. With adjustable print heights from 1mm to 12.7mm and printing speeds reaching up to 406 meters per minute, this device balances speed and quality to suit fast-paced production lines. The ergonomic ABS UV-cured sprayed housing ensures both durability and comfort, making it suitable for handheld or online dual use. Designed for industries such as electronics, automotive parts, pharmaceuticals, food packaging, and more, the GT-100E handheld thermal inkjet printer represents a comprehensive solution for high-quality, flexible, and efficient industrial printing requirements. The device supports environmentally friendly inks and efficient ink usage tracking to reduce waste.   GT-100E Handheld thermal inkjet printer video ﻿   FAQ of GT-100E Handheld thermal inkjet printer What materials can a Handheld thermal inkjet printer print on?A Handheld thermal inkjet printer is compatible with a wide range of substrates, including cartons, plastics, metals, pipes, glass, electronic components, cables, and industrial packaging. Its versatility allows companies to use one device across multiple product lines. What is the maximum print resolution of a Handheld thermal inkjet printer?The GT-100E model achieves up to 300 x 300 DPI resolution, providing clear and sharp codes, barcodes, logos, and text suitable for industrial traceability and compliance requirements. How fast can a Handheld thermal inkjet printer operate?Depending on the selected resolution, it can print at speeds up to 406 meters per minute. This ensures integration with high-speed production lines without compromising print quality. What is the maximum print height of a Handheld thermal inkjet printer?The device supports a print height from 1 mm up to 12.7 mm, making it suitable for small product labels as well as larger packaging surfaces. Which types of ink cartridges are supported?It supports food-grade, water-based, oil-based, weak solvent, and solvent ink cartridges. Ink is available in multiple colors, including black, white, red, yellow, blue, green, invisible, and UV. How is the Handheld thermal inkjet printer powered?The GT-100E is equipped with a 12.6V/3350mAh lithium battery pack, which is removable and rechargeable, ensuring portability and continuous operation in demanding environments. Can it print variable data such as QR codes, barcodes, and serial numbers?Yes, the printer supports a wide range of variable data including GS1 barcodes, QR codes, DataMatrix, serial numbers, batch codes, dates, shifts, and dynamic database integration for advanced traceability. Is the Handheld thermal inkjet printer easy to integrate into production lines?The printer supports both handheld and online use. It includes external interfaces such as USB, RS232, optical sensors, and encoders, enabling straightforward integration with automated lines. What languages are supported by the operating system?The device supports more than 40 languages, including English, German, French, Spanish, Russian, Arabic, Japanese, and Korean, making it suitable for multinational enterprises. What are the maintenance requirements for a Handheld thermal inkjet printer?Routine maintenance includes proper handling of ink cartridges, cleaning the nozzle with non-woven cloth, ensuring the device is dust-free, and performing firmware updates when necessary. These measures extend the printer’s service life and maintain consistent print quality.   Specifications of GT-100E Handheld thermal inkjet printer Parameter Details Print Technology Thermal Inkjet (TIJ 2.5) Processor Cortex-A7 1.2GHz Dual-core + FPGA chipset Print Resolution Vertical: 100/150/300 DPI; Horizontal: 30-2400 DPI Print Speed Up to 406 meters/min (90 DPI) Print Height 1 to 12.7 mm Supported Ink Types Food-grade, water-based, oily, weak solvent, solvent Ink Colors Black, white, red, yellow, blue, green, invisible, UV Ink Cartridge 42 ml with Contactless RFID Chip Print Content Text, date/time, barcode, QR code, ...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/gt-100e-handheld-thermal-inkjet-printer/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/GT-100E-Handheld-thermal-inkjet-printer.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/GT-100E-Handheld-thermal-inkjet-printer-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/GT-100E-Handheld-thermal-inkjet-printer.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>852.78 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>699 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>260200</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>5 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2439,1074</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2439</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Industrielt utstyr</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Industrielt utstyr &gt; Thermal inkjet printers</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>260120</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[ZONE450F Impulse bag sealer - 400mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[ZONE450F Impulse bag sealer Impulse bag sealer ZONE450F is a professional-grade industrial sealing machine designed for enterprises requiring consistent, safe, and efficient packaging of polyethylene, polystyrene, and multi-layer composite materials. The unit is manufactured with a durable aluminum alloy die-cast frame, offering stability and long service life in continuous use environments. The product integrates an electric temperature control system with adjustable heating time, allowing users to optimize sealing performance based on bag thickness and material composition. With a sealing length of 450 mm and a sealing width of 3–5 mm, the equipment is suitable for packaging large and medium-sized bags across a wide range of industries. The machine operates on either 110V or 220V power supply, with a rated pulse power of 1000 W, ensuring efficient heat delivery and strong sealing integrity. The compact footprint, combined with a total weight of 26 kg and dimensions of 550 × 520 × 880 mm, enables practical installation in diverse production environments. The ZONE450F model incorporates a foot-pedal operation, reducing operator fatigue and enabling precise sealing without hand contact, which contributes to safer and more controlled industrial operations.   ZONE450F Impulse bag sealer video ﻿   FAQ of ZONE450F Impulse bag sealer What is the maximum sealing length and sealing width of the impulse bag sealer?The ZONE450F impulse bag sealer provides a maximum sealing length of 450 mm and a sealing width of 3–5 mm, making it suitable for medium and large packaging applications. What types of packaging materials are compatible with the impulse bag sealer?The machine is compatible with polyethylene (PE), polystyrene (PS), and multi-layer composite materials, ensuring versatility across industries such as food, pharmaceuticals, and hardware. What is the required input voltage and power consumption of the impulse bag sealer?The ZONE450F model can operate on either 110V or 220V single-phase power supply and uses 1000 W of pulse power, which is only consumed during sealing cycles, improving energy efficiency. How adjustable is the sealing time, and does it accommodate different bag thicknesses?The sealing time is adjustable between 0 and 2.5 seconds, enabling users to adapt the sealing process for thin single-layer bags or thicker multi-layer films. Is the impulse bag sealer designed for continuous industrial use or small-scale operations?The ZONE450F is built for industrial-grade operations, offering long service life, consistent sealing strength, and ergonomic foot-pedal operation, making it ideal for medium to high-volume packaging. What are the dimensions and weight of the impulse bag sealer?The machine measures 550 × 520 × 880 mm and weighs 26 kg, which allows for stable installation while maintaining mobility within production areas. What safety features are included with the impulse bag sealer?The sealer includes a grounded power connection, shielded electrical components, and a design that keeps operators away from heated elements, ensuring safe industrial operation. What kind of maintenance does the impulse bag sealer require?Regular maintenance includes cleaning the sealing surface, replacing heating wires or lacquer cloth when worn, and lubricating moving parts. All adjustments must be done with the power disconnected for safety. How durable is the impulse bag sealer and what is its expected service life?Built with a die-cast aluminum alloy frame, the machine is highly durable, resistant to corrosion, and designed for extended service life in demanding industrial environments. What warranty and after-sales support are available for the impulse bag sealer?The model generally comes with a one-year warranty on mechanical parts and six months on electrical components, with after-sales support provided by the supplier for repairs and spare parts.   Specifications of ZONE450F Impulse bag sealer Model ZONE450F Sealing length 450 mm Sealing width 3–5 mm Input voltage 110V or 220V Pulse power 1000 W Heating time 0 – 2.5 seconds Dimensions 550 × 520 × 880 mm Weight 26 kg Type Impulse heat sealing   ROI - How ZONE450F Impulse bag sealer improves process efficiency Impulse bag sealer ZONE450F delivers a measurable return on investment by reducing packaging cycle time, minimizing product losses due to faulty sealing, and ensuring consistent quality control. For enterprises handling high volumes of products, the reliability of each sealed package directly impacts operational costs and customer satisfaction. The model is engineered for quick start-up with minimal warm-up requirements, which eliminates downtime and accelerates throughput in production lines. Strong sealing integrity reduces the risk of contamination or leakage, particularly important in sectors such as food, pharmaceuticals, and chemicals, where packaging quality influences regulatory compliance. By lowering the frequency of rework and decreasing the ra...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/impulse-bag-sealer-zone450f/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/ZONE450F-Impulse-bag-sealer.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/ZONE450F-Impulse-bag-sealer-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/ZONE450F-Impulse-bag-sealer-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/ZONE450F-Impulse-bag-sealer-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/ZONE450F-Impulse-bag-sealer-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>260 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>209 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>260120</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>22.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>1073,2473</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>1073</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Heat sealers</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Pakking maskiner &gt; Heat sealers</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>260100</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[ZONE300D Heat sealer machine 300mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[ZONE300D Heat sealer machine The ZONE300D Heat sealer machine is a thermostatic direct heat foot-operated sealing device, designed specifically for industrial and commercial operations requiring reliable and consistent sealing of plastic materials. This machine features a robust aluminum alloy die-cast construction, which ensures durability and stability in demanding work environments. Its primary function is to seal polyethylene, polystyrene, and multi-layer composite materials, commonly used in packaging for industries such as food processing, pharmaceuticals, cosmetics, hardware, and daily necessities. Equipped with advanced electric temperature control technology, the ZONE300D Heat sealer machine offers convenient and flexible temperature adjustments with the capability to maintain a constant temperature ranging from 0 to 300°C. This precise control contributes to strong sealing strength and stable performance, enhancing overall operational efficiency. The machine operates on a single-phase 220V power supply, with a power rating of 175 watts per heating element, making it energy-efficient while maintaining rapid heating and sealing cycles. Its sealing length of 300 mm and sealing width of 14 mm make it suitable for medium-sized sealing tasks that require accuracy and consistency. Weighing approximately 21 kg, and measuring 345 mm by 480 mm by 880 mm, this heat sealer machine is designed for easy installation in production lines without occupying excessive space. The ZONE300D Heat sealer machine is engineered for safety, reliability, and long service life, making it an ideal solution for enterprises seeking consistent product packaging quality.   ZONE300D Heat sealer machine video ﻿   FAQ of ZONE300D Heat sealer machine What types of materials can this Heat Sealer Machine seal? The machine is suitable for sealing polyethylene, polystyrene, and various multi-layer composite plastic materials typically used in packaging. What is the maximum sealing length and width? This heat sealer provides a sealing length of 300 mm and a sealing width of 14 mm, ideal for medium-sized packaging applications. What power supply does the Heat Sealer Machine require? The machine operates on a standard 220V single-phase power supply, common in industrial and commercial settings. How is the temperature controlled and what is its range? The temperature is electrically controlled with an adjustable range from 0°C to 300°C, allowing customization for different material thicknesses. Is operation hands-free? Yes, the machine uses a foot pedal control for sealing, enabling hands-free and efficient operation. What safety features does the machine include? It includes proper grounding, protective housing, heating block insulation, and warnings to avoid electrical shock and burns. How large and heavy is the machine? The dimensions are approximately 345×480×880 mm, weighing about 21 kg, making it compact yet sturdy. Is the Heat Sealer Machine suitable for continuous industrial use? Yes, its durable aluminum alloy die-cast frame and reliable heating elements support continuous sealing operations. What maintenance is required? Regular cleaning of sealing surfaces, inspection and replacement of the pressure pad, lubrication of moving parts, and heater maintenance are recommended. Is there a warranty and after-sales support? The manufacturer offers a warranty covering one year for mechanical parts and six months for electrical components, along with technical support services.   Specifications of ZONE300D Heat sealer machine Specification Details Type Constant temperature direct heat type Model ZONE300D (based on PFS-D300) Sealing length 300 mm Sealing width 14 mm Input voltage 220 V (Single-phase) Heating power 175 W × 2 Heating temperature range 0 – 300°C (adjustable) Overall dimensions (L×W×H) 345 × 480 × 880 mm Weight 21 kg ROI - How ZONE300D Heat sealer machine improves process efficiency The ZONE300D Heat sealer machine contributes significantly to increasing operational efficiency and return on investment for enterprises by streamlining the packaging process. Its precise temperature control and consistent sealing quality reduce material waste caused by faulty seals or premature package failures. By enabling rapid cycle times with foot-operated control, it minimizes manual labor effort, allowing operators to maintain productivity without sacrificing accuracy. The robust build ensures long-term reliability with minimal downtime for repairs, reducing maintenance costs and production interruptions. Additionally, the energy-efficient design lowers operational power consumption compared to conventional sealing machines, which contributes to reduced utility expenses. The machine's adaptability to a variety of plastic materials and thicknesses enables businesses to handle diverse packaging needs using a single piece of equipment. This versatility reduces the need for multiple sealing devices, consolidating capital expenditure. Ultimately,...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/zone300d-heat-sealer-machine/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/ZONE300D-Heat-sealer-machine.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/ZONE300D-Heat-sealer-machine-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/ZONE300D-Heat-sealer-machine-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/ZONE300D-Heat-sealer-machine-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/ZONE300D-Heat-sealer-machine-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/ZONE300D-Heat-sealer-machine-high-quality.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>out of stock</g:availability><g:price>280 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>219 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>260100</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>25.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>1073,2473</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>1073</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Heat sealers</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Pakking maskiner &gt; Heat sealers</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>260023</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[DOZE400B industrial vacuum sealer 400 mm - 20m³/h]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[DOZE400B industrial vacuum sealer The DOZE400B industrial vacuum sealer is a precision-engineered packaging machine designed to support demanding industrial operations involving product preservation and protection. This equipment plays a critical role in extending the shelf life of perishable goods by removing air from packaging and sealing them in a controlled environment, thereby preventing oxidation, microbial growth, and moisture ingress. The machine is ideal for industries including food processing, pharmaceuticals, electronics, and chemical manufacturing where product integrity is paramount. Technically, the DOZE400B features a single chamber design with a chamber size of 430x430x75 mm and dual sealing bars measuring 400x8 mm each, providing robust sealing performance on different packaging types. A vacuum pump with a rated capacity of 20m³/h ensures efficient and reliable air extraction from the chamber, supporting rapid processing cycles. The built-in control panel allows precise settings of vacuum time, gas flush (optional), sealing time, and cooling duration, maximizing operational flexibility for varied product requirements.   DOZE400B industrial vacuum sealer video   FAQs of DOZE400B industrial vacuum sealer What is the chamber size of the DOZE400B vacuum packaging machine? The DOZE400B has a chamber size of 430 mm × 430 mm × 75 mm. Does the DOZE400B use a single or double sealing bar? It is equipped with a double sealing bar sized 400 mm × 8 mm for strong sealing. What is the vacuum pump capacity of the DOZE400B? The vacuum pump capacity is 20 cubic meters per hour (m³/hr). Can the DOZE400B vacuum pack liquids safely? Yes, it can vacuum pack liquids such as soups, broths, and sauces without leakage. How many programmable memory settings are available on the DOZE400B? It features a control panel with ten programmable memory settings for different packaging programs. What safety features does the DOZE400B include? The machine includes an Emergency Stop (E-Stop) button that immediately halts operations and opens the cover. What type of bags should be used with the DOZE400B? Vacuum bags with a full gas barrier suitable for vacuum and gas flushing should be used. Is gas flushing supported by the DOZE400B? Yes, it supports both vacuum packing and gas flushing functions. How does the DOZE400B automate the packaging process? Once parameters are set and the bag placed, the machine automatically completes vacuuming, gas flushing, sealing, cooling, and opens the cover to finish. What maintenance is recommended for the DOZE400B? Regularly check and keep spare heating elements and Teflon strips, maintain vacuum oil levels, use recommended oil, and avoid running the machine without vacuum bags to prevent damage.   Specifications of DOZE400B industrial vacuum sealer Specification Detail Chamber Size (mm) 430 x 430 x 75 Sealing Bar Size (mm) 400 x 8 (Double Bar) Vacuum Pump Capacity 20 m³/h Power Supply 220V, Single Phase, 0.9 KW Control Programmable with 10 Memory Settings Material Stainless Steel Body with Transparent Acrylic Lid Safety Features Emergency Stop Button, Grounding Protection   ROI of DOZE400B industrial vacuum sealer The DOZE400B industrial vacuum sealer enhances process efficiency by significantly reducing packaging time compared to manual methods while maintaining consistent seal quality. Its programmable settings accommodate various product needs, minimizing setup time and reducing human error. By extending product shelf life three- to five-fold, inventory management improves, lowering waste and spoilage costs. The machine’s reliable construction reduces downtime and maintenance expenses, contributing to cost savings over time. Moreover, the ability to vacuum-pack liquids and powders broadens product packaging capabilities, enabling manufacturers to diversify their offerings with minimal additional investment. The improved product protection against oxidation and contamination also bolsters brand reputation and customer satisfaction, indirectly supporting revenue growth.   Key Features and Benefits of DOZE400B industrial vacuum sealer The DOZE400B is equipped with dual sealing bars, ensuring strong and uniform seals suitable for various bag materials, including foil laminates. Its programmable control panel allows customization of vacuum, gas filling, sealing, and cooling times, optimizing each packaging cycle for product-specific needs. The stainless steel construction and transparent lid provide durability and visibility during operation, enhancing user confidence and safety. Automation of the vacuum packaging sequence—from cover closing to the automatic reopening—minimizes manual intervention and speeds up throughput. The emergency stop button and grounding protection ensure operator safety. Collectively, these features lead to improved packaging quality, operational efficiency, and workplace safety, making the DOZE400B a valuable asset for industrial packaging environments.   How to U...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/doze400b-industrial-vacuum-sealer/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/DOZE400B-industrial-vacuum-sealer.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/DOZE400B-industrial-vacuum-sealer-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/DOZE400B-industrial-vacuum-sealer-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/DOZE400B-industrial-vacuum-sealer-high.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/DOZE400B-industrial-vacuum-sealer-best.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/DOZE400B-industrial-vacuum-sealer-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/DOZE400B-industrial-vacuum-sealer-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/DOZE400B-industrial-vacuum-sealer-better.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/DOZE400B-industrial-vacuum-sealer-good.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/DOZE400B-industrial-vacuum-sealer-quality.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/DOZE400B-industrial-vacuum-sealer-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1280 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>999 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>260023</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>130.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2473,830,2575,1047</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2473</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Pakking maskiner &gt; Vacuum sealer machines</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>260014</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[DOZE400TB commercial vacuum sealer 400 mm - 20m³/h]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[DOZE400TB commercial vacuum sealer The DOZE400TB commercial vacuum sealer is a precision-engineered industrial vacuum packaging solution designed to extend product shelf life while enhancing packaging efficiency in commercial and industrial operations. This tabletop vacuum sealer is tailored for enterprises involved in food processing, pharmaceuticals, electronics, and other sectors requiring airtight packaging to preserve product integrity and quality. With a robust vacuum pump rated at 20 m³/h and a double sealing bar sized at 400 mm by 8 mm, this machine facilitates rapid air evacuation and high-strength sealing. The vacuum chamber dimensions of 430 mm by 430 mm by 75 mm provide sufficient volume for packaging various product sizes. The machine’s overall dimensions measure approximately 560 mm by 500 mm by 460 mm, accommodating flexible placement within production areas. Equipped with a programmable control panel, the DOZE400TB supports up to 10 custom programs for vacuum time, sealing, cooling, and gas flush settings, making it adaptable to multiple packaging requirements. Its gas flush capability allows nitrogen or protective gas filling, essential for preserving oxygen-sensitive products. The machine is compatible with a variety of packaging materials, including barrier films, laminated aluminum-foil bags, and soft packing films, ensuring versatility across diverse packaging applications. Designed with operator safety in mind, it incorporates an emergency stop button and a grounded electrical system to ensure safe operation. The DOZE400TB commercial vacuum sealer thus provides a reliable and cost-effective packaging option that maximizes shelf-life extension and reduces waste, suitable for continuous operation in demanding industrial environments.   DOZE400TB commercial vacuum sealer video ﻿   Specifications of DOZE400TB commercial vacuum sealer Specification Details Vacuum Chamber Size 430 mm x 430 mm x 75 mm Sealing Bar Size Double bar, 400 mm x 8 mm Vacuum Pump Capacity 20 cubic meters per hour Power Consumption Approximately 0.9 kW, single-phase 220V Control Programs Up to 10 programmable settings Gas Flush Capability Supports nitrogen or protective gas filling Machine Dimensions 560 mm x 500 mm x 460 mm (approx.) Material Compatibility Barrier films, laminated aluminum-foil bags, soft packing films Safety Features Emergency stop, grounded electrical system   FAQs of DOZE400TB commercial vacuum sealer What are the dimensions of the vacuum chamber and sealing bar size on the DOZE400TB commercial vacuum sealer? The vacuum chamber measures 430 mm x 430 mm x 75 mm. It features a double sealing bar sized 400 mm x 8 mm, providing ample space and efficient sealing for various packaging needs. What is the vacuum pump capacity and power consumption of the DOZE400TB commercial vacuum sealer? The vacuum pump has a capacity of 20 cubic meters per hour. The machine typically operates on a single-phase 220V power supply with power consumption around 0.9 kW, balancing efficiency and energy use. Does the DOZE400TB commercial vacuum sealer support gas flush or nitrogen filling during vacuum packaging? Yes, it supports gas flush capability, allowing nitrogen or protective gas filling to preserve oxygen-sensitive products and extend shelf life effectively. What types of packaging materials and bags are compatible with the DOZE400TB commercial vacuum sealer? The machine is compatible with barrier films, laminated aluminum-foil bags, and various soft packing films designed to offer full gas barrier protection during vacuum packaging. How do I set and adjust the vacuum time, sealing time, cooling time, and gas filling time on the DOZE400TB commercial vacuum sealer? These parameters can be set and adjusted easily using the programmable control panel. It offers up to 10 program memories where vacuum, sealing, cooling, and filling times can be customized for different products. Is the DOZE400TB commercial vacuum sealer suitable for vacuum packing liquids, powders, and solid products? Yes, it is suitable for a wide range of products including liquids, powders, solids, pastes, and seeds, ensuring versatility across industries. What safety features does the DOZE400TB commercial vacuum sealer have, such as emergency stop and grounding protection? The machine includes an emergency stop button that immediately halts the operation and opens the vacuum cover. It also comes with grounded electrical protection ensuring safe use in industrial settings. What maintenance is required for the DOZE400TB commercial vacuum sealer, including spare parts that should be kept in stock? Routine maintenance involves checking the vacuum pump oil level, and regularly replacing heating elements and Teflon strips, which have a limited lifespan. Keeping these parts in stock is recommended to minimize downtime. How long is the expected life span of the heating element and sealing bars in the DOZE400TB commercial vacuum sealer, and how easily can th...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/doze400tb-commercial-vacuum-sealer/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/DOZE400TB-commercial-vacuum-sealer.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/DOZE400TB-commercial-vacuum-sealer-new-scaled.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/DOZE400TB-commercial-vacuum-sealer-buy-scaled.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/DOZE400TB-commercial-vacuum-sealer-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/DOZE400TB-commercial-vacuum-sealer-side-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/DOZE400TB-commercial-vacuum-sealer-side2-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/DOZE400TB-commercial-vacuum-sealer-quality-scaled.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/DOZE400TB-commercial-vacuum-sealer-price-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/DOZE400TB-commercial-vacuum-sealer-good-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/DOZE400TB-commercial-vacuum-sealer-cheap-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/DOZE400TB-commercial-vacuum-sealer-high-scaled.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1100 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>899 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>260014</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>80.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2473,830,2575,1047</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2473</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Pakking maskiner &gt; Vacuum sealer machines</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>260013</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[DOZE300T chamber vacuum sealer 300 mm - 10m³/h]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[DOZE300T chamber vacuum sealer DOZE300T chamber vacuum sealer is a tabletop industrial unit specified for controlled, repeatable packaging of food and non-food items in enterprise environments where dimensional constraints, takt time, and documentation are material to purchase decisions. The machine operates with a single sealing bar and a compact chamber optimized for small to medium products; purchasers should verify fit against the maximum product envelope. Key operating elements include a chamber size of 385 × 280 × 50 mm (verify with samples), a single sealing bar 260 × 8 mm, a pump capacity of 10 m³/h, a typical cycle time of 10–20 s, and single-phase 220 V / 50 Hz electrical input at 0.4 kW. The benchtop layout and approximate footprint of 490 × 450 × 320 mm support installation on standard worktables with adequate lid clearance. For teams assessing MAP requirements, this configuration is a standard vacuum model without integrated gas-flush; if modified atmosphere packaging is mandatory, a variant with MAP capability should be selected. Where product heights, liquids, or viscous contents are involved, filler plates and liquid-handling accessories should be considered to maintain consistent seal formation and service life while meeting throughput objectives within the expected duty cycle.   DOZE300T chamber vacuum sealer video ﻿   FAQs of chamber vacuum sealer video What are the largest product dimensions (Length × Width × Height) to be packaged? The chamber size measures approximately 385 × 280 × 50 mm. It is essential to verify that the products fit comfortably within this chamber size to avoid packaging issues. For bulkier items, consider if the 50 mm chamber height is sufficient. What is the width of the bag opening or mouth? The single sealing bar is 260 mm wide. The bag mouth must not exceed this width to ensure proper sealing. For products with wider openings, diagonal bag placement in the chamber may be possible if it fits within the chamber dimensions. What is the height of your items? The effective chamber height is around 50 mm. If your items are taller or bulky, this model may not be suitable, and a larger chamber vacuum sealer should be considered. What throughput or packaging cycle rate per hour do you require? The VM300TE/A offers a cycle time of approximately 10 to 20 seconds per package. Confirm if this throughput aligns with your production takt time or hourly output requirements. Is 220 V / 50 Hz single-phase power with the correct plug type available at your workstation? This machine requires a standard single-phase power supply at 220 volts and 50 Hz frequency. Ensure your facility meets these electrical specifications for correct and safe operation. Do you require gas flushing or modified atmosphere packaging (MAP) options such as nitrogen or CO₂ injection? The VM300TE/A model supports standard vacuum packaging only. If gas flushing or MAP is required for extended preservation, consider models with gas flush capabilities, such as VMQ series. What type of products are you packing—dry, greasy, or liquids such as marinades or soups? This vacuum sealer can handle a variety of product types, including solids, powders, liquids, and pastes. For liquids or semi-liquids, use accessories such as filler plates to prevent liquid ingress into the vacuum pump. Which pouch type and thickness do you plan to use? The machine is compatible with vacuum bags made from complex films including laminated and aluminum-foil barrier bags. Bag thickness of 70 to 100+ microns is typical. Ensure your bag supplier meets these requirements for optimal sealing performance. Do you have adequate bench space and vertical clearance? The machine footprint is approximately 490 × 450 × 320 mm, with additional overhead clearance required for the acrylic lid to open completely during operation. Ensure your workspace accommodates this configuration safely. What are your compliance requirements and service expectations regarding certification documents (e.g., CE), use of food-contact materials, warranty coverage, spare parts availability, and delivery lead times? The product is CE certified and uses food-grade materials safe for packaging consumables. Warranty terms and availability of spare parts such as heating elements and Teflon strips are provided by the manufacturer. Delivery and service timelines should be discussed with the supplier to match your operational needs.   Key Technical Specifications of DOZE300T chamber vacuum sealer  Chamber vacuum sealer DOZE300T presents a compact working envelope for small-format packaging while preserving industrial duty expectations, and the following parameters are the primary selection criteria for engineering and purchasing teams. The effective chamber dimensions define the maximum loadable workpiece or pouch geometry, while the sealing bar dictates bag mouth width; items exceeding these constraints will require alternative models, diagonal placement (if appropriate), or pr...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/doze300t-chamber-vacuum-sealer/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/DOZE300T-chamber-vacuum-sealer-1.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/DOZE300T-chamber-vacuum-sealer-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/DOZE300T-chamber-vacuum-sealer-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/DOZE300T-chamber-vacuum-sealer-price-scaled.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/DOZE300T-chamber-vacuum-sealer-best.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/DOZE300T-chamber-vacuum-sealer-quality-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1000 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>799 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>260013</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>40.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2473,830,2575,1047</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2473</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Pakking maskiner &gt; Vacuum sealer machines</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>230052</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[AUTOBOX10 automatic case erector – 10-15 cases/min]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[AUTOBOX10 automatic case erector AUTOBOX10 automatic case erector is an advanced automatic case erector machine designed to streamline and automate the carton forming process in industrial packaging operations. It serves a critical role in modern production lines by accurately erecting cartons for packing, which enhances operational efficiency and minimizes manual labor requirements. This machine is engineered for industrial enterprises that require consistent, high-speed carton erection with minimal human intervention. This automatic case erector features a robust servo-driven mechanism combined with pneumatic components to ensure precise carton handling and forming. The unit’s dimensions measure approximately 2020mm in length, 2080mm in width, and 1396mm in height, and it weighs about 600 kilograms. AUTOBOX10 supports carton sizes ranging from 200mm to 500mm in length, 200mm to 400mm in width, and 150mm to 350mm in height, with combined length plus width not exceeding 900mm and half the width plus height under 550mm. The machine operates at a speed of 10 to 15 cartons per minute, ensuring an optimal balance of throughput and accuracy. It employs either 50mm or 60mm tape width for carton sealing, with an optional 75mm tape available upon request. The table height is standardized at 650mm to align efficiently with most conveyor systems. Engineered for reliability and precision, AUTOBOX10’s user interface incorporates a touchscreen control panel enabling streamlined automation workflows, including servo position teaching and carton specification setting. This feature facilitates quick changeovers and custom carton handling programs, suiting diverse packaging requirements. The automated resetting and servo return-to-zero functions ensure system precision before each operational cycle begins, preventing errors and reducing downtime. Overall, AUTOBOX10 automatic case erector is designed to serve enterprises aiming for improved packaging accuracy, speed, and safety. The integration of advanced servo technology and pneumatic controls enables it to form cartons with consistent square or rectangular shapes, reducing product damage and enhancing package quality.   AUTOBOX10 automatic case erector video ﻿   Specifications of AUTOBOX10 automatic case erector Parameter Specification Machine Size (L x W x H) 2020mm x 2080mm x 1396mm Net/Gross Weight Approx. 600kg / 640kg Applicable Carton Size (L x W x H) 200mm–500mm x 200mm–400mm x 150mm–350mm L + W ≤ 900mm, ½W + H ≤ 550mm Working Speed 10 - 15 cartons per minute Tape Width 50mm or 60mm (optional 75mm available) Table Height 650mm     Features and Benefits of AUTOBOX10 automatic case erector SERVO motor-driven carton forming mechanism provides precise control over carton opening, enabling accurate and consistent erection of square or rectangular cartons. Pneumatic adjustments ensure smooth carton feeding, sealing, and ejection without deformation or damage. Integrated touchscreen control panel supports straightforward operation with automatic and manual modes, facilitating ease of use for operators and technicians. Servo position teaching function and carton specification setting enable fast adjustments for various carton sizes, supporting a wide range of packaging requirements and reducing changeover times. Pressure regulating solenoid valves and adjustable cylinder inlet/outlet air pressure enhance control of carton molding force and speed for processing stability with different carton material thicknesses. Automatic power cutoff protocols during servicing and emergency stops improve operator safety in case of entrapment. Compact machine dimensions and modular design allow easy integration into existing packaging lines. Overall, these features improve packaging accuracy, reduce material wastage, lower labor costs, and contribute to safer working environments, making AUTOBOX10 a valuable solution for medium to large-scale packaging operations.   ROI and Process Efficiency of AUTOBOX10 automatic case erector AUTOBOX10 automatic case erector significantly contributes to the return on investment for industrial packaging operations by reducing manual labor costs and increasing packaging speed and consistency. The machine’s automatic carton erecting process minimizes human error, resulting in fewer damaged cartons and reduced material waste. By producing up to 15 cartons per minute, AUTOBOX10 accelerates throughput rates on packaging lines, enabling businesses to meet higher production targets. Moreover, the precise servo-driven mechanism ensures repeatable and accurate carton forming, which diminishes downtime caused by misaligned or improperly formed cartons. This consistent operation leads to better synchronization with upstream and downstream processes, optimizing whole-line efficiency. Enterprises benefit from reduced training requirements due to the user-friendly touchscreen interface and simplified operational setups. The automated control of carton size calibrat...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/autobox10-automatic-case-erector/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/autobox10-automatic-case-erector-1.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/autobox10-automatic-case-erector-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/autobox10-automatic-case-erector-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/autobox10-automatic-case-erector-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/autobox10-automatic-case-ere-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>12000 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>9990 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>230052</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>450.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>973</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2602,833,830</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2602</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Cardboard packaging</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Pakking maskiner &gt; Kartongforseglere</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>550711</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Steel strap 19 x 0.5 mm, black waxed, load capacity 750-850 N/mm2 - 25 kg - Coated- painted]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Steel strap 19 x 0.5 mm, black waxed, load capacity 750-850 N/mm2 - 25 kg - Coated- painted]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/steel-strap-19-x-0-5-mm-black-waxed-load-capacity-750-850-n-mm2-25-kg/</g:link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>60 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550711</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>25.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>974</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2539,529</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2539</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Steel strapping</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Steel strapping</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>230022</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[AUTO&FOLD-5050 automatic box taper machine Kraft/BOPP - Auto height & width adjustment + top-flap closure]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[AUTO&FOLD-5050 automatic box taper machine AUTO&FOLD-5050 is a fully automatic carton sealing machine engineered for end-of-line packaging operations requiring consistent, high-quality flap folding and simultaneous top-and-bottom taping of corrugated cartons. Designed for uniform-sized cartons with dimensions ranging from 200–600 × 150–500 × 150–500 mm (L×W×H), this industrial-grade box taper integrates pneumatic folding, dual tape heads with synchronized upper and lower application, and driven side belts to efficiently fold flaps in a pre-set sequence (front, back, then side) and securely seal cartons with standardized adhesive overlap and clean cutting. The machine operates with a fixed belt speed of 18 m/min to ensure consistent throughput, powered by a supply of 220 V, 50–60 Hz with approximately 200 W consumption. It supports tape widths of 36 mm, 48 mm, and 60 mm compatible with OPP/BOPP tapes, while pneumatic functions require compressed air at 6 kg/cm² and roughly 100 NL/min flow for precise folding and sealing operations. This box taper can function as a stand-alone sealer or seamlessly integrates into automated packaging lines downstream of case erectors and upstream of print-and-apply, inspection, or weighing stations. With a compact footprint measuring 1780 × 1080 × 1400 mm and an adjustable working table height from 600 to 850 mm, it aligns perfectly with typical conveyor setups in high-throughput, multi-shift packaging plants, ensuring efficient workflow and ease of maintenance. The machine’s approximate weight is 280 kg, providing stability during fast operation cycles.   AUTO&FOLD-5050 automatic box taper machine video ﻿   Key Technical Specifications of AUTO&FOLD-5050 automatic box taper machine Carton Size (L×W×H): 200–600 × 150–500 × 150–500 mm Working Table Height: Adjustable from 600 to 850 mm Belt Speed: Fixed at 18 m/min for consistent throughput Tape Widths Supported: 36 mm, 48 mm, and 60 mm (OPP/BOPP tapes) Power Supply: 220 V, 50–60 Hz Power Consumption: Approx. 200 W Compressed Air: 6 kg/cm², ~100 NL/min required for folding and sealing functions Machine Footprint (L×W×H): 1780 × 1080 × 1400 mm Machine Weight: Approx. 280 kg Tape Heads: Upper and lower synchronization for precise sealing   Features & Benefits of AUTO&FOLD-5050 automatic box taper machine Fully Automatic Flap Folding & Sealing: Automatically folds front, back, and side flaps in sequence using pneumatic cylinders and folding poles, improving box stability and reducing manual labor. Dual Tape Heads: Simultaneous top and bottom tape application ensures strong and neat sealing with uniform adhesive overlap, adjustable for front and rear flaps to optimize tape usage and appearance. Adjustable Parameters: Operators can easily adjust working height, sealing width and height, folding pole angles, tape tension, and overlap lengths to accommodate varying carton sizes and tape materials. Simple Tape Installation & Path: Designed for OPP/BOPP tapes, the tape path maintains adhesive side outward, with guided rollers and adjustable tension springs preventing wrinkles, side roll, and overlapping errors. Robust Construction: Heavy-duty welded frame with lifting cylinders and electronic controls built for long-term industrial use with minimal maintenance. Integrated Safety Features: Equipped with micro switches to control flap folding timing and ensure carton positioning; recommended lockout and maintenance procedures protect operators. Easy Line Integration: Compact and configurable, the AUTO&FOLD-5050 fits well between standard case erectors and downstream labeling or inspection equipment.   Specifications of Automatic Box Taper Machine — AUTO&FOLD-5050 Carton size range (L×W×H) 200–600 × 150–500 × 150–500 mm Working table height 600–850 mm (adjustable) Belt speed 18 m/min Supported tape widths 36 / 48 / 60 mm (OPP/BOPP) Power supply / consumption 220 V, 50–60 Hz / ~200 W Compressed air ~6 kg/cm², ~100 NL/min Machine dimensions (L×W×H) 1780 × 1080 × 1400 mm Approximate weight ~280 kg Tape heads Upper and lower Flap-folding sequence Front → Back → Side   Where to use automatic box taper machine Ideal for packaging uniform corrugated cartons in industries including food & beverage, electronics, pharmaceuticals, and general manufacturing, where consistent flap folding and sealing quality are crucial to maintain packaging integrity, reduce rework, and improve throughput. It’s especially suitable in operations with many different box formats across a shift where operators don’t want to (or can’t safely) hold the upper flaps while approaching the sealer—the machine performs automatic top-flap closing and then seals, saving operator time and reducing ergonomic strain. Fast, tool-free handwheel adjustments allow quick changeovers within the specified carton range when switching SKUs. Typical use cases: Manual pack cells upstream of the sealer where freeing the operator’s hands speeds loading and line balance. E-commerce, 3PL, and cont...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/autofold-5050-automatic-box-taper-machine/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/autofold-automatic-carton-sealer.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>7800 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>6799 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>230022</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>310.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>973</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2602,833,2473,830</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2602</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Cardboard packaging</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Pakking maskiner &gt; Kartongforseglere</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>240065</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[SHRINKCOMBO shrink wrapping machine - Automatic Side Sealer A450 - 15m/min - Highest packing 150mm + Shrink Tunnel V4530 - 10m/min - Max product: 1400*350*200H mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[SHRINKCOMBO Shrink Wrapping Machine SHRINKCOMBO Shrink Wrapping Machine integrates two industrial packaging devices: the Automatic Side Sealer A450 and the Shrink Tunnel V4530. This system is designed to optimize packaging processes in manufacturing and distribution operations by combining precision sealing with efficient heat shrinking. With a robust power supply of 200V, 1.5KW for the sealer and a high-efficiency thermal cycle mechanism in the shrink tunnel, SHRINKCOMBO ensures consistent output quality and operational reliability. The Automatic Side Sealer A450 supports a maximum sealing height of 250mm and features precise temperature control via PID technology, while the Shrink Tunnel V4530 employs integrated hot air circulation facilitating rapid heating and uniform shrinkage for various product sizes. The system’s conveyor speed controls allow for flexible adjustment catering to production line requirements. Primarily used within food, chemical, and electronics industries, SHRINKCOMBO contributes to improving packaging integrity and presentation, ensuring products are securely enclosed and protected during transport and storage. Product dimensions Automatic Side Sealer A450: Minimal product dimensions: L:5cm, W: 5cm, H:2cm Max product dimensions: W+H<420mm , Length unlimited, H<150mm Product dimensions  Shrink Tunnel V4530: Minimal product dimensions: No limit Max product dimensions: 1400*350*250 (L*W*H)   SHRINKCOMBO Shrink Wrapping Machine video ﻿   FAQ of SHRINKCOMBO Shrink Wrapping Machine What product sizes and types can the shrink wrapping machine handle?The SHRINK WRAPPING MACHINE accommodates a wide range of product dimensions, with the side sealer supporting packaging heights up to 250mm. It is suitable for various industries including food, chemicals, and electronics. Clarifying product size compatibility ensures the machine fits your packaging needs. What is the production speed or throughput capability?Production speed varies by model, but SHRINKCOMBO offers adjustable conveyor speed to match line requirements, enabling efficient packaging cycles for both low and high volume operations. Understanding throughput helps meet your packaging targets. What types of shrink films are compatible?This machine supports common shrink films such as POF, PVC, and polyethylene. Compatibility with your preferred film type affects packaging quality and cost. Confirm film compatibility with your supplier. Are there limitations on product shape or weight?The SHRINK WRAPPING MACHINE is versatile to seal and shrink products of diverse shapes and weights within specified size limits. Heavy or irregular items may require custom adjustments or a different model. What are the power requirements and energy consumption?Operating on 200V power (1.5KW for the side sealer and appropriate rating for the shrink tunnel), energy efficiency is supported by PID temperature controllers minimizing waste heat. Ensure electrical infrastructure compatibility. What safety features are incorporated?The machine includes emergency stop buttons, protective guards, and low-voltage controls to protect operators during operation. These features comply with industrial safety standards. How easy is it to operate and maintain the machine?The system is designed with user-friendly controls and requires routine maintenance including part inspections and lubrication. Manuals provide troubleshooting and replacement part information to facilitate upkeep. What is the machine’s footprint and installation requirements?The SHRINK WRAPPING MACHINE is compact for industrial lines, though exact dimensions should be verified against available floor space. Proper installation by qualified personnel is recommended for optimal performance. How does this machine compare with competing shrink wrapping solutions?SHRINKCOMBO integrates advanced sealing and shrinking in one system with superior temperature control and modular design for flexible operation, offering reliability and value unmatched by simpler standalone units. What are the warranty and post-purchase support options?The machine typically comes with a one-year warranty and lifetime maintenance options. Technical support and spare parts availability ensure long-term operational reliability.   Specifications of SHRINKCOMBO Shrink Wrapping Machine Component Specification Details Automatic Side Sealer A450 Power Supply 200V, 1.5KW, 50/60Hz Automatic Side Sealer A450 Max Sealing Height 250 mm Automatic Side Sealer A450 Sealing Time Adjustable Shrink Tunnel V4530 Power Supply Specification aligned with high-efficiency thermal cycling system Shrink Tunnel V4530 Heat Source Hot air circulation with integrated design Shrink Tunnel V4530 Control System PID and solid-state relay temperature control Shrink Tunnel V4530 Conveyor Adjustable speed conveyor belt   ROI - Efficiency Gains with SHRINKCOMBO Shrink Wrapping Machine SHRINKCOMBO Shrink Wrapping Machine enables companies to optimize packaging operation...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/shrinkcombo-shrink-wrapping-machine/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/SHRINKCOMBO-shrink-wrapping-machine-1.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Automatic-Side-Sealer-A450-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Automatic-Side-Sealer-A450-buying-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Automatic-L-bar-sealer-T4535-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Shrink-Tunnel-V4530-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Shrink-Tunnel-V4530-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/SHRINKCOMBO-shrink-wrapping-machine-2.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>12000 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>9999 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>240065</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>800.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>836,2473,2623,830</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>836</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Krympepakkemaskiner</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Pakking maskiner &gt; Krympepakkemaskiner</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>770088</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Electric fork lift truck XE4535A 4500 mm 3500 kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Electric forklift truck XE4535A Electric forklift truck XE4535A is a purpose-built industrial vehicle engineered for handling and transporting heavy loads with precision and reliability. Designed to operate in warehouses, manufacturing plants, distribution centers, and other demanding environments, the XE4535A optimizes material-handling workflows while minimizing environmental impact. At its core, the XE4535A features a robust electric drive system powered by a 24 V/420 Ah traction battery, delivering consistent torque and smooth acceleration without diesel emissions or excessive noise. With a rated lifting capacity of 3500 kg and a maximum lifting height of 4500 mm on its triplex mast, this model accommodates a wide range of pallet sizes and load configurations. The free-lift function allows initial mast extension of up to 150 mm before full mast elevation, enabling safe operation in low-ceiling facilities. Integrated within a sealed, climate-controlled cabin equipped with a diesel-grade heater, the XE4535A ensures operator comfort and visibility in cold or poorly ventilated areas. An external European-standard charger (24 V/50 A) replenishes the battery efficiently overnight or during planned breaks, supporting continuous multi-shift operation. This introduction outlines how the XE4535A contributes to productivity, safety, and uptime in enterprise material-handling applications.   Specs of electric forklift truck XE4535A Specification Value Model XE4535A Rated Capacity 3500 kg Load Center 500 mm Max Lifting Height 4500 mm Free Lift 150 mm Mast Type Triplex Side Shifter Integrated Battery 24 V / 420 Ah Charger External European 24 V / 50 A Travel Speed (Unladen/Laden) 12 km/h / 12 km/h Lift Speed (Unladen/Laden) 370 mm/s / 220 mm/s Max Gradeability 11 % / 11 % Service Weight (Including Battery) 5 160 kg Overall Dimensions (L×W×H) 3 590 mm × 1 238 mm × 2 201 mm Cabin Closed with Heater Color Red   ROI of electric forklift truck Investing in the electric forklift truck XE4535A delivers measurable returns by streamlining material-handling processes and reducing operating expenditures. Electric drivetrains boast up to 30 % lower energy costs per hour compared with internal-combustion counterparts, translating into significant savings over the equipment’s service life. Eliminating diesel or LPG fuel logistics reduces onsite refueling overhead and associated safety risks. Furthermore, the XE4535A’s low maintenance schedule—enabled by fewer mechanical components in the electric motor and regenerative braking—minimizes downtime and maintenance labor costs. Enhanced operator comfort in the climate-controlled cabin contributes to higher productivity and reduced absenteeism. The precise load control afforded by electronic hydraulics lowers load-damage incidents and product losses. By enabling faster cycle times through its 370 mm/s lift speed and stable side-shifting functionality, the XE4535A boosts warehouse throughput by an estimated 10–15 %. These efficiency improvements support a payback period as short as 18–24 months for many businesses, with extended service intervals further optimizing total cost of ownership.   Key Features of Electric forklift truck Rated load capacity of 3500 kg, optimized for medium- to heavy-duty material handling Triplex mast with 4500 mm maximum lift height and 150 mm free-lift for low-ceiling operation Integrated hydraulic side-shifter delivering ±120 mm lateral fork adjustment without manual repositioning 24 V / 420 Ah traction battery providing consistent torque, with regenerative braking to recover up to 5 % of energy External European-standard 24 V / 50 A charger for fast, overnight recharging aligned with shift schedules Closed, climate-controlled operator cabin with integrated heater, compliant with ISO 3691-1 ergonomic standards Smooth electronic control of acceleration and braking for precise load positioning in narrow aisles Dual LED work lights on mast and overhead guard compliant with ISO 6055 for enhanced visibility Robust steel chassis with reinforced high-stress zones and corrosion-resistant finishes for extended service life Digital onboard diagnostics for real-time monitoring of battery state of charge, motor temperature, and hydraulic pressure Minimum 2270 mm turning radius and 11 % gradeability to ensure versatile operation on ramps and docks Compatibility with ISO 2328-compliant forks and attachments (clamps, rotators, extensions) for diverse load types   How to use electric forklift truck XE4535A Pre-operation Inspection: Conduct a daily walk-around to verify tire pressure, hydraulic oil level, and battery charge status. Ensure mast rollers and chains are lubricated, and confirm side-shifter functionality. Entry and Startup: Use the integrated handrail and non-slip steps to access the cabin. Fasten the seat-belt and engage the parking brake. Insert the key and turn to ‘On.’ The dashboard will perform self-diagnostics. Selecting Drive Mode: Choose between ECO (...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/electric-forklift-truck-xe4535a/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/electric.forklift-truck.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/smith-electric-stacker-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/smith-electric-stacker-sale.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/electric-stacker-35-t.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/smith-electric-stacker-best-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/smith-electric-stacker-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/smith-electric-stacker-on-sale.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>26000 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>21999 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMITH</g:brand><g:mpn>770088</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>1000</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>528</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>528</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Elektrisk pallestabler</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Elektrisk pallestabler</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>26475</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[ASTRA High-speed Automatic Strapping Machine 9-15mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[ASTRA automatic banding machine ASTRA high-speed automatic banding machine 9-15 mm is a fully automated packaging solution designed to streamline industrial strapping operations with consistent precision and minimal operator intervention. As a high-throughput unit, the machine integrates seamlessly into production lines, offering rapid cycle times and reliable performance under demanding conditions. Equipped with automatic feed, heat-seal welding, and automatic cut-off, this model ensures that each strap is tensioned, sealed, and trimmed in one continuous motion. Strap width range of 9 mm to 15 mm provides flexibility for various packaging requirements, while the power supply is single-phase 220 V/50–60 Hz with a 5 A ampere rating accommodate diverse facility infrastructures. Constructed on a robust steel frame with a compact footprint of 1250 mm (W) × 600 mm (L) × 1510 mm (H) and a tabletop height of 800 mm, the unit maintains stable operation even under continuous use. At an approximate weight of 185 kg, the machine offers both portability on lockable casters and stationary stability via its integrated floor-locking bolts. Safety features such as guarded entry points, warning labels, and an emergency stop function prioritize operator protection. This automatic banding machine is engineered for enterprises seeking to increase throughput, reduce labor costs, and enhance package integrity in sectors including logistics, manufacturing, and warehousing.   Specifications of ASTRA high-speed automatic banding machine 9-15mm Specification Details Model ASTRA high-speed automatic banding machine 9-15 mm Strap Width 9 mm – 15 mm Dimensions (W × L × H) 1250 mm × 600 mm × 1510 mm Table Height 800 mm Arch Size 600 × 400 mm, 800 × 600 mm or 1000 × 800 mm (W x H) Weight ca. 185 kg Power Supply single-phase 220 V/50–60 Hz Ampere Rating 5 A Core Diameter (Strap Coil) 200 mm Tension Adjustment Range Adjustable via dial Cycle Initiation Start button (Blue) Emergency Stop Stop button (Red)   Key Advantages of the ASTRA Automatic Banding Machine Versus Other Automatic Strapping Machines Multi-strap width compatibility - The ASTRA machine accommodates 9 mm, 12 mm and 15 mm polypropylene straps with only minor component changes (guide rollers and sensor blocks), eliminating the need for multiple machines or lengthy retooling when strap dimensions vary. Precision tension adjustment and consistent seal integrity - A clearly marked tension dial allows operators to fine-tune strapping force for delicate or heavy loads, while the factory-preset heat-seal mechanism guarantees welds that maintain over 80 percent of strap tensile strength, ensuring reliable package security every cycle. Ultra-high throughput - With a fully automated cycle time of under two seconds (including strap feed, tensioning, welding and cutting) this unit delivers up to six times the productivity of semi-automatic or manual banding systems, dramatically reducing bottlenecks and labour costs. Mobility with locked stability - Integrated swivel casters enable quick repositioning between workstations, and floor-locking bolts secure the machine firmly during high-speed operation, providing both deployment flexibility and steadfast performance without additional anchoring hardware.   ROI of ASTRA Automatic banding machine Implementing the ASTRA high-speed automatic banding machine 9-15 mm delivers a rapid return on investment by significantly reducing manual labor and increasing throughput. In traditional manual strapping operations, each strap cycle can take up to ten seconds, with variability in tension and seal quality leading to rework or product damage. By contrast, the ASTRA unit completes a fully automatic strapping cycle including tensioning, welding, and cutting in under two seconds per package. This six-fold improvement in cycle time translates directly into higher throughput and reduced bottlenecks on packing lines. Labor costs decrease as operators shift from repetitive manual strapping tasks to supervisory or value-added roles. Moreover, the consistent tension and reliable heat-seal mechanism reduce packaging errors and product damage, lowering the cost of rejects and returns. The machine’s dual-voltage compatibility eliminates the need for expensive facility modifications, while its compact footprint maximizes floor-space utilization. Over a typical production week, these efficiencies can yield a payback period of less than six months for mid-sized operations, making this automatic banding machine an economically sound investment for enterprises seeking to enhance operational efficiency and cost control.   Key Features and Benefits of ASTRA Automatic banding machine The ASTRA automatic banding machine 9-15 mm offers a suite of advanced features engineered for high-volume industrial applications. Its automatic feed system ensures that the strap is advanced, tensioned, and cut in one seamless cycle, minimizing downtime and manual handling. The precision...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/astra-high-speed-automatic-strapping-machine-9-15mm/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/automatic-strapping-machine-ASTRA-1.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/automatic-strapping-machine-ASTRA-key-features.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>3800 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>3199 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2473,830,2552,530</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2473</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Pakking maskiner &gt; Stroppemaskiner</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>330500</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Rotirajoča roka za ovijanje palet SMARTWRAP-RA1000 višina ovijanja 200cm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Rotary arm stretch wrapper RA-1 Rotary arm stretch wrapper RA-1 is designed for industrial applications that require secure and efficient packaging of unstable loads. This innovative machine utilizes a rotating arm mechanism that wraps the load while it remains stationary on the floor, ensuring maximum stability during the process. Engineered with a focus on operational safety and reliability, the RA-1 minimizes the risk of product displacement even when handling extremely tall, light, or heavy loads. Its design enables direct placement of the pallet without the need for ramps or specialized loading equipment, which translates to less installation space and greater flexibility in facility layouts. The robust construction, featuring a durable frame and high-performance components, supports a load capacity that is virtually unlimited in terms of weight, making it an ideal solution for various industrial packaging needs. The machine’s integrated PCB control system and slewing bearing drive further enhance its operational efficiency by providing precise control over the wrapping cycle. Overall, this corporate-grade solution meets the stringent requirements of enterprise-level operations, offering a reliable, safe, and efficient method to secure palletized goods in high-volume production environments.   Why buy a Rotary arm stretch wrapper RA-1 Boost operational efficiency: With high-speed wrapping cycles (25-30 loads per hour), this machine significantly increases throughput while reducing labor costs. Ensure superior load security: Its design allows direct floor placement, keeping unstable, tall, and heavy loads stationary to minimize damage during wrapping. Save space and simplify installation: The compact design eliminates the need for a turntable or ramps, reducing the required installation area and facilitating quick integration into existing lines. Enhance safety and reduce downtime: Advanced sensor monitoring, an emergency stop function, and anti-collision features protect both personnel and products, ensuring uninterrupted production. Achieve excellent ROI: Lower maintenance requirements, reduced film waste through precise adjustments, and robust performance deliver a faster payback period and long-term cost savings. Future-proof your operations: The intelligent PCB control system and durable construction provide flexibility and reliability, making it a strategic investment that adapts to evolving industrial demands. Manual wrapping typically requires approximately 5-10 minutes per pallet, depending on operator efficiency and load complexity. The rotary arm stretch wrapper RA-1 can wrap between 25-30 loads per hour—translating to roughly 2-3 minutes per pallet. This efficiency gain means companies can potentially save around 50% or more in wrapping cycle time compared to manual operations. For high-volume operations, this substantial time saving not only increases throughput but also reduces labor costs and minimizes production downtime.   Technical Specifications of Rotary Arm Stretch Wrapper The technical design of the rotary arm stretch wrapper RA-1 reflects advanced engineering principles tailored for industrial packaging. With dimensions of 2.68 x 1.1 x 3.1 meters and a robust machine weight of 600KG, this system is built to deliver consistent performance under demanding conditions. The RA-1 is capable of wrapping between 25-30 loads per hour, accommodating pallets up to 1.2 x 1.2 meters in size and achieving a maximum wrapping height of 2000mm. In addition, the machine utilizes a standard film width of 500mm and supports a film roll diameter of 250mm, ensuring a high degree of wrapping precision and material efficiency. Key components such as the integrated PCB control system, the robust slewing bearing drive, and the durable rotary drive motor are selected to meet the highest industrial standards. These technical attributes not only facilitate rapid adjustments to suit a variety of pallet dimensions and load types but also ensure that the system operates with high precision. Overall, the RA-1’s design and technical specifications provide a dependable, high-performance solution ideal for enterprises that demand operational excellence and durability in their packaging processes.   Specs of Rotary Arm Stretch Wrapper Specification Detail Machine Model SMARTWRAP RA-1 Maximum Wrapping Speed 25-30 loads/hour Max Pallet Size 1.2 x 1.2 m Maximum Wrapping Height 2000 mm Wrapping Speed 3-12 RPM (Adjustable) Standard Film Width 500 mm Film Capacity (Roll Diameter) 250 mm Standard Pre-Stretch 250% pre-stretch Film Delivery System Motor control Up and Down Drive System Belt drive Machine Size 2.68 x 1.1 x 3.1 m Machine Weight 600 KG Voltage 220V/50/60Hz Frame Steel + Aluminum profile Rotary Drive Slewing Bearing Drive Control System PCB Control Position Sensor SICK (Germany) Photoelectric Sensor Autonics Travel Switch OMRON (Japan) Rotary Drive Motor SMARTWRAP Brake Motor Touch Screen X-Line (SMART WASP) S...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/rotary-arm-stretch-wrapper-ra-1/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Rotary-Arm-Pallet-Wrapping-Machine.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Rotary-Arm-Pallet-Wrapping-Machine-price.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Rotary-Arm-Pallet-Wrapping-Machine-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Rotary-Arm-Pallet-Wrapping-Machine-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Rotary-Arm-Pallet-Wrapping-Machine-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>8999 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>7899 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:mpn>330500</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>490.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2473,830,834,2575</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2473</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Pakking maskiner &gt; Pallepakkemaskin</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>440310</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Cardboard Baler TONNA E80 PLC 4 tons, bale 80kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Cardboard Baler TONNA E80 PLC Video   Cardboard Baler TONNA E80 PLC TONNA E80 PLC is a cutting‐edge industrial cardboard baler engineered for high‐volume waste management in diverse commercial environments. Designed and produced in Poland, this baler is specifically built to handle a maximum pressing force of up to 4 tons while forming bales weighing approximately 80 kg. The machine operates in an automatic mode; once the upper door is closed, the baling process initiates, ensuring a streamlined workflow that minimizes manual intervention. With dual operational modes tailored for processing both cardboard and plastic foil, TONNA E80 PLC accommodates various materials with bale weights ranging from 40 to 60 kg for cardboard and 50 to 80 kg for plastic foil. Key technical specifications include a robust 1.5 kW engine, a 230 V power supply, and precise press dimensions of 93 x 64 x 210 cm, while the bale itself measures 80 x 40 x 80 cm. The machine is distinguished by its energy-efficient cycle time of 27 seconds per press, consuming only 0.008 kWh per cycle, which underscores its economical design. Built with components predominantly sourced from reputable EU suppliers, TONNA E80 PLC has been successfully implemented in over a thousand European installations, affirming its high value for money and its suitability for applications in grocery shops, small warehouses, catering facilities, hotels, and factories. Its simplicity of operation and integrated safety features ensure that enterprises can rely on it for consistent performance and long-term durability.   Cardboard Baler TONNA E80 PLC video Cardboard Baler Specifications of TONNA E80 PLC Parameter Value Model TONNA E80 PLC Operation Modes Cardboard / Plastic Foil Bale Weight (Cardboard) 40-60 kg Bale Weight (Plastic Foil) 50-80 kg Engine Power 1.5 kW Power Supply 230 V (compatible with 220/240 V) Press Dimensions 93 x 64 x 210 cm Bale Dimensions 80 x 40 x 80 cm Maximum Pressure 4 tons Cycle Time 27 seconds (0.008 kWh per cycle) Machine Weight 325 kg Warranty 24 months Production Country Poland Implementation Record Over 1,000 units across Europe   ROI - How TONNA E80 PLC Cardboard Baler Will Help Make Process More Efficient The TONNA E80 PLC is engineered to deliver a substantial return on investment by streamlining waste management and significantly reducing operational costs. Its automated cycle minimizes the need for manual labor, thereby cutting down labor expenses while enhancing overall throughput. With a cycle time of just 27 seconds and low energy consumption per cycle, the machine is designed to deliver predictable and efficient performance, ensuring that each press maximizes volume reduction. This efficiency in compaction not only reduces the physical space required for waste storage but also optimizes transportation logistics by producing uniform, high-density bales. Enterprises benefit from a reduced need for external waste handling services, leading to lower disposal costs and improved operational margins. The predictable and consistent performance of TONNA E80 PLC ensures minimal downtime and reduced maintenance intervals, further contributing to cost savings. All these factors work together to produce a faster payback period and long-term operational cost efficiencies that enhance overall productivity. By integrating this advanced cardboard baler into their processes, companies can achieve a smoother workflow, improved recycling throughput, and a notable reduction in waste management expenses, making it a wise investment for sustainable operations.   Key Features and Benefits of TONNA E80 PLC Cardboard Baler TONNA E80 PLC is equipped with several notable features designed to optimize the waste management process in industrial settings. The baler operates in a fully automatic mode where closing the upper door initiates the entire baling cycle, ensuring a hands-off, streamlined process that minimizes the risk of human error. Its dual operation modes allow for tailored processing of both cardboard and plastic foil, accommodating varying bale weight requirements to meet different recycling needs. A full bale indication system alerts operators immediately when the bale is complete, reducing downtime and enhancing workflow efficiency. The robust construction, underscored by a durable 1.5 kW engine and a sturdy 325 kg frame, ensures reliable performance in high-demand environments. Additionally, its energy-efficient design, consuming only 0.008 kWh per cycle, makes it an economical choice that supports sustainable operations. The integration of high-quality components from EU suppliers further guarantees long-term durability and operational consistency. Collectively, these features translate into lower operational costs, improved safety standards, and increased productivity, making TONNA E80 PLC an indispensable tool for modern industrial waste management.   How to Use TONNA E80 PLC Cardboard Baler Operating the TONNA E80 PLC is designed to be a...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/tonna-e80-plc-cardboard-baler-4-tons-bale-80kg/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/TONNA_E80-open_door.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/TONNA-E80-open-door.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/TONNA-E80buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/TONNA-E80-stand.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/TONNA-E80-textile-strap-holes.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/TONNA-E80-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>4400 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>3999 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>tonna</g:brand><g:mpn>440310</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>220 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>824</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>824</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Papppresse</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Papppresse</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>00002</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Polyester PET Straps – 15.5mm x 0.9mm, 1,250m, 600kg – 24 Units - Flooded]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Flooded Polyester Straps for Sale – 15.5mm x 0.9mm, 1,250m, 600kg Strength – 24 Units Available We are offering 24 units of flooded polyester straps at a discounted price. While these straps have been exposed to flooding, they remain functional and may be suitable for various industrial applications. Product Specifications: Material: Polyester Dimensions: 15.5mm x 0.9mm Core Size: 406mm Length: 1,250m per roll Tensile Strength: 600kg Condition: Flooded – sold as-is This is a great opportunity to acquire high-strength polyester strapping at a reduced cost for non-critical applications. Ideal for businesses looking for economical packaging solutions.]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/polyester-pet-straps-15-5mm-x-0-9mm-1250m-600kg-24-units-flooded/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/133447a6-8ab8-4400-a4a1-d360257349a8.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/e3982990-d8a8-48bc-9b0d-88694a1192aa.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/4a641848-3d46-47d3-aa74-c7c6b11bdb5e.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/d4564722-15b3-48bf-bb75-c49d06d76b03.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/6968e040-3a96-41ea-b422-6d6d5bdc86a3.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/133447a6-8ab8-4400-a4a1-d360257349a8.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/cd50168b-9bb8-489b-bfed-ef4db72ae7a4.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/d189417a-6b78-4e01-ac9b-614b4e0e10be.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/fc228a1e-0e5e-4fe6-87fc-684c3d99eda5.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/c8bb6975-e70f-420c-879d-24781204d455.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/eb840e14-97fc-4cf1-8200-2fe32581aa79.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/693fba53-e651-4c8a-95e2-c4321d53e7d3.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1296 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>550 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>00002</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>480 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2473,2552,529</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2473</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Packaging solutions</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>0001</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[PET-bånd 15,5 x 0,7mm/406/1750m – styrke 410kg – oversvømt – 67 enheter]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Oversvømt PET-bånd til salgs – 67 enheter tilgjengelig Vi tilbyr 67 enheter av oversvømt PET-bånd til en rabattert pris. Selv om disse båndene har vært utsatt for oversvømmelse, er de fortsatt funksjonelle og kan være egnet for ulike industrielle bruksområder. Produktspecifikasjoner: Materiale: PET (Polyetylentereftalat) Dimensjoner: 15,5mm x 0,7mm Kjernestørrelse: 406mm Lengde: 1 750m per rull Bruddstyrke: 410kg Tilstand: Oversvømt – selges som den er Dette er en mulighet til å anskaffe PET-bånd til redusert kostnad for ikke-kritiske bruksområder. Ideelt for bedrifter som søker økonomiske emballasjeløsninger.]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pet-band-15-5-x-0-7mm-406-1750m-strength-410kg-flooded-67-units/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/133447a6-8ab8-4400-a4a1-d360257349a8.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/cd50168b-9bb8-489b-bfed-ef4db72ae7a4.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/d21c7adb-1f3a-4b31-9b95-42b7ab3a340e.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/eb840e14-97fc-4cf1-8200-2fe32581aa79.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/693fba53-e651-4c8a-95e2-c4321d53e7d3.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/c8bb6975-e70f-420c-879d-24781204d455.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/3b1419e7-be26-4d71-a26d-3b0287691de8.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/fc228a1e-0e5e-4fe6-87fc-684c3d99eda5.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>3618 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1490 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>0001</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>1000 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2473,2552,529</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2473</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Packaging solutions</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>00003</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[PET-stropper 12 x 0,6mm/406 – 2500m – styrke 310kg – oversvømt – 61 enheter]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Oversvømt PET-stropp til salgs – 61 enheter Vi tilbyr 61 enheter av oversvømt PET-stropp til en rabattert pris. Selv om disse stroppene har vært utsatt for oversvømmelse, er de fortsatt funksjonelle og kan være egnet for ulike industrielle bruksområder. Produktspecifikasjoner: Materiale: PET (Polyetylentereftalat) Mål: 12mm x 0,6mm Kjernestørrelse: 406mm Lengde: 2 500m per rull Bruddstyrke: 310kg Tilstand: Oversvømt – selges som den er Dette er en mulighet til å anskaffe PET-stropp til redusert kostnad for ikke-kritiske bruksområder. Ideell for bedrifter som søker økonomiske emballasjeløsninger.]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pet-straps-12-x-0-6mm-406-2500m-strength-310kg-flooded-61-units/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/d189417a-6b78-4e01-ac9b-614b4e0e10be.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/d189417a-6b78-4e01-ac9b-614b4e0e10be.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/16ef52f3-6972-43ec-9f43-8f7e1d930f1c.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/4a641848-3d46-47d3-aa74-c7c6b11bdb5e.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/d4564722-15b3-48bf-bb75-c49d06d76b03.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/ef70796c-e2ed-424f-a5f3-7850b96249af.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/e3982990-d8a8-48bc-9b0d-88694a1192aa.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/fc228a1e-0e5e-4fe6-87fc-684c3d99eda5.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/3b1419e7-be26-4d71-a26d-3b0287691de8.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/c8bb6975-e70f-420c-879d-24781204d455.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/eb840e14-97fc-4cf1-8200-2fe32581aa79.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/693fba53-e651-4c8a-95e2-c4321d53e7d3.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>3294 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1350 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>00003</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>1000 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2473,2552,529</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2473</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Packaging solutions</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>550609_02</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Strojna PRESTRETCH strekkfilm 500mm/23my power – 736kg – 1 pall – 46 stk x 16kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Strojna PRESTRETCH strekkfilm 500mm/23my power – 736kg – 1 pall – 46 stk x 16kg]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/stretch-film-pre-stretch-for-machines-power-16kg-23my-width-500mm-pallet/</g:link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2655 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2388 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550609_02</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>736 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2473,2574,2575,529</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2473</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Packaging solutions</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>550608_02</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Strekkfilm STANDARD for maskiner – 16kg – 23my – bredde 500mm – Pall – 46 enheter]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Strekkfilm STANDARD for maskiner – 16kg – 23my – bredde 500mm – Pall – 46 enheter]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/stretch-film-standard-for-machines-16kg-23my-width-500mm/</g:link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2200 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1719 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550608_02</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>736 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2473,2574,2575,529</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2473</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Packaging solutions</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>110060</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[TES PRO 12-16mm (1/2″-5/8″) battery powered strapping tool for PP/PET strap incl. 2 Batteries & Charger]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[TES PRO 12-16mm Battery Powered Strapping Tool for PP/PET - Introduction Battery powered strapping tool TES PRO 12-16mm is a compact and efficient device designed to improve strapping operations for industrial packaging and bundling tasks. It is compatible with PP (polypropylene) and PET (polyester) strapping materials, offering reliable tensioning, sealing, and cutting functionality. This tool includes a digital display for easy monitoring and adjustment of settings, as well as a brushless motor that enhances operational efficiency and reduces the need for maintenance. It is especially useful in sectors like logistics, manufacturing, and warehousing, where durability and operational efficiency are critical. The tool measures 380mm (length) x 130mm (width) x 130mm (height) and weighs 3.1 kg, excluding the battery. It features a digital display for monitoring settings and a brushless motor that enhances efficiency and reduces maintenance needs. Powered by a 14.4V lithium battery with a capacity of 4.0Ah, it is capable of supporting up to 200 strap cycles per charge. The tensioning force can be adjusted from 900 to 3200N, and the welding time can be set between 1.0 to 5.0 seconds, making it suitable for a variety of strapping requirements. This precision, combined with durable PP and PET straps, helps minimize the chance of damage to products during transport or storage. The 200 cycles per charge supported by the tool’s battery further enhance its efficiency by reducing downtime. Built to last, the TES PRO requires minimal maintenance and provides consistent performance over time. These features make it a cost-effective solution, delivering measurable savings and increased operational capacity in the long run.   Specifications of TES PRO 12-16mm Battery Powered Strapping Tool Parameter Details Tool Dimensions 380mm x 130mm x 130mm Tool Weight 3.1 kg Battery Type Lithium Battery Voltage 14.4V Battery Capacity 4.0Ah Strap Material PP (polypropylene) / PET (polyester) Strap Size 12-16mm width, 0.4-1.2mm thickness Tensioning Force 900-3200N Tensioning Speed 100-200mm/s Welding Time Adjustable, 1.0-5.0 seconds Sealing Strength Approx. 75% of strap strength Working Temperature 5°C to 45°C Optimal Temperature 15°C to 20°C   Video of Battery Powered Strapping Tool TES PRO 12-16mm﻿     Key Features of battery powered strapping tool TES PRO Ergonomic Design: Lightweight and compact to ensure ease of use and reduce operator strain. Adjustable Settings: Allows for precise control of tensioning force (900-3200N) and welding time (1.0-5.0 seconds). High Sealing Efficiency: Friction-weld technology ensures seals that retain approximately 75% of the strap strength. Battery Performance: A 14.4V lithium battery supports up to 200 strapping cycles per charge, reducing the need for frequent recharging. Versatile Use: Compatible with PP and PET straps of varying dimensions (12-16mm width, 0.4-1.2mm thickness), suitable for multiple industries. Simple Operation: User-friendly controls ensure that minimal training is required for effective operation.   How to Use TES PRO 12-16mm Battery Powered Strapping Tool Prepare the Straps: As shown in the image, begin by manually wrapping the PP or PET straps around the package or load. Ensure that the welding points are clean and free from oil or dirt to guarantee optimal performance. Load the Straps into the Tool: Lift the handle and place the two strap ends into the designated slots of the strapping tool. Make sure the straps are properly aligned and parallel for seamless operation. Tension the Straps: Press and hold the tensioning button until the desired strap tension is reached. Release the button once the strapping tape achieves the required strength. The tensioning process is indicated by the tool’s digital display for precise control. Seal the Straps: Activate the welding function by pressing the welding button. The brushless motor drives the friction-welding mechanism to securely seal the straps. During the process, the indicator light will display green, and upon completion, it will turn purple. Trim Excess Strap Material: The tool automatically cuts off any excess strap material after welding is complete. Remove the Tool: Lift the handle and gently pull the tool away from the strap. The operation is now complete, and the package is securely strapped.   Where to Use battery powered strapping tool The TES PRO 12-16mm battery powered strapping tool is ideal for use in logistics, warehousing, manufacturing, and distribution industries. It is particularly effective for bundling heavy or bulky items such as construction materials, chemical containers, textiles, and palletized goods. Its adaptability makes it suitable for both small-scale operations and large industrial environments where reliability and efficiency are paramount.   Design and Compatibility Designed with portability and functionality in mind, the TES PRO measures 380mm x 130mm x 130mm and weighs just 3.1 kg. It is comp...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/tes-pro-12-16mm-battery-powered-strapping-tool-pp-pet/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/battery-powered-strapping-tool-TES2.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/battery-powered-strapping-tool-TES-PRO-new.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/battery-powered-strapping-tool-TES-PRO-brushless-copper-motor.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/battery-powered-strapping-tool-TES-PRO-buy.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/battery-powered-strapping-tool-TES-PRO-digital-display.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/battery-powered-strapping-tool-TES-PRO-battery.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/battery-powered-strapping-tool-TES-PRO-how-to-use.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/battery-powered-strapping-tool-TES-PRO-battery-14volt.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/battery-powered-strapping-tool-TES-PRO-adjustable-tension.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/battery-powered-strapping-tool-TES-PRO-advantages.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/battery-powered-strapping-tool-TES-PRO.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/battery-powered-strapping-tool-TES-PRO-where-to-use.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/battery-powered-strapping-tool-TES-PRO-best.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1400 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>999 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>110060</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>3.9 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>531,2473,2652,2552,823</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>531</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Batteridrevet Strekkapparat</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Stroppingsverktøy &gt; Batteridrevet Strekkapparat</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>110012</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[NEO2 9-16mm PET/PP Battery Strapping Tool incl. Battery & Charger]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[NEO2 9-16mm PET/PP Battery Strapping Tool The NEO2 9-16mm PET/PP Battery Strapping Tool is a high-performance, battery-operated strapping tool designed for industrial operations. This versatile tool streamlines the strapping process by offering semi-automatic and automatic modes, making it suitable for securing goods in a variety of sectors. With its lightweight design and robust build, the NEO2 tool is tailored for efficiency and durability, meeting the rigorous demands of packaging operations in warehouses, logistics centers, and manufacturing plants. The NEO2 operates on a powerful 5000mAh lithium-ion battery, enabling up to 600 strapping cycles per charge, significantly enhancing productivity. Its brushless motor ensures a longer lifespan and reduced maintenance, while its digital display allows for precise adjustments to tension and bonding time. With an adjustable tension capacity of 500 to 3200N, the tool ensures compatibility with various load types. Its compact dimensions (315mm x 140mm x 120mm) and lightweight frame (2.8kg) improve handling and operator comfort. This tool accommodates 9-16mm PET (polyester) and PP (polypropylene) straps, with a strap thickness range of 0.5mm to 1.2mm, allowing it to adapt to diverse packaging needs. Equipped with a friction welding mechanism, the NEO2 delivers secure and reliable seals, reducing the risk of load damage during transportation. Its operational flexibility, coupled with user-friendly features such as a brushless motor and digital display, makes it an indispensable asset for enterprises seeking to enhance packaging efficiency.   Specifications of NEO2 9-16mm PET/PP Battery Strapping Tool Feature Details Operating Modes Semi-automatic and automatic Battery Type Lithium-ion, 5000mAh capacity Battery Cycles Up to 600 per charge Tension Range 500 to 3200N Strap Compatibility PET and PP (9-16mm width, 0.5-1.2mm thickness) Dimensions 315mm x 140mm x 120mm Weight 2.8kg (tool only), 620g (battery) Friction Welding Strength Approx. 75% of strap strength Charging Time 45-60 minutes Motor Type Brushless motor Display Digital display for adjustments Ambient Temperature 5°C to 45°C   Battery strapping tool NEO2 video   ROI: How This Battery Strapping Tool Enhances Efficiency The NEO2 9-16mm PET/PP Battery Strapping Tool is designed to maximize operational efficiency while minimizing downtime. By automating the strapping process, this tool reduces manual labor and accelerates packaging timelines, enabling companies to achieve higher throughput. Its battery-powered operation eliminates the need for complex wiring setups, making it portable and suitable for on-site operations. The adjustable tension range ensures secure strapping across different load types, minimizing the risk of damaged goods during transit. The brushless motor reduces maintenance requirements, ensuring consistent performance over time. Its extended battery life allows up to 600 strapping cycles on a single charge, reducing interruptions for recharging. The quick charge time of 45-60 minutes further enhances uptime, ensuring the tool is ready when needed. By investing in the NEO2, businesses can significantly lower packaging costs while maintaining consistent quality, resulting in a clear return on investment. The robust design and durability of the tool ensure long-term reliability, reducing the need for frequent replacements or repairs.   Key Features and Benefits of battery strapping tool NEO2 The NEO2 9-16mm PET/PP Battery Strapping Tool offers a range of features tailored to meet industrial packaging needs: Dual Operating Modes: Users can switch between semi-automatic and automatic modes, offering flexibility for different strapping requirements. Powerful Battery Performance: The 5000mAh lithium battery supports up to 600 strapping cycles per charge, reducing downtime. Adjustable Tension and Bonding Time: Digital controls allow precise adjustments to suit various strap materials and load types. Brushless Motor: Ensures longer tool lifespan and reduced maintenance, contributing to operational efficiency. Lightweight and Compact Design: At 2.8kg, the tool is easy to handle, reducing operator fatigue during extended use. High Sealing Strength: The friction welding mechanism ensures durable seals, maintaining load stability during transport. These features collectively enhance productivity, reduce operational costs, and ensure secure packaging, making the NEO2 a valuable tool for industrial applications.   How to use battery strapping tool Operating the NEO2 9-16mm PET/PP Battery Strapping Tool is straightforward, thanks to its user-friendly design. Here’s a step-by-step guide: Wrap the Strap Around the Load: Position the PET or PP strap around the package, ensuring proper alignment. Insert the Strap into the Tool: Place the strap ends into the designated feeding area, ensuring they are parallel and aligned. Adjust Tension Settings: Use the digital display to select the desired tension level bas...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/neo2-9-16mm-pet-pp-battery-strapping-tool/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/battery-strapping-tool-NEO2-2.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/battery-strapping-tool-NEO2-new.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/battery-strapping-tool-NEO2-sale.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/Portable-Strapping-Machine-3200N-Max-Tension-Automatic-Electric-Wrapping-Machine-NEO2-for-PP-PET-strap.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/battery-strapping-tool-NEO2-cheap.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/battery-strapping-tool-NEO2-digital-display.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/battery-strapping-tool-NEO2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/battery-strapping-tool-NEO2-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1599 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1199 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>110012</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>3.9 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>531,2473,2652,2552,823</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>531</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Batteridrevet Strekkapparat</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Stroppingsverktøy &gt; Batteridrevet Strekkapparat</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>140112</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[A4 sealless steel strapping tool 16-32mm - Buckle-free]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[A4 Sealless Steel Strapping Tool 16-32mm - Buckle-Free A4 Sealless Steel Strapping Tool 16-32mm - Buckle-Free is an essential tool designed to streamline strapping operations in industries such as logistics, warehousing, and manufacturing. This tool utilizes advanced sealless joint technology, which removes the need for steel buckles, significantly reducing material costs and simplifying the strapping process. It stands out compared to conventional tools by eliminating the ongoing expenses associated with purchasing additional buckles, offering businesses a more cost-effective strapping solution. Its lightweight design, at 4.2kg, ensures easy handling and reduces operator fatigue during extended usage, especially in high-volume environments where consistent operation is critical. Sealless Steel Strapping Tool A4 is engineered for compatibility with steel straps measuring between 16mm and 32mm in width and 0.55mm to 0.75mm in thickness, accommodating diverse operational needs. Its design is particularly advantageous for enterprises requiring flexibility across different strapping requirements, making it an adaptable solution for a wide range of packaging applications. Compact dimensions of 40cm x 10cm x 33cm enable its use in restricted spaces, such as tight warehouse aisles or crowded production lines. Furthermore, the tool’s tension capacity of 8000N ensures that even heavy loads are securely fastened, minimizing risks of strap failure during handling or transport. With its joint strength reaching 80-85% of the strap’s tensile strength, the A4 delivers   Specs of A4 Sealless Steel Strapping Tool 16-32mm Feature Specification Weight 4.2kg Strap Width Compatibility 16mm to 32mm Strap Thickness 0.55mm to 0.75mm Maximum Tension Approx. 8000N Joint Strength 80-85% of strap tensile strength Dimensions 40cm (L) x 10cm (W) x 33cm (H)   Return on Investment (ROI) of A4 Sealless Steel Strapping Tool Investing in the A4 Sealless Steel Strapping Tool ensures significant cost savings and enhanced operational efficiency. Its sealless joint technology eliminates the expense of steel buckles, reducing consumable costs while maintaining strong, reliable connections. The tool’s robust construction minimizes downtime associated with repairs, ensuring uninterrupted workflows in high-volume environments. Moreover, its user-friendly design shortens the learning curve for operators, enabling faster adoption and improved productivity. For businesses managing heavy-duty packaging, the A4 reduces risks of strap failures, preventing rework and delays. Over time, these benefits lead to a faster return on investment, making the A4 a valuable long-term asset.   Key Features and Benefits of A4 Sealless Steel Strapping Tool The A4 Sealless Steel Strapping Tool integrates features tailored to industrial operations. The sealless joint technology reduces material waste and costs by eliminating the need for steel buckles. Its 8000N tension capacity guarantees secure strapping for heavy loads, minimizing risks of load shifts or damages during transit. The tool is compact and lightweight, ensuring ease of operation even in high-demand settings. Adjustable settings for strap width and thickness further enhance its adaptability, making it suitable for varied applications. These features collectively position the A4 as a dependable and efficient solution for businesses seeking operational excellence.   Ease of Operation of A4 Sealless Steel Strapping Tool The A4 Sealless Steel Strapping Tool is designed to be intuitive, ensuring consistent results with minimal effort. Follow these steps for effective use: Position the Strap: Wrap the steel strap securely around the package to be strapped. Feed the Strap Ends: Insert both ends of the strap into the tool’s feeding slots. Tension the Strap: Operate the tension lever until the desired tightness is achieved. Seal the Strap: Push the sealing handle forward to form the secure, buckle-free joint. Release the Tool: Lift the handle to disengage the tool from the strap. This process ensures efficient and reliable strapping, even in repetitive tasks, while reducing operator fatigue.   Where to Use A4 Sealless Steel Strapping Tool The A4 Sealless Steel Strapping Tool is ideal for various industrial applications requiring secure packaging. Common use cases include: Logistics and Shipping: Ensures stable and secure load containment during transport. Manufacturing: Suitable for bundling heavy materials like steel beams, machinery, and timber. Warehousing: Simplifies repetitive strapping tasks in inventory management.   Design and Compatibility of A4 Sealless Steel Strapping Tool The tool’s ergonomic design prioritizes operator comfort and adaptability. Its compact build, measuring 40cm x 10cm x 33cm, allows for easy handling in confined spaces, while the weight of 4.2kg reduces operator strain. Compatible with straps ranging from 16mm to 32mm in width and 0.55mm to 0.75mm in thickness, the A4 ensures flexibil...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/a4-sealless-steel-strapping-tool-16-32mm-buckle-free/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/sealless-steel-strapping-tool-16-32mm-buy.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/sealless-steel-strapping-tool-16-32mm-high-quality.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/sealless-steel-strapping-tool-16-32mm-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/sealless-steel-strapping-tool-16-32mm-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/sealless-steel-strapping-tool-16-32mm-Buckle-free.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/sealless-steel-strapping-tool-16-32mm-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>690 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>140112</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>4.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>533,2473,2539,823</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>533</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Manuelle stroppeverktøy</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Stroppingsverktøy &gt; Manuelle stroppeverktøy</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>24466</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Kraft paper tape 50mm 50m - 72 units]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Kraft paper tape 50mm 50m - 72 units]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/kraft-paper-tape-50mm-50m-72-units/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/kraft-paper-tape.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/kraft-paper-tape-new.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/kraft-paper-tape-high-quality.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/kraft-paper-tape-packaging.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/kraft-paper-tape-buy.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/kraft-paper-tape-bulk-order.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/kraft-paper-tape-best.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/kraft-paper-tape-tear-with-hand.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/kraft-paper-tape-tear.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/kraft-paper-tape-quantity-discount.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>139 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2473,2474,529</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2473</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Packaging solutions</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>24368</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Paper Strap 9-15mm — width: 9mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Paper Strap 9-15mm - 9mm]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/paper-strap-9-15mm/?attribute_width=9mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/Paper-strap.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/Paper-strap-new.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/Paper-strap-bulk-order.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/Paper-strap-price.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/Paper-strap-cheap.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>89 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>24367</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>24369</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Paper Strap 9-15mm — width: 12mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Paper Strap 9-15mm - 12mm]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/paper-strap-9-15mm/?attribute_width=12mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/Paper-strap.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/Paper-strap-new.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/Paper-strap-bulk-order.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/Paper-strap-price.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/Paper-strap-cheap.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>89 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>24367</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>24370</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Paper Strap 9-15mm — width: 15mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Paper Strap 9-15mm - 15mm]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/paper-strap-9-15mm/?attribute_width=15mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/Paper-strap.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/Paper-strap-new.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/Paper-strap-bulk-order.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/Paper-strap-price.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/Paper-strap-cheap.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>89 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>24367</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>295301</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Truck unloader conveyor LOADER UL1790 - L790 + 1000cm, W80cm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Truck unloader conveyor UL1790 Truck Unloader Conveyor UL1790 – featuring a belt conveyor with dimensions L7900mm × W800mm × H1000mm–2400mm, equipped with a heavy-duty hydraulic lifting and climbing system, and a roller conveyor measuring L10000mm × W800mm × H550mm–820mm with a durable stainless steel multi-wedge belt power system for efficient and reliable material handling. Truck Unloader Conveyor - LOADER System is a high-performance solution designed to simplify and accelerate truck loading and unloading processes. This system combines a Heavy-Duty Hydraulic Lifting and Climbing Machine and a Stainless Steel Multi-Wedge Belt Power Roller Conveyor, offering unmatched efficiency, durability, and adaptability. The Heavy-Duty Hydraulic Lifting Machine features a complete machine weight of 1.08 tons, a climbing platform with 3 sections, and a robust lower platform supported by 0.8-ton capacity roller frames. The equipment operates on AS2-107 HP motors with a power output of 1.5kW, and a hydraulic pump powered by a YS90L 4-50Hz 2.2kW motor, ensuring efficient lifting and climbing under heavy loads. This machine also boasts 30 m/min SPH speed, making it ideal for high-speed operations. The Multi-Wedge Belt Stainless Steel Conveyor has a modular design with 5 sections covering 10 meters. It includes rollers of 50mm diameter, constructed from durable materials like Q345 steel, with a height range of 1000mm–2400mm to accommodate a variety of operational setups. The conveyor supports various belt options, including multi-wedge belts (10m), O-belts (12m), and 38mm and 50mm tubes for additional configuration flexibility. Key accessory parameters include a frequency converter, allowing precise speed control; SAE standard double-layer hydraulic pipes for enhanced durability; PVC rollers with water resistance; and EC electrical components to ensure safe, seamless operation. The equipment also integrates heavy-duty casters with a weight capacity of 200kg per unit, ensuring mobility and stability. Engineered for industrial applications such as logistics and manufacturing, the LOADER System automates traditionally labor-intensive tasks, significantly improving productivity and reducing operational costs. With its advanced specifications and intuitive design, this system is an indispensable asset for businesses looking to optimize their workflow and maintain a competitive edge. Whether handling heavy materials or optimizing tight schedules, the LOADER System delivers reliability, safety, and superior performance.   Specs of Truck unloader conveyor UL1790 Category Parameter Specification Remarks General Dimensions Belt Conveyor Dimensions L7900mm × W800mm × H1000mm–2400mm Heavy-duty hydraulic lifting and climbing machine Roller Conveyor Dimensions L10000mm × W800mm × H550mm–820mm Stainless steel multi-wedge belt power roller conveyor Equipment Parameters Complete Machine Weight 1.08 tons Standard Climbing Platform Sections 3 sections Criteria Lower Platform 0.8-ton roller frame Criteria SPH Speed 30 m/min Per project limit LR Width 600/800mm Criteria DD Drum Diameter Active 78/Slave 78 Standard Main Body Material Q345 Steel Surface electronic spraying treatment Climbing Angle 12°–15° Criteria Accessory Parameters Motor Specification AS2-107 HP, 1.5kW 220/380V Standard Hydraulic Pump Motor YS90L 4-50Hz, 2.2kW 220/380V Standard Hydraulic Pipe Material SAE Standard Double Layer Resistant to pressure Roller Diameter 50mm Material: PVC or steel Roller Material Q345, Stainless Steel 304 Optional configurations Belt Type Multi-wedge, O-belt Length varies based on sections Electrical Components EC standard Leakage protection; meets domestic standards Heavy-Duty Casters Wheel width: 50mm, Height: 200mm With brake lock for added stability Conveyor Configurations Number of Sections 5 sections (10m) Multi-wedge belt Other Configurations 8 sections (12m) 50mm tubes Height Range 1000mm–2400mm (Belt Conveyor), 550mm–820mm (Roller Conveyor) Adjustable for dock and truck compatibility   Truck unloader conveyor UL1790 how does it work video ﻿   Dimensions of Truck unloader conveyor UL1790   Schema of Truck unloader conveyor UL1790   How to Operate a Truck Unloader Conveyor Safely and Efficiently The Truck Unloader Conveyor is designed to streamline loading and unloading operations, ensuring safety and efficiency. Follow these steps to use the system effectively: Preparation and Inspection Before starting, inspect the conveyor for any visible damage or loose components. Ensure all electrical connections are secure and the power supply meets the system's requirements (220V/380V as specified). Verify that the hydraulic system, belts, rollers, and casters are in good working condition. Positioning the Conveyor Place the conveyor at the truck’s loading or unloading point. Adjust the height of the hydraulic lifting system to match the truck bed height using the control panel. The adjustable height range is 1000mm–2400mm for the belt conveyor an...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/truck-unloader-conveyor-loader-ul1790/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/truck-unloader-conveyor.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/truck-unloader-conveyor-inquiry.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/truck-unloader-conveyor-cheap.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/truck-unloader-conveyor-dimensions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/truck-unloader-conveyor-schema.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/truck-unloader-conveyor-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/truck-unloader-conveyor-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/truck-unloader-conveyor-new-1.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>22000 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>18499 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>295301</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>950.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>973</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2602,2603,2473,830</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2602</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Cardboard packaging</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Cardboard packaging</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>295201</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Powered flex conveyor 4m and 6m - 15m/min — length: 4m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Powered flex conveyor 4m and 6m Powered Flex Conveyor is the ultimate solution for businesses looking to streamline their material handling processes. Designed to provide flexibility, efficiency, and reliability, this advanced conveyor system is ideal for warehouses, logistics hubs, and manufacturing facilities. With two versatile models, PFC4M/RD and PFC6M/RD, it offers tailored solutions for various operational requirements. The PFC4M/RD model features a length of 4000mm, while the PFC6M/RD model extends up to 6000mm, ensuring adaptability to different space constraints. Both models have a sturdy width of 550mm and an adjustable height ranging from 650mm to 800mm, making them suitable for handling a wide range of goods. The flexible design allows the conveyor to adapt seamlessly to different layouts, making it perfect for dynamic working environments. With a loading capacity of 50kg, the Powered Flex Conveyor handles medium-weight goods efficiently. It operates at an adjustable speed of up to 15m/min, enabling smooth and precise control over the movement of goods, improving workflow efficiency in various applications. Powered by a single-phase 220V/50Hz power supply, it offers convenience and compatibility with standard electrical systems. Both models feature an energy-efficient motor with a power consumption of 1kW, delivering reliable performance while keeping energy costs low. The Powered Flex Conveyor is engineered for maximum versatility. Its flexible length of up to 4m or 6m makes it ideal for diverse material handling tasks, including loading and unloading trucks, connecting production lines, or transporting items between workstations. The extendable and retractable design simplifies operations, while the compact structure ensures easy storage when not in use. Durability and reliability are at the core of the PFC4M/RD and PFC6M/RD models. Built with high-quality materials, these conveyors are designed to withstand demanding industrial environments while maintaining consistent performance. Their smooth, powered operation enhances productivity by reducing manual labor and speeding up processes, ultimately improving workflow efficiency. Whether your operations require shorter or longer conveyor systems, the Powered Flex Conveyor offers a solution that adapts to your needs. With its user-friendly design, robust construction, adjustable speed, and energy-efficient operation, it is an excellent investment for businesses aiming to optimize material handling processes.   Powered Flex Conveyor video ﻿   How to Use the Powered Flex Conveyor 4m and 6m Using the Powered Flex Conveyor 4m and 6m is straightforward and designed to enhance efficiency in material handling tasks. To begin, position the conveyor at the desired location, ensuring the adjustable height (650mm to 800mm) aligns with your working setup. Extend or retract the conveyor to the required length, up to 4m or 6m, depending on the model. Connect the conveyor to a standard 220V/50Hz power supply and activate the system using the control panel or designated switch. Place items weighing up to 50kg onto the conveyor belt, ensuring even distribution to maintain balance and smooth operation. The powered mechanism will move items along the 550mm-wide conveyor at a consistent speed, reducing manual labor and increasing workflow efficiency. Adjustments to height or length can be made on the fly, making it ideal for loading and unloading tasks, connecting workstations, or other material transport needs. After use, switch off the power supply, retract the conveyor to its compact size, and store it in a designated area. Regular maintenance, such as cleaning and checking for wear, will ensure the longevity and optimal performance of the conveyor. This flexible and user-friendly system is an indispensable tool for improving productivity in industrial settings.   Specs of Powered Flex Conveyor Model PFC4M/RD PFC6M/RD Length (L) 4000mm 6000mm Width (W) 550mm 550mm Height (H) Adjustable 650-800mm Adjustable 650-800mm Flexible Max Length 4m 6m Loading Weight 50kg 50kg Power Supply 220V/50Hz, 1 Phase 220V/50Hz, 1 Phase Power Consumption 1kW 1kW Speed Adjustable up to 15m/min Adjustable up to 15m/min   Who Can Use the Powered Flex Conveyor? The Powered Flex Conveyor is a versatile and efficient material handling solution that caters to a wide range of industries and businesses. Its adaptable design and reliable performance make it an invaluable tool for improving productivity and reducing manual labor. Here are some of the key users who can benefit from the Powered Flex Conveyor: Warehouses and Distribution Centers Warehouses and distribution centers are among the primary users of the Powered Flex Conveyor. These facilities handle a high volume of goods daily, requiring efficient systems to load, unload, and transport items. The conveyor’s adjustable length and height allow it to be seamlessly integrated into various workflows, enabling workers to move products q...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/powered-flex-conveyor/?attribute_length=4m</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/Powered-flex-conveyor-price.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>3200 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2790 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>295201</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>23817</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>150 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>295202</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Powered flex conveyor 4m and 6m - 15m/min — length: 6m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Powered flex conveyor 4m and 6m Powered Flex Conveyor is the ultimate solution for businesses looking to streamline their material handling processes. Designed to provide flexibility, efficiency, and reliability, this advanced conveyor system is ideal for warehouses, logistics hubs, and manufacturing facilities. With two versatile models, PFC4M/RD and PFC6M/RD, it offers tailored solutions for various operational requirements. The PFC4M/RD model features a length of 4000mm, while the PFC6M/RD model extends up to 6000mm, ensuring adaptability to different space constraints. Both models have a sturdy width of 550mm and an adjustable height ranging from 650mm to 800mm, making them suitable for handling a wide range of goods. The flexible design allows the conveyor to adapt seamlessly to different layouts, making it perfect for dynamic working environments. With a loading capacity of 50kg, the Powered Flex Conveyor handles medium-weight goods efficiently. It operates at an adjustable speed of up to 15m/min, enabling smooth and precise control over the movement of goods, improving workflow efficiency in various applications. Powered by a single-phase 220V/50Hz power supply, it offers convenience and compatibility with standard electrical systems. Both models feature an energy-efficient motor with a power consumption of 1kW, delivering reliable performance while keeping energy costs low. The Powered Flex Conveyor is engineered for maximum versatility. Its flexible length of up to 4m or 6m makes it ideal for diverse material handling tasks, including loading and unloading trucks, connecting production lines, or transporting items between workstations. The extendable and retractable design simplifies operations, while the compact structure ensures easy storage when not in use. Durability and reliability are at the core of the PFC4M/RD and PFC6M/RD models. Built with high-quality materials, these conveyors are designed to withstand demanding industrial environments while maintaining consistent performance. Their smooth, powered operation enhances productivity by reducing manual labor and speeding up processes, ultimately improving workflow efficiency. Whether your operations require shorter or longer conveyor systems, the Powered Flex Conveyor offers a solution that adapts to your needs. With its user-friendly design, robust construction, adjustable speed, and energy-efficient operation, it is an excellent investment for businesses aiming to optimize material handling processes.   Powered Flex Conveyor video ﻿   How to Use the Powered Flex Conveyor 4m and 6m Using the Powered Flex Conveyor 4m and 6m is straightforward and designed to enhance efficiency in material handling tasks. To begin, position the conveyor at the desired location, ensuring the adjustable height (650mm to 800mm) aligns with your working setup. Extend or retract the conveyor to the required length, up to 4m or 6m, depending on the model. Connect the conveyor to a standard 220V/50Hz power supply and activate the system using the control panel or designated switch. Place items weighing up to 50kg onto the conveyor belt, ensuring even distribution to maintain balance and smooth operation. The powered mechanism will move items along the 550mm-wide conveyor at a consistent speed, reducing manual labor and increasing workflow efficiency. Adjustments to height or length can be made on the fly, making it ideal for loading and unloading tasks, connecting workstations, or other material transport needs. After use, switch off the power supply, retract the conveyor to its compact size, and store it in a designated area. Regular maintenance, such as cleaning and checking for wear, will ensure the longevity and optimal performance of the conveyor. This flexible and user-friendly system is an indispensable tool for improving productivity in industrial settings.   Specs of Powered Flex Conveyor Model PFC4M/RD PFC6M/RD Length (L) 4000mm 6000mm Width (W) 550mm 550mm Height (H) Adjustable 650-800mm Adjustable 650-800mm Flexible Max Length 4m 6m Loading Weight 50kg 50kg Power Supply 220V/50Hz, 1 Phase 220V/50Hz, 1 Phase Power Consumption 1kW 1kW Speed Adjustable up to 15m/min Adjustable up to 15m/min   Who Can Use the Powered Flex Conveyor? The Powered Flex Conveyor is a versatile and efficient material handling solution that caters to a wide range of industries and businesses. Its adaptable design and reliable performance make it an invaluable tool for improving productivity and reducing manual labor. Here are some of the key users who can benefit from the Powered Flex Conveyor: Warehouses and Distribution Centers Warehouses and distribution centers are among the primary users of the Powered Flex Conveyor. These facilities handle a high volume of goods daily, requiring efficient systems to load, unload, and transport items. The conveyor’s adjustable length and height allow it to be seamlessly integrated into various workflows, enabling workers to move products q...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/powered-flex-conveyor/?attribute_length=6m</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/Powered-flex-conveyor-price.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>4400 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>3790 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>295202</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>23817</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>190 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>750100</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Feiemaskin SMITH JB1350 - 8000 m²/t kapasitet]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Feiemaskin SMITH JB1350 Feiemaskin SMITH JB1350 er en avansert batteridrevet feiemaskin utviklet for enestående effektivitet og ytelse i industrielle og kommersielle rengjøringsoppgaver. Med sitt kraftige 48V 83Ah-batteri og robuste 1000 W drivmotor tilbyr denne feiemaskinen høy driftssikkerhet og er det ideelle valget for å rengjøre store arealer med letthet. En feiebredde på 1350 mm, kombinert med to 260 mm sidebørster, sikrer grundig dekning – også i vanskelig tilgjengelige hjørner – mens hovedbørstelengden på 590 mm håndterer både overflatesmuss og dyptliggende rusk. Med en imponerende arbeidseffektivitet på 8000㎡/t sparer SMITH JB1350 tid og arbeidskostnader og leverer plettfrie resultater i store områder som lager, parkeringsplasser og utearealer. For å tåle krevende bruk er feiemaskinen utstyrt med en slitesterk støvbeholder i kaldvalset stål med en romslig kapasitet på 120 L, som gjør avfallshåndtering enkel. Til tross for robust konstruksjon er maskinen kompakt, med mål på 1700 × 1350 × 1200 mm, slik at den er lett å manøvrere i trange områder. Med vekt på 495 kg er den stabil i drift – også i bakker – med en klatrevinkelkapasitet på 15 %. Det hydrauliske doble skivebremsesystemet sørger for høy sikkerhet og kontroll, mens nominell spenning på 48 V støtter en total effekt på 2300 W for optimal funksjon under alle forhold. Avanserte funksjoner som en spraydyse for fin vanntåke eliminerer støv under rengjøring, og vakuumsystemet gir kraftig sugekraft for et støvfritt miljø. Feiemaskinen har også en sikker, vanntett ladeport, kollisjonssikre frontlys for økt holdbarhet og tette børstehår for maksimal rengjøringseffektivitet. SMITH JB1350 er designet for praktisk bruk og allsidighet, og kan leveres med tilleggsutstyr for spesifikke behov – kontakt oss for å tilpasse løsningen. Miljøvennlig drift, lavt støynivå og kostnadseffektiv ytelse gjør den til et utmerket valg for å opprettholde rene, sikre og profesjonelle miljøer. Enten du rengjør inne eller ute, gir Feiemaskin SMITH JB1350 en perfekt balanse mellom kraft, effektivitet og brukervennlighet, slik at oppgavene blir utført raskt og effektivt. Forbedre rengjøringsrutinene med SMITH JB1350 – konstruert for uovertruffen ytelse og pålitelighet.   Spesifikasjoner for feiemaskin SMITH JB1350 Spesifikasjon Detaljer Modell SMITH JB1350 Maksimal rengjøringseffektivitet 8000㎡/t Feiebredde 1350 mm Diameter på hovedbørste 700 mm Diameter på sidebørste 500 mm × 2 Spenning / nominell effekt 48 V / 2200 W Effekt på drivmotor 1200 W Effekt på hovedbørstemotor 700 W Effekt på sidebørstemotor 2 × 90 W Effekt på sugemotor 150 W Driftstid > 6 timer Fremoverhastighet 0-10 km/t Stigningskapasitet 20 % Kapasitet på støvbeholder 120 L Mål (L × B × H) 1450 × 1350 × 1350 mm Nettovekt 496 kg Sprøytesystem Integrert vanntåkesystem Bremsesystem Hydrauliske doble skivebremser Ladeport Vanntett og sikker Støynivå Lavt støynivå i drift Anbefalte bruksområder Gater, fabrikker, verksteder, boligområder, campus     Fordeler med feiemaskin SMITH JB1350 Feiemaskin SMITH JB1350 tilbyr en rekke fordeler som gjør den til et overlegent valg for industrielle og kommersielle rengjøringsoppgaver. Her er hvorfor den skiller seg ut: 1. Høy rengjøringseffektivitet Med feiebredde på 1350 mm og to 260 mm sidebørster dekker den store områder raskt. Arbeidseffektivitet på 8000㎡/t gir tidsbesparende ytelse i store områder som lager, parkeringsplasser og utearealer. 2. Kraftig ytelse Drevet av et 48V 83Ah-batteri og en robust 1000 W drivmotor leverer SMITH JB1350 jevn og kraftig drift. Total effekt på 2300 W gir pålitelig kapasitet for tunge oppgaver. 3. Holdbar konstruksjon Støvbeholder i kaldvalset stål med 120 L kapasitet er svært slitesterk og gjør tømming enkel. Hydraulisk dobbelt skivebremsesystem sørger for sikker drift, også i bakker med stigningsvinkel 15 %. 4. Avanserte funksjoner Spraydyse gir vanntåke for støvfri rengjøring. Kraftig vakuumsystem samler støv og rusk effektivt for et plettfritt miljø. Kollisjonssikre, vanntette frontlys øker sikt og holdbarhet. 5. Kompakt og manøvrerbar Til tross for robust konstruksjon er den kompakt, med mål på 1700 × 1350 × 1200 mm, og lett å navigere i trange områder. Vekt på 495 kg gir stabilitet under drift. 6. Tilpasningsmuligheter Tilleggsutstyr kan leveres for å tilpasse maskinen til spesifikke behov og bruksområder. 7. Miljøvennlig og kostnadseffektiv Batteridrift reduserer utslipp og er mer miljøvennlig. Lavt støynivå gjør den egnet i støyfølsomme miljøer uten å forstyrre omgivelsene. 8. Brukervennlig design Funksjoner som sikker, vanntett ladeport og intuitive kontroller gjør maskinen enkel å bruke. Tette børstehår sikrer grundig rengjøring med minimal innsats. Ved å kombinere disse fordelene leverer SMITH JB1350 feiemaskin en uovertruffen balanse mellom kraft, effektivitet og pålitelighet, og er et uvurderlig verktøy for å opprettholde rene, profesjonelle miljøer.   Hva er rengjøringseffektiviteten til feiemaskin, og hvordan håndterer den tu...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/feiemaskin-smith-jb1350-8000-m%c2%b2-t-kapasitet/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/ride-on-sweeper.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/ride-on-sweeper-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/ride-on-sweeper-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/ride-on-sweeper-package.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/ride-on-sweeper-brush-scaled.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/ride-on-sweeper-where-to-buy-scaled.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>5800 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>5299 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMITH</g:brand><g:mpn>750100</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>530 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>968</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>968</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Gulvvaskere</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Gulvvaskere</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>750080</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Gulvvasker industri SMITH J115 - 5600 m²/h effektivitet]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[SMITH gulvvasker industri J115 SMITH gulvvasker industri J115 er en avansert, svært effektiv rengjøringsløsning som er nøye utformet for å oppfylle de strenge kravene i industrielle og kommersielle miljøer. Konstruert med presisjon og holdbarhet tilbyr denne moderne maskinen enestående ytelse ved å kombinere robuste rengjøringsegenskaper med et ergonomisk design for fremragende resultater. Med en rengjøringsbredde på 800 mm og nalebredde på 1080 mm er J115 bygget for å optimalisere produktiviteten og oppnå en imponerende arbeidseffektivitet på 5600 m² per time. Det overlegne rengjøringssystemet kombinerer to 380 W børstemotorer for grundig fjerning av smuss og en kraftig 550 W sugemotor som sikrer rask og effektiv tørking for et plettfritt resultat. Utstyrt med dobbelt-tanksystem reduserer 115-liters rentvannstank og 120-liters skittenvannstank nedetid ved å muliggjøre lengre drift mellom påfyllinger, noe som gjør maskinen ideell for store anlegg som lager, kjøpesentre og helseinstitusjoner. Drevet av et pålitelig batterisystem leverer J115 en driftstid på 3,5 til 4,5 timer, som sikrer uavbrutte rengjøringsøkter selv under krevende forhold. Med fokus på operatørkomfort har J115 et intuitivt kontrollpanel, jevn kjøring og ergonomisk håndtering som reduserer tretthet under lange skift. I tillegg sørger ≤ 68 dB(A) støynivå for minimal forstyrrelse i støyfølsomme miljøer. Med 1550 mm × 1080 mm × 1300 mm i størrelse og en vekt på 320 kg gir J115s kompakte og robuste konstruksjon enkel manøvrering selv på trange steder, uten at det går på bekostning av ytelse eller stabilitet. Maskinens solide design og enkle vedlikehold, med lett tilgjengelige komponenter og utskiftbare deler, øker driftssikkerheten og levetiden og sikrer lave totalkostnader. J115 er et miljøbevisst valg som oppfyller strenge avfallshåndteringsstandarder og fremmer effektiv ressursbruk. Ideell for B2B-bruk er SMITH gulvvasker industri J115 den ultimate rengjøringsløsningen for virksomheter som ønsker å øke driftseffektiviteten og opprettholde rene arbeidsmiljøer. Dens innovative teknologi, brukervennlige design og enestående rengjøringskapasitet gjør den til en verdifull ressurs for å opprettholde hygiene og sikkerhet i profesjonelle omgivelser. Med pålitelig ytelse og robust design representerer J115 SMITHs forpliktelse til kvalitet og gir virksomheter et konkurransefortrinn i å holde lokaler rene, trygge og profesjonelle.   gulvvasker industri J115 er designet for å erstatte 8 renholdsarbeidere SMITH gulvvasker industri J115 er konstruert for å kunne erstatte opptil åtte arbeidere med sine automatiserte rengjøringsfunksjoner og gir en kostnadseffektiv og pålitelig løsning for å opprettholde plettfrie miljøer. Konstruert for allsidighet har den et lavt støynivå som gjør den egnet for støyfølsomme steder som sykehus, skoler og kontorer. Den robuste konstruksjonen inkluderer avanserte sikkerhets- og holdbarhetsfunksjoner, inkludert tre lekkasjesikringer: et vannbestandig deksel, en flottør og en nivåsensor, som sikrer pålitelig drift under alle forhold. Drevet av et batterisystem er denne gulvvasker industri enkel å betjene og gir fleksibilitet til å rengjøre store områder uten begrensningene ved strømledning. gulvvasker industri J115 har to påfyllingsporter: en stor port for raskt påfyll og en liten port for presist, langdistanse påfyll. Det avanserte vannforsyningssystemet inkluderer en solenoidventil som effektivt forhindrer lekkasje, noe som forbedrer både vannbesparelse og driftssikkerhet. I tillegg erstatter maskinens innovative design tradisjonelle skjørt rundt børstehode med en sprutbeskyttende krage, som betydelig forlenger levetiden og forbedrer rengjøringsytelsen. Nalsystemet er utformet for enkel montering og demontering, noe som reduserer vedlikeholdstid og -innsats. Bygget for tøff profesjonell bruk kombinerer J115 funksjonalitet med brukervennlighet og er et pålitelig valg for varierte rengjøringsoppgaver. gulvvasker industri er ideell for bruk i lager, fabrikker, butikker, helseinstitusjoner og mer. SMITH gulvvasker industri J115 er en allsidig kraftpakke som tilpasser seg ulike miljøer. Den effektive og bærekraftige driften sørger ikke bare for rene og sikre gulv, men reflekterer også en forpliktelse til miljøvennlige praksiser. For skreddersydde løsninger finnes tilbehør som matcher dine behov og øker maskinens tilpasningsevne og ytelse ytterligere. Kontakt oss for å lære mer om hvordan SMITH J115 kan forbedre rengjøringsoperasjonene dine og gi enestående verdi.   Gulvvasker industri J115 er den ultimate løsningen for høytytende gulvrengjøring i profesjonelle miljøer og tilbyr en unik kombinasjon av avanserte funksjoner og robust design. Skreddersydd for ulike bransjer er maskinen konstruert for stille drift, noe som gjør den ideell for spesielle anledninger og støyfølsomme områder som sykehus, bibliotek og kontorlokaler. Med en innebygd lader sikrer J115 sømløs strømhåndtering, mens innovative funksjoner mot borttapping, fal...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/gulvvasker-industri-smith-j115-5600-m%c2%b2-h-effektivitet/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/ride-on-floor-scrubber.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/industrial-floor-scrubber-j85-new.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/ride-on-floor-scrubber-price.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/ride-on-floor-scrubber-cheap.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/ride-on-floor-scrubber-new.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/Ride-on-floor-scrubber-SMITH-J115-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/Ride-on-floor-scrubber-SMITH-J115-features.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/Ride-on-floor-scrubber-SMITH-J115-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/Ride-on-floor-scrubber-SMITH-J115-control-panel.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/Ride-on-floor-scrubber-SMITH-J115-advantages.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/Ride-on-floor-scrubber-SMITH-J115-cleaning-advantages.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>5400 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>4499 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMITH</g:brand><g:mpn>750080</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>350 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>968</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>968</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Gulvvaskere</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Gulvvaskere</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>750060</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Industriell rengjøring maskin J85 - 3550 m²/h effektivitet]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Industriell rengjøring maskin J85 Industriell rengjøring maskin J85 er en allsidig og innovativ rengjøringsløsning, spesielt utviklet for å møte kravene i moderne rengjøringsmiljøer. Denne stille industriell rengjøring maskin maskin er ideell for spesielle anledninger eller støyfølsomme områder og sikrer en stillere og mer effektiv rengjøringsprosess. Det lette og kompakte designet gjør den perfekt for mindre områder, og evnen til å manøvrere inn og ut av heiser gjør det mulig med sømløs rengjøring på flere etasjer. J85 er bygget med holdbarhet og avansert funksjonalitet i fokus. Den har en innebygd billader, som gir bekvemmelighet og reduserer nedetid under drift. Sikkerheten prioriteres med anti-lost, anti-fall og anti-water intrusion-mekanismer, som sikrer pålitelig ytelse selv under krevende forhold. I tillegg har maskinen trippel anti-sivingsbeskyttelse, inkludert et vanntett deksel, tjue flottører og en væskenivåsensor, som gir enestående beskyttelse mot vannskader. Denne banebrytende industriell rengjøring maskin erstatter det tradisjonelle gummiskjørtet med et pels-skjørt, noe som betydelig forlenger levetiden og forbedrer rengjøringseffektiviteten. Den kompakte rammen og det ergonomiske designet gjør den svært manøvrerbar, slik at den kommer til på trange steder og rengjør effektivt uten å kompromisse ytelsen. Med en arbeidsbredde på 510mm og en skrapebredde på 860mm sikrer J85 maksimal dekning og effektivitet. J85s tanker med høy kapasitet inkluderer en 85L løsningstank og en 90L oppsamlingstank, som minimerer avbrudd for påfylling og tømming. Den kraftige 550W børstemotoren og 600W vakuummotoren gjør at den håndterer krevende rengjøringsoppgaver med letthet, mens arbeidseffektiviteten når imponerende 3550㎡/h. Utviklet for kontinuerlig bruk, gir maskinen en driftstid på 3–3,5 timer med sine 6EVF-100AH*2 lagringsbatterier, noe som sikrer uavbrutte rengjøringsøkter. Til tross for sine robuste egenskaper har J85 en håndterlig vekt på 190kg og mål på 1450mm x 900mm x 1250mm, som gjør lagring og transport enkel. For områder som krever overlegen rengjøringsytelse med minimal støy, utmerker industriell rengjøring maskin J85 seg som det ideelle valget. De innovative funksjonene, økte holdbarheten og brukervennlige designet sikrer at hver rengjøringsoppgave utføres effektivt og effektivt, noe som gjør den til en uvurderlig ressurs i en rekke miljøer.   Hvilke typer gulv er industriell rengjøring maskin egnet for? Den industriell rengjøring maskin er designet for et bredt spekter av gulvtyper. Den presterer spesielt godt på glatte overflater som polert betong, vinyl og epoksybelagte gulv, som ofte finnes i varehus og butikklokaler. I tillegg er den industriell rengjøring maskin egnet for moderat grove overflater, inkludert ubehandlet betong og teksturerte fliser, noe som gjør den ideell for industrielle miljøer som fabrikker og verksteder. Den avanserte børstemotoren og justerbare trykkinnstillinger sikrer optimal rengjøringsytelse uavhengig av gulvtype, og fjerner effektivt skitt, fett og rusk. Video av industriell gulvrengjøringsmaskin   Kan den industrielle gulvrengjøringsmaskinen håndtere spesifikke rengjøringsutfordringer, som fett eller tungt rusk? Ja, den industrielle gulvrengjøringsmaskinen er utstyrt for å håndtere tøffe rengjøringsutfordringer, inkludert fett og tungt rusk. Den kraftige 550W børstemotoren og løsningstanken med høy kapasitet (85L) gjør det mulig å bruke passende rengjøringsmidler for å bryte ned gjenstridig fett. Samtidig samler den industrielle gulvrengjøringsmaskinens 600W vakuummotor effektivt opp rusk og avløpsvann i sin 90L oppsamlingstank. Denne kombinasjonen sikrer grundig rengjøring selv i krevende industrielle miljøer. For spesielt utfordrende søl kan operatøren justere børstetrykket og velge det mest egnede rengjøringsmiddelet for optimale resultater.   Spesifikasjoner for industriell gulvrengjøringsmaskin Industriell gulvrengjøringsmaskin J85 Kapasitet på løsningstank 85L Arbeidsbredde 510mm Kapasitet på oppsamlingstank 90L Skrapebredde 860mm Lagringsbatteri 6EVF-100AH*2 Arbeidseffektivitet 3550㎡/h Maskinvekt 190kg Børstemotor 550W Kontinuerlig arbeidstid 3–3,5h Vakuummotor 600W Produktstørrelse 1450mm x 900mm x 1250mm   Kundeuttalelser for industriell rengjøring maskin J85 1. Effektiv og stille rengjøringsytelse "Industriell rengjøring maskin J85 har fullstendig transformert rengjøringsprosessen vår. Vi bruker den daglig i butikken vår, og den stille driften er perfekt for å opprettholde renheten i åpningstiden uten å forstyrre kundene. Maskinens kompakte design gjør at den lett navigerer i trange ganger. Anbefales på det sterkeste – effektiv og brukervennlig." — Anna P., Butikksjef 2. Pålitelig og holdbar for industriell bruk "Vi har brukt J85 på lageret vårt i flere måneder, og den har vært en game-changer. Den kraftige børstemotoren og de store tankene håndterer tungt fett og smuss med letthet. Anti-sivingsfunksjonene og den robuste konstruksjonen gir oss trygghet...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/industriell-rengjoring-maskin-j85-3550-m%c2%b2-h-effektivitet/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/industrial-floor-scrubber-j85.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/industrial-floor-scrubber-j85-price.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/industrial-floor-scrubber-j85-new.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>3400 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2889 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMITH</g:brand><g:mpn>750060</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>220 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>968</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>968</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Gulvvaskere</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Gulvvaskere</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>750040</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Gulvvasker J45 - 2100 m²/h effektivitet]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Gulvvasker J45 Gulvvasker J45 er en førsteklasses rengjøringsløsning tilpasset profesjonell bruk i krevende miljøer. Designet for å møte de høye standardene i kommersielle og industrielle operasjoner, leverer denne avanserte gulvvasker enestående rengjøringsytelse på ulike gulvtyper, inkludert marmor, keramikk, epoksyharpiks og trematerialer. Den robuste konstruksjonen sikrer pålitelighet, effektivitet og holdbarhet, noe som gjør den til en ideell investering for bedrifter som søker overlegne rengjøringsløsninger. gulvvasker Rengjørings effektivitet er 2100 m²/t. Med et børsteskivesystem som opererer på 180 RPM sørger gulvvasker J45 for grundig rengjøring og rask tørk av gulv, noe som minimerer nedetid i travle lokaler. Den romslige 40-liters løsningstanken og 45-liters oppsamlingstanken muliggjør lang driftstid, reduserer hyppigheten av etterfylling og øker produktiviteten. Den ledningsfrie utformingen, drevet av et batteri med 4–6 timers driftstid, gir svært god mobilitet og eliminerer snublefarer, noe som sikrer en tryggere og mer effektiv arbeidsflyt. Produsert med materialer av høy kvalitet er kommersielle gulvrengjøringsmaskiner J45 konstruert for å tåle intensiv daglig bruk samtidig som ytelsen forblir stabil. Den ergonomiske utformingen og intuitive kontrollene forenkler bruken og imøtekommer behovene til profesjonelt rengjøringspersonell. Enten den brukes i store kjøpesentre, helseinstitusjoner, utdanningsmiljøer eller industrilagre, leverer gulvvasker J45 konsekvent overlegne rengjøringsresultater. Denne allsidige maskinen er en pålitelig løsning for bedrifter som er opptatt av å opprettholde plettfrie lokaler. Nøkkelspesifikasjoner for gulvvasker J45: Rengjøringseffektivitet: 2100 m²/t Rengjøringsbredde: 510 mm Tørkebredde: 800 mm Kapasitet på løsningstank: 45 liter Kapasitet på oppsamlingstank: 55 liter Børstehastighet: 180 RPM Batteritid: 4 timer Vekt: Omtrent 120 kg   Brytere og funksjoner på kontrollpanelet til gulvvasker J45 Hovedbryter for strømforsyning: Aktiverer utstyret og setter det i på-modus. Bryter for sugemotor: Starter motoren for vannoppsug. Bryter for børsteskive: Aktiverer børsteskiven og starter drift. Batterinivåvisning: Viser tydelig gjeldende batterinivå. Fordeler med gulvvasker J45 Gulvvasker J45 tilbyr flere viktige fordeler sammenlignet med andre lignende modeller på markedet. Disse fordelene gjør den til et utmerket valg for bedrifter som ønsker en høytytende, pålitelig og effektiv rengjøringsløsning: 1. Større rengjøringskapasitet Kommersielle gulvrengjøringsmaskinen J45 har en rengjøringsbredde på 510 mm og en tørkebredde på 800 mm, slik at den dekker mer areal på kortere tid. Med en rengjøringseffektivitet på 2100 m²/t er den ideell for mellomstore til store arealer, og reduserer både arbeidstid og kostnader sammenlignet med mindre modeller. 2. Romslig tankkapasitet 45 L løsningstank og 55 L oppsamlingstank er større enn hos mange konkurrenter, noe som muliggjør lengre drift uten hyppig etterfylling eller tømming. Dette øker produktiviteten, spesielt i områder med høy trafikk. 3. Kraftig børste- og sugesystem Børsteskiven på 180 RPM til gulvvasker J45 gir enestående rengjøringsytelse og fjerner selv vanskelige flekker effektivt. Den 500 W sterke sugemotoren sørger for rask tørk og etterlater gulvet klart til umiddelbar bruk. 4. Overlegen driftstid og batterisystem Utstyrt med 2 x 12V100AH-batterier gir kommersielle gulvrengjøringsmaskiner J45 en driftstid på 4 timer, lengre enn mange sammenlignbare modeller. Dette gjør den godt egnet for uavbrutte rengjøringsøkter i store bygg. Batteriene er enkle å lade og vedlikeholde. 5. Støynivå og sikkerhetsfunksjoner Med et støynivå på ≤ 65 dB(A) er gulvvasker J45 stillere enn mange andre maskiner og egner seg for miljøer som sykehus, skoler og kontorer. I tillegg reduserer ledningsfri utforming snublefare, og lavt tyngdepunkt sikrer stabil drift. 6. Justerbare og tilpassbare innstillinger Gulvvasker J45 tilbyr justerbart børstetrykk og kontroll av vannmengde, slik at operatøren kan tilpasse ytelsen til ulike gulvtyper og smussnivåer. Denne fleksibiliteten overgår ofte andre modeller. 7. Holdbarhet og byggekvalitet Bygget med materialer av høy kvalitet er kommersielle gulvrengjøringsmaskiner J45 designet for tøff daglig bruk. Den robuste konstruksjonen sikrer lang levetid og færre utskiftninger av deler, noe som gir bedre verdi over tid. 8. Enkel i bruk og vedlikehold Gulvvasker J45 har et intuitivt kontrollpanel og en ergonomisk utforming som forenkler driften og reduserer opplæringsbehovet. Vedlikehold som tankrengjøring og bytte av børster er enkelt og raskt, noe som minimerer nedetid. 9. God verdi for pengene Kommersielle gulvrengjøringsmaskinerJ45 kombinerer konkurransedyktig pris med fremragende funksjoner og er derfor en kostnadseffektiv investering. Lavt vedlikeholdsbehov og energieffektiv drift reduserer totalkostnaden over tid. 10. Allsidighet Kompatibel med ulike gulvtyper, inkludert marmor, keramikk, epoksyharpik...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/gulvvasker-j45-2100-m%c2%b2-h-effektivitet/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/commercial-floor-scrubber.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/commercial-floor-scrubber-j45-control-panel-switch.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2000 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1549 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMITH</g:brand><g:mpn>750040</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>85 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>968</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>968</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Gulvvaskere</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Gulvvaskere</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>750020</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Gulvvasker J25 - 1600 m²/h effektivitet]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Gulvvasker J25 Gulvvasker er utstyrt med et imponerende utvalg av tekniske funksjoner for å levere enestående rengjøringsytelse. Med en total effekt på 880W opererer den på et DC 24V-system drevet av 45Ah-batterier som gir en driftstid på 2–3 timer og krever 6–8 timer for full opplading. 380W børstemotor jobber sammen med en 500W sugemotor for å sikre effektiv rengjøring og vannoppsamling, med en rengjøringskapasitet på 1600 m²/t. Vanntankene består av en 25L rentvannstank og en 30L skittenvannstank, noe som gjør den egnet for storskala rengjøringsoppgaver. Med mål på 910mm x 510mm x 800mm og en vekt på 50kg uten batterier kombinerer J25 bærbarhet med robust funksjonalitet. Designed for professionals, the gulvvasker J25 sets new standards in commercial cleaning with its innovative features and ease of use. Whether managing high-traffic retail spaces, bustling hotels, or sensitive environments like gyms and cinemas, this machine is the ideal choice for consistent, high-performance results. Its ergonomiske design sikrer operatørkomfort, mens de kompakte dimensjonene gjør den allsidig nok til å manøvrere i trange områder uten å gå på kompromiss med kraft. Denne maskinen er ikke bare et rengjøringsverktøy; den er en partner i å opprettholde plettfrie miljøer. Den robuste konstruksjonen sikrer holdbarhet selv ved hard bruk, mens intelligente funksjoner, som en ECO-modus for strømsparende drift, gjør den til et bærekraftig alternativ for bedrifter som ønsker å redusere sitt miljøavtrykk. Gulvvasker representerer en smart, langsiktig investering for bedrifter som vil effektivisere driften og øke effektiviteten. Denne omfattende introduksjonen oppsummerer maskinens allsidighet, pålitelighet og brukervennlighet, og sikrer at den oppfyller kravene til profesjonelle rengjøringsoperasjoner. La oss nå se nærmere på funksjonene som gjør gulvvasker til et uunnværlig verktøy for bedrifter. Hva er rengjøringskapasiteten og arealdekningen per time? Gulvvasker J25 har en imponerende rengjøringskapasitet på 1600 kvadratmeter per time, noe som gjør den til en av de mest effektive maskinene i sin klasse. Denne kapasiteten drives av kombinasjonen av en 380W børstemotor og en 500W sugemotor, som jobber sømløst for å skrubbe og samle opp skittent vann i én omgang. J25s evne til raskt å dekke store områder sikrer at bedrifter kan spare både tid og lønnskostnader, samtidig som de oppnår rengjøringsresultater på profesjonelt nivå. Med sine kompakte mål og ergonomiske design utmerker J25 seg i store arealer som kjøpesentre, flyplasser og konferansesentre. Til tross for sin kraftige ytelse er den brukervennlig og effektiv, slik at operatører kan maksimere produktiviteten uten å bli slitne. For virksomheter som vil vedlikeholde store lokaler med minimal nedetid, er J25 en investering som endrer spillet.   Gulvvasker J25 video ﻿   Hvor lenge varer batteriet, og hva er ladetiden? Gulvvasker J25 er utstyrt med 45Ah vedlikeholdsfrie batterier som gir en driftstid på 2–3 timer per lading. Denne driftstiden er ideell for å fullføre omfattende rengjøringsoppgaver i én økt, noe som minimerer avbrudd og øker driftseffektiviteten. Enten det er rengjøring av en hotellobby eller et lagergulv, leverer J25 den utholdenheten som trengs for uavbrutt drift. Opplading tar omtrent 6–8 timer, noe som gjør nattlading praktisk. Batteriene er designet for lang levetid og sikrer jevn ytelse gjennom hele levetiden. I tillegg er J25s ladesystem brukervennlig og trygt, og krever minimal oppfølging under lading. For bedrifter som jobber i skift eller krever hyppig rengjøring, gir J25 pålitelighet og effektivitet gjennom hele dagen.   Spesifikasjoner for gulvvasker J25 gulvvasker Modell gulvvasker J25 Total effekt 880W Spenning DC 24V Børstemotor (effekt) 380W Sugemotor (effekt) 500W Rengjøringskapasitet 1600 m²/t Kapasitet for rentvannstank 25 liter Kapasitet for skittenvannstank 30 liter Batteriets driftstid 2–3 timer Ladetid 6–8 timer Dimensjoner (L x B x H) 910mm x 510mm x 800mm Vekt (uten batterier) 50kg Børstehastighet 180 RPM Bredde på sugebjelke 580mm Hvordan fungerer gulvvasker J25? Gulvvasker J25 kombinerer avansert skrubbing og sugeteknologi for å levere eksepsjonell rengjøringsytelse. Når operatøren fyller 25-liters rentvannstank med vann og rengjøringsmiddel, begynner maskinens 180 RPM børste å skrubbe gulvet og løsner smuss og rusk. Etter hvert som børsten roterer, sikrer den grundig rengjøring ved å nå ned i spor og ujevnheter i overflaten. Samtidig aktiveres 500W sugemotor, som effektivt samler opp skittent vann og avfall i 30-liters skittenvannstank. Dette dobbeltvirkende systemet gjør at J25 kan vaske og tørke gulvet i én omgang, og etterlater overflater plettfrie og klare til umiddelbar bruk. Operatøren kan styre maskinen via det intuitive panelet, som inkluderer valg for aktivering av børstemotor, vannmengde og sugefunksjon. For støyfølsomme miljøer eller forlenget batteritid reduserer ECO-modus energiforbruket uten å gå på bekostning av rengj...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/gulvvasker-j25-1600-m%c2%b2-h-effektivitet/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/floor-scrubber.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/floor-scrubber-price.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/floor-scrubber-new.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/floor-scrubber-cheap.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1400 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1199 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMITH</g:brand><g:mpn>750020</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>90.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>968</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>968</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Gulvvaskere</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Gulvvaskere</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>123</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet threading tool B190cm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet threading tool Pallet Strap Feeder B190 is an innovative tool designed to revolutionize pallet threading, ensuring faster, safer, and more ergonomic operations. Made from high-quality materials, it simplifies the task of threading plastic straps under pallets. Pallet Strap Feeder B190 features a 1900mm highly flexible fiber rod and a durable polyurethane clip, which work together to streamline the process, eliminating common issues like straps getting stuck or requiring excessive bending. Compatible with PP (Polypropylene), PET (Polyester), and other straps up to 25mm in width and 1.5mm in thickness, this versatile tool is a must-have for warehouses, shipping facilities, and logistics operations. Threading plastic straps under pallets can be challenging due to the natural curve of the strap off the roll. The B190's curved head design ensures smooth movement over pallet rails, reducing friction and making threading easier. Its lightweight construction reduces operator fatigue, while the ergonomic design allows users to remain standing, avoiding the strain of stooping or kneeling. With a robust build and reliable functionality, this strap feeder is designed for demanding environments, offering durability and efficiency in one compact tool.   Specs of pallet strap feeder Pallet strap feeder B190 Dimension 190 cm × 4.3 cm × 6.8 cm (L × H × W) Gross Weight 570 g Net Weight 185 g Clip Head Dimension 12.8 cm × 4.3 cm × 6.8 cm Carton Dimension 75 cm × 41 cm × 5.5 cm Rod Material Highly flexible fiber rod Clip Material Durable and flexible polyurethane   Key Features of Pallet threading tool Flexible Fiber Rod: The 1900mm rod is made from highly flexible fiber, allowing it to bend and maneuver effortlessly under and around pallets without breaking or deforming Durable Polyurethane Clip: The specially designed clip securely holds straps in place during threading, ensuring a smooth operation Curved Head Design: The ergonomic head shape is optimized for threading over pallet rails without getting stuck Wide Compatibility: Supports PP and PET straps up to 25mm wide and 1.5mm thick, suitable for various strapping needs Lightweight Construction: Makes handling easy and reduces operator fatigue during prolonged use Enhanced Safety: Allows users to work standing up, minimizing physical strain and risk of injury   Where to use Pallet Strap Feeder Pallet Strap Feeder B190 is ideal for use in various environments, including: Warehouses: Perfect for organizing and securing palletized goods efficiently Logistics Centers: Speeds up packaging processes for shipments Manufacturing Facilities: Ensures easy and reliable strapping for products on pallets Retail Distribution: Facilitates seamless strapping for bulk deliveries This tool is designed for professionals who value efficiency, safety, and convenience in their daily operations.   Benefits of Pallet Strap Feeder Increased Efficiency: Drastically reduces the time needed for strapping pallets, allowing operators to focus on other tasks Ergonomic Design: Eliminates the need for awkward bending or kneeling, promoting better posture and reducing fatigue Reliable Performance: Built with high-quality materials to withstand heavy use in demanding environments Cost-Effective: Saves time and labor costs by simplifying the strapping process User-Friendly Operation: Intuitive design makes it easy to use, even for beginners   How to Use the Pallet threader B190 Using the Plastic threader B190 is straightforward and user-friendly: Insert the Strap: Clip the strap securely into the polyurethane head of the tool. Feed Under the Pallet: Use the flexible fiber rod to guide the strap under the pallet. The curved head will help navigate rails and obstacles effortlessly. Retrieve the Strap: Pull the rod through the other side, unclip the strap, and proceed with your strapping process. This simple three-step process ensures smooth and efficient pallet threading every time.   Customer Testimonials of Pallet Threader "The Pallet threading tool B190 has revolutionized our warehouse operations. It's fast, efficient, and easy to use. Our team loves it!" Sara T., Warehouse Manager "This tool is a must-have for anyone who works with pallets regularly. It saves so much time and effort." Simon L., Logistics Coordinator "The B190 is incredibly durable and user-friendly. We couldn't imagine returning to old school Bending and kneeling method." Monika J., Distribution Specialist   Advantages of Pallet threading tool Less stooping and kneeling action Durable and flexible polyurethane clip Faster Operations: Reduces the time required for pallet threading by allowing smooth and efficient strap feeding Enhanced Safety: Minimizes the need for bending or kneeling, reducing physical strain and workplace injuries Durable Materials: Built with a highly flexible fiber rod and a strong polyurethane clip, ensuring long-lasting performance Ergonomic Design: The curved head and lightweight construction make it comf...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pallet-threading-tool-b190/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/pallet-threading-tool-cheap.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/pallet-threading-tool-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/pallet-threading-tool-dimensions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/pallet-threading-tool-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/pallet-threading-tool-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/pallet-threading-tool-sale.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/pallet-threading-tool-PP-PET-strap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/pallet-threading-tool-how-to-use.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/pallet-threading-tool-b190-1.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/pallet-threading-tool.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>80 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>69 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>123</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>2.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>533,2473,2652</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>533</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Manuelle stroppeverktøy</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Stroppingsverktøy &gt; Manuelle stroppeverktøy</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>110055</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Baterijski avtomatski spenjalec TES EXTREME 19-25mm - DD25A/0,5 do 1,2mm - 5000N (3.0Ah Lit.) 1x polnilec 2x baterija]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Battery strapping tool for 19-25mm PET/PP strap TES EXTREME with 2x batteries and a charger The TES EXTREME Battery Strapping Tool combines cutting-edge technology with exceptional durability, making it the go-to solution for industrial strapping needs. Designed to handle PET (polyester) and PP (polypropylene) straps, this high-performance tool offers versatility and efficiency. Its strap compatibility ranges from 19 to 25 mm width and 0.8 to 1.2 mm thickness, ensuring adaptability for various applications. With an adjustable tension range of 400 to 5000 N, the tool delivers precise control for securing loads of all sizes. Powered by a 14.8 V - 4.0 Ah lithium-ion battery, the TES EXTREME ensures long-lasting performance and fast operation, with a tensioning speed of 180 mm/sec. Its ergonomic design, weighing only 4.32 kg, minimizes user fatigue while maintaining robust performance. The friction weld adhesion method guarantees durable seals with up to 75% adhesion strength, making it ideal for demanding tasks in logistics, warehousing, and manufacturing. This strapping tool is built for efficiency, featuring a fast 90-minute charging time and compatibility with a wide voltage range (100 - 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, DC 16.8 V - 3.0 A). Compact dimensions of L 350 mm × W 135 mm × H 170 mm make it portable and easy to use in tight spaces, while its gross package weight of 7 kg ensures secure and hassle-free transportation. Whether you’re bundling products for distribution or securing heavy-duty materials, the TES EXTREME Battery Strapping Tool is engineered to deliver reliable results with unmatched ease. The TES EXTREME Battery Strapping Tool is a premium solution for securing your loads with unmatched precision and efficiency. Engineered for both PET (polyester) and PP (polypropylene) straps, this state-of-the-art tool is designed to meet the demanding needs of industrial applications. With its robust construction, powerful tensioning capabilities, and user-friendly operation, the TES EXTREME is the ultimate tool for professional strapping tasks.   Key features of Battery strapping tool 19-25mm PET/PP strap 1. Strap Compatibility: Width: 19 - 25 mm Thickness: 0.8 - 1.2 mm Strap Material: PET and PP This broad compatibility makes the TES EXTREME suitable for a variety of applications, from light packaging to heavy-duty industrial strapping. 2. Adjustable Tension Range: Tension: 400 - 5000 N With an adjustable tension setting, the tool caters to a wide range of load requirements, ensuring that every strapping task is performed with the right amount of force to secure the load without causing damage. 3. Fast Tensioning Speed: Speed: 180 mm/sec Efficiency is at the core of the TES EXTREME. With a high tensioning speed, the tool ensures quick and reliable operations, reducing downtime and increasing productivity. 4. Adhesion Strength: Average Adhesion Strength: Up to 75% The friction weld adhesion method guarantees reliable and durable seals, ensuring load stability during storage and transportation. The quality of the seal depends on the strap material, offering versatility in use. 5. Advanced Battery Technology: Battery: 14.8 V - 4.0 Ah Lithium-ion Battery Charging Time: 90 minutes Charging Voltage: 100 - 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, DC 16.8 V - 3.0 A The long-lasting lithium-ion battery provides extended operation time, making it ideal for high-volume strapping tasks. A fast charging time of just 90 minutes ensures minimal interruptions. 6. Compact and Lightweight Design: Machine Size: L 350 mm × W 135 mm × H 170 mm Weight (with Battery): 4.32 kg The ergonomic design and lightweight construction reduce operator fatigue, making the TES EXTREME comfortable to use over extended periods. 7. Packaging Dimensions: Package Size: L 440 mm × W 280 mm × H 185 mm Package Volume: 0.023 CBM Gross Weight: 7 kg The tool is packaged securely and compactly, ensuring safe transport and storage.   Specs of Battery strapping tool 19-25mm PET/PP strap Specification Strap Type PET/PP Strap Width 19 - 25 mm Strap Thickness 0.8 - 1.2 mm Tension Range 400 - 5000 N, Adjustable Tensioning Speed 180 mm/sec Adhesion Strength Up to 75% (Dependent on Strap Quality) Adhesion Method Friction Weld Battery 14.8 V - 4.0 Ah Lithium-ion Battery Charging Time 90 Minutes Charging Voltage 100 - 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, DC 16.8 V - 3.0 A Machine Dimensions L 350 mm × W 135 mm × H 170 mm Machine Weight (with Battery) 4.32 kg Package Dimensions L 440 mm × W 280 mm × H 185 mm Gross Weight 7 kg   Why Use a 25 mm wide PET Strap Instead of a 16mm, 19 mm PET strap, or Steel Strap? Choosing the right strapping material and width is essential for ensuring load security and operational efficiency. Here are the key reasons why a 25mm PET strap outperforms narrower alternatives like 16mm or 19mm, as well as traditional steel straps: 1. Enhanced Load-Bearing Capacity 25mm PET straps offer greater surface area, distributing tension more evenly across the load. This minimizes the risk of...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/tes-extreme-battery-strapping-tool-19-25mm-pet-pp-strap-2x-batteries-charger/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/battery-strapping-tool-TES-EXTREME-19-25mm-PET-PP-price.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/battery-strapping-tool-TES-EXTREME-19-25mm-PET-PP.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/battery-strapping-tool-TES-EXTREME-19-25mm-PET-PP-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/battery-strapping-tool-TES-EXTREME-19-25mm-PET-PP-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/battery-strapping-tool-TES-EXTREME-19-25mm-PET-PP-sale.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1495 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>110055</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>4.5 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>531,2473,2652</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>531</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Batteridrevet Strekkapparat</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Stroppingsverktøy &gt; Batteridrevet Strekkapparat</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>112004</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[AKU-STEEL DUO Baterijski spenjalec in napenjalec za jekleni trak 19mm — strap-width: 19mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Battery strapping tool for steel strap 19-32mm AKU-STEEL DUO AKU-STEEL DUO Battery Strapping Tool for steel straps (19-32mm) embodies cutting-edge engineering designed to meet the rigorous demands of modern industrial strapping applications. This state-of-the-art toolset combines advanced battery technology with precision mechanics to offer a robust and efficient solution for securing heavy-duty materials. Built with versatility and reliability in mind, the AKU-STEEL DUO series comprises two high-performance machines: the AKU-STEEL DUO Battery Strapping Sealer and the AKU-STEEL DUO Battery Strapping Tensioner. Together, they form a comprehensive system capable of delivering precise tensioning, secure sealing, and clean cutting of steel straps, making them indispensable tools for industries requiring dependable bundling solutions. Each tool is engineered to optimize performance and productivity: Charge Time: The tools feature a rapid charge cycle of 50-60 minutes, ensuring minimal downtime. Cycles per Charge: With capabilities of ≥ 1200 operations for the sealer and ≥ 220 operations for the tensioner, the AKU-STEEL DUO series ensures uninterrupted workflows. Tension Stress of Seal: The sealer delivers a robust tension seal of ≥ 16.8kN, while the tensioner provides a tension stress of ≥ 6kN. Weight: Designed for ease of use, the sealer weighs 3.9kg, and the tensioner weighs 4.8kg, balancing power and portability. The AKU-STEEL DUO Battery Strapping Tool for steel straps (19-32mm) embodies cutting-edge engineering designed to meet the rigorous demands of modern industrial strapping applications. This state-of-the-art toolset combines advanced battery technology with precision mechanics to offer a robust and efficient solution for securing heavy-duty materials. Built with versatility and reliability in mind, the AKU-STEEL DUO series comprises two high-performance machines: the AKU-STEEL DUO Battery Strapping Sealer and the AKU-STEEL DUO Battery Strapping Tensioner. Together, they form a comprehensive system capable of delivering precise tensioning, secure sealing, and clean cutting of steel straps, making them indispensable tools for industries requiring dependable bundling solutions. The AKU-STEEL DUO series is the result of meticulous design and manufacturing processes, ensuring optimal functionality and durability under challenging conditions. These tools are tailored to work seamlessly with steel straps ranging from 19mm to 32mm in width and 0.8mm to 1.2mm in thickness, offering unparalleled performance and consistency. With their battery-powered operation and ergonomic design, the AKU-STEEL DUO tools provide unmatched convenience and mobility, eliminating the limitations of pneumatic or manual strapping systems. Every aspect of the AKU-STEEL DUO series has been optimized to maximize efficiency and minimize operator effort. The tools’ compact and lightweight design, combined with their powerful motorized mechanisms, ensures smooth and precise operations even in high-volume or demanding environments. These features make the AKU-STEEL DUO series the ideal choice for professionals in sectors such as construction, manufacturing, logistics, and metalworking who require reliable and efficient strapping solutions.   Key Features of battery strapping tool for steel strap AKU-STEEL DUO 1. Precision Engineering for High Performance Both the tensioner and sealer are crafted with precision to handle steel straps ranging from 19mm to 32mm in width and 0.8mm to 1.2mm in thickness. The AKU-STEEL DUO ensures that each strap is perfectly tightened and sealed, providing a secure hold that meets industrial-grade standards. 2. Battery-Powered Convenience Equipped with powerful 18V rechargeable batteries, the AKU-STEEL DUO tools eliminate the need for manual effort or pneumatic connections. Each battery is designed for long-lasting performance, capable of delivering up to 1,200 operations per charge for the sealer and 220 operations per charge for the tensioner. The 50-60 minute rapid charging time ensures minimal downtime, keeping productivity at its peak. 3. Ergonomic and Lightweight Design The AKU-STEEL DUO tools are engineered for user comfort. Despite their robust capabilities, the tensioner weighs only 4.8kg, while the sealer weighs 3.9kg, making them easy to handle during extended operations. The ergonomic design reduces operator fatigue, enabling prolonged use without compromising efficiency. 4. Advanced Safety Features The AKU-STEEL DUO prioritizes safety with features such as: Protective Housing: Shields internal components from external damage and enhances durability. Anti-Slip Handles: Ensure a firm grip, even in challenging working environments. Overload Protection: Prevents hardware and software damage caused by excessive current or voltage. Thermal Management: Built-in safeguards against overheating during continuous use. 5. Comprehensive Functionality The sealer and tensioner work seamlessly together to compl...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/aku-steel-duo-battery-strapping-tool-for-steel-strap-19-32mm/?attribute_strap-width=19mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/battery-strapping-tool-for-steel-strap.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/battery-strapping-tool-for-steel-strap-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/battery-strapping-tool-for-steel-strap-AKU-STEEL-DUO.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/battery-strapping-tensioner-for-steel-strap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/battery-strapping-sealer-for-steel-strap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>3800 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2999 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>112004</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>22657</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>3.9 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>112005</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[AKU-STEEL DUO Baterijski spenjalec in napenjalec za jekleni trak 19mm — strap-width: 25mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Battery strapping tool for steel strap 19-32mm AKU-STEEL DUO AKU-STEEL DUO Battery Strapping Tool for steel straps (19-32mm) embodies cutting-edge engineering designed to meet the rigorous demands of modern industrial strapping applications. This state-of-the-art toolset combines advanced battery technology with precision mechanics to offer a robust and efficient solution for securing heavy-duty materials. Built with versatility and reliability in mind, the AKU-STEEL DUO series comprises two high-performance machines: the AKU-STEEL DUO Battery Strapping Sealer and the AKU-STEEL DUO Battery Strapping Tensioner. Together, they form a comprehensive system capable of delivering precise tensioning, secure sealing, and clean cutting of steel straps, making them indispensable tools for industries requiring dependable bundling solutions. Each tool is engineered to optimize performance and productivity: Charge Time: The tools feature a rapid charge cycle of 50-60 minutes, ensuring minimal downtime. Cycles per Charge: With capabilities of ≥ 1200 operations for the sealer and ≥ 220 operations for the tensioner, the AKU-STEEL DUO series ensures uninterrupted workflows. Tension Stress of Seal: The sealer delivers a robust tension seal of ≥ 16.8kN, while the tensioner provides a tension stress of ≥ 6kN. Weight: Designed for ease of use, the sealer weighs 3.9kg, and the tensioner weighs 4.8kg, balancing power and portability. The AKU-STEEL DUO Battery Strapping Tool for steel straps (19-32mm) embodies cutting-edge engineering designed to meet the rigorous demands of modern industrial strapping applications. This state-of-the-art toolset combines advanced battery technology with precision mechanics to offer a robust and efficient solution for securing heavy-duty materials. Built with versatility and reliability in mind, the AKU-STEEL DUO series comprises two high-performance machines: the AKU-STEEL DUO Battery Strapping Sealer and the AKU-STEEL DUO Battery Strapping Tensioner. Together, they form a comprehensive system capable of delivering precise tensioning, secure sealing, and clean cutting of steel straps, making them indispensable tools for industries requiring dependable bundling solutions. The AKU-STEEL DUO series is the result of meticulous design and manufacturing processes, ensuring optimal functionality and durability under challenging conditions. These tools are tailored to work seamlessly with steel straps ranging from 19mm to 32mm in width and 0.8mm to 1.2mm in thickness, offering unparalleled performance and consistency. With their battery-powered operation and ergonomic design, the AKU-STEEL DUO tools provide unmatched convenience and mobility, eliminating the limitations of pneumatic or manual strapping systems. Every aspect of the AKU-STEEL DUO series has been optimized to maximize efficiency and minimize operator effort. The tools’ compact and lightweight design, combined with their powerful motorized mechanisms, ensures smooth and precise operations even in high-volume or demanding environments. These features make the AKU-STEEL DUO series the ideal choice for professionals in sectors such as construction, manufacturing, logistics, and metalworking who require reliable and efficient strapping solutions.   Key Features of battery strapping tool for steel strap AKU-STEEL DUO 1. Precision Engineering for High Performance Both the tensioner and sealer are crafted with precision to handle steel straps ranging from 19mm to 32mm in width and 0.8mm to 1.2mm in thickness. The AKU-STEEL DUO ensures that each strap is perfectly tightened and sealed, providing a secure hold that meets industrial-grade standards. 2. Battery-Powered Convenience Equipped with powerful 18V rechargeable batteries, the AKU-STEEL DUO tools eliminate the need for manual effort or pneumatic connections. Each battery is designed for long-lasting performance, capable of delivering up to 1,200 operations per charge for the sealer and 220 operations per charge for the tensioner. The 50-60 minute rapid charging time ensures minimal downtime, keeping productivity at its peak. 3. Ergonomic and Lightweight Design The AKU-STEEL DUO tools are engineered for user comfort. Despite their robust capabilities, the tensioner weighs only 4.8kg, while the sealer weighs 3.9kg, making them easy to handle during extended operations. The ergonomic design reduces operator fatigue, enabling prolonged use without compromising efficiency. 4. Advanced Safety Features The AKU-STEEL DUO prioritizes safety with features such as: Protective Housing: Shields internal components from external damage and enhances durability. Anti-Slip Handles: Ensure a firm grip, even in challenging working environments. Overload Protection: Prevents hardware and software damage caused by excessive current or voltage. Thermal Management: Built-in safeguards against overheating during continuous use. 5. Comprehensive Functionality The sealer and tensioner work seamlessly together to compl...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/aku-steel-duo-battery-strapping-tool-for-steel-strap-19-32mm/?attribute_strap-width=25mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/battery-strapping-tool-for-steel-strap.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/battery-strapping-tool-for-steel-strap-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/battery-strapping-tool-for-steel-strap-AKU-STEEL-DUO.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/battery-strapping-tensioner-for-steel-strap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/battery-strapping-sealer-for-steel-strap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>3800 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2999 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>112005</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>22657</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>3.9 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>112006</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[AKU-STEEL DUO Baterijski spenjalec in napenjalec za jekleni trak 19mm — strap-width: 32mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Battery strapping tool for steel strap 19-32mm AKU-STEEL DUO AKU-STEEL DUO Battery Strapping Tool for steel straps (19-32mm) embodies cutting-edge engineering designed to meet the rigorous demands of modern industrial strapping applications. This state-of-the-art toolset combines advanced battery technology with precision mechanics to offer a robust and efficient solution for securing heavy-duty materials. Built with versatility and reliability in mind, the AKU-STEEL DUO series comprises two high-performance machines: the AKU-STEEL DUO Battery Strapping Sealer and the AKU-STEEL DUO Battery Strapping Tensioner. Together, they form a comprehensive system capable of delivering precise tensioning, secure sealing, and clean cutting of steel straps, making them indispensable tools for industries requiring dependable bundling solutions. Each tool is engineered to optimize performance and productivity: Charge Time: The tools feature a rapid charge cycle of 50-60 minutes, ensuring minimal downtime. Cycles per Charge: With capabilities of ≥ 1200 operations for the sealer and ≥ 220 operations for the tensioner, the AKU-STEEL DUO series ensures uninterrupted workflows. Tension Stress of Seal: The sealer delivers a robust tension seal of ≥ 16.8kN, while the tensioner provides a tension stress of ≥ 6kN. Weight: Designed for ease of use, the sealer weighs 3.9kg, and the tensioner weighs 4.8kg, balancing power and portability. The AKU-STEEL DUO Battery Strapping Tool for steel straps (19-32mm) embodies cutting-edge engineering designed to meet the rigorous demands of modern industrial strapping applications. This state-of-the-art toolset combines advanced battery technology with precision mechanics to offer a robust and efficient solution for securing heavy-duty materials. Built with versatility and reliability in mind, the AKU-STEEL DUO series comprises two high-performance machines: the AKU-STEEL DUO Battery Strapping Sealer and the AKU-STEEL DUO Battery Strapping Tensioner. Together, they form a comprehensive system capable of delivering precise tensioning, secure sealing, and clean cutting of steel straps, making them indispensable tools for industries requiring dependable bundling solutions. The AKU-STEEL DUO series is the result of meticulous design and manufacturing processes, ensuring optimal functionality and durability under challenging conditions. These tools are tailored to work seamlessly with steel straps ranging from 19mm to 32mm in width and 0.8mm to 1.2mm in thickness, offering unparalleled performance and consistency. With their battery-powered operation and ergonomic design, the AKU-STEEL DUO tools provide unmatched convenience and mobility, eliminating the limitations of pneumatic or manual strapping systems. Every aspect of the AKU-STEEL DUO series has been optimized to maximize efficiency and minimize operator effort. The tools’ compact and lightweight design, combined with their powerful motorized mechanisms, ensures smooth and precise operations even in high-volume or demanding environments. These features make the AKU-STEEL DUO series the ideal choice for professionals in sectors such as construction, manufacturing, logistics, and metalworking who require reliable and efficient strapping solutions.   Key Features of battery strapping tool for steel strap AKU-STEEL DUO 1. Precision Engineering for High Performance Both the tensioner and sealer are crafted with precision to handle steel straps ranging from 19mm to 32mm in width and 0.8mm to 1.2mm in thickness. The AKU-STEEL DUO ensures that each strap is perfectly tightened and sealed, providing a secure hold that meets industrial-grade standards. 2. Battery-Powered Convenience Equipped with powerful 18V rechargeable batteries, the AKU-STEEL DUO tools eliminate the need for manual effort or pneumatic connections. Each battery is designed for long-lasting performance, capable of delivering up to 1,200 operations per charge for the sealer and 220 operations per charge for the tensioner. The 50-60 minute rapid charging time ensures minimal downtime, keeping productivity at its peak. 3. Ergonomic and Lightweight Design The AKU-STEEL DUO tools are engineered for user comfort. Despite their robust capabilities, the tensioner weighs only 4.8kg, while the sealer weighs 3.9kg, making them easy to handle during extended operations. The ergonomic design reduces operator fatigue, enabling prolonged use without compromising efficiency. 4. Advanced Safety Features The AKU-STEEL DUO prioritizes safety with features such as: Protective Housing: Shields internal components from external damage and enhances durability. Anti-Slip Handles: Ensure a firm grip, even in challenging working environments. Overload Protection: Prevents hardware and software damage caused by excessive current or voltage. Thermal Management: Built-in safeguards against overheating during continuous use. 5. Comprehensive Functionality The sealer and tensioner work seamlessly together to compl...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/aku-steel-duo-battery-strapping-tool-for-steel-strap-19-32mm/?attribute_strap-width=32mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/battery-strapping-tool-for-steel-strap.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/battery-strapping-tool-for-steel-strap-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/battery-strapping-tool-for-steel-strap-AKU-STEEL-DUO.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/battery-strapping-tensioner-for-steel-strap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/battery-strapping-sealer-for-steel-strap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>out of stock</g:availability><g:price>3800 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2999 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>112006</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>22657</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>3.9 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>330520</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[SMARTWRAP S3 In-line Fully Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[SMARTWRAP S3 In-line Fully Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine The SMARTWRAP S3 is an advanced in-line pallet wrapping machine designed for high efficiency and seamless integration into automated production lines. With a mast height of 3200 mm and a maximum wrapping height of 2400 mm (extendable to 3200 mm with a 3900 mm mast), it meets the demands of diverse applications. The machine's standard turntable size is 2000 mm in diameter, with an adjustable height of 550 mm, and it handles loads up to 3000 kg. Operating at 30-40 loads/hour, the SMARTWRAP S3 optimizes productivity while ensuring superior wrapping quality. Equipped with a Siemens control system, the SMARTWRAP S3 delivers precision and reliability. Its slewing bearing turntable minimizes vibration, operates quietly, and enhances durability, making it ideal for industrial use. The system incorporates a 300% pre-stretch ratio, stainless steel rollers, and an advanced film delivery system (Power Roller Stretch Plus) for optimal performance. The automatic film cut and clamp system eliminates manual handling, improving safety and efficiency. The turntable operates at 0-15 RPM (adjustable), and the machine supports a standard film width of 500 mm with a capacity for 250 mm diameter rolls. Built with robust materials, including stainless steel rollers and a steel frame, the SMARTWRAP S3 withstands demanding environments. Additional features include photoelectric sensors for automatic height detection, programmable control with variable speed and tension adjustments, and a double-balance up-and-down guideway system for smooth operation. The machine is compatible with temperatures above 0°C and can be customized for colder environments. Optional enhancements include top pressing, a photocell for black products, film stringing, end-of-film sealing, and a weighing scale. The SMARTWRAP S3's advanced automation and high-quality components, such as the SICK position sensor, Schneider switches, and a 7-inch Siemens touchscreen, ensure long-term reliability and user-friendly operation. With its innovative Pallet Grip System, the SMARTWRAP S3 secures loads tightly for safe transport, reducing damage risks and eliminating the need for horizontal strapping. Its thoughtful engineering, including a laser-cut frame and CE certification, makes it a versatile, cost-effective solution for businesses aiming to optimize palletized transport and packaging.   FAQ: Fully Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine What is the mast height of the pallet shrink wrap machine? SMAERWRAP S3 pallet wrapping machine has a mast height of 3200 mm, with a maximum packing height of 2400 mm. If your pallet height exceeds 2400 mm, you will need to choose a mast height of 3900 mm, which supports a maximum packing height of 3200 mm. How do I choose a control system? SMARTWRAP S3 pallet wrapping machines come equipped with a Siemens control system. This top-brand system ensures superior performance and a longer machine lifespan. What is the standard turntable size? The standard turntable size is 2000 mm in diameter. What temperature conditions are required for operation? The standard machine operates in temperatures above 0°C. If your environment is below 0°C, please inform us, as we will need to equip the machine with a specialized motor. What is the turntable height? The turntable height is 550 mm and can be adjusted as needed. What is the maximum load weight the machine can handle? The standard pallet stretch wrapper can handle a maximum load weight of 3000 kg. Does the machine require an air compressor? Yes, an air compressor is required for the machine to operate.   Automatic Stretch In-line Wrapper S3 video ﻿ Automatic Stretch In-line Wrapper S3 Features 1. High efficiency, Automatic Operation and low electricity consumption, convenient in operation, save labor cost. 2. The wrapping type and times can be designed on customers’ requirements. 3. Photoelectric sensor test pallet height automatic 4. Durable stainless steel conveyor 5. Pre-stretch ratio: 300% 6. Programmable control and frequency converter is available. 7. PLC control, manual optional. Wrap cycle (top, bottom, reinforcement) adjustment. Variable lift speed/ film tension control. Film up/down controls. 8. Pallet stretch wrapping machine soft start and soft stop. 9. Suitable for production line 10. max load 3000KG   Specs of SMARTWRAP S3 In-line Fully Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine Specification Details Brand SMARTWRAP S3 Maximum Wrapping Speed 30-40 loads/hour Load Size Diagonal 1753 mm Maximum Wrapping Height 2400 mm Turntable Speed 0-15 RPM (Adjustable) Turntable Size 2000 mm Turntable Drive 1.5 PH Film & Clamp Cut Automatic (Heat type) Max Load Weight 3000 KG Standard Film Width 500 mm Constant Film Delivery Force Standard Standard Pre-Stretch 300% pre-stretch Roller Materials Stainless Steel 201, Diameter: 89 mm Film Capacity 250 mm Diameter Film Delivery System Power Roller - Stretch Plus Film Rope System Standard Weighing Scale...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/smartwrap-s3-inline-fully-automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/Inline-Fully-Automatic-Pallet-Wrapping-Machine-S3.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/Inline-Fully-Automatic-Pallet-Wrapping-Machine-S3-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/Inline-Fully-Automatic-Pallet-Wrapping-Machine-S3-new.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/Inline-Fully-Automatic-Pallet-Wrapping-Machine-S3-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/Inline-Fully-Automatic-Pallet-Wrapping-Machine-S3-rope-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/Inline-Fully-Automatic-Pallet-Wrapping-Machine-S3-siemens.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/Inline-Fully-Automatic-Pallet-Wrapping-Machine-S3-conveyor.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>28000 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>24999 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:mpn>330520</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>490.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2473,830,834,2575</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2473</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Pakking maskiner &gt; Pallepakkemaskin</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>740100</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Inverter generator 3500 watt 4500iE]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Inverter generator 3500 watt Inverter generator 3500 watt 4500iE offers a reliable power solution for both residential and light commercial use. With a rated output of 3.5 kW and a peak output of 4 kW, it provides a stable and consistent power supply to meet diverse needs. This generator is designed with advanced inverter technology to ensure clean and stable power, making it suitable for sensitive electronics and appliances. Its electric start system with remote control enhances user convenience, while the 12V DC output and multiple sockets, including dual USB ports, ensure versatile connectivity. Powered by a 223 cc engine and equipped with a 12-liter fuel tank, the 4500iE delivers up to 8 hours of continuous operation. Operating at a noise level of 64 dB at 7 meters, it remains quiet, making it suitable for both residential and commercial environments. Compact and lightweight, it balances functionality with portability, providing an effective solution for reliable power in various settings.   Technical Specs: In-depth Details of inverter generator 3500 watt Inverter generator 3500 watt boasts an array of technical specifications that cater to diverse power needs. Its rated power is 3.5 kW, with a peak power output of 4 kW, providing reliable energy for a variety of applications. The generator operates at a frequency of 50 Hz and an AC voltage of 230 V, ensuring compatibility with standard electrical systems. It features a 223 cc engine displacement and runs on gasoline, with a fuel tank capacity of 12 liters, enabling it to run continuously for up to 8 hours. The generator is designed with an electric start system, including remote control for convenience, and includes a 12V/8.3A DC output along with dual USB ports. It is equipped with a 3-in-1 digital display meter that offers real-time operational data, enhancing user control and monitoring. The noise level is rated at 64 dB at 7 meters, which is relatively low for generators in this class, making it suitable for residential use. The dimensions of the unit are 645 x 490 x 580 mm, and it weighs 42.5 kg. Below is a detailed table of the technical specifications for a quick reference:   Specs of Silent inverter generator 3500 watt Specification Details Model Inverter generator 3500 watt 4500iE Rated Power 3.5 kW Max Power 4 kW Frequency 50 Hz AC Voltage 230 V Phase 1 Phase Starting System Electric start with remote control DC Output 12 V / 8.3 A Socket 2 x 230 V (16 A) European sockets Dual USB Outputs Yes 3-in-1 Digital Display Meter Yes Features ECO mode, Parallel connection, Reset button Noise (dB) at 7m 64 dB Displacement 223 cc Fuel Type Gasoline Fuel Tank Volume 12 L Oil Volume 0.6 L Continuous Running Time 8 hours Dimension (L x W x H) 645 x 490 x 580 mm Weight 42.5 kg   Components & Functions of the Inverter Generator 3.5kW The Inverter Generator 3.5kW boasts several key components designed to enhance its performance and user convenience. Each part contributes to the overall functionality and reliability of the generator. Fuel Tank Cap: Secures the fuel tank and prevents leaks, ensuring safe and efficient fuel storage. Bar: Provides structural support and stability to the generator, facilitating easy handling and transport. Control Panel: Central hub for operating the generator, featuring essential controls and displays for monitoring performance. Handle: Offers a comfortable grip for maneuvering the generator, enhancing portability and ease of use. Five-in-One Switch: Combines multiple functions into one control, simplifying operation and ensuring efficient management of settings. Starter Handle: Enables manual starting of the generator, providing a reliable backup method in case of battery issues. Cover: Includes various protective covers like the Maintenance Cover, Muffler Cover, and Left Cover, safeguarding internal components and enhancing durability. Muffler Exhaust Pipe: Reduces noise and directs exhaust gases away from the generator, contributing to quieter operation and improved safety.   Customer testimonials for the 4kW Gasoline Inverter Generator 4500iE Name: Ana G. (Spain) "This generator has been a lifesaver during storms when the power goes out. It’s simple to use, and the 8-hour runtime is more than enough for our family. The clean power output is safe for our electronics too!" Name: Oliver S. (Germany) "I use this generator for tailgating and outdoor parties. It’s so easy to set up and operate. The noise level is minimal, which keeps everyone happy, and the fuel efficiency is impressive. Worth every penny!" Name: Eva N. (Czech Republic) "I chose the 4500iE for its inverter technology, and it hasn’t disappointed. My medical devices run smoothly, and the quiet operation makes it ideal for residential use. It’s reliable and safe—exactly what I needed."   Why inverter generator 3500 watt 4500iE is a Smart Choice Inverter generator 3500 watt is an excellent choice for anyone needing reliable, versatile, and efficient power. Designed...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/inverter-generator-3500-watt/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/Inverter-generator-4500iE.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/Inverter-generator-4500iE-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/Inverter-generator-4500iE-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/Inverter-generator-4500iE-great.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/Inverter-generator-4500iE-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/Inverter-generator-4500iE-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/Inverter-generator-4500iE-better.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/Inverter-generator-4500iE-good.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1100 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>799 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>740100</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>42.5 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>932</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>932</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Elgeneratorer</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Elgeneratorer</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>740270</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Diesel Generator 10kW SDG10]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Diesel Generator 10kW SDG10 The Diesel Generator 10kW SDG10 is engineered to meet the rigorous power demands of various industrial and commercial applications. Known for its robustness, reliability, and efficiency, this generator offers a dependable solution where electricity is limited or unreliable. Whether you are operating in construction, field operations, or need a reliable emergency backup, this generator is designed to provide a steady power supply, even in the toughest conditions. This powerful 10kW diesel generator is equipped with a 1-cylinder, 4-stroke, air-cooled diesel engine, offering a displacement of 734 cc and running at an engine speed of 3000 RPM. Operating efficiently on diesel, it is optimized for long-term operation, producing high energy output with minimal fuel consumption. The large 30-liter fuel tank allows for extended use, complemented by an efficient fuel consumption rate of ≤270 g/kWh, which minimizes refueling frequency. The generator supports both 230V and 400V outputs, with 2x230V (16A) and 1x400V (32A) European sockets, making it versatile for various power needs. The electric start system and an optional remote control feature provide flexibility and ease of use across diverse environments. Additional features include a self-excited, brushed synchronous alternator with Automatic Voltage Regulator (AVR), ensuring stable voltage output and protecting connected devices from fluctuations. Operating at a low noise level of 72 dB(A) at 7 meters, the SDG10 is quieter than many other generators of its size, ideal for settings where noise control is essential. The generator's dimensions are 1115 mm (L) x 650 mm (W) x 930 mm (H), and it weighs 228 kg, offering both portability and stability for challenging locations.   In-Depth Technical Specifications of Diesel Generator 10kW Crafted with an emphasis on durability and performance, the SDG10 model is compact yet powerful. Measuring 1115 mm in length, 650 mm in width, and 930 mm in height, this generator is both portable and stable, weighing in at 228 kg. Designed to meet diverse application needs, it operates at a frequency of 50 Hz with a rated voltage of 230V and 3-phase power, making it compatible with various equipment and tools. The advanced engine model, 1103F, features a 1-cylinder, 4-stroke air-cooled design with direct fuel injection, ensuring reliable performance under varying loads. The generator’s self-excited, brushed synchronous alternator comes equipped with an Automatic Voltage Regulator (AVR) to stabilize the voltage output, protecting connected devices from voltage fluctuations. Operating at a noise level of 72 dB(A) at 7 meters, it is quieter than many generators in its class, making it suitable for settings where noise control is a priority.   Specifications of Diesel Generator 10kW SDG10 Specification Details Model SDG10 Rated Power 9.5 kW Maximum Power 10 kW Frequency 50 Hz AC Voltage 230V Phase 3 phase Starting System Electric start DC Output 12V/8.3A Power Factor 1 Noise Level 72 dB(A) at 7m Socket 2x230V(16A), 1x400V(32A) European sockets Features Digital display, ATS hole, Emergency stop, Remote control Alternator Type Self-excited, Brushed Synchronous Alternator with AVR Engine Model 1103F Engine Type 1-cylinder, 4-stroke, air-cooled diesel engine Displacement 734 cc Engine Speed 3000 R.P.M Bore × Stroke 103 × 88 mm Fuel Type Diesel Fuel Tank Capacity 30 liters Fuel Consumption ≤270 g/kWh Continuous Work 10 hours Oil Capacity 2.5 liters Combustion System Direct Injection Dimensions (L×W×H) 1115 mm × 650 mm × 930 mm Weight 228 kg   Advantages of Diesel Generator 10kW The Diesel Generator SDG10 integrates a series of advanced components designed to enhance its performance and durability: Starter Motor: Facilitates reliable engine startup with an electric start system, making it ideal for on-demand power. Flywheel Generator: Ensures smooth power generation, stabilizing the engine for consistent output. Voltage Regulator: Stabilizes voltage to protect connected devices, ensuring reliable operation and reducing wear on sensitive equipment. Battery and Cables: Supports electric starting and provides dependable connections, powering the onboard electronics and ensuring quick starts. Oil Level Sensor: Prevents potential engine damage by alerting the user to low oil levels. Capacitor and Voltage Regulator Bracket: These components improve power efficiency and secure the voltage regulator, optimizing generator output.   High Fuel Efficiency: With a fuel consumption rate of ≤270 g/kWh, this generator maximizes operational time and minimizes fuel costs. Reliable Power Output: Its rated output of 9.5 kW and maximum output of 10 kW deliver stable, dependable power for demanding applications. Durable and Low Maintenance: Built with a self-excited, brushed synchronous alternator with Automatic Voltage Regulator (AVR), this generator offers stable voltage output, reducing wear on connected devices and extending the gen...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/diesel-generator-10kw-sdg10/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/Diesel-Generator-10kW-2-scaled.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/Diesel-Generator-10kW-best-scaled.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/Diesel-Generator-10kW-good-scaled.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/Diesel-Generator-10kW-new-scaled.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/Diesel-Generator-10kW-better-scaled.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/Diesel-Generator-10kW-cheap-scaled.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/Diesel-Generator-10kW-price-scaled.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/Diesel-Generator-10kW-2-scaled.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2800 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2199 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>740270</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>228.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>932</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>932</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Elgeneratorer</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Elgeneratorer</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>740250</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[8kW Diesel Generator 11000SE]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Diesel Generator 8kW ROBOMASS 11000SE+ Diesel Generator 8kW 11000SE+, is a robust and efficient power solution designed to meet the demands of various industries. This high-performance diesel generator is engineered to deliver reliable electricity in situations where power is scarce or unavailable, making it an indispensable asset for construction sites, emergency backups, and remote operations. Featuring an 8 kW rated power output and a maximum power of 8.5 kW, the 11000SE+ ensures that your critical operations run smoothly without interruptions. The 11000SE+ is powered by the KD192FA engine, a single-cylinder, 4-stroke, air-cooled engine with direct fuel injection, providing excellent fuel efficiency and performance. With a fuel tank capacity of 15 liters and a fuel consumption rate of 275 g/kWh, this generator offers extended operational periods without frequent refueling. Additionally, its compact design, with dimensions of 1110 x 760 x 920mm and a weight of 220 kg, makes it easy to transport and install. Whether you need power for construction projects, field operations, or emergency backup, the 11000SE+ 8kW is designed to meet your needs effectively and efficiently.   What Are The Technical Specs Of Diesel Generator 8kw? The Diesel Generator 8kW ROBOMASS 11000SE+ is built to withstand demanding conditions while providing consistent power output. Its single-cylinder, 4-stroke engine is designed for durability and efficiency, ensuring long-term reliability. The generator features both an electric start and a recoil start system, offering flexibility and ease of use in various situations. The brushless alternator and Automatic Voltage Regulator (AVR) ensure stable voltage output, protecting your equipment from power fluctuations. Constructed with high-quality materials and adhering to stringent technical standards, the 11000SE+ is designed for optimal performance. The generator operates at a frequency of 50 Hz, with a rated voltage of 230V/400V, making it suitable for a wide range of applications. Its low noise level of 74 dB(A) at 7 meters ensures minimal disruption, making it ideal for use in residential areas or noise-sensitive environments. Specification Details Model DGU-8KW Rated Power 8 kW Maximum Power 8.5 kW Engine Model KD192FA Engine Type Single-cylinder, 4-stroke, air-cooled, direct injection Displacement 456 cc Fuel Type Diesel Fuel Tank Capacity 15 liters Fuel Consumption 275 g/kWh Oil Capacity 1.75 liters Starting System Electric start/Recoil start Alternator Type Brushless Voltage Regulation AVR (Automatic Voltage Regulator) Rated Voltage 230V/400V Frequency 50 Hz Noise Level 74 dB(A) at 7m Dimensions (L×W×H) 1110 mm × 760 mm × 920 mm Weight 220 kg   Components and Functions of an 8kW Diesel Generator The Diesel Generator 8kW is equipped with a variety of components that contribute to its high performance and reliability. Each component is designed to ensure optimal functionality and durability, making the 11000SE+ a robust and dependable power solution. Starter Motor: Ensures quick and efficient starting of the generator. Flywheel Generator: Provides the necessary inertia for stable power generation. Bolts: High-quality bolts ensure secure assembly and operation. Voltage Regulator: The AVR ensures consistent voltage output, protecting sensitive equipment. Battery Cable (Red, Black): Facilitates reliable electrical connections for starting. Battery: Powers the electric start system. Oil Level Sensor: Monitors oil levels to prevent engine damage. Generator: Produces electrical power from mechanical energy. Output Panel Assembly: Houses the outlets and control components for easy access. Throttle Cable: Controls the engine speed for optimal performance. Connector Assembly: Ensures secure and efficient electrical connections. Capacitor: Helps stabilize voltage output. Voltage Regulator Bracket: Provides a stable mounting for the voltage regulator.   Key features of 8kW Diesel Generator  Performance and Applications of diesel generator 8kW The 11000SE+ is a versatile and reliable portable power solution, excelling in construction projects, field operations, and emergency situations. Its high fuel efficiency and large tank ensure extended operational periods with minimal refueling. Designed with robustness and advanced features, it effectively powers heavy machinery, lighting, and essential equipment in remote locations. With its consistent power output and high-quality components, this diesel generator 8kW performs exceptionally well across industrial, commercial, and residential applications, making it an invaluable asset for any operation needing dependable power.   Quality Standards and Certifications The 8kW diesel generator is designed to meet rigorous quality standards and certifications to ensure both reliability and safety. Constructed with high-quality materials and advanced technology, this generator is built to endure harsh conditions and deliver consistent performance. Through ...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/diesel-generator-8kw-11000se/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Diesel-Generator-8kW.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Diesel-Generator-8kW-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Diesel-Generator-8kW-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Diesel-Generator-8kW-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Diesel-Generator-8kW-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Diesel-Generator-8kW-great.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2400 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1899 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>740250</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>220.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>932</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>932</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Elgeneratorer</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Elgeneratorer</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>740230</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Diesel Generator 7kW 9500SE]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Diesel Generator 7kW 9500SE Diesel Generator 7kW stands out as a versatile and efficient solution designed to meet diverse energy needs. In today's world, a reliable power supply is crucial across various industries and applications and this Diesel Generator with a powerful 195FC engine capable of delivering a rated output of 7kW and a maximum output of 7.5kW ensures stable and reliable performance. As it operates at a frequency of 50 Hz and an AC voltage of 230V, and features a three-phase system with an electric start, it is easy to operate. The noise level is a quieter 70 dB at 7 meters, and the large 16-liter fuel tank allows for continuous operation of up to 8.2 hours. Its self-excited, brushed synchronous alternator with AVR ensures consistent voltage regulation, providing clean and stable power. This 7kW generator is designed to be a robust and dependable power source, suitable for construction sites, remote locations, and emergency backup systems.   Technical Specs of Diesel Generator 7kW Silent Diesel Generator 7kW is built to deliver exceptional performance under various operating conditions. Its technical specifications highlight its capability and reliability, making it a preferred choice for demanding applications. It is designed with a 1-cylinder, 4-stroke, air-cooled diesel engine, which ensures efficient combustion and reduced emissions. The engine displacement of 531 cc and an engine speed of 3000 RPM contribute to its robust power output. The bore and stroke dimensions are 95 × 75 mm, further enhancing its performance efficiency. This diesel generator is engineered to handle a wide range of power requirements. It features multiple sockets, including two 230V (16A) and one 400V (32A) European socket, allowing for versatile power distribution. The DC output of 12V/8.3A adds to its flexibility, enabling it to power various DC appliances. It is equipped with a low oil pressure sensor, digital display, and an automatic voltage stabilizer, ensuring safe and reliable operation. The overall dimensions of the generator are 950 × 550 × 830 mm, and it weighs 163 kg, making it compact and portable for its power capacity.   Specification Details Model Diesel Generator 7kW 9500SE+ Rated Output 7 kW Max Output 7.5 kW Frequency 50 Hz AC Voltage 230 V Phase 3 phase Starting System Electric start DC Output 12V/8.3A Power Factor 1 Noise Level (dB at 7m) 70 dB Socket 2x230V(16A), 1x400V(32A) European sockets Features Digital display, ATS hole Alternator Type Self-excited, Brushed Synchronous Alternator with AVR Engine Type 1-cylinder, 4-stroke, air-cooled diesel engine Engine Model 195FC Engine Displacement 531 cc Engine Speed 3000 R.P.M Bore × Stroke 95 × 75 mm Fuel Type Diesel Fuel Tank Volume 16 L Fuel Consumption Rate ≤280 g/kw/h Continuous Work 8.2 hours Lubrication Oil Volume 1.65 L Combustion System Direct Injection Dimension (L×W×H) 950 × 550 × 830 mm Weight 163 kg   Components and Functions of the Silent Diesel Generator 7kW Silent Diesel Generator 7kW incorporates several advanced components designed to ensure optimal performance and durability. These components include: Starter Motor: Ensures reliable engine starting. Flywheel Generator: Enhances engine stability and smooth operation. Bolts: High-quality bolts provide secure and stable assembly. Voltage Regulator: Maintains consistent voltage output. Battery Cable (Red, Black): Essential for connecting the battery to the generator. Battery: Provides power for the electric start system. Oil Level Sensor: Monitors oil levels to prevent engine damage. Generator: Converts mechanical energy into electrical energy. Output Panel Assembly: Houses the control panel and output sockets. Throttle Cable: Controls engine speed and power output. Connector Assembly: Ensures secure electrical connections. Capacitor: Stabilizes voltage output. Voltage Regulator Bracket: Provides a stable mounting for the voltage regulator.   Diesel Generator 7kW Key features Performance and Applications The Diesel Generator 7kW delivers outstanding performance across various applications. Its powerful engine and efficient fuel system make it suitable for use in construction sites, remote locations, and emergency backup scenarios. Its large fuel tank and low fuel consumption rate ensure long hours of continuous operation, making it a reliable power source in critical situations. Quality Standards and Certifications Silent Diesel Generator 7kW meets high-quality standards and certifications. The generator is manufactured using premium materials and advanced technology, ensuring durability and reliability. It complies with relevant safety and performance standards, providing users with a dependable power solution anywhere they want. User-Friendly Design and Safety Features The Diesel Generator 7kW is designed with user convenience and safety in mind. It has an electric start system which is easier to operate, and its digital display provides essential information at a glance. It als...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/diesel-generator-7kw-9500se/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Diesel-Generator-7kW-scaled.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Diesel-Generator-7kW-new-scaled.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Diesel-Generator-7kW-price-scaled.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Diesel-Generator-7kW-great-scaled.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Diesel-Generator-7kW-cheap-scaled.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Diesel-Generator-7kW-better-scaled.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1800 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1399 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>740230</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>163.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>932</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>932</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Elgeneratorer</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Elgeneratorer</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>740210</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[5kW Diesel Generator 6500SE]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Diesel Generator 5kW Silent diesel generator 5kW 6500SE is an innovative and reliable solution designed to meet the diverse power needs of residential, commercial, and industrial users. In an era where uninterrupted power supply is critical, this silent diesel generator stands out by providing efficient, durable, and quiet operation. It is perfect for ensuring continuous power during outages, supporting off-grid operations, and serving as a dependable backup power source. Silent Diesel Generator 5kW 6500SE features a state-of-the-art single-cylinder, 4-stroke, air-cooled diesel engine with a direct injection system. This advanced engineering ensures robust performance and longevity, making it an essential tool for any power backup plan. Silent diesel generator delivers a rated power of 5 kW and a maximum power of 5.5 kW, providing sufficient energy to power a variety of appliances and equipment. The engine model KD186FA is renowned for its reliability and efficiency, which translates to consistent and robust performance. The generator’s fuel tank capacity of 12.5 liters allows for extended operation without frequent refueling, and its fuel consumption rate of 270 g/kWh ensures economical use. The combination of electric and recoil starting systems offers flexibility and convenience, while the brushless alternator and AVR (Automatic Voltage Regulator) ensure stable and clean power output suitable for sensitive electronics. The design emphasizes user convenience, featuring an intuitive control panel, easy maintenance access, and safety mechanisms to ensure safe operation. Additionally, the noise level is kept at a manageable 72 dB(A) at 7 meters, making it one of the quieter options in its class. It is compact and relatively easy to transport and install.   Technical Specifications of Diesel Generator 5kW Silent diesel generator 6500SE silent diesel generator is meticulously engineered for dependable performance with minimal maintenance requirements. It is powered by a single-cylinder, 4-stroke, air-cooled diesel engine with direct injection, model KD186FA. This advanced engine design provides a displacement of 418 cc and ensures efficient fuel combustion. The generator features a robust brushless alternator, AVR (Automatic Voltage Regulator) technology for stable voltage output, and a substantial fuel tank capacity of 12.5 liters. The unit measures 720 mm × 480 mm × 620 mm and weighs 95 kg, making it compact and relatively easy to transport. Below are the detailed specifications that highlight its technical prowess:   Specification Details Model 6500SE Rated Power 5 kW Maximum Power 5.5 kW Engine Model KD186FA Engine Type Single-cylinder, 4-stroke, air-cooled, direct injection Displacement 418 cc Fuel Type Diesel Fuel Tank Capacity 12.5 liters Fuel Consumption 270 g/kWh Oil Capacity 1.65 liters Starting System Electric start/Recoil start Alternator Type Brushless Voltage Regulation AVR (Automatic Voltage Regulator) Rated Voltage 230V/400V Frequency 50 Hz Noise Level 72 dB(A) at 7m Dimensions (L×W×H) 720 mm × 480 mm × 620 mm Weight 95 kg   Components and Functions of 5kw silent diesel generator  A silent diesel generator 5kW is built with high-quality components designed to ensure optimal performance and longevity. Understanding these components and their functions is crucial for maximizing the generator's capabilities.   Components and Key Features Starter Motor: Facilitates easy starting with both electric and manual recoil options. Flywheel Generator: Ensures stable power output and efficient energy conversion. Bolts: High-quality, durable bolts are used to ensure secure assembly and operation. Voltage Regulator: The AVR (Automatic Voltage Regulator) maintains consistent voltage output. Battery Cable (Red, Black): Essential for connecting and maintaining the charge of the battery. Battery: Provides power for the electric start system and ensures reliability. Oil Level Sensor: Alerts users to low oil levels, preventing potential engine damage. Generator: The core component that converts mechanical energy to electrical energy. Output Panel Assembly: Houses the outlets and control switches for easy access and management. Throttle Cable: Regulates the engine speed to match the required load. Connector Assembly: Facilitates electrical connections between various components. Capacitor: Ensures smooth functioning of the generator’s electrical systems. Voltage Regulator Bracket: Securely holds the voltage regulator in place for stable operation.   Performance and Applications of Silent Diesel Generator 5kW Silent Diesel Generator 5kW is designed for high performance in diverse settings. Its 418 cc diesel engine ensures efficient fuel consumption while delivering consistent power. The generator is ideal for homes, small businesses, construction sites, and outdoor events. Its brushless alternator and AVR technology guarantee clean, stable electricity suitable for sensitive electronics.   User-Friendly Design and ...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/5kw-diesel-generator/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/5kW-Diesel-Generator-scaled.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/5kW-Diesel-Generator-new-scaled.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/5kW-Diesel-Generator-best-scaled.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/5kW-Diesel-Generator-buy-scaled.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/5kW-Diesel-Generator-cheap-scaled.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/5kW-Diesel-Generator-better-scaled.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/5kW-Diesel-Generator-great-scaled.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1600 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1199 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>740210</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>122.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>932</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>932</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Elgeneratorer</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Elgeneratorer</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>740000</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[3kW Gasoline Generator NL3500]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Gasoline Generator 3kW NL3500 3kW gasoline generator is an essential tool that provides reliable power in various settings, from residential and commercial to industrial applications. The primary purpose of this generator is to supply electricity during power outages to ensure that essential operations and comfort are maintained. They offer a portable, on-demand power solution that is crucial for maintaining productivity and safety in environments where continuous power supply is critical. This gasoline generator 3kW model is engineered with a robust 1-cylinder, 4-stroke, air-cooled gasoline engine, providing a rated power output of 2.8 kW and a maximum power output of 3.0 kW. It operates at a frequency of 50 Hz with a single-phase AC voltage of 230V. This feature ensures its compatibility with a wide range of electrical devices and appliances. The compact and portable design of this 3kW gasoline generator makes it an ideal choice for situations that require a dependable backup power source, such as during power outages, outdoor events, and construction sites that are far away. This generator features a recoil start system, ensuring ease of use and quick start-up. With a fuel tank volume of 15 liters, the NL3500 can run for up to 12.7 hours at 75% load, making it both efficient and practical for extended use.    Technical Specifications of NL3500 Gasoline Generator 3kW gasoline generator is built to deliver consistent power and performance, thanks to its well-crafted technical specifications. The generator features a 1-cylinder, 4-stroke, air-cooled gasoline engine, designated as the 170F model, with an engine displacement of 212cc. This engine type is known for its durability and efficiency, ensuring long-term reliability and low maintenance requirements. The gas generator operates at a frequency of 50 Hz and provides a single-phase AC voltage of 230V. It is equipped with two 230V (16A) European sockets, allowing for the simultaneous connection of multiple electrical devices. The alternator is made of 100% copper with a brush and AVR (Automatic Voltage Regulator), which helps maintain stable voltage output and protects connected devices from voltage fluctuations. Dimensions of the 3kW gasoline generator are 605x440x440mm, making it compact enough for easy transportation and storage. Despite its sturdy construction, the generator weighs only 40 kgs, ensuring portability without compromising on performance. The fuel tank capacity of 15 liters allows for extended operation, and the generator's design includes features to facilitate easy refueling and maintenance. The DC output is rated at 12V/8.3A, providing additional versatility for charging batteries and powering DC-operated equipment.   Technical Specifications of 3kW Gasoline Generator Specification 3kW Gasoline Generator Rated Power 2.8 kW Max Power 3.0 kW Frequency 50 Hz AC Voltage 230V Phase 1 phase Starting System Recoil start DC Output 12V/8.3A Socket 2x230V(16A) European sockets Alternator 100% Copper, Brush with AVR Engine Type 1-cylinder, 4-stroke, air-cooled, gasoline engine Engine Model 170F Engine Displacement 212cc Fuel Type Gasoline Fuel Tank Volume 15L Run Time at 75% Load (hours) 12.7 Dimension (L × W × H) 605x440x440mm Weight 40kgs   Components and Key Features of  Gasoline Generator 3kW This gasoline generator 3kW is built with high-quality components that enhance its functionality and user experience: Fuel Tank: The large 15-liter fuel tank ensures extended operation, reducing the need for frequent refueling. Exhaust Muffler: The exhaust muffler is designed to minimize noise, providing quieter operation. Grounding Terminal (for QS/QH type): This ensures safe operation by allowing the generator to be grounded properly. AC Receptacle: Equipped with two 230V (16A) European sockets, it allows for multiple devices to be connected simultaneously. Carburetor Valve: The carburetor valve ensures the proper mix of air and fuel for optimal engine performance. Starter Handle: The recoil start system with an easy-to-use starter handle ensures quick and reliable start-up. Fuel Valve: The fuel valve controls the flow of gasoline to the engine, which is essential for starting and stopping the generator. Air Cleaner: The air cleaner ensures that clean air enters the engine, improving efficiency and reducing wear. Framework: The sturdy framework provides protection and stability to the generator, ensuring durability. Spark Plug: A high-quality spark plug ensures reliable ignition and efficient combustion. Fuel Tank Cap: The secure fuel tank cap prevents fuel spillage and contamination. AC Breaker: The AC breaker protects the generator and connected devices from overloading and short circuits. Oil Filler Cap: The oil filler cap allows for easy maintenance and ensures the engine is properly lubricated. Engine Switch: The engine switch controls the operation of the generator, providing a straightforward on/off function.   Performance and Applications of ...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/3kw-gasoline-generator/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/3kw-gasoline-generator-price.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/3kw-gasoline-generator.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/3kw-gasoline-generator-sale.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/3kw-gasoline-generator-cheap.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/3kw-gasoline-generator-new.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/3kw-gasoline-generator-buy.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>340 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>239 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>740000</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>40.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>932</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>932</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Elgeneratorer</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Elgeneratorer</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>740020</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[5kW Gasoline Generator NL6500]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[5kW Gasoline Generator The 5kW Gasoline Generator NL6500, a robust and efficient power solution, is essential across various industries. Designed to provide consistent and reliable power, this generator is ideal for both residential and commercial use, ensuring that essential electrical equipment operates smoothly during power outages or in locations without access to the electrical grid. Equipped with advanced technical specifications, the gasoline generator 5kW is engineered for optimal performance and durability. Technical highlights of this generator include a maximum power output of 5kW, an electric start system, and a substantial fuel tank capacity of 25 liters. Its 1-cylinder, 4-stroke, air-cooled gasoline engine ensures efficient fuel consumption and long operational hours, making it a dependable choice for sustained power needs. Whether used in construction sites, outdoor events, or emergency situations, the gasoline generator 5kW stands out for its reliability and ease of use. The importance of having a reliable power source cannot be overstated. In today's world, where power outages can disrupt critical operations, the gasoline generator 5kW offers a dependable solution. This generator is designed to meet the power needs of various applications, from providing backup power for homes and businesses to powering tools and equipment on construction sites. Its robust design and advanced features make it a valuable asset for anyone needing a reliable power source.   Technical Specifications of Gasoline Generator 5kW The technical specifications of the gasoline generator 5kW are meticulously designed to meet the high demands of various power needs. Below is a detailed breakdown of the specifications: Specification 5kW Gasoline Generator Rated Power 5.0 kW Max Power 5.5 kW Frequency 50 Hz AC Voltage 230 V Phase 1 phase Starting System Electric start DC Output 12V / 8.3A Socket 2x230V(16A), 1x230V(32A) European sockets Alternator 100% Copper, Brush with AVR Engine Type 1-cylinder, 4-stroke, air-cooled, gasoline engine Engine Model 188F Engine Displacement 420 cc Fuel Type Gasoline Fuel Tank Volume 25 L Run Time at 75% Load (hours) 12.2 Dimension (L × W × H) 690 x 550 x 555 mm Weight 81 kg   These specifications highlight the generator's capacity to deliver reliable power. The 5kW maximum power output ensures that the generator can handle demanding electrical loads, making it suitable for a wide range of applications. The 50 Hz frequency and 230 V AC voltage are standard in many regions, ensuring compatibility with various devices and appliances. The 1-cylinder, 4-stroke, air-cooled gasoline engine is designed for efficiency and durability. The air-cooled system prevents overheating, allowing the generator to operate for extended periods without performance degradation. The 25-liter fuel tank provides ample capacity for long run times, while the electric start system makes it easy to operate the generator with minimal effort. The DC output of 12V / 8.3A allows for charging batteries and powering low-voltage devices, adding to the gas generator's versatility. The 100% copper alternator ensures efficient power generation and long-term reliability. The inclusion of multiple European sockets (2x230V(16A) and 1x230V(32A)) allows for powering multiple devices simultaneously, enhancing the generator's utility in various settings.   Components and Functions of NL6500 Gasoline Generator 5kW The gasoline generator 5kW is composed of several key components, each designed to enhance its functionality and user experience. These components include: Fuel Tank: With a 25-liter capacity, the fuel tank ensures extended run times, reducing the need for frequent refueling. This is particularly beneficial in situations where continuous power is needed for long periods. Exhaust Muffler: The exhaust muffler minimizes noise levels and ensures the generator operates quietly, making it suitable for use in residential areas. This component is essential for maintaining a comfortable environment, especially in noise-sensitive locations. Grounding Terminal (for QS/QH type): This component ensures safety by providing a reliable ground connection, preventing electrical hazards and enhancing overall safety during operation. AC Receptacle: Equipped with 2x230V(16A) and 1x230V(32A) European sockets, the generator can power multiple devices simultaneously, offering versatility for various applications. Carburetor Valve: The carburetor valve regulates fuel flow to the engine, ensuring efficient combustion and optimal performance. Starter Handle: Provides a manual start option, ensuring the generator can be started even if the electric start fails, offering a reliable backup method. Fuel Valve: Controls the flow of fuel from the tank to the engine, ensuring smooth and efficient operation. Air Cleaner: Keeps the engine running smoothly by filtering out dust and debris from the intake air, preventing engine wear and maintaining performance. F...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/5kw-gasoline-generator/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/5kw-gasoline-generator.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/5kw-gasoline-generator-price.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/5kw-gasoline-generator-buy.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/5kw-gasoline-generator-new.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/5kw-gasoline-generator-cheap.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/5kw-gasoline-generator-high-quality.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>540 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>439 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>740020</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>84.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>932</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>932</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Elgeneratorer</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Elgeneratorer</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>330700</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Box Wrapping Machine P409]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Box Wrapping Machine P409 The Box Wrapping Machine P409 is a game-changer in the world of packaging. Engineered for efficiency and ease of use, this package wrapping machine streamlines your packaging process, ensuring quick and reliable results every time. With a rapid rotational speed of 30 RPM powered by a robust motor, it effortlessly wraps packages with precision and speed, meeting tight deadlines without compromising on quality. Compact and lightweight the Box Wrapping Machine P409 is designed for convenience. Its simple assembly process allows for swift setup, so you can get straight to work without any hassle. Crafted from durable sheet metal, it offers unparalleled durability, capable of withstanding heavy loads and resisting rust and corrosion for long-lasting performance. Operating the Box Wrapping Machine P409 is a breeze, thanks to its user-friendly interface and adjustable speed settings. Whether you're wrapping products of varying sizes or using different materials, this machine adapts to your needs with ease. Plus, its versatile design accommodates stretch film or honeycomb paper, offering flexibility for diverse packaging requirements.   Box wrapping machine P409 video   Specs of package wrapping machine P409 Product name Box wrapping machine Model P409 Load weight 70kg Turntable size 60cm Wrapping material PE film Roller height Short roller:45cm Long roller:85cm Speed 30r/Min Product size 107*42*26cm,30kg Voltage 220V,50-60HZ(110V also can do, please contact supplier) Power 25W Usage All kind package outside film wrapping Wrapping type Electric automatic   Key features of Box wrapping machine P409 How does Box Wrapping Machine P409 works? The Box Wrapping Machine P409 operates through a simple yet effective process designed to efficiently wrap packages with ease. Here's how it works: Loading the Package: The process begins by placing the package to be wrapped onto the machine's turntable. The turntable, equipped with a patented hand-grip design, securely holds the package in place during the wrapping process. Adjusting Settings: Before initiating the wrapping process, the user can adjust settings on the machine's user-friendly interface according to the size and type of package being wrapped. This may include adjusting the rotational speed of the turntable to ensure optimal wrapping. Initiating Wrapping: Once the settings are adjusted, the user initiates the wrapping process. The machine's powerful motor begins to rotate the turntable at a rapid speed, facilitating the wrapping of the package with precision and efficiency. Applying Wrapping Material: As the turntable rotates, the user applies the wrapping material – typically stretch film or honeycomb paper – around the package. The material may be fed manually or automatically, depending on the specific configuration of the machine. Securing the Wrap: The user ensures that the wrapping material is applied securely around the package, providing sufficient tension to hold the contents in place while also allowing for easy removal upon receipt. Completing the Process: Once the wrapping process is complete and the package is adequately wrapped, the user stops the machine's rotation and removes the wrapped package from the turntable. The package is now ready for storage, shipment, or display, depending on its intended use. Overall, the Box Wrapping Machine P409 simplifies the packaging process by automating the wrapping of packages with precision and efficiency, making it an essential tool for businesses seeking to optimize their packaging operations.   Box Wrapping Machine P409 is controlled by a foot pedal   Advantages of Box Wrapping Machine P409 The Box Wrapping Machine P409 offers a multitude of advantages, making it an indispensable tool for packaging operations: High Rotational Speed: With a rotational speed of 30 RPM, powered by a robust motor, the P409 ensures rapid and efficient packaging, minimizing processing time and maximizing productivity. Adjustable Settings: The P409 allows users to adjust the speed of the machine according to the size of the product, ensuring optimal wrapping and minimizing material waste. Dual-Purpose Design: Equipped with a double-rod design, the P409 can accommodate both stretch film and honeycomb paper, providing versatility and flexibility in packaging options. Large Diameter Rotary Table: Featuring a 40 cm rubber friction surface, the P409's rotary table can handle a wide range of products, ensuring secure and efficient packaging for various sizes and shapes. High-Quality Insulation Shell: The P409 is equipped with a footswitch shell made of ABC plastic, ensuring durability, safety, and frequent use without compromising performance. Wheels can be securely locked: Designed with a detailed security wheel lock, the P409 ensures the machine is fixed securely during operation, providing a safe and stable working environment. Simple Operation: The P409's user-friendly interface and straightforward operatio...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/box-wrapping-machine-p409/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/package-wrapping-machine-P409.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/package-wrapping-machine-P409-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/package-wrapping-machine-P409-dimensions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/box-wrapping-machine-P409-.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/package-wrapping-machine-P409-sale.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/package-wrapping-machine-P409-foot-pedal.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/package-wrapping-machine-P409-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/package-wrapping-machine-P409-wheels.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/package-wrapping-machine-P409-film.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/box-wrapping-machine-P409-stretch-film.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/box-wrapping-machine-P409-durable.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/box-wrapping-machine-P409-rubber-surface.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/box-wrapping-machine-P409-package-dimensions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/box-wrapping-machine-P409-footswitch.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/package-wrapping-machine-P409-hand-tray.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/package-wrapping-machine-P409-installation.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/package-wrapping-machine-P409-new-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1600 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1299 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:mpn>330700</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>45.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2473,830,834,2575</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2473</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Pakking maskiner &gt; Pallepakkemaskin</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>110070_01</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Battery for battery strapping tool GT-ONE SP3 14,4V 4,0 Ah LI-IO]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Battery for battery strapping tool GT-ONE SP3 14,4V 4,0 Ah LI-IO]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/battery-gt-one-sp3-4-ah-li-io/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Battery-gt-one-siat-14-4v-1-4ah.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>169 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>siat-maillis</g:brand><g:mpn>110070_01</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>0.5 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>531,2473</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>531</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Batteridrevet Strekkapparat</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Stroppingsverktøy &gt; Batteridrevet Strekkapparat</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>440330</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Film and Paper baler machine TONNA T-Portable]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Film and Paper baler machine TONNA T-Portable TONNA T-Portable Manual Press is a cutting-edge mobile baling press designed to streamline the compression of plastic film and lightweight packaging materials on the go. This innovative machine is engineered for convenience, allowing users to compress materials right at the source without the need for interim storage or electricity.   Features of Film and Paper baler machine TONNA T-Portable: 1. On-the-Spot Compression: The T-Portable Manual Press eliminates the need for transporting used packing material to interim storage. With a loading aperture of 740 x 640 mm, the machine efficiently processes the material immediately after unpacking, making it a mobile solution for waste compression. 2. Stackable and Well-Compressed Bales: The lever action of the T-Portable Manual Press ensures the production of well-compressed, stackable bales with a compression ratio of 5:1 or more. This feature enables efficient handling and storage of compressed materials. 3. Effortless Operation: Designed for user convenience, the T-Portable Manual Press is effortless to operate, requiring only a minimum amount of strength. Its user-friendly design makes it accessible for a variety of users, facilitating easy waste management. 4. Electricity-Free and Low Maintenance: With no dependency on electricity, the T-Portable Manual Press is a reliable and sustainable solution. The machine does not require regular servicing or maintenance, contributing to its cost-effectiveness and overall efficiency. 5. Repress Capability: The bales produced by the T-Portable Manual Press can be repressed in hydraulic TONNA baling presses, allowing for further compression into denser and larger bales. This flexibility enhances the adaptability of the machine to varying waste management needs.   Technical Specifications of Film baler machine TONNA T-Portable: Model: T-Portable Manual Press Loading Aperture (WxH): 740 x 640 mm Bale Weight (depending on material): Up to 40 kg Bale Size (LxWxH): 800 x 600 x max. 800 mm Machine Dimensions (WxDxH): 820 x 740 x 1400 mm Machine Weight: 100 kg Strapping: 3-fold crosswise with strapping twine Experience the efficiency and sustainability of waste management with the TONNA T-Portable Manual Press – your mobile solution for on-the-spot compression and environmentally friendly baling.   Additional Technical Specifications: 6. Loading Aperture: The T-Portable Manual Press features a generous loading aperture measuring 740 x 640 mm, facilitating the efficient intake of plastic film and lightweight packaging materials for compression. 7. Ideal Bale Weight: Capable of handling varying materials, the T-Portable Manual Press can compress materials into bales weighing up to 40 kg, providing versatility for different waste streams. 8. Adjustable Bale Size: The machine produces bales with dimensions of 800 x 600 x max. 800 mm, offering flexibility in tailoring the size of compressed materials to specific storage and transportation requirements. 9. Compact Machine Design: With dimensions of 820 x 740 x 1400 mm, the T-Portable Manual Press is compact and space-efficient, making it suitable for diverse settings and allowing for easy integration into existing waste management processes. 10. Lightweight and Portable: Weighing only 100 kg, the machine is designed for portability, making it easy to move and deploy in various locations, enhancing its usability and adaptability. 11. Strapping Mechanism: The T-Portable Manual Press employs a 3-fold strapping mechanism, securing bales crosswise with strapping twine. This ensures the integrity and stability of the compressed materials during handling and transportation. 12. Durability and Sturdiness: Constructed with robust materials, the T-Portable Manual Press is built to withstand the rigors of continuous use, ensuring longevity and reliability in waste compression operations. 13. Eco-Friendly Solution: Beyond its operational efficiency, the T-Portable Manual Press contributes to environmental sustainability by minimizing the need for interim storage and the consumption of electricity, aligning with eco-conscious waste management practices.   Specs of Film and Paper baler machine TONNA T-Portable: Model T-Portable Manual Press Loading Aperture (WxH) 740 x 640 mm Bale Weight (depending on the material) Up to 40 kg Bale Size (LxWxH) 800 x 600 x max. 800 mm Machine Dimensions (WxDxH) 820 x 740 x 1400 mm Machine Weight 100 kg Strapping 3-fold crosswise with strapping twine Durability and Sturdiness Robust construction for continuous use Portability Lightweight design for easy mobility Eco-Friendly Solution Minimizes interim storage, no electricity   How to use Film and Paper baler machine TONNA T-Portable Using the Film and Paper baler machine TONNA T-Portable involves a series of steps to ensure proper operation and effective compression of film and paper materials. Below is a general guide on how to use the TONNA T-Portable Manual Press: 1....]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/film-and-paper-baler-machine-tonna-t-portable/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/film-and-paper-baler-machine-tonna-t-portable-new.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/film-and-paper-baler-machine-tonna-t-portable.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/t-press-manual-paper-cardboard-press-price.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/film-and-paper-baler-machine-tonna-t-portable-buy.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/t-press-manual-paper-cardboard-press-sale.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/t-press-manual-paper-cardboard-press-buy-price.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1600 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1095 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>tonna</g:brand><g:mpn>440330</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>100.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>824</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>824</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Papppresse</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Papppresse</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>770200</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[SMITH Electric pallet jack Lithium 2000kg XT2]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Electric pallet jack 2000kg Electric pallet jacks have stood as indispensable pieces of machinery in companies worldwide. With the increasing prevalence of larger loads and more frequent movements, there has arisen a necessity for innovative methods to alleviate the physical strain on workers. In response to ongoing technological advancements, the utilization of electric pallet trucks has gained prominence in recent times, offering a solution to mitigate the physical burden on workers. The electric pallet jack facilitates the efficient transport of bulky goods, concurrently reducing the risk of injuries during handling. Electric pallet jack XT2 is characterized by its compact body, rendering it applicable to confined spaces where traditional hand pallet trucks are deployed. Furthermore, our electric pallet jack boasts easy maintenance, with most parts requiring similar attention as a conventional hand pallet truck.   Benefits of the Electric pallet jack: Swift battery removal in just 6 seconds Gradeability with a 1300kg load: 5% Equipped with brakes, allowing the vehicle to halt seamlessly irrespective of the terrain, be it a slope, truck tail lift, or platform Option to drive with the lever raised Experience enhanced efficiency and safety with the ROBOMASS lithium electric pallet truck, designed to meet the evolving demands of modern workplaces.   Key features of Electric pallet jack 2000kg XT2 Brushless drive motor, maintenance free Lithium battery maintenance free Recharge Alert Error code display Battery can be replaced in 6 seconds Drive Wheel can be replaced in 60 seconds The travelling speed of the electric pallet truck is 4.5 km/h without load and 4 km/h with load Slope Anti-slide Safety settings Fast Recharging Power On & Off Different driving options and modes Battery protection stopper   Basic Configuration of powered pallet jack 2000kg   High gradeability of Li-ion powered pallet jack 2000kg ﻿   Smart functions of powered pallet jack In up-right drive mode, the vehicle will move when the handle is operated at any position. Please avoid misoperation. Brake release mode is only for emergencies, not allowed for vehicles with normal conditions. Battery level display and alert when the battery is running low Fast and slow driving speeds with easy switching Engineer mode Driving with the steering control straightened       Specs of electric pallet truck XT2 ROBOMASS CHARACTERISTICS Drive Electric Operator type Pedestrian Load capacity/rated load 2000 Q kg Load center 600 C mm Height， fork lowered 82±2 h13 mm Wheelbase 1197/1267 y mm Wheel PU mm Wheel size, front 140*55 mm Wheel size, rear 80*93 (Single Wheel) mm 80*70 (Tandem) mm Wheels, number front/rear(x = drive wheels) 1x+2/4 mm Lift 115 h3 mm Height of tiller in drive position, min./max. 740/1220 h14 mm Overall length 1552/1622 L1 mm Fork length 1150/1220 L mm Overall width 550/685 b1 mm Fork dimensions 58/160/1150(1220) mm Distance between fork arms 550/685 b5 mm Ground clearance, center of wheelbase 22/137(24/139） m2 mm Aisle width for pallets 1000x1200 crossways 2155/2226 Ast mm Aisle width for pallets 800x1200 crossways 2024/2064 Ast mm Turning radius 1353/1426 Wa mm PERFORMANCE Travel speed, laden/unladen 4.0/4.5 km/h Lifting speed, laden/unladen 18/23 mm/s Lowering speed, laden/unladen 56/46 mm/s Max. gradeability, laden/unladen 6%/20% % Drive motor DC 1.0 Brushless kW Lift motor DC 0.8 kW BATTERY Battery voltage/nominal capacity 48V/10Ah(48V/15Ah) V/Ah Brake Electromagnetic Sound level at the drivers's ear according to EN 12053 <70dB A Service weight including battery 119/125.5 kg   Lithium pallet truck 2000kg advantages A lithium pallet jack, also known as a lithium-powered pallet truck, serves as a crucial material handling device for efficiently moving pallets within warehouses or distribution centers. Our pallet truck is equipped with a cutting-edge lithium-ion battery, presenting numerous advantages over traditional lead-acid batteries. One primary benefit of a lithium pallet jack lies in its extended battery life. Lithium-ion batteries can deliver up to three times the run time of lead-acid batteries, enabling operators to work for extended periods without the need for recharging. Additionally, lithium batteries boast a significantly shorter recharge time, typically requiring only a few hours to reach full charge, in stark contrast to lead-acid batteries, which may take up to 8 hours. Another notable advantage of lithium pallet trucks is their lightweight and compact design compared to traditional pallet jacks. This characteristic enhances maneuverability in tight spaces and alleviates strain on operators. Furthermore, lithium batteries contribute to environmental friendliness as they do not contain toxic materials found in lead-acid batteries. Moreover, semi-electric pallet trucks, commonly integrated with lithium technology, exhibit higher energy efficiency and lower maintenance costs compared to their lead-acid counterparts. Th...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/electric-pallet-jack-2000kg-xt2/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/electric-pallet-jack-2000kg-xt2-1.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/electric-pallet-jack-2000kg-xt2-price-scaled.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/electric-pallet-jack-2000kg-xt2-sale-1-scaled.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/electric-pallet-truck-lithium-battery-2000kg-advantages-1.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/lithium-pallet-truck-battery.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/electric-pallet-jack-2000kg-xt2-new-1.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/electric-pallet-truck-lithium-battery-2000kg-why-buy.jpeg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/electric-pallet-truck-lithium-battery-2000kg-wheels-pu.jpeg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/electric-pallet-truck-lithium-battery-2000kg-smart-functions.jpeg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/lithium-electric-pallet-truck-2000kg.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/lithium-pallet-truck-charger.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/electric-pallet-truck-lithium-2000kg-scheme.jpeg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/electric-pallet-truck-lithium-battery-2000kg-wheels.jpeg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1579 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1039 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMITH</g:brand><g:mpn>770200</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>140.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>528</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>528</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Elektrisk pallestabler</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Elektrisk pallestabler</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>770090</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[SMITH Semi-electric stacker 1000kg 350cm 3500mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[SMITH Semi-electric stacker with a lifting capacity of 1000kg and lifting height of 350cm or 3500mm The SMITH Semi-electric stacker 1000kg 350cm is a versatile and reliable piece of equipment designed to make lifting and transporting heavy loads easier and more efficient. This semi-electric stacker is capable of lifting up to 1000kg and has a maximum lifting height of 350cm or 3500mm. It is ideal for use in warehouses, factories, and other industrial settings where heavy loads need to be moved quickly and safely. One of the key features of the SMITH Semi-electric stacker is its semi-electric design. This means that it is powered by both electricity and manual labor, making it a more affordable and flexible option than fully electric stackers. The electric motor is used to lift and lower the load, while the operator uses manual force to move the stacker around the workspace. This combination of power sources allows for greater control and precision when lifting and transporting heavy loads. The SMITH Semi-electric stacker is also designed with safety in mind. It comes equipped with a range of safety features, including an emergency stop button, a safety brake, and a safety guard to protect the operator from falling objects. The stacker also has a low center of gravity, which helps to prevent tipping and ensures that the load remains stable during transport. In addition to its safety features, the SMITH Semi-electric stacker is also designed for ease of use. It has a simple and intuitive control panel that allows the operator to easily adjust the lifting height and control the movement of the stacker. The stacker also has a compact and maneuverable design, making it easy to navigate through narrow aisles and tight spaces. Another key feature of the SMITH Semi-electric stacker is its durability. It is made from high-quality materials that are designed to withstand the rigors of daily use in industrial settings. The stacker has a sturdy steel frame and a reinforced mast that can handle heavy loads without bending or warping. It also has high-quality wheels that are designed to provide smooth and stable movement, even when carrying heavy loads. Maintenance of the SMITH Semi-electric stacker is also relatively simple. The stacker requires regular inspections and maintenance to ensure that it is operating safely and efficiently. This includes checking the hydraulic oil level, inspecting the wheels and axles, and lubricating all movable parts. The stacker also requires regular charging to ensure that the battery is fully charged and ready for use. Overall, the SMITH Semi-electric stacker 1000kg 350cm is a versatile and reliable piece of equipment that is ideal for use in a wide range of industrial settings. Its semi-electric design, safety features, ease of use, and durability make it a popular choice for businesses looking to improve their lifting and transporting capabilities. Whether you are moving heavy loads in a warehouse or factory, the SMITH Semi-electric stacker is a reliable and efficient solution that can help you get the job done quickly and safely.   Video of SMITH Semi-electric Stacker ﻿   Key Features of SMITH Semi-electric stacker 1000kg 350cm Model: SXPN1035 EU charger Max Capacity: 1000kg Max Lifting Height: 3500mm Operation Type: Semi-electric (Electric lift, Manual push) Brand New: Includes battery and charger Working time 5-6 hours Charging time 7-8 hours Battery level indicator Load Capacity on Max Height: 500 KG Load Centre: 600 mm Power Type: Semi Electric. Electric Power to lift; Manual Push to move Walk-behind operation no license is required Control Panel: Fascia-mounted control panel with raise/lower buttons, emergency stop trigger, battery indicator, and hour-meter The in-built EU charger is a single phrase (wall plug) that can be easily changed Adjustable Fork: Forged forks with an adjustable width Easy service and maintenance Lockable wheel Wheels: Brake-enabled with 360-degree rotation. Large diameter steered rear wheel for easy movement across any surface Electric lift and manual push Efficient in factories, warehouses, and logistics centers. Great in narrow passages, floors, and other high-rack warehouses Flexible, silent, and environmental Warranty With electric lift and manual push, the semi-electric pallet stacker is easy to control, and environmental efficiency   Specifications of SMITH Semi-electric stacker 1000kg 350cm Manufacturer SMITH Model SXPN1530 Power unit Electric Operation Manual Load capacity Q (kg) 1500 Load centre c (mm) 450 Axle centre to fork face x (mm) 700 Wheel base y (mm) 1195 Service weight with battery kg 415 Wheels type PU Driving wheel size Φ×w(mm) Φ180×50 Bearing wheel size Φ×w(mm) Φ74×70 additional wheels（dimensions） Φ×w(mm) Φ180×50 Wheels, number front/rear (x = driven) 1，1/2 Width b10 b10 (mm) 648 Width b11 b11 (mm) 500 Height of mast, lowered h1 (mm) 2327 Free lift h2 (mm) 0 Lift h3 (mm) 3500 Height of mast, extended h4 (mm) 4067 Fork Height, Low...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/smith-semi-electric-stacker-1000kg-350cm-3500mm/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/SMITH-semi-electric-stacker-1000kg-350cm-3500mm.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/SMITH-semi-electric-stacker-1000kg-350cm-3500mm-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/SMITH-semi-electric-stacker-1000kg-350cm-3500mm-adjustable-forks.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/SMITH-semi-electric-stacker-1000kg-350cm-3500mm-adjustable-fork-width.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/SMITH-semi-electric-stacker-1000kg-350cm-3500mm-break-wheel.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/SMITH-semi-electric-stacker-1000kg-350cm-3500mm-sale.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/SMITH-semi-electric-stacker-1000kg-350cm-3500mm-stop-button.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/SMITH-semi-electric-stacker-1000kg-350cm-3500mm-lifting-curve.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2000 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1599 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMITH</g:brand><g:mpn>770090</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>465.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>528</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>528</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Elektrisk pallestabler</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Elektrisk pallestabler</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>770110</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[SMITH Heavy-duty Electric stacker 2000kg, 2 tons, 4500mm, 4,5m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[SMITH Heavy-duty Electric stacker 2000kg, 2 tons, 4500mm, 4,5m The SMITH Heavy-duty Electric Stacker is a robust and efficient material handling solution designed to meet the demands of heavy-duty industrial environments. With a load capacity of 2000kg and a lifting height of 4500mm, this electric stacker is engineered to provide reliable performance in various material handling applications. Equipped with advanced features and high-quality components, the SMITH Heavy-duty Electric Stacker offers exceptional lifting capabilities, precise control, and enhanced safety, making it an ideal choice for warehouses, manufacturing facilities, and distribution centers.   Key Features of Heavy-duty Electric stacker SMITH 2000kg 450cm Powerful AC Motor and ZF Friedrichshafen Transmission: The stacker is powered by a high-performance AC motor and ZF Friedrichshafen transmission, providing superior acceleration performance, improved work efficiency, and energy savings. This combination ensures smooth and efficient operation, allowing for seamless handling of heavy loads. High Power MOSFETS Driver: The stacker features a high-power MOSFETS driver with high frequency, efficient, and quiet operation. It offers stepless speed regulation and reverse braking function, enhancing safety and control during operation. The improved temperature protection and compensation functions ensure thermal protection and stable output, contributing to the stacker's overall reliability. Integrated Operation Handle: The operation handle integrates essential controls, including the key switch, electric meter, horn, up and down buttons, and turtle speed switch, providing convenient and easy operation. The extended design of the operation handle aligns with ergonomic principles, offering comfortable and intuitive control for the operator. Side Drive Design: The side-driven design effectively reduces the size of the operation channel, allowing for operation in narrow spaces. With a small turning radius and improved field of view, the stacker is well-suited for maneuvering in confined areas, optimizing operational efficiency. YONGCI Motor Drive System: The stacker is equipped with a YONGCI motor drive system known for its small size, light weight, low loss, and high efficiency. This system enhances the overall performance of the stacker, providing reliable and responsive operation.   Specifications of SMITH Heavy-duty Electric stacker 2000kg, 2 tons, 4500mm, 4,5m Manufacturer: SMITH Model: CXL20GF Power Unit: Electric Operation: Pedestrian Load Capacity: 2000 kg Height of lowered stacker: 2100 mm Max lifting height: 4500 mm Free lift: 1686 mm Load Centre: 600 mm Fork size: 570*1150 mm Curtis Controller Load Capacity at Max Height: 550 kg Axle Centre to Fork Face: 672 mm Wheel Base: 1384 mm Service Weight with Battery: 1126 kg Wheels Type: PU Continuous working time 5-6 hours Battery: 24V/210 Ah External Charger: 24V/30A   Video of electric stacker 450cm, 2000kg SMITH ﻿   Benefits of Electric stacker SMITH 2t 4,5m The SMITH Heavy-duty Electric Stacker is designed to meet the rigorous demands of industrial material handling, offering exceptional performance, precise control, and enhanced safety features. With its advanced motor and transmission system, integrated operation handle, and compact design, this electric stacker is a reliable and efficient solution for various material handling tasks. Whether in narrow spaces or demanding environments, the SMITH Heavy-duty Electric Stacker delivers the power, control, and reliability needed to optimize operational productivity and safety. Heavy-duty Electric Stacker: Robust solution for industrial material handling needs. Powerful AC Motor: Superior acceleration and energy-efficient performance. Precise Control: MOSFETS driver with stepless speed regulation and reverse braking. Integrated Operation Handle: Convenient controls for seamless operation. Ergonomic Design: Extended handle for comfortable and intuitive use. Space-efficient: Side-driven design for narrow spaces and small turning radius. YONGCI Motor: Small, lightweight, and highly efficient motor drive. Advanced Safety Features: Waterproof micro-switches for reliable operation in harsh conditions. High Lifting Capacity: Efficient lifting pump station for heavy goods handling. Turtle Speed Switch: Enables precise control during delicate operations. Compact and Nimble: Ideal for maneuvering in tight warehouse environments. Versatile Applications: Suitable for warehouses, manufacturing, and distribution centers.   Specs of SMITH Heavy-duty Electric stacker 2000kg, 2 tons, 4500mm, 4,5m Manufacturer SMITH Model CXL20GF Power unit Electric Operation Pedestrian Load capacity 2000 Q (kg) Load capacity at max height 2000 Q (kg) Load centre 600 c (mm) Axle centre to fork face 672 x (mm) Wheel base 1384 y (mm) Service weight with battery 1126 kg Wheels type (PU) Driving wheel size Φ230×75 Φ×w(mm) Bearing wheel size Φ80×70 Φ×w(mm) Additional wheels（dimension...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/smith-heavy-duty-electric-stacker-2000kg-2-tons-4500mm-45m/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/electric-stacker-2000kg-2tons-4500mm.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/electric-stacker-2000kg-2tons-4500mm-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/electric-stacker-2000kg-2tons-4500mm-lifting-curve.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>5799 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>5499 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMITH</g:brand><g:mpn>770110</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>1000</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>528</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>528</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Elektrisk pallestabler</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Elektrisk pallestabler</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>770100</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[SMITH Self-lifting electric stacker 500kg 1500mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[SMITH Self-lifting electric stacker 500kg 1500mm Self-lifting electric stacker is suitable for loading and unloading and handling of goods with trays, and can transport up and down vehicles together with the goods. It has the characteristics of small size, smooth operation, excellent performance and convenient. The automatic climbing forklift is composed of lifting cylinder, inner and outer door frame column components, frame, movable door seat, lifting fork and handle power supply and other electrical components. The SMITH Self-lifting electric stacker is a versatile and efficient logistics equipment designed to make material handling tasks easier and safer. With a maximum load capacity of 500kg and a lifting height of 1500mm, this stacker is ideal for vans and delivery trucks. One of the key features of the SMITH Self-lifting electric stacker is its self-lifting mechanism. This means that the stacker can lift it self in the van or truck. The self-lifting mechanism also makes the SMITH stacker more ergonomic and user-friendly. Delivery staff no longer need to strain their backs or arms to lift heavy loads, which can reduce the risk of workplace injuries and improve productivity. Additionally, the stacker's compact design and small turning radius make it easy to maneuver in tight spaces, such as narrow aisles or crowded storage areas. Another advantage of the SMITH Self-lifting electric stacker is its durability and reliability. The stacker is made of high-quality materials, such as steel and aluminum, which can withstand heavy use and harsh environments. The hydraulic system is also designed to be maintenance-free, which means that operators can focus on their tasks without worrying about downtime or repairs. In terms of safety, the SMITH Self-lifting electric stacker is equipped with several features to protect both the operator and the load.   Applications of Self-loading pallet truck The self-loading pallet stacker is suitable for various delivery trucks and vans including wagons, lorries and container trailers.   Dimensions and key features of Self-loading Electric Stacker SMITH Overall Length: 1555mm Overall Width: 790mm Overall Height: 1817mm Min. Turning Radius: 1120mm Fork size:540*1150mm Curtis Controller Battery(2*12V/75AH) External Charger(24V/10A) Charging time: 7-8hours Working time: 50 work cycles (load and unload with load called 1 cycle)   Video of SMITH Self-lifting electric stacker ﻿   Key features of Self-lifting electric stacker SMITH Dual Oil Circuit Control System: The electric stacker incorporates a dual oil circuit control system, allowing precise control over movements. The cylinder piston rod's bidirectional movement is a key feature, ensuring adaptability in various operational scenarios. Independent Inner Door Frame: The autonomy of the inner door frame is a distinctive feature. Linked directly to the fork bolt, its vertical movement eliminates the need for roller board transfers, streamlining the lifting process. Movable Door Seat: The door seat, designed for relative motion with the lifting of the rack or cargo fork, extends when the goods reach the platform height. This seamless cycle enhances operational efficiency.   Features of Self-lifting electric stacker SMITH Versatile functionality: Integrates transporting, stacking, and climbing capabilities for a multi-functional material handling solution. Efficient loading and unloading: Can ascend into the carriage, making it a valuable assistant for car and truck drivers during cargo handling. Lightweight and user-friendly: Designed for ease of operation with its lightweight construction, ensuring a comfortable user experience. Enhanced maneuverability: Equipped with support legs featuring a swinging guide wheel, facilitating smooth pushing of the equipment into the carriage. Additionally, employs a double linkage cylinder for seamless locking and lifting movements in alternating succession.   Specs of SMITH Self-lifting electric stacker 500kg 1500mm Model SXCDS0515 Capacity 500 Q(Kg) Load center 400 C(mm) Type of lifting  Electric Operating type Walkie Material  Nylon/PU Wheel base 850 y(mm) Front wheel base 380 W1(mm) Back wheel base 672 b10(mm) Quantity of Steering/Bearing/Balance Wheel 2/2/6 Bearing wheel size Φ80×50 mm Steering wheel size Φ100×45 mm Balance wheel size Φ40×30 mm Size of the auxiliary wheel Φ30×30 mm Min. fork height 90 mm Max. fork height 1300 h3(mm) Fork outside width 540 W3(mm) Fork inside width 220 mm Fork length 1150 L(mm) Single fork size 160X60 e/s(mm) Overall length 1555 L1(mm) Overall width 790 W(mm) Overall height 1817 H1(mm) Whole height(after tape file shelf) 3070 H4(mm) Min. turning radius 1120 Wa(mm) Lifting speed(laden/unladen) 70/100 mm/s Lowering speed(laden/unladen) 100/80 mm/s Lift motor 12/0.8 Kw Battery capacity 12/33 V/Ah Battery weight 10 Kg Net weight 235 Kg   Lifting curve of Self-loading pallet truck SMITH:   Benefits of Self loading pallet truck SMITH: Versatile Logistics Equipme...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/smith-self-lifting-electric-stacker-500kg-1500mm/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/self-lifting-electric-stacker-500kg.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/self-lifting-electric-stacker-500kg-scheme.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/self-lifting-electric-stacker-500kg-lifting-curve.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2200 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1799 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMITH</g:brand><g:mpn>770100</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>465.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>528</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>528</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Elektrisk pallestabler</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Elektrisk pallestabler</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>295001</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Flexible conveyor width 460mm, length 1200-4800mm, height 600-1000mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Flexible conveyor width 460mm, length 1200-4800mm, height 600-1000mm The Flexible Conveyor is a versatile and adaptable material handling solution designed to meet the diverse needs of businesses in various industries. With a width of 460mm, the accordion conveyor provides ample space for transporting a wide range of products and materials. Its key features include an adjustable length ranging from 1200mm to 4800mm, making it suitable for both short-distance and long-distance conveying applications. The height of the accordion conveyor can also be adjusted, with a minimum height of 600 mm and a maximum height of 1000 mm. This flexibility enables you to customize the conveyor to the specific needs of your material transport, ensuring an efficient and smooth process.   Specs of Accordion conveyor:   Specification Conveyor Width 460mm Adjustable Length 1200mm - 4800mm (customizable) Adjustable Height 600mm - 1000mm (customizable) Roller Diameter (fi) 48mm Load capacity (fi) 35kg Axle Diameter (fi) 8mm Wheels Yes Ideal Applications Warehouses, Manufacturing, Distribution Centers, Retail, E-commerce, Loading and Unloading Material Handling Types Various products and materials   Benefits of Flexible Conveyor: Boost Efficiency: Maximize productivity with our 460mm wide Flexible Conveyor Customizable Length: Adapt to your space with 1200-4800mm length options Adjustable Height: Tailor the conveyor to your preferred working height (600-1000mm) Smooth Movement: 48mm rollers ensure seamless product transport Built to Last: Rugged 8mm axles provide durability and reliability Easy Mobility: Equipped with wheels for effortless maneuverability Versatile Solution: Perfect for a variety of material handling needs Tailored Applications: Ideal for warehouses, manufacturing, and more Time-Saving: Streamline processes with efficient material handling Improve ROI: Enhance operations and drive business growth   Key Specifications of Flexible Conveyor: Height adjustable: The height of the accordion roller conveyor can be adjusted to meet the specific requirements of your material transport. With a minimum height of 600 mm and a maximum height of 1000 mm, you can align the conveyor to the optimal working height. Conveyor Width: 460mm - The 460mm width ensures ample space for transporting various types of materials, from small packages to larger items, providing flexibility in handling a wide range of products. Adjustable Length: The accordion conveyor's length can be easily customized, with a range extending from 1200mm to 4800mm. This adaptability allows businesses to efficiently move products across different distances within their facilities. Rollers: The conveyor features rollers with a diameter (fi) of 48mm. These rollers are strategically positioned along the length of the conveyor to provide a smooth and reliable surface for product movement. The 48mm diameter strikes a balance between stability and versatility, ensuring that items can be transported without issues. Axles: The rollers are supported by axles with a diameter (fi) of 8mm, providing a sturdy and durable foundation for the conveyor system. The 8mm axles are designed to withstand the demands of regular use, ensuring the longevity and reliability of the conveyor.   Where accordion conveyors can be used? The Flexible Conveyor is suitable for a wide range of applications, including: Warehouses: Efficiently move products within a warehouse, from the receiving area to storage locations or for order fulfillment. Manufacturing: Streamline production processes by facilitating the movement of components and finished goods along the assembly line. Distribution Centers: Enhance the speed and efficiency of order picking and packing operations. Retail: Improve in-store logistics for restocking shelves and managing inventory. E-commerce: Optimize order fulfillment and shipping processes for online retail operations. Loading and Unloading: Facilitate the loading and unloading of trucks, containers, and other transport vehicles. Overall, the Flexible Conveyor with a width of 460mm, adjustable length, 48mm rollers, and 8mm axles is a versatile solution that can be tailored to meet the specific needs of businesses across various industries, enhancing productivity and efficiency in material handling operations.]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/flexible-conveyor-width-460mm-length-1200-4800mm-height-600-1000mm/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/wheel-flexible-conveyors.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/flexible-conveyor-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/flexible-conveyor.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>out of stock</g:availability><g:price>1400 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1299 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>295001</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>95.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>973</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2602,2603,2473,830</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2602</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Cardboard packaging</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Cardboard packaging</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>330710</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Box wrapping machine SMARTWRAP B3 PRESTRETCH]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Box wrapping machine SMARTWRAP B3 Box wrapping machine SMARTWRAP B3 is a state-of-the-art box wrapping machine designed to provide efficient and reliable packaging solutions for businesses of all sizes. This machine is designed to wrap boxes of various sizes and shapes, making it an ideal choice for companies that need to package a wide range of products. One of the key features of the SMARTWRAP B3 is its ability to wrap boxes quickly and efficiently. The machine is equipped with a powerful motor that can wrap boxes at speeds of up to 12 RPM, making it one of the fastest box wrapping machines on the market. This high-speed operation ensures that businesses can package their products quickly and efficiently, reducing the time and labor required for packaging. In addition to its speed, the SMARTWRAP B3 is also highly customizable. The machine can be adjusted to wrap boxes of various sizes and shapes, making it an ideal choice for businesses that need to package a wide range of products. The machine is also equipped with an adjustable wrapping force, allowing businesses to customize the wrapping tension to suit their specific needs. Another key feature of the SMARTWRAP B3 is its ease of use. The machine is designed to be user-friendly, with a simple interface that allows operators to quickly and easily adjust the machine's settings. The machine is also equipped with safety features, including emergency stop buttons and safety guards, to ensure that operators can work safely and efficiently. The SMARTWRAP B3 is also designed to be durable and reliable. The box wrapping machine is constructed from high-quality materials, including a sturdy steel frame and durable components, ensuring that it can withstand the rigors of daily use. The machine is also designed to require minimal maintenance, reducing the time and costs associated with upkeep. One of the key advantages of the SMARTWRAP B3 is its ability to save businesses time and money. By automating the packaging process, businesses can reduce the time and labor required for packaging, allowing them to focus on other aspects of their operations. The machine is also designed to use minimal film, reducing the costs associated with packaging materials. Overall, the SMARTWRAP B3 is an excellent choice for businesses that need a reliable and efficient box wrapping machine. With its high-speed operation, customizable settings, and user-friendly interface, this machine is designed to provide businesses with a fast and efficient packaging solution that can help them save time and money. The SMARTWRAP B3 is also designed to be versatile, with a range of features that make it suitable for a wide range of applications. The machine is also equipped with a range of wrapping modes, including spiral wrapping, which allows businesses to customize the wrapping process to suit their specific needs. Another advantage of the SMARTWRAP B3 is its compact design. The machine is designed to be space-saving, with a small footprint that makes it easy to integrate into existing production lines. This compact design also makes the machine easy to move and transport, allowing businesses to use it in multiple locations as needed. The SMARTWRAP B3 is also designed to be energy-efficient. The machine is equipped with a range of energy-saving features, including a power-saving mode that reduces energy consumption when the machine is not in use. This energy-efficient design helps businesses to reduce their energy costs and minimize their environmental impact. The machine also comes with a warranty, ensuring that businesses can rely on it for years to come. Overall, box wrapping machine SMARTWRAP B3 is an excellent choice for businesses that need a reliable and efficient box wrapping machine. With its high-speed operation, customizable settings, and user-friendly interface, this machine is designed to provide businesses with a fast and efficient packaging solution that can help them save time and money. Its compact design, energy-efficient features, and excellent customer support make it an ideal choice for businesses of all sizes.   What film can be used with Box wrapping machine SMARTWRAP B3 Box wrapping machine SMARTWRAP B3 is designed to use stretch film. The film specifications for this machine are as follows: Film Thickness: 14 microns Film Width: 500 mm Film Roll Diameter: 250 mm Film Out Method: Stretch Given these specifications, you should use stretch film that is 14 microns thick and 500 mm wide, and it should be compatible with the stretch film out method. Make sure to use film that meets these requirements for optimal performance with the SMARTWRAP B3 machine.   Specs of Box wrapping machine SMARTWRAP B3 Parameter Description Main Mechanism Parameters Model SMARTWRAP B3 Luggage Wrapping Machine Yes Turntable 800 mm Film Thickness 14 microns Film Width 500 mm Film Roll Diameter 250 mm Film Out Method Stretch Standard Stretch Ratio 300% Maximum Wrapping Height 900 mm (other height on...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/box-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-b3/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/box-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-b3.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/package-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-b3-floor-plan.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>3200 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2799 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:mpn>330710</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>250.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2473,830,834,2575</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2473</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Pakking maskiner &gt; Pallepakkemaskin</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>330109</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP X20 2000kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP X20 The Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP X20 is a state-of-the-art solution for wrapping pallets quickly and efficiently. This machine is designed to handle pallets weighing up to 2000kg, making it ideal for use in a variety of industries, including manufacturing, logistics, and warehousing. One of the key features of the SMARTWRAP X20 is its fully automatic operation. Once the pallet is loaded onto the machine, the operator simply selects the desired wrapping program and the machine takes care of the rest. The SMARTWRAP X20 uses advanced sensors and controls to ensure that the wrapping process is consistent and reliable, even when wrapping irregularly shaped or unstable loads. The SMARTWRAP X20 is also designed with safety in mind. The machine is equipped with a range of safety features, including emergency stop buttons, safety barriers, and automatic shut-off systems. These features help to prevent accidents and injuries, making the SMARTWRAP X20 a safe and reliable choice for any workplace. In addition to its advanced features and safety systems, the SMARTWRAP X20 is also highly customizable. The machine can be configured to meet the specific needs of each customer, with options for different wrapping programs, film types, and other settings. This flexibility makes the SMARTWRAP X20 a versatile solution that can be adapted to a wide range of applications. One of the key benefits of the SMARTWRAP X20 is its ability to save time and labor costs. With its fully automatic operation, the machine can wrap pallets quickly and efficiently, freeing up staff to focus on other tasks. This can help to increase productivity and reduce labor costs, making the SMARTWRAP X20 a cost-effective solution for any business. Another benefit of the SMARTWRAP X20 is its ability to improve the quality of wrapped pallets. The machine uses advanced sensors and controls to ensure that the wrapping process is consistent and reliable, resulting in a tightly wrapped and secure load. This can help to reduce the risk of damage during transport and storage, improving the overall efficiency of the supply chain. The SMARTWRAP X20 is also designed with ease of use in mind. The machine features a user-friendly interface that allows operators to quickly and easily select the desired wrapping program and adjust settings as needed. The machine also includes a range of diagnostic and troubleshooting tools, making it easy to identify and resolve any issues that may arise. Another key feature of the SMARTWRAP X20 is its durability and reliability. The machine is built to withstand the rigors of daily use in a busy warehouse or manufacturing facility, with high-quality components and a robust construction. This ensures that the machine will continue to perform reliably over time, even in demanding environments. The SMARTWRAP X20 is also designed to be energy-efficient, with a range of features that help to reduce energy consumption and minimize waste. The machine includes an automatic film cutting and clamping system, which helps to reduce film waste and improve efficiency. The machine also includes an energy-saving mode, which reduces power consumption when the machine is not in use. In terms of maintenance, the SMARTWRAP X20 is designed to be easy to service and maintain. The machine includes a range of maintenance and cleaning tools, as well as detailed instructions for routine maintenance tasks. This helps to ensure that the machine remains in optimal condition over time, reducing the risk of downtime and costly repairs. Overall, the Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP X20 is a highly advanced and customizable solution for wrapping pallets quickly and efficiently. With its fully automatic operation, advanced safety features, and ability to save time and labor costs, the SMARTWRAP X20 is an ideal choice for any business looking to improve the efficiency and reliability of their pallet wrapping operations. Whether you are a small business or a large corporation, the SMARTWRAP X20 is a versatile and reliable solution that can help to streamline your operations and improve your bottom line.   Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP X20 video ﻿   Key features of Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP X20 Powered film carriage with variable speed, placed sidewise. Powered pre-stretch 300% with a roping system Clamp, cut, and weld film automatically Initial tail film blower Automatic load height detection by photocell X20 model cutting film is heat cutting, and the machine needs an air compressor Soft start/stop frequency inverter with return to start position Wrapping cycles counter Independently adjustable top & bottom reinforcement wraps Control and color LCD touch screen Reinforcement wraps at any point in the cycle Ergonomically designed panel control The wrapping cycles counter The option of initial tail film blower Independently adjustable top & bottom reinforcement wraps...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x20-2000kg/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/SMARTWRAP-Automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-x20-new.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/SMARTWRAP-Automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-x20-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/SMARTWRAP-Automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-x20-structure-1.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/SMARTWRAP-Automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-x20-high-quality.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/SMARTWRAP-Automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-x20-program-1.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/SMARTWRAP-Automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-x20-siemens.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/SMARTWRAP-Automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-x20-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/SMARTWRAP-Automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-x20-touch-screen-lcd.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>12490 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:mpn>330109</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>700.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2473,830,834,2575</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2473</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Pakking maskiner &gt; Pallepakkemaskin</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>111001</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Battery strapping tool for 16-40mm textile/composite strap ITI 71 - 2x Battery & Charger]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Battery strapping tool for 16-40mm textile and corded strap ITI 71 Battery strapping tool for 16-40mm textile strap ITI 71 is an innovative tensioner and strapping tool for all textile straps and corded, composite straps. The tool is battery-operated and it is suitable for all kinds of Textile/Cord straps up to 40mm in width. ITI 71 Battery Strapping Tool is a testament to innovation, efficiency, and reliability. Its thoughtful design, robust construction, and cordless operation make it the ideal choice for professionals in various industries. Whether you're a warehouse manager looking to streamline your strapping process or a logistics expert seeking to enhance the security of your shipments, the ITI 71 has the features and performance you need. The ITI 71 is meticulously crafted with a user-centric design that prioritizes ease of operation. This innovative strapping tool stands out for its remarkable combination of power, speed, and durability. Equipped with an integrated cutting unit, it's engineered to withstand heavy-duty use while requiring minimal maintenance. One of the standout features of the ITI 71 is its tension regulator button, conveniently located beneath the battery. This feature empowers you to finely adjust the strapping force of your ITI 71, providing precision control up to an impressive 11000 N. You can trust that this tool will consistently deliver optimal security for your goods, regardless of the application. Moreover, the cordless and battery-operated design of the ITI 71 liberates you from the constraints of cords and power sources. This newfound freedom allows you to operate the tool effortlessly in any environment, without the need for proximity to electrical outlets or cumbersome cords. Say goodbye to the limitations of tethered tools and embrace the versatility and convenience of the ITI 71.   Specs of Battery strapping tool for 16-40mm textile/composite strap ITI 71 - 2x battery Specifications Battery strapping tool for 16-40mm textile/composite strap ITI 71 Dimensions 400 x 135 x 190 mm Weight (with battery) 5 kg (11 lbs) Power Supply Battery - Li-Ion, 18V, 5Ah Battery Performance 2x batteries and a charger are included with the tool - Number of Cycles Approx. 400 cycles (varies based on factors like tension and strap type) - Battery Recharge Time Approx. 40 minutes Performance - Max. Tension Force 11,000 N - Tensioning Speed 6.5 meters per minute - Sealing Not applicable - Joint Strength Not applicable Strap Compatibility - Type Textile (Woven & Composite) - Width Range 16 mm to 40 mm - Thickness Range 0.5 mm to 1.5 mm   Unleashing the Power of battery strapping tool for textile and corded strap ITI 71 Innovative Design for Effortless Operation The ITI 71 has been meticulously engineered with a design that prioritizes ease of use. Its intuitive interface ensures that anyone can operate it with minimal training. Whether you're a seasoned professional or new to strapping tools, you'll appreciate the simplicity and effectiveness of the ITI 71. Unparalleled Strength and Speed Powerful, quick, and robust – these are the hallmarks of the ITI 71 Battery Strapping Tool. It boasts a remarkable maximum tension force of 11000 N, ensuring that even the toughest strapping tasks are effortlessly handled. With a tensioning speed of 6.5 meters per minute, the ITI 71 significantly speeds up your strapping process, saving you valuable time and effort. Integrated Cutting Unit Imagine the convenience of having a cutting unit seamlessly integrated into your strapping tool. The ITI 71 offers precisely that. With this feature, you can effortlessly trim excess strapping material, leaving your packages looking neat and professional. Say goodbye to the hassle of carrying around additional cutting tools – the ITI 71 has you covered. Durability Redefined Built to last, the ITI 71 Battery Strapping Tool boasts an aluminum cast body. This choice of material not only ensures durability but also keeps the tool lightweight, making it easy to handle during extended strapping sessions. Its rugged construction guarantees that it can withstand the rigors of various work environments, from busy warehouses to remote job sites. Battery-Operated Freedom One of the most significant advantages of the ITI 71 is its battery-operated nature. No longer will you be tethered to a power source or struggle with tangled cords. The ITI 71's Li-Ion battery, with a capacity of 18V and 4Ah, provides you with ample power to complete your strapping tasks without interruption. This cordless design grants you the freedom to operate anywhere and everywhere, making it a perfect choice for on-the-go professionals.   Specifications of battery strapping tool for textile/corded strap that Matter Dimensions and Weight of battery strapping tool for textile/corded strap The ITI 71 is designed with practicality in mind. Its dimensions of 400 x 135 x 190 mm make it compact enough to maneuver in tight spaces while maintaining a comfortable gr...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/battery-strapping-tool-for-16-40mm-textile-composite-strap-iti-71-2x-battery/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/battery-strapping-tool-for-textile-strap-iti-71.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/battery-strapping-tool-for-textile-strap-iti-71-price-1.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/battery-strapping-tool-for-textile-strap-iti-71-new-1.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2600 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2439 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ITIPACK</g:brand><g:mpn>111001</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>3.9 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>974</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>531,886,2473,2652</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>531</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Batteridrevet Strekkapparat</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Stroppingsverktøy &gt; Batteridrevet Strekkapparat</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>440260</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[TONNA1100 bin press E1100L - 3 ton pressing force]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[TONNA1100 bin press 1100L - 4 tons pressing force The TONNA1100 bin press 1100L is a powerful and efficient waste management solution designed to help businesses and organizations reduce their waste volume and disposal costs. This bin press is capable of compacting up to 4 tonnes of waste into a standard 1100L bin, making it an ideal choice for high-volume waste producers such as supermarkets, hotels, hospitals, and industrial facilities. One of the key features of the TONNA bin press is its compact and user-friendly design. The machine measures 2120mm in height, 1150mm in width, and 1160mm in depth, making it easy to fit into most waste storage areas. The bin press is also equipped with adjustable arms that can be customized to fit the width of the bin, ensuring a secure and efficient compaction process. The TONNA bin press is powered by a single-phase 220-240V power supply and a 1.5kW motor, which provides ample power to compress even the most stubborn waste materials. The machine is capable of producing a pressing force of up to 4 tonnes, which is more than enough to compact most types of waste into a fraction of their original volume. In addition to its impressive power and efficiency, the TONNA bin press is also designed with safety in mind. The machine is equipped with a range of safety features, including an emergency stop button, a safety guard, and a warning light that alerts users when the machine is in operation. The bin press also produces a noise level of just 72 decibels, making it one of the quietest waste management solutions on the market. Another key feature of the TONNA bin press is its ease of use. The machine comes with a comprehensive operator instruction manual that provides step-by-step guidance on how to operate the bin press safely and efficiently. The manual also includes troubleshooting tips and maintenance instructions to help users keep their machines in top condition. To operate the TONNA bin press, users simply need to open the 1100L bin and place it on the platform of the bin press, with the lid facing outwards. They can then adjust the arms to suit the width of the bin and press and hold the green "ON" button while holding the lever in the "DOWN" position to compact the contents of the bin press. Once the compaction head stops moving, users can release the lever and repeat the process until the bin is full. To return the compaction head to the upper position, users can press and hold the green "ON" button while holding the lever in the "UP" position. The TONNA bin press is also designed to be low-maintenance, with a range of features that help to extend the lifespan of the machine. The bin press is equipped with a self-lubricating hydraulic system that reduces wear and tear on the machine, as well as a built-in overload protection system that prevents damage to the motor and other components. The machine also comes with a 12-month warranty, giving users peace of mind and protection against any defects or malfunctions. Overall, the TONNA bin press 1100L is an excellent waste management solution for businesses and organizations that produce high volumes of waste. Its compact and user-friendly design, powerful motor, and range of safety features make it a reliable and efficient choice for any waste management application. With its low noise level, ease of use, and low-maintenance design, the TONNA bin press is a cost-effective and environmentally friendly solution that can help businesses reduce their waste volume and disposal costs while improving their overall waste management practices.   Specifications of TONNA bin press 1100L - 4 tons pressing force   Specification Model TONNA1100 1100L Bin Press Machine Type Hydraulic Maximum Capacity 1100 Liters Height 2120 mm Width 1150 mm Depth 1160 mm Weight 270 kg Power Supply Single Phase 220-240V Motor Power 1.5 kW Pressing Force Up to 4 tonnes Noise Level 72 decibels Cycle Time 20 seconds Oil Requirement 9 liters of Mobile DTE24 or equivalent   TONNA bin press 1100L floor plan   TONNA bin press 1100L dimensions TONNA bin press 1100L machine dimensions: Height: 2120 mm Width: 1160 mm Depth: 1150 mm Weight: 270 kg   For what materials can TONNA1100 bin press 1100L can be used? The TONNA bin press 1100L can be used for the following materials: cardboard, paper, plastic, film, foam soft materials, and food waste. It is important to note that the machine is not suitable for any of the following types of waste: pressurized containers, cans, metal, wood, glass, or any solid materials.   TONNA bin press 1100L benefits In addition to the benefits mentioned earlier, the TONNA bin press offers several other advantages that make it a popular choice for businesses and organizations looking to improve their waste management practices. One of the key benefits of the TONNA bin press is its ability to reduce waste volume and disposal costs. By compacting waste into a fraction of its original volume, the bin press can help businesses save money...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/tonna1100-bin-press-e1100l-3-ton-pressing-force/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/TONNA-bin-press-1100L.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/TONNA-bin-press-1100L-price-1-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/TONNA-bin-press-1100L-dimensions-floor-plan.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>3800 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>3299 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>tonna</g:brand><g:mpn>440260</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>280.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>824</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>824</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Papppresse</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Papppresse</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>440250</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[TONNA bin press 240L - 2 tons pressing force]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[TONNA bin press 240L with 2 tons pressing force The TONNA bin press 240L with 2 tons pressing force is a powerful and efficient waste management solution designed to help businesses and organizations reduce their waste volume and disposal costs. This bin press is specifically designed to work with 240-liter bins, making it an ideal choice for businesses that generate a large amount of waste on a regular basis. One of the key features of the TONNA bin press is its compact and space-saving design. The bin press is designed to take up very little floor space. This makes it an ideal choice for businesses that have limited space for waste management equipment. The TONNA bin press is also incredibly easy to use. To operate the bin press, simply open the 240-liter bin and place it on the platform of the bin press, with the lid facing outwards. Adjust the arms to suit the bin width, and then press and hold the green "ON" button while holding the lever in the "DOWN" position. The bin press will then compress the material contained within the bin, reducing its volume by up to 80%. Once the bin is full, simply press and hold the green "ON" button while holding the lever in the "UP" position to return the compaction head to its upper position. The bin press is then ready to be used again. The TONNA bin press is also incredibly powerful, with a pressing force of up to 2 tonnes. This means that it can easily handle even the toughest waste materials, including cardboard, plastic, paper, film, etc. The bin press is also incredibly quiet, with a noise level of just 72 decibels, making it an ideal choice for businesses that operate in noise-sensitive environments. In addition to its powerful performance and ease of use, the TONNA bin press is incredibly durable and long-lasting. The bin press is made from high-quality materials and is designed to withstand even the toughest working conditions. It also requires very little maintenance, which means that it is a cost-effective and low-maintenance waste management solution. Overall, the TONNA bin press 240L is an excellent choice for businesses and organizations that are looking for a powerful, efficient, and cost-effective waste management solution. With its compact design, powerful performance, and ease of use, the TONNA bin press is sure to help businesses reduce their waste volume and disposal costs, while also improving their overall waste management efficiency.   TONNA bin press 240L specs Specification Machine Model TONNA 240L Bin Press Height 2360 mm Width 780 mm Depth 780 mm Weight Up to 2 tonne Power Supply Single Phase 220-240V Motor 1.5kW Pressing Force Up to 2 ton Noise Level 72 decibels Cycle Time 20 seconds Oil Requirement 14 litres of Mobile DTE24 or equivalent Warranty 1 year Suitable Materials Cardboard, Paper, Plastic, Film, Foam, Soft Materials, Food waste Not Suitable for Materials Pressurized containers, Cans, Metal, Wood, Glass, Solid Materials   TONNA bin press 240L dimensions TONNA bin press 240L machine dimensions: Height: 2360 mm Width: 780 mm Depth: 780 mm Weight: 234 kg Bag Insert dimensions: Height: 860 mm Width: 490 mm Depth: 490 mm Weight: 30 kg (depending on the material used)   TONNA bin press 240L floor plan   TONNA bin press 240L advantages The TONNA bin press 240L offers several advantages for businesses and organizations that are looking for an efficient and cost-effective waste management solution. Some of the key advantages of the TONNA bin press include: Reduced waste volume: The TONNA bin press is designed to reduce waste volume by up to 80%. This means that businesses can significantly reduce their waste disposal costs, as they will need to dispose of less waste overall. Versatility: The TONNA bin press is designed to work with a wide range of waste materials, including cardboard, paper, plastic, foam soft materials, and food waste. This makes it a versatile and flexible waste management solution. Space-saving design: The TONNA bin press is designed to be mounted on a wall or placed on a stand, which means that it takes up very little floor space. This makes it an ideal choice for businesses that have limited space for waste management equipment. Easy to use: The TONNA bin press is incredibly simple to operate, with clear instructions provided in the operator manual. This means that businesses can quickly and easily train their staff to use the bin press, reducing the need for additional training or support. Safety: The TONNA bin press is designed with safety in mind, with a range of safety features built in to ensure that users are protected at all times. For example, the bin press is equipped with safety guards to prevent accidental contact with the compaction head, and an emergency stop button to quickly shut down the machine in the event of an emergency. Low maintenance: The TONNA bin press requires very little maintenance, which means that it is a cost-effective and low-maintenance waste management solution. Durability: The TONN...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/tonna-bin-press-240l/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/TONNA-bin-press-240L.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/TONNA-bin-press-240L-new.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/TONNA-bin-press-240L-dimensions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/TONNA-bin-press-240L.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/TONNA-bin-press-240L-price.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/TONNA-bin-press-240L-dimensions-floor-plan.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>3600 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2999 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>tonna</g:brand><g:mpn>440250</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>280.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>824</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>824</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Papppresse</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Papppresse</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>112001</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[ELECTRA™ M SERIES battery powered Tensioner and Sealer for Steel Strapping]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Tensioner and Sealer for Steel Strapping ELECTRA™ M SERIES SIAT's ELECTRA™ M Series Tensioner and Sealer for Steel Strapping is a battery-operated solution that is perfect for tensioning and double-notch sealing steel applications. Made in Italy, this professional tool is easy to use and maximizes strapping results for regular or irregularly shaped packages. The M Tensioner is designed to work with steel strapping that is 19, 25, or 32 mm wide and 0.60 to 1 mm thick. It can handle strapping tension up to 7500 N, making it a reliable and efficient tool for most common steel strapping applications. The tension speed is 3 meters per minute (10 feet per minute), which ensures that the job is done quickly and efficiently. The tool is compact and lightweight, with dimensions of 490 x 134 x 165 mm (19.2 x 5.3 x 6.5 inches) and a weight of 5 kg (11 lbs) with the battery installed. The battery is a lithium-ion battery from Makita, with a nominal tension of 18 V and an amperage capacity of 3 Ah. The battery can be fully charged in just 20 minutes, which means that the tool can be used for extended periods without the need for frequent recharging. The battery power is 44 Wh, which ensures that the tool can handle even the toughest jobs. The battery charge indicator is a useful feature that lets the user know when the battery needs to be recharged. This ensures that the tool is always ready to use when needed. The tool is designed to be user-friendly, with easy maintenance and simple installation. It is developed and designed for different applications of our customers, thanks to a research and development department that is always ready to respond to every need. The ELECTRA™ M Series Tensioner and Sealer for Steel Strapping is a perfect example of SIAT's commitment to quality and innovation. The tool is designed to minimize consumable use, reduce waste, and use less energy, which helps to reduce the environmental.   Tensioner and Sealer for Steel Strapping ELECTRA video ﻿ 9 reasons why to use battery Tensioner and Sealer for Steel Strapping ELECTRA A reliable and efficient tool for most common steel strapping applications Tension speed of 3 meters per minute (10 feet per minute) and strapping tension up to 7500 N Battery-operated solution that is easy to use and maneuver Lightweight and compact design that makes it ideal for use in different applications User-friendly design with easy maintenance and simple installation Developed and designed for different applications of customers, ensuring versatility and flexibility Battery can be fully charged in just 20 minutes, allowing for extended periods of use without frequent recharging Minimizes consumable use, reduces waste, and uses less energy, which helps to reduce the environmental impact Sustainable choice for businesses that are committed to reducing their carbon footprint   Specifications of the battery strapping Tensioner and Sealer for Steel Strapping ELECTRA™ M SERIES" Feature Description Product Name Tensioner and Sealer for Steel Strapping ELECTRA™ M SERIES Manufacturer SIAT Application Tensioning and double-notch sealing steel strapping for regular or irregularly shaped packages Compatibility Works with steel strapping widths: 19 mm, 25 mm, 32 mm Strapping thickness: 0.60 mm to 1 mm Strapping Tension Up to 7500 N Tension Speed 3 meters per minute (10 feet per minute) Dimensions (L x W x H) 490 mm x 134 mm x 165 mm (19.2" x 5.3" x 6.5") Weight (with Battery) 5 kg (11 lbs) Battery Type Lithium-ion battery from Makita Battery Voltage / Capacity 18 V / 3 Ah Battery Charging Time Fully charged in 20 minutes Battery Power 44 Wh Battery Charge Indicator Yes Design Compact and lightweight Usage Battery-operated solution for steel strapping tensioning and sealing Versatility Designed for different applications of customers, suitable for regular and irregularly shaped packages Environmental Focus Minimizes consumable use, reduces waste, uses less energy Life Span The average life of 10 years Return on Investment Return from investment in 4 to 5 months Maintenance Easy maintenance and simple installation Environmental Impact Reduction Designed to reduce consumable use, waste, and energy Manufacturer's Expertise SIAT Group is a market leader in packaging machinery with over 50 years of experience Sustainability A sustainable choice for businesses committed to reducing their carbon footprint     Why buy battery strapping Tensioner and Sealer for Steel Strapping Increase customer productivity - Tensioner and Sealer for Steel Strapping has an average life of 10 years, therefore, return from their investment in only 4 to 5 months Lower the cost of ownership - Tensioner and Sealer for Steel Strapping ELECTRA require easy maintenance and simple installation. It is developed and designed to be user-friendly and for different applications Reduce environmental impact - the machine is designed to minimize consumable use, reduce waste and use less energy   Features of Battery Te...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/electra-m-series-tensioner-and-sealer-for-steel-strapping/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/electra-m-series-tensioner-and-sealer-for-steel-strapping-scaled.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/sealer-for-steel-strapping.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/tensioner-for-steel-strapping.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/tensioner-for-steel-strapping-seal.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>4890 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>siat-maillis</g:brand><g:mpn>112001</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>3.9 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>531,2473,2652,2539</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>531</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Batteridrevet Strekkapparat</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Stroppingsverktøy &gt; Batteridrevet Strekkapparat</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>550680_01</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[12mm OPP trak za avtomatski stroj za povezovanje – 150m/enota – 100 kosov]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[12mm OPP band for automatic banding machine - 150m/unit High-quality 12mm OPP Tape for Automatic Banding Machines, providing efficient and reliable packaging solutions for your business needs. This OPP film roll boasts a width of 12mm, a thickness of 0.12mm, and an impressive length of 150m per unit. The tape roll comes with an inner diameter of 42mm and an exterior diameter of 160mm, ensuring smooth and trouble-free operation on your automatic banding machines.   Advantages of our OPP band 12mm Compatibility with Strapping Machine: Our OPP band is designed to fit most automatic strapping machines with a 42mm inner diameter and 160mm exterior diameter. We recommend using it with our ECOBAND-S Paper & OPP banding machine 12mm. Dimensions and Length: Our OPP band measures 12mm in width, and 0.12 mm in thickness, and comes in 150 meters rolls. Quality and Strength: Our OPP band offers a strong bundling effect and reliable adhesion, ensuring secure packaging for various products. Packaging Efficiency: Our OPP band is easy to load, minimizing downtime during changeovers, and enhances packaging speed in automatic strapping machines. Damage-Free Packing: Rest assured, our OPP band is gentle on products, preventing scratches, marks, or deformation during packaging. Versatility and Applications: Our OPP band excels in product bundling, carton sealing, gift wrapping, retail packaging, e-commerce shipping, and more. Packaging Appearance: With elegant OPP packing, our band enhances the presentation of your products, leaving a positive impression. Durability and Longevity: Each roll contains 150 meters of high-quality OPP band, providing long-lasting and durable packaging solutions. Customer Reviews and Testimonials: Customers love our OPP band for its reliability, performance, and excellent bundling results. Price and Cost-effectiveness: Our OPP band offers a cost-effective solution, combining quality, strength, and value for your packaging needs.   Specs of 12mm OPP band for automatic banding machine Specification Details Product Name 12mm OPP band Width 12mm Thickness 0.12mm Length per Unit 150 meters Tape Roll Inner Diameter 42mm Tape Roll Exterior Diameter 160mm Material OPP Film Packing Elegant OPP packing Bundling Effect Strong Suitable for Automatic Banding Machines, Many kinds of strapping machines Uses Product bundling, Carton sealing, Gift wrapping, Office use, Food packaging, Retail packaging, E-commerce shipping, Manufacturing and assembly, Logistics and warehousing, Home and DIY projects   Compatibility with Strapping Machine ECOBAND-S Our OPP band, with its dimensions perfectly suited for the ECOBAND-S Paper & OPP Banding Machine, is an ideal pairing for seamless and efficient packaging operations. The ECOBAND-S is specifically designed to work with 12mm width bands, making it a perfect match for our 12mm OPP band. The machine's advanced features, coupled with the precise fit of our OPP band, ensure smooth loading and reliable performance. The ECOBAND-S Paper & OPP Banding Machine is equipped to handle a 42mm inner diameter and 160mm exterior diameter, which perfectly accommodates our OPP band's roll dimensions. With this combination, your packaging process will experience increased productivity and reduced downtime. The machine's user-friendly design and compatibility with our OPP band allow for quick and easy banding, ensuring a high-quality bundling effect that holds your products securely together. Whether you are bundling various products, sealing cartons, or enhancing the presentation of your retail packaging, the ECOBAND-S, and our 12mm OPP band deliver an efficient, damage-free, and cost-effective solution. Trust in the synergy of the ECOBAND-S Paper & OPP Banding Machine and our 12mm OPP band to elevate your packaging operations and provide the perfect packaging solution for your business needs.   Features of OPP tape 12mm: Superior Quality: Our OPP packing tape is crafted with utmost precision to deliver a high-quality product that meets industry standards. Its durability ensures that your packages remain secure throughout transportation and storage. Long Length: With a generous length of 150 meters per unit, this OPP tape offers excellent value for money. You can rely on it for extended periods of use before needing a replacement, reducing downtime in your packaging operations. Optimal Width: The 12mm width of the tape is perfect for various packaging applications. It strikes a balance between providing a strong bundling effect and not adding excessive bulk to your packages. Elegant Packing: The OPP packing way used in our tape ensures an elegant and professional appearance for your packages. Your products will be presented in a neat and attractive manner, leaving a positive impression on your customers. Damage-Free: Rest assured that our OPP tape will not cause any damage to your products during the bundling process. The gentle handling characteristics of the tape prevent scratches, dents, ...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/12mm-opp-band-for-automatic-banding-machine-150m-unit-100units/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/OPP-12mm-tape-for-automatic-banding-machine.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/OPP-transparent-tape-12mm-price.jpeg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>400 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>299 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550680_01</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>16 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2473,2474,529</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2473</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Packaging solutions</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>550685_01</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[30mm Paper band for Automatic Banding Machine - 150m - 56 units]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[30mm Paper band for Automatic Banding Machine - 150m 30mm Banding Paper is the perfect solution for efficient and eco-friendly bundling and banding of various items. This high-quality paper tape is designed to work seamlessly with automatic banding machines ECOBAND-B4620, ensuring quiet and swift processing for all your packaging needs. Our 30mm Paper Tape is ideal for bundling or banding a wide range of items, including brochures, books, documentation, pharmaceutical products, food items, and banknote paper. Whether you are a publisher, pharmaceutical company, food distributor, or any business requiring secure and sustainable packaging, this tape is the perfect solution for your needs. Color: White, Unprinted Material: Kraft Paper 80 g/m² Coating: PE-Coated Version: Roll Width: 30 mm Length: 150 m Core Innder Diameter: 40 mm Outer Roll Diameter: 180 mm 56 Units in box   Advantages of Paper band 30mm Compatibility: The 30mm Paper Band for Automatic Banding Machine - 150m is designed to be compatible with most standard automatic banding machines. We recommend using it with automatic banding machines ECOBAND-B4620. It features a width of 30mm, which is a commonly used size in the industry, ensuring a seamless fit for your machine. Material and Quality: Our paper band is made from high-quality kraft paper with a weight of 80 g/m², providing excellent strength and durability. The 0.12mm thickness ensures a reliable hold for your bundled items, preventing accidental breakage during handling or transit. Length: The roll of paper band comes with a generous length of 150 meters. This ample supply allows for the efficient banding of multiple items before needing a replacement roll, reducing downtime during packaging operations. Application: Our 30mm Paper Band is versatile and suitable for bundling or banding various items, making it a valuable tool for a wide range of businesses. Whether you need to secure brochures, books, pharmaceutical products, food items, or banknote paper, this paper band ensures a secure hold for your valuable goods. Ease of Use: Loading the paper band onto your automatic banding machine is a simple process. The roll's core diameter of 40mm ensures smooth loading onto the machine's spindle. Additionally, the paper band is designed to work well with most banding machines, requiring minimal adjustments and offering hassle-free operation. The easy-tear feature allows for convenient access to packaged items without compromising the band's integrity. Environmental Friendliness: Our paper band is manufactured with sustainability in mind. Crafted from eco-friendly materials and coated with PE for added durability, it is a responsible choice for environmentally-conscious businesses seeking greener packaging solutions. Tear Resistance: The paper band is designed to offer excellent tear resistance while maintaining ease of opening. This feature ensures that your bundled items remain securely held during transit and storage, while still allowing easy access when needed. Packaging and Storage: The paper band is carefully packaged to prevent damage during transit. For bulk purchases, the rolls are securely boxed, and we provide storage guidelines to ensure the tape's optimal performance over time. Papaer band price: For pricing information and bulk purchase options, please refer to our website or contact our sales team directly. We offer competitive price of paper band and may have attractive discounts available for larger quantities. Reviews and Testimonials: Our 30mm Paper Band for Automatic Banding Machine - 150m has garnered praise and positive feedback from numerous satisfied customers. They have expressed their appreciation for the tape's reliability, ease of use, and outstanding bundling capabilities. Many customers have shared their positive experiences with our paper band, citing its tear resistance and environmental friendliness as notable features. We take pride in the satisfaction of our customers and are delighted to have earned their trust as a preferred choice for their banding needs. Key Features of 30mm Paper band for Automatic Banding Machine: Environmentally Friendly: Our paper tape is crafted with sustainability in mind. Made from 80 g/m² kraft paper and coated with PE, it is both eco-friendly and highly functional. Quiet and Fast Processing: Enjoy a smooth and noise-free banding experience with our tape. It guarantees quick and hassle-free bundling, saving you valuable time and resources. Reliable and Secure: Trust in the superior strength of our paper bands to securely hold your products together during transit or storage. From delicate brochures and books to essential pharmaceutical products and banknote paper, our tape ensures your items remain intact throughout the journey. Easy to Tear Open: Need to access the contents of a bundled package? No problem! Our paper tape is designed for easy tearing, allowing convenient access at any point without causing damage to the materials....]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/30mm-paper-tape-for-automatic-banding-machine-150m/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/paper-tape-30mm-150m.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/paper-tape-30mm-150m-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/paper-tape-30mm-150m-inner-diameter-40mm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/paper-tape-30mm-150m-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>240 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>199 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550685_01</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>16 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2473,2474,529</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2473</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Packaging solutions</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>550608_01</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Stretch film - 500mm/23my - 16 kg - for pallet wrapping machine — type: REGULAR - Standard A]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Stretch film - 500mm/23my - 16 kg - for pallet wrapping machine - REGULAR - Standard A]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/stretch-film-500mm-23my-16-kg-for-pallet-wrapping-machine/?attribute_type=REGULAR+-+Standard+A</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/pallet-wrapping-machine-regular-standard-a-Stretchfolie-500mm-23my-16kg.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>59 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550608_01</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>16293</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>16.00 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550609_01</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Stretch film - 500mm/23my - 16 kg - for pallet wrapping machine — type: PRESTRETCH - POWER]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Stretch film - 500mm/23my - 16 kg - for pallet wrapping machine - PRESTRETCH - POWER]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/stretch-film-500mm-23my-16-kg-for-pallet-wrapping-machine/?attribute_type=PRESTRETCH+-+POWER</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/pallet-wrapping-Maschine-PRESTRETCH-Stretchfolie-500mm-23my-16kg.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>79 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550609_01</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>16293</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>16.00 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550655</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[POF shrink film - Heat shrink wrap - 15my - Width 200-550mm — select-width: 200mm -15my;1259m;500m2]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[POF shrink film - Heat shrink wrap - 15my - Width 200-550mm POF (Polyolefin) shrink film: the versatile packaging solution for quality and compliance POF shrink film, also known as polyolefin shrink film, is the leading choice in the packaging industry, especially for consumer goods, cosmetics, and exports to countries with strict health regulations. This versatile plastic film is designed to ensure product safety in addition to aesthetic appeal while adhering to the highest quality and compliance standards.   Key features of POF shrink film: Clarity and gloss of heat shrink wrap: POF boasts exceptional clarity and gloss, allowing a clear view of the packaged product. This feature is particularly useful when wrapping products such as cosmetic boxes, food containers, books and CD covers, as it enhances the overall presentation. Non-toxic and odorless: Recognizing the importance of consumer safety, POF Shrink Film is designed to be non-toxic and odorless. This makes it an ideal choice for products that are in direct contact with consumers, as it ensures that the packaging material does not introduce harmful substances. Soft, sticky texture of POF shrink film: The film has a soft and adhesive texture that ensures a secure and tight seal. Its elasticity ensures reliability even in colder environments, making it suitable for a wide range of climates and storage conditions. POF shrink film is Recyclable: POF is environmentally responsible as it is fully recyclable. This is not only in line with sustainability objectives, but also contributes to cost efficiency, making it an attractive choice for companies looking for environmentally friendly packaging solutions.   Physical Characteristics of heat shrink wrap: Heat shrink wrap is Thin and flexible: The film is thin, so it is flexible without compromising on strength. This characteristic makes it adaptable to a wide range of products while maintaining its durability during handling and transport. High shrinkage rate of heat shrink wrap: POF Shrink consistently shrinks when exposed to heat, with a shrink rate of over 75%. This property ensures a tight fit to the packaged product, improving safety and presentation. Production formats: Versatile rolls: Versatile use: single sheet rolls Double-folded rolls Tubular rolls Flexible packaging: Open pouches Single open bags Printing options: POF: The shrink film POF can be customised with up to 8 colours, providing many options for branding and product information. This increases the visual appeal of the packaging and contributes to a memorable consumer experience. Variable specifications: Thickness from 10 to 50 microns Widths available from 100 to 1500 millimetres In conclusion, POF Shrink Film is a complete packaging solution that combines aesthetics, functionality and environmental awareness. Its ability to adapt to different product shapes and its compliance with safety regulations make it one of the preferred products for companies looking for reliable and attractive packaging for their products.   The advantages of utilizing POF shrink film in your company It's a flexible packing material. POF shrink films are suitable for a variety of items, such as beverages, food, electronics, and cosmetics. The maker can alter the film's thickness, width, and length to suit different brands and enterprises. POF shrink films are incredibly transparent, making it simple for buyers to see the product within. This is a big selling point for companies that want to let their customers see the product before they buy it. They resist rips, tears, and other damages because they are strong and resilient. It can successfully safeguard goods while they are being transported and stored. It can be used to package goods in a variety of methods, particularly when sealed with heat to maintain the freshness and quality of the contents. Shields goods from a variety of elements, including dust, moisture, and other impurities. Lless expensive than alternative packaging materials, saving the company money. For enterprises, POF shrink films are an incredibly useful packaging option. Due to its adaptable qualities, it can successfully safeguard the goods within, making a favorable impression on customers and influencing their choice to buy. Above all, as compared to other materials, it is an affordable investment that will surely yield significant benefits for your company.   Polyolefin (POF) Shrink Films Shrink films made of polyolefin (POF) are designed to provide strong protection for a variety of products, including heavy goods and shaped goods. These films are renowned for their adaptability, which includes improved commercial appeal, superior product protection, and pack integrity preservation via thorough wrapping.   Unlocking packaging potential with POF shrink films Superior POF shrink film with excellent gloss and clarity Packaging option that is sustainable and composed entirely of recyclable materials. Outstanding adaptability, durability...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pof-shrink-film-heat-shrink-wrap-15my-width-200-550mm/?attribute_select-width=200mm+-15my%3B1259m%3B500m2</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Thermoshrink-film-Width-200mm-thickness-15my.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Thermoshrink-film-Width-500mm-thickness-15-my.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Thermoshrink-film-Width-200mm-thickness-15-my.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Thermoshrink-film-Width-550mm-thickness-15-my.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>69 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550655</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>16284</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>10.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550660</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[POF shrink film - Heat shrink wrap - 15my - Width 200-550mm — select-width: 500mm - 15my;1335m;1335m2]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[POF shrink film - Heat shrink wrap - 15my - Width 200-550mm POF (Polyolefin) shrink film: the versatile packaging solution for quality and compliance POF shrink film, also known as polyolefin shrink film, is the leading choice in the packaging industry, especially for consumer goods, cosmetics, and exports to countries with strict health regulations. This versatile plastic film is designed to ensure product safety in addition to aesthetic appeal while adhering to the highest quality and compliance standards.   Key features of POF shrink film: Clarity and gloss of heat shrink wrap: POF boasts exceptional clarity and gloss, allowing a clear view of the packaged product. This feature is particularly useful when wrapping products such as cosmetic boxes, food containers, books and CD covers, as it enhances the overall presentation. Non-toxic and odorless: Recognizing the importance of consumer safety, POF Shrink Film is designed to be non-toxic and odorless. This makes it an ideal choice for products that are in direct contact with consumers, as it ensures that the packaging material does not introduce harmful substances. Soft, sticky texture of POF shrink film: The film has a soft and adhesive texture that ensures a secure and tight seal. Its elasticity ensures reliability even in colder environments, making it suitable for a wide range of climates and storage conditions. POF shrink film is Recyclable: POF is environmentally responsible as it is fully recyclable. This is not only in line with sustainability objectives, but also contributes to cost efficiency, making it an attractive choice for companies looking for environmentally friendly packaging solutions.   Physical Characteristics of heat shrink wrap: Heat shrink wrap is Thin and flexible: The film is thin, so it is flexible without compromising on strength. This characteristic makes it adaptable to a wide range of products while maintaining its durability during handling and transport. High shrinkage rate of heat shrink wrap: POF Shrink consistently shrinks when exposed to heat, with a shrink rate of over 75%. This property ensures a tight fit to the packaged product, improving safety and presentation. Production formats: Versatile rolls: Versatile use: single sheet rolls Double-folded rolls Tubular rolls Flexible packaging: Open pouches Single open bags Printing options: POF: The shrink film POF can be customised with up to 8 colours, providing many options for branding and product information. This increases the visual appeal of the packaging and contributes to a memorable consumer experience. Variable specifications: Thickness from 10 to 50 microns Widths available from 100 to 1500 millimetres In conclusion, POF Shrink Film is a complete packaging solution that combines aesthetics, functionality and environmental awareness. Its ability to adapt to different product shapes and its compliance with safety regulations make it one of the preferred products for companies looking for reliable and attractive packaging for their products.   The advantages of utilizing POF shrink film in your company It's a flexible packing material. POF shrink films are suitable for a variety of items, such as beverages, food, electronics, and cosmetics. The maker can alter the film's thickness, width, and length to suit different brands and enterprises. POF shrink films are incredibly transparent, making it simple for buyers to see the product within. This is a big selling point for companies that want to let their customers see the product before they buy it. They resist rips, tears, and other damages because they are strong and resilient. It can successfully safeguard goods while they are being transported and stored. It can be used to package goods in a variety of methods, particularly when sealed with heat to maintain the freshness and quality of the contents. Shields goods from a variety of elements, including dust, moisture, and other impurities. Lless expensive than alternative packaging materials, saving the company money. For enterprises, POF shrink films are an incredibly useful packaging option. Due to its adaptable qualities, it can successfully safeguard the goods within, making a favorable impression on customers and influencing their choice to buy. Above all, as compared to other materials, it is an affordable investment that will surely yield significant benefits for your company.   Polyolefin (POF) Shrink Films Shrink films made of polyolefin (POF) are designed to provide strong protection for a variety of products, including heavy goods and shaped goods. These films are renowned for their adaptability, which includes improved commercial appeal, superior product protection, and pack integrity preservation via thorough wrapping.   Unlocking packaging potential with POF shrink films Superior POF shrink film with excellent gloss and clarity Packaging option that is sustainable and composed entirely of recyclable materials. Outstanding adaptability, durability...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pof-shrink-film-heat-shrink-wrap-15my-width-200-550mm/?attribute_select-width=500mm+-+15my%3B1335m%3B1335m2</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Thermoshrink-film-Width-500mm-thickness-15-my.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Thermoshrink-film-Width-500mm-thickness-15-my.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Thermoshrink-film-Width-200mm-thickness-15-my.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Thermoshrink-film-Width-550mm-thickness-15-my.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>99 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550660</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>16284</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>10.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550665</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[POF shrink film - Heat shrink wrap - 15my - Width 200-550mm — select-width: 550mm - 15my;1335m;1468m2]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[POF shrink film - Heat shrink wrap - 15my - Width 200-550mm POF (Polyolefin) shrink film: the versatile packaging solution for quality and compliance POF shrink film, also known as polyolefin shrink film, is the leading choice in the packaging industry, especially for consumer goods, cosmetics, and exports to countries with strict health regulations. This versatile plastic film is designed to ensure product safety in addition to aesthetic appeal while adhering to the highest quality and compliance standards.   Key features of POF shrink film: Clarity and gloss of heat shrink wrap: POF boasts exceptional clarity and gloss, allowing a clear view of the packaged product. This feature is particularly useful when wrapping products such as cosmetic boxes, food containers, books and CD covers, as it enhances the overall presentation. Non-toxic and odorless: Recognizing the importance of consumer safety, POF Shrink Film is designed to be non-toxic and odorless. This makes it an ideal choice for products that are in direct contact with consumers, as it ensures that the packaging material does not introduce harmful substances. Soft, sticky texture of POF shrink film: The film has a soft and adhesive texture that ensures a secure and tight seal. Its elasticity ensures reliability even in colder environments, making it suitable for a wide range of climates and storage conditions. POF shrink film is Recyclable: POF is environmentally responsible as it is fully recyclable. This is not only in line with sustainability objectives, but also contributes to cost efficiency, making it an attractive choice for companies looking for environmentally friendly packaging solutions.   Physical Characteristics of heat shrink wrap: Heat shrink wrap is Thin and flexible: The film is thin, so it is flexible without compromising on strength. This characteristic makes it adaptable to a wide range of products while maintaining its durability during handling and transport. High shrinkage rate of heat shrink wrap: POF Shrink consistently shrinks when exposed to heat, with a shrink rate of over 75%. This property ensures a tight fit to the packaged product, improving safety and presentation. Production formats: Versatile rolls: Versatile use: single sheet rolls Double-folded rolls Tubular rolls Flexible packaging: Open pouches Single open bags Printing options: POF: The shrink film POF can be customised with up to 8 colours, providing many options for branding and product information. This increases the visual appeal of the packaging and contributes to a memorable consumer experience. Variable specifications: Thickness from 10 to 50 microns Widths available from 100 to 1500 millimetres In conclusion, POF Shrink Film is a complete packaging solution that combines aesthetics, functionality and environmental awareness. Its ability to adapt to different product shapes and its compliance with safety regulations make it one of the preferred products for companies looking for reliable and attractive packaging for their products.   The advantages of utilizing POF shrink film in your company It's a flexible packing material. POF shrink films are suitable for a variety of items, such as beverages, food, electronics, and cosmetics. The maker can alter the film's thickness, width, and length to suit different brands and enterprises. POF shrink films are incredibly transparent, making it simple for buyers to see the product within. This is a big selling point for companies that want to let their customers see the product before they buy it. They resist rips, tears, and other damages because they are strong and resilient. It can successfully safeguard goods while they are being transported and stored. It can be used to package goods in a variety of methods, particularly when sealed with heat to maintain the freshness and quality of the contents. Shields goods from a variety of elements, including dust, moisture, and other impurities. Lless expensive than alternative packaging materials, saving the company money. For enterprises, POF shrink films are an incredibly useful packaging option. Due to its adaptable qualities, it can successfully safeguard the goods within, making a favorable impression on customers and influencing their choice to buy. Above all, as compared to other materials, it is an affordable investment that will surely yield significant benefits for your company.   Polyolefin (POF) Shrink Films Shrink films made of polyolefin (POF) are designed to provide strong protection for a variety of products, including heavy goods and shaped goods. These films are renowned for their adaptability, which includes improved commercial appeal, superior product protection, and pack integrity preservation via thorough wrapping.   Unlocking packaging potential with POF shrink films Superior POF shrink film with excellent gloss and clarity Packaging option that is sustainable and composed entirely of recyclable materials. Outstanding adaptability, durability...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pof-shrink-film-heat-shrink-wrap-15my-width-200-550mm/?attribute_select-width=550mm+-+15my%3B1335m%3B1468m2</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Thermoshrink-film-Width-550mm-thickness-15-my.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Thermoshrink-film-Width-500mm-thickness-15-my.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Thermoshrink-film-Width-200mm-thickness-15-my.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Thermoshrink-film-Width-550mm-thickness-15-my.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>109 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550665</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>16284</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>10.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>240050</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[AUTOSHRINK Automatic Shrink Wrapping Machine 55 x 45 x 15cm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[AUTOSHRINK Automatic Shrink Wrapping Machine Automatic Shrink Wrapping Machine AUTOSHRINK also known as a shrink machine or shrink packaging machine, is an advanced packaging solution in the market. AUTOSHRINK consists of two machines: Automatic Shrink Wrapping Machine (SA-554515 model) - L2000mm*W1000*H1300mm, 500kg Tunnel for film shrinking (ST-554515 model) - L1800mm*W1000mm*H1320mm, 300kg It utilizes shrink film to tightly wrap and bind products or packaging, enhancing their appearance and adding value. The machine operates by wrapping the product or packaging in shrink film, which is then heated. The heat causes the film to shrink and tightly conform to the contours of the product or packaging, creating a secure and visually appealing seal. This process improves product exhibition, increases the overall aesthetic appeal, and enhances the perceived value of the packaged goods. The Autoshrink model, with its technical parameters, is designed to meet various packaging needs. It requires a power supply of 3-phase 380V with a frequency of 50/60Hz and consumes 4kW of power. The overall dimensions of the machine measure W 1000mm x L 3800mm x H 1320mm, and it has an adjustable working plate height of 850mm±50mm. The machine itself weighs 770kg (net weight) and 810kg (gross weight). The minimum product dimensions are 100mm*100mm*20mm (L x W x H) and the maximum product dimensions are 550mm*450mm*150mm (L x W x H). The machine requires a minimum film width of 200mm and can handle films with a maximum width of 500mm. The compressed air pressure for its operation should be maintained between 5-6kg/cm². In terms of speed, the Autoshrink model is capable of sealing 25-45 products per minute, depending on the product size, providing efficient packaging productivity. AUTISHRINK is robuts high-quality machine. The PLC Controller is sourced from Germany's prestigious brand Siemens. The electrical configuration of the machine includes components from reputable brands such as "Schneider" or "Omron," ensuring reliable performance. The temperature controller is provided by "MEIWA," ensuring accurate and precise control of the heating process. Pneumatic elements in the machine are supplied by "Airtac," further ensuring reliable and consistent operation. Overall, the Autoshrink Machine offers advanced packaging capabilities with its robust design, efficient sealing speed, and reliable electrical and pneumatic components. It is a versatile solution for businesses looking to improve the presentation and value of their products through shrink packaging.   Advantages of AUTOSHRINK Automatic Shrink Wrapping Machine Enables packaging of different product sizes and shapes Two machines assembled into one for smooth operation High-tech components ensure reliable performance and precise control User-friendly touchscreen interface for easy operation and monitoring Reduced waste with film guides and motorized scrap recovery feature Siemens PLC and Schneider servomotor for optimal automation and precision Enhanced product appearance and value with tight and secure shrink wrapping Accommodates up to 45 wrapped products per minute for high productivity Variable conveyor belt speed for flexible packaging requirements Can wrap products up to L500*W450*H120mm size   AUTOSHRINK Automatic Shrink Wrapping Machine video ﻿﻿﻿   AUTOSHRINK Automatic Shrink Wrapping Machine contains Components from prestigious brands The Autoshrink Machine incorporates high-quality components from renowned brands, ensuring reliable performance and precise control. The electrical configuration of the machine includes components from well-known manufacturers, providing a robust and efficient packaging solution. The PLC Controller is made by Germany's prestigious brand "Siemens," known for its advanced and reliable automation solutions. This controller ensures precise and accurate control over the machine's operations, optimizing its performance. The Contactor is supplied by France's reputable brand "Schneider." Schneider's contactors are known for their durability and reliability, ensuring safe and efficient electrical switching in the Autoshrink Machine. For variable speed control, the VFD (Variable Frequency Drive) is also provided by France's renowned brand "Schneider." The Schneider VFD enables smooth and precise speed adjustments, enhancing the machine's flexibility and efficiency. The Proximity Switch, an essential component for detecting the presence or absence of objects, is supplied by "FOTEK." FOTEK proximity switches are known for their high sensitivity and reliability, contributing to the machine's accurate operation. The Motor utilized in the Autoshrink Machine is sourced from China's esteemed brand "MEIWA." MEIWA motors are recognized for their robust construction and dependable performance, ensuring reliable power transmission for the machine's various operations. To enable precise and controlled movement, the Autoshrink Machine incorporates a Servo Mo...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/autoshrink-automatic-shrink-wrapping-machine/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/automatic-shrink-wrapping-machine-AUTOSHRINK.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/automatic-shrink-wrapping-machine-AUTOSHRINK-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/automatic-shrink-wrapping-machine-AUTOSHRINK-new.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/tunnel-for-shrink-wrapping-machine-AUTOSHRINK.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/ST4525-tunnel-for-shrink-wrapping-machine-AUTOSHRINK.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>32000 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>28990 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>240050</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>800.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2473,836,2575</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2473</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Pakking maskiner &gt; Krympepakkemaskiner</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>15052</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Diesel forklift FX3 3500kg, 300cm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Diesel forklift FX3 3500kg, 300cm The FX3 model is a diesel forklift with a rated capacity of 3500 kg and a load center of 500 mm. Its design model is FX3, and it has a self-weight of 4530 kg. The forklift's overall dimensions (including fork) are as follows: L1 overall length of 3900 mm, B overall width of 1240 mm, and H6 overall height of 2130 mm. The forklift has a maximum lifting height of 3000 mm and a free lifting height of 170 mm. Its mast tilt angle of forks is 6 degrees in the front and 12 degrees in the rear. The forklift's fork size is 1070 x 125 x 50 mm, and its minimum turning radius is either 2540 mm. The FX3 model is designed to be easy to operate and maintain, with clear guidelines provided in our manual. We recommend that all personnel read the manual thoroughly before operating or maintaining the machine to ensure safe use.   Specs of diesel forklift FX3 Model Diesel forklift FX3 Power Type Diesel Rated Capacity (kg) 3500 Max. Lifting Height (mm) 3000 Design Model FX3 Self Weight (kg) 4530 Tread - Tyre width (mm) - S Front 1000 Tread - Tyre width (mm) - P Rear 980 L5 Wheel Base (mm) 1650 X Front Overhang (mm) 493 L4 Rear Overhang (mm) 540 Overall Dimensions (mm) L1 overall length: 3900, B overall width: 1240, H6 overall height: 2130 Free Lifting Height (mm) 170 Load Center (mm) 500 Mast Tilt Angle (front/rear, degrees) 6/12 Max. travel speed (km/h) 20 Fork Size (L x W x H, mm) 1070 x 125 x 50 Min. Turning Radius (mm) 2520   Features of Diesel forklift FX3 Diesel-powered forklift with a load capacity of 3500 kg and load center of 500 mm Max. travel speed: 20 km/h Fork can tilt forwards to backward - The Diesel Electric Stacker offers the ability to tilt the fork forwards and backward, providing enhanced control and maneuverability while handling various types of loads. Whether you need to adjust the fork angle for improved stability during transport or precise positioning during loading and unloading, this stacker has you covered Automatic fork width adjustments - One of the standout features of this stacker is its automatic fork travel capability. With just a simple command, the forks widen or narrow automatically, adapting to different pallet sizes or load requirements. This eliminates the need for manual adjustments, saving time and effort while ensuring accurate and efficient material handling. Equipped with a diesel engine Weight of 4530 kg, making it sturdy and durable for heavy-duty operations Tread - Tyre width dimensions of S front: 1000 mm and P rear: 980 mm, providing stability during operation L5 wheelbase of 1650 mm, ensuring smooth movement and maneuverability in tight spaces Overall dimensions (including fork) of L1 overall length: 3850 mm, B overall width: 1240 mm, H6 overall height: 2130 mm Free lifting height of either 170 mm, depending on the specific model Max. lifting height of up to 3500 mm, allowing for efficient stacking and unloading operations Mast tilt angle (front/rear) of 6/12 degrees provides flexibility in handling different loads Fork size (L x W x T) of 1070 x125 x50 mm, suitable for a wide range of pallet sizes   What is the fuel consumption rate of the diesel forklift? On average, a diesel forklift with a 40 kW (53.6 horsepower) engine and a displacement of 2650 cc (2.65 liters) can consume approximately 2 to 4 liters of diesel fuel per hour of operation when empty. When the forklift is loaded, the fuel consumption may increase slightly due to the additional power required to lift and transport the load. The fuel capacity is 55L   What type of engine does the forklift have, and what is its horsepower rating? The FX3 diesel forklift is powered by a diesel engine with a 40 kW (53.6 horsepower) engine and a displacement of 2650 cc (2.65 liters). Max. travel speed is 20 (km/h).   What are the dimensions of the forklift FX3, including overall length, width, and height? Overall length (including fork): 3900 mm Overall width: 1240 mm Overall height: 2130 mm Fork height at max lift: 4256 mm   What is the turning radius of the forklift, and how does it impact maneuverability? The minimum turning radius of the FX3 diesel forklift ranges from 2250 mm (88 inches) to 2540 mm (100 inches), depending on the specific model and design. A smaller turning radius generally means better maneuverability in tight spaces.   What is the load center of the forklift, and how does it affect the lifting capacity? The load center of a forklift refers to where a load should be placed on its forks in order to maintain stability while lifting. For example, the load center of the FX3 diesel forklift is 500 mm (19.7 inches). The load capacity of a forklift decreases as the load center moves further away from the forks.   How does diesel forklift FX3 work The FX3 is a diesel-powered forklift that works by using a hydraulic drive device, which consists of a torque converter and power shifting transmission. The engine drives the torque converter, which then transmits power to the transmissi...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/diesel-forklift-fx3/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/SMITH-diesel-forklift.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>23000 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>19790 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMITH</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>528</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>528</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Elektrisk pallestabler</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Elektrisk pallestabler</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>550531_02</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Adhesive tape BOPP 48mm/66m brown/transparent – pallet - 3024 units — Velg farge: brown]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Adhesive tape BOPP 48mm/66m brown/transparent – pallet - 3024 units High-quality adhesive tape specifically designed for various applications. Crafted with a premium pressure-sensitive adhesive coated on a high-quality BOPP film, PP50 offers exceptional performance and reliability. With its compliance with ROHS directives, this tape prioritizes user safety while delivering outstanding results. PP50 boasts impressive material properties that make it an ideal choice for a wide range of applications. It's water-based acrylic resin or solvent acrylic glue type ensures a strong and lasting bond. With an adhesion to steel sheet (peeling) of ≥4.5 N/25mm according to ASTMD1000, PP50 guarantees reliable adhesion. The tape's tensile strength of 35 N/cm demonstrates its durability, and its elongation (hold) of ≥150% ensures flexibility even under stress. The thickness of the BOPP film is 0.025 mm (25μm), combined with the water emulsion thickness of 0.025 mm (25μm), resulting in a total thickness of 0.050 mm (50μm). This construction provides optimal performance for various applications. PP50 comes in a transparent and brown color, allowing you to choose the option that suits your needs. It has a temperature rating ranging from -20°C to 70°C, making it suitable for diverse environments. Its flame resistance, classified as S(ASTMD1000), adds an extra layer of safety. When stored in its original packaging at 21°C (70°F) and 50% relative humidity, PP50 has a shelf life of 12 months from the date of shipment, ensuring long-term usability. This versatile tape finds its application in a variety of ways. Its initial tack and excellent adhesion make it ideal for fixing and packaging. Additionally, PP50 is well-suited for carton sealing, bandaging, temporary item fixation, and for other sealing tasks. To achieve optimum adhesion, ensure that the bonding surface is clean, dry, and evenly uniform. The recommended application temperature range is 21°C to 38°C (70°F to 100°F). Avoid using the tape on surfaces below 10°C (50°F) as the adhesive may harden, compromising adhesion. However, PP50 can provide satisfactory results even in low-temperature conditions if used correctly. Choose PP50 adhesive tape for its reliability, versatility, and superior performance. Experience the exceptional quality that sets PP50 apart from the rest.   Key features of Adhesive tape BOPP 48mm/66m brown/transparent - 3024 units One pallet has 3024 units of Adhesive tape BOPP 50mic48mm/66m brown/transparent High-quality adhesive tape with pressure-sensitive adhesive and BOPP film coating Compliant with ROHS directives for user safety and environmental standards Offers strong adhesion to steel sheets, with a minimum peeling strength of 4.5 N/25mm Durable and flexible with a tensile strength of 35 N/cm and elongation of at least 150% Available in transparent or brown color Temperature resistant from -20°C to 70°C, ensuring suitability for various environments Versatile applications including fixing, packaging, carton sealing, and temporary item fixation   Technical specs of 50 mic Adhesive tape BOPP 48mm/66m Specification Value Material BOPP Film Glue Type Water Based Acrylic Resin/Solvent Acrylic Adhesion to Steel Sheet (peeling) ≥ 4.5 N/25mm Tensile Strength 35 N/cm Elongation (hold) ≥ 150% Thickness 0.050 mm (50μm) Flame Resistance S (ASTMD1000) Color Transparent, Brown, Customized Temperature Rating -20°C to 70°C Shelf Life 12 months Application Fixing, Packaging, Carton Sealing, Temporary Fixation, etc.   Why buying Adhesive tape BOPP in bulk is a good idea? Cost savings: Buying in bulk often results in lower unit costs compared to buying smaller quantities. This can lead to significant cost savings in the long run. Reduced packaging waste: Purchasing in bulk reduces the amount of packaging materials used per unit, resulting in less waste generated overall. Convenience and efficiency: Buying in bulk means fewer individual transactions and less frequent reordering, saving time and effort in the procurement process. Continuous supply: With a larger quantity on hand, you are less likely to run out of stock, ensuring a continuous supply of the product. Reduced transportation costs: Purchasing larger quantities allows for more efficient transportation, as you can optimize shipping logistics and potentially benefit from lower freight costs. Potential for resale or distribution: Buying in bulk opens up opportunities for resale or distribution, allowing you to capitalize on potential business ventures or partnerships.   7 advantages of 50 micron adhesive tape: Strong and reliable adhesion: The adhesive tape offers a high level of adhesion, ensuring secure and long-lasting bonding for various applications. Versatile use: It is suitable for a wide range of applications including fixing, packaging, carton sealing, bandaging, and temporary item fixation, providing versatility in its usage. Durable and flexible: The tape exhibits excellent tensile strength and ...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/adhesive-tape-bopp-48mm-66m-brown-transparent-pallet-3024-units/?attribute_pa_color=brown</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/adhesive-tape-brown-bopp-48mm-66m.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/adhesive-tape-clear-bopp-48mm-66m.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/adhesive-tape-brown-bopp-48mm-66m-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/adhesive-tape-brown-bopp-48mm-66m-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2399 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2199 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550531_02</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>15046</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>1000</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550521_02</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Adhesive tape BOPP 48mm/66m brown/transparent – pallet - 3024 units — Velg farge: transparent]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Adhesive tape BOPP 48mm/66m brown/transparent – pallet - 3024 units High-quality adhesive tape specifically designed for various applications. Crafted with a premium pressure-sensitive adhesive coated on a high-quality BOPP film, PP50 offers exceptional performance and reliability. With its compliance with ROHS directives, this tape prioritizes user safety while delivering outstanding results. PP50 boasts impressive material properties that make it an ideal choice for a wide range of applications. It's water-based acrylic resin or solvent acrylic glue type ensures a strong and lasting bond. With an adhesion to steel sheet (peeling) of ≥4.5 N/25mm according to ASTMD1000, PP50 guarantees reliable adhesion. The tape's tensile strength of 35 N/cm demonstrates its durability, and its elongation (hold) of ≥150% ensures flexibility even under stress. The thickness of the BOPP film is 0.025 mm (25μm), combined with the water emulsion thickness of 0.025 mm (25μm), resulting in a total thickness of 0.050 mm (50μm). This construction provides optimal performance for various applications. PP50 comes in a transparent and brown color, allowing you to choose the option that suits your needs. It has a temperature rating ranging from -20°C to 70°C, making it suitable for diverse environments. Its flame resistance, classified as S(ASTMD1000), adds an extra layer of safety. When stored in its original packaging at 21°C (70°F) and 50% relative humidity, PP50 has a shelf life of 12 months from the date of shipment, ensuring long-term usability. This versatile tape finds its application in a variety of ways. Its initial tack and excellent adhesion make it ideal for fixing and packaging. Additionally, PP50 is well-suited for carton sealing, bandaging, temporary item fixation, and for other sealing tasks. To achieve optimum adhesion, ensure that the bonding surface is clean, dry, and evenly uniform. The recommended application temperature range is 21°C to 38°C (70°F to 100°F). Avoid using the tape on surfaces below 10°C (50°F) as the adhesive may harden, compromising adhesion. However, PP50 can provide satisfactory results even in low-temperature conditions if used correctly. Choose PP50 adhesive tape for its reliability, versatility, and superior performance. Experience the exceptional quality that sets PP50 apart from the rest.   Key features of Adhesive tape BOPP 48mm/66m brown/transparent - 3024 units One pallet has 3024 units of Adhesive tape BOPP 50mic48mm/66m brown/transparent High-quality adhesive tape with pressure-sensitive adhesive and BOPP film coating Compliant with ROHS directives for user safety and environmental standards Offers strong adhesion to steel sheets, with a minimum peeling strength of 4.5 N/25mm Durable and flexible with a tensile strength of 35 N/cm and elongation of at least 150% Available in transparent or brown color Temperature resistant from -20°C to 70°C, ensuring suitability for various environments Versatile applications including fixing, packaging, carton sealing, and temporary item fixation   Technical specs of 50 mic Adhesive tape BOPP 48mm/66m Specification Value Material BOPP Film Glue Type Water Based Acrylic Resin/Solvent Acrylic Adhesion to Steel Sheet (peeling) ≥ 4.5 N/25mm Tensile Strength 35 N/cm Elongation (hold) ≥ 150% Thickness 0.050 mm (50μm) Flame Resistance S (ASTMD1000) Color Transparent, Brown, Customized Temperature Rating -20°C to 70°C Shelf Life 12 months Application Fixing, Packaging, Carton Sealing, Temporary Fixation, etc.   Why buying Adhesive tape BOPP in bulk is a good idea? Cost savings: Buying in bulk often results in lower unit costs compared to buying smaller quantities. This can lead to significant cost savings in the long run. Reduced packaging waste: Purchasing in bulk reduces the amount of packaging materials used per unit, resulting in less waste generated overall. Convenience and efficiency: Buying in bulk means fewer individual transactions and less frequent reordering, saving time and effort in the procurement process. Continuous supply: With a larger quantity on hand, you are less likely to run out of stock, ensuring a continuous supply of the product. Reduced transportation costs: Purchasing larger quantities allows for more efficient transportation, as you can optimize shipping logistics and potentially benefit from lower freight costs. Potential for resale or distribution: Buying in bulk opens up opportunities for resale or distribution, allowing you to capitalize on potential business ventures or partnerships.   7 advantages of 50 micron adhesive tape: Strong and reliable adhesion: The adhesive tape offers a high level of adhesion, ensuring secure and long-lasting bonding for various applications. Versatile use: It is suitable for a wide range of applications including fixing, packaging, carton sealing, bandaging, and temporary item fixation, providing versatility in its usage. Durable and flexible: The tape exhibits excellent tensile strength and ...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/adhesive-tape-bopp-48mm-66m-brown-transparent-pallet-3024-units/?attribute_pa_color=transparent</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/adhesive-tape-clear-bopp-48mm-66m.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/adhesive-tape-clear-bopp-48mm-66m.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/adhesive-tape-brown-bopp-48mm-66m-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/adhesive-tape-brown-bopp-48mm-66m-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2399 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2199 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550521_02</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>15046</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>1000</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550700</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Steel strap 16mm, 19mm, 25mm or 32mm - 25kg - Coated - painted — width: 16x0,5mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Steel strap 16 x 0.5mm - 25kg Steel Strap 16 x 0.5mm - 25kg is the ideal choice for securing and strapping heavy and sharp goods. Designed with precision engineering and manufactured using high-quality materials, our steel strap offers unparalleled strength, durability, and reliability for all your packaging needs.   Key Features of our steel strap: Superior Strength: The Steel Strap 16 x 0.5mm is constructed from premium-grade steel, ensuring exceptional tensile strength and resistance to breakage. It provides optimal support and stability, securing even the heaviest loads with ease. Precise Dimensions: With a width of 16mm and thickness of 0.5mm, our steel strap offers the perfect balance of flexibility and rigidity. This makes it versatile enough to handle various packaging applications while maintaining its integrity. Secure Packaging Solution: The Steel Strap 16 x 0.5mm is designed to provide a secure and tamper-proof packaging solution. Its robust composition ensures that your products remain intact during transportation, reducing the risk of damage or loss. Convenient Length and Weight: Each roll of our Steel Strap weighs 25kg, providing an ample supply for your packaging requirements. The length of the strap allows for efficient usage and reduces the need for frequent replacements. Easy Handling: Our steel strap is engineered for user convenience. It features smooth edges and a consistent surface finish, making it safe to handle and minimizing the risk of cuts or abrasions during application. Compatibility and Versatility: The Steel Strap 16 x 0.5mm is suitable for use with a variety of packaging tools and machinery. It can be easily applied using manual, pneumatic, or battery-powered strapping tools, ensuring compatibility with your existing equipment. Corrosion Resistance: This steel strap is meticulously coated with a protective layer to enhance its resistance to corrosion and rust. This ensures that your packaged goods remain unaffected, even in challenging environments or during long-term storage. Cost-Effective Solution: Our Steel Strap offers exceptional value for money, providing a durable and long-lasting packaging solution at an affordable price. Its reliability and longevity minimize the need for frequent replacements, helping you save on costs in the long run.   Advantages of steel strap compared to other straps: Below are 10 advantages why using steel strap compared to plastic PET and PP strap or cord or textile strap. Extreme Load-Bearing Capacity: Steel strap has exceptional load-bearing capacity, making it the preferred choice for packaging heavy and bulky items. It can handle significantly higher weight limits compared to plastic or polyester straps, providing superior strength and stability. High Impact Resistance: Steel strap offers excellent resistance to impact and compression. It can withstand rough handling, stacking, and transportation without compromising its structural integrity, ensuring your packaged goods remain protected throughout the entire shipping process. Enhanced Cut and Abrasion Resistance: Steel strap is highly resistant to cuts, tears, and abrasions. It can withstand sharp edges, rough surfaces, and friction, reducing the risk of strap damage and ensuring the security of your packaged products. Reliable in Extreme Weather Conditions: Steel strap maintains its performance and strength even in extreme weather conditions such as extreme cold or hot temperatures. It does not become brittle in cold environments or lose its strength under scorching heat, providing consistent and reliable packaging security. Ideal for Long-Distance Transportation: Steel strap is particularly suitable for long-distance transportation, especially when goods may be subjected to multiple handling and transfer points. Its robust construction ensures that the strap remains intact and securely holds the load during extended journeys. Excellent Retention under Tension: Steel strap has exceptional tension retention capabilities. Once tensioned, it maintains its tightness over time, reducing the need for frequent re-tensioning or re-strapping. This feature ensures that your packages remain securely bound throughout the entire transportation process. Resistant to UV Radiation: Steel strap is resistant to the damaging effects of UV radiation. It does not degrade or weaken when exposed to sunlight or outdoor elements for prolonged periods, making it suitable for outdoor applications and long-term storage. Suitable for High-Pressure Applications: Steel strap is capable of withstanding high-pressure environments, such as compression from stacked pallets or tightly packed cargo. It retains its strength and shape even under significant pressure, ensuring the stability and security of your packaged goods. Wide Range of Applications: Steel strap is versatile and can be used in various industries and applications. It is commonly utilized in industries such as construction, shipping, lumber, metalworki...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/steel-strap-16mm-19mm-25mm-32mm/?attribute_width=16x0%2C5mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/steel-strap-16mm-price.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/steel-strap-16mm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>59 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550700</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>15034</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>25.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>33527</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Steel strap 16mm, 19mm, 25mm or 32mm - 25kg - Coated - painted — width: 19x0,5mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Steel strap 16 x 0.5mm - 25kg Steel Strap 16 x 0.5mm - 25kg is the ideal choice for securing and strapping heavy and sharp goods. Designed with precision engineering and manufactured using high-quality materials, our steel strap offers unparalleled strength, durability, and reliability for all your packaging needs.   Key Features of our steel strap: Superior Strength: The Steel Strap 16 x 0.5mm is constructed from premium-grade steel, ensuring exceptional tensile strength and resistance to breakage. It provides optimal support and stability, securing even the heaviest loads with ease. Precise Dimensions: With a width of 16mm and thickness of 0.5mm, our steel strap offers the perfect balance of flexibility and rigidity. This makes it versatile enough to handle various packaging applications while maintaining its integrity. Secure Packaging Solution: The Steel Strap 16 x 0.5mm is designed to provide a secure and tamper-proof packaging solution. Its robust composition ensures that your products remain intact during transportation, reducing the risk of damage or loss. Convenient Length and Weight: Each roll of our Steel Strap weighs 25kg, providing an ample supply for your packaging requirements. The length of the strap allows for efficient usage and reduces the need for frequent replacements. Easy Handling: Our steel strap is engineered for user convenience. It features smooth edges and a consistent surface finish, making it safe to handle and minimizing the risk of cuts or abrasions during application. Compatibility and Versatility: The Steel Strap 16 x 0.5mm is suitable for use with a variety of packaging tools and machinery. It can be easily applied using manual, pneumatic, or battery-powered strapping tools, ensuring compatibility with your existing equipment. Corrosion Resistance: This steel strap is meticulously coated with a protective layer to enhance its resistance to corrosion and rust. This ensures that your packaged goods remain unaffected, even in challenging environments or during long-term storage. Cost-Effective Solution: Our Steel Strap offers exceptional value for money, providing a durable and long-lasting packaging solution at an affordable price. Its reliability and longevity minimize the need for frequent replacements, helping you save on costs in the long run.   Advantages of steel strap compared to other straps: Below are 10 advantages why using steel strap compared to plastic PET and PP strap or cord or textile strap. Extreme Load-Bearing Capacity: Steel strap has exceptional load-bearing capacity, making it the preferred choice for packaging heavy and bulky items. It can handle significantly higher weight limits compared to plastic or polyester straps, providing superior strength and stability. High Impact Resistance: Steel strap offers excellent resistance to impact and compression. It can withstand rough handling, stacking, and transportation without compromising its structural integrity, ensuring your packaged goods remain protected throughout the entire shipping process. Enhanced Cut and Abrasion Resistance: Steel strap is highly resistant to cuts, tears, and abrasions. It can withstand sharp edges, rough surfaces, and friction, reducing the risk of strap damage and ensuring the security of your packaged products. Reliable in Extreme Weather Conditions: Steel strap maintains its performance and strength even in extreme weather conditions such as extreme cold or hot temperatures. It does not become brittle in cold environments or lose its strength under scorching heat, providing consistent and reliable packaging security. Ideal for Long-Distance Transportation: Steel strap is particularly suitable for long-distance transportation, especially when goods may be subjected to multiple handling and transfer points. Its robust construction ensures that the strap remains intact and securely holds the load during extended journeys. Excellent Retention under Tension: Steel strap has exceptional tension retention capabilities. Once tensioned, it maintains its tightness over time, reducing the need for frequent re-tensioning or re-strapping. This feature ensures that your packages remain securely bound throughout the entire transportation process. Resistant to UV Radiation: Steel strap is resistant to the damaging effects of UV radiation. It does not degrade or weaken when exposed to sunlight or outdoor elements for prolonged periods, making it suitable for outdoor applications and long-term storage. Suitable for High-Pressure Applications: Steel strap is capable of withstanding high-pressure environments, such as compression from stacked pallets or tightly packed cargo. It retains its strength and shape even under significant pressure, ensuring the stability and security of your packaged goods. Wide Range of Applications: Steel strap is versatile and can be used in various industries and applications. It is commonly utilized in industries such as construction, shipping, lumber, metalworki...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/steel-strap-16mm-19mm-25mm-32mm/?attribute_width=19x0%2C5mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/steel-strap-16mm-price.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/steel-strap-16mm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>59.99 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>15034</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>1000 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550720</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Steel strap 16mm, 19mm, 25mm or 32mm - 25kg - Coated - painted — width: 25x0,8mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Steel strap 16 x 0.5mm - 25kg Steel Strap 16 x 0.5mm - 25kg is the ideal choice for securing and strapping heavy and sharp goods. Designed with precision engineering and manufactured using high-quality materials, our steel strap offers unparalleled strength, durability, and reliability for all your packaging needs.   Key Features of our steel strap: Superior Strength: The Steel Strap 16 x 0.5mm is constructed from premium-grade steel, ensuring exceptional tensile strength and resistance to breakage. It provides optimal support and stability, securing even the heaviest loads with ease. Precise Dimensions: With a width of 16mm and thickness of 0.5mm, our steel strap offers the perfect balance of flexibility and rigidity. This makes it versatile enough to handle various packaging applications while maintaining its integrity. Secure Packaging Solution: The Steel Strap 16 x 0.5mm is designed to provide a secure and tamper-proof packaging solution. Its robust composition ensures that your products remain intact during transportation, reducing the risk of damage or loss. Convenient Length and Weight: Each roll of our Steel Strap weighs 25kg, providing an ample supply for your packaging requirements. The length of the strap allows for efficient usage and reduces the need for frequent replacements. Easy Handling: Our steel strap is engineered for user convenience. It features smooth edges and a consistent surface finish, making it safe to handle and minimizing the risk of cuts or abrasions during application. Compatibility and Versatility: The Steel Strap 16 x 0.5mm is suitable for use with a variety of packaging tools and machinery. It can be easily applied using manual, pneumatic, or battery-powered strapping tools, ensuring compatibility with your existing equipment. Corrosion Resistance: This steel strap is meticulously coated with a protective layer to enhance its resistance to corrosion and rust. This ensures that your packaged goods remain unaffected, even in challenging environments or during long-term storage. Cost-Effective Solution: Our Steel Strap offers exceptional value for money, providing a durable and long-lasting packaging solution at an affordable price. Its reliability and longevity minimize the need for frequent replacements, helping you save on costs in the long run.   Advantages of steel strap compared to other straps: Below are 10 advantages why using steel strap compared to plastic PET and PP strap or cord or textile strap. Extreme Load-Bearing Capacity: Steel strap has exceptional load-bearing capacity, making it the preferred choice for packaging heavy and bulky items. It can handle significantly higher weight limits compared to plastic or polyester straps, providing superior strength and stability. High Impact Resistance: Steel strap offers excellent resistance to impact and compression. It can withstand rough handling, stacking, and transportation without compromising its structural integrity, ensuring your packaged goods remain protected throughout the entire shipping process. Enhanced Cut and Abrasion Resistance: Steel strap is highly resistant to cuts, tears, and abrasions. It can withstand sharp edges, rough surfaces, and friction, reducing the risk of strap damage and ensuring the security of your packaged products. Reliable in Extreme Weather Conditions: Steel strap maintains its performance and strength even in extreme weather conditions such as extreme cold or hot temperatures. It does not become brittle in cold environments or lose its strength under scorching heat, providing consistent and reliable packaging security. Ideal for Long-Distance Transportation: Steel strap is particularly suitable for long-distance transportation, especially when goods may be subjected to multiple handling and transfer points. Its robust construction ensures that the strap remains intact and securely holds the load during extended journeys. Excellent Retention under Tension: Steel strap has exceptional tension retention capabilities. Once tensioned, it maintains its tightness over time, reducing the need for frequent re-tensioning or re-strapping. This feature ensures that your packages remain securely bound throughout the entire transportation process. Resistant to UV Radiation: Steel strap is resistant to the damaging effects of UV radiation. It does not degrade or weaken when exposed to sunlight or outdoor elements for prolonged periods, making it suitable for outdoor applications and long-term storage. Suitable for High-Pressure Applications: Steel strap is capable of withstanding high-pressure environments, such as compression from stacked pallets or tightly packed cargo. It retains its strength and shape even under significant pressure, ensuring the stability and security of your packaged goods. Wide Range of Applications: Steel strap is versatile and can be used in various industries and applications. It is commonly utilized in industries such as construction, shipping, lumber, metalworki...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/steel-strap-16mm-19mm-25mm-32mm/?attribute_width=25x0%2C8mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/steel-strap-16mm-price.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/steel-strap-16mm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>out of stock</g:availability><g:price>60 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550720</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>15034</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>25.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550731</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Steel strap 16mm, 19mm, 25mm or 32mm - 25kg - Coated - painted — width: 32x1,0mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Steel strap 16 x 0.5mm - 25kg Steel Strap 16 x 0.5mm - 25kg is the ideal choice for securing and strapping heavy and sharp goods. Designed with precision engineering and manufactured using high-quality materials, our steel strap offers unparalleled strength, durability, and reliability for all your packaging needs.   Key Features of our steel strap: Superior Strength: The Steel Strap 16 x 0.5mm is constructed from premium-grade steel, ensuring exceptional tensile strength and resistance to breakage. It provides optimal support and stability, securing even the heaviest loads with ease. Precise Dimensions: With a width of 16mm and thickness of 0.5mm, our steel strap offers the perfect balance of flexibility and rigidity. This makes it versatile enough to handle various packaging applications while maintaining its integrity. Secure Packaging Solution: The Steel Strap 16 x 0.5mm is designed to provide a secure and tamper-proof packaging solution. Its robust composition ensures that your products remain intact during transportation, reducing the risk of damage or loss. Convenient Length and Weight: Each roll of our Steel Strap weighs 25kg, providing an ample supply for your packaging requirements. The length of the strap allows for efficient usage and reduces the need for frequent replacements. Easy Handling: Our steel strap is engineered for user convenience. It features smooth edges and a consistent surface finish, making it safe to handle and minimizing the risk of cuts or abrasions during application. Compatibility and Versatility: The Steel Strap 16 x 0.5mm is suitable for use with a variety of packaging tools and machinery. It can be easily applied using manual, pneumatic, or battery-powered strapping tools, ensuring compatibility with your existing equipment. Corrosion Resistance: This steel strap is meticulously coated with a protective layer to enhance its resistance to corrosion and rust. This ensures that your packaged goods remain unaffected, even in challenging environments or during long-term storage. Cost-Effective Solution: Our Steel Strap offers exceptional value for money, providing a durable and long-lasting packaging solution at an affordable price. Its reliability and longevity minimize the need for frequent replacements, helping you save on costs in the long run.   Advantages of steel strap compared to other straps: Below are 10 advantages why using steel strap compared to plastic PET and PP strap or cord or textile strap. Extreme Load-Bearing Capacity: Steel strap has exceptional load-bearing capacity, making it the preferred choice for packaging heavy and bulky items. It can handle significantly higher weight limits compared to plastic or polyester straps, providing superior strength and stability. High Impact Resistance: Steel strap offers excellent resistance to impact and compression. It can withstand rough handling, stacking, and transportation without compromising its structural integrity, ensuring your packaged goods remain protected throughout the entire shipping process. Enhanced Cut and Abrasion Resistance: Steel strap is highly resistant to cuts, tears, and abrasions. It can withstand sharp edges, rough surfaces, and friction, reducing the risk of strap damage and ensuring the security of your packaged products. Reliable in Extreme Weather Conditions: Steel strap maintains its performance and strength even in extreme weather conditions such as extreme cold or hot temperatures. It does not become brittle in cold environments or lose its strength under scorching heat, providing consistent and reliable packaging security. Ideal for Long-Distance Transportation: Steel strap is particularly suitable for long-distance transportation, especially when goods may be subjected to multiple handling and transfer points. Its robust construction ensures that the strap remains intact and securely holds the load during extended journeys. Excellent Retention under Tension: Steel strap has exceptional tension retention capabilities. Once tensioned, it maintains its tightness over time, reducing the need for frequent re-tensioning or re-strapping. This feature ensures that your packages remain securely bound throughout the entire transportation process. Resistant to UV Radiation: Steel strap is resistant to the damaging effects of UV radiation. It does not degrade or weaken when exposed to sunlight or outdoor elements for prolonged periods, making it suitable for outdoor applications and long-term storage. Suitable for High-Pressure Applications: Steel strap is capable of withstanding high-pressure environments, such as compression from stacked pallets or tightly packed cargo. It retains its strength and shape even under significant pressure, ensuring the stability and security of your packaged goods. Wide Range of Applications: Steel strap is versatile and can be used in various industries and applications. It is commonly utilized in industries such as construction, shipping, lumber, metalworki...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/steel-strap-16mm-19mm-25mm-32mm/?attribute_width=32x1%2C0mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/steel-strap-16mm-price.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/steel-strap-16mm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1.36 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550731</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>15034</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>25.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>660030</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Dispenser Cart for Steel strap HS5]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Steel Strap Dispenser Cart HS5 Efficiently and securely handle your steel strapping needs with our HS5 Steel Strap Dispenser Cart. Designed to streamline your packaging and shipping processes, this sturdy and reliable cart offers convenience and practicality. With its dimensions measuring 1020mm in length, 680mm in width, and 310mm in height, the HS5 Steel Strap Dispenser Cart provides ample space to accommodate your steel strapping materials. It offers a weight of 15kg, ensuring easy maneuverability and transportation within your workspace. Featuring a robust construction, this dispenser cart can effortlessly bear a loaded weight of up to 50kg. It is specifically designed for ribbon-style steel strapping, making it an ideal choice for a variety of applications. Whether you're bundling heavy-duty products, securing packages for shipping, or reinforcing crates and pallets, the HS5 Steel Strap Dispenser Cart offers the strength and reliability you need. The cart's user-friendly design allows for easy loading and dispensing of steel strapping, enabling smooth and efficient operation. Its ergonomic handle ensures comfortable handling, reducing fatigue during extended use. The cart's wheels enable smooth movement across different surfaces, ensuring optimal mobility and flexibility. Built to withstand the demands of industrial environments, the HS5 Steel Strap Dispenser Cart is a durable and long-lasting solution for your strapping needs. Its high-quality construction guarantees exceptional performance, making it a valuable addition to any warehouse, manufacturing facility, or shipping center. Streamline your steel strapping process and enhance productivity with the HS5 Steel Strap Dispenser Cart. Experience efficient handling, reliable performance, and exceptional durability—all in one compact and versatile solution. Invest in the HS5 Steel Strap Dispenser Cart today and elevate your packaging and shipping operations to new heights.   Benefits of Trolley for Steel strap Efficient Handling: The dispenser cart allows for quick and easy access to steel strapping, enabling efficient handling and reducing time spent on manual processes. Improved Safety: With a dispenser cart, steel strapping can be stored and dispensed in a controlled manner, reducing the risk of accidents and injuries caused by loose or tangled strapping. Enhanced Mobility: The cart's wheels provide excellent mobility, allowing you to transport steel strapping materials effortlessly between different workstations or areas within your facility. Organized Storage: The dispenser cart offers a designated space for storing steel strapping, keeping it neat, organized, and readily accessible when needed. This eliminates the hassle of searching for strapping materials and improves overall workspace efficiency. Increased Productivity: By having a dedicated cart for steel strapping, workers can easily access the materials they need, reducing downtime and increasing productivity. This streamlines packaging and shipping processes, enabling faster turnaround times and meeting customer demands more efficiently.   Technical specification sheet for the HS5 Steel Strap Dispenser Cart: Steel strap dispenser cart HS5 Tool Size 1020mm x 680mm x 310mm Weight 15 kg Loaded Weight 50 kg Suitable Strapping Ribbon Steel Strapping Material Steel Construction Sturdy and durable Handle Ergonomic design Wheels Mobility-enhancing Application Industrial packaging Compatibility Steel strapping materials Safety Features Controlled dispensing Usage Bundling, securing, reinforcing Benefits Efficient handling, improved safety, enhanced mobility, organized storage, increased productivity   Usage of Steel Strap Dispenser Cart HS5 The HS5 Steel Strap Dispenser Cart can be used in various industries and applications where steel strapping is required. Here are some examples of where the product can be used: Manufacturing and Warehousing: The dispenser cart is ideal for industrial manufacturing and warehousing facilities that require efficient bundling, securing, and reinforcing of products and materials. It can be used for packaging operations, palletizing, and ensuring the integrity of shipments. Shipping and Logistics: The cart is well-suited for shipping and logistics centers where packages and shipments need to be securely strapped for transportation. It simplifies the process of accessing and dispensing steel strapping, improving efficiency and reducing handling time. Construction and Building: In construction sites and building projects, the dispenser cart is valuable for bundling construction materials, reinforcing structures, and securing heavy components. It aids in streamlining operations and maintaining safety during the construction process. Manufacturing Equipment and Machinery: The cart can be utilized in manufacturing facilities to secure and reinforce large equipment or machinery during production or transportation. It helps prevent damage, ensuring that the equipment rea...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/dispenser-cart-for-steel-strap-hs5/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/dispenser-cart-for-steel-strap-hs5.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/dispenser-cart-for-steel-strap-hs5-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/dispenser-cart-for-steel-strap-hs5-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/dispenser-cart-for-steel-strap-hs5-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>200 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>159 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>660030</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>16.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>860,2473,2652,2539,823</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>860</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Banding carts - strapping carts</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Stroppingsverktøy &gt; Banding carts - strapping carts</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>34836</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Stålbånd 16 mm, 19 mm, 25 mm eller 32 mm – 1000 kg – belagt – malt – 40 stk. – pall]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Stålbånd 16mm, 19mm, 25mm eller 32mm - 1000kg - 40 enheter - pall Stålbånd er tilgjengelig for kjøp i større kvanta levert på pall. Hver pall inneholder 40 enheter av våre robuste stålbånd, med en total lastekapasitet på 1000kg. Våre stålbånd er den ultimate løsningen for sikker bunting og festing av tunge laster. De gir eksepsjonell styrke og pålitelighet og sikrer at forsendelsene dine er godt beskyttet gjennom hele transportprosessen.   Spesifikasjoner for stålbånd Stålbånd av høy kvalitet Tilgjengelige bredder: 16 mm, 19 mm, 25 mm, 32 mm 1 pall inneholder 40 enheter, totalt 1000 kg Strekkfasthet: 800Mpa eller 826kg Forlengelse: 3% Innvendig diameter: 406mm Type opprulling: på snelle/bånd Farge: svart   Viktige egenskaper ved stålbånd: Uovertruffen styrke og holdbarhet: Produsert av førsteklasses stål gir våre stålbånd overlegen styrke og lang levetid. De er konstruert for å tåle høy spenning og slag, og gir maksimal beskyttelse av verdifulle varer. Sikkert og pålitelig feste: Den høye strekkfastheten sikrer stabil og pålitelig festing av produktene, selv under krevende forhold. Dette reduserer risikoen for forskyvning, skader eller brudd. Allsidig bruk: Stålbånd egner seg for et bredt spekter av bruksområder, inkludert sikring av tungt maskineri, metallprodukter, trekasser, byggematerialer og mer. Motstandsdyktig mot miljøpåvirkninger: Stålbånd er svært motstandsdyktige mot ekstreme værforhold, temperatursvingninger og UV-stråling, og sørger for sikker festing under transport og lagring. Kostnadseffektiv løsning: Selv om stålbånd kan kreve en høyere startinvestering enn andre materialer, gjør deres styrke og gjenbrukbarhet dem til et kostnadseffektivt valg på lang sikt. Ved å velge stålbånd fremfor andre båndtyper får du en pålitelig og robust løsning for bunting og sikring av last. Med sin styrke, holdbarhet og allsidighet er våre stålbånd (16x0.5mm) det ideelle valget for sikker transport av verdifulle varer.   Stålbånd - 5 fordeler ved kjøp av større mengder Ved kjøp av stålbånd i større kvanta er det flere fordeler som gjør dette til et attraktivt valg. Her er fem grunner til hvorfor bulkkjøp av stålbånd er fordelaktig: Kostnadsbesparelser: Bulkkjøp gir vanligvis lavere pris per enhet og reduserte fraktkostnader, noe som kan gi betydelige besparelser. Bekvemmelighet og effektivitet: Å ha tilstrekkelig lagerbeholdning tilgjengelig reduserer behovet for hyppige bestillinger og sikrer effektiv drift. Forbedret logistikk og lagerstyring: Samlede leveranser gir bedre planlegging, lavere transportkostnader og optimal bruk av lagerplass. Jevn produktkvalitet: Kjøp fra en pålitelig leverandør sikrer konsistent kvalitet og pålitelighet i pakkeprosessene. Fleksibilitet og beredskap: Med store mengder stålbånd tilgjengelig er du forberedt på økt etterspørsel eller større prosjekter. Gjennom kostnadsbesparelser, økt effektivitet, forbedret logistikk, jevn kvalitet og større fleksibilitet gir kjøp av stålbånd i bulk betydelige fordeler for bedrifter som trenger pålitelige og slitesterke båndløsninger.   Hvor brukes stålbånd? Stålbånd brukes i stor grad i ulike bransjer på grunn av sin eksepsjonelle styrke og holdbarhet. Vanlige bruksområder inkluderer: Tungt maskineri: Sikring av motorer, generatorer og industrielt utstyr under transport eller lagring. Metallprodukter: Bunting og sikring av stålspoler, rør, stenger og plater. Trekasser og paller: Stabilisering av treemballasje og beskyttelse av innholdet. Byggematerialer: Sikring av murstein, betongblokker, trevirke og metallkonstruksjoner. Transport og logistikk: Pålitelig lastsikring på lastebiler, tilhengere og containere. Lager og oppbevaring: Bunting og sikring av store og tunge varer. Eksport og import: Foretrukket løsning for internasjonal transport i henhold til gjeldende standarder. Generelt brukes stålbånd i bransjer der maksimal styrke, holdbarhet og sikker lastsikring er avgjørende.   Sammenligning av stålbånd Sammenligningstabell som fremhever fordelene med stålbånd sammenlignet med plastbånd, kordbånd og tekstilbånd: Fordeler med stålbånd Plastbånd (PET/PP) Kordbånd Tekstilbånd Overlegen styrke og holdbarhet for tunge bruksområder. Lavere styrke og holdbarhet enn stålbånd. Lavere styrke og holdbarhet enn stålbånd. Lavere styrke og holdbarhet enn stålbånd. Høy motstand mot strekk og støt. Lavere motstand mot strekk og støt. Lavere motstand mot strekk og støt. Lavere motstand mot strekk og støt. Utmerket ytelse under ekstreme forhold (vær, UV). Værbestandig, men mindre UV-bestandig. Værbestandig, men mindre UV-bestandig. Værbestandig, men mindre UV-bestandig. Gjenbrukbart og kostnadseffektivt på lang sikt. Mindre gjenbrukbart og mindre kostnadseffektivt. Mindre gjenbrukbart og mindre kostnadseffektivt. Mindre gjenbrukbart og mindre kostnadseffektivt. Gir sikker og pålitelig festing av tunge laster. Egnet for middels tunge bruksområder. Egnet for lette til middels tunge bruksområder. Egnet for lette til middels tunge bruksområder.   Kjøp stålbånd e...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/stalband-16-mm-19-mm-25-mm-eller-32-mm-1000-kg-belagt-malt-40-stk-pall/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/steel-strap-16mm.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/steel-strap-16mm-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/steel-strap-16mm-fast-delivery.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/steel-strap-16mm-buy-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>34835</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>34837</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Stålbånd 16 mm, 19 mm, 25 mm eller 32 mm – 1000 kg – belagt – malt – 40 stk. – pall]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Stålbånd 16mm, 19mm, 25mm eller 32mm - 1000kg - 40 enheter - pall Stålbånd er tilgjengelig for kjøp i større kvanta levert på pall. Hver pall inneholder 40 enheter av våre robuste stålbånd, med en total lastekapasitet på 1000kg. Våre stålbånd er den ultimate løsningen for sikker bunting og festing av tunge laster. De gir eksepsjonell styrke og pålitelighet og sikrer at forsendelsene dine er godt beskyttet gjennom hele transportprosessen.   Spesifikasjoner for stålbånd Stålbånd av høy kvalitet Tilgjengelige bredder: 16 mm, 19 mm, 25 mm, 32 mm 1 pall inneholder 40 enheter, totalt 1000 kg Strekkfasthet: 800Mpa eller 826kg Forlengelse: 3% Innvendig diameter: 406mm Type opprulling: på snelle/bånd Farge: svart   Viktige egenskaper ved stålbånd: Uovertruffen styrke og holdbarhet: Produsert av førsteklasses stål gir våre stålbånd overlegen styrke og lang levetid. De er konstruert for å tåle høy spenning og slag, og gir maksimal beskyttelse av verdifulle varer. Sikkert og pålitelig feste: Den høye strekkfastheten sikrer stabil og pålitelig festing av produktene, selv under krevende forhold. Dette reduserer risikoen for forskyvning, skader eller brudd. Allsidig bruk: Stålbånd egner seg for et bredt spekter av bruksområder, inkludert sikring av tungt maskineri, metallprodukter, trekasser, byggematerialer og mer. Motstandsdyktig mot miljøpåvirkninger: Stålbånd er svært motstandsdyktige mot ekstreme værforhold, temperatursvingninger og UV-stråling, og sørger for sikker festing under transport og lagring. Kostnadseffektiv løsning: Selv om stålbånd kan kreve en høyere startinvestering enn andre materialer, gjør deres styrke og gjenbrukbarhet dem til et kostnadseffektivt valg på lang sikt. Ved å velge stålbånd fremfor andre båndtyper får du en pålitelig og robust løsning for bunting og sikring av last. Med sin styrke, holdbarhet og allsidighet er våre stålbånd (16x0.5mm) det ideelle valget for sikker transport av verdifulle varer.   Stålbånd - 5 fordeler ved kjøp av større mengder Ved kjøp av stålbånd i større kvanta er det flere fordeler som gjør dette til et attraktivt valg. Her er fem grunner til hvorfor bulkkjøp av stålbånd er fordelaktig: Kostnadsbesparelser: Bulkkjøp gir vanligvis lavere pris per enhet og reduserte fraktkostnader, noe som kan gi betydelige besparelser. Bekvemmelighet og effektivitet: Å ha tilstrekkelig lagerbeholdning tilgjengelig reduserer behovet for hyppige bestillinger og sikrer effektiv drift. Forbedret logistikk og lagerstyring: Samlede leveranser gir bedre planlegging, lavere transportkostnader og optimal bruk av lagerplass. Jevn produktkvalitet: Kjøp fra en pålitelig leverandør sikrer konsistent kvalitet og pålitelighet i pakkeprosessene. Fleksibilitet og beredskap: Med store mengder stålbånd tilgjengelig er du forberedt på økt etterspørsel eller større prosjekter. Gjennom kostnadsbesparelser, økt effektivitet, forbedret logistikk, jevn kvalitet og større fleksibilitet gir kjøp av stålbånd i bulk betydelige fordeler for bedrifter som trenger pålitelige og slitesterke båndløsninger.   Hvor brukes stålbånd? Stålbånd brukes i stor grad i ulike bransjer på grunn av sin eksepsjonelle styrke og holdbarhet. Vanlige bruksområder inkluderer: Tungt maskineri: Sikring av motorer, generatorer og industrielt utstyr under transport eller lagring. Metallprodukter: Bunting og sikring av stålspoler, rør, stenger og plater. Trekasser og paller: Stabilisering av treemballasje og beskyttelse av innholdet. Byggematerialer: Sikring av murstein, betongblokker, trevirke og metallkonstruksjoner. Transport og logistikk: Pålitelig lastsikring på lastebiler, tilhengere og containere. Lager og oppbevaring: Bunting og sikring av store og tunge varer. Eksport og import: Foretrukket løsning for internasjonal transport i henhold til gjeldende standarder. Generelt brukes stålbånd i bransjer der maksimal styrke, holdbarhet og sikker lastsikring er avgjørende.   Sammenligning av stålbånd Sammenligningstabell som fremhever fordelene med stålbånd sammenlignet med plastbånd, kordbånd og tekstilbånd: Fordeler med stålbånd Plastbånd (PET/PP) Kordbånd Tekstilbånd Overlegen styrke og holdbarhet for tunge bruksområder. Lavere styrke og holdbarhet enn stålbånd. Lavere styrke og holdbarhet enn stålbånd. Lavere styrke og holdbarhet enn stålbånd. Høy motstand mot strekk og støt. Lavere motstand mot strekk og støt. Lavere motstand mot strekk og støt. Lavere motstand mot strekk og støt. Utmerket ytelse under ekstreme forhold (vær, UV). Værbestandig, men mindre UV-bestandig. Værbestandig, men mindre UV-bestandig. Værbestandig, men mindre UV-bestandig. Gjenbrukbart og kostnadseffektivt på lang sikt. Mindre gjenbrukbart og mindre kostnadseffektivt. Mindre gjenbrukbart og mindre kostnadseffektivt. Mindre gjenbrukbart og mindre kostnadseffektivt. Gir sikker og pålitelig festing av tunge laster. Egnet for middels tunge bruksområder. Egnet for lette til middels tunge bruksområder. Egnet for lette til middels tunge bruksområder.   Kjøp stålbånd e...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/stalband-16-mm-19-mm-25-mm-eller-32-mm-1000-kg-belagt-malt-40-stk-pall/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/steel-strap-16mm.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/steel-strap-16mm-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/steel-strap-16mm-fast-delivery.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/steel-strap-16mm-buy-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>34835</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>34838</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Stålbånd 16 mm, 19 mm, 25 mm eller 32 mm – 1000 kg – belagt – malt – 40 stk. – pall]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Stålbånd 16mm, 19mm, 25mm eller 32mm - 1000kg - 40 enheter - pall Stålbånd er tilgjengelig for kjøp i større kvanta levert på pall. Hver pall inneholder 40 enheter av våre robuste stålbånd, med en total lastekapasitet på 1000kg. Våre stålbånd er den ultimate løsningen for sikker bunting og festing av tunge laster. De gir eksepsjonell styrke og pålitelighet og sikrer at forsendelsene dine er godt beskyttet gjennom hele transportprosessen.   Spesifikasjoner for stålbånd Stålbånd av høy kvalitet Tilgjengelige bredder: 16 mm, 19 mm, 25 mm, 32 mm 1 pall inneholder 40 enheter, totalt 1000 kg Strekkfasthet: 800Mpa eller 826kg Forlengelse: 3% Innvendig diameter: 406mm Type opprulling: på snelle/bånd Farge: svart   Viktige egenskaper ved stålbånd: Uovertruffen styrke og holdbarhet: Produsert av førsteklasses stål gir våre stålbånd overlegen styrke og lang levetid. De er konstruert for å tåle høy spenning og slag, og gir maksimal beskyttelse av verdifulle varer. Sikkert og pålitelig feste: Den høye strekkfastheten sikrer stabil og pålitelig festing av produktene, selv under krevende forhold. Dette reduserer risikoen for forskyvning, skader eller brudd. Allsidig bruk: Stålbånd egner seg for et bredt spekter av bruksområder, inkludert sikring av tungt maskineri, metallprodukter, trekasser, byggematerialer og mer. Motstandsdyktig mot miljøpåvirkninger: Stålbånd er svært motstandsdyktige mot ekstreme værforhold, temperatursvingninger og UV-stråling, og sørger for sikker festing under transport og lagring. Kostnadseffektiv løsning: Selv om stålbånd kan kreve en høyere startinvestering enn andre materialer, gjør deres styrke og gjenbrukbarhet dem til et kostnadseffektivt valg på lang sikt. Ved å velge stålbånd fremfor andre båndtyper får du en pålitelig og robust løsning for bunting og sikring av last. Med sin styrke, holdbarhet og allsidighet er våre stålbånd (16x0.5mm) det ideelle valget for sikker transport av verdifulle varer.   Stålbånd - 5 fordeler ved kjøp av større mengder Ved kjøp av stålbånd i større kvanta er det flere fordeler som gjør dette til et attraktivt valg. Her er fem grunner til hvorfor bulkkjøp av stålbånd er fordelaktig: Kostnadsbesparelser: Bulkkjøp gir vanligvis lavere pris per enhet og reduserte fraktkostnader, noe som kan gi betydelige besparelser. Bekvemmelighet og effektivitet: Å ha tilstrekkelig lagerbeholdning tilgjengelig reduserer behovet for hyppige bestillinger og sikrer effektiv drift. Forbedret logistikk og lagerstyring: Samlede leveranser gir bedre planlegging, lavere transportkostnader og optimal bruk av lagerplass. Jevn produktkvalitet: Kjøp fra en pålitelig leverandør sikrer konsistent kvalitet og pålitelighet i pakkeprosessene. Fleksibilitet og beredskap: Med store mengder stålbånd tilgjengelig er du forberedt på økt etterspørsel eller større prosjekter. Gjennom kostnadsbesparelser, økt effektivitet, forbedret logistikk, jevn kvalitet og større fleksibilitet gir kjøp av stålbånd i bulk betydelige fordeler for bedrifter som trenger pålitelige og slitesterke båndløsninger.   Hvor brukes stålbånd? Stålbånd brukes i stor grad i ulike bransjer på grunn av sin eksepsjonelle styrke og holdbarhet. Vanlige bruksområder inkluderer: Tungt maskineri: Sikring av motorer, generatorer og industrielt utstyr under transport eller lagring. Metallprodukter: Bunting og sikring av stålspoler, rør, stenger og plater. Trekasser og paller: Stabilisering av treemballasje og beskyttelse av innholdet. Byggematerialer: Sikring av murstein, betongblokker, trevirke og metallkonstruksjoner. Transport og logistikk: Pålitelig lastsikring på lastebiler, tilhengere og containere. Lager og oppbevaring: Bunting og sikring av store og tunge varer. Eksport og import: Foretrukket løsning for internasjonal transport i henhold til gjeldende standarder. Generelt brukes stålbånd i bransjer der maksimal styrke, holdbarhet og sikker lastsikring er avgjørende.   Sammenligning av stålbånd Sammenligningstabell som fremhever fordelene med stålbånd sammenlignet med plastbånd, kordbånd og tekstilbånd: Fordeler med stålbånd Plastbånd (PET/PP) Kordbånd Tekstilbånd Overlegen styrke og holdbarhet for tunge bruksområder. Lavere styrke og holdbarhet enn stålbånd. Lavere styrke og holdbarhet enn stålbånd. Lavere styrke og holdbarhet enn stålbånd. Høy motstand mot strekk og støt. Lavere motstand mot strekk og støt. Lavere motstand mot strekk og støt. Lavere motstand mot strekk og støt. Utmerket ytelse under ekstreme forhold (vær, UV). Værbestandig, men mindre UV-bestandig. Værbestandig, men mindre UV-bestandig. Værbestandig, men mindre UV-bestandig. Gjenbrukbart og kostnadseffektivt på lang sikt. Mindre gjenbrukbart og mindre kostnadseffektivt. Mindre gjenbrukbart og mindre kostnadseffektivt. Mindre gjenbrukbart og mindre kostnadseffektivt. Gir sikker og pålitelig festing av tunge laster. Egnet for middels tunge bruksområder. Egnet for lette til middels tunge bruksområder. Egnet for lette til middels tunge bruksområder.   Kjøp stålbånd e...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/stalband-16-mm-19-mm-25-mm-eller-32-mm-1000-kg-belagt-malt-40-stk-pall/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/steel-strap-16mm.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/steel-strap-16mm-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/steel-strap-16mm-fast-delivery.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/steel-strap-16mm-buy-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>out of stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>34835</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>34839</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Stålbånd 16 mm, 19 mm, 25 mm eller 32 mm – 1000 kg – belagt – malt – 40 stk. – pall]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Stålbånd 16mm, 19mm, 25mm eller 32mm - 1000kg - 40 enheter - pall Stålbånd er tilgjengelig for kjøp i større kvanta levert på pall. Hver pall inneholder 40 enheter av våre robuste stålbånd, med en total lastekapasitet på 1000kg. Våre stålbånd er den ultimate løsningen for sikker bunting og festing av tunge laster. De gir eksepsjonell styrke og pålitelighet og sikrer at forsendelsene dine er godt beskyttet gjennom hele transportprosessen.   Spesifikasjoner for stålbånd Stålbånd av høy kvalitet Tilgjengelige bredder: 16 mm, 19 mm, 25 mm, 32 mm 1 pall inneholder 40 enheter, totalt 1000 kg Strekkfasthet: 800Mpa eller 826kg Forlengelse: 3% Innvendig diameter: 406mm Type opprulling: på snelle/bånd Farge: svart   Viktige egenskaper ved stålbånd: Uovertruffen styrke og holdbarhet: Produsert av førsteklasses stål gir våre stålbånd overlegen styrke og lang levetid. De er konstruert for å tåle høy spenning og slag, og gir maksimal beskyttelse av verdifulle varer. Sikkert og pålitelig feste: Den høye strekkfastheten sikrer stabil og pålitelig festing av produktene, selv under krevende forhold. Dette reduserer risikoen for forskyvning, skader eller brudd. Allsidig bruk: Stålbånd egner seg for et bredt spekter av bruksområder, inkludert sikring av tungt maskineri, metallprodukter, trekasser, byggematerialer og mer. Motstandsdyktig mot miljøpåvirkninger: Stålbånd er svært motstandsdyktige mot ekstreme værforhold, temperatursvingninger og UV-stråling, og sørger for sikker festing under transport og lagring. Kostnadseffektiv løsning: Selv om stålbånd kan kreve en høyere startinvestering enn andre materialer, gjør deres styrke og gjenbrukbarhet dem til et kostnadseffektivt valg på lang sikt. Ved å velge stålbånd fremfor andre båndtyper får du en pålitelig og robust løsning for bunting og sikring av last. Med sin styrke, holdbarhet og allsidighet er våre stålbånd (16x0.5mm) det ideelle valget for sikker transport av verdifulle varer.   Stålbånd - 5 fordeler ved kjøp av større mengder Ved kjøp av stålbånd i større kvanta er det flere fordeler som gjør dette til et attraktivt valg. Her er fem grunner til hvorfor bulkkjøp av stålbånd er fordelaktig: Kostnadsbesparelser: Bulkkjøp gir vanligvis lavere pris per enhet og reduserte fraktkostnader, noe som kan gi betydelige besparelser. Bekvemmelighet og effektivitet: Å ha tilstrekkelig lagerbeholdning tilgjengelig reduserer behovet for hyppige bestillinger og sikrer effektiv drift. Forbedret logistikk og lagerstyring: Samlede leveranser gir bedre planlegging, lavere transportkostnader og optimal bruk av lagerplass. Jevn produktkvalitet: Kjøp fra en pålitelig leverandør sikrer konsistent kvalitet og pålitelighet i pakkeprosessene. Fleksibilitet og beredskap: Med store mengder stålbånd tilgjengelig er du forberedt på økt etterspørsel eller større prosjekter. Gjennom kostnadsbesparelser, økt effektivitet, forbedret logistikk, jevn kvalitet og større fleksibilitet gir kjøp av stålbånd i bulk betydelige fordeler for bedrifter som trenger pålitelige og slitesterke båndløsninger.   Hvor brukes stålbånd? Stålbånd brukes i stor grad i ulike bransjer på grunn av sin eksepsjonelle styrke og holdbarhet. Vanlige bruksområder inkluderer: Tungt maskineri: Sikring av motorer, generatorer og industrielt utstyr under transport eller lagring. Metallprodukter: Bunting og sikring av stålspoler, rør, stenger og plater. Trekasser og paller: Stabilisering av treemballasje og beskyttelse av innholdet. Byggematerialer: Sikring av murstein, betongblokker, trevirke og metallkonstruksjoner. Transport og logistikk: Pålitelig lastsikring på lastebiler, tilhengere og containere. Lager og oppbevaring: Bunting og sikring av store og tunge varer. Eksport og import: Foretrukket løsning for internasjonal transport i henhold til gjeldende standarder. Generelt brukes stålbånd i bransjer der maksimal styrke, holdbarhet og sikker lastsikring er avgjørende.   Sammenligning av stålbånd Sammenligningstabell som fremhever fordelene med stålbånd sammenlignet med plastbånd, kordbånd og tekstilbånd: Fordeler med stålbånd Plastbånd (PET/PP) Kordbånd Tekstilbånd Overlegen styrke og holdbarhet for tunge bruksområder. Lavere styrke og holdbarhet enn stålbånd. Lavere styrke og holdbarhet enn stålbånd. Lavere styrke og holdbarhet enn stålbånd. Høy motstand mot strekk og støt. Lavere motstand mot strekk og støt. Lavere motstand mot strekk og støt. Lavere motstand mot strekk og støt. Utmerket ytelse under ekstreme forhold (vær, UV). Værbestandig, men mindre UV-bestandig. Værbestandig, men mindre UV-bestandig. Værbestandig, men mindre UV-bestandig. Gjenbrukbart og kostnadseffektivt på lang sikt. Mindre gjenbrukbart og mindre kostnadseffektivt. Mindre gjenbrukbart og mindre kostnadseffektivt. Mindre gjenbrukbart og mindre kostnadseffektivt. Gir sikker og pålitelig festing av tunge laster. Egnet for middels tunge bruksområder. Egnet for lette til middels tunge bruksområder. Egnet for lette til middels tunge bruksområder.   Kjøp stålbånd e...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/stalband-16-mm-19-mm-25-mm-eller-32-mm-1000-kg-belagt-malt-40-stk-pall/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/steel-strap-16mm.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/steel-strap-16mm-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/steel-strap-16mm-fast-delivery.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/steel-strap-16mm-buy-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>out of stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>34835</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550390_01</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Cord strap 13 - 32 mm - 54 units - pallet — width: 13mm - 1100m/485kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Cord strap 13 - 32 mm - 54 units - pallet Our high-quality cord strap is available in five different sizes to meet all your shipping and cargo needs. Each roll of the composite strap is carefully designed to ensure maximum safety and security for your cargo during transit, making it a reliable choice for both small and large businesses alike. Our cord strap comes in a range of widths, from 13mm to 32mm, and offers varying levels of strength, ranging from 485kg to 2360kg. With such a wide range of options available, you can rest assured that you'll be able to find the perfect fit for your specific needs. Each roll of cord strap is also carefully measured to ensure that you get the most for your money, with lengths ranging from 250m to 1100m per roll. Additionally, each roll is packaged with care, with two rolls per carton, making it easy to transport and store. Each pallet of Cord Strap contains 54 units, making it an ideal option for businesses looking to buy in bulk.   Types of cord straps: CORDSTRAP 13mm Width: 13mm Strength: 485kg Length: 1100m/roll Weight: 9.65kg/roll Package: 2roll/carton CORDSTRAP 16mm Width: 16mm Strength: 680kg Length: 850m/roll Weight: 9.3kg/roll Package: 2roll/carton CORDSTRAP 19mm Width: 19mm Strength: 800kg Length: 500m/roll Weight: 8kg/roll Package: 2roll/carton CORDSTRAP 25mm Width: 25mm Strength: 1280kg Length: 500m/roll Weight: 10.1kg/roll Package: 2roll/carton CORDSTRAP 32mm Width: 32mm Strength: 2360kg Length: 250m/roll Weight: 9.3kg/roll Package: 2roll/carton   Seven reasons why buying in bulk is a great option for your company: Cost-effective: Buying in bulk is a cost-effective option for your company because it results in lower per-unit costs. As you buy larger quantities, you take advantage of economies of scale and have lower unit costs. Time-saving: Buying in bulk saves your time by reducing the number of processes you need to make the purchase. It also minimizes the time spend managing inventory. Convenience: When you buy in bulk, you have a sufficient supply of the product on hand, reducing the frequency of reordering and ensuring you never run out of stock. Reduces packaging waste: Buying in bulk can also reduce the amount of packaging waste that is generated since there are fewer individual packages needed. Better for the environment: Bulk buying can also have environmental benefits. Fewer packages are required, reducing the amount of energy needed to produce and transport them. Improved customer service: With bulk purchases, you can rely on consistent and timely supply since pallet is shipped to you directly. It also simplifies the shipping process and saves you from logistical headaches. Cheap shipping cost of cord strap per unit: When buying cord straps in bulk, shipping costs per unit of cord strap are significantly lower than when buying only a few units. Five reasons why your company should use cord straps: Enhanced safety and security: The cord strap is specifically designed to secure cargo and prevent it from moving or shifting during transit. It is made from durable, high-strength materials, making it a reliable option for securing heavy or bulky loads. Versatility: The cord strap is suitable for securing a wide range of cargo types, from boxes and pallets to machinery and equipment. It is also available in various widths and strengths, allowing customers to choose the right type of strap for their specific needs. Ease of use: The cord strap is easy to use and can be applied quickly by a single person, reducing the time and effort needed to secure cargo. It is also designed to be re-tensioned, allowing for adjustments to be made during transit if necessary. Cost-effective: Cord strapping is an affordable option for securing cargo compared to other methods, such as steel strapping or wire rope. It is also a reusable option, which can result in further cost savings over time. Compliance: The cord strap is widely recognized and approved for use in the transportation industry. It meets or exceeds regulatory standards, ensuring that customers can use it with confidence and peace of mind. Using a cord strap also helps to ensure compliance with safety regulations, reducing the risk of cargo damage or injury. Comparison of cord straps with steel straps and plastic straps, and the situations where cord straps are more suitable to use: Strength: Steel strap is the strongest of the three materials and is suitable for securing heavy and bulky loads that require maximum strength. Cord strap, on the other hand, has a lower strength compared to steel strap but still offers sufficient strength for most cargo types. The plastic strap is the weakest of the three materials and is only suitable for light loads. Flexibility: Cord straps are more flexible compared to steel straps, making them ideal for securing loads that may shift during transit or require some degree of movement. Steel straps are not as flexible, making them more suitable for loads that are rigid and don...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/cord-strap-13-32-mm-54-units-pallet/?attribute_width=13mm+-+1100m%2F485kg</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/cord-strap.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/cord-strap-price-rotated.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/cordstrap-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/cordstrap-buy-rotated.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2199 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550390_01</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>14695</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>1000</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550400_01</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Cord strap 13 - 32 mm - 54 units - pallet — width: 16mm - 850m/680kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Cord strap 13 - 32 mm - 54 units - pallet Our high-quality cord strap is available in five different sizes to meet all your shipping and cargo needs. Each roll of the composite strap is carefully designed to ensure maximum safety and security for your cargo during transit, making it a reliable choice for both small and large businesses alike. Our cord strap comes in a range of widths, from 13mm to 32mm, and offers varying levels of strength, ranging from 485kg to 2360kg. With such a wide range of options available, you can rest assured that you'll be able to find the perfect fit for your specific needs. Each roll of cord strap is also carefully measured to ensure that you get the most for your money, with lengths ranging from 250m to 1100m per roll. Additionally, each roll is packaged with care, with two rolls per carton, making it easy to transport and store. Each pallet of Cord Strap contains 54 units, making it an ideal option for businesses looking to buy in bulk.   Types of cord straps: CORDSTRAP 13mm Width: 13mm Strength: 485kg Length: 1100m/roll Weight: 9.65kg/roll Package: 2roll/carton CORDSTRAP 16mm Width: 16mm Strength: 680kg Length: 850m/roll Weight: 9.3kg/roll Package: 2roll/carton CORDSTRAP 19mm Width: 19mm Strength: 800kg Length: 500m/roll Weight: 8kg/roll Package: 2roll/carton CORDSTRAP 25mm Width: 25mm Strength: 1280kg Length: 500m/roll Weight: 10.1kg/roll Package: 2roll/carton CORDSTRAP 32mm Width: 32mm Strength: 2360kg Length: 250m/roll Weight: 9.3kg/roll Package: 2roll/carton   Seven reasons why buying in bulk is a great option for your company: Cost-effective: Buying in bulk is a cost-effective option for your company because it results in lower per-unit costs. As you buy larger quantities, you take advantage of economies of scale and have lower unit costs. Time-saving: Buying in bulk saves your time by reducing the number of processes you need to make the purchase. It also minimizes the time spend managing inventory. Convenience: When you buy in bulk, you have a sufficient supply of the product on hand, reducing the frequency of reordering and ensuring you never run out of stock. Reduces packaging waste: Buying in bulk can also reduce the amount of packaging waste that is generated since there are fewer individual packages needed. Better for the environment: Bulk buying can also have environmental benefits. Fewer packages are required, reducing the amount of energy needed to produce and transport them. Improved customer service: With bulk purchases, you can rely on consistent and timely supply since pallet is shipped to you directly. It also simplifies the shipping process and saves you from logistical headaches. Cheap shipping cost of cord strap per unit: When buying cord straps in bulk, shipping costs per unit of cord strap are significantly lower than when buying only a few units. Five reasons why your company should use cord straps: Enhanced safety and security: The cord strap is specifically designed to secure cargo and prevent it from moving or shifting during transit. It is made from durable, high-strength materials, making it a reliable option for securing heavy or bulky loads. Versatility: The cord strap is suitable for securing a wide range of cargo types, from boxes and pallets to machinery and equipment. It is also available in various widths and strengths, allowing customers to choose the right type of strap for their specific needs. Ease of use: The cord strap is easy to use and can be applied quickly by a single person, reducing the time and effort needed to secure cargo. It is also designed to be re-tensioned, allowing for adjustments to be made during transit if necessary. Cost-effective: Cord strapping is an affordable option for securing cargo compared to other methods, such as steel strapping or wire rope. It is also a reusable option, which can result in further cost savings over time. Compliance: The cord strap is widely recognized and approved for use in the transportation industry. It meets or exceeds regulatory standards, ensuring that customers can use it with confidence and peace of mind. Using a cord strap also helps to ensure compliance with safety regulations, reducing the risk of cargo damage or injury. Comparison of cord straps with steel straps and plastic straps, and the situations where cord straps are more suitable to use: Strength: Steel strap is the strongest of the three materials and is suitable for securing heavy and bulky loads that require maximum strength. Cord strap, on the other hand, has a lower strength compared to steel strap but still offers sufficient strength for most cargo types. The plastic strap is the weakest of the three materials and is only suitable for light loads. Flexibility: Cord straps are more flexible compared to steel straps, making them ideal for securing loads that may shift during transit or require some degree of movement. Steel straps are not as flexible, making them more suitable for loads that are rigid and don...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/cord-strap-13-32-mm-54-units-pallet/?attribute_width=16mm+-+850m%2F680kg</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/cord-strap.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/cord-strap-price-rotated.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/cordstrap-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/cordstrap-buy-rotated.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2199 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550400_01</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>14695</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>1000</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550410_01</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Cord strap 13 - 32 mm - 54 units - pallet — width: 19mm - 500m/800kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Cord strap 13 - 32 mm - 54 units - pallet Our high-quality cord strap is available in five different sizes to meet all your shipping and cargo needs. Each roll of the composite strap is carefully designed to ensure maximum safety and security for your cargo during transit, making it a reliable choice for both small and large businesses alike. Our cord strap comes in a range of widths, from 13mm to 32mm, and offers varying levels of strength, ranging from 485kg to 2360kg. With such a wide range of options available, you can rest assured that you'll be able to find the perfect fit for your specific needs. Each roll of cord strap is also carefully measured to ensure that you get the most for your money, with lengths ranging from 250m to 1100m per roll. Additionally, each roll is packaged with care, with two rolls per carton, making it easy to transport and store. Each pallet of Cord Strap contains 54 units, making it an ideal option for businesses looking to buy in bulk.   Types of cord straps: CORDSTRAP 13mm Width: 13mm Strength: 485kg Length: 1100m/roll Weight: 9.65kg/roll Package: 2roll/carton CORDSTRAP 16mm Width: 16mm Strength: 680kg Length: 850m/roll Weight: 9.3kg/roll Package: 2roll/carton CORDSTRAP 19mm Width: 19mm Strength: 800kg Length: 500m/roll Weight: 8kg/roll Package: 2roll/carton CORDSTRAP 25mm Width: 25mm Strength: 1280kg Length: 500m/roll Weight: 10.1kg/roll Package: 2roll/carton CORDSTRAP 32mm Width: 32mm Strength: 2360kg Length: 250m/roll Weight: 9.3kg/roll Package: 2roll/carton   Seven reasons why buying in bulk is a great option for your company: Cost-effective: Buying in bulk is a cost-effective option for your company because it results in lower per-unit costs. As you buy larger quantities, you take advantage of economies of scale and have lower unit costs. Time-saving: Buying in bulk saves your time by reducing the number of processes you need to make the purchase. It also minimizes the time spend managing inventory. Convenience: When you buy in bulk, you have a sufficient supply of the product on hand, reducing the frequency of reordering and ensuring you never run out of stock. Reduces packaging waste: Buying in bulk can also reduce the amount of packaging waste that is generated since there are fewer individual packages needed. Better for the environment: Bulk buying can also have environmental benefits. Fewer packages are required, reducing the amount of energy needed to produce and transport them. Improved customer service: With bulk purchases, you can rely on consistent and timely supply since pallet is shipped to you directly. It also simplifies the shipping process and saves you from logistical headaches. Cheap shipping cost of cord strap per unit: When buying cord straps in bulk, shipping costs per unit of cord strap are significantly lower than when buying only a few units. Five reasons why your company should use cord straps: Enhanced safety and security: The cord strap is specifically designed to secure cargo and prevent it from moving or shifting during transit. It is made from durable, high-strength materials, making it a reliable option for securing heavy or bulky loads. Versatility: The cord strap is suitable for securing a wide range of cargo types, from boxes and pallets to machinery and equipment. It is also available in various widths and strengths, allowing customers to choose the right type of strap for their specific needs. Ease of use: The cord strap is easy to use and can be applied quickly by a single person, reducing the time and effort needed to secure cargo. It is also designed to be re-tensioned, allowing for adjustments to be made during transit if necessary. Cost-effective: Cord strapping is an affordable option for securing cargo compared to other methods, such as steel strapping or wire rope. It is also a reusable option, which can result in further cost savings over time. Compliance: The cord strap is widely recognized and approved for use in the transportation industry. It meets or exceeds regulatory standards, ensuring that customers can use it with confidence and peace of mind. Using a cord strap also helps to ensure compliance with safety regulations, reducing the risk of cargo damage or injury. Comparison of cord straps with steel straps and plastic straps, and the situations where cord straps are more suitable to use: Strength: Steel strap is the strongest of the three materials and is suitable for securing heavy and bulky loads that require maximum strength. Cord strap, on the other hand, has a lower strength compared to steel strap but still offers sufficient strength for most cargo types. The plastic strap is the weakest of the three materials and is only suitable for light loads. Flexibility: Cord straps are more flexible compared to steel straps, making them ideal for securing loads that may shift during transit or require some degree of movement. Steel straps are not as flexible, making them more suitable for loads that are rigid and don...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/cord-strap-13-32-mm-54-units-pallet/?attribute_width=19mm+-+500m%2F800kg</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/cord-strap.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/cord-strap-price-rotated.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/cordstrap-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/cordstrap-buy-rotated.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2199 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550410_01</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>14695</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>1000</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550420_01</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Cord strap 13 - 32 mm - 54 units - pallet — width: 25mm - 500m/1280kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Cord strap 13 - 32 mm - 54 units - pallet Our high-quality cord strap is available in five different sizes to meet all your shipping and cargo needs. Each roll of the composite strap is carefully designed to ensure maximum safety and security for your cargo during transit, making it a reliable choice for both small and large businesses alike. Our cord strap comes in a range of widths, from 13mm to 32mm, and offers varying levels of strength, ranging from 485kg to 2360kg. With such a wide range of options available, you can rest assured that you'll be able to find the perfect fit for your specific needs. Each roll of cord strap is also carefully measured to ensure that you get the most for your money, with lengths ranging from 250m to 1100m per roll. Additionally, each roll is packaged with care, with two rolls per carton, making it easy to transport and store. Each pallet of Cord Strap contains 54 units, making it an ideal option for businesses looking to buy in bulk.   Types of cord straps: CORDSTRAP 13mm Width: 13mm Strength: 485kg Length: 1100m/roll Weight: 9.65kg/roll Package: 2roll/carton CORDSTRAP 16mm Width: 16mm Strength: 680kg Length: 850m/roll Weight: 9.3kg/roll Package: 2roll/carton CORDSTRAP 19mm Width: 19mm Strength: 800kg Length: 500m/roll Weight: 8kg/roll Package: 2roll/carton CORDSTRAP 25mm Width: 25mm Strength: 1280kg Length: 500m/roll Weight: 10.1kg/roll Package: 2roll/carton CORDSTRAP 32mm Width: 32mm Strength: 2360kg Length: 250m/roll Weight: 9.3kg/roll Package: 2roll/carton   Seven reasons why buying in bulk is a great option for your company: Cost-effective: Buying in bulk is a cost-effective option for your company because it results in lower per-unit costs. As you buy larger quantities, you take advantage of economies of scale and have lower unit costs. Time-saving: Buying in bulk saves your time by reducing the number of processes you need to make the purchase. It also minimizes the time spend managing inventory. Convenience: When you buy in bulk, you have a sufficient supply of the product on hand, reducing the frequency of reordering and ensuring you never run out of stock. Reduces packaging waste: Buying in bulk can also reduce the amount of packaging waste that is generated since there are fewer individual packages needed. Better for the environment: Bulk buying can also have environmental benefits. Fewer packages are required, reducing the amount of energy needed to produce and transport them. Improved customer service: With bulk purchases, you can rely on consistent and timely supply since pallet is shipped to you directly. It also simplifies the shipping process and saves you from logistical headaches. Cheap shipping cost of cord strap per unit: When buying cord straps in bulk, shipping costs per unit of cord strap are significantly lower than when buying only a few units. Five reasons why your company should use cord straps: Enhanced safety and security: The cord strap is specifically designed to secure cargo and prevent it from moving or shifting during transit. It is made from durable, high-strength materials, making it a reliable option for securing heavy or bulky loads. Versatility: The cord strap is suitable for securing a wide range of cargo types, from boxes and pallets to machinery and equipment. It is also available in various widths and strengths, allowing customers to choose the right type of strap for their specific needs. Ease of use: The cord strap is easy to use and can be applied quickly by a single person, reducing the time and effort needed to secure cargo. It is also designed to be re-tensioned, allowing for adjustments to be made during transit if necessary. Cost-effective: Cord strapping is an affordable option for securing cargo compared to other methods, such as steel strapping or wire rope. It is also a reusable option, which can result in further cost savings over time. Compliance: The cord strap is widely recognized and approved for use in the transportation industry. It meets or exceeds regulatory standards, ensuring that customers can use it with confidence and peace of mind. Using a cord strap also helps to ensure compliance with safety regulations, reducing the risk of cargo damage or injury. Comparison of cord straps with steel straps and plastic straps, and the situations where cord straps are more suitable to use: Strength: Steel strap is the strongest of the three materials and is suitable for securing heavy and bulky loads that require maximum strength. Cord strap, on the other hand, has a lower strength compared to steel strap but still offers sufficient strength for most cargo types. The plastic strap is the weakest of the three materials and is only suitable for light loads. Flexibility: Cord straps are more flexible compared to steel straps, making them ideal for securing loads that may shift during transit or require some degree of movement. Steel straps are not as flexible, making them more suitable for loads that are rigid and don...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/cord-strap-13-32-mm-54-units-pallet/?attribute_width=25mm+-+500m%2F1280kg</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/cord-strap.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/cord-strap-price-rotated.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/cordstrap-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/cordstrap-buy-rotated.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2199 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550420_01</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>14695</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>1000</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550430_01</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Cord strap 13 - 32 mm - 54 units - pallet — width: 32mm - 250m/2360kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Cord strap 13 - 32 mm - 54 units - pallet Our high-quality cord strap is available in five different sizes to meet all your shipping and cargo needs. Each roll of the composite strap is carefully designed to ensure maximum safety and security for your cargo during transit, making it a reliable choice for both small and large businesses alike. Our cord strap comes in a range of widths, from 13mm to 32mm, and offers varying levels of strength, ranging from 485kg to 2360kg. With such a wide range of options available, you can rest assured that you'll be able to find the perfect fit for your specific needs. Each roll of cord strap is also carefully measured to ensure that you get the most for your money, with lengths ranging from 250m to 1100m per roll. Additionally, each roll is packaged with care, with two rolls per carton, making it easy to transport and store. Each pallet of Cord Strap contains 54 units, making it an ideal option for businesses looking to buy in bulk.   Types of cord straps: CORDSTRAP 13mm Width: 13mm Strength: 485kg Length: 1100m/roll Weight: 9.65kg/roll Package: 2roll/carton CORDSTRAP 16mm Width: 16mm Strength: 680kg Length: 850m/roll Weight: 9.3kg/roll Package: 2roll/carton CORDSTRAP 19mm Width: 19mm Strength: 800kg Length: 500m/roll Weight: 8kg/roll Package: 2roll/carton CORDSTRAP 25mm Width: 25mm Strength: 1280kg Length: 500m/roll Weight: 10.1kg/roll Package: 2roll/carton CORDSTRAP 32mm Width: 32mm Strength: 2360kg Length: 250m/roll Weight: 9.3kg/roll Package: 2roll/carton   Seven reasons why buying in bulk is a great option for your company: Cost-effective: Buying in bulk is a cost-effective option for your company because it results in lower per-unit costs. As you buy larger quantities, you take advantage of economies of scale and have lower unit costs. Time-saving: Buying in bulk saves your time by reducing the number of processes you need to make the purchase. It also minimizes the time spend managing inventory. Convenience: When you buy in bulk, you have a sufficient supply of the product on hand, reducing the frequency of reordering and ensuring you never run out of stock. Reduces packaging waste: Buying in bulk can also reduce the amount of packaging waste that is generated since there are fewer individual packages needed. Better for the environment: Bulk buying can also have environmental benefits. Fewer packages are required, reducing the amount of energy needed to produce and transport them. Improved customer service: With bulk purchases, you can rely on consistent and timely supply since pallet is shipped to you directly. It also simplifies the shipping process and saves you from logistical headaches. Cheap shipping cost of cord strap per unit: When buying cord straps in bulk, shipping costs per unit of cord strap are significantly lower than when buying only a few units. Five reasons why your company should use cord straps: Enhanced safety and security: The cord strap is specifically designed to secure cargo and prevent it from moving or shifting during transit. It is made from durable, high-strength materials, making it a reliable option for securing heavy or bulky loads. Versatility: The cord strap is suitable for securing a wide range of cargo types, from boxes and pallets to machinery and equipment. It is also available in various widths and strengths, allowing customers to choose the right type of strap for their specific needs. Ease of use: The cord strap is easy to use and can be applied quickly by a single person, reducing the time and effort needed to secure cargo. It is also designed to be re-tensioned, allowing for adjustments to be made during transit if necessary. Cost-effective: Cord strapping is an affordable option for securing cargo compared to other methods, such as steel strapping or wire rope. It is also a reusable option, which can result in further cost savings over time. Compliance: The cord strap is widely recognized and approved for use in the transportation industry. It meets or exceeds regulatory standards, ensuring that customers can use it with confidence and peace of mind. Using a cord strap also helps to ensure compliance with safety regulations, reducing the risk of cargo damage or injury. Comparison of cord straps with steel straps and plastic straps, and the situations where cord straps are more suitable to use: Strength: Steel strap is the strongest of the three materials and is suitable for securing heavy and bulky loads that require maximum strength. Cord strap, on the other hand, has a lower strength compared to steel strap but still offers sufficient strength for most cargo types. The plastic strap is the weakest of the three materials and is only suitable for light loads. Flexibility: Cord straps are more flexible compared to steel straps, making them ideal for securing loads that may shift during transit or require some degree of movement. Steel straps are not as flexible, making them more suitable for loads that are rigid and don...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/cord-strap-13-32-mm-54-units-pallet/?attribute_width=32mm+-+250m%2F2360kg</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/cord-strap.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/cord-strap-price-rotated.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/cordstrap-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/cordstrap-buy-rotated.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2199 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550430_01</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>14695</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>1000</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550100_01</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[PET strap 12-32 mm pallet - 60 units — dimensions: 12 x 0,6mm/406mm - 2500m/350kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[PET strap Pallet - 60 units Buying PET strap in bulk on a pallet offers cost savings, convenience, and consistent quality, making it a smart and efficient choice for businesses. Our PET polyester strap is a strong and durable strapping material that is perfect for securing and stabilizing heavy loads during transportation and storage. Made from high-quality PET (polyethylene terephthalate) material, our polyester strap is designed to withstand the rigors of heavy-duty applications and maintain its strength and tension over time.   Types of PET strap We offer a comprehensive range of high-quality PET polyester straps designed to provide reliable and consistent load stabilization across diverse industrial and logistics applications. The portfolio covers multiple strap widths, thicknesses, roll lengths, and tensile strengths, allowing precise selection based on load weight, pallet dimensions, and handling requirements. All PET straps are manufactured for controlled elongation, high tensile performance, and stable behavior during transport and storage, ensuring secure unitization of light, medium, and heavy loads. Available specifications include: 12 × 0.6 mm / core 406 mm / 2,500 m – tensile strength 350 kg 15.5 × 0.7 mm / core 406 mm / 1,750 m – tensile strength 440 kg 15.5 × 0.9 mm / core 406 mm / 1,250 m – tensile strength 540 kg 19 × 1.0 mm / core 406 mm / 1,000 m – tensile strength 820 kg 25 × 1.27 mm / core 406 mm / 600 m – tensile strength 1,260 kg 32 × 1.2 mm / core 406 mm / 500 m – tensile strength 1,600 kg This range supports standardized strapping operations with both manual and battery-powered strapping tools, offering a scalable solution for carton bundling, pallet stabilization, and heavy-duty load securing.   Seven reasons why buying a whole pallet of PET strap is better than just a few units: Cost savings: Buying a whole pallet of PET strap typically results in a lower cost per unit, allowing you to save money in the long run. Cheap transport per unit: When buying whole pallet of PET strap you will significantly reduce transport cost per unit. Convenience: With a full pallet of PET strap, you'll have a larger supply of strapping on hand, reducing the need for frequent reordering and saving time and effort. Consistency: When you purchase a whole pallet, you can be assured that all the units will be of the same quality and specifications, ensuring consistent performance. Reduced waste: Buying in bulk can help reduce packaging waste and minimize the environmental impact of your business. Improved inventory management: With a larger supply of PET strap on hand, you can better manage your inventory and ensure that you always have enough strapping available when you need it. Increased productivity: A larger supply of PET strap means fewer interruptions to production or shipping processes, leading to increased productivity and efficiency.   PET strap quantity discount Each pallet of our PET polyester strap contains 54 units. The strap has a breaking strength of up to 800kg and is suitable for use with a range of strapping tools and equipment. The strap is easy to use and can be applied quickly and securely, providing reliable and effective load stabilization for a variety of products and materials. Our PET polyester strap is available in green color. PET strap is an environmentally friendly choice for businesses looking to reduce their carbon footprint. Ordering in bulk is a great way to save money on your strapping needs, and our pallet pricing offers a significant discount on larger orders. With our high-quality PET polyester strap, you can be confident that your loads will be secure and stable during transit, helping to prevent damage and ensure customer satisfaction.   Advantages of PET strap: High tensile strength: PET strap is a strong and durable strapping material that can withstand high tension without breaking or stretching, making it ideal for securing heavy loads during transportation and storage. Weather-resistant: PET strap is resistant to UV rays, water, and temperature changes, making it suitable for use in a wide range of environments and climates. Lightweight: Compared to steel strapping, PET strap is lightweight, making it easier to handle and reducing the risk of injury during handling and application. Easy to use: PET strap can be easily applied using manual or automated strapping tools, providing a secure and reliable strapping solution for a variety of products and materials. Low maintenance: PET strap requires minimal maintenance and does not corrode or rust like steel strapping, reducing the need for repairs and replacements. Safe for products: PET strap is non-abrasive and non-magnetic, making it safe for use with delicate or sensitive products such as electronics, glass, and food. Eco-friendly: PET strap is made from recyclable material, making it an environmentally friendly choice for businesses looking to reduce their carbon footprint and promote sustainability.  ]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pet-strap-12-32mm-pallet-60-units/?attribute_dimensions=12+x+0%2C6mm%2F406mm+-+2500m%2F350kg</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/PET-polyester-strap-pallet-54-units.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/PET-polyester-strap-pallet-54-units-bulk-order-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/PET-polyester-strap-pallet-54-units-quantity-discount.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/PET-polyester-strap-pallet-54-units-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/pet-strap-12-19mm-pallet-54units-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/pet-strap-12-19mm-pallet-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2800 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2399 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>550100_01</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>14203</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>1000</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550110_01</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[PET strap 12-32 mm pallet - 60 units — dimensions: 15.5 x 0.7mm/406mm - 1750m/440kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[PET strap Pallet - 60 units Buying PET strap in bulk on a pallet offers cost savings, convenience, and consistent quality, making it a smart and efficient choice for businesses. Our PET polyester strap is a strong and durable strapping material that is perfect for securing and stabilizing heavy loads during transportation and storage. Made from high-quality PET (polyethylene terephthalate) material, our polyester strap is designed to withstand the rigors of heavy-duty applications and maintain its strength and tension over time.   Types of PET strap We offer a comprehensive range of high-quality PET polyester straps designed to provide reliable and consistent load stabilization across diverse industrial and logistics applications. The portfolio covers multiple strap widths, thicknesses, roll lengths, and tensile strengths, allowing precise selection based on load weight, pallet dimensions, and handling requirements. All PET straps are manufactured for controlled elongation, high tensile performance, and stable behavior during transport and storage, ensuring secure unitization of light, medium, and heavy loads. Available specifications include: 12 × 0.6 mm / core 406 mm / 2,500 m – tensile strength 350 kg 15.5 × 0.7 mm / core 406 mm / 1,750 m – tensile strength 440 kg 15.5 × 0.9 mm / core 406 mm / 1,250 m – tensile strength 540 kg 19 × 1.0 mm / core 406 mm / 1,000 m – tensile strength 820 kg 25 × 1.27 mm / core 406 mm / 600 m – tensile strength 1,260 kg 32 × 1.2 mm / core 406 mm / 500 m – tensile strength 1,600 kg This range supports standardized strapping operations with both manual and battery-powered strapping tools, offering a scalable solution for carton bundling, pallet stabilization, and heavy-duty load securing.   Seven reasons why buying a whole pallet of PET strap is better than just a few units: Cost savings: Buying a whole pallet of PET strap typically results in a lower cost per unit, allowing you to save money in the long run. Cheap transport per unit: When buying whole pallet of PET strap you will significantly reduce transport cost per unit. Convenience: With a full pallet of PET strap, you'll have a larger supply of strapping on hand, reducing the need for frequent reordering and saving time and effort. Consistency: When you purchase a whole pallet, you can be assured that all the units will be of the same quality and specifications, ensuring consistent performance. Reduced waste: Buying in bulk can help reduce packaging waste and minimize the environmental impact of your business. Improved inventory management: With a larger supply of PET strap on hand, you can better manage your inventory and ensure that you always have enough strapping available when you need it. Increased productivity: A larger supply of PET strap means fewer interruptions to production or shipping processes, leading to increased productivity and efficiency.   PET strap quantity discount Each pallet of our PET polyester strap contains 54 units. The strap has a breaking strength of up to 800kg and is suitable for use with a range of strapping tools and equipment. The strap is easy to use and can be applied quickly and securely, providing reliable and effective load stabilization for a variety of products and materials. Our PET polyester strap is available in green color. PET strap is an environmentally friendly choice for businesses looking to reduce their carbon footprint. Ordering in bulk is a great way to save money on your strapping needs, and our pallet pricing offers a significant discount on larger orders. With our high-quality PET polyester strap, you can be confident that your loads will be secure and stable during transit, helping to prevent damage and ensure customer satisfaction.   Advantages of PET strap: High tensile strength: PET strap is a strong and durable strapping material that can withstand high tension without breaking or stretching, making it ideal for securing heavy loads during transportation and storage. Weather-resistant: PET strap is resistant to UV rays, water, and temperature changes, making it suitable for use in a wide range of environments and climates. Lightweight: Compared to steel strapping, PET strap is lightweight, making it easier to handle and reducing the risk of injury during handling and application. Easy to use: PET strap can be easily applied using manual or automated strapping tools, providing a secure and reliable strapping solution for a variety of products and materials. Low maintenance: PET strap requires minimal maintenance and does not corrode or rust like steel strapping, reducing the need for repairs and replacements. Safe for products: PET strap is non-abrasive and non-magnetic, making it safe for use with delicate or sensitive products such as electronics, glass, and food. Eco-friendly: PET strap is made from recyclable material, making it an environmentally friendly choice for businesses looking to reduce their carbon footprint and promote sustainability.  ]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pet-strap-12-32mm-pallet-60-units/?attribute_dimensions=15.5+x+0.7mm%2F406mm+-+1750m%2F440kg</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/PET-polyester-strap-pallet-54-units.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/PET-polyester-strap-pallet-54-units-bulk-order-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/PET-polyester-strap-pallet-54-units-quantity-discount.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/PET-polyester-strap-pallet-54-units-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/pet-strap-12-19mm-pallet-54units-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/pet-strap-12-19mm-pallet-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2600 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2199 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>550110_01</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>14203</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>1000</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550111_01</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[PET strap 12-32 mm pallet - 60 units — dimensions: 15,5 x 0,9mm/406mm - 1250m/540kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[PET strap Pallet - 60 units Buying PET strap in bulk on a pallet offers cost savings, convenience, and consistent quality, making it a smart and efficient choice for businesses. Our PET polyester strap is a strong and durable strapping material that is perfect for securing and stabilizing heavy loads during transportation and storage. Made from high-quality PET (polyethylene terephthalate) material, our polyester strap is designed to withstand the rigors of heavy-duty applications and maintain its strength and tension over time.   Types of PET strap We offer a comprehensive range of high-quality PET polyester straps designed to provide reliable and consistent load stabilization across diverse industrial and logistics applications. The portfolio covers multiple strap widths, thicknesses, roll lengths, and tensile strengths, allowing precise selection based on load weight, pallet dimensions, and handling requirements. All PET straps are manufactured for controlled elongation, high tensile performance, and stable behavior during transport and storage, ensuring secure unitization of light, medium, and heavy loads. Available specifications include: 12 × 0.6 mm / core 406 mm / 2,500 m – tensile strength 350 kg 15.5 × 0.7 mm / core 406 mm / 1,750 m – tensile strength 440 kg 15.5 × 0.9 mm / core 406 mm / 1,250 m – tensile strength 540 kg 19 × 1.0 mm / core 406 mm / 1,000 m – tensile strength 820 kg 25 × 1.27 mm / core 406 mm / 600 m – tensile strength 1,260 kg 32 × 1.2 mm / core 406 mm / 500 m – tensile strength 1,600 kg This range supports standardized strapping operations with both manual and battery-powered strapping tools, offering a scalable solution for carton bundling, pallet stabilization, and heavy-duty load securing.   Seven reasons why buying a whole pallet of PET strap is better than just a few units: Cost savings: Buying a whole pallet of PET strap typically results in a lower cost per unit, allowing you to save money in the long run. Cheap transport per unit: When buying whole pallet of PET strap you will significantly reduce transport cost per unit. Convenience: With a full pallet of PET strap, you'll have a larger supply of strapping on hand, reducing the need for frequent reordering and saving time and effort. Consistency: When you purchase a whole pallet, you can be assured that all the units will be of the same quality and specifications, ensuring consistent performance. Reduced waste: Buying in bulk can help reduce packaging waste and minimize the environmental impact of your business. Improved inventory management: With a larger supply of PET strap on hand, you can better manage your inventory and ensure that you always have enough strapping available when you need it. Increased productivity: A larger supply of PET strap means fewer interruptions to production or shipping processes, leading to increased productivity and efficiency.   PET strap quantity discount Each pallet of our PET polyester strap contains 54 units. The strap has a breaking strength of up to 800kg and is suitable for use with a range of strapping tools and equipment. The strap is easy to use and can be applied quickly and securely, providing reliable and effective load stabilization for a variety of products and materials. Our PET polyester strap is available in green color. PET strap is an environmentally friendly choice for businesses looking to reduce their carbon footprint. Ordering in bulk is a great way to save money on your strapping needs, and our pallet pricing offers a significant discount on larger orders. With our high-quality PET polyester strap, you can be confident that your loads will be secure and stable during transit, helping to prevent damage and ensure customer satisfaction.   Advantages of PET strap: High tensile strength: PET strap is a strong and durable strapping material that can withstand high tension without breaking or stretching, making it ideal for securing heavy loads during transportation and storage. Weather-resistant: PET strap is resistant to UV rays, water, and temperature changes, making it suitable for use in a wide range of environments and climates. Lightweight: Compared to steel strapping, PET strap is lightweight, making it easier to handle and reducing the risk of injury during handling and application. Easy to use: PET strap can be easily applied using manual or automated strapping tools, providing a secure and reliable strapping solution for a variety of products and materials. Low maintenance: PET strap requires minimal maintenance and does not corrode or rust like steel strapping, reducing the need for repairs and replacements. Safe for products: PET strap is non-abrasive and non-magnetic, making it safe for use with delicate or sensitive products such as electronics, glass, and food. Eco-friendly: PET strap is made from recyclable material, making it an environmentally friendly choice for businesses looking to reduce their carbon footprint and promote sustainability.  ]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pet-strap-12-32mm-pallet-60-units/?attribute_dimensions=15%2C5+x+0%2C9mm%2F406mm+-+1250m%2F540kg</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/PET-polyester-strap-pallet-54-units.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/PET-polyester-strap-pallet-54-units-bulk-order-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/PET-polyester-strap-pallet-54-units-quantity-discount.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/PET-polyester-strap-pallet-54-units-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/pet-strap-12-19mm-pallet-54units-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/pet-strap-12-19mm-pallet-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2600 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2199 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>550111_01</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>14203</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>1000</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550120_01</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[PET strap 12-32 mm pallet - 60 units — dimensions: 19 x 1,0mm/406/1000m/820kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[PET strap Pallet - 60 units Buying PET strap in bulk on a pallet offers cost savings, convenience, and consistent quality, making it a smart and efficient choice for businesses. Our PET polyester strap is a strong and durable strapping material that is perfect for securing and stabilizing heavy loads during transportation and storage. Made from high-quality PET (polyethylene terephthalate) material, our polyester strap is designed to withstand the rigors of heavy-duty applications and maintain its strength and tension over time.   Types of PET strap We offer a comprehensive range of high-quality PET polyester straps designed to provide reliable and consistent load stabilization across diverse industrial and logistics applications. The portfolio covers multiple strap widths, thicknesses, roll lengths, and tensile strengths, allowing precise selection based on load weight, pallet dimensions, and handling requirements. All PET straps are manufactured for controlled elongation, high tensile performance, and stable behavior during transport and storage, ensuring secure unitization of light, medium, and heavy loads. Available specifications include: 12 × 0.6 mm / core 406 mm / 2,500 m – tensile strength 350 kg 15.5 × 0.7 mm / core 406 mm / 1,750 m – tensile strength 440 kg 15.5 × 0.9 mm / core 406 mm / 1,250 m – tensile strength 540 kg 19 × 1.0 mm / core 406 mm / 1,000 m – tensile strength 820 kg 25 × 1.27 mm / core 406 mm / 600 m – tensile strength 1,260 kg 32 × 1.2 mm / core 406 mm / 500 m – tensile strength 1,600 kg This range supports standardized strapping operations with both manual and battery-powered strapping tools, offering a scalable solution for carton bundling, pallet stabilization, and heavy-duty load securing.   Seven reasons why buying a whole pallet of PET strap is better than just a few units: Cost savings: Buying a whole pallet of PET strap typically results in a lower cost per unit, allowing you to save money in the long run. Cheap transport per unit: When buying whole pallet of PET strap you will significantly reduce transport cost per unit. Convenience: With a full pallet of PET strap, you'll have a larger supply of strapping on hand, reducing the need for frequent reordering and saving time and effort. Consistency: When you purchase a whole pallet, you can be assured that all the units will be of the same quality and specifications, ensuring consistent performance. Reduced waste: Buying in bulk can help reduce packaging waste and minimize the environmental impact of your business. Improved inventory management: With a larger supply of PET strap on hand, you can better manage your inventory and ensure that you always have enough strapping available when you need it. Increased productivity: A larger supply of PET strap means fewer interruptions to production or shipping processes, leading to increased productivity and efficiency.   PET strap quantity discount Each pallet of our PET polyester strap contains 54 units. The strap has a breaking strength of up to 800kg and is suitable for use with a range of strapping tools and equipment. The strap is easy to use and can be applied quickly and securely, providing reliable and effective load stabilization for a variety of products and materials. Our PET polyester strap is available in green color. PET strap is an environmentally friendly choice for businesses looking to reduce their carbon footprint. Ordering in bulk is a great way to save money on your strapping needs, and our pallet pricing offers a significant discount on larger orders. With our high-quality PET polyester strap, you can be confident that your loads will be secure and stable during transit, helping to prevent damage and ensure customer satisfaction.   Advantages of PET strap: High tensile strength: PET strap is a strong and durable strapping material that can withstand high tension without breaking or stretching, making it ideal for securing heavy loads during transportation and storage. Weather-resistant: PET strap is resistant to UV rays, water, and temperature changes, making it suitable for use in a wide range of environments and climates. Lightweight: Compared to steel strapping, PET strap is lightweight, making it easier to handle and reducing the risk of injury during handling and application. Easy to use: PET strap can be easily applied using manual or automated strapping tools, providing a secure and reliable strapping solution for a variety of products and materials. Low maintenance: PET strap requires minimal maintenance and does not corrode or rust like steel strapping, reducing the need for repairs and replacements. Safe for products: PET strap is non-abrasive and non-magnetic, making it safe for use with delicate or sensitive products such as electronics, glass, and food. Eco-friendly: PET strap is made from recyclable material, making it an environmentally friendly choice for businesses looking to reduce their carbon footprint and promote sustainability.  ]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pet-strap-12-32mm-pallet-60-units/?attribute_dimensions=19+x+1%2C0mm%2F406%2F1000m%2F820kg</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/PET-polyester-strap-pallet-54-units.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/PET-polyester-strap-pallet-54-units-bulk-order-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/PET-polyester-strap-pallet-54-units-quantity-discount.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/PET-polyester-strap-pallet-54-units-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/pet-strap-12-19mm-pallet-54units-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/pet-strap-12-19mm-pallet-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>56 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>550120_01</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>14203</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>1000</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550140_01</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[PET strap 12-32 mm pallet - 60 units — dimensions: 25 x 1,2mm/406mm - 600m/1260kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[PET strap Pallet - 60 units Buying PET strap in bulk on a pallet offers cost savings, convenience, and consistent quality, making it a smart and efficient choice for businesses. Our PET polyester strap is a strong and durable strapping material that is perfect for securing and stabilizing heavy loads during transportation and storage. Made from high-quality PET (polyethylene terephthalate) material, our polyester strap is designed to withstand the rigors of heavy-duty applications and maintain its strength and tension over time.   Types of PET strap We offer a comprehensive range of high-quality PET polyester straps designed to provide reliable and consistent load stabilization across diverse industrial and logistics applications. The portfolio covers multiple strap widths, thicknesses, roll lengths, and tensile strengths, allowing precise selection based on load weight, pallet dimensions, and handling requirements. All PET straps are manufactured for controlled elongation, high tensile performance, and stable behavior during transport and storage, ensuring secure unitization of light, medium, and heavy loads. Available specifications include: 12 × 0.6 mm / core 406 mm / 2,500 m – tensile strength 350 kg 15.5 × 0.7 mm / core 406 mm / 1,750 m – tensile strength 440 kg 15.5 × 0.9 mm / core 406 mm / 1,250 m – tensile strength 540 kg 19 × 1.0 mm / core 406 mm / 1,000 m – tensile strength 820 kg 25 × 1.27 mm / core 406 mm / 600 m – tensile strength 1,260 kg 32 × 1.2 mm / core 406 mm / 500 m – tensile strength 1,600 kg This range supports standardized strapping operations with both manual and battery-powered strapping tools, offering a scalable solution for carton bundling, pallet stabilization, and heavy-duty load securing.   Seven reasons why buying a whole pallet of PET strap is better than just a few units: Cost savings: Buying a whole pallet of PET strap typically results in a lower cost per unit, allowing you to save money in the long run. Cheap transport per unit: When buying whole pallet of PET strap you will significantly reduce transport cost per unit. Convenience: With a full pallet of PET strap, you'll have a larger supply of strapping on hand, reducing the need for frequent reordering and saving time and effort. Consistency: When you purchase a whole pallet, you can be assured that all the units will be of the same quality and specifications, ensuring consistent performance. Reduced waste: Buying in bulk can help reduce packaging waste and minimize the environmental impact of your business. Improved inventory management: With a larger supply of PET strap on hand, you can better manage your inventory and ensure that you always have enough strapping available when you need it. Increased productivity: A larger supply of PET strap means fewer interruptions to production or shipping processes, leading to increased productivity and efficiency.   PET strap quantity discount Each pallet of our PET polyester strap contains 54 units. The strap has a breaking strength of up to 800kg and is suitable for use with a range of strapping tools and equipment. The strap is easy to use and can be applied quickly and securely, providing reliable and effective load stabilization for a variety of products and materials. Our PET polyester strap is available in green color. PET strap is an environmentally friendly choice for businesses looking to reduce their carbon footprint. Ordering in bulk is a great way to save money on your strapping needs, and our pallet pricing offers a significant discount on larger orders. With our high-quality PET polyester strap, you can be confident that your loads will be secure and stable during transit, helping to prevent damage and ensure customer satisfaction.   Advantages of PET strap: High tensile strength: PET strap is a strong and durable strapping material that can withstand high tension without breaking or stretching, making it ideal for securing heavy loads during transportation and storage. Weather-resistant: PET strap is resistant to UV rays, water, and temperature changes, making it suitable for use in a wide range of environments and climates. Lightweight: Compared to steel strapping, PET strap is lightweight, making it easier to handle and reducing the risk of injury during handling and application. Easy to use: PET strap can be easily applied using manual or automated strapping tools, providing a secure and reliable strapping solution for a variety of products and materials. Low maintenance: PET strap requires minimal maintenance and does not corrode or rust like steel strapping, reducing the need for repairs and replacements. Safe for products: PET strap is non-abrasive and non-magnetic, making it safe for use with delicate or sensitive products such as electronics, glass, and food. Eco-friendly: PET strap is made from recyclable material, making it an environmentally friendly choice for businesses looking to reduce their carbon footprint and promote sustainability.  ]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pet-strap-12-32mm-pallet-60-units/?attribute_dimensions=25+x+1%2C2mm%2F406mm+-+600m%2F1260kg</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/PET-polyester-strap-pallet-54-units.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/PET-polyester-strap-pallet-54-units-bulk-order-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/PET-polyester-strap-pallet-54-units-quantity-discount.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/PET-polyester-strap-pallet-54-units-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/pet-strap-12-19mm-pallet-54units-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/pet-strap-12-19mm-pallet-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2800 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2399 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>550140_01</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>14203</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>1000</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550150_01</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[PET strap 12-32 mm pallet - 60 units — dimensions: 32 x 1,2mm/406mm - 500m/1600kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[PET strap Pallet - 60 units Buying PET strap in bulk on a pallet offers cost savings, convenience, and consistent quality, making it a smart and efficient choice for businesses. Our PET polyester strap is a strong and durable strapping material that is perfect for securing and stabilizing heavy loads during transportation and storage. Made from high-quality PET (polyethylene terephthalate) material, our polyester strap is designed to withstand the rigors of heavy-duty applications and maintain its strength and tension over time.   Types of PET strap We offer a comprehensive range of high-quality PET polyester straps designed to provide reliable and consistent load stabilization across diverse industrial and logistics applications. The portfolio covers multiple strap widths, thicknesses, roll lengths, and tensile strengths, allowing precise selection based on load weight, pallet dimensions, and handling requirements. All PET straps are manufactured for controlled elongation, high tensile performance, and stable behavior during transport and storage, ensuring secure unitization of light, medium, and heavy loads. Available specifications include: 12 × 0.6 mm / core 406 mm / 2,500 m – tensile strength 350 kg 15.5 × 0.7 mm / core 406 mm / 1,750 m – tensile strength 440 kg 15.5 × 0.9 mm / core 406 mm / 1,250 m – tensile strength 540 kg 19 × 1.0 mm / core 406 mm / 1,000 m – tensile strength 820 kg 25 × 1.27 mm / core 406 mm / 600 m – tensile strength 1,260 kg 32 × 1.2 mm / core 406 mm / 500 m – tensile strength 1,600 kg This range supports standardized strapping operations with both manual and battery-powered strapping tools, offering a scalable solution for carton bundling, pallet stabilization, and heavy-duty load securing.   Seven reasons why buying a whole pallet of PET strap is better than just a few units: Cost savings: Buying a whole pallet of PET strap typically results in a lower cost per unit, allowing you to save money in the long run. Cheap transport per unit: When buying whole pallet of PET strap you will significantly reduce transport cost per unit. Convenience: With a full pallet of PET strap, you'll have a larger supply of strapping on hand, reducing the need for frequent reordering and saving time and effort. Consistency: When you purchase a whole pallet, you can be assured that all the units will be of the same quality and specifications, ensuring consistent performance. Reduced waste: Buying in bulk can help reduce packaging waste and minimize the environmental impact of your business. Improved inventory management: With a larger supply of PET strap on hand, you can better manage your inventory and ensure that you always have enough strapping available when you need it. Increased productivity: A larger supply of PET strap means fewer interruptions to production or shipping processes, leading to increased productivity and efficiency.   PET strap quantity discount Each pallet of our PET polyester strap contains 54 units. The strap has a breaking strength of up to 800kg and is suitable for use with a range of strapping tools and equipment. The strap is easy to use and can be applied quickly and securely, providing reliable and effective load stabilization for a variety of products and materials. Our PET polyester strap is available in green color. PET strap is an environmentally friendly choice for businesses looking to reduce their carbon footprint. Ordering in bulk is a great way to save money on your strapping needs, and our pallet pricing offers a significant discount on larger orders. With our high-quality PET polyester strap, you can be confident that your loads will be secure and stable during transit, helping to prevent damage and ensure customer satisfaction.   Advantages of PET strap: High tensile strength: PET strap is a strong and durable strapping material that can withstand high tension without breaking or stretching, making it ideal for securing heavy loads during transportation and storage. Weather-resistant: PET strap is resistant to UV rays, water, and temperature changes, making it suitable for use in a wide range of environments and climates. Lightweight: Compared to steel strapping, PET strap is lightweight, making it easier to handle and reducing the risk of injury during handling and application. Easy to use: PET strap can be easily applied using manual or automated strapping tools, providing a secure and reliable strapping solution for a variety of products and materials. Low maintenance: PET strap requires minimal maintenance and does not corrode or rust like steel strapping, reducing the need for repairs and replacements. Safe for products: PET strap is non-abrasive and non-magnetic, making it safe for use with delicate or sensitive products such as electronics, glass, and food. Eco-friendly: PET strap is made from recyclable material, making it an environmentally friendly choice for businesses looking to reduce their carbon footprint and promote sustainability.  ]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pet-strap-12-32mm-pallet-60-units/?attribute_dimensions=32+x+1%2C2mm%2F406mm+-+500m%2F1600kg</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/PET-polyester-strap-pallet-54-units.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/PET-polyester-strap-pallet-54-units-bulk-order-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/PET-polyester-strap-pallet-54-units-quantity-discount.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/PET-polyester-strap-pallet-54-units-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/pet-strap-12-19mm-pallet-54units-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/pet-strap-12-19mm-pallet-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>3960 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2399 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>550150_01</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>14203</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>1000</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>450040</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Cardboard shredder machine GREE ES 422mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Cardboard shredder machine GREE ES 422mm The cardboard shredder machine GREE ES 422mm is an innovative solution for turning everyday waste paper, cardboard, and corrugated board into highly effective void fill. This ready-to-use machine features a plug-and-play system that can be used immediately, saving cable costs and setup time in different locations where it is established. The ES 422mm model is a GREE brand product that is globally recognized as the very best in packaging equipment innovation and engineering available to the packaging professional. The machine is equipped with a special, custom-designed, aerospace-grade steel shaft with dual action that trims and converts cardboard into void fill or flexible material. The user-friendly machine has simple Start, Stop, Reverse, and Emergency functions to provide safety and efficiency at the job site. The high efficiency of the drive enables a particularly sustainable operation of the device, and the soft start means less component wear and quieter operation. The ES version produces flexible matting. The machine can be fitted with a dust reduction unit, which makes it an ideal choice for those who are environmentally conscious. The machine is designed to cut up to 420mm wide and up to 18mm thick, producing up to 6.0 cubic m/hr of void fill with an unlimited run time. The dimensions of the machine are W660mm x D660mm x H1060mm, and it weighs 120kg with a footprint of 0.5 square meters. The machine requires a power supply of 230 or 240 volts and can be connected using a 13-amp plug. The machine is capable of processing cardboard or paper of at least 60 g/m2, and it comes with CE, ISO, and EcoFriendly certificates. The machine has a single-pass operation and an emergency stop switch for added safety. The custom steel shaft ensures the machine's durability and longevity, and it comes with a 30% energy savings feature with an inverter drive. The machine is designed to meet global standards for packaging equipment, making it an ideal choice for businesses that value efficiency and sustainability. Operating the machine is simple and straightforward. First, connect the machine to a 230 or 240-volt power supply using a 13-amp plug. Then, pull out the red emergency stop knob and turn the black rotary switch to the right. Depress the GREEN start button, and the operating lamp illuminates. Feed the corrugated board, with a maximum thickness of 18 mm into the opening at the front of the machine. Any width of board can be processed, as the integral cutter will trim off any excess board. If there are staples in the carton, present the carton to the machine so the staples are on the left-hand side. Process the board as normal, making sure the last piece with the staples in is kept to the left of the integral cutter. This will leave you with just a narrow strip of board with the staples left in it. Discard it safely. At the rear of the machine is a spring-loaded stainless steel flap designed to compress the shredded board into a more flexible cushioning material. Do not pull up the flap to remove the shredded board, as the processed board will be forced out as more board is fed in from the front. If flat material is required, remove two L-shaped spring legs from the holes in the compactor flap. The flap now will move freely and present no restriction to the shredded board. Overheating the motor will engage the thermal cut-out. In this event, wait 3 minutes and press the button to restart the operation. Should a jam occur, turn the rotary switch fully to the left, which reverses the motor-enabling material.   Cardboard shredder machine GREE ES 422mm video ﻿   Specs of cardboard shredder machine GREE ES 422mm Specification Value Motor Capacity 1,5KW/2 HP/3Phase Voltage/Frequency 220-240V/50-60 Hz Intake Width 425 mm Inlet Height 18 mm Feed Rate 0.21 m/sec  || 13m/min Production Output 6 cu.m/hr Cutting Width - padding 420 mm, 2-3 Layers Cardboard Thickness Up to 20mm Loading Width Endless Runtime Unlimited Dimensions (W x D x H) 660 x 660 x 980 mm Packaging Weight 140 kg Noise emission with Load 68 dB(A) Noise emission no Load 60 dB(A)   Top 6 features of the cardboard shredder (GREE ES 422): Efficient shredding: The GREE ES 422 can process cardboard and paper up to 18mm thick, producing up to 6.0 cu. m./hr. of void fill with an unlimited run time. Dual-action shaft: This shredder machine has a special custom-designed aerospace-grade steel shaft with dual action for trimming and converting cardboard into void fill or flexible material. User-friendly operation: The machine has a simple start, stop, reverse, and emergency functions to provide safety and efficiency on the job. Dust reduction unit: It can be fitted with a dust reduction unit to minimize dust and debris during operation. Plug-and-play system: The GREE ES 422 is a plug-and-play system, which means that it can be used immediately without the need for complicated setup procedures. Sustainable operation: The high...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/cardboard-shredder-machine-gree-es-422mm/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/cardboard-shredder-machine-gree-es-422mm.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/cardboard-shredder-machine-gree-es-422mm-price1.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/cardboard-shredder-machine-gree-es-422mm-features.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/cardboard-shredder-machine-gree-es-422mm-new-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/cardboard-shredder-machine-gree-es-422mm-on-sale-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/cardboard-shredder-machine-gree-es-422mm-buy-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>3800 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2999 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>450040</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>150.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>827,2473</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>827</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Pappkverner</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Pappkverner</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>550301</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Textile strap for waste bales 16mm - 340m - 4 units]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Textile strap for connecting waste bales 16mm - 340m, the outer diameter of the reel is 180mm, width 140mm - 4 units Our high-quality textile strap is specifically designed to connect waste bales. Measuring 16 mm in width, this strap is the perfect solution for those in need of a reliable and durable product for their waste management needs. In the package, there are 4 units (4 x 340 meters) of a textile strap for connecting waste bales. Crafted from top-quality materials, our textile strap is built to withstand even the most demanding of environments. Each spool contains 340 meters of tape, which allows you to easily carry it and a sufficient amount of tape for normal use. Its outer diameter of 180 mm and its width of 140 mm. The width of the textile strap is 16 mm which ensures that it can easily connect and secure waste bales, providing the strength and security needed to keep your waste bales firmly in place.   Specs of Textile strap for tying waste bales 16mm - 340m Product name High-Quality Textile Strap for Connecting Waste Bales Width 16mm Length 340 meters per roll Outer diameter 180mm Inner diameter 140mm Material Top-quality textile Strength Durable and reliable Versatility Suitable for a wide range of applications Ease of use Can be simply tied with your hands Quantity 4 units in one package (4 x 340 meters) Recommended use Securing and connecting waste bales Benefits Strong, durable, and easy to use. Applications Ideal for household, commercial, and industrial waste management   Textile strap for strapping waste bales 16mm Our textile strap is not only incredibly strong and durable, but it is also incredibly versatile. Its high-quality construction makes it suitable for a wide range of applications, from securing heavy objects to binding materials together. Its flexibility and ease of use make it a great choice for a variety of tasks, making it an essential tool for any household or business. Invest in the best with our premium-quality textile strap for connecting waste bales. With its unbeatable durability, strength, and versatility, you can be sure that it will provide you with the reliable and effective solution that you need to manage your waste with ease and confidence. In addition to its strength and versatility, our textile strap is also incredibly easy to use. It is very strong, but the flexible material allows you to easily tie it by hand. Its simple design and user-friendly features make it a great choice for both experienced professionals and those new to waste management. Simply wrap the strap around your waste bales and tighten it to the desired level of security. It's that easy! At our company, we pride ourselves on providing our customers with the highest quality products and customer service. Whether you need a few rolls of textile straps for your home or office or you need to order in bulk for your commercial waste management needs, we have you covered. Choose our high-quality textile strap for connecting waste bales today and experience the difference that quality and reliability can make!   Benefits of Textile strap for tying waste bales 16mm Can be simply tied with your hands Durable and reliable: Our high-quality textile strap is designed to withstand even the most demanding of environments, ensuring that your waste bales are secured firmly in place. Versatile: Our textile strap is suitable for a wide range of applications, making it an essential tool for any household or business. It can be used to secure heavy objects and bind materials together. Easy to use: Our textile strap is incredibly user-friendly, with a simple design that makes it easy to wrap around your waste bales and tighten to the desired level of security. Ample quantity: Each package contains 4 units of 340 meters each, providing you with ample quantity to manage your waste effectively and efficiently. Perfect size: With a width of 16 mm, an outer diameter of 180 mm, and an inner diameter of 140 mm, our textile strap is perfectly sized to connect and secure waste bales. Top-quality material: Our textile strap is crafted from top-quality materials, ensuring that it is strong and durable enough to meet your waste management needs.   How to use Textile strap for strapping waste bales 16mm Insert the strap inside the vertical baler: Before placing waste into the baler, insert the textile strap inside the vertical chamber. Make the waste bale: Once the waste has been placed in the baler, follow the baler's instructions to compress and form the bale. Use the textile strap to secure the bale: After the bale has been formed tie the textile strap around the bale. Use your hands to make a knock and tighten the strap to the desired level of security. Repeat the process: If you have additional waste to bale, repeat the process by inserting the strap into the baler, adding waste, and securing the bale with the textile strap.   ﻿]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/textile-strap-for-waste-bales-16mm-340m/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/textile-strap-for-waste-bales-16mm-340m.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>out of stock</g:availability><g:price>89.2 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550301</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>8 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>974</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>824,886,2473,529</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>824</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Papppresse</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Packaging solutions &gt; Cord Strapping</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>440300</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Stiskalnica za odpadno embalažo TONNA E60 3 tons, 30kN, bale 60kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[TONNA E60 PLC cardboard baler 3 tons, 30kN, bale 60kg TONNA E60 PLC cardboard baler is a reliable, efficient, and easy-to-use machine designed for small to medium-sized businesses in the grocery, catering, and hospitality sectors, as well as warehouses and factories. Produced by the European manufacturer ROBOMATIS, the BW50 offers high value for money, with components sourced mainly from Polish suppliers. It is a powerful and effective solution for handling cardboard and plastic foil waste, with a pressing force of 3 tons and the ability to produce bales weighing between 30 and 50 kg of cardboard and 40 and 60 kg of plastic foil. One of the most notable features of the TONNA E60 PLC cardboard baler is its automatic mode. When the upper door is closed, the baling process begins, making it an efficient and economical option for small businesses with limited staff resources. The cycle time is only 27 seconds, and each cycle uses only 0.008 kWh of energy. This makes the BW50 a cost-effective option for companies looking to reduce their waste management costs. The full bale indication is another feature that makes the TONNA E60 PLC a top choice for small businesses. The machine alerts the user when the bale is ready, which reduces handling time and makes the waste management process more efficient. Additionally, the BW50 has two operation modes, one for cardboard and the other for plastic foil, allowing users to manage waste materials in a variety of forms. The TONNA E60 PLC cardboard baler has a sleek and compact design, with press dimensions of 83 x 70 x 193 cm, making it easy to fit in small spaces. The bale dimensions are 70 x 50 x 70 cm, making it easy to store and transport the bales. With a weight of 250 kg, it is sturdy and reliable while still being easy to move around if needed. The machine is powered by a 1.5 kW engine and has a power supply of 230 V. TONNA E60 PLC cardboard baler is a safe and user-friendly machine. Its simple design makes it easy for users to operate, even without prior experience with balers. The machine is designed to minimize the risk of injury with safety features such as an emergency stop button, safety switches, and safety guards. The BW50 is also built with durable and reliable materials, ensuring its long-lasting performance. In addition to its features and benefits, TONNA E60 PLC cardboard baler is also an environmentally friendly option for businesses looking to reduce their carbon footprint. The baler helps to reduce the volume of waste produced by businesses, which in turn reduces the amount of waste sent to landfills. By compacting the waste, the bales are easier to transport and recycle, further reducing the impact on the environment. TONNA E60 PLC cardboard baler comes with a 2-year warranty and uncomplicated service, providing peace of mind for business owners. With over a thousand implementations in Poland and Europe, the BW50 is a proven and reliable solution for waste management. Its high value for money, safety features, and environmentally friendly design make it an excellent investment for small to medium-sized businesses looking to streamline their waste management processes.   Specs of TONNA E60 PLC cardboard baler 3 tons, 30kN, bale 60kg Specification Description Model TONNA E60 PLC Producer ROBOMATIS Power Supply 230 V Engine 1.5 kW Pressing Force 3 tons (30kN) Bale Weight Cardboard: 30-50 kg<br>Plastic foil: 40-60 kg Cycle Time 27 seconds (0.008 kWh per cycle) Bale Dimensions 70 x 50 x 70 cm Press Dimensions 83 x 70 x 193 cm Weight 250 kg Warranty 24 months Operation Modes Cardboard / Foli Work Mode Automatic (upper door closes) Full Bale Indication Yes   Features of TONNA E60 PLC cardboard baler Automatic mode for efficient and easy baling when the upper door is closed There are two operation modes for handling both cardboard and plastic foil waste. full bale indication system to reduce handling time and increase efficiency. The powerful pressing force of 3 tons is necessary for the effective compaction of waste materials. compact design with dimensions of 83 x 70 x 193 cm to fit in small spaces. durable and reliable materials for long-lasting performance and safety features to minimize the risk of injury. environmentally friendly design that reduces the volume of waste sent to landfills and is easy to transport and recycle. a 2-year warranty and uncomplicated service for peace of mind and easy maintenance.   How does TONNA E60 PLC cardboard baler work TONNA E60 PLC cardboard baler is an easy-to-use machine that works by compressing and compacting cardboard and plastic foil waste into bales, which are easier to handle and transport. The baling process is initiated when the upper door of the machine is closed, which activates the automatic mode. Here is a step-by-step explanation of how the TONNA E60 PLC cardboard baler works: Loading the Material: First, the user loads the waste material into the chamber of the baler through the loading door, which is ...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/tonna-e60-plc-cardboard-baler/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TONNA-E60-PLC-cardboard-baler.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TONNA-E60-PLC-cardboard-baler-order.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TONNA-E60-PLC-cardboard-baler-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TONNA-E60-PLC-cardboard-baler-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TONNA-E60-PLC-cardboard-baler-waste.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>4000 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>3790 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>tonna</g:brand><g:mpn>440300</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>220 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>824</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>824</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Papppresse</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Papppresse</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>330080</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP X10 PRE-STRETCH with capacity 2000kg — wrapping-height: 2400mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP X10 PRE-STRETCH with capacity 2000kg Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP X10 is an automated pallet stretch wrapping machine that uses LLDPE stretch film to wrap bulk cargos stacked on the pallet, providing extra support during transportation and storage to protect them from dust, moisture, or damage. The machine has several functions, including attaching the stretch film to the pallet and allowing the start of the stretch wrapping cycle without operator intervention. Wrapping the pallet load according to the set parameters, cutting the stretch film at the end of the wrapping cycle, and applying the film at the end of cycle to the pallet to prevent it from coming apart during transport. The pallet wrapping machine is widely used in various industries, such as glassware, tools, electric and electronic, paper, pottery, food and beverage, and more. The machine has a maximum wrapping speed of 30-40 loads per hour and a maximum wrapping height of 2400mm (optional 1800mm or 3000mm). The turntable speed is adjustable from 3-12 RPM, and the turntable size is 1650mm (optional 1800mm or 2000mm). The film delivery system uses a power roller with Stretch Plus, and the film width is standard at 500mm. The machine has a standard pre-stretch of 300% and can accommodate a film capacity of 250mm in diameter. The control system used is Siemens, and the machine has several safety features, such as the inside safety belt and double balance device. The automatic pallet wrapping machine weighs 750kg and has a size of L:2800mm W:1650mm H:2745mm. The mast height of the automatic pallet wrapping machine is 2745mm, and the turntable steel thickness is 10mm, cut using water-cutting technology. The maximum load weight is 2000kg, and the ramp and weighing scale are optional. The machine does not require an air compressor, and it can operate in temperatures above 0 degrees Celsius. The Pallet Wrapping Machine X10 is an advanced solution to the problem of securing and protecting palletized loads during transportation and storage. This fully automatic machine offers a range of features and benefits that make it a highly effective and efficient option for businesses that need to wrap pallets of goods quickly and easily. In this description, we will explore the key features and benefits of the pallet wrapping machine X10 in detail.   Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP X10 video   Specifications of Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP X10 PRE-STRETCH Maximum wrapping speed: 30–40 loads/hour Load size diagonal: 1753 mm Maximum wrapping height: 2400mm Turntable speed: 3–12 RPM (adjustable) Turntable size: 1650 mm Turntable drive: 1 PH Film cut and attaching to the pallet: Automatic Film width: 500 mm Pre-stretch: 300% Film capacity: 250 mm diameter   Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP X10 technical data Technical Specifications Details Model SMARTWRAP X10 PRE-STRETCH Load size diagonal 1753mm Maximum wrapping height 2400mm (optional 1800mm or 3000m) Turntable speed 3-12 RPM (adjustable) Turntable size 1650mm (optional 1800mm or 2000mm) Turntable drive 1PH Film cut and attaching to the pallet Automatic Intelli-Sensor Standard Wrapping speed 30 - 40 load / H (1x1.2x1.8m pallet Warp Two Layers) Standard pre-stretch 300% pre-stretch Wrap force Variable (Electric) Standard film width 500mm (optional 750mm) Film Capacity 250mm diameter Film paper Core 76 mm (50 mm optional) Film weight Maximum 15KG Film delivery system Power Roller – Stretch Plus Film rope system Standard Integrated scale Optional Machine weight 750 kg Machine size L:2800mm W:1650mm H:2745mm Remote control system Available Voltage 220/110V/50HZ Maximum load weight 2000KG Ramp and weighing scale Optional Air compressor Not required Machine power 2.2KW Soft start&stop Included Intelligent Alarm Included Stop at original Included Speed Adjustable Included Pallet grid system Included Measure height Automatic Wrapping force Adjustable Remote start machine Yes PLC Siemens Inverter X-LINE Touch screen SMARTWRAP IoT Sensor brand SICK (German Brand) Safety device film carriage bottom safety sensor Certificate CE Optional device Ramp, Weighing scale   Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP X10 floor plan     Features of Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP X10 Main Features: Remote start machine, Soft start&stop, Intelligent Alarm, Stop at original, Adjustable Speed, Pallet grid system, Automatic Height Measurement, Adjustable Wrapping force, can set up to 12 preprogrammed programs   Automatic Cut and Attaching Film to the pallet The X10 pallet wrapping machine features an automatic cut-and-clamp film system that eliminates the need for manual intervention in the wrapping process. This feature saves time and increases efficiency by ensuring that the film is cut and clamped automatically. Pallet Grip System The pallet grip system of the X10 ensures that the film is tightly wrapped around the pallet and ...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-2000kg/?attribute_wrapping-height=2400mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg-cutting-and-clamping-device.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg-Multi-layer-function.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg-sale.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-High-quality-components.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg-LED.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg-save-film.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg-grip-film-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg-safety-device.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>out of stock</g:availability><g:price>8800 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>7999 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:mpn>330080</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>12913</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>700.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>330081</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP X10 PRE-STRETCH with capacity 2000kg — wrapping-height: 2700mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP X10 PRE-STRETCH with capacity 2000kg Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP X10 is an automated pallet stretch wrapping machine that uses LLDPE stretch film to wrap bulk cargos stacked on the pallet, providing extra support during transportation and storage to protect them from dust, moisture, or damage. The machine has several functions, including attaching the stretch film to the pallet and allowing the start of the stretch wrapping cycle without operator intervention. Wrapping the pallet load according to the set parameters, cutting the stretch film at the end of the wrapping cycle, and applying the film at the end of cycle to the pallet to prevent it from coming apart during transport. The pallet wrapping machine is widely used in various industries, such as glassware, tools, electric and electronic, paper, pottery, food and beverage, and more. The machine has a maximum wrapping speed of 30-40 loads per hour and a maximum wrapping height of 2400mm (optional 1800mm or 3000mm). The turntable speed is adjustable from 3-12 RPM, and the turntable size is 1650mm (optional 1800mm or 2000mm). The film delivery system uses a power roller with Stretch Plus, and the film width is standard at 500mm. The machine has a standard pre-stretch of 300% and can accommodate a film capacity of 250mm in diameter. The control system used is Siemens, and the machine has several safety features, such as the inside safety belt and double balance device. The automatic pallet wrapping machine weighs 750kg and has a size of L:2800mm W:1650mm H:2745mm. The mast height of the automatic pallet wrapping machine is 2745mm, and the turntable steel thickness is 10mm, cut using water-cutting technology. The maximum load weight is 2000kg, and the ramp and weighing scale are optional. The machine does not require an air compressor, and it can operate in temperatures above 0 degrees Celsius. The Pallet Wrapping Machine X10 is an advanced solution to the problem of securing and protecting palletized loads during transportation and storage. This fully automatic machine offers a range of features and benefits that make it a highly effective and efficient option for businesses that need to wrap pallets of goods quickly and easily. In this description, we will explore the key features and benefits of the pallet wrapping machine X10 in detail.   Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP X10 video   Specifications of Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP X10 PRE-STRETCH Maximum wrapping speed: 30–40 loads/hour Load size diagonal: 1753 mm Maximum wrapping height: 2400mm Turntable speed: 3–12 RPM (adjustable) Turntable size: 1650 mm Turntable drive: 1 PH Film cut and attaching to the pallet: Automatic Film width: 500 mm Pre-stretch: 300% Film capacity: 250 mm diameter   Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP X10 technical data Technical Specifications Details Model SMARTWRAP X10 PRE-STRETCH Load size diagonal 1753mm Maximum wrapping height 2400mm (optional 1800mm or 3000m) Turntable speed 3-12 RPM (adjustable) Turntable size 1650mm (optional 1800mm or 2000mm) Turntable drive 1PH Film cut and attaching to the pallet Automatic Intelli-Sensor Standard Wrapping speed 30 - 40 load / H (1x1.2x1.8m pallet Warp Two Layers) Standard pre-stretch 300% pre-stretch Wrap force Variable (Electric) Standard film width 500mm (optional 750mm) Film Capacity 250mm diameter Film paper Core 76 mm (50 mm optional) Film weight Maximum 15KG Film delivery system Power Roller – Stretch Plus Film rope system Standard Integrated scale Optional Machine weight 750 kg Machine size L:2800mm W:1650mm H:2745mm Remote control system Available Voltage 220/110V/50HZ Maximum load weight 2000KG Ramp and weighing scale Optional Air compressor Not required Machine power 2.2KW Soft start&stop Included Intelligent Alarm Included Stop at original Included Speed Adjustable Included Pallet grid system Included Measure height Automatic Wrapping force Adjustable Remote start machine Yes PLC Siemens Inverter X-LINE Touch screen SMARTWRAP IoT Sensor brand SICK (German Brand) Safety device film carriage bottom safety sensor Certificate CE Optional device Ramp, Weighing scale   Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP X10 floor plan     Features of Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP X10 Main Features: Remote start machine, Soft start&stop, Intelligent Alarm, Stop at original, Adjustable Speed, Pallet grid system, Automatic Height Measurement, Adjustable Wrapping force, can set up to 12 preprogrammed programs   Automatic Cut and Attaching Film to the pallet The X10 pallet wrapping machine features an automatic cut-and-clamp film system that eliminates the need for manual intervention in the wrapping process. This feature saves time and increases efficiency by ensuring that the film is cut and clamped automatically. Pallet Grip System The pallet grip system of the X10 ensures that the film is tightly wrapped around the pallet and ...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-2000kg/?attribute_wrapping-height=2700mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg-cutting-and-clamping-device.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg-Multi-layer-function.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg-sale.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-High-quality-components.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg-LED.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg-save-film.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg-grip-film-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg-safety-device.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>9400 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>8799 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:mpn>330081</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>12913</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>700.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>330082</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP X10 PRE-STRETCH with capacity 2000kg — wrapping-height: 3000mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP X10 PRE-STRETCH with capacity 2000kg Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP X10 is an automated pallet stretch wrapping machine that uses LLDPE stretch film to wrap bulk cargos stacked on the pallet, providing extra support during transportation and storage to protect them from dust, moisture, or damage. The machine has several functions, including attaching the stretch film to the pallet and allowing the start of the stretch wrapping cycle without operator intervention. Wrapping the pallet load according to the set parameters, cutting the stretch film at the end of the wrapping cycle, and applying the film at the end of cycle to the pallet to prevent it from coming apart during transport. The pallet wrapping machine is widely used in various industries, such as glassware, tools, electric and electronic, paper, pottery, food and beverage, and more. The machine has a maximum wrapping speed of 30-40 loads per hour and a maximum wrapping height of 2400mm (optional 1800mm or 3000mm). The turntable speed is adjustable from 3-12 RPM, and the turntable size is 1650mm (optional 1800mm or 2000mm). The film delivery system uses a power roller with Stretch Plus, and the film width is standard at 500mm. The machine has a standard pre-stretch of 300% and can accommodate a film capacity of 250mm in diameter. The control system used is Siemens, and the machine has several safety features, such as the inside safety belt and double balance device. The automatic pallet wrapping machine weighs 750kg and has a size of L:2800mm W:1650mm H:2745mm. The mast height of the automatic pallet wrapping machine is 2745mm, and the turntable steel thickness is 10mm, cut using water-cutting technology. The maximum load weight is 2000kg, and the ramp and weighing scale are optional. The machine does not require an air compressor, and it can operate in temperatures above 0 degrees Celsius. The Pallet Wrapping Machine X10 is an advanced solution to the problem of securing and protecting palletized loads during transportation and storage. This fully automatic machine offers a range of features and benefits that make it a highly effective and efficient option for businesses that need to wrap pallets of goods quickly and easily. In this description, we will explore the key features and benefits of the pallet wrapping machine X10 in detail.   Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP X10 video   Specifications of Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP X10 PRE-STRETCH Maximum wrapping speed: 30–40 loads/hour Load size diagonal: 1753 mm Maximum wrapping height: 2400mm Turntable speed: 3–12 RPM (adjustable) Turntable size: 1650 mm Turntable drive: 1 PH Film cut and attaching to the pallet: Automatic Film width: 500 mm Pre-stretch: 300% Film capacity: 250 mm diameter   Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP X10 technical data Technical Specifications Details Model SMARTWRAP X10 PRE-STRETCH Load size diagonal 1753mm Maximum wrapping height 2400mm (optional 1800mm or 3000m) Turntable speed 3-12 RPM (adjustable) Turntable size 1650mm (optional 1800mm or 2000mm) Turntable drive 1PH Film cut and attaching to the pallet Automatic Intelli-Sensor Standard Wrapping speed 30 - 40 load / H (1x1.2x1.8m pallet Warp Two Layers) Standard pre-stretch 300% pre-stretch Wrap force Variable (Electric) Standard film width 500mm (optional 750mm) Film Capacity 250mm diameter Film paper Core 76 mm (50 mm optional) Film weight Maximum 15KG Film delivery system Power Roller – Stretch Plus Film rope system Standard Integrated scale Optional Machine weight 750 kg Machine size L:2800mm W:1650mm H:2745mm Remote control system Available Voltage 220/110V/50HZ Maximum load weight 2000KG Ramp and weighing scale Optional Air compressor Not required Machine power 2.2KW Soft start&stop Included Intelligent Alarm Included Stop at original Included Speed Adjustable Included Pallet grid system Included Measure height Automatic Wrapping force Adjustable Remote start machine Yes PLC Siemens Inverter X-LINE Touch screen SMARTWRAP IoT Sensor brand SICK (German Brand) Safety device film carriage bottom safety sensor Certificate CE Optional device Ramp, Weighing scale   Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP X10 floor plan     Features of Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP X10 Main Features: Remote start machine, Soft start&stop, Intelligent Alarm, Stop at original, Adjustable Speed, Pallet grid system, Automatic Height Measurement, Adjustable Wrapping force, can set up to 12 preprogrammed programs   Automatic Cut and Attaching Film to the pallet The X10 pallet wrapping machine features an automatic cut-and-clamp film system that eliminates the need for manual intervention in the wrapping process. This feature saves time and increases efficiency by ensuring that the film is cut and clamped automatically. Pallet Grip System The pallet grip system of the X10 ensures that the film is tightly wrapped around the pallet and ...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-2000kg/?attribute_wrapping-height=3000mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg-cutting-and-clamping-device.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg-Multi-layer-function.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg-sale.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-High-quality-components.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg-LED.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg-save-film.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg-grip-film-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg-safety-device.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>10200 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>9599 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:mpn>330082</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>12913</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>700.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>330054W</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — turntable-size: 1500mm, wrapping-height: 2200mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_turntable-size=1500mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=2200mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>5000 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>4095 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:mpn>330054W</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>330055W</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — turntable-size: 1500mm, wrapping-height: 2400mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_turntable-size=1500mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=2400mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>5400 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>4499 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:mpn>330055W</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31133</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — turntable-size: 1500mm, wrapping-height: 2700mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_turntable-size=1500mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=2700mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31134</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — turntable-size: 1500mm, wrapping-height: 3000mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_turntable-size=1500mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=3000mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31135</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — turntable-size: 1650mm, wrapping-height: 2200mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_turntable-size=1650mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=2200mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>330058W</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — turntable-size: 1650mm, wrapping-height: 2400mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_turntable-size=1650mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=2400mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>5200 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>4499 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:mpn>330058W</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>480.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31137</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — turntable-size: 1650mm, wrapping-height: 2700mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_turntable-size=1650mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=2700mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31138</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — turntable-size: 1650mm, wrapping-height: 3000mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_turntable-size=1650mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=3000mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31139</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — turntable-size: 1800mm, wrapping-height: 2200mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_turntable-size=1800mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=2200mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31140</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — turntable-size: 1800mm, wrapping-height: 2400mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_turntable-size=1800mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=2400mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31141</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — turntable-size: 1800mm, wrapping-height: 2700mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_turntable-size=1800mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=2700mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31142</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — turntable-size: 1800mm, wrapping-height: 3000mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_turntable-size=1800mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=3000mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31143</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — turntable-size: 2000mm, wrapping-height: 2200mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_turntable-size=2000mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=2200mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31144</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — turntable-size: 2000mm, wrapping-height: 2400mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_turntable-size=2000mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=2400mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31145</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — turntable-size: 2000mm, wrapping-height: 2700mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_turntable-size=2000mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=2700mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31146</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — turntable-size: 2000mm, wrapping-height: 3000mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_turntable-size=2000mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=3000mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31147</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — turntable-size: 2200mm, wrapping-height: 2200mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_turntable-size=2200mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=2200mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31148</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — turntable-size: 2200mm, wrapping-height: 2400mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_turntable-size=2200mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=2400mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31149</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — turntable-size: 2200mm, wrapping-height: 2700mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_turntable-size=2200mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=2700mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31150</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — turntable-size: 2200mm, wrapping-height: 3000mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_turntable-size=2200mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=3000mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31151</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — turntable-size: 1500mm, wrapping-height: 2200mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_turntable-size=1500mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=2200mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31152</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — turntable-size: 1500mm, wrapping-height: 2400mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_turntable-size=1500mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=2400mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31153</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — turntable-size: 1500mm, wrapping-height: 2700mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_turntable-size=1500mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=2700mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31154</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — turntable-size: 1500mm, wrapping-height: 3000mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_turntable-size=1500mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=3000mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31155</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — turntable-size: 1650mm, wrapping-height: 2200mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_turntable-size=1650mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=2200mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31156</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — turntable-size: 1650mm, wrapping-height: 2400mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_turntable-size=1650mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=2400mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31157</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — turntable-size: 1650mm, wrapping-height: 2700mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_turntable-size=1650mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=2700mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31158</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — turntable-size: 1650mm, wrapping-height: 3000mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_turntable-size=1650mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=3000mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31159</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — turntable-size: 1800mm, wrapping-height: 2200mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_turntable-size=1800mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=2200mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31160</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — turntable-size: 1800mm, wrapping-height: 2400mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_turntable-size=1800mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=2400mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31161</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — turntable-size: 1800mm, wrapping-height: 2700mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_turntable-size=1800mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=2700mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31162</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — turntable-size: 1800mm, wrapping-height: 3000mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_turntable-size=1800mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=3000mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31163</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — turntable-size: 2000mm, wrapping-height: 2200mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_turntable-size=2000mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=2200mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31164</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — turntable-size: 2000mm, wrapping-height: 2400mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_turntable-size=2000mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=2400mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31165</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — turntable-size: 2000mm, wrapping-height: 2700mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_turntable-size=2000mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=2700mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31166</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — turntable-size: 2000mm, wrapping-height: 3000mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_turntable-size=2000mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=3000mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31167</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — turntable-size: 2200mm, wrapping-height: 2200mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_turntable-size=2200mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=2200mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31168</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — turntable-size: 2200mm, wrapping-height: 2400mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_turntable-size=2200mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=2400mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31169</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — turntable-size: 2200mm, wrapping-height: 2700mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_turntable-size=2200mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=2700mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31170</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — turntable-size: 2200mm, wrapping-height: 3000mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_turntable-size=2200mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=3000mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>450030</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Cardboard shredder GREE XS 420mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Cardboard shredder GREE XS 420mm The GREE XS cardboard shredder is a highly efficient and versatile machine that is designed to make packaging material out of non-applicable cardboard waste. This compact cardboard shredder can be placed on a desktop surface and is ideal for small businesses, retail stores, e-commerce shops, and home-based businesses. This machine is specifically designed to process multi-layer cartons of cardboard up to a thickness of 10 mm. It can create a bent mat (up to a width of 420 mm), which is perfect for filling parcels with shipments. The cutting rollers of the GREE XS cardboard shredder are highly durable and can cut through one layer of cardboard to turn it into perfect padding material for packaging. The excess will be cut off simultaneously, ensuring that the end result is neat and uniform. The device is driven by a single-phase motor that is protected against overload by a thermal fuse. The motor is powerful yet quiet, and it won't produce a lot of noise or vibrations. The machine's strong metal structure ensures its durability and longevity, making it a great investment for any business. The GREE XS cardboard shredder is controlled with a rocker switch that has three options: on, off, and reverse. If the cardboard becomes stuck in the blades, use the reverse option to remove the obstructions and continue working. This feature ensures that the machine is easy to use and maintain. The device complies with all applicable EU safety regulations, so you can rest assured that it is a safe and reliable machine to use. This cardboard shredder is an excellent choice for those who are looking for an eco-friendly, efficient, and cost-effective solution for their packaging needs. With the GREE XS cardboard shredder, you can turn your waste cardboard into high-quality packaging material that can protect your products during shipping and handling.   Technical specifications for the GREE XS cardboard shredder: Specifications Details Processing Multi-layer cartons or cardboard up to 10 mm thickness Material Non-applicable cardboard waste Filling Material Creates a bent mat up to 420 mm in width Drive Single-phase motor Motor Protection Thermal fuse Switch Type Rocker switch (On, Off, Reverse) Cutting Capacity 1 layer Feed Width 420 mm Feed Height 10 mm Shredder Speed 5.5 m/min Structure Strong metal structure Safety Complies with EU safety regulations Size Portable tabletop machine Noise Level Low noise and vibration Weight 52 kg Voltage 230V/50Hz Power 800W This table summarizes the key technical specifications for the GREE XS cardboard shredder. It is a powerful, compact, and efficient machine that can process non-applicable cardboard waste to create a bent mat that is ideal for filling parcels with shipments. The shredder is controlled by a rocker switch that has three options, and the machine is designed to comply with all applicable EU safety regulations.   How to use Cardboard shredder GREE XS video ﻿   Benefits of the GREE XS cardboard shredder: Eco-Friendly: By using waste cardboard to create packaging material, you are reducing your carbon footprint and helping the environment. Cost-effective: The GREE XS cardboard shredder allows you to create your own packaging material, which is more cost-effective than purchasing pre-made packaging material. Versatile: The shredder can process multi-layer cartons or cardboard up to a thickness of 10 mm and can create a bent mat up to 420 mm wide. Durable: The machine's strong metal structure ensures its durability and longevity, making it a great investment for any business. Compact: The shredder is small enough to be placed on a desktop surface, which makes it a convenient option for businesses with limited space. Easy to Use: The machine is controlled by a rocker switch with three options (on, off, and reverse), making it easy to use and maintain. Complies with Safety Regulations: The shredder is designed to comply with all applicable EU safety regulations, ensuring that it is a safe and reliable machine to use. Low Noise and Vibration: Despite its power, the shredder produces low noise and vibration, making it a comfortable machine to use. Neat and Uniform Packaging: The shredder's cutting rollers ensure that the excess will be cut off simultaneously, ensuring that the end result is neat and uniform. Protects Your Products: By creating high-quality packaging material, you can protect your products during shipping and handling, reducing the risk of damage or breakage. These benefits make the GREE XS cardboard shredder an excellent investment for any business looking for an eco-friendly, cost-effective, and versatile solution for their packaging needs.   Why should you buy a cardboard shredder? Cardboard can also be used to protect fragile items by wrapping it around them. To achieve that, it is cut in special ways to turn it into a softer and more flexible material. Also, if you own a business that has to ship a lot of packages daily and yo...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/cardboard-shredder-gree-xs/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/cardboard-shredder-gree-xs-buy.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/cardboard-shredder-gree-xs-dimensions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/cardboard-shredder-gree-xs-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/cardboard-shredder-gree-xs-recycle.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/cardboard-shredder-gree-xs-sale.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/cardboard-shredder-gree-xs-filler.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/cardboard-shredder-gree-xs.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1450 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1095 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>450030</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>66.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>827,2473</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>827</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Pappkverner</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Pappkverner</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>230050</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[AUTOBOX automatic case erector - 16 cases/min - Simens PLC]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[AUTOBOX automatic case erector The AUTOBOX automatic case erector is a highly efficient packing machine that is designed to help manufacturers improve their packaging processes. With a working speed of up to 16 cases per minute, the machine can quickly and accurately erect and seal boxes, which can help to reduce labor costs and improve productivity. One of the key features of the automatic case erector AUTOBOX is its ability to work with both Bopp tape and paper tape. This makes it a versatile option for businesses that need to work with different types of tape or who want the flexibility to switch between the two depending on their needs. The machine is also highly customizable and can be custom-made to accommodate different carton sizes (the waiting time for a customized machine is around 12 weeks). Standard automatic case erector AUTOBOX can handle cartons with dimensions of L 250–530mm x W 150–400mm, x H 225–600mm (after folding and sealing the bottom flap). We can also adjust the machine to work with 60 or 72-mm tape, which can be useful for businesses that have specific tape requirements. The AUTOBOX case erector can be supplied with a sloping worktable or horizontal worktable. The sloping worktable can store around 80 cases, while the horizontal worktable can store up to 150 boxes. The number of cases that can be stored is determined by the thickness of the paperboard. The machine is powered by a 1P 220V 50/60 HZ 400W voltage and requires an air supply of 6Kgf/cm2. The protective power supply is IP54, which helps to ensure that the machine is safe to use in a variety of different environments. Automatic case erector operates at a noise level of 75 DB, which helps reduce noise pollution in the work environment. To ensure that the machine is of high quality and reliable, the AUTOBOX case erector uses electrical and pneumatic parts from reputable brands like Siemens, Schneider, Delta, P + F, Airtac, and SMC. This helps to ensure that the machine is durable and long-lasting and that it will perform reliably over time. Overall, the AUTOBOX automatic case erector is an excellent choice for businesses that need to quickly and efficiently erect and seal corrugated boxes. With its customizable features, user-friendly design, and high-quality components, the automatic case erector AUTOBOX is a reliable and efficient option that can help businesses improve their packaging processes and reduce costs.   AUTOBOX case erector video ﻿   Advantages AUTOBOX automatic case erector Ability to work with both Bopp tape and draft paper tape Can handle cartons with dimensions of L 250–530mm x W 150–400mm, x H 225–600mm (after folding and sealing the bottom flap) The horizontal worktable can store up to 150 double-corrugated cases Machine is powered by a 1P 220V 50/60 HZ 400W voltage and requires an air supply of 6Kgf/cm2 IP54 protective power supply Noise level of 75 DB, which helps reduce noise pollution in the work environment High-quality components from reputable brands like Siemens, Schneider, Delta, P + F, Airtac, and SMC Improve packaging processes and reduce costs   Specs of AUTOBOX automatic case erector The AUTOBOX case erector is a versatile machine that can work with Bopp tape or paper 48mm tape and can be customized to work with 60mm or 72mm tape. It has an adjustable working speed of 0–16 cases per minute (depending on the size of the carton) and can handle cartons with dimensions of L 250–530mm x W 150–400mm x H 225–600mm (after folding and sealing the bottom flap of the box) or H 150–400mm (after folding and sealing both the top and bottom flaps of the box). AUTOBOX case erector comes with a horizontal worktable (which can store about 150 double-corrugated cases) or a sloping worktable (which can store about 80 double-corrugated cases). The machine weighs G.W. 1000 kg or N.W. 950 kg and has a protective power supply of IP54. Case erector AUTOBOX is powered by a 1P 220V 50/60 HZ 400W voltage and requires an air supply of 6Kgf/cm2. The automatic case erector can be custom-made to accommodate different carton sizes and uses high-quality electrical and pneumatic parts from reputable brands like Siemens, Schneider, Delta, P + F, Airtac, and SMC. Model AUTOBOX Voltage 1P 220V 50/60 HZ 400W Machine weight G.W 1000kgs/ N.W 950kgs Machine size (L/ W/ H) Machine with sloping worktable：  L3045×W1855×H1300mm Machine with horizontal worktable：L3045 x W2444 x H1300mm Worktable height 650mm (standard) -1000mm (maximum, customer-made) Tape Bopp tape or draft paper tape Tape size 4.8 – 7.2cm 48mm (standard) 60/72mm (custom made) Power 0.4KW Air supply ≥6Kgf/cm² Protective power supply IP54 Noise ≤75DB Environment condition Humidity ≤98%， Temperature -10℃～40℃ Working speed 0-16 cases/min (depending on the size of the carton) Carton size L 250 – 530 X W150 – 400mm x H： ( H+ W/2: after folding and sealing the bottom flap of the box) 225 – 600mm H： 150 – 400mm （after folding and sealing both top and bottom flaps of the box） ...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/autobox-automatic-case-erector/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/AUTOBOX-case-erector.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/AUTOBOX-case-erector-horizontal-workingtable.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/AUTOBOX-case-erector-slopping-workingtable.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>24000 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>21990 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>230050</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>600.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>973</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2602,833,2473,830</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2602</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Cardboard packaging</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Pakking maskiner &gt; Kartongforseglere</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>210080</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Automatic Horizontal Strapping Machine HAMMER for PP or PET tape 9-15mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Automatic Horizontal Strapping Machine HAMMER for PP or PET tape 9-15mm - 0.55-1.0mm/FI-200/406mm - Tension force: 0-90kg The Fully Automatic Horizontal Strapping Machine HAMMER is a reliable and efficient solution for your strapping needs. Automatic Horizontal Strapping Machine HAMMER is designed with advanced features to ensure smooth and accurate strapping of your packages. Automatic Horizontal Strapping Machine HAMMER is constructed with 100% structural steel, making it sturdy and durable. All cables are conduit-covered or assembled within chain channeling when connected to any moving parts of the machine, ensuring safety during operation. The strapping head is side-mounted in the horizontal arch, with two rodless cylinders guided by linear bearings achieving a 20-inch stroke. The horizontal arch up-and-down motion is achieved by electrically driven dual chains, providing a smooth and efficient strapping process. Automatic Horizontal Strapping Machine HAMMER is capable of strapping with polyester or polypropylene strapping without any need for part changes, which provides versatility and convenience for the user. The machine can achieve up to 5 straps per minute, depending on the strapping arch and package dimensions, strap quality, and strap tension required. The tension force is adjustable up to 90 kg, providing flexibility to accommodate different strapping needs. The machine is designed with superior electrical and electronic design, including Allen Bradley Micro Logix 1400 PLC logic control and an Allen Bradley Monochrome Touch Screen. The touch screen plays an active role in avoiding operator errors by offering great versatility for customized information and alarm diagnostics. The machine comes standard with two fully customizable strap patterns on the touch screen. The internal potentiometers allow for adjustment of the strap tension for the head, providing additional control and accuracy. The fully automatic horizontal strapping machine Hammer is suitable for PP or PET straps and has a voltage of 380V–460V 3Ph with a power of 2KW at 50/60HZ. The tightening force is adjustable up to 90 kg, providing flexibility to accommodate different strapping needs. The arch size is W1500mm* L1500mm, and it can strap packages with dimensions of L500–1500mm * W1000–1500mm * H800–2500mm. The machine's size is L19300 × W3240 × H2800mm, with a weight of 350 kg. The automatic horizontal strapping machine HAMMER is a staple for pallets and other items on the packing operations carried out by automated packaging equipment, machine is generally required for use with pallet strapping. The most important feature of this machine is without cargo moving up and down movement of the machine frame, thereby setting the corresponding position in the program will be packed to ensure the stability of bulk packaged goods. In summary, the Fully Automatic Horizontal Strapping Machine HAMMER is a high-quality and efficient solution for your strapping needs. Its advanced features, superior electrical and electronic design, and sturdy construction ensure reliable and accurate strapping of your packages. With its versatility and flexibility, it can accommodate different strapping needs and help optimize your packaging process.   Specs of Automatic Horizontal Strapping Machine HAMMER Model Fully Automatic Horizontal Strapping Machine HAMMER Construction 100% structural steel Strap Compatibility Polyester or polypropylene Strapping Head GS-41 Arch Motion Electrically-driven dual chains Strapping Head Stroke 20" Strap Dispenser With pulley block and electric brake Uprights Heavy-duty folded sheet metal Touch Screen Allen Bradley Monochrome Strapping Speed Up to 5 straps per minute Strapping Patterns 2 fully customizable patterns Strap Tension Adjustable via internal potentiometers Voltage 380V-460V 3Ph Power 2KW 50/60HZ Suitable Strap PET or PP strap Tightening Force 90kg adjustable Arch Size W1500mm*L1500mm Machine Size L19300×W3240×H2800mm Strapping Size L500-1500mm x W1000-1500mm x H800-2500mm Machine Weight 350kg   Automatic Horizontal Strapping Machine HAMMER Video ﻿   Benefits of Automatic Horizontal Strapping Machine HAMMER The fully automatic horizontal strapping machine Hammer is a reliable and efficient solution for strapping needs. It is constructed with 100% structural steel, making it sturdy and durable. The machine can achieve up to 5 straps per minute and is capable of strapping with polyester or polypropylene strapping without any need for part changes. The tension force is adjustable up to 90 kg, providing flexibility to accommodate different strapping needs. The machine is designed with superior electrical and electronic design, including Allen Bradley Micro Logix 1400 PLC logic control and an Allen Bradley Monochrome Touch Screen. Has a voltage of 380V–460V 3Ph with a power of 2KW at 50/60HZ. The arch size is W1450mm x H1000mm, and it can strap packages with dimensions of L500–1500mm, W1000–1500mm, and H800–2500mm. ...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/automatic-horizontal-strapping-machine-hammer/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/fully-automatic-horizontal-strapping-machine-hammer-for-pp-tape-9-15mm-0-55-1-0mm-fi-200mm-tension-force-0-90kg-1.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/fully-automatic-horizontal-strapping-machine-hammer-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/fully-automatic-horizontal-strapping-machine-hammer-sale.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/fully-automatic-horizontal-strapping-machine-hammer-scheme.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/fully-automatic-horizontal-strapping-machine-hammer-simens.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/fully-automatic-horizontal-strapping-machine-hammer-tape-reel.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/fully-automatic-horizontal-strapping-machine-hammer-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/fully-automatic-horizontal-strapping-machine-hammer-fast-delivery.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/fully-automatic-horizontal-strapping-machine-hammer-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/fully-automatic-horizontal-strapping-machine-hammer-pp.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/fully-automatic-horizontal-strapping-machine-hammer-pp-strap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>22000 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>19980 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>210080</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>70.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2473,830,2652,2552,530</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2473</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Pakking maskiner &gt; Stroppemaskiner</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>330009</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Ramp for Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP-X — size: 1500mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Ramp for Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP-X The Ramp for Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP-X is designed to fit different turntables. We offer 1500 mm, 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, and 2400mm wide ramps for the turntable of the SMARTWRAP-X pallet wrapping machine. It allows for quick and easy loading and unloading of pallets using a pallet truck, with convenient access for most types of pallet trucks. This ramp is a must-have accessory to improve the efficiency and ease of your pallet wrapping process. If you have a ramp, you can use a manual pallet truck to load the pallet wrapping machine. The weight of the ramp is around 80 kg. The Ramp for Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP-X is an essential accessory that improves the efficiency and ease of your pallet wrapping process. Designed to fit different turntables, it is available in six sizes ranging from 1500mm to 2400mm to accommodate your specific needs. This ramp allows for the effortless loading and unloading of pallets using a pallet truck, providing convenient access for most types of pallet trucks. By using this ramp, you can quickly load the pallet wrapping machine with a manual pallet truck, saving time and reducing physical strain. The ramp is sturdy and durable, with a weight of approximately 80 kg, making it a reliable investment for your business. Upgrade your pallet wrapping process with the SMARTWRAP-X Ramp for Pallet Wrapping Machine.   Specs for ramp for Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP-X Specification Description Compatibility SMARTWRAP-X pallet wrapping machine turntables Ramp width 1500mm, 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, and 2400mm Weight Approximately 80kg Material Sturdy and durable Features Quick and easy loading and unloading of pallets using a pallet truck, convenient access for most types of pallet trucks Benefits Improves efficiency and ease of pallet wrapping process, reduces physical strain, saves time Application An essential accessory for businesses using SMARTWRAP-X pallet wrapping machine and manual pallet trucks   Ramp for Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP-X 1500mm - Scheme]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/ramp-for-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x/?attribute_size=1500mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/ramp-for-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x-1500mm.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/ramp-for-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x-1500mm-scheme.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/ramp-for-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x-1500mm-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/ramp-for-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x-1500mm-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>out of stock</g:availability><g:price>500 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>440 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>330009</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>12828</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>50.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>3300091</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Ramp for Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP-X — size: 1650mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Ramp for Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP-X The Ramp for Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP-X is designed to fit different turntables. We offer 1500 mm, 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, and 2400mm wide ramps for the turntable of the SMARTWRAP-X pallet wrapping machine. It allows for quick and easy loading and unloading of pallets using a pallet truck, with convenient access for most types of pallet trucks. This ramp is a must-have accessory to improve the efficiency and ease of your pallet wrapping process. If you have a ramp, you can use a manual pallet truck to load the pallet wrapping machine. The weight of the ramp is around 80 kg. The Ramp for Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP-X is an essential accessory that improves the efficiency and ease of your pallet wrapping process. Designed to fit different turntables, it is available in six sizes ranging from 1500mm to 2400mm to accommodate your specific needs. This ramp allows for the effortless loading and unloading of pallets using a pallet truck, providing convenient access for most types of pallet trucks. By using this ramp, you can quickly load the pallet wrapping machine with a manual pallet truck, saving time and reducing physical strain. The ramp is sturdy and durable, with a weight of approximately 80 kg, making it a reliable investment for your business. Upgrade your pallet wrapping process with the SMARTWRAP-X Ramp for Pallet Wrapping Machine.   Specs for ramp for Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP-X Specification Description Compatibility SMARTWRAP-X pallet wrapping machine turntables Ramp width 1500mm, 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, and 2400mm Weight Approximately 80kg Material Sturdy and durable Features Quick and easy loading and unloading of pallets using a pallet truck, convenient access for most types of pallet trucks Benefits Improves efficiency and ease of pallet wrapping process, reduces physical strain, saves time Application An essential accessory for businesses using SMARTWRAP-X pallet wrapping machine and manual pallet trucks   Ramp for Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP-X 1500mm - Scheme]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/ramp-for-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x/?attribute_size=1650mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/ramp-for-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x-1500mm.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/ramp-for-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x-1500mm-scheme.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/ramp-for-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x-1500mm-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/ramp-for-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x-1500mm-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>590 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>3300091</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>12828</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>50.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>3300092</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Ramp for Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP-X — size: 1800mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Ramp for Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP-X The Ramp for Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP-X is designed to fit different turntables. We offer 1500 mm, 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, and 2400mm wide ramps for the turntable of the SMARTWRAP-X pallet wrapping machine. It allows for quick and easy loading and unloading of pallets using a pallet truck, with convenient access for most types of pallet trucks. This ramp is a must-have accessory to improve the efficiency and ease of your pallet wrapping process. If you have a ramp, you can use a manual pallet truck to load the pallet wrapping machine. The weight of the ramp is around 80 kg. The Ramp for Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP-X is an essential accessory that improves the efficiency and ease of your pallet wrapping process. Designed to fit different turntables, it is available in six sizes ranging from 1500mm to 2400mm to accommodate your specific needs. This ramp allows for the effortless loading and unloading of pallets using a pallet truck, providing convenient access for most types of pallet trucks. By using this ramp, you can quickly load the pallet wrapping machine with a manual pallet truck, saving time and reducing physical strain. The ramp is sturdy and durable, with a weight of approximately 80 kg, making it a reliable investment for your business. Upgrade your pallet wrapping process with the SMARTWRAP-X Ramp for Pallet Wrapping Machine.   Specs for ramp for Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP-X Specification Description Compatibility SMARTWRAP-X pallet wrapping machine turntables Ramp width 1500mm, 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, and 2400mm Weight Approximately 80kg Material Sturdy and durable Features Quick and easy loading and unloading of pallets using a pallet truck, convenient access for most types of pallet trucks Benefits Improves efficiency and ease of pallet wrapping process, reduces physical strain, saves time Application An essential accessory for businesses using SMARTWRAP-X pallet wrapping machine and manual pallet trucks   Ramp for Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP-X 1500mm - Scheme]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/ramp-for-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x/?attribute_size=1800mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/ramp-for-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x-1500mm.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/ramp-for-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x-1500mm-scheme.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/ramp-for-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x-1500mm-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/ramp-for-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x-1500mm-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>650 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>3300092</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>12828</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>50.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>3300093</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Ramp for Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP-X — size: 2000mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Ramp for Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP-X The Ramp for Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP-X is designed to fit different turntables. We offer 1500 mm, 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, and 2400mm wide ramps for the turntable of the SMARTWRAP-X pallet wrapping machine. It allows for quick and easy loading and unloading of pallets using a pallet truck, with convenient access for most types of pallet trucks. This ramp is a must-have accessory to improve the efficiency and ease of your pallet wrapping process. If you have a ramp, you can use a manual pallet truck to load the pallet wrapping machine. The weight of the ramp is around 80 kg. The Ramp for Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP-X is an essential accessory that improves the efficiency and ease of your pallet wrapping process. Designed to fit different turntables, it is available in six sizes ranging from 1500mm to 2400mm to accommodate your specific needs. This ramp allows for the effortless loading and unloading of pallets using a pallet truck, providing convenient access for most types of pallet trucks. By using this ramp, you can quickly load the pallet wrapping machine with a manual pallet truck, saving time and reducing physical strain. The ramp is sturdy and durable, with a weight of approximately 80 kg, making it a reliable investment for your business. Upgrade your pallet wrapping process with the SMARTWRAP-X Ramp for Pallet Wrapping Machine.   Specs for ramp for Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP-X Specification Description Compatibility SMARTWRAP-X pallet wrapping machine turntables Ramp width 1500mm, 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, and 2400mm Weight Approximately 80kg Material Sturdy and durable Features Quick and easy loading and unloading of pallets using a pallet truck, convenient access for most types of pallet trucks Benefits Improves efficiency and ease of pallet wrapping process, reduces physical strain, saves time Application An essential accessory for businesses using SMARTWRAP-X pallet wrapping machine and manual pallet trucks   Ramp for Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP-X 1500mm - Scheme]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/ramp-for-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x/?attribute_size=2000mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/ramp-for-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x-1500mm.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/ramp-for-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x-1500mm-scheme.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/ramp-for-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x-1500mm-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/ramp-for-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x-1500mm-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>out of stock</g:availability><g:price>750 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>3300093</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>12828</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>50.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>3300094</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Ramp for Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP-X — size: 2200mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Ramp for Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP-X The Ramp for Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP-X is designed to fit different turntables. We offer 1500 mm, 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, and 2400mm wide ramps for the turntable of the SMARTWRAP-X pallet wrapping machine. It allows for quick and easy loading and unloading of pallets using a pallet truck, with convenient access for most types of pallet trucks. This ramp is a must-have accessory to improve the efficiency and ease of your pallet wrapping process. If you have a ramp, you can use a manual pallet truck to load the pallet wrapping machine. The weight of the ramp is around 80 kg. The Ramp for Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP-X is an essential accessory that improves the efficiency and ease of your pallet wrapping process. Designed to fit different turntables, it is available in six sizes ranging from 1500mm to 2400mm to accommodate your specific needs. This ramp allows for the effortless loading and unloading of pallets using a pallet truck, providing convenient access for most types of pallet trucks. By using this ramp, you can quickly load the pallet wrapping machine with a manual pallet truck, saving time and reducing physical strain. The ramp is sturdy and durable, with a weight of approximately 80 kg, making it a reliable investment for your business. Upgrade your pallet wrapping process with the SMARTWRAP-X Ramp for Pallet Wrapping Machine.   Specs for ramp for Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP-X Specification Description Compatibility SMARTWRAP-X pallet wrapping machine turntables Ramp width 1500mm, 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, and 2400mm Weight Approximately 80kg Material Sturdy and durable Features Quick and easy loading and unloading of pallets using a pallet truck, convenient access for most types of pallet trucks Benefits Improves efficiency and ease of pallet wrapping process, reduces physical strain, saves time Application An essential accessory for businesses using SMARTWRAP-X pallet wrapping machine and manual pallet trucks   Ramp for Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP-X 1500mm - Scheme]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/ramp-for-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x/?attribute_size=2200mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/ramp-for-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x-1500mm.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/ramp-for-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x-1500mm-scheme.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/ramp-for-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x-1500mm-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/ramp-for-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x-1500mm-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>750 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>3300094</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>12828</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>50.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>3300095</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Ramp for Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP-X — size: 2400mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Ramp for Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP-X The Ramp for Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP-X is designed to fit different turntables. We offer 1500 mm, 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, and 2400mm wide ramps for the turntable of the SMARTWRAP-X pallet wrapping machine. It allows for quick and easy loading and unloading of pallets using a pallet truck, with convenient access for most types of pallet trucks. This ramp is a must-have accessory to improve the efficiency and ease of your pallet wrapping process. If you have a ramp, you can use a manual pallet truck to load the pallet wrapping machine. The weight of the ramp is around 80 kg. The Ramp for Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP-X is an essential accessory that improves the efficiency and ease of your pallet wrapping process. Designed to fit different turntables, it is available in six sizes ranging from 1500mm to 2400mm to accommodate your specific needs. This ramp allows for the effortless loading and unloading of pallets using a pallet truck, providing convenient access for most types of pallet trucks. By using this ramp, you can quickly load the pallet wrapping machine with a manual pallet truck, saving time and reducing physical strain. The ramp is sturdy and durable, with a weight of approximately 80 kg, making it a reliable investment for your business. Upgrade your pallet wrapping process with the SMARTWRAP-X Ramp for Pallet Wrapping Machine.   Specs for ramp for Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP-X Specification Description Compatibility SMARTWRAP-X pallet wrapping machine turntables Ramp width 1500mm, 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, and 2400mm Weight Approximately 80kg Material Sturdy and durable Features Quick and easy loading and unloading of pallets using a pallet truck, convenient access for most types of pallet trucks Benefits Improves efficiency and ease of pallet wrapping process, reduces physical strain, saves time Application An essential accessory for businesses using SMARTWRAP-X pallet wrapping machine and manual pallet trucks   Ramp for Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP-X 1500mm - Scheme]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/ramp-for-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x/?attribute_size=2400mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/ramp-for-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x-1500mm.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/ramp-for-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x-1500mm-scheme.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/ramp-for-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x-1500mm-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/ramp-for-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x-1500mm-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>out of stock</g:availability><g:price>890 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>3300095</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>12828</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>50.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>110020</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[NEO Plus 16-19mm (5/8″-6/8″) Battery Strapping Tool PET/PP strap incl. 2 Batteries & Charger]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[NEO Plus 16-19mm (5/8″-6/8″) Battery Strapping Tool PET/PP strap incl. 2 Batteries & Charger Adjustable and powerful automatic battery strapping tool for plastic straps in any environment This highly flexible buckle-free strapping tool is the perfect choice for packaging large goods, pallets, and loads in all kinds of environments. Despite effortless handling, it provides optimal results and high tightness of PP and PET straps. The adjustable guides enable easy switching of plastic straps of different dimensions, from 16mm (5/8)" to 19mm (3/4)" wide. Designed to perform well in demanding environments, the buckle-free strapping tool's digital display, easy handling, and adaptability increase plastic straps' working efficiency and strength for more secure packaging. To start the battery strapping tool simply hold the orange button for 3 seconds. High control of tensioning phase Clear display of parameters on digital display Adjustable strap guides Easy-to-remove and rechargeable battery. In the mean time you can simply use anothre battery which is included so the machine can operate non-stop. Adjustable strap tightness Thanks to its super-light weight, the buckle-free strapping tool allows for effortless handling while delivering optimal results with high packing tension force and fusion strength. Fully charged it can strap up to 500 times, depending on the packing strap and tension force. Battery strapping tool NEO Plus  it's a long-term reliable packaging tool. The latest Li-Ion battery technology powering the strapping tool supports a very high number of strapping cycles and stable performance. Batteries of 10.8V to 18V voltage range are easily chargeable to prolong the tool’s performance and usability. The clear and user-friendly digital display present crucial tool’s features - operating mode, abnormalities or errors, current battery power, packing tension force, fusion time, and strap width setting. Its easy handling and setup ensure optimized performance in different situations and tasks. Battery strapping tool NEO Plus show warnings of unusual circumstances or errors, such as excessive tool temperature, excessive or insufficient battery pressure or temperature, motor disconnection, failed startup check, etc., help prevent operation issues and ensure optimal tool functioning for the best results at all times. Designed to perform well in all kinds of tasks, the buckle-free strapping tool delivers optimal strapping results even in dirty environments. To extend its lifecycle, however, it is recommended to check the tool for wear and tear and clean it using a compressed air gun to remove any particles that could hinder its performance. Battery strapping tool NEO offers battery-powered tensioning and friction welding seals and is designed for strapping plastic straps (PET/PP) with width 16 to 19mm.   Benefits of NEO Plus 16-19mm Battery Strapping Tool For PET/PP plastic strap 16-19mm Adjustable tension force from 600N to 4000N Fully charged can perform up to 500 strappings An electric design that is simple to use, light in weight, and powerful Sealless - bucket is not needed Fiction-welding design that stick straps together Automatic working model, making tensioning and welding controllable. Additional Li-ion battery is included. You will get 2 Li-ion batteries. Heavy duty, special construction, high durability. LED scale display, adjustable sealing time Safe and allows continuous operation   Battery Strapping Tool NEO Plus 16-19mm specifications Model NEO Plus Weight 3.8kg (incl. battery) Dimensions (L x W x H) 360mm x 135mm x 130mm Tension force 600N - 4000N Tension speed 225mm/s Sealing Friction welding Battery charger voltage 100/220V Battery 14.4V/4.0Ah Li-Ion Charging time 60min Max number of strappings/fully charged  400-500 times depending on packing strap and tension force Battery service Chargeable up to 2000 Packing strap PP/PET Strap width 16mm (5/8)” - (3/4)” 19mm Strap thickness PP (0.6-1.0mm)/PET(0.5-1.0mm)   Core features of Buckle-free PP/PET battery-powered strapping tool NEO Plus Reliable and easy handling, thanks to the tool’s very low weight (with only 3.8kg, it’s the lightest strapping tool in the market), compact and ergonomic design, optimizes the tool’s efficiency and ensures good balance during operation. Adjustable strap guides easily adapt to plastic straps from 16mm to 19mm wide and guarantee a secure flow of straps for any task, while the tool’s perfect balance ensures accurate strapping in different directions. Digital control panel provides a clear overview and management of the tool’s features, including tension force, fusion time, strap width, and abnormality warnings. Easy maintenance improves performance and ensures battery strapping tool is always in motion. The high reliability and strength of the latest Li-Ion battery technology boost the tool’s efficiency and usability Strap tightness force adjustable via the control panel guarantees optimal tightness and strength ...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/neo-plus-16-19mm/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/11/neo-plus-battery-strapping-tool.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/11/neo-plus-battery-strapping-tool-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/11/neo-plus-battery-strapping-tool-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1800 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1495 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>110020</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>3.9 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>531,2473,2652,2552</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>531</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Batteridrevet Strekkapparat</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Stroppingsverktøy &gt; Batteridrevet Strekkapparat</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>770080</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[SMITH Electric forklift XE25A 2500 kg 300 cm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[SMITH Electric forklift XE25A 2500 kg 300 cm Powerful and easy-to-maneuver electric forklift for load transfer in any environment This battery-powered electric forklift is the perfect partner for work in demanding environments. Its compact design makes it ideal for use in narrow aisles and tight spaces. The double telescopic mast supports the heavy lifting of up to 2500 kg, while its powerful motor and durable battery ensure long-term operational reliability. Superior performance and maximum agility Optimum load distribution Hydraulic lift cylinders Low-noise lifting hydraulics Adjustable steering wheel Less pollution The XE25A electric forklift performs well in indoor and outdoor spaces. Thanks to easy maneuvering and an adjustable steering wheel, it enables easy operation and lifting of heavy loads to 3000mm. The forklift is powered by a strong motor paired with a durable battery of 48V/600Ah, which allows for hours-long use and fast recharging.   SMITH Electric forklift XE25A 2500 kg 300 cm specification Model XE25A Electric Forklift Power source Battery Operation type Seated-on Load capacity 2500 kg Load center C 500 mm Max lifting height 3000 mm Free lifting height 145 mm Fork size L4 x W x T 1070 x 120 x 40 mm Mast tilt angle (F/R) ⍺/β 6/8 deg Overall dimension (L x W x H) 3320 x 1185 x 2148 mm Outer min. turning radius r 2020 mm Max speed (unloaded/loaded) Travel V2 13/12 (15/14) km/h Lift V2 430/300 mm/s Service (including battery) 4100 kg Motor Travel 48/11.5 kW Lift 48/15 kW Battery Service 1000 kg Capacity 48/600 V/Ah   SMITH Electric forklift EA video ﻿   Core features of the XE25A electric forklift Priority energy flow distribution to the steering system ensures optimal steering Double front wheel brake guarantees safe and reliable braking, which minimizes impact risks The rolling-type duplex telescopic mast maintains position during movement and ensures reliable load transport Advanced hydraulic system powering the forklift ensures smooth operation and safety even in unexpected situations Side access to batteries allows for easier and faster replacement, ensuring continuous operation and higher efficiency A double electric system provides quiet, highly efficient, smooth, and safe control of the whole vehicle The smart panel ensures clear vehicle navigation, provides fast issue diagnosis, and easy set up of the entire vehicle system Optimal performance in a range of conditions, in temperatures between -25°C and +40°C, relative humidity of up to 100%, and altitude of up to 1200m   Great value for the price Thanks to its high capacity, agility, and durability, powered by the latest hydraulic, steering, and battery technologies, the XE25A electric forklift provides the most for its price tag and serves as a reliable machine in demanding working environments.   Highly powerful, durable, and easily replaceable battery The 5PZS600 battery model with 600Ah capacity and 48V voltage ensures reliable operation and long-term durability. When replacement is needed, the process is straightforward and allows two options: either side or overhead extraction. In the first method, another forklift is used to extract the battery for replacement. In the second method, the battery is pulled by a transfer car and replaced. Since the XE25A electric forklift is powered by a relatively light battery, the side extraction is a recommended battery replacement method, ensuring safety and ease during the process. The battery can ensure normal operation of the forklift in environment temperatures between 0°C ～ 40°C, while the environment temperature of discharge is between -25°C and ～+55°C.   Reliable control for safer operation XE25A electric forklift ensures high control of the operation to enhance security and efficiency. The electrical forklift uses a CURTIS controller, ZAPI ACE2 motor, and Inmotion controller. The CURTIS controller adopts high-frequency MOS pipe technology, which ensures excellent speed adjustment capacity, better safety, smart performance, and high protection. The controller device accessories include a travel controller, contactor unit, and accelerator. The lifting control adopts dual-speed pump control, which has no mechanical contact points, reduces the starting impact, and has a long service life.   Smart display XE25A electric forklift comes with a smart display connected to the vehicle system via a CAN bus. It provides diagnosis and enables setup for the entire vehicle system. It allows for reading or modifying the settings of modules to ensure optimal performance and reduce risks. The interface enables interaction through the main page or submenus and delivers information on battery power, vehicle speed, current mode, and traction hour meter. Adjustable travel mode allows for optimization of movement and battery use. The forklift works in three modes: a default economic mode (E), a strong mode (P), and a slow mode (S). The smart panel interface allows the operator to detect errors or faults b...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/smith-electric-forklift-e25a-2500-kg-300-cm/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/11/smith-electric-stacker-e25a-new.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/11/smith-electric-stacker-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/11/smith-electric-stacker-e25a.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/11/smith-electric-stacker-sale.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/11/smith-electric-stacker-on-sale.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/11/smith-electric-stacker-kg.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/11/smith-electric-stacker-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/11/smith-electric-stacker-best-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>24880 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>19799 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMITH</g:brand><g:mpn>770080</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>1000</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>528</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>528</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Elektrisk pallestabler</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Elektrisk pallestabler</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>330400</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet Wrapper EASY-IN PRE-STRETCH — wrapping-height: 200 cm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet Stretch Wrapper EASY-IN PRE-STRETCH Automatic Pallet Stretch Wrapper EASY-IN PRE-STRETCH is an M-type pallet stretch wrapping machine suitable for pallet truck applications. The special M-type shape eliminates the need for manipulation and loading of the wrapper with a forklift. Further, it saves space since you can drive the pallet on a hand pallet truck and you don't need a ramp. The diameter of the turntable of the Automatic Pallet Wrapper EASY-IN PRE-STRETCH is 1500 mm, and its maximum wrapping height is 2000 mm. The pallet wrapper is stable, and the speed of the turntable can be adjusted up to 10 r/min. It has a soft start/stop function and a home position function that returns the wrapper to the initial position automatically. The pallet wrapper is equipped with PLC control and a sensor to test pallet height. The aperture in the turntable makes it easy to load a pallet with a hand pallet truck. This pallet wrapping machine adopts PLC control, and its electric subassembly is made of world-famous products such as Japanese "OMRON," Korean "LG," and French "TE" electrics. Automatic Pallet Stretch Wrapper EASY-IN has a practical design and harmonious actions, and it is very reliable and convenient. It can advance production efficiency and prevent the goods from being damaged during transportation. It's also dustproof, damp proof, and keeps everything clean. This pallet stretch wrapper machine has a wide range of applications, including chemical fiber, bakery, pharmacy, publishing, refrigeration, and ceramics fields, etc. This machine is not suitable for pallets that contain a crossbar. The wrapping program can be easily set up with a convenient and reliable interface. Because it has a Type M turntable, the EASY-IN PRE-STRETCH pallet wrapper is suitable for companies using hand pallet trucks, as you can easily drive the pallet into it without having to lift it. You can set different wrapping methods to meet your needs.   Features of Pallet Stretch Wrapper EASY-IN Pre-stretch function up to 300%: tighten the package while saving more packing material. M-shape design gives convenience to operators when loading and unloading. adjustable tension control, available to use different packing materials Soft start/stop Home position, initial position, automatic return after wrapping PLC control panel built into the mast Display one button to start the wrapping process. Reliable performance The speed of the turntable and film carriage is controlled by inverters, preventing potential risks for engines and extending the work life of the machine. Reserved forklift notch, easy for relocation with a manual pallet truck Easy operation Automatic height sensing detects the top of goofs without the need for manual assistance.   Pallet Stretch Wrapper EASY-IN specifications Machine technical data Pallet Stretch Wrapper EASY-IN Power Voltage 1 P  AC 220/110V  50/60 Hz Speed of turntable 0～10r/min Dia.of turntable Φ 1500mm Mast height H2400mm Material LLDPE film, width<=500mm,out diameter<=280mm Capacity 1000 kg; Max wrapping height 2000mm Lubricant material Common lubricating grease Weight of the machine 750Kg Approximate weight with packing 850Kg Dimensions of the machine L2800×W1580×H(2000-3000) mm Installed power 1.25 KW Electrical protection IP54 Noise ≤75DB Surroundings humidity ≤98%， Temperature -10℃～40℃   Pallet Stretch Wrapper EASY-IN Operation steps The operation can be mainly divided into the following phases: The pallet and its tray need to be put on the turnplate; The operator should take the film and wrap it around the surface of the object. The operator should start the machine; the machine will automatically run and wrap the object. Automatic cycle The high and low revs and up and down settings can be first selected based on the height of the pallet on the PLC control. Actuate the automatic cycle by means of the relevant selector, and the machine is ready to receive the objects to be wrapped. Check to make sure the objects have been correctly stacked on the tray. Make sure the weight and height of the objects don't exceed what the machine allows. The cycle operations are the following: Place the objects or pallet on the turnplate and turn it on with the photoelectric switch. The clockwise rotation of the turnplate starts. At the end of the first rotation, the film carriage rises until the sensor reads the end of the pallet; The already-set high revs are activated, and the film carriage descends; Once in the lower position, the rotation is slower, followed by deceleration and stopping in position; The wrapped pack is taken away, and the wrapping machine is ready to receive the next pallet.   Where can you find Pallet Stretch Wrapper EASY-IN? PRE-STRETCH saves 36% on film, therefore it is suitable for industries where a lot of films is used. Who wants to save space? The ramp is not needed. only using euro-type pallets (800 x 1200 mm) pallets up to 1000 kg Who needs a reliable, stable pallet wrapper?   Pal...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pallet-wrapper-easy-in-pre-stretch/?attribute_wrapping-height=200+cm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/07/automatic-Paller-wrapper-EASY-IN-PRE-STRETCH-1.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>4600 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>4299 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>330400</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>11366</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>460.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>330401</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet Wrapper EASY-IN PRE-STRETCH — wrapping-height: 240 cm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet Stretch Wrapper EASY-IN PRE-STRETCH Automatic Pallet Stretch Wrapper EASY-IN PRE-STRETCH is an M-type pallet stretch wrapping machine suitable for pallet truck applications. The special M-type shape eliminates the need for manipulation and loading of the wrapper with a forklift. Further, it saves space since you can drive the pallet on a hand pallet truck and you don't need a ramp. The diameter of the turntable of the Automatic Pallet Wrapper EASY-IN PRE-STRETCH is 1500 mm, and its maximum wrapping height is 2000 mm. The pallet wrapper is stable, and the speed of the turntable can be adjusted up to 10 r/min. It has a soft start/stop function and a home position function that returns the wrapper to the initial position automatically. The pallet wrapper is equipped with PLC control and a sensor to test pallet height. The aperture in the turntable makes it easy to load a pallet with a hand pallet truck. This pallet wrapping machine adopts PLC control, and its electric subassembly is made of world-famous products such as Japanese "OMRON," Korean "LG," and French "TE" electrics. Automatic Pallet Stretch Wrapper EASY-IN has a practical design and harmonious actions, and it is very reliable and convenient. It can advance production efficiency and prevent the goods from being damaged during transportation. It's also dustproof, damp proof, and keeps everything clean. This pallet stretch wrapper machine has a wide range of applications, including chemical fiber, bakery, pharmacy, publishing, refrigeration, and ceramics fields, etc. This machine is not suitable for pallets that contain a crossbar. The wrapping program can be easily set up with a convenient and reliable interface. Because it has a Type M turntable, the EASY-IN PRE-STRETCH pallet wrapper is suitable for companies using hand pallet trucks, as you can easily drive the pallet into it without having to lift it. You can set different wrapping methods to meet your needs.   Features of Pallet Stretch Wrapper EASY-IN Pre-stretch function up to 300%: tighten the package while saving more packing material. M-shape design gives convenience to operators when loading and unloading. adjustable tension control, available to use different packing materials Soft start/stop Home position, initial position, automatic return after wrapping PLC control panel built into the mast Display one button to start the wrapping process. Reliable performance The speed of the turntable and film carriage is controlled by inverters, preventing potential risks for engines and extending the work life of the machine. Reserved forklift notch, easy for relocation with a manual pallet truck Easy operation Automatic height sensing detects the top of goofs without the need for manual assistance.   Pallet Stretch Wrapper EASY-IN specifications Machine technical data Pallet Stretch Wrapper EASY-IN Power Voltage 1 P  AC 220/110V  50/60 Hz Speed of turntable 0～10r/min Dia.of turntable Φ 1500mm Mast height H2400mm Material LLDPE film, width<=500mm,out diameter<=280mm Capacity 1000 kg; Max wrapping height 2000mm Lubricant material Common lubricating grease Weight of the machine 750Kg Approximate weight with packing 850Kg Dimensions of the machine L2800×W1580×H(2000-3000) mm Installed power 1.25 KW Electrical protection IP54 Noise ≤75DB Surroundings humidity ≤98%， Temperature -10℃～40℃   Pallet Stretch Wrapper EASY-IN Operation steps The operation can be mainly divided into the following phases: The pallet and its tray need to be put on the turnplate; The operator should take the film and wrap it around the surface of the object. The operator should start the machine; the machine will automatically run and wrap the object. Automatic cycle The high and low revs and up and down settings can be first selected based on the height of the pallet on the PLC control. Actuate the automatic cycle by means of the relevant selector, and the machine is ready to receive the objects to be wrapped. Check to make sure the objects have been correctly stacked on the tray. Make sure the weight and height of the objects don't exceed what the machine allows. The cycle operations are the following: Place the objects or pallet on the turnplate and turn it on with the photoelectric switch. The clockwise rotation of the turnplate starts. At the end of the first rotation, the film carriage rises until the sensor reads the end of the pallet; The already-set high revs are activated, and the film carriage descends; Once in the lower position, the rotation is slower, followed by deceleration and stopping in position; The wrapped pack is taken away, and the wrapping machine is ready to receive the next pallet.   Where can you find Pallet Stretch Wrapper EASY-IN? PRE-STRETCH saves 36% on film, therefore it is suitable for industries where a lot of films is used. Who wants to save space? The ramp is not needed. only using euro-type pallets (800 x 1200 mm) pallets up to 1000 kg Who needs a reliable, stable pallet wrapper?   Pal...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pallet-wrapper-easy-in-pre-stretch/?attribute_wrapping-height=240+cm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/07/automatic-Paller-wrapper-EASY-IN-PRE-STRETCH-1.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>5200 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>4699 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>330401</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>11366</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>460.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>330402</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet Wrapper EASY-IN PRE-STRETCH — wrapping-height: 270 cm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet Stretch Wrapper EASY-IN PRE-STRETCH Automatic Pallet Stretch Wrapper EASY-IN PRE-STRETCH is an M-type pallet stretch wrapping machine suitable for pallet truck applications. The special M-type shape eliminates the need for manipulation and loading of the wrapper with a forklift. Further, it saves space since you can drive the pallet on a hand pallet truck and you don't need a ramp. The diameter of the turntable of the Automatic Pallet Wrapper EASY-IN PRE-STRETCH is 1500 mm, and its maximum wrapping height is 2000 mm. The pallet wrapper is stable, and the speed of the turntable can be adjusted up to 10 r/min. It has a soft start/stop function and a home position function that returns the wrapper to the initial position automatically. The pallet wrapper is equipped with PLC control and a sensor to test pallet height. The aperture in the turntable makes it easy to load a pallet with a hand pallet truck. This pallet wrapping machine adopts PLC control, and its electric subassembly is made of world-famous products such as Japanese "OMRON," Korean "LG," and French "TE" electrics. Automatic Pallet Stretch Wrapper EASY-IN has a practical design and harmonious actions, and it is very reliable and convenient. It can advance production efficiency and prevent the goods from being damaged during transportation. It's also dustproof, damp proof, and keeps everything clean. This pallet stretch wrapper machine has a wide range of applications, including chemical fiber, bakery, pharmacy, publishing, refrigeration, and ceramics fields, etc. This machine is not suitable for pallets that contain a crossbar. The wrapping program can be easily set up with a convenient and reliable interface. Because it has a Type M turntable, the EASY-IN PRE-STRETCH pallet wrapper is suitable for companies using hand pallet trucks, as you can easily drive the pallet into it without having to lift it. You can set different wrapping methods to meet your needs.   Features of Pallet Stretch Wrapper EASY-IN Pre-stretch function up to 300%: tighten the package while saving more packing material. M-shape design gives convenience to operators when loading and unloading. adjustable tension control, available to use different packing materials Soft start/stop Home position, initial position, automatic return after wrapping PLC control panel built into the mast Display one button to start the wrapping process. Reliable performance The speed of the turntable and film carriage is controlled by inverters, preventing potential risks for engines and extending the work life of the machine. Reserved forklift notch, easy for relocation with a manual pallet truck Easy operation Automatic height sensing detects the top of goofs without the need for manual assistance.   Pallet Stretch Wrapper EASY-IN specifications Machine technical data Pallet Stretch Wrapper EASY-IN Power Voltage 1 P  AC 220/110V  50/60 Hz Speed of turntable 0～10r/min Dia.of turntable Φ 1500mm Mast height H2400mm Material LLDPE film, width<=500mm,out diameter<=280mm Capacity 1000 kg; Max wrapping height 2000mm Lubricant material Common lubricating grease Weight of the machine 750Kg Approximate weight with packing 850Kg Dimensions of the machine L2800×W1580×H(2000-3000) mm Installed power 1.25 KW Electrical protection IP54 Noise ≤75DB Surroundings humidity ≤98%， Temperature -10℃～40℃   Pallet Stretch Wrapper EASY-IN Operation steps The operation can be mainly divided into the following phases: The pallet and its tray need to be put on the turnplate; The operator should take the film and wrap it around the surface of the object. The operator should start the machine; the machine will automatically run and wrap the object. Automatic cycle The high and low revs and up and down settings can be first selected based on the height of the pallet on the PLC control. Actuate the automatic cycle by means of the relevant selector, and the machine is ready to receive the objects to be wrapped. Check to make sure the objects have been correctly stacked on the tray. Make sure the weight and height of the objects don't exceed what the machine allows. The cycle operations are the following: Place the objects or pallet on the turnplate and turn it on with the photoelectric switch. The clockwise rotation of the turnplate starts. At the end of the first rotation, the film carriage rises until the sensor reads the end of the pallet; The already-set high revs are activated, and the film carriage descends; Once in the lower position, the rotation is slower, followed by deceleration and stopping in position; The wrapped pack is taken away, and the wrapping machine is ready to receive the next pallet.   Where can you find Pallet Stretch Wrapper EASY-IN? PRE-STRETCH saves 36% on film, therefore it is suitable for industries where a lot of films is used. Who wants to save space? The ramp is not needed. only using euro-type pallets (800 x 1200 mm) pallets up to 1000 kg Who needs a reliable, stable pallet wrapper?   Pal...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pallet-wrapper-easy-in-pre-stretch/?attribute_wrapping-height=270+cm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/07/automatic-Paller-wrapper-EASY-IN-PRE-STRETCH-1.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>5800 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>5199 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>330402</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>11366</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>520 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>140110</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[A3 sealless steel strapping tool 13-19mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[A3 sealless steel strapping tool 13-19mm A3 Steel Strapping Tool is Manual Sealless Combination Strapping Tool which can be used to strap products or pallets with a steel strap 13-19 mm wide. A3 manual strapping tool is a buckle-free steel strapping machine, so you will save material costs since you will not use any additional buckets or seals. The main usage of the steel strap is to tie together heavy or sharp products or pallets to ensure that the products will be safely transported to a different location or to store them together so you avoid messy places and save storage space. A3 sealless steel strapping tool is used for steel strap width from 12. 7-19 mm (1/2"-3/4") and thick from 0. 38-0. 7 mm. Steel strapping machine weights 3. 9 kg / 8. 6 lbs. When ordering this product you will get 1x Manual Steel Strapping tool and 1x Replaceable accessories. Note When using the machine, wearing protective gloves and glasses is indispensable.   Features of A3 sealless steel strapping tool Strapping width: 12.7-19 mm; Strapping thickness: 0.38-0.58 mm; Tensile strengths ranging: 700-850 N/mm²/100,000-123,000 psi All body parts and components of this steel strapping tool are made of high-strength alloy material The sealless combination tool features a non-buckle design for saving cost, no need to use another steel buckle The manualA3 sealless steel strapping tool is highly reliable and uses sealless technology, therefore, it can easily complete the fastening between the steel packing belts without a bucket A handy light weight sealless combination tool is used for flat packages like pallets, bales, crates, cases, and other packages   Specs of A3 sealless steel strapping tool Name Manual sealless steel strapping tools Function 1t has the features of no external power required, no fasteners, and easy moving, widely used in manufacturing, metallurgy, transportation, and other industries, such as rolling, freight, metal, equipment manufacturing, and so on. Features 1. Ughtweight body and easy to use, no external power required. 2. Without fasteners, adopting a two-stage booster structure, can be easily achieved with a fastening between the steel packaging, and high connection reliability. 3. Large tightening force and special structure design to achieve tightening easily. 4. The tool is durable, adopting high-strength alloy materials for the body and components, high-reliability design, and advanced manufacturing technology. 5. Patented design, safe for use, fatigue-free design. Model A3 Apply straps size Width 12.7-19 mm Thickness 0.38-0.7mm Apply straps Steel strip Padlock form Yin and yang buckle Weight 3.9 kg Size 387×168×308mm Maximum tension force Steel strip on the maximum tension between 70% and 80%   Advantages of A3 sealless steel strapping tool Handy light weight sealless combination tool to strap flat packages (i.e. pallets, bales, crates, cases, various packages) Permits a very easy and efficient operation and outperforms other strapping tools by its ruggedness and its high reliability The sealless technology reduces the overall strapping costs by approx. 10% through the elimination of the seals   Benefits of A3 sealless steel strapping tool EASY TIGHTENING & PACKAGING - The steel strapping A3 features a non buckle design, no need to use other steel buckles. Tensile strengths ranging: 700-850 N/mm²/100,000-123,000 psi. The special structural design of the machine can easily finish the tightening and packaging. CONVENIENT OPERATION - No fasteners, double power structure, can easily complete the fastening between the steel packing belts, and comes with high connection reliability. Strapping Width: 13 / 16 / 19 mm (1/2" / 5/8" / 3/4"). Strapping Thickness: 0.38-0.58mm (0.015"-0.023") HIGH-STRENGTH STRUCTURE - The A3 strapping tool is very durable, and all the body parts and components use high-strength alloy material. It has the advantages of high-reliability design and advanced strapping technology. COMPACT SIZE - This steel strapping tool has a compact and lightweight structure, is easy for transportation, and also makes the machine easy to use with no fatigue. WIDE APPLICATION - The steel strapping A3 manual tool is used to wrap and strap flat packages like pallets, bales, crates, cases, steel, aluminum bars, and other heavy packages.   A3 sealless steel strapping tool video ﻿]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/a3-sealless-steel-strapping-tool/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/07/a3-sealless-steel-strapping-tool-new.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/07/a3-sealless-steel-strapping-tool.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/07/a3-sealless-steel-strapping-tool-sale.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/07/a3-sealless-steel-strapping-tool-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>400 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>275 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>140110</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>4.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>533,2473,2652,2539</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>533</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Manuelle stroppeverktøy</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Stroppingsverktøy &gt; Manuelle stroppeverktøy</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>330800</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[ROBI-600B Robot Stretch Wrapper PRESTRETCH]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[ROBI-600A/B Robot Stretch Wrapper PRESTRETCH Easily movable and adjustable robot stretch wrapper for all kinds of loads in any environment and industry The highly adaptable, self-propelled robot stretch wrapper ROBI-600A/B is ideal for wrapping all pallet loads and objects of any size and shape. It’s designed based on a revolutionary idea to have the wrapping machine move and revolve around the load. Contrary to stationary wrapping machines, this method reduces the time and hassle of placing a load on and off the machine. It also makes wrapping possible for objects that would otherwise not fit standard wrapping machines, as it revolves perfectly around loads of every shape, size, and weight. The wrapper’s compact design allows for optimal performance even in tight spaces, while its high maneuverability provides solid control over the wrapping process. It’s an ideal wrapping companion in most working environments and industries and performs well in ambient air temperature between -10°C and 40°C for optimum wrapping tension and strength. ROBI-600A/B robot stretch wrapper allows for great flexibility and optimization of working progress thanks to auto and manual operating modes. Easy and secure film threading saves time and ensures optimal tension of wrapping film. Based on the parameters of the operation and load, the robot wrapper provides high adjustability and customization for the best wrapping results. ROBI-600A/B wrapper is powered by a robust and durable battery lasting up to 800 charges. Its control panel allows for easy control of the operation with start and stop buttons, reset and emergency stop buttons, and battery level indicator lights. When the battery is charged for 8 hours it can wrap 200 pallets.   Features of ROBI 600A/B Robot Stretch Wrapper PRESTRETCH Power pre-stretch: 300% and 230% two-step change by handle Fully charged can wrap 200 Pallets High control of wrapping procedure Digital display of parameters High mobility and adjustability Durable battery   Easy handling and fast wrapping with ROBI 600A/B Robot Stretch Wrapper PRESTRETCH ROBI 600A/B is designed to simplify the packing process while ensuring the best results for every case. Its handling and navigation are equally straightforward. First, move the robot stretch wrapper to the object area. Next, pull the film from the wrapper and place it on the object. Lastly, set the number of wraps on the control panel and start the machine. The wrapper will revolve around the object and wrap it automatically according to the presets.   ROBI 600A/B Robot Stretch Wrapper PRESTRETCH specifications Model ROBI-600A/B Power source Battery Battery configuration Charge power 1P AC220V/110V 50/60Hz Model 6-GVF-120A Weight 43 + 1kg Size (L x W x H) 407 x 174 x 216 (209) mm Lifetime Up to 800 charges Wrapping speed 90m/min Max. pallet size No limit Min. pallet size 600x600mm Max. wrapping height 2400mm Film stretch (%) ROBI-600A Mechanical stretch ROBI-600B Power pre-stretch: 300% and 230% two-step change by handle Film material LLDPE film, width ≦ 500mm, outer diameter ≦ 280mm Film tension Adjustable Max. film spec. ∅250x500mm Elevator unit speed Adjustable Gross weight/Net weight 450kg/430kg Machine configuration PLC German “Siemens” Battery CHILWEE LCD text Chinese “MEIWA” Travel switch French “Schneider” Button switch French “TE” Connector French “TE” Sensor German “P+F” Motor Chinese “MEIWA” Machine size (L x W x H) 1583 x 1233 x 2770mm Noise ≦ 75dB Environment Humidity ≦ 98% Temperature from -10 to 40°C Packing size (L x W x H) 1950 x 1250 x 3000mm   Core features of ROBI-600A/B Battery-Powered Robot Stretch Wrapper Different operation modes allow for easy adjustment to all kinds of tasks in different environments while ensuring the best results. Reliable and easy control via a control panel increases efficiency and ensures optimal performance for every task. Digital display provides a clear overview and management of chosen parameters to adapt to the load’s dimensions, weight, and shape. Chain-driven film carriage improves stability and ensures optimal tension of wrapping film.   Video of ROBI-600A/B Battery-Powered Robot Stretch Wrapper ﻿﻿]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/robi-600b-robot-stretch-wrapper-prestretch/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/ROB-600B-Robot-Stretch-Wrapper-PRESTRETCH.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>6800 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>5999 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:mpn>330800</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>430.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2473,834,2575</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2473</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Pakking maskiner &gt; Pallepakkemaskin</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>110170</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[ARGON PLUS Battery-Powered Strapping Tool PET/PP 13-19mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[ARGON PLUS Battery-Powered Strapping Tool Highly adjustable and powerful automatic battery strapping tool for plastic straps in any environment and industry The highly efficient and maneuverable ARGON Plus strapping tool works great with flat or embossed PET (polyester) and PP (polypropylene) straps. It is ideal in most environments and industries, such as construction, timber and wood industry, metal and glass industry, etc. Performs well in ambient air temperature between 5°C and 45°C, and best at a working temperature between 15°C and 20°C centigrade to ensure optimum adhesive strength and strap tension. ARGON Plus strapping tool allows for great flexibility and optimization of working progress thanks to three operating modes. When in automatic mode (AUT), it automatically tightens the strap with a short press on the button, and welds and cuts it. In the semi-automatic mode (SEM), it requires holding the button, and when the set tension value is reached, it automatically starts welding and cutting the strap. The manual mode (MAN) gives more control to the user since the tension button should be pressed throughout the operation; when the set pull value is reached, the strap gets fused and cut manually when pressing the fusion button. ARGON Plus strapping tool also allows for high adjustment of other parameters, such as welding time.  Tension strength is adjustable to provide flexibility at work, ranging between 400 and 4200 N. ARGON Plus strapping tool comes with a standard battery charger that charges the battery fully in approximately 90 minutes to allow for a fast continuation of work. It saves energy when in non-operation and enters sleep mode. And, to ensure long-term reliability, it enables easy replacement of worn parts.   Advantages of ARGON PLUS Battery-Powered Strapping Tool High control of tensioning phase Digital display of parameters Easily replaceable parts Ergonomic handle Easy-to-remove battery system   Features of ARGON PLUS Battery-Powered Strapping Tool Easy-to-use and highly efficient battery-powered strapping tool Adjustable functioning mode: automatic, semi-automatic, manual Strap quality: PP/PET Strap width: 13mm - 19mm / 0.4mm - 1.2mm Tension strength: 400 - 4200 N adjustable Tension speed: 100 - 200 mm/s Adhesive strength: about 75% of plastic straps Great balance for efficient operation and reliable handling Ergonomic handle with non-slip rubber for stronger grip Digital display of parameters and buttons for better control Ergonomic handle for easy maneuvering Ideal in demanding environments at temperatures 5°C - 45°C Powered by a durable battery that allows up to 500 strappings per charge   ARGON PLUS Battery-Powered Plastic Strapping Tool specifications Model ARGON PLUS Battery-Powered Plastic Strapping Tool Power source Battery Operation modes Automatic, Semi-automatic, Manual Strap quality PP/PET Strap width 13/19 mm Strap thickness 0.4 to 1.2 mm Max tension on single strap 4200 N Max tension speed 12.0 mt/min Joint type Friction weld seal Battery weight 0.6 kg   Core features of ARGON PLUS Battery-Powered Plastic Strapping Tool Different functioning modes allow for easy adjustment to all kinds of tasks in different environments - changing to manual mode, for example, delivers better control, while automatic mode allows for faster operation. Reliable and easy handling thanks to ergonomic handle increases efficiency and ensures good balance during use. Adjustable front and rare guides quickly adapt to plastic straps of 13/19mm and guarantee a secure flow of straps for any job, while the perfect balance ensures accurate strapping in both vertical and horizontal ways. Easily replaceable components bring long-term reliability and usability of the strapping tool, reducing the need to buy new devices. Digital display provides a clear overview and management of chosen parameters, including welding time, gears, battery level, and functioning mode. Secure and fast maneuvering is ensured by the easily accessible welding and tensioning buttons. Easy maintenance improves performance and reduces upkeep time.   Video of ARGON PLUS Battery-Powered Plastic Strapping Tool PET/PP 13-19mm ﻿]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/argon-plus-battery-powered-plastic-strapping-tool-13-19mm/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/TITAN-Plus-battery-strapping-tool-13-19mm.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/TITAN-Plus-battery-strapping-tool-13-19mm-sale.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/TITAN-Plus-battery-strapping-tool-13-19mm-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/TITAN-Plus-battery-strapping-tool-13-19mm-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/TITAN-Plus-battery-strapping-tool-13-19mm-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>out of stock</g:availability><g:price>2400 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1999 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>110170</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>4.9 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>531,2473,2652,2552</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>531</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Batteridrevet Strekkapparat</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Stroppingsverktøy &gt; Batteridrevet Strekkapparat</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>440040</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Vertical baler TONNA25, 25 tons, 250kN, bale 250 kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Vertical baler 25 tons TONNA25 A vertical baler with 25 tons of pressure TONNA25 will dramatically lower waste costs and save space in your facilities. It is widely used in warehouses, stores, hotels, restaurants, and manufacturers from various industries, and because of its quality and unique features even in landfills. The pressing power of the Vertical baler TONNA25 is 25 tons, therefore, it can be used to squeeze different materials, such as paper, cartons, plastic, plastic bottles, stretch film, and others. The weight of the waste bale can be up to 250 kg, depending on the material that you are squeezing. Vertical baler TONNA25 has an advanced automatic bale extraction system, which will help you extract the waste bale from the recycling baler with no effort. Thanks to wire technology waste bale can be easily wired together so the output is compact and tied together. Vertical baler TONNA25 is designed for outdoor applications and the machine is recommended for indoor or outdoor use. Vertical baler has a very long lifespan. It can be used for 20 years or more. The dimensions of the recycling baler are 2650 mm (H) x 1500 mm (W) x 1100 mm (D) and the machine weighs 750 kg. It has a 1-year warranty and we offer cheap international shipping. The transportation height of the vertical baler is 1955 mm.   Main Features of cardboard baler TONNA20 An automatic bale extraction system Can bale 250 kgs of waste materials Bale dimensions: 1000 mm x 800 mm x 800 mm (W x D x H) 6-8package/hours Machine size: 1500 mm*1100 mm*2650 mm (W x D x H) Ideal for locations where space and height are restricted Easy to use and simple to install Noise Level: 72 decibels Cycle Times: 40 seconds Electronic command control system Motor: 2.2 kW 16 Amp Single Oil cylinder Power Supply: 220-230V Transportation height: 1955 mm   Specification of Vertical baler 25 tons TONNA25 Vertical baler 25 tons TONNA25 Height 2650 mm Width 1500 mm Depth 1100 mm Weight 750 kg Transportation Height 1955 mm Power Supply 230 V (single-phase) Motor 2,2 KW, 16 Amp Pressing Force Up to 25 Ton Noise Level 72 decibels Bale dimensions Height 800 mm Width 1000 mm Depth 800 mm Weight Up to 250 kg - depending on the material used Cycle Times 40 seconds Loading aperture size Height 600 mm Width 1000 mm Depth 600 mm   How does recycling works with Vertical baler TONNA Video ﻿ Advantages of Vertical baler 25 tons TONNA20 Bale weight output 250 KG A mid-range baler with easy loading for large-size cardboard boxes Retaining claws to reduce the spring back of material in the baler chamber Fully automatic bale ejector: simplifies removal of the bale   How does Vertical Baler TONNA25 work Field Requirements The following criteria should be taken into account when determining the location for Vertical baler TONNA25: A certain ground is required for the machine. This floor must be able to support the weight of the machine, as well as carry pallet trucks and load-carrying vehicles. The room surrounding the machine should be sufficient for loading, monitoring, maintenance, and removal of balers. The electrical power source (400v) should be close to the machine. The lighting system where the machine is located should be made in accordance with the occupational health and safety legislation in that region. There should be sufficient ventilation at the place where the machine is located. Filling the machine with waste material Once the cardboard compactors have been secured, the machine is now ready to load. Start filling the machine after closing the lower door. When starting a new bale, put a large piece of cardboard (or similar material suitable for bale) in the bottom of the hopper. Thus, all ties/tapes with which you will later tie the bale and all solid wastes will be caught. Make sure that only waste material gets into the machine. When the waste baler is filled with waste material, a new baling cycle can be started. Baling The clamping force of hydraulic hoses is used to compress the waste material. The bonded material is compressed to reduce the volume of the waste material. The baling procedure is as follows: The bale chamber is filled up to the top of the machine. For compression, select the compression format from the control panel, then press the green button and press it down with the "compress" command. The machine will continue the compression cycle and will automatically stop when it is completed. (The clamping plate can stay in the same state until you refill the machine.) To bring the clamping plate to the upper level again, press the green button and then move it to the "pinch" position. In the clamping cycle, the machine will stop automatically and the clamping plate will come back to its original position. The machine will stop as soon as you press the red button. Continue this procedure until the desired amount of bales has been filled and compacted.   Waste baler TONNA baling process video ﻿   Waste baler Strapping bale faster with textile strap - vi...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/vertical-baler-tonna25-25-tons-250kn-bale-250-kg/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/Vertical-baler-TONNA25.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/Waste-baler-TONNA25-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/Waste-baler-TONNA25-size.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/Waste-baler-TONNA25-new.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/Waste-baler-TONNA25-bale-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/Waste-baler-TONNA25-bale-size-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>6999 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>6499 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>tonna</g:brand><g:mpn>440040</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>720.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>824</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>824</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Papppresse</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Papppresse</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>110090</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[GT-XTREME Automatic Battery strapping tool 16-19mm PET/PP with battery & charger]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[GT-XTREME Automatic Battery strapping tool for 16-19mm PET and PP plastic strap with battery & charger Adjustable and powerful automatic battery strapping tool for plastic straps in any environment The highly adjustable GT-XTREME strapping tool adapts to any environment thanks to various functioning modes - automatic, semi-automatic, manual, and soft - to ensure easy handling for the user while providing the best strapping results. Its perfect balance makes it easy to perform both vertically and horizontally, while the adjustable front and rear guides allow straps of different dimensions - 16/19mm. Designed to perform in harsh environments, the machine’s display, easy handling, and connectivity increase the efficiency and reliability of plastic straps. High control of tensioning phase in soft mode Intuitive display of parameters Conical gearbox for better performance Stainless steel components to avoid rust Ergonomic handle with non-slip rubber Easy-to-remove battery system USB connectivity Lockable keypad for higher safety The lightest of its kind in the market, the GT-XTREME battery strapping tool is ideal for use in heavy-duty environments, such as in construction, the timber and wood industry, the metal and glass industry, etc. It supports a very high number of cycles and stable performance due to the latest Li-Ion battery technology. Depending on the tool’s usage, the battery can sustain up to 300 cycles per battery charge and over 500 charge-discharge cycles. The GT-XTREME battery allows for non-stop work, while the new BMS (Battery Management System) ensures easy battery status checks by interacting with it through the electronic board. The brushless motor with encoder works with a conical gearbox with bevel gears for boosted performance. The components are made of stainless steel to avoid rust and ensure overtime durability, and maintenance is fast thanks to the easily removable casing. The clear and user-friendly digital display shows crucial parameters - functioning mode, tensioning force, welding time, and battery charge level - and allows you to adjust them easily for better performance in various tasks.   Specifications of GT-XTREME Automatic Battery tool for Plastic Strapping Model GT-XTREME Automatic Battery for Plastic Strap Power source Battery Operation modes Automatic, Semi-automatic, Manual, Soft Package type Flat surface (min. 120mm) Round surface (min. diam. 700mm) Strap type PP/PET Strap width 16/19 mm Strap thickness 0.7 to 1.27 mm Max tension on a single strap 4200 N Max tension on package 8400 N Max tension speed 9.0 mt/min Joint type Friction weld seal Weight (including battery) 4 kg Battery Akku Power SP5 18 Vdc 5 Ah Li-Ion   Core features of GT-XTREME Automatic battery for plastic strap Different functioning modes allow for easy adjustment to all kinds of tasks in different environments - changing to soft mode, for example, delivers better control of the tensioning phase. A Brushless motor with encoder ensures low maintenance and works with a conical gearbox with bevel gears to improve performance. Reliable and easy handling, thanks to low weight (with 4kg is the lightest in the market), ergonomic handle with non-slip rubber and ergonomic opening lever, increase efficiency and ensure good balance during operation. Adjustable front and rare guides quickly adapt to plastic straps of 16/19mm and guarantee a secure flow of straps for any job, while the perfect balance ensures accurate strapping in both vertical in horizontal ways. Stainless steel components avoid rust making the machine suitable for use in humid and outdoor environments and ensuring overtime durability. Digital display provides a clear overview and management of chosen parameters, including tensioning force, welding time, battery charge level, and functioning mode. The keypad can be locked to prevent unwanted changes and improve safety. Secure and fast maneuvering is ensured by the easily accessible electromechanical button for welding start and tensioning start push-button. Easy maintenance improves performance and reduces upkeep time thanks to the easily removable casing. High reliability and strength of the latest Li-Ion battery technology with no “memory effect” boosts efficiency and usability - up to 300 cycles per battery charge and over 500 charge-discharge cycles. The quality and life of the battery are further improved with a universal battery charger which ensures protection on thresholds for temperature and internal pressure during charging. More options to improve battery life: Akku Power SP7 Battery 18 Vds - 5.0 Ah Li-Ion and Battery charger for Li-Ion Battery Aku Power.   Video of Battery Strapping tool GT-XTREME ﻿]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/gt-xtreme-automatic-battery-strapping-tool-16-19mm/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/GT-XTREME-battery-strapping-tool.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/gt-xtreme-siat-battery-strapping-tool.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/gt-xtreme-siat-battery-strapping-tool-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/gt-xtreme-siat-battery-strapping-tool-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/gt-xtreme-siat-battery-strapping-tool-sale-e1648147843181.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/gt-xtreme-siat-battery-strapping-tool-battery.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2900 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2495 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>siat-maillis</g:brand><g:mpn>110090</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>4.9 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>531,2473,2652,2552</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>531</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Batteridrevet Strekkapparat</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Stroppingsverktøy &gt; Batteridrevet Strekkapparat</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>440010</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Paper baler TONNA5, 5 tons, 50kN, bale 40kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Paper baler TONNA5, 5 tons, 50kN, bale 40kg Paper baler TONNA5 is an efficient and economically friendly solution for recycling mixed and office paper scrap. TONNA5 is ideal for locations where space and height are restricted. Paper baler machine TONNA5 produces very small compact bales which can weigh up to 40 kg (depending on the material). Bale dimensions are 600 x 535 x 460 mm (H x W x D) therefore paper baler TONNA5 is suitable for small volumes of waste. The recycling baler can produce between 6-8 packages per hour. Dimensions of paper baler machine TONNA5 are 1756 x 718 x 630 mm (H x W x D) and the vertical baler weights 200kg. With the ability to pack more office paper material into every bale, these high bale densities maximize baling, storage, and shipping efficiency saving money for recycling companies. This helps generate maximum revenue from mixed and office paper and provides a quick return on investment. We offer fast delivery and a warranty in all EU countries.   Features of Paper baler machine TONNA5 The smallest baler in the TONNA range • Ideal for locations where space and height are restricted • Produces a very small compact bale • Suitable for small volumes of waste • Suitable for garage forecourts, retail outlets, offices, small hospitality establishments, and businesses in city locations   Advantages of Paper baler machine TONNA5 Our Small range models are ideal for tiny paper, cardboard, and polythene films Perfect if you have a very small space for both baler and baled recyclables and are looking to secure free-of-charge collections, rather than paying for the bin and skip collections These tiny balers can also be moved around the site on a pallet truck and are plug and play with a standard pin socket   Paper baler TONNA5 specs Model Paper baler TONNA5 Height 1.756 m Width 0.718 m Depth 0.630 m Weight 140 kg Transportation Ht 1.40 m Power Supply 220 - 240 V Motor (single phase) 1.5 kw 13 Amp Pressing Force up to 5 Ton Noise Level 68  decibels Bale dimensions Height 0.600 m Width 0.535 m Depth 0.460 m Weight up to 40 kg (Depending On Material Used) Cycle Times 20 seconds Loading aperture size Height 0.490 m Width 0.535 m Depth 0.460 m   Why do we need a waste paper baler? A paper baler is a paper compactor machine that is used to compress and bale waste paper like office waste paper, paper scraps, as well as old newspaper into a cube. Use the waste paper baler machine to make the waste paper which is in loose condition to a tight bale. It is a very important step of waste paper recycling. The waste paper machine makes the recycling process smooth and efficient.   How to recycle waste paper? Step 1: Collect the waste paper. Normally we can collect the waste paper materials from trash bins, offices, book stores, schools, etc. Then we can deliver them to the professional recycling center. Step 2: Sort and bale the waste paper. At this step, we also need the waste paper baler to help us finish the baling process. After the recycling facility accepts the waste paper from various sources, they will sort the paper based on the quality and material, structure, and surface treatment. After sorting, we use the waste paper baler to bale the sorted paper, making it more convenient for storage and transportation. Then the recycling center will ship the paper bale to paper making factory. Step 3: Wash the waste paper. After the sorted waste paper arrives in paper making factory, we will wash it with soapy water to remove inks, plastic film, staples, and glue. And then put them into a large holder where it is mixed with water to create a paper slurry. Step 4: Make new paper. After waste paper becomes paper slurry, we add different materials into the slurry to make it become new papers like office paper, newsprint, etc. When the new papers are dry, they are ready to go to the market for sale or use again.   The advantage of waste paper baler Waste paper baler plays a very important role in paper recycling. Let us deliver the waste paper as much as possible for recycling. It greatly improves the efficiency of the recycling process. On the other hand, it also helps us to protect the environment from polluting by waste papers and save resources. The papers are all made from trees and on the other side. The waste paper baler also helps us on protecting forest resources on the earth.  ]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/paper-baler-tonna5-5-tons-50kn-bale-40kg/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/12/Paper-baler-TONNA5-1.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/12/Paper-baler-TONNA5-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/12/Paper-baler-TONNA5-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/12/Paper-baler-TONNA5-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/12/Paper-baler-TONNA5-1.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>3499 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2999 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>tonna</g:brand><g:mpn>440010</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>290.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>824</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>824</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Papppresse</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Papppresse</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>120800</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Cord strapping kit - Manual strapping tool CORD 13-19 mm - 2 units composite strap 16 mm - strapping cart]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Cord strapping kit - Manual strapping tool CORD 13-19 mm - composite strap 16 mm - strapping cart The cord, composite banding kit includes everything you need for textile strapping. By buying a composite banding kit you will save time and money. In this bundle, we put products that fit the most together. We offer affordable high-quality strapping kits for cord and textile strapping.  In this cord banding kit  you get: Manual strapping tool CORD 13-19 mm 2 units of Cord, composite strap 16mm/600m 1000 16mm clips Dispenser cart for textile/composite/cord strap Cord strapping kit CORD 13-19 mm has a warranty and is serviced in Europe. The cord strapping kit will be shipped for Free to your address in the EU.]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/cord-strapping-kit-cord/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/12/composite-strapping-set-CORD-13-19mm-cord-strap-dispenser-wire-buckets.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>400 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>349 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>120800</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>39.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>974</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>886,2473,2652,532,823</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>886</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Cord Strapping</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Packaging solutions &gt; Cord Strapping</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>120400</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pneumatic banding kit AIR19 13-19 mm PET/PP + PET strap 15,5mm - strapping cart]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pneumatic banding kit AIR19 PET/PP + PET strap 15,5mm - strapping cart Pneumatic banding kit includes everything you need for pneumatic strapping. By buying a pneumatic banding kit you will save time and money. We bundle products that fit the most together. We offer affordable high-quality strapping kits for plastic PET and PP strapping.  In this pneumatic banding kit you get: Pneumatic strapping tool AIR19 13-19mm PET/PP PET strap 15.5mm x 0.7mm Dispenser cart for PP or PET strap Pneumatic banding tool AIR19 13-19 mm in a kit has a warranty and is serviced in Europe. Pneumatic strapping kit will be shipped for Free to your address in the EU. ﻿]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pneumatic-banding-kit-air19-pet-strap/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/12/pneumatic-banding-kit-air19-pet-strap.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>800 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>649 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>120400</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>49.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2473,2652,532,2552</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2473</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Stroppingsverktøy &gt; Batteridrevne stroppesett</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>120510</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Strapping banding kit PPST16 + PP strap 15,5 mm - seals - strapping cart]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Strapping banding kit PPST16 + PP strap 15,5 mm - seals - strapping cart The strapping banding kit includes everything you need for plastic strapping. By buying a strapping banding kit you will save time and money. In this bundle, you will receive everything so you can start packing immediately when you receive the package. This is an affordable high-quality poly strapping kit for plastic PP strapping. In this strapping banding kit you get: Manual strapping tool PPST16 for 15,5 mm PP Strap Seals 15,5 mm (800 units) PP strap 15,5 mm x 0.7 mm / 1800m Dispenser cart for PP or PET strap Strapping banding kit PPST16 in a kit has a warranty and is serviced in Europe. We offer fast international shipping to your address in the EU.]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/strapping-banding-kit-ppst16-pp-strap-155-mm-seals-strapping-cart/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/12/poly-banding-kit-ppst13.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>319 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>120510</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>49.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2473,2652,532,2552</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2473</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Stroppingsverktøy &gt; Batteridrevne stroppesett</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>120500</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Poly banding kit PPST13 + PP strap 12mm - seals - strapping cart]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Poly banding kit PPST13+ PP strap 12mm - seals - strapping cart Poly banding kit includes everything you need for plastic strapping. By buying a poly banding kit you will save time and money. In this bundle, you will receive everything so you can start packing immediately. We offer affordable high-quality poly strapping kits for plastic PP strapping. In this poly banding kit you get: Manual strapping tool PPST13 for 12mm PP Strap Seals 12 mm (1000 units) PP strap 12 mm x 0.8 mm / 2000m Dispenser cart for PP or PET strap Poly banding kit PPST13 in a kit has a warranty and is serviced in Europe. We offer fast international shipping to your address in the EU.]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/poly-banding-kit-ppst13/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/12/poly-banding-kit-ppst13.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>319 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>120500</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>49.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2473,2652,532,2552</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2473</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Stroppingsverktøy &gt; Batteridrevne stroppesett</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>120121</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Plastic banding kit JET 12-16 mm PET/PP incl. Battery & Charger + PP strap 12 mm - strapping cart]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Plastic banding kit JET 12-16mm PET/PP incl. Battery & Charger + PP strap 12 mm - strapping cart The plastic banding kit includes everything you need for battery strapping. By buying a battery strapping set you will save time and money. In this bundle, you will receive everything so you can start packing immediately when you receive the package. This is an affordable but high-quality strapping kit for plastic PET and PP strapping. In this plastic banding kit  you get: Battery Powered Strapping Tool JET 12-16 mm (1/2″-5/8″) for PET/PP Strap Lithium battery (DC14.4V, 3000MaH, 10C) and a charger PP strap 12 mm x 0.6 mm Dispenser cart for PP or PET strap Battery strapping tool JET 10-16mm in a kit has a warranty and is serviced in Europe. Plastic banding kit will be shipped for Free to your address in the EU. ﻿]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/plastic-banding-kit-jet-12-16-mm-pp/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/12/plastic-banding-kit-jet-12-16-mm-pp.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1100 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>899 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>120121</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>49.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2473,2652,532,2552</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2473</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Stroppingsverktøy &gt; Batteridrevne stroppesett</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>120120</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet banding kit JET 12-16 mm PET/PP incl. Battery & Charger + PET strap 12 mm - strapping cart]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet banding kit JET 12-16mm PET/PP incl. Battery & Charger + PET strap 12 mm - strapping cart The pallet banding kit includes everything you need for battery strapping. By buying a battery strapping set you will save time and money. In this bundle, you will receive everything so you can start packing immediately when you receive the package. This is an affordable high-quality strapping kit for plastic PET and PP strapping.  In this pallet banding kit you get: Battery Powered Strapping Tool JET 12-16 mm (1/2″-5/8″) for PET/PP Strap Lithium battery (DC14.4V, 3000MaH, 10C) and a charger PET strap 12 mm x 0.6 mm Dispenser cart for PP or PET strap Battery strapping tool JET 10-16mm in a kit has a warranty and is serviced in Europe. Pallet banding kit will be shipped for Free to your address in the EU.   ﻿]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pallet-banding-kit-jet-12-16mm-pet/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/12/pallet-banding-kit-jet-12-16mm-pet.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>out of stock</g:availability><g:price>1120 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>899 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>120120</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>49.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2473,2652,532,2552</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2473</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Stroppingsverktøy &gt; Batteridrevne stroppesett</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>120061</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Polypropylene strapping kit ARGON 10-16mm PET/PP incl. Battery & Charger + PP strap 12mm - strapping cart]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Polypropylene strapping kit ARGON 10-16mm PET/PP incl. Battery & Charger + PET strap 12mm - strapping cart The polypropylene strapping kit includes everything you need for battery strapping. By buying a battery strapping set you will save time and money. In this bundle, you will receive everything so you can start packing immediately when you receive the package. This is an affordable high-quality strapping kit for plastic PET and PP strapping. In this polypropylene strapping kit you get: Battery Powered Strapping Tool ARGON 10-16mm (3/8″-5/8″) for PET/PP Strap Lithium battery 18V/5.0Ah and a charger PP strap 12mm x 0.8mm Dispenser cart for PP or PET strap Battery strapping tool ARGON 10-16mm in a kit has a warranty and is serviced in Europe. The polypropylene strapping kit will be shipped for Free to your address.  ]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/plastic-strapping-kit-argon-10-16mm-pp/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/12/plastic-strapping-kit-titan-10-16mm-pp.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2200 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1999 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>120061</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>49.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2473,2652,532,2552</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2473</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Stroppingsverktøy &gt; Batteridrevne stroppesett</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>120060</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Plastic strapping kit ARGON 10-16mm PET/PP incl. Battery & Charger + PET strap 12mm - strapping cart]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Plastic strapping kit ARGON 10-16mm PET/PP incl. Battery & Charger + PET strap 12mm - strapping cart The plastic strapping kit includes everything you need for battery strapping. By buying a battery strapping set you will save time and money. In this bundle, you will receive everything so you can start packing immediately when you receive the package. This is an affordable high-quality strapping kit for plastic PET and PP strapping.  In this plastic strapping kit you get: Battery Powered Strapping Tool ARGON 10-16mm (3/8″-5/8″) for PET/PP Strap Lithium battery 18V/5.0Ah and a charger PET strap 12mm x 0.6mm Dispenser cart for PP or PET strap Battery strapping tool ARGON 10-16mm in a kit has a warranty and is serviced in Europe. The battery strapping kit will be shipped for Free to your address.  ]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/plastic-strapping-kit-argon-10-16mm-pet/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/12/plastic-strapping-kit-titan-10-16mm-pet.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2200 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1899 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>120060</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>49.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2473,2652,532,2552</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2473</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Stroppingsverktøy &gt; Batteridrevne stroppesett</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>120010</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Polyester strapping kit NEO 9-16mm PET/PP incl. Battery & Charger + PET strap 15.5mm - strapping cart]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Polyester strapping kit NEO 9-16mm PET/PP incl. Battery & Charger + PP strap - strapping cart Polyester strapping kit includes everything you need for battery strapping. By buying a battery strapping set you will save time and money. In this bundle, you will receive everything so you can start packing immediately when you receive the package. This is an affordable high-quality strapping kit for plastic PET and PP strapping.  In this polyester strapping kit you get: Battery strapping tool NEO 9-16mm PET/PP Lithium battery（DC14.4V、6000MAH) and a charger PET strap 15.5mm x 0.9mm Dispenser cart for PP or PET strap Battery strapping tool NEO 9-16mm in a kit has a warranty and is serviced in Europe. Battery strapping kit will be shipped for Free to your address.]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/strapping-tool-kit-neo-9-16mm-pet/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/12/polyester-strapping-kit-NEO-9-16mm-PET-strap-dispenser.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1700 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1399 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>120010</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>49.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2473,2652,532,2552</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2473</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Stroppingsverktøy &gt; Batteridrevne stroppesett</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>120011</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Strapping tool kit NEO 9-16mm PET/PP incl. Battery & Charger + PP strap 15.5mm - strapping cart]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Strapping tool kit NEO 9-16mm PET/PP incl. Battery & Charger + PP strap - strapping cart Battery strapping kit includes everything you need for battery strapping. By buying a battery strapping set you will save time and money. In this bundle, you will receive everything so you can start packing immediately when you receive the package. This is an affordable high-quality strapping kit for plastic PET and PP strapping.  In this battery strapping kit you get: Battery strapping tool NEO 9-16mm PET/PP Lithium battery（DC14.4V、6000MAH) and a charger PP strap 15.5mm x 0.7mm Dispenser cart for PP or PET strap Battery strapping tool NEO 9-16mm in a kit has a warranty and is serviced in Europe. Battery strapping kit will be shipped for Free to your address.  ]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/strapping-tool-kit-neo-9-16mm/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/12/battery-strapping-tool-kit-NEO-9-16mm-PP-strap-dispenser.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1599 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1399 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>120011</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>49.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2473,2652,532,2552</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2473</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Stroppingsverktøy &gt; Batteridrevne stroppesett</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>450020</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Cardboard shredder HSM ProfiPack P425]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Cardboard shredder HSM ProfiPack P425 This robust and high-performance cardboard shredder is used to process a number of layers of cardboard into a padding mat or padded filling material. The professional device is mobile on steering rollers and can be used with total flexibility. Cardboard shredder HSM ProfiPack P425 can be used for all shipping and storage areas, in production and distribution centers. It perforates used cardboard to make universally usable packaging material that is as good as new. This saves costs and at the same time, is a sensible and practical contribution to environmental protection. “Made in Germany” quality - The high-quality materials and proven HSM “Made in Germany” quality guarantee you are receiving a safe and durable machine. Very powerful, free-standing device, the perfect addition to your packing table or warehouse Inlet height: 20 mm Dimensions: W 700 x D 480 x H 970 mm Cutting speed: 13m / min. Motor power: 1.4 KW Cutting performance in layers: 2-3 layers Voltage / frequency: 230 V / 50 Hz Weight: 170 kg With this practical HSM cardboard shredder ProfiPack P425, you can shred up to 3 layers of cardboard and paper. On the one hand, you destroy your old cardboard boxes on the other hand you can quickly and easily produce upholstery and filling materials. So you save twice! The material produced is ideal for packing sensitive and heavy objects or for filling cavities.   Cardboard shredder HSM ProfiPack P425 features Solid steel cutting rollers - The induction-hardened, solid steel cutting rollers can easily cope with staples and paper clips and guarantee durability. Variable cushioning volume - Depending on the application, the cushioning volume of the packaging material can be adjusted as required. Adjustable working width as required - The infinitely variable adjustment of the working width with a scale allows the production of cushioning material exactly as required. Intuitive controls - The intuitive operator control panel with LED indicators on a robust keypad signals the operating status of the device. Castors with parking brake - The device can be used on a mobile basis and has smooth-running, stable castors with a parking brake Cutting rollers made of hardened solid steel Powerful, efficient drive concept allows continuous operation Particularly sustainable operation due to the high efficiency Fully flexible feed-in speed adjustment The adjustable cushioning volume of the packaging material Infinitely adjustable working width with scale for cushioning material made to measure Intuitive operation with LED indicators on a robust keypad Integrated turbo-function resolves blockages User safety through emergency off switch Mobile on castors, with the parking brake When the emergency stop switch is actuated, the device stops immediately.   Cardboard shredder HSM ProfiPack P425 specs Model Cardboard shredder HSM ProfiPack P425 Grid dimension 5 x 100 mm Cutting capacity Up to 3 positions Operating speed 8.5 – 14.0 m/min Working width 425 mm Infeed height 20 mm Power supply 230 V, 50 Hz 120 V / 60 Hz 220 V / 60 Hz Operating mode Continuous operation Motor power max. 1.4 kW Ambient conditions for transport, storage, and operation: Temperature -10 °C up to +25 °C Relative humidity max. 90%, non-condensing Noise emission 60 – 62 dB(A) (idle / under load) 66 – 67 dB(A) Size W x D x H (mm) 770 x 570 x 1040 Weight 170 kg   How does Cardboard shredder HSM ProfiPack P425 work Switch the Cardboard shredder HSM ProfiPack P425 on Unlock the emergency stop button by turning it anti-clockwise Move the power switch at the right-hand side to position “I”. Ready for operation” display flashes. The “Ready for operation” display illuminates constantly after a short period of time. The machine is ready to operate. Press the “Forward button”. The cutting unit starts up. The operating speed can be controlled in 4 levels using the - and + adjustment buttons. Changing the settings during operation is possible. Feed-in cardboard Put the cardboard in the machine. Cardboard is processed at a width of up to 425 mm. Wider cardboard is automatically trimmed. The cutting unit is switched off using the stop button. Switch off Switch the mains switch on the right side to position “0”.   Cardboard shredder HSM ProfiPack P425 video ﻿]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/cardboard-shredder-hsm-profipack-p425/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/cardboard-shredder-hsm-profipack-p425-price.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/cardboard-shredder-hsm-profipack-p425-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/cardboard-shredder-hsm-profipack-p425-sale.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/cardboard-shredder-hsm-profipack-p425-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/cardboard-shredder-hsm-profipack-p425.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>3799 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>hsm</g:brand><g:mpn>450020</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>160.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>827,2473</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>827</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Pappkverner</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Pappkverner</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>450010</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Paper shredder HSM ProfiPack C400]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Paper shredder HSM ProfiPack C400 With this packaging machine, you can process cardboard into a padding mat or padded filling material in one working step. As a compact tabletop device, it can be used as a mobile device with total flexibility. The packaging machines HSM ProfiPack C400 and P425 turn used cardboard into universal packaging material that meets the highest demands – in the blink of an eye. You can save yourself expensive filling material - no storage, no handling, no costs! The Profi Pack C400 is exclusively designed for the manufacture of packaging cushions made from cardboard. The warranty period for the machine is 2 years. This guarantee does not cover wear, damage caused by incorrect handling, natural wear, and intervention by third parties. The HSM ProfiPack C 400 is a high-quality machine made for continuous operation. With a cutting device made of solid steel, it works excellently and has an adjustable volume for the packaging material. This machine is perfect for safety and durability and is of German quality. Get the power you need to cut through tough jobs with HSM ProfiPack C400. With its high-quality materials, heavy-duty steel cutting rollers, and powerful drive, this packaging machine lets you easily work through any task. Paper shredder HSM ProfiPack C400 features High-quality materials and "Made in Germany" quality for safety and durability Cutting rollers made of hardened solid steel Powerful drive allows continuous operation The adjustable cushioning volume of the packaging material Infinitely adjustable working width with scale for cushioning material made to measure Intuitive operation with LED indicators on a robust keypad Integrated turbo-function resolves blockages Recessed handle for easy lifting of the device Non-slip stand of the packaging machine The investment pays off after a short time Solid, robust, and proven construction Easy commissioning, intuitive operation Fast production of filling material tailored to your needs Maximum flexibility and independence through your own production of packaging and filling material High level of user safety The hardened cutting rollers are manufactured from one piece of steel and are therefore completely impervious to staples and similar soft metals No maintenance intervals, no follow-up costs Compact design 2 years warranty in the case of single-shift operation; in the case of multi-shift operation, the warranty period is 6 months   Paper shredder HSM ProfiPack C400 specs Model Paper shredder HSM ProfiPack C400 Grid dimension 6 x 60 mm Cutting capacity 1 layer Operating speed 8,0 m/min Working width 415 mm Infeed height 10 mm 10 mm Power supply 100 V / 60 Hz 230 V / 50 Hz 120 V / 60 Hz 220 V / 60 Hz Operating mode Continuous operation Motor power 800 W / 625 W / 855 W / 660 W Ambient conditions for transport, storage, and operation: Temperature -10 °C up to +25 °C relative humidity max. 90%, non-condensing Noise emission 66 - 68 dB(A) (idle / under load) 68 - 70 dB(A) Size W x D x H (mm) 610 x 395 x 375 Weight 47 kg How does Paper shredder HSM ProfiPack C400 work Whether you would like to use it for a carton or paper the HSM ProfiPack C400 is your perfect partner, since it can be used for both materials. The HSM ProfiPack C400 has an intuitive keypad with LED indicators for easy usage. Designed for high-performance, ProfiPack C400 is built with state-of-the-art technology to tackle any project. The infinitely adjustable working width means you can use it for small or large jobs, and the scale for cushioning material made to measure ensures your projects are perfectly fitted. The intuitive operation guarantees easy handling, and the integrated turbo function solves blockages, making sure you can complete your work quickly. Working with Paper shredder HSM ProfiPack C400 is easy, just plug the paper shredder and turn it on. Adjust the width and start putting the paper or cardboard in. Creating your own packaging material from cardboard is economical and ecological! Used cardboard boxes are transformed into packing material in just one time-saving step. The packaging material can be used wherever required – as padding mats, padded packaging or to fill up empty spaces. Packing a wide variety of products is quick and easy. Objects are optimally protected!   Paper shredder HSM ProfiPack C400 video ﻿]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/paper-shredder-hsm-profipack-c400/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/paper-shredder-hsm-profipack-c400-price.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/paper-shredder-hsm-profipack-c400.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/paper-shredder-hsm-profipack-c400-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>out of stock</g:availability><g:price>1579 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>hsm</g:brand><g:mpn>450010</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>47.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>827,2473</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>827</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Pappkverner</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Pappkverner</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>440170</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Industrial cardboard baler HSM V-Press 818 plus 18,5 tons, 185kN, 200kg bales]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Industrial cardboard baler HSM V-Press 818 plus 18,5 tons, 185kN, 200kg bales The vertical baling press V-Press 818 plus from HSM® has proven itself in the resource and time-saving disposal of packaging material. The powerful device achieves a pressing force of 185 kN. It is suitable for compressing punch scraps, mixed paper, clothing, foils, and cardboard. You operate the vertical baling press V-Press 818 plus from HSM® with a membrane keyboard and a text-compatible display. Filling at a comfortable filling height of 958 mm is very easy thanks to the door that can be folded down, including the filling flap. In addition, this door can be opened and closed quickly with a handwheel. The integrated TorsionControlSystem continuously monitors the correct inclination of the press plate. The bales are strapped with four vertical straps. The maximum weight of the bales is 200 kg, the maximum dimensions are L 1200 x W 780 x H 700 m.   Features of industrial cardboard baler HSM V-Press 818 plus Pressing power of 18,5 tons or 185 KN Bale weight: up to 200 kg (depending on material) Bale size: L 1200 x W 780 x H max. 700 mm Made in Germany – High-quality product Fast EU Delivery Plug and play – easy to install and simple to use Dimensions:  1709 x 1248 x 2370 mm (Width x Depth x Height:) Machine weight: 1173 kg Filling opening: 1195 x 540 mm (Width x Depth) Motor: 4 kW Voltage / frequency: 3 x 400 V / 50 Hz Volume when pressed: 80 dB Compress in a small space and reduce large amounts of waste: The automatic HSM baling press V-Press 818 combines a powerful motor with compact dimensions - suitable for mobile use. Thanks to the membrane keyboard with a text display, you can operate the system conveniently and easily see the operating status. Compact and robust construction Small footprint Large filling opening Program selection for cardboard and foil Torsion Control System to monitor the inclination of the press plate Foil control keyboard with graphics-capable text display including a status display Available with filling flap (plus model) HSM baling press V-Press 818 - innovative automatic compression More pressing in less space: The automatic HSM baling press V-Press 818 offers you high motor power on a small footprint.   How does vertical baler HSM V-Press 818 plus work Cardboard boxes or foils can be conveniently filled into the large system opening. Then start the respective program for pressing and check the inclination of the press plate using the Torsion Control System. The clear film menu display with text field is just as easy to use: This makes it easier for you to handle and provide an overview of the individual functions of the baling press. Sources of error can be identified and rectified quickly and easily. Reduce your waste volume and prepare waste for further transport or storage: with the automatic HSM baling press V-Press 818 - order now here in our shop.   Industrial cardboard baler HSM V-Press 818 plus specs Model: HSM V-Press 818 plus Pressing power: 185 kN Specific pressing power: 19,23 N/cm² Driving power: 4 kW Voltage / Frequency: 400 V / 50 Hz Cycle time when idling: 27 s Volume throughput in idle operation (theor.): 5 m³/h Loading height: 958 mm Loading aperture width x height: 1195 x 540 mm Bale length x Bale width x Bale height: 1200 x 780 x 700 mm Bale weight (up to): 200 kg Width x Depth x Height: 1709 x 1248 x 2370 mm Weight: 1173 kg Type of consumables: Strapping tape Press material: Punch waste/residue, Cardboard, Mixed paper, Plastic film, Clothing Industrial cardboard baler HSM V-Press 818 plus video ﻿]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/industrial-cardboard-baler-hsm-v-press-818-plus-185-tons-185kn-200kg-bales/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/industrial-cardboard-baler-hsm-v-press-818-plus-185-tons-185kn-200kg-bales.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/industrial-cardboard-baler-hsm-v-press-818-plus-185-tons-185kn-200kg-bales-sale.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/industrial-cardboard-baler-hsm-v-press-818-plus-185-tons-185kn-200kg-bales-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/industrial-cardboard-baler-hsm-v-press-818-plus-185-tons-185kn-200kg-bales-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/industrial-cardboard-baler-hsm-v-press-818-plus-185-tons-185kn-200kg-bales-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>13499 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>hsm</g:brand><g:mpn>440170</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>1000</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>824</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>824</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Papppresse</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Papppresse</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>440150</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Waste baler HSM V-Press 610 eco 12 tons, 120kNm 100kg bales]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Waste baler HSM V-Press 610 eco The automatic baling press HSM V-Press 610 is ideally suited to compress packaging materials such as foil, cardboard, or paper into bales. The baling press is best used where the material accumulates. Ensure that your packaging waste is disposed of economically. Pressing power of 12 tons or 120 KN Bale weight: up to 100 kg (depending on material) Bale size: L 800 x W 600 x H max. 600 mm Made in Germany – High-quality product Fast EU Delivery Plug and play – easy to install and simple to use Dimensions: 1198 x 823 x 1986 mm (Width x Depth x Height:) Machine weight: 540kg Filling opening: W 800 x D 495 mm Press box dimensions: W 800 x D 600 x H 1045 mm Motor: 3 kW Voltage / frequency: 3 x 400 V / 50 Hz Volume when pressed: 80 dB With the automatic baling press HSM V-Press 610, you can remove used packaging materials such as B. Press foil, cardboard or wrapping paper into firm bales and send them to recycling. Due to the small space requirement of just 2-3 m², the baling press can be set up right where the material arises. This saves you long transport routes and improves the internal logistics for the removal of packaging material. For the compression process, the packaging material is simply filled into the upper half of the machine. A safety switch automatically starts the pressing process when the door is closed. The process stops when the door is opened during the pressing process. A massive press plate compresses the material filled into bales with a weight of up to 100 kg via stable press plate guides with a pressing force of 120 kN. Thanks to a special TorsionControlSystem (TCS), the inclination of the press plate is continuously monitored in all directions. This prevents one-sided loads and optimizes the pressing process. The automatic baling press HSM V-Press 610 is able to process the packaging material to 3-6 bales per hour. The bale is automatically fixed with a strap. The bale is then easily removed from the machine with the help of the mechanical bale ejector and can then e.g. B. be transported away with a pallet truck. Pressed bales are difficult to ignite and thus reduce the risk of fire. The stackable bales are safe in the storage location for later collection by the disposal company. The finished bales can be remunerated depending on the disposal company. Order the automatic baling press HSM V-Press 610 right here in our shop and compress the packaging volume into compact bales.   Waste baler HSM V-Press 610 eco features Digital display - Convenient membrane keypad with text display, which shows the current status of the machine Number of bales / h: 3-6 400 V three-phase connection HSM TCS (Torsion Control System) for monitoring press ram movement Mechanical bale ejector Handwheel door lock - Easy to handle thanks to counter-rotating thread for quick opening and closing Space-saving recycling of packaging residues Massive press ram and extremely robust press plate guidance Special retaining claws optimize the compression of the pressing material and reduce the number of loading actions Automatic start of the pressing process after closing the door Massive press ram and extremely robust press plate guidance To fill the press, the upper half of the doors are swung to the right Specifications of Waste baler HSM V-Press 610 eco Model HSM V-Press 610 Pressing power: 120 kN Specific pressing power: 25 N/cm² Driving power: 3 kW Voltage / Frequency: 400 V / 50 Hz Cycle time when idling: 22 s Volume throughput in idle operation (theor.): 2,5 m³/h Loading height: 655 mm Loading aperture width x height: 800 x 495 mm Bale length x Bale width x Bale height: 800 x 600 x 600 mm Bale weight (up to): 100 kg Width x Depth x Height: 1198 x 823 x 1986 mm Weight: 540 kg Method of strapping: vertical Number of strappings: 3 Type of consumables: Strapping tape Industry type: Retail, Logistics & Distribution, Industry & Manufacturing, Print & Packaging Press material: Plastic film, Mixed Paper, Cardboard, Punch waste/residue Use for product line: V-Press   Waste baler HSM V-Press 610 eco video ﻿]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/waste-baler-hsm-v-press-610-eco/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/waste-baler-hsm-v-press-610-eco.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/waste-baler-hsm-v-press-610-eco-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/waste-baler-hsm-v-press-610-eco-sale.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/waste-baler-hsm-v-press-610-eco-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/waste-baler-hsm-v-press-610-eco-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>9299 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>hsm</g:brand><g:mpn>440150</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>540.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>824</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>824</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Papppresse</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Papppresse</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>440141</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Cardboard bale recycling HSM V-Press 605 eco (400V) with bale ejector 5.7T, 57 kN, bale weight 70kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Cardboard bale recycling HSM V-Press 605 eco (400V) with bale ejector 5.7 tons, 57 kN, bale weight 70kg The V-Press 605 Eco baling press from HSM reduces the volume of your used packaging materials, such as foils and cardboard, and thus enables you to dispose of them economically. The volume reduction of the waste makes transport and handling easier and saves expensive storage space. The baler has a low installation height and area and can therefore be set up quickly and easily in a space-saving manner. Retaining claws also improve the compaction of the pressed material and thus increases the bale performance.  It has a double door with a handwheel door lock which makes it easy to use. Dimensions of Cardboard bale recycling HSM V-Press 605 eco are 1198 x 823 x 1986 mm, consequently it needs low installation height and a small surface for operating. Pressing power is 57 kN which can make bales that weigh up to 70 kg. Bales removal is easy with a mechanical bale ejector you simply flip the waste bale on the pallet or pallet truck. The assembly is quick and easy, no need for any advance installments, you simply put it on the desired location, provide electrical power and you are ready to go. Pressing power of 5.7 tons or 57 KN Bale weight: up to 70 kg (depending on material) Bale size: L 800 x W 600 x H max. 600 mm Made in Germany - High-quality product Fast EU Delivery Plug and play - easy to install and simple to use Dimensions: W 1190 x D 815 x H 1980 mm Machine weight: 485 kg Filling opening: W 800 x D 495 mm Press box dimensions: W 800 x D 600 x H 1045 mm Motor: 1.5 kW Voltage / frequency: 3 x 400 V / 50 Hz Volume when pressed: 80 dB   Features of Cardboard bale recycling HSM V-Press 605 eco (400V) with bale ejector Double door with hand wheel door lock incl. operating manual/declaration of conformity Low installation height and surface Special retaining claws optimize the compression of the pressing material, increasing both the loading volume and bale output Quick and easy press assembly Mechanical bale ejector High process reliability due to HSM TCS (TorsionControlSystem) Basic equipment: 3 rolls of polyester tape   Specs of Cardboard bale recycling HSM V-Press 605 eco (400V) with bale ejector Model Cardboard bale recycling HSM V-Press 605 eco (400V) with bale ejector Pressing power in kN 57 Motor in kW 1.5 Voltage / Frequency 1 x 230 V / 50 Hz Loading aperture W x H in mm 800 x 495 Bale weight in kg (depending on material) up to 70 Bale size L x W x H in mm 800 x 600 x max. 600 Cycle time in idle operation (theor.) in sec. 21 Acoustic level in dB(A) 60.1 Press chamber size W x D x H in mm 800 x 600 x 1045 Dimensions of machine* W x D x H in mm 1198 x 823 x 1986 Transport dimensions of machine W x D x H in mm 1198 x 823 x 1986 Machine weight in kg 485 Strapping 3-fold with polyester tape   How does Cardboard bale recycling HSM V-Press 605 eco work For easy filling of the press, the upper door is swiveled to the right and, after filling, closed with the ergonomic handwheel door lock. The pressing process starts automatically after the door is closed. The pressed bales are automatically ejected at the end of the pressing process. To assemble the pressed bales, it is best to strap them with our robust textile strapping tape.   Cardboard bale recycling HSM V-Press 605 eco (400V) with bale ejector video ﻿]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/cardboard-bale-recycling-hsm-v-press-605-eco-400v-with-bale-ejector-5-7t-57-kn-bale-weight-70kg/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/cardboard-bale-recycling-hsm-v-press-605-eco-400v-with-bale-ejector-5-7t-57-kn-bale-weight-70kg.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/cardboard-bale-recycling-hsm-v-press-605-eco-400v-with-bale-ejector-5-7t-57-kn-bale-weight-70kg-price-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/cardboard-bale-recycling-hsm-v-press-605-eco-400v-with-bale-ejector-5-7t-57-kn-bale-weight-70kg-ew-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/cardboard-bale-recycling-hsm-v-press-605-eco-400v-with-bale-ejector-5-7t-57-kn-bale-weight-70kg-new.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>7499 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>hsm</g:brand><g:mpn>440141</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>485.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>824</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>824</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Papppresse</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Papppresse</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>440130</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Cardboard box baler HSM V-Press 504 with bale ejector 4T, 40 kN, bale weight 60kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Cardboard box baler HSM V-Press 504 with bale ejector 4T, 40 kN, bale weight 60kg Cardboard box baler HSM V-Press 504 with bale ejector has a pressure force of 4 tons and it will significantly decrease waste cost and space savings in your organization. Trash baler is widely used in warehouses, stores, hotels, restaurants, manufacturers from various industries, and because of its quality and unique features even by landfills. The pressing power of Cardboard box baler HSM V-Press 504 with bale ejector is 4 tons, therefore, it can be used to squeeze different materials, such as plastic, paper, cartons, stretch film, and others. The weight of the waste bale can be up to 60 kgs, depending on the material which you are squeezing. When these materials are compacted, the recyclables become extremely easy to transport. This not only reduces the cost of handling considerably, but it reduces the stress of getting rid of materials. If you have a large amount of waste and are looking to “go green” and reduce your waste impact, these balers are a great choice. Cardboard box baler HSM V-Press 504 has a double door with a bell-crank lever and an advanced automatic bale extraction system, which will help you extract the waste bale from the recycling baler with no effort. It has a modern microprocessor controller with a membrane keypad and text display. You can select different programs for pressing cardboard or plastic foil.  Thanks to strapping technology waste bale can be easily strapped together so the output is compact and tied together. Bale removal and transport are easy with a discharge trolley which is included in the package. Cardboard box baler HSM V-Press 504 is designed in a way that it has a small footprint, therefore, it can be used in tight spaces. It can be used indoor or outdoor. Vertical baler has a very long lifespan. It can be used for 20 years or more. The dimensions of the recycling baler are 1922 mm (H) x 1020 mm (W) x 812 mm (D) and the machine weighs 290 kg. It has a 1-year warranty and we offer cheap international shipping.   Features of Cardboard box baler HSM V-Press 504 with bale ejector Double door with bell-crank lever incl. operating manual/declaration of conformity Compact and sturdy design Small footprint Modern microprocessor controller with membrane keypad and text display Selectable programs for pressing cardboard or plastic foil Bale removal and transport with discharge trolley with mechanical bale ejector HSM TCS (TorsionControlSystem) for monitoring press ram movement Automatic return stroke Basic equipment: 2 rolls of polyester tape   Dimensions and space requirement HSM V-Press 504 eco Cardboard box baler HSM V-Press 504 with bale ejector is heigh 1922 mm, therefore the minimum ceiling height of 2000mm is required. In width and depth Cardboard box baler HSM V-Press 504 measures 1020 x 812 mm, however, the required entire depth incl. swing range of the pressing door is 1825 mm.   HSM V-Press 504 with bale ejector specs Model HSM V-Press 504 with bale ejector Pressing power in kN 40 Motor in kW 1.1 Voltage / Frequency 1 x 230 V / 50 Hz Loading aperture W x H in mm 700 x 470 Bale weight in kg (depending on material) up to 60 Bale size L x W x H in mm 700 x 500 x max. 600 Cycle time in idle operation (theor.) in sec. 27 Acoustic level in dB(A) 64.3 Press chamber size W x D x H in mm 700 x 500 x 1020 Dimensions of machine* W x D x H in mm 1020 x 812 x 1922 Transport dimensions of machine W x D x H in mm 1020 x 812 x 1922 Machine weight in kg 290 Strapping 2-fold with polyester tape]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/cardboard-box-baler-hsm-v-press-504-with-bale-ejector-4t-40-kn-bale-weight-60kg/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/hsm-v-press-504-with-bale-ejector-4t-40-kn-bale-weight-60kg-scaled.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/hsm-v-press-504-with-bale-ejector-4t-40-kn-bale-weight-60kg-price-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/hsm-v-press-504-with-bale-ejector-4t-40-kn-bale-weight-60kg-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/hsm-v-press-504-with-bale-ejector-4t-40-kn-bale-weight-60kg-space.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/hsm-v-press-504-with-bale-ejector-4t-40-kn-bale-weight-60kg-dimensions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>5999 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>hsm</g:brand><g:mpn>440130</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>290.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>824</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>824</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Papppresse</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Papppresse</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>440120</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Vertical cardboard baler HSM V-Press 503 eco 3T, 30KN, bale weight 50kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Vertical cardboard baler HSM V-Press 503 eco Use the vertical baling press "V-Press 503" from HSM to compress foils, mix paper, and cardboard to a minimum. This model is suitable for low material volumes in the printing and packaging industry, in logistics and freight forwarding, in retail, and in industry and production. With this waste compactor, the volume of waste can be reduced considerably, so you not only save time on disposal but also some costs. The vertical baling press "V-Press 503" is equipped with a double door, so you only have to open the upper half for filling. This simplifies handling enormously for you, as the garbage cannot fall out again. In addition, the lock itself engages as soon as you close the press door. With a knee lever, you close the hatch completely so that you can start the pressing process. This knee lever guarantees safe handling and sits at the perfect height for easy operation. Pressing power of 3 tons or 30 KN It can make bale up to 50 kg Made in Germany - High-quality product Fast EU Delivery Plug and play - easy to install and simple to use   Vertical cardboard baler HSM V-Press 503 eco features Suitable both for cardboard as well as plastic foil Bale removal and transport with discharge trolley Basic equipment: 2 rolls of polyester tape Ergonomic and compact design/dimensions, small footprint Simple operation through the push of a single button Machine door configuration: Double door To fill the press, the upper half of the doors are swung to the right Machine door lock configuration: Bell-crank lever Self-latching, closing technology The pressing procedure starts automatically upon closing the door Quick and safe opening of the door Upon opening the door, a security switch assures an automatic stop of the pressing procedure Automatic stroke return   Vertical cardboard baler HSM V-Press 503 eco specifications Vertical cardboard baler HSM V-Press 503 eco Pressing power in kN 30 Motor in kW 1.1 Voltage / Frequency 1 x 230 V / 50 Hz Loading aperture W x H in mm 700 x 470 Bale weight in kg (depending on material) 30 - 50 Bale size L x W x H in mm 700 x 500 x max. 600 - 850 Cycle time in idle operation in sec. 27 Acoustic level in dB(A) 72.1 Press chamber size W x D x H in mm 700 x 500 x 1050 Dimensions of machine* W x D x H in mm 953 x 679 x 1962 Transport dimensions of machine W x D x H in mm 953 x 679 x 1962 Machine weight in kg 245 Strapping 2-fold with polyester tape   Dimensions and space requirement HSM V-Press 503 Vertical cardboard baler HSM V-Press 503 eco is height 1962 mm, however, the minimum required ceiling height is 2000 mm. The width of Vertical baler HSM V-Press 503 is 953 mm and the depth is 678 mm. How does vertical cardboard baler HSM V-Press 503 eco work First, you need to prepare a vertical cardboard baler HSM V-Press 503 by inserting the strap and applying the strap break. Then you start the automatic mode and fill the machine with waste material. The pressing operation starts automatically after you close the door. After the pressing is complete the bale ready signal will trigger. You have to release the strap and pull out the strap and cut it off. Open the bottom door and knot the straps together. Bring the trolly and remove the bale. Check the video below to see the bale pressing process. How to Strap waste bale of Vertical cardboard baler HSM V-Press 503: Press the illuminated push button The press ram moves to the starting position Open the tape brake (Move lever to the left) Open the loading door (opening angle more than 90 °) Pull the tapes on the rear wall forwards (towards the bale ejection door) Pull the tapes approx. 400 mm over the bale ejection door and cut the tapes Close the loading door Press the illuminated push button The press ram move on to the material again and stops Open the loading door and the bale ejection door (opening angle more than 90 °) Remove the end of the tape from the fastening hook and tie the tape end firmly to the strapping tape (at the top of the bale) Repeat the above steps for both strapping tapes Close the bale ejection door and the loading door Press the illuminated push button The press moves to the starting position Open the loading door and the bale ejection door (opening angle more than 90°) Remove the bales with the help of the bale removal trolley Reattach the tapes in the press chamber to the fixing hooks Close the bale ejection door and the loading door The press is now ready for operation again   Vertical cardboard baler HSM V-Press 503 eco video ﻿]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/vertical-cardboard-baler-hsm-v-press-503-eco/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/vertical-cardboard-baler-hsm-v-press-503-eco.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/vertical-cardboard-baler-hsm-v-press-503-eco-sale.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/vertical-cardboard-baler-hsm-v-press-503-eco-price-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/vertical-cardboard-baler-hsm-v-press-503-eco-new-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/vertical-cardboard-baler-hsm-v-press-503-eco-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/vertical-cardboard-baler-hsm-v-press-503-eco-waste-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/vertical-cardboard-baler-hsm-v-press-503-eco-height.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/vertical-cardboard-baler-hsm-v-press-503-eco-projections.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>4799 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>hsm</g:brand><g:mpn>440120</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>245.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>824</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>824</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Papppresse</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Papppresse</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>440110</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Film and Paper baler machine HSM V-Press 60]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Film and Paper baler machine HSM V-Press 60 The mobile paper baling press HSM V-Press 60 compresses plastic film and lightweight packaging material right where the material is. Due to their size, cost efficiency, and capacity, HSM’s vertical baling presses of the V-Press series are incredibly well-suited for industry, manufacturers, and trading alike. With this compact baling press, you can reduce the volume of your on-site packaging material by up to 95%. The used packing material is fed into the HSM V-Press 60 immediately after unpacking and does not need to be transported to interim storage The lever action allows the HSM V-Press 60 to produce well-compressed, stackable bales – compression 5:1 and more Effortless to operate with a minimum amount of strength Does not need any electricity, servicing, or maintenance Bales produced can be repressed in hydraulic HSM baling presses i.e. compressed into denser and larger bales. The manual film and paper baling press HSM V-Press 60. Save on waste costs. Collect and compact right where the material is. Mobile and handy. No electricity, no hydraulics, no maintenance. The minimum amount of strength. Compact bales up to 40 kg. HSM V-Press 60, the compact waste management solution. Bales can be re-pressed on a hydraulic press. HSM V-Press 60, the compact waste management solution. Normal, clear, or colored packaging film is usually made from polyethylene (PE) and is the most widely recycled plastic material. Recovered waste material such as film, bags, sacks, and pallet wrap, can all be baled and sold to recycling companies. If you’re unsure which type of plastic waste your business generates, we can help you identify it and recommend the best solution for your needs. HSM provides balers for use with plastics in many different scenarios from small volumes, with the aim of creating a tidy, efficient work area is the main aim through to demanding, high-volume situations where a baler that can deal easily with throughputs of many bales per hour is required.   Film and Paper baler machine HSM V-Press 60 specification Film and Paper baler machine HSM V-Press 60 Height 1280 mm Width 810 mm Depth 735 mm Pressed material Film, packaging material Number of bales per hour 3 Bale height max. 800 mm Bale width 600 mm Ball depth 800 mm Delivery conditions Fully assembled and ready to be used Feed opening width 740 mm Fill opening height 1015 mm Strapping Thread Number of straps 3 Bale weight max., Depending on the material 40 kg Weight 95 kg RAL color RAL 7035 light gray, RAL 7011 iron gray Operation mode manually   How do Film and Paper baler machine HSM V-Press 60 works First, check the manual of baling press HSM V-Press 60 and operating instructions. Insert three pieces of the strapping twine each long 3 meters.  Loading the Film and paper machine with film or paper. Loosen the lever. Load baler machine again with waste material and repeat the process. When you are done strap the bale with twine and remove the bale. Compact bales can weight up to 40 kg.   Film baler machine HSM V-Press 60 video   Film baler machine HSM V-Press 60 video how to strap bale ﻿  ]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/film-paper-baler-machine-hsm-v-press-60/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/Paper-baler-machine-HSM-V-Press-60.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/Paper-baler-machine-HSM-V-Press-60-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/Paper-baler-machine-HSM-V-Press-60-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/Paper-baler-machine-HSM-V-Press-60-sale.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1799 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>hsm</g:brand><g:mpn>440110</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>110.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>824</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>824</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Papppresse</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Papppresse</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>440060</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Waste baler TONNA45, 45 tons, 450kN, bale 450 kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Waste baler 45 tons TONNA45 A waste baller with pressure force 45 tons TONNA45 will significantly decrease waste cost and space savings in your company. Waste baler is widely used in warehouses, stores, hotels, restaurants, manufacturers from various industries, and because of its quality and unique features even by landfills. The pressing power of Trash baler TONNA45 is 45 tons, therefore, it can be used to squeeze different materials, such as aluminum, plastic, paper, cartons, plastic bottles, stretch film, and others. The weight of the waste bale can be up to 450 kgs, depending on the material which you are squeezing. When these materials are compacted, the recyclables become extremely easy to transport. This not only reduces the cost of handling considerably, but it reduces the stress of getting rid of materials. If you have a large amount of waste and are looking to “go green” and reduce your waste impact, these balers are a great choice. Below we discuss how a recycling baler works and why it’s beneficial to your business. Trash baler TONNA45 has an advanced automatic bale extraction system, which will help you extract the waste bale from the recycling baler with no effort. Thanks to wire technology waste bale can be easily wired together so the output is compact and tied together. Waste baler TONNA45 is designed for outdoor applications and the machine is recommended for indoor or outdoor use. Vertical waste baler has a very long lifespan. It can be used for 20 years or more. The dimensions of the recycling baler are 2900 mm (H) x 1800 mm (W) x 1200 mm (D) and the machine weighs 1300 kg. It has a 1-year warranty and we offer cheap international shipping.   Features of Waste baler 45 tons TONNA45 Produces a Euro pallet size - Bale dimensions are 1000 x 1200 x 800 mm (H x W x D) Ideal for medium to large amounts of material. Dual cylinders for even compaction of waste material. Retainer claws to prevent the spring back of material in the bale chamber. A fully automated bale ejector simplifies the removal of the bale. Electronic Command Control System Can bale 450 kgs of waste materials Bale dimensions: 1000 x 1200 x 800 mm (H x W x D) Machine size: 1800 x 1200 x 2900 mm (W x D x H) Easy to use and simple to install Noise Level: 72 decibels Cycle Times: 50 seconds   Specifications of waste baler 40 tons TONNA45 Trash baler 45 tons TONNA45 Height 2900 mm Width 1800 mm Depth 1200 mm Weight 1300 kg Transportation Height 2250 mm Power Supply 380 – 400 V (3-phase) Motor 7.5 KW 16 Amp Pressing Force Up to 45 Ton Noise Level 72 decibels Bale dimensions Height 1000 mm Width 1200 mm Depth 800 mm Weight Up to 450 kg – depending on the material used Cycle Times 50 seconds Loading aperture size Height 680 mm Width 1200 mm Depth 800 mm   Waste baler 45 tons TONNA45 video ﻿   Waste baler Strapping bale faster with textile strap - video ﻿]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/waste-baler-45-tons-tonna45/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/waste-baler-45-tons-TONNA45-scaled.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/waste-baler-45tons-TONNA45-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/waste-baler-45tons-TONNA45-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>9999 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>9499 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>tonna</g:brand><g:mpn>440060</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>1000</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>824</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>824</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Papppresse</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Papppresse</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>780010</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[SMITH elektrisk sakselift AS-X6 – maksimal plattformhøyde 5,8m, maksimal arbeidshøyde 7,8m – lastekapasitet 230kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[SMITH elektriske sakselifter 8m 450kg     Elektriske sakselifter er en annen populær type arbeidsplattform. Som et alternativ til forbrenningsmotorer har elektriske sakselifter en stille, elektrisk drevet mekanisme. Siden de ikke avgir røyk eller støy, gir elektriske sakselifter en renere løsning for innendørs bruk, hvor ventilasjonen ofte er utilstrekkelig. Disse maskinene er også mindre klumpete enn dieselvarianter, noe som gjør dem optimale i trange rom.     Den nye bransjestandarden – DaVinci Series AE1932 – er en fullstendig elektrisk sakselift uten hydrauliske komponenter, noe som betyr at du unngår lekkasjer. De elektriske drivlinjekomponentene bidrar til en 70 % reduksjon i energiforbruk, noe som gjør at maskinen kan utføre mer arbeid samtidig som den bruker mindre energi. Det lavere energiforbruket gjør det også mulig for liften å bruke ett enkelt, vedlikeholdsfritt batteri som varer hele maskinens levetid. Takket være avansert innebygd teknologi kan du bruke smarttelefonen til service og diagnostikk. Opplev fjern-diagnostikk, fjernprogramvareoppdateringer og en rekke ekstra funksjoner som forbedrer påliteligheten og holdbarheten til enheten. Med nesten ingen krav til forebyggende vedlikehold – fremtiden er her.     Designet for lavnivåtilgang på sensitive gulv og i plassbegrensede applikasjoner, leverer Genie® GS™-1432m E-Drive sakselift kvalitet og holdbarhet samtidig som den forbedrer total eierkostnad og produktivitet. Den er utstyrt med et effektivt, hel-elektrisk AC-drivsystem som gir enestående produktivitet for å bevege seg rundt på innendørs og utendørs arbeidsplasser i en kompakt, lett og allsidig pakke. Oversikt: Micro-størrelse ideell for lavnivå installasjons- og vedlikeholdsoppgaver i trange rom Null innvendig svingradius Kraftige AC elektriske drivmotorer for enestående kjøreegenskaper og bransjeledende driftstid per batterilading Lav vekt (1 984 lb / 900 kg), ideell for arbeid på sensitive gulv 500 lb (227 kg) maksimal løftekapasitet innendørs og utendørs Passer gjennom en døråpning med faste rekkverk 2 personer maks. plattformkapasitet innendørs og 1 person utendørs Brukervennlige Smart Link™ to-soners kontroller for innendørs og utendørs bruk  ]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/smith-electric-scissor-lifts-8m-450kg/</g:link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>12999 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMITH</g:brand><g:mpn>780010</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>2.165 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>528</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>528</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Elektrisk pallestabler</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Elektrisk pallestabler</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>230020</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[AUTO-TAPE Automatic Carton Sealer 48-72mm (Kraft or BOPP tape)]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[AUTO-TAPE Automatic Carton Sealer 48-72mm (Kraft or BOPP tape) Carton Sealer TOP TAPE Automatically detects the height and width of the package and can close random-size boxes without adjusting the machine. TOP TAPE Carton sealer is primarily used in companies that can not tell beforehand what sizes of boxes to close. This is common practice in order-picking companies like webshops or in production with various products. AUTO-TAPE Automatic carton sealer is ideal for companies that want to speed up their packing process. Whether you’re upgrading your current box packaging line, replacing an old box taper, or are ready to turn your manual hand taping operator into a cost-saving automatic case sealer, AUTO-TAPE Automatic Carton Sealer will be the right choice for you. The automatic carton sealing machine is mainly used in sealing and packing cartons, which can be used either independently or as a necessary part of a production line. The machine is widely used in the field of electrical, domestic, textiles, foodstuffs, general merchandise, medicine, and chemical industries. The machine can adjust itself to different sizes of cartons. This machine adopts a pneumatic method for packaging automatically, it overcomes some disadvantages when adopting manual or semi-auto ones, such as slow speed and unstable quality. This machine will not damage the surface of packaged objects. Automatic Case sealers offer cost-cutting and consistent box sealing technology giving you the ability to manage the amount of tape used and the amount of time spent to seal a box. Every operator uses a different amount of tape to hand seal a box – tab lengths, additional passes, double strips, etc. – and the amount of time taken to open a box, seal the bottom, fill the box with product and void-fill, and top seal can vary from box-to-box. With Automatic Case sealers operating time and tape usage will be standardized. Also, the production speed will increase since AUTO-TAPE Carton sealer can seal up to 19 cases per minute. Engineered with a spring-loaded, side belt drive, this case sealer is able to process narrow profile boxes. AUTO-TAPE Automatic Carton Sealer is designed to reliably apply tape without causing damage to packages.   AUTO-TAPE Automatic Carton Sealer Specifications Model AUTO-TAPE Automatic Carton Sealer Speed 20m/min Carton size L 150mm~∞；W 120mm~470mm；H 120mm~450mm Working table height 500-710mm (tunableness) Power Supply 1P, AC220V, 50Hz, 600W Compressed Air Pressure 0.4MPa-0.6MPa Sealing Mode Kraft paper tape, BOPP tape Tape Width 48mm～72mm Weight capacity 30kg Machine weight 240kg Table Height 550mm～750mm (foot cup) Machine Dimension L1154 × W890 × H (table height + 840 mm) Nocise ≤75DB Condition Humidity≤98%, temperature 0-40℃ Lubrication General application lubrication oil Performance When carton size is changed, Artificial positioning adjust left and right, up and down, automatic timely delivery, sealing top and bottom at the same time, side belt drive. Packing dimensions L1200 × W1050 × H 1450 mm   Advantages of Automatic Carton Sealing Machine AUTO-TAPE This carton sealer can close random size boxes without adjusting the height and width of the machine Box dimensions: Length: 150-∞mm; Width: 120-480mm; Height:120-450mm Allow for flexibility in production Suitable for heavy products (up to 30kg) It's easily accessible, side-mounted The height of the carton sealer can be adjusted Manual folding case lid, and then the machine automatically shut down both up and downsides of the box.   Features of Automatic Carton Closing Machine AUTO-TAPE Sealing different sizes of cartons without adjustment by humans, boxes will be fitted automatically The sealing pressure is adjustable, according to the different materials of cartons The pushing strength of the movement arms on two-side can be regulated according to the weight of the cartons Two-side movement arms adjust the objects packaged to the right position automatically The movement frame is driven by air pressure. It works precisely and smooth and it's built to last The 30kg carton can be conveyed steadily by large power convey motor Pneumatic and electric parts combine perfectly, with operation convenient and simple Stable and easy to use   AUTO-TAPE Automatic Carton Sealer Recommended Applications The advantages of the AUTO-TAPE Automatic Carton Sealer can be leveraged across many industries, including: Food and beverage Medical devices Pharmaceutical Electronics Retail Manufacturing and distribution centers   Automatic Carton Sealing Machine AUTO-TAPE Video]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/auto-tape-automatic-carton-sealer-48-72mm-kraft-or-bopp-tape/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/auto-tape-automatic-carton-sealer-48-72mm-kraft-or-bopp-tape-price.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>4699 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>4199 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>230020</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>250.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>973</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2602,833,2473,530</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2602</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Cardboard packaging</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Pakking maskiner &gt; Kartongforseglere</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>770040</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[SMITH Electric Stand-on Stacker S-Ride 3.6m 360cm 1500 kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[SMITH Electric Stand-on Stacker S-Ride 3.6m 360cm 1500 kg SMITH Electric Stand-on Stacker S-Ride 360cm 1500 kg runs fully on electric and hydraulic power for more agile and cost-effective but highly performing loading and transportation of goods. SMITH Electric Stand-on Stacker S-Ride provides significant support in stacking goods or cargo pallets of up to 2 tons, thanks to smooth movement, high capacity battery (5-6 h working time of when charged), and advanced operating system. It works well in different environments and adjusts to the specifics of cargo and vehicle operators. With the battery as the power source, this agile but powerful forklift stacker leverages electric and strong hydraulic power to control driving, lifting, lowering, steering, and other functions. It’s ideal for stacking goods on pallets or loading/unloading cargo and short-distance transport. The forklift’s software system supports driving and loading functions with US-made CURTIS1232E and CURTIS1230E controllers. It includes a battery indicator, a working time display, and data on voltage protection for safer and operator-friendly use. The electric stand-on stacker S-Ride 360cm weighs 730 kg, therefore is very robust and stable and can lift various objects and pallets. When max lowered it measure 2327 mm in height.  The electric stacker has two motors. One is for lifting and one is for driving. The lifting motor has the power of 24V/2,2KW, and the driving motor has the power of 24V/0.75KW. This electric stand-on stacker comes with 2 batteries and a charger. Batteries are very powerful with a capacity 2×12V/120Ah which allows you to use an electric stacker for several hours without recharging. Recharging is very fast, therefore, you will not waste time waiting. The maneuverability and ease of operation with this electric stacker will allow you to use it for lifting pallets or objects from the ground and putting them on the shelf or in the truck or for unloading the truck. The electric stacker SMITH S-Ride is also designed in a way that can be easily operated and doesn’t use a lot of space. It has a 1 year warranty and service is available in the European Union. Features of SMITH Electric Stand-on Stacker S-Ride 36o cm 1500 kg Advanced operating system Different ways to break to adjust to environment and vehicle load conditions Telescopic oil cylinder with safety relief valve The hydraulic control rod for controlled distribution of hydraulic power Adjustable steering wheel angle Emergency shutdown system Speakers (front, rear) and proximity sound alerts Quality assured and verified original spare parts Easy operating and high-capacity loading Steering motor with operating handle and buttons 4 ways braking system Easy maintenance and loading Heavy-duty hydraulic power   Specifications of SMITH Electric Stand-on Stacker S-Ride 3.6m 1500 kg Model SMITH Electric Stand-on Stacker S-Ride 3.6m 360cm 1500 kg Power unit electric Operation pedestrian Rated traction weight Q 1500 kg Load center c 600 mm Axle center to fork face x 695 mm Wheelbase y 1148 mm Service weight with battery 730 kg Wheels type polyurethane Driving wheel size Φ Φ210×70 Φ×w(mm) Bearing wheel size Φ Φ80×70 Φ×w(mm) Additional wheels (dimensions） Φ115×55 Φ×w(mm) Wheels, number front/rear (x = driven) 1，4/2 Track width 646 b10 (mm) Track width 390/515 b11 (mm) Height of mast, lowered 2327 mm Free lift 0 mm Lift 3600 mm Height of mast, extended 4087 h4 (mm) Overall height(With handle 1040/1415 h14 (mm) Lowered height 86 h13 (mm) Overall length 1890 l1 (mm) Length to fork face 740 l2 (mm) Overall width 808 Fork dimensions 60/180/1150 mm Width of forks 570 b5 (mm) Min. Ground clearance 26 m2 (mm) Aisle width with pallet 1000 x 1200 across forks 2110 Ast (mm) Aisle width with pallet 800 x 1200 along forks 2160 Ast (mm) Min. Turning radius 1455 Wa (mm) Travel speed,laden/unladen 4.2/4.5 km/h Lifting speed, with/without load 90/130 mm/s Lowering speed, with/without load 105/100 mm/s Maximum climbing ability, with/without load 3/6 mm/s Service brake electromagnetic Drive motor, 60 minute rating 0.75 kW Lift motor rating at S3 15% 2.2 kW Battery voltage/rated capacity 2×12/120 V/Ah Battery weight (± 5%) 2×35 kg Type of drive control DC Noise level at operator‘s ear ≤70 dB(A)   Platform Pallet Stacker SMITH lifting curve   Advantages of SMITH Electric Stand-on Stacker S-Ride 36o cm 1500 kg Operating system Advanced operating system Move the accelerator button in a forward or backward direction, and move the move button to control the speed. Several ways to break to adjust to road conditions and vehicle load conditions, and to ensure safety for the operator. Ideal for staking goods on pallet or cargo loading and unloading, stacking, and short-distance transport operations. The stacking process is implemented by the control operations of a telescopic oil cylinder, equipped with a safety relief valve to control the speed and increase security. Software & electrical system The stacking...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/smith-electric-stand-on-stacker-s-ride-3-6m-360cm-1500-kg/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/7SMITH-Electric-stacker-with-padel-1500kg-260cm-price.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/7SMITH-Electric-stand-on-stacker-with-stand-price-1500kg-360cm.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/7SMITH-Electric-stacker-with-padel-1500kg-260cm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/7SMITH-Electric-stacker-with-stand-price-1500kg-260cm.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/7SMITH-Electric-stacker-with-stand-1500kg-260cm.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>4000 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>3199 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMITH</g:brand><g:mpn>770040</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>525.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>528</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>528</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Elektrisk pallestabler</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Elektrisk pallestabler</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>440050</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Trash baler TONNA30, 30 tons, 300kN, bale 250 kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Trash baler 30 tons TONNA30 A trash baller with pressure force 30 tons TONNA30 will significantly decrease waste cost and space savings in your company. Trash baler is widely used in warehouses, stores, hotels, restaurants, manufacturers from various industries, and because of its quality and unique features even by landfills. The pressing power of Trash baler TONNA30 is 30 tons, therefore, it can be used to squeeze different materials, such as aluminum, plastic, paper, cartons, plastic bottles, stretch film, and others. The weight of the waste bale can be up to 250 kgs, depending on the material which you are squeezing. When these materials are compacted, the recyclables become extremely easy to transport. This not only reduces the cost of handling considerably, but it reduces the stress of getting rid of materials. If you have a large amount of waste and are looking to “go green” and reduce your waste impact, these balers are a great choice. Below we discuss how a recycling baler works and why it’s beneficial to your business. Trash baler TONNA30 has an advanced automatic bale extraction system, which will help you extract the waste bale from the recycling baler with no effort. Thanks to wire technology waste bale can be easily wired together so the output is compact and tied together. Trash baler TONNA30 is designed for outdoor applications and the machine is recommended for indoor or outdoor use. Vertical baler has a very long lifespan. It can be used for 20 years or more. The dimensions of the recycling baler are 2900 mm (H) x 1759 mm (W) x 1185 mm (D) and the machine weighs 985 kg. It has a warranty and CE, ISO and it is in compliance with all EU regulations. We offer cheap international shipping.   Features of Trash baler 30 tons TONNA30 Produces a Euro pallet size Ideal for medium to large amounts of material Dual cylinders for even compaction of waste material Retainer claws to prevent the spring back of material in the bale chamber A fully automated bale ejector simplifies the removal of the bale Affordable & low maintenance Recycling baler TONNA30 Pressure: 30 tons Motor: 4 kW, 16 Amp (single phase) Dual Oil cylinder Power Supply: 220 – 240 V Bale dimensions: 1000 x 800 x 1200 mm (W x D x H) Bail Weight: 250kg Output: 6-8package/hours Machine size: 1759 x 1185 x 2900 mm (W x D x H) Easy to use and simple to install Noise Level: 72 decibels Cycle Times: 40 seconds Electronic command control system   Specifications of Trash baler 30 tons TONNA30 Trash baler 30 tons TONNA30 Height 2900 mm Width 1759 mm Depth 1185 mm Weight 985 kg Transportation Height 2250 mm Power Supply 220 - 240 V (single-phase) Motor 4 KW 16 Amp Pressing Force Up to 30 Ton Noise Level 72 decibels Bale dimensions Height 1000 mm Width 1200 mm Depth 800 mm Weight Up to 250 kg - depending on the material used Cycle Times 40 seconds Loading aperture size Height 678 mm Width 1200 mm Depth 800 mm   Trash baler 30 tons TONNA30 Video ﻿   How does a trash baler TONNA30 work? Trash balers allow the separation of various waste streams and the ability to then compact them. The operation of a baler is simple as you simply need to lift the metal cage door and dispose of your desired waste and then press a button to begin the compacting. Once that is complete, a platen will push down the waste to compact sizes. You will find metal hooks at the bottom door of the baler, which is welded in to ensure the bales are in compressed sizes, which will make sure they don’t spring back up. It’s important to note that depending on the type of waste your business produces, there are a number of different models of balers that can tackle different types of waste, from plastic to cardboard and so on. Not only do they compact waste robustly into tidy and small bundles that are tied together for easy disposal and handling, but recycling balers also bring a host of other advantages. They are designed to allow your businesses to conveniently sort through your waste at the source to ensure that no cross-contamination will occur. What this means, is that each bale that is produced by a baler has ‘Green value’ when we consider recycling. The great thing about a recycling baler is that it can fit into your business with ease. You can rent or buy a standalone machine anywhere on-site that you find convenient, or an alternative option is to buy a baler model that slots in as part of a larger handling process for materials with conveyor shredders and systems.   What are the benefits of balers to businesses? Apart from the obvious environmental benefits of recycling waste and reducing your carbon footprint, balers can also be profitable to you for a variety of reasons: Increasing storage space Reducing waste collection costs Increasing efficiency Saving time Improving working conditions Recycling balers are designed to provide a solution to waste management requirements for businesses both small and large. If you’re interested in the use of a recycling baler to help w...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/trash-baler-30-tons-tonna30/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/trash-baler-30tons-tonna30.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/trash-baler-30tons-tonna30-price.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/trash-baler-30tons-tonna30-sale.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/trash-baler-30tons-tonna30-new-1.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/trash-baler-30tons-tonna30-usage-1.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/trash-baler-30tons-tonna30-buy-1.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>7499 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>tonna</g:brand><g:mpn>440050</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>900.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>824</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>824</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Papppresse</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Papppresse</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>440030</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Vertical baler TONNA20, 20 tons, 200kN, bale 150 kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Vertical baler 20 tons TONNA20 A vertical baller with 20 tons pressure TONNA20 will dramatically lower waste cost and space savings in your facilities. It is widely used in warehouses, stores, hotels, restaurants, manufacturers from various industries, and because of its quality and unique features even by landfills. The pressing power of Vertical baler TONNA20 is 20 tons, therefore, it can be used to squeeze different materials, such as paper, cartons, plastic, plastic bottles, stretch film, and others. The weight of the waste bale can be up to 150 kgs, depending on the material which you are squeezing. Vertical baler TONNA20 has an advanced automatic bale extraction system, which will help you extract the waste bale from the recycling baler with no effort. Thanks to wire technology waste bale can be easily wired together so the output is compact and tied together. Vertical baler TONNA20 is designed for outdoor applications and the machine is recommended for indoor or outdoor use. Vertical baler has a very long lifespan. It can be used for 20 years or more. The dimensions of the recycling baler are 2600 mm (H) x 1560 mm (W) x 1030 mm (D) and the machine weighs 780kg. It has a 1-year warranty and we offer cheap international shipping.   Main Features of cardboard compactors TONNA20 An automatic bale extraction system Can bale 150 kgs of waste materials Bale dimensions: 975 mm x 800 x 1000 mm (W x D x H) 6-8package/hours Machine size: 1560 mm*1030 mm*2600 mm (W x D x H) Ideal for locations where space and height are restricted Easy to use and simple to install Noise Level: 72 decibels Cycle Times: 40 seconds Electronic command control system Motor: 2,2 kW Single Oil cylinder   Specification of Vertical baler 20 tons TONNA20 Vertical baler 20 tons TONNA20 Height 2600 mm Width 1560 mm Depth 1030 mm Weight 780 kg Transportation Height 1955 mm Power Supply 220 - 240 V (single-phase) Motor 2.2 KW, 16 Amp Pressing Force Up to 20 Ton Noise Level 72 decibels Bale dimensions Height 1000 mm Width 975 mm Depth 800 mm Weight Up to 150 kg - depending on the material used Cycle Times 40 seconds Loading aperture size Height 470 mm Width 975 mm Depth 800 mm   Vertical baler TONNA20 Video   Advantages of Vertical baler 20 tons TONNA20 Bale weight output 150 KG A mid-range baler with easy loading for large-size cardboard boxes Retaining claws to reduce the spring back of material in the baler chamber Fully automatic bale ejector: simplifies removal of the bale   How does Vertical Baler TONNA20 work Field Requirements The following criteria should be taken into account when determining the location for Vertical baler TONNA20: A certain ground is required for the machine. This floor must be able to support the weight of the machine, as well as carry pallet trucks and load-carrying vehicles. The room surrounding the machine should be sufficient for loading, monitoring, maintenance, and removal of balers. The electrical power source (220v / 240v) should be close to the machine. The lighting system where the machine is located should be made in accordance with the occupational health and safety legislation in that region. There should be sufficient ventilation at the place where the machine is located. Filling the machine with waste material Once the cardboard compactors have been secured, the machine is now ready to load. Start filling the machine after closing the lower door. When starting a new bale, put a large piece of cardboard (or similar material suitable for bale) in the bottom of the hopper. Thus, all ties/tapes with which you will later tie the bale and all solid wastes will be caught. Make sure that only waste material gets into the machine. Once full, the waste material can be baled again. Baling The clamping force of hydraulic hoses is used to compress the waste material. The bonded material is compressed to reduce the volume of the waste material. The baling procedure is as follows: The bale chamber is filled up to the top of the machine. For compression, select the compression format from the control panel, then press the green button and press it down with the "compress" command. The machine will continue the compression cycle and will automatically stop when it is completed. (The clamping plate can stay in the same state until you refill the machine.) To bring the clamping plate to the upper level again, press the green button and then move it to the "pinch" position. In the clamping cycle, the machine will stop automatically and the clamping plate will come back to its original position. The machine will stop as soon as you press the red button. Continue this procedure until the desired amount of bales has been filled and compacted.   Waste baler TONNA baling process video ﻿   Waste baler Strapping bale faster with textile strap - video ﻿]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/vertical-baler-20-tons-tonna20/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/trash-baler-20tons-tonna20-1.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/vertical-baler-20-tons-tonna20-price-1.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/vertical-baler-20-tons-tonna20-new-1.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/vertical-baler-20-tons-tonna20-bale-ropes-mechanism.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/vertical-baler-20-tons-tonna20-bale.jpeg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/vertical-baler-20-tons-tonna-electric-control-system-e1623246281163.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>6399 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>tonna</g:brand><g:mpn>440030</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>780.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>824</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>824</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Papppresse</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Papppresse</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>330054PS</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet Wrapper SMARTWRAP-X PRE-STRETCH]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet Wrapper SMARTWRAP-X PRE-STRETCH Pallet Wrapper SMARTWRAP-X PRE-STRETCH vertical smart packaging machine is ideal for efficient wrapping of bulk products on a pallet, leveraging high film stretch rate, adjustable speed, high capacity, and smart operation panel. High packaging efficiency and comprehensive safety protection system ensure high value for the price, faster and better execution, and overall lower film consumption. Pallet Wrapper SMARTWRAP-X PRE-STRETCH turntable pallet wrapper allows easy operation and control, either automatically via a smart panel or manually for personalized management. 300% pre-stretch ratio provides tighter wrapping of the package at lower film consumption but equally high-level performance. 2000 mm packing height and 1500 mm wide turntable supports wrapping of tall and bulky packages at max loading weight of 1500 kg. With the constant force film system, the film is always equally distributed, while the pre-fix film device ensures high packaging efficiency.   Pallet Wrapper SMARTWRAP-X PRE-STRETCH basic info: 1500mm turntable diameter 2000mm max pallet height Max pallet weight: 1500kg 300% pre-stretch rate (1-meter film is stretch to 3 meters), save packing cost Constant force film system Pre-fix film device, high packaging efficiency X-Line operation panel Comprehensive safety protection system   Specifications of Pallet Wrapper SMARTWRAP-X PRE-STRETCH Brand Pallet Wrapper SMARTWRAP-X PRE-STRETCH Model SMARTWRAP-X PRE-STRETCH Load weight Maximum 1500KG Turntable speed 3-12 RPM/mins Packing height Maximum 2400mm (1800mm /3200mm optional) Turntable size 1500mm(1650mm/1800mm/2000mm /optional) Pre-stretch rate 300%(1m stretch to 3m) Up&down speed 1.5 ~5.5 m/mins Wrapping speed 20 - 30 load / H  (1x1.2x1.8m pallet  Warp Two Layers) Film Width 500mm(750mm optional) Film diameter 250mm Film paper Core 76 mm （50 mm optional） Film weight Maximum 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240V/50/60HZ Single-Phase (110V/50 Hz  optional) Machine weight 600KG Machine size 2550*1650*2445mm(L*W*H) Soft start&stop Included Intelligent Alarm Included stop at original Included Speed Adjustable Included Measure height Automatic (black/blue color optional) Wrapping force Adjustable Fix film on the pallet Manual PLC X-LINE Inverter X-LINE Touch screen SMARTWRAP Sensor brand SICK (Germany Brand) safety device film carriage bottom safety sensor Certificate CE Optional device Ramp, Weighing scale   Saving film consumption Maximum up to 380% pre-stretch rate Maximum the value of each meter of stretch film Standard constant releasing film Intelligent touch screen It is self-designed and features remote maintenance systems, troubleshooting, and boot functions. More convenient operation, easier maintenance. SMART WASP takes full account of the safety of the operator. Pallet Wrapper is built with High-quality components X-Line TOUCH SCREEN X-Line PLC X-Line Inverter SICK proximity switch AUTONICS photoelectric switch WEIDMULLER terminal block Tri-color LED safety indicator Ready for work - Blue During working - Green Alarm - Red     Floor view of Pallet Wrapper SMARTWRAP-X PRE-STRETCH   Advantages of Pallet Wrapper SMARTWRAP-X PRE-STRETCH 300% pre-stretch ratio provides tighter wrapping of the package at lower film consumption but equally high-level performance Intelligent touch screen control panel Built with High-quality components Tri-color LED safety indicator - show machine status Lower film consumption Constant force film system Compliance with top safety requirements, CE certificate Advanced safety features 12-month warranty after installation   Features of Pallet Wrapper SMARTWRAP-X PRE-STRETCH Requires single-phase grounded power supply Easy setup and loading of goods Remote and manual operation and troubleshooting Advanced sensor and access system Easy cleaning and maintenance   Safety standards and directives of stretch wrap machine The machine complies with the requirements of the Machinery Directive 2006/42 / EC and the legal requirements: Machinery Directive: 2006/42/EC Low Voltage Directive: 2014/35/EU EMC Directive: 2014/30/EU Guarantee The Intelligent Pallet Wrapper SMARTWRAP-X PRE-STRETCH has a 12-month warranty after installation, excluding components and electrical components that would wear out during normal use. Safety features of Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP-X PRE-STRETCH The turntable packaging machine has the following safety functions: Emergency stop button Security stickers and instructions Film carriage anti-fall protection switch Ground wire Anti-fall lock   Working principle of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP-X PRE-STRETCH The pallet wrapping machine works in the following basic working principle: The goods are transported to the machine by a forklift Once the film head is manually attached to the surface of the goods, the machine starts running and the goods start rotating. During the wrapping process, the film moves in rising motion around the goods. When the...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pallet-wrapper-smartwrap-x-pre-stretch/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/intelligent-pallet-wrapper-smartwrap-x-pre-stretch.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/intelligent-pallet-wrapper-smartwrap-x-pre-stretch-Screen.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/intelligent-pallet-wrapper-smartwrap-x-pre-stretch-Pre-stretch.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/intelligent-pallet-wrapper-smartwrap-x-pre-stretch-LED-Indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/intelligent-pallet-wrapper-smartwrap-x-pre-stretch-Inverter.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/intelligent-pallet-wrapper-smartwrap-x-pre-stretch-Film-carriage.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>3899 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>3499 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:mpn>330054PS</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>460.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2473,834,2575</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2473</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Pakking maskiner &gt; Pallepakkemaskin</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>120450</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[AIR DUO32 pneumatic steel tensioner & padlock — strap-width: 19mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[AIR DUO32 pneumatic steel tensioner & padlock Pneumatic Steel Strapping Tensioner and Padlock Tool AIR DUO32 are the latest designs in the steel packing area. All operations are air-powered. The packing operations as a whole consist of tensioner and breaking. In order to perform strapping pneumatic steel tensioner and padlock tool must be used together. They combine the advantages of a lightweight, simplicity of operation, quickly packing, safe to use, easy to move. Pneumatic tools for steel strapping can be used for packing different materials such as a crate, tubular products, steel, rebar, ingot, and large article. They are ideal tools for packing heavy objects, various shapes, and sharp edges.   Advantages of AIR DUO32 pneumatic steel tensioner & padlock High tension force - up to 16800 KN (adjustable) All-metal structure: Made of high-quality steel, durable Split design: brings more flexible operating space Super large bundle force: suitable for steel strips with a width of 19-32mm and a thickness of 0.8-1.2mm, with strong binding and excellent results Applicable to various metals, building materials, large and heavy goods, etc.   AIR DUO32 pneumatic steel tensioner & padlock specifications Model No. AIR DUO32 pneumatic steel tensioner & padlock Steel Strap Width 19-32mm Steel Strap Thickness 0.8-1.2mm Air Pressure 0.4-0.6Mpa Seal Type Single Strapping Buckles Tension Force ≥16.8 KN Weight 5.0 KGS   Features of AIR DUO32 pneumatic steel tensioner & padlock Easy to use, light host weight, high safety performance. Free of fatigue patent design, safe to use. The high degree of automation, convenient to move, suitable for all kinds of fields and all kinds of package sizes. The body and parts of the item are made of high-strength alloy, high durability. High tensioning force results in high connection reliability. How to use AIR DUO32 pneumatic steel tensioner & padlock The strap must be put through a seal, around the package, and then through the seal again. Bend strap away from the seal at about 50mm. Hold the tool body, press the handle with the thumb, insert the top strap (which is in the seal) into the tightening wheel and idler wheel, and then release the handle. The end of the motor, rotating ring, with three grades (stop, semi-operate, operate). Turn the rotation ring clockwise and the tightening process will start. When the required strap tension is reached stop the tightening process. Place pneumatic sealer on the seal, press switch handles to form the joint. When the joint is completed, tilt the pneumatic sealer up vertical position until the strap cuts.   AIR DUO32 pneumatic steel tensioner & padlock video ﻿]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/air-duo32-pneumatic-steel-tensioner-padlock/?attribute_strap-width=19mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/air-duo32-pneumatic-steel-tensioner-padlock.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/air-duo32-pneumatic-steel-tensioner.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/air-duo32-pneumatic-padlock-tool.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/air-duo32-pneumatic-padlock-tool-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/air-duo32-pneumatic-steel-tensioner-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1399 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>120450</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>7665</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>15.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>120451</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[AIR DUO32 pneumatic steel tensioner & padlock — strap-width: 25mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[AIR DUO32 pneumatic steel tensioner & padlock Pneumatic Steel Strapping Tensioner and Padlock Tool AIR DUO32 are the latest designs in the steel packing area. All operations are air-powered. The packing operations as a whole consist of tensioner and breaking. In order to perform strapping pneumatic steel tensioner and padlock tool must be used together. They combine the advantages of a lightweight, simplicity of operation, quickly packing, safe to use, easy to move. Pneumatic tools for steel strapping can be used for packing different materials such as a crate, tubular products, steel, rebar, ingot, and large article. They are ideal tools for packing heavy objects, various shapes, and sharp edges.   Advantages of AIR DUO32 pneumatic steel tensioner & padlock High tension force - up to 16800 KN (adjustable) All-metal structure: Made of high-quality steel, durable Split design: brings more flexible operating space Super large bundle force: suitable for steel strips with a width of 19-32mm and a thickness of 0.8-1.2mm, with strong binding and excellent results Applicable to various metals, building materials, large and heavy goods, etc.   AIR DUO32 pneumatic steel tensioner & padlock specifications Model No. AIR DUO32 pneumatic steel tensioner & padlock Steel Strap Width 19-32mm Steel Strap Thickness 0.8-1.2mm Air Pressure 0.4-0.6Mpa Seal Type Single Strapping Buckles Tension Force ≥16.8 KN Weight 5.0 KGS   Features of AIR DUO32 pneumatic steel tensioner & padlock Easy to use, light host weight, high safety performance. Free of fatigue patent design, safe to use. The high degree of automation, convenient to move, suitable for all kinds of fields and all kinds of package sizes. The body and parts of the item are made of high-strength alloy, high durability. High tensioning force results in high connection reliability. How to use AIR DUO32 pneumatic steel tensioner & padlock The strap must be put through a seal, around the package, and then through the seal again. Bend strap away from the seal at about 50mm. Hold the tool body, press the handle with the thumb, insert the top strap (which is in the seal) into the tightening wheel and idler wheel, and then release the handle. The end of the motor, rotating ring, with three grades (stop, semi-operate, operate). Turn the rotation ring clockwise and the tightening process will start. When the required strap tension is reached stop the tightening process. Place pneumatic sealer on the seal, press switch handles to form the joint. When the joint is completed, tilt the pneumatic sealer up vertical position until the strap cuts.   AIR DUO32 pneumatic steel tensioner & padlock video ﻿]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/air-duo32-pneumatic-steel-tensioner-padlock/?attribute_strap-width=25mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/air-duo32-pneumatic-steel-tensioner-padlock.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/air-duo32-pneumatic-steel-tensioner.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/air-duo32-pneumatic-padlock-tool.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/air-duo32-pneumatic-padlock-tool-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/air-duo32-pneumatic-steel-tensioner-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1600 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1399 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>120451</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>7665</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>15.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>120452</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[AIR DUO32 pneumatic steel tensioner & padlock — strap-width: 32mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[AIR DUO32 pneumatic steel tensioner & padlock Pneumatic Steel Strapping Tensioner and Padlock Tool AIR DUO32 are the latest designs in the steel packing area. All operations are air-powered. The packing operations as a whole consist of tensioner and breaking. In order to perform strapping pneumatic steel tensioner and padlock tool must be used together. They combine the advantages of a lightweight, simplicity of operation, quickly packing, safe to use, easy to move. Pneumatic tools for steel strapping can be used for packing different materials such as a crate, tubular products, steel, rebar, ingot, and large article. They are ideal tools for packing heavy objects, various shapes, and sharp edges.   Advantages of AIR DUO32 pneumatic steel tensioner & padlock High tension force - up to 16800 KN (adjustable) All-metal structure: Made of high-quality steel, durable Split design: brings more flexible operating space Super large bundle force: suitable for steel strips with a width of 19-32mm and a thickness of 0.8-1.2mm, with strong binding and excellent results Applicable to various metals, building materials, large and heavy goods, etc.   AIR DUO32 pneumatic steel tensioner & padlock specifications Model No. AIR DUO32 pneumatic steel tensioner & padlock Steel Strap Width 19-32mm Steel Strap Thickness 0.8-1.2mm Air Pressure 0.4-0.6Mpa Seal Type Single Strapping Buckles Tension Force ≥16.8 KN Weight 5.0 KGS   Features of AIR DUO32 pneumatic steel tensioner & padlock Easy to use, light host weight, high safety performance. Free of fatigue patent design, safe to use. The high degree of automation, convenient to move, suitable for all kinds of fields and all kinds of package sizes. The body and parts of the item are made of high-strength alloy, high durability. High tensioning force results in high connection reliability. How to use AIR DUO32 pneumatic steel tensioner & padlock The strap must be put through a seal, around the package, and then through the seal again. Bend strap away from the seal at about 50mm. Hold the tool body, press the handle with the thumb, insert the top strap (which is in the seal) into the tightening wheel and idler wheel, and then release the handle. The end of the motor, rotating ring, with three grades (stop, semi-operate, operate). Turn the rotation ring clockwise and the tightening process will start. When the required strap tension is reached stop the tightening process. Place pneumatic sealer on the seal, press switch handles to form the joint. When the joint is completed, tilt the pneumatic sealer up vertical position until the strap cuts.   AIR DUO32 pneumatic steel tensioner & padlock video ﻿]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/air-duo32-pneumatic-steel-tensioner-padlock/?attribute_strap-width=32mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/air-duo32-pneumatic-steel-tensioner-padlock.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/air-duo32-pneumatic-steel-tensioner.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/air-duo32-pneumatic-padlock-tool.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/air-duo32-pneumatic-padlock-tool-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/air-duo32-pneumatic-steel-tensioner-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1600 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1399 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>120452</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>7665</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>15.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>330300</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Automatic Pallet Stretch Wrapper EASY-IN]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Automatic Pallet Stretch Wrapper EASY-IN Automatic Pallet Stretch Wrapper EASY-IN saves space since you can drive in the pallet on a hand pallet truck and you don't need a ramp. The diameter of the turntable of Automatic Pallet Stretch Wrapper EASY-IN is 1500mm and its max wrapping height is 2000mm. The pallet wrapper is stable and the speed of the turntable can be adjustable up to 10 r/min. It has a Soft start/stop function, home position, it is equipped with PLC control and sensor to test pallet height. The aperture in the turntable makes it easy to load a pallet with a hand pallet truck. This pallet wrapping machine adopts PLC control and its electric subassembly is world-famous products such as Japan “OMRON”, Korea “LG”, French “TE” electrics. Automatic Pallet Stretch Wrapper EASY-IN has a practical design, harmonious actions and it is high reliability and convenient. It can advance production efficiency and prevent the goods from damaging during transportation. And it is dustproof, damp proof and keeps clean. This pallet stretch wrapper machine is with a wide range of applications, applied to chemical fiber, baccy, pharmacy, publish, refrigeration and ceramics fields, etc. This machine is not suitable for pallets that contain a cross-bar. The wrapping program can be easily set up with a convenient and reliable interface. Because it has a Type M turntable, the EASY-IN pallet wrapper is suitable for companies using hand pallet trucks, as you can easily drive the pallet into it without having to lift it. You can set different wrapping methods to meet your needs.   Features of Automatic Pallet Stretch Wrapper EASY-IN Soft start/stop home position PLC control panel reliable performance easy operation Sensor test pallet height   Automatic Pallet Stretch Wrapper EASY-IN specifications Machine technical data Automatic Pallet Stretch Wrapper EASY-IN Power Voltage 1 P  AC 220/110V  50/60 Hz Speed of turntable 0～10r/min Dia.of turntable Φ 1500mm Mast height H2400mm Material LLDPE film, width<=500mm,out diameter<=280mm Capacity 1000 kg; Max wrapping height 2000mm Lubricant material Common lubricating grease Weight of the machine 750Kg Approximate weight with packing 850Kg Dimensions of the machine L2800×W1580×H(2000-3000) mm Installed power 1.25 KW Electrical protection IP54 Noise ≤75DB Surroundings humidity ≤98%， Temperature -10℃～40℃   Automatic Pallet Stretch Wrapper EASY-IN Operation steps The operation can be mainly divided into the following phases： Pallet together with its tray need to be put onto the turnplate; The operator should take the film and put it around the surface of the object; The operator should start the machine, the machine will automatically run and wrap the object. Automatic cycle The high and low revs and up & down settings can be first selected based on the height of the pallet on the PLC control.  Actuate the automatic cycle by means of the relevant selector and the machine is ready for receiving the objects to be wrapped. Check to make sure the objects have been correctly stacked on the tray. Make sure the weight and height of the objects don't exceed beyond what the machine allows. The cycle operations are the following： put the objects/pallet onto the turnplate, actuate the turnplate by the photoelectric switch; clockwise rotation of the turnplate starts. At the end of the first rotation, the film carriage rises until the sensor reads the end of the pallet; the high revs already set are actuated, then the film carriage descends; once in the lower position, the rotation is slower, followed by deceleration and stopping in position; the wrapped pack is taken away and the wrapping machine is ready to receive the next pallet.   Where is Automatic Pallet Stretch Wrapper EASY-IN used? who wants to save space - ramp is NOT needed only using euro-type pallets (800 x 1200 mm) having pallets up to 1000kg who needs a reliable, stable pallet wrapper   Automatic Pallet Stretch Wrapper EASY-IN video]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/automatic-pallet-stretch-wrapper-easy-in/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/automatic-pallet-stretch-wrapper-easy-in-price.png</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>3999 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>3799 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>330300</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>450.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2473,834,2575</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2473</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Pakking maskiner &gt; Pallepakkemaskin</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>250021</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[ECOBAND-B4620 Paper & OPP strapping machine 30mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[ECOBAND-B4620 Paper & OPP strapping machine The strapping machine ECOBAND-B4620 is simple and reliable, it uses paper and polypropylene tapes 30 mm wide and 150 meters long. Arch of ECOBAND-B4620 paper and OPP strapping machine is wide at 460 mm and high at 200mm and its packing speed is ​​up to 26 cycles per minute. Max. box size is 473mm × 206mm and min box size is 30mm × 10mm. The tension of the band is adjustable by means of a handwheel positioned inside the wheeled base. The machine ECOBAND-B4620 can use both manual (with padel) and automatic strapping with the sensor. ECOBAND-B4620 paper strapping machine in addition to its classic use in graphic arts, bookbinding, and paper converting, is particularly suitable for the realization of multiple packs or for the combination of multiple products in promotional sales. ECOBAND-B4620 Paper & OPP strapping machine is an ideal packaging machine for the printing or textile industry. It enables fast banding with little effort.   Advantages of ECOBAND-B4620 Paper & OPP strapping machine Microelectronic line control, reliable performance Allows manual (with padel) and fully automatic (with sensor) strapping Tightening force and belt size adjustable to meet the different needs The whole machine is clean and beautiful Large magazine for tape storage for long working cycles Easy and fast commissioning Easy-to-use control panel Confirm with CE, with power failure protection DC 24V safety voltage Touch screen and button operation Parameter settings on the touch screen, with 6 languages Max. box size 473mm × 206mm, min box size 30mm × 10mm   ECOBAND-B4620 Paper & OPP strapping machine features A fully automatic Opp Strapping machine is easy and fast to use You can set the band standby time - strap will be made within the same time range which will increase production The paper tape, OPP film strap all can be used The machine can be started immediately, greatly improving the efficiency of use Automatically adapt to tighten the strap For bundling goods Hand and foot switch Suitable for banding paper or foil Extra-large magazine Wide contact surface for soft materials Technical specifications Dimensions: L650×W360×H1140 mm Max. box size 473mm × 206mm, min box size 30mm × 10mm Working height: 1140 mm Weight: 75 kg Speed: 2 seconds per strapping Accessories: magazine, footswitch   ECOBAND-B4620 Paper & OPP strapping machine usage This banding machine is fully automatic and versatile. This allows you to bundle goods or create small packaging units. The machine is easy to use and quick to handle. The machine is particularly suitable for printing and textile processing companies, as there is only little tension in the strapping. Banding machines can apply in many industries across the world, such as pharmacy, printing, graphic, dairy products, currency industries, Cleaning, Detergent, Cosmetics, Drinks, Dairy Products, Hair Care Products, Tea, Vegetable, Fruit, Fish, Meat, Snack, Rice, Flour.     ECOBAND-B4620 Paper & OPP strapping machine specifications Model ECOBAND-B Paper & OPP strapping machine Power source AC110-120/200-240V,50/60Hz,1Ph,0.25kW,2.5A Packing speed 26 cycles/min Strapping Tension ≤5kg(adjustable) Arch size W460mm x H200mm(standard) Working table height 245mm Suitable band Paper /OPP film Suitable band width standard 30mm Suitable band spool inner dia.:Φ 40mm,outer dia.:Φ  160mm (Max. outer dia.<Φ380mm for external dispenser) Machine size L650 × W360 × H1140 mm Shipping size L680 × W470 × H1290 mm Weight N.W:75 kg; G.W:95 kg Optional 1.arch size   2.band size    3.external dispenser   ECOBAND-B4620 Paper & OPP strapping machine video ﻿]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/ecoband-b4620-paper-opp-strapping-machine/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Ecoband-B4620-automatic-paper-strapping-machine-price.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Ecoband-B4620-automatic-paper-strapping-machine-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Ecoband-B4620-automatic-paper-strapping-machine-display.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Ecoband-B4620-automatic-paper-strapping-machine.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Ecoband-B4620-automatic-paper-strapping-machine-coil.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Ecoband-B4620-automatic-paper-strapping-machine-paper-opp-strap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>3200 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2799 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>250021</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>110 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2473,2474,530</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2473</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Pakking maskiner &gt; Stroppemaskiner</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>250010</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[ECOBAND-S Paper & OPP banding machine 12mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[ECOBAND-S Paper & OPP banding machine ECOBAND-S automatic banding machine for OPP tape and paper tape is widely used for gentle strapping of soft and sensitive items, eg.: banknotes, labels, envelopes, CDs, medicines, business cards, luxury prints, etc. ECOBAND-S automatic OPP banding machine has a high packing speed (26straps/min) and adjustable binding force up to 5 kg. The function of this machine is to use plastic OPP tape or paper tape to grid the product or products together, it is suitable to work with auto cutting or packing machine. Instead of using the rubber band to tie the products, it takes only 1,5 seconds to bundle the products through the OPP tape or paper tape for easy packaging. Arch size of the paper banding machine is L420xW280xH610mm and the machine weighs 30,5kg. ECOBAND-S OPP film packing machine will help you efficiently bundle small products or packaging. There are many reasons in favor of banding your products. On the one hand, the bundling of your goods according to the number of items simplifies in sales description, on the other hand, it enables the grouping of packaging units, such as product sets. At the same time, the bundling of packaging offers protection against theft. Last but not least, banding helps to reduce waste because it replaces conventional blister packaging. The banding machine bundles small packages or products with OPP paper tape. The tape is securely closed with a thermal seal. The tension of the banderole can be precisely regulated and thus also guarantees gentle bundling of sensitive products. The machine does not take up much space because it can be used as a tabletop device with a small footprint. In addition, manual or automatic operation is extremely easy, because simply inserting the products is sufficient. The end stop for guiding the products is flexibly adjustable and also removable. So you can use the machine for very long products.   Advantages of ECOBAND-S Paper & OPP banding machine: Automatic strapping machine only takes 1.5s to strap material With 2 kinds of control modes, it can use automatic induction packaging and pedal sensing packaging to facilitate the production line. Soft and gentle tightening Automatic welding and cutting of the strap PCB control panel with touch display Compact design Microelectronic line control, reliable performance Adjustable tightening force to meet the different needs The whole machine is small and beautiful A variety of bundled forms: single, double, cross, easy to operate   Features of ECOBAND-S Paper & OPP banding machine Automatic induction packaging and pedal sensing packaging The packing speed is 26 passes/min Tightening strength is adjustable to ensure the tightening is appropriate and not loose – Adjustable binding force up to 5kg Intelligent strapping function, can strapping material continuously, fast and high working efficiency Easy to replace straps, good for strapping different materials Intelligent operation panel with touch screen, make the machine easy to operate and environmentally friendly   ECOBAND-S Paper & OPP banding machine specifications Model ECOBAND-S Power supply AC110V / 220V, 50-60Hz Packing speed 26 passes/min Arch size W360xH260mm Binding force < = 5kg Working table height 215mm Binding band Paper & OPP film tape Bandwidth 12mm Coil inner diameter 40mm Coil outer diameter 160mm Coil thickness 0.12mm Minimum packing object 30mm width Machine size L420xW280xH610mm Weight 30,5kg   ECOBAND-S Paper & OPP banding machine video ﻿]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/ecoband-s-paper-opp-banding-machine/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Ecoband-automatic-paper-banding-machine-price.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Ecoband-automatic-paper-banding-machine-sale.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Ecoband-automatic-paper-banding-machine-touch-screen-display.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Ecoband-automatic-paper-banding-machine-touch-screen.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Ecoband-automatic-paper-banding-machine.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Ecoband-automatic-paper-banding-machine-affordable.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Ecoband-automatic-paper-banding-machine-biding-effect.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Ecoband-automatic-paper-banding-machine-tray.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Ecoband-automatic-paper-banding-machine-sensor.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Ecoband-automatic-paper-banding-machine-high-quality-motor.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2600 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2199 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>250010</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>78.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2473,2474,530</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2473</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Pakking maskiner &gt; Stroppemaskiner</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>110120</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[JET Battery Strapping Tool for 12-16mm (1/2″-5/8″) PET/PP strap incl. Battery & Charger]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Semi-automatic Handheld Battery Powered Strapping Tool JET JET Battery Strapping Tool is a classical handheld battery-powered strapping tool. Thanks to its manual tightening mode, so it is more affordable compared with those tightened by motor on the market. What's more, with flexible settings, wide tension range, it is perfect for both PP and PET strapping. JET Battery Strapping Tool for 12-16mm is widely used in all industries and sectors. Battery Strapping Tool JET comes with the highest productivity and performance to match the customers' packaging demands around the world. JET Battery Strapping Tool for 12-16mm weighs only 2.7kg with battery, which makes it one of the lightweight battery strapping tools out there. The strapping tension is customizable and can be set to up to 2100 N. Battery strapping tool JET comes with a Lithium battery, which has a capacity 3000mAh, therefore, you can make more than 300 strapping cycles with one single charge. The charger is also included, so you are able to get your bundling process started as soon as the package arrives.  The maneuverability and ease of operation with this battery-powered strapping tool will allow you to use it for vertical and horizontal strapping. This battery banding tool is also designed to deliver a high-grade friction weld seal. It has a 12-month warranty and service is available in the European Union, Switzerland, Norway, UK, Serbia, and BiH.   Advantages of JET Battery Strapping Tool Weighs only 2,7kg with a battery Manual tightening mode for sensitive packing Most affordable battery strapping tool on the market Very robust, strong tool Can make more than 300 strapping cycles with one single charge Sealing time adjustable - increase the welding time clockwise, and reduce the welding time anticlockwise   JET Battery Strapping Tool Features: Cost-effective - manual tightening mode, so it is more affordable Simple one-handed operation High sealing efficiency Friction weld sealing Ergonomic design High capacity Lithium battery Robust cover & perfect balance Tension force adjustable by manual   JET Battery Strapping Tool for 12-16mm specifications: Model JET battery strapping tool Dimensions (L*W*H) 370*140*120 mm Weight 2,75kg (incl. battery) Power Lithium battery (DC14.4V, 3000MaH, 10C) Tension Range 60-2100N or 6-214kg - adjustable Sealing time 1-3 seconds - adjustable Strapping width 12-16mm Strapping thickness 0.6-1mm Applicable straps Polypropylene (PP) and Polyester (PET) Strap sealing form Friction weld sealing Endurance after full charge About 300 strapping cycles Battery Charger Input voltage: 100-245V(AC), 50-60HZ, Output voltage/current: 16.8V(DC)/3A(DC) Battery charging time About 70 minutes Joint Friction welding   What is the price of the semi-automatic battery-powered banding tool JET? Battery strapping tool JET is the most affordable strapping tool on the market. The reason is the manual tightening system, where the operator needs to pull the tightening rocker several times and with that strap is tightening around the object. The price of the battery strapping tool JET is displayed on the page. The battery-powered tool can be bought online directly from our website or you can request an offer via email. Despite the low price, the battery strapping tool is very powerful, robust, and made out of high-quality materials. It is built to last and over customers are recommending this tool to everyone who doesn't need an automatic tightening system. How to use JET Battery Strapping Tool for PET/PP 12-16mm strap Stack up the straps in place - Please wind the strapping belt according to the method shown in the picture. The strapping belt shall not be stained with water, oil or other liquids. Hold the lift handle - Put straps into the battery strapping tool in position. The compressed end of the strapping belt must be overlapped at the top, and the strapping belt at the bottom should extend below the tightening wheel to cover the front end of the toothed plate for 5-10mm. When inserting the strapping belt, lift the handle with the right hand and insert the strapping belt with the left hand. The upper and lower ends must be stacked in parallel before the handle can be released. Swing tightening rocker - After the strapping belt is installed, hold the handle of the strapping device and tighten the rocker. At the same time, pull the tightening rocker backward to the end limit mechanism, and then push the tightening rocker forward to the front limit mechanism. Repeatedly pull the tightening rocker several times. After the strapping belt is tightened to the ideal state, release the tightening rocker. When tightening, keep the strapping tool moving parallel with the strap and the strapping belt moving in the opposite direction. Push down welding button - After pressing the tightening button, the finger moves away immediately, and the device will glue automatically (the time is preset by the system, you can increase or decrease the tightening ...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/jet-battery-strapping-tool/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/JET-battery-strapping-tool-12-16mm-price.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/JET-battery-strapping-tool-12-16mm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/JET-battery-strapping-tool-12-16mm-how-to-use.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/JET-battery-strapping-tool-12-16mm-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1000 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>695 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>110120</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>3.7 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>531,2473,2652,2552</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>531</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Batteridrevet Strekkapparat</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Stroppingsverktøy &gt; Batteridrevet Strekkapparat</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>240020</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Shrink wrapper T5040]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Semi-Automatic Shrink Wrapper Machine T5040 L-sealer with shrink tunnel "combo" system The T5040 shrink wrapping machine offers a monoblock, semi-automatic compact L sealer and shrink tunnel which is long 700mm and has 450 x230mm tunnel entrance dimensions. The plan sealing dimensions are 500 mm by 400 mm. The maximum pack height is 150 mm. It can shrink up to 15 units per minute. Shrink wrap machine is perfect for industrial packaging for both foods, such as bread and biscuits, both non-food products (such as gifts, magazines or gadgets) that you want to protect from dust and external agents. T5040 heat shrink wrap machine is easy to use, and it is equipped with control displays, to ensure the utmost convenience. Shrink wrap machine T5040 is not only functional but also boasts an innovative and elegant design. The overall dimensions of Shrink wrapper T5040 are W775 x L2200mm x H1500 and it weighs 270kg.   Film parameters for Shrink wrapper T5040 Film type: monolayer folding POF film Thickness: 0.015~0.019mm Film width: up to 570mm   Shrink wrapper T5040 Advantages T5040 is a semi-automatic shrink-wrapping machine consisting of L sealer and Shrink Tunnel in a single frame. This machine separates sealing and shrinking cycles for faster operation. The operator first inserts the product in the center-folded shrink film; sealing is done with L sealer and is followed by shrinking in a compact shrink tunnel. The bottom heated belt inside the tunnel gives an excellent finish all around the pack.   Features of Shrink wrapper T5040 High performance External air compressors is needed and it is not included with the machine Adjustable film tension Independent seal jaws Easy-clean seal jaws (turnable 180 degrees) Human Machine Interface (HMI) available through Control panel The machine comes with an independent electrical cabinet   Shrink wrapper T5040 specification: Shrink wrapper T5040 Semi Automatic Shrink Wrapper Machine L-sealer with shrink tunnel "combo" systems Model Shrink wrapper T5040 Power supply 3P+N 230V/380V Maximum power required 5KW Overall machine dimensions W775 x L2200mm x H1500 Working plate height(on stand) 920mm Tunnel entrance dimensions 450 x230mm Tunnel length 700mm Machine weight 270kg Sealing area W500mm x L 400mm Air pressure 5～8 ㎏/㎝² Maximum product height 160mm Impulse sealing system top blade Maximum roll width 600mm Output 8-15pcs/min   Shrink wrapper T5040 usage Our Combination Shrink Wrap Machines T5040 bridge the gap between manual stand-alone sealers and chamber (or “Tunnel”) units and fully automatic shrink wrapping machinery. There are two clamps placed at the front of the sealer, to ensure the maximization of sealing pressure – which is an essential requirement for any sealer. Shrink wrapper T5040 is user-friendly. It is suitable for different package sizes. Temperature adjustment is easy, thus ensuring a suitable temperature. The chamber is connected with a conveyor belt to a tunnel, which triggers the shrinkage of the foil on the product. The machine needs an air source to work, an air compressor. Air pressure5～8 ㎏/㎝²   How does Shrink wrapper T5040 works? First, the product must be inserted into the film, the operator should take the film from the products in his left hand, put it in the chamber and press the handle with his right hand, and close the chamber and thus cut the film. The film surrounds the product and then the product is transferred to a tunnel where it shrinks around the product. The vacuuming process is very simple and fast. The T5040 packing machine can produce up to 15 products per minute.   Shrink wrapper T5040 video: ﻿]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/shrink-wrapper-t5040/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/Shrink-Wrapper-T5040.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>3400 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2899 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>240020</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>270.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2473,836,2575</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2473</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Pakking maskiner &gt; Krympepakkemaskiner</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>240010</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Shrink wrapping machine B4255]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Shrink Wrap Machine, Cutting and Shrinking and Wrapping All-in-one Shrink Wrap Machine Sealer B4255 Shrink wrapping machine B4255 is a Chamber shrink wrapping machines type. It is designed as an easy to use, single step machine where the sealing of the pack and its shrink down takes place within the same single space. The size of the sealing area is W420mm x L 550mm and the product shouldn't be higher than 200mm. Working plate height (on stand) is 920mm so it can be easily incorporated into the packing line. Shrink wrapping machine B4255 weights 89kg and it is wide 750mm and long 1230mm. This provides for a very small machine footprint, combined with great ease of use to achieve a professionally finished result. It can wrap up to 8pcs/min, therefore, it is ideal for businesses looking to streamline their production and ensure that they always meet deadlines and high demand, the chamber shrink wrapping machine is an essential piece of equipment to invest in. Our shrink wrap machine adopts POF film to wrapping products and boxes through heating the shrink film. In this way, the appearance of items shows, and the aesthetics and value of items improve. Moreover, the machine can guard the items against external shocks and keep off fragmentation, especially for containers. Shrink wrapping machine B4255 Advantages 3-in-1 Shrink wrapper - This shrink wrap machine can cut, shrink and wrap at once, a process completed smoothly without tedious manual operation. Adjustable Operational panel - The entire shrinking and wrapping settings can be controlled through the key modules on the panel: Temperature Adjustment, Sealing Time Setting, and Shrinking Time Setting. High Wrapping capability - With a peak packaging size of W420mm x L550mm, the machine has a maximum packaging capacity of 420 pcs/h thanks to the striking alloy cutting knife and a large fan. High-grade technology - The heat shrinkage is visible through the transparent range hood made of plexiglass in the packaging work. The film separation template isolates the film efficiently. Outstanding Versatility - This machine can be widely used for shrink package metal, drinks, commodities, and books in daily chemo, beverage, pharmaceutical, and stationery fields. High Productivity - Requires only one operator to complete the seal and shrink process Shrink wrapping machine B4255 Specifications B4255 Semi Automatic Shrink Wrapper Machine “one-step” systems Model Shrink wrapping machine B4255 Power supply 1P hase/230V /3.5kw Overall machine dimensions W750 x L1230mm Working plate height(on stand) 920mm Machine weight 89KG Sealing area W420mm x L 550mm Maximum product height 200mm Impulse sealing system Bottom blade Maximum roll dimensions DIA 250mm x W 600mm Output 4-8pcs/min Features of Shrink wrapping machine B4255 Visible Wrapping Procedure - You can see the heat shrinkage situation through the transparent chamber hood made of organic glass in the packaging work. The hood opens automatically after the package finishes. Powerful Packaging Capability - Featuring the maximum packaging size of W420mm x L 550mm x H200mm, this machine boasts a packing capability of 420 pcs/h drawing on the alloy cutting knife and large fan blades. The chamber shrink wrapping machine is semi-automatic in operation; after the operator lowers the hood and initiates the sealing sequence, a solenoid engages, and the remainder of the seal and shrink process takes place automatically. (Please see the video below). Because these machine types are low turbulence they can be used with polyolefin as well as pvc. shrink film. This is another feature of the shrink wrap chamber machine that makes it suitable for seamless production for businesses. How does Shrink wrapping machine B4255 works? The process of wrapping the product in foil is easy. First, wrap the object in foil and place it in the chamber. When the chamber is closed automatically cut off the excess foil. In the chamber, the process of wrapping the foil around the product begins, which can be monitored through a transparent lid. The foil shrinks and wraps around the product, forming a protective wrap. When the process is complete, the operator opens the lid and pulls out the finished product. Shrink wrapping machine B4255 video ﻿]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/shrink-wrapping-machine-b4255/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/shrink-wrapping-machine-B4255b.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/shrink-wrapping-machine-B4255-new-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/shrink-wrapping-machine-B4255-all-in-one.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2200 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1799 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>240010</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>130.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2473,836,2575</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2473</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Pakking maskiner &gt; Krympepakkemaskiner</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>230040</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[FLEX BOX Semi automatic Case Erector]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[FLEX BOX Semi-automatic Case Erector FLEX BOX case erector will fold your box or case and speed up the process of creating the box and speed up the packing line. It has the capacity to create up to 7 boxes per minute. FLEX BOX case erector is adjustable and can be used for different case sizes L(200-600)×W(150-480)mm×H(120-500)mm. FLEX BOX case erector folds the bottom cover of the case. The operator put the box on the machine and with that automatically folds the back and front covers of the case and sends it to the machine, then the machine guides the case and folds the right and left covers. The operator puts in goods and folds the top covers of the case. Then pushing device sends the case to a carton sealing machine to seal the top and bottom of the case. This machine can work together with the FLEX-TAPE carton sealing machine.  The height of the worktable is adjustable from 700mm to 800mm. Dimensions of FLEX BOX case erector are L1500× W950× H (working table height +170)mm and it weighs 90kg. It uses air pressure to push the box down the packing line. FLEX BOX Semi automatic Case Erector specifications: Model FLEX-BOX Air source 6kgf/m3 Case size L(200-600)×W(150-480)mm×H(120-500)mm Height of work table 700-800mm Power supply 220V/50HZ Power 600W Capacity 6-7 cartons/min Machine weight 90kg Air Pressure 0.4 MPa -0.6 MPa Machine Dimension L1500× W950× H(working table height +170)mm   FLEX Box Case Erector is a semi-automatic case erection machine where you remove the blank box from the built-in magazine and place it in the machine manually. After installation, it is folded and held on the underside by means of two pneumatic valve folders. After this, you can easily fill the box without it falling over. By operating a push button or a foot pedal, the box is pushed pneumatically out of the machine into a Carton sealing machine connected thereto which will immediately tape the box. The machine has wide applications in the industry of chemical fiber, tobacco redrying, pharmacy, publishing, air conditioning, household appliance, ceramics, hot work, and so on.   FLEX BOX Semi-automatic Case Erector video: ﻿ How does FLEX BOX Semi-automatic Case Erector work? The operator opens an empty case and folds the front cover. The back cover is folded from a 45° bevel angle by pushing the board. The operator put the case bottom on the center guide rail of the case erector. The operator moves the case according to the arrow direction to the bottom right and left covers to touch the switch board at the bottom. The bottom cylinder pushes the case guide rod and moves forward to the center guide rail to the clamp case. At the same time, two cylinders rotate the right and left cover-folding board from the vertical direction to level, which folds the bottom right and left covers. Put goods into the case after finishing the fold. As the chart shows, the operator folds the top covers of the case and presses, then presses the pushing device switch (or footswitch). The cylinder drive pushing device pushes the case full of goods into the carton sealing machine to seal the case.      ]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/flex-box-semi-automatic-case-erector/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/flex-box-semi-automatic-case-erection-machine-price.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/flex-box-semi-automatic-case-erection-machine.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/flex-box-case-erection-flex-tape-case-sealer-machine.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/flex-box-semi-automatic-case-erection-machine-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2199 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>230040</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>110.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>973</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2602,833,2473,530</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2602</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Cardboard packaging</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Pakking maskiner &gt; Kartongforseglere</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>110160</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[ARGON Battery Powered Strapping Tool 10-16mm (3/8″-5/8″) for PET/PP Strap + Battery + Charger]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[ARGON Battery Strapping Tool 10-16mm (3/8″-5/8″) for PET/PP Strap + Battery + Charger Premium Battery Strapping Tool for PP and PET Plastic Strap ARGON  with LED digital liquid crystal display can be used for strapping packages, pallets, steel, titan, timber, brick, fiber, and so on. The Electric Strapping Tool ARGON is fully automatic, but it is also possible to operate in semi-automatic or manual mode. Battery Strapping Tool ARGON weighs only 4kg and its dimensions are 330 * 150 * 140mm. It can be used with plastic PET and PP straps which are 10-16mm wide and thick between 0,5-1,2mm and it can perform vertical and horizontal strapping. Electric strapping tool ARGON uses the latest strapping technology which is based on Friction Welding and ensures that plastic straps are strongly glued together. Tension force can be adjusted from 400 up to 4000N. The maximum force is sufficient to strap pallets, wood, steel, or other heavy objects. With Battery powered strapping tool ARGON you receive a rechargeable battery with a capacity of 4000mAH. With one charge, which takes approximately 90 minutes Battery strapping tool ARGON can perform up to 700 strappings. With an Electric strapping tool, you will speed up the packaging process, reduce packing cost by more than 15% and improve the combining intensity about 2 times. Further, since for packing you won’t need metal buckles, you will improve the packing process and reduce the costs of packing material. The battery strapping tool has an alarm device for the low power and light signal when strapping is finished. It works normally under a large number of dust, tiny fiber, and other abominable environments with the exceptive dust-proof filter screen. ARGON is lightweight and can be used with a single hand. This battery banding tool is also designed to deliver a high-grade friction weld seal.  With the Battery-powered Banding tool ARGON, you will receive a powerful battery, a charger, and a convenient box for carrying the strapping tool. It has a 12-month warranty and service is available in the European Union.   Specification of Battery Strapping Tool ARGON 10-16mm or PET/PP Strap: Model ARGON Color Red Apply straps Width 10-16mm Apply straps Thickness 0.6-1.2mm Rechargeable Battery Lithium battery 18V/5.0Ah Charger time Charger 90minutes can strap 700 loops Charger（Optional） Voltage 110/220V Battery Weight 0.6kg Apply straps size PP/PET Maximum tension force （N） 4000N Tighten speed （m/min） 11m/min Welding time （s） 1.1-1.4s Cooling time(S) 2.5 s (adjustable) Control system Button + Digital display Module selection Full automatic.semi-automatic,manual Gear selection PP strap: 1-3 gear  PET strap: 4-9 gear Machine characteristics Energy-saving and environmental protection, Simple operation, Large battery capacity Machine weight: N.W/G.W 4.0Kg Whole machine dimension LXWXH(mm) 330x150x140mm Packing dimension LXWXH(mm) 440x280x180mm   Automatic, Semi-automatic and Manual mode - Battery Strapping Tool ARGON Automatic mode In Automatic mode all the operator needs to do is to press the tension button for a short time, and the strap will be automatically tightened. When the set tension value is reached, the strap will be welded and cut automatically. Semi-automatic mode In the Semi-automatic mode, it is necessary to press and hold the tension button all the time. When the set tension value is reached, the machine will start automatic welding and cutting (if the take-up button is released during tightening, the tension wheel will stop rotating. Operator can press the welding button at this time, and the baler will weld and cut the strap.) Manual mode When manual mode is used, the tension button shall be pressed all the time. When the desired tension is reached the fusion button must be pressed so the welding begins. When welding is done, the strap must be cut manually.   How does Battery Strapping Tool ARGON work? First, the operator needs to wrap the strap around the object which needs to be strapped. Then both ends of straps need to be placed on each other, as shown in the picture. The operator then needs to insert the straps in the Battery strapping tool in a way that he lifts the handle with his right hand and insert the straps with his left hand so that the straps are stack horizontally and then release the handle. Then the tension button needs to be pressed. In manual mode, the tension button needs to be pressed until the indicator light is purple. In Automatic and semi-automatic mode tension button needs to be only pressed briefly. Then the straps are welded automatically. After the welding is completed, the buzzer rings for 3 seconds and stops. Only then the operator can lift the battery strapping machine to the right side.   Battery Strapping Tool ARGON Price Although the battery strapping tool ARGON is made of high-quality materials, it can be used for PET and PP straps which are wide between 10-16mm, and comes with a very powerful Lithium battery (4000mAh) which ca...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/argon-battery-powered-strapping-tool-10-16mm/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/battery-strapping-tool-TITAN-cheap.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/battery-strapping-tool-TITAN-sale.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/battery-strapping-tool-TITAN-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/battery-strapping-tool-TITAN.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/battery-strapping-tool-TITAN-high-quality.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/battery-strapping-tool-TITAN-battery.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2000 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1799 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>110160</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>4.5 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>531,2473,2652,2552</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>531</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Batteridrevet Strekkapparat</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Stroppingsverktøy &gt; Batteridrevet Strekkapparat</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>110060</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[TES PRO PET/PP 12-16mm (1/2″-5/8″) batteridrevet spennemaskin inkludert 2x batterier og lader]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Høykvalitets batteridrevet spennemaskin TES PRO 12-16mm for PET/PP plastbånd Bærbar batteridrevet spennemaskin for PP og PET plastbånd TES PRO med LED digitalt LCD-display kan brukes til å spenne pakker, paller, stål, trevirke, murstein, fiber og så videre. Batteridrevet spennemaskin TES PRO veier kun 4,3 kg og har dimensjoner på 365 * 150 * 135 mm. Den kan brukes med plastbånd PET og PP som er 12-16 mm brede og tykke mellom 0,5-1,5 mm. Elektrisk spennemaskin TES PRO benytter den nyeste spenneteknologien basert på friksjonssveising, som sikrer at plastbåndene limes sterkt sammen. Spennkraften kan justeres opptil 4600N. Maksimal kraft er tilstrekkelig for å spenne paller, tre, stål eller andre tunge gjenstander. Med batteridrevet spennemaskin TES PRO får du to oppladbare batterier med en kapasitet på 4000mAh. Med én lading, som tar omtrent 90 minutter, kan batteridrevet spennemaskin TES PRO spenne 250-350 plastbånd. Med en elektrisk spennemaskin vil du effektivisere pakkeprosessen, redusere pakkekostnadene med mer enn 15% og forbedre sammenbindingsstyrken omtrent 2 ganger. Videre, siden du ikke trenger metallspenner til pakking, forbedrer du pakkeprosessen og reduserer kostnadene til pakkematerialer. Spennemaskinen har en alarm for lavt batterinivå og lyssignal når spenningen er fullført. Den fungerer normalt under store mengder støv, små fibre og andre krevende miljøer takket være et unikt støvfilter. TES PRO er lett og kan brukes med én hånd. Denne batteridrevne spennemaskinen er også designet for å levere en høykvalitets friksjonssveiset forsegling. Med batteridrevet spennemaskin TES PRO får du 2 batterier, en lader og en praktisk boks for transport av spennemaskinen. Den har 12 måneders garanti og service er tilgjengelig i EU.   Spesifikasjoner for batteridrevet spennemaskin TES PRO 12-16mm for PET/PP bånd: Modell Batteridrevet spennemaskin TES PRO 12-16mm for PET/PP bånd Dimensjoner 365 * 150 * 135 mm Vekt 4,3 kg Anvendelig bånd PP/PET bånd Båndtykkelse 0,5 mm - 1,5 mm Båndbredde 12 mm - 16 mm Sveiseform Friksjonssveising Spennstyrke Opptil 460 kg Spennhastighet 100-200 mm/s Forseglingsform Friksjon og sveising Maksimal spennkraft 4600N Batteri 4000mAh, 11,1V (DC) Ladespenning 100-230V (AC), 50-60Hz, 75W Ladetid Ca. 90 minutter   Fordeler med batteridrevet spennemaskin TES PRO 12-16mm: LED digitalt LCD-display: juster bindingstrykk og smeltetid, trykk på F-tasten for å vise F1 som indikerer spennkraften, og trykk deretter på F-tasten for å vise F2 som indikerer smeltetiden, vist direkte på skjermen. Sveisetiden er 2-5 sekunder, og spennkraften er 400-4600N. Materialer av høy kvalitet: Hoveddelen er laget av høykvalitets kromstål, aluminiumlegering og høyfast metallkomposittplate, som effektivt forhindrer at pakkebåndet deformeres eller faller av. God ytelse: Motoren bruker en jernkjerne-rotor med god varmeavledning og stabil drift. Doble oppladbare batterier: 4000mAh stor kapasitet, dobbel batterikonfigurasjon, enkel å bære med seg. Full lading tar 90 minutter og kan spenne 250-350 plastbånd. Batteriet kan lades opp til 2000 ganger og har lang levetid. Hele maskinen kan lades med batteri tilkoblet, eller batteriet kan lades separat. Bredt bruksområde: egnet for PET- og PP-bånd med bredde 12-16mm og tykkelse 0,4-1,2mm. Den er mye brukt i papirproduksjon, aluminiumsindustri, stål, tre, trekassepakking, kjemisk fiber, bomullsspinneri, tobakk, kjemisk industri og andre bransjer. Den hjelper deg å pakke enkelt, spare tid og øke effektiviteten.   Hva er prisen på batteridrevet spennemaskin TES PRO? Selv om batteridrevet spennemaskin TES PRO er laget av høykvalitetsmaterialer, kan brukes for PET og PP bånd med bredde mellom 12-16 mm og leveres med 2x svært kraftige litiumbatterier (4000mAh), og har et LED digitalt LCD-display, er prisen fortsatt svært rimelig. Vi kan si at det er den rimeligste batteridrevne spennemaskinen med disse egenskapene på markedet. Likevel reflekterer ikke prisen kvaliteten. Til tross for at den er rimelig, er spennemaskinen laget av høykvalitets hardplast og har implementert den nyeste sveiseteknologien. Maksimal spennkraft er 4600N og kan justeres. Med én enkelt lading kan batteridrevet spennemaskin TES PRO produsere mer enn 350 spenninger.   Egenskaper for batteridrevet spennemaskin TES PRO 12-16mm Anvendelig pakkebånd: flatt PP-bånd og PET plastbånd Pakkebåndstørrelse: bredde 12-16 mm, tykkelse 0,5-1,5 mm Batterispenning: 14,4V Batterikapasitet: 4000 mAh 50/60Hz 75W Ladetid: 90 minutter Levetid: 2000 ganger oppladbar Ladespenning: 100-240V 50/60Hz, 1,1A 110VA Forseglingsform: friksjonsvarmesveising Spennkraft: 400-4600N justerbar Farge: svart Vekt: 4,3 kg Maskinstørrelse: 365 x 150 x 135 mm LED-indikator: Blå = normal drift Rød = lavt batteri Lilla = pakking fullført Inkludert i pakken: 1x batteridrevet spennemaskin TES PRO 2x batterier 1x lader 1x bærbar boks for transport Tilbehør til spennemaskin Fordeler med batteridrevet spennemaskin TES PRO: a) Reduser pakkekostnader med ...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/battery-powered-strapping-tool-tes-pro/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/battery-strapping-tool-TES-Pro-price-1.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/battery-strapping-tool-TES-Pro-1.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/battery-strapping-tool-TES-Pro-sale-1.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/battery-strapping-tool-TES-Pro-dimensions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/battery-strapping-tool-TES-Pro-new-1.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/battery-strapping-tool-TES-Pro-banding.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/battery-strapping-tool-TES-Pro-digital-display-1.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1999 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1699 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>110060</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>3.9 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>531,2473,2652,2552</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>531</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Batteridrevet Strekkapparat</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Stroppingsverktøy &gt; Batteridrevet Strekkapparat</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>440020</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Recycling baler TONNA10, 10 tons, 100kN, bale 80kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Recycling baler TONNA10, 10 tons, 100kN, bale 80kg Recycling baler TONNA10 has been widely used for baling cartons, cotton yarn, plastic, wood, etc. The vertical hydraulic press is the most efficient way how to reduce the cost of waste material for removal or safe storage space. The cardboard baler is designed as a vertical structure, the press is done by hydraulic transmission. Recycling baler TONNA10 produces 10 tons of pressure. The operator controls the cardboard baler with electrical control. When the process of squeezing is done the operator needs to bind the output with a wire or plastic strap manually. The bail size is 700mm X 500 x 1000 mm (W x D x H) and can weigh up to 80kg, depending on the materials placed in the Recycling baler. The recycling baler can produce between 6-8 packages per hour. Dimensions of the cardboard compactor TONNA10 are 1050 x 730 x 2300 mm (W x D x H) and the vertical baler weighs 270 kg. We offer fast delivery and warranty in all EU countries.   What is the price of the Recycling baler TONNA10 Cardboard baler TONNA10 is made of high-quality materials, it has a powerful 1,5 kW Single Oil cylinder motor, which produces 10 tons of pressure and can easily squeeze plastic, wood, paper, glass, and other waste materials. The price of the Cardboard baler TONNA10 is still very competitive. The price of the Recycling baler TONNA10 is displayed at the beginning of the webpage. We can say that it is the cheapest cardboard compactor with these characteristics in the EU market. However, the price of the Recycling baler TONNA10 does not reflect the quality. Despite it being affordable, the vertical baler is made out of high-quality metal and strong and reliable components. Recycling baler TONNA10 has all the needed certificates and even exceeds industry standards and requirements.   Main Features of cardboard compactors TONNA10 Affordable & low maintenance Recycling baler TONNA10 Pressure: 10 tons Motor: 1,5 kW Single Oil cylinder Power Supply: 220 - 230 V, 1.5 kW 13 Amp Bale dimensions: 700mm X 500 x 1000 mm (W x D x H) Bail Weight: 70-80kg Output: 6-8package/hours Machine size: 1050 mm*730 mm*2300 mm (W x D x H) Easy to use and simple to install Machine weight: 270 kg Noise Level: 72 decibels Cycle Times: 25 seconds Electronic command control system   Advantages of vertical baler TONNA10 Suitable for positioning where space is limited For small to medium volumes of waste Adopting a hydraulic drive mechanism Use less energy, but still has huge operating energy - pressure Electric button control can reach manual adjusting and semi-automatic control Independent feeding opening with automatic pulling-out installation, to reduce labor force Vertical baler TONNA10 is mainly used for baling cartons, cotton yarn, plastic, wood, etc. Cardboard compactors are designed as vertical structures, have a hydraulic transmission and electrical control. Binding is manual   Transport of Recycling baler TONNA10 The recycling baler can be easily moved by a stacker or forklift. Transport can be done by van or LKW. Cardboard baler is placed in the wooden pallet, therefore, it can easily go into production halls or warehouses.    Specification of Recycling baler TONNA10 Pressure 10T Motor 1,5 KW Bale Size 700mm x 500 x 1000 mm (W x D x H) Bale Weight 30-80kg Output 6-8 package/hours Weight of the Cardboard baler 270 kgs Machine size 1050 x 730 x 2300 mm (W x D x H) Voltage 220 - 230 V, 1,5 phase, 13 Amp   How does the Cardboard baler TONNA10 work? The installment of the vertical baler TONNA10 is fairly simple. Basically, all you need to do is connect the air pressure and plug in the electricity and you are ready to go. The first step after the cardboard baler is installed is to pull the squeezing hammer up, so the space, where you will put waste material, is empty. This can be done simply by moving the handle. Then you need to put the waste material inside the cardboard baler. You can fill the vertical baler with plastic, wood, cardboard, paper, glass, and other waste materials. Fill it to the edge of the Cardboard baler. Then press the handle and the hydraulic hammer will start moving down and squeezing the waster material with pressure. The squeezing process can take a couple of minutes. When the squeezing is over, move the handle and bring the hammer up. Because of the pressure, the material will be squeezed in the bale which needs to be manually bound with a wire or strap. When the bale is bound open the door of the recycling baler and remove the bale by hand or forklift.   How does recycling baler works video   ﻿]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/recycling-baler-tonna10/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Recycling-baler-TONNA10-2.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/recycling-baler-tonna10-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/recycling-baler-tonna10-new.jpeg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Recycling-baler-TONNA10-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Recycling-baler-TONNA10-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Recycling-baler-TONNA10-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Recycling-baler-TONNA10-price-1.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Recycling-baler-TONNA10-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Recycling-baler-TONNA10-2.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>3800 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>3299 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>440020</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>310.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>824</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>824</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Papppresse</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Papppresse</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>330054</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Stretch wrapping machine SMARTWRAP-X]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Stretch Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP-X Stretch Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP-X has been widely used in industries such as glassware, tools, electric & electronic, paper, pottery, food & beverage, et. Stretch wrap machines use LLDPE stretch film as the main packing material to wrap the bulk cargos stacked on the pallet. The turntable of the Stretch Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP-X is wide 1500mm (on request we can also supply 1650mm/1800mm/2000mm/2200mm/2400mm) and the maximum packing height is 2000mm (on request we can supply 2400mm/2800mm). Pallets which can be put on Stretch wrap machine SMARTWRAP X can weigh 1500kg (on request we can supply also 2000kg, 2500kg). Stretch wrapper SMARTWRAP-X has a comprehensive safety protection system that includes a Fall prevention system, alarm if the film breaks or if there is no film, smooth film unrolling system, bottom pressure, and injury prevention device. It has Intelligent touch screen control with the human-machine delivery system, therefore, communication with the machine is simple and user-friendly. A tri-color LED safety indicator helps the operator see the status of the pallet process right away. In addition to that, our Intelligent Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP-X is equipped with an IoT module that provides the possibility for Remote maintenance, free upgrade, and equipment maintenance alarm reminder function. Pallet wrapper SMARTWRAP-X will dramatically increase Stretch wrapping productivity and free worker for doing demanding wrapping tasks. By using the wrapping machine SMARTWRAP-X you will decrease material costs because Hand wrapping generally has the highest material cost because there is no consistency of film usage and no substantial pre-stretch. It is also very difficult to manually wrap a safe-to-ship load consistently. We offer fast EU delivery and a 12-month warranty in all EU countries.   What is the price of the Stretch Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP-X? Although Stretch Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP-X is made of high-quality materials, it has implemented the latest Intelligent IoT technology and a comprehensive safety protection system the price of it is still very competitive. The price of the Stretch Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP-X is displayed at the beginning of the webpage. We can say that it is the cheapest Stretch wrapper with these characteristics on the EU market. However, the price of the stretch wrap machine does not reflect the quality. Despite it is affordable, the pallet wrapper is made out of high-quality metal and hard plastic and it has implemented the latest wrapping technology. Components are provided by Schneider, X-Line, and JSK. Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP-X has all needed certificates, CE and even exceeds industry standards and requirements.   Main Features of stretch wrap machine SMARTWRAP-X 1500mm turntable 2000mm packing height Max load weight: 1500KG Pre-fix film device, high packing efficiency A comprehensive safety protection system   Advantages of Stretch wrapper SMARTWRAP-X Pallet stretch wrapping machine use LLDPE stretch film as the main packing material to wrap the bulk cargos stacked on the pallet The film provides extra support during transportation and storage to protect them from dust, moisture, or damage The pallet wrapping machine has been widely used in industries such as glassware, tools, electric & electronic, paper, pottery, food & beverage, et A comprehensive safety protection system - Fall prevention system, no film&break film alarm, smooth film unrolling system, bottom pressure, and injury prevention device. Intelligent touch control with the human-machine delivery system. Our human-machine delivery system uses SMARTWASP which is independently developed, with remote maintenance system, troubleshooting and guidance function, all the SMARTWASP winding machine unified operating system, make use of more convenient, easier to maintain. Tri-color LED safety indicator IoT module - Remote maintenance equipment, free upgrade, and equipment maintenance alarm reminder function.   Specification of Stretch Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP-X Brand SMARTWRAP Model X Load weight 1500kg (on request 2000kg, 2500kg) Turntable speed 3-10rpm Packing speed 25-30 loads/h Column height 2400mm (on request 2800mm/3200mm) Packing height 2000mm (on request 2400mm/2800mm) Turntable size 1500mm (on request 1650mm/1800mm/2000mm/2200mm/2400mm) Turntable height 86.7mm Up&down speed 1.5-5m/min Film Width 500mm Film paper Core 76mm Noise decibel ≤75dB(A) Working environment Humidity: ≤90%, Temperature: -10-40℃ Machine power 0.75KW/0.375KW Voltage 2P AC 220V 50Hz Machine weight 450kg(1500mm)  520kg(1650mm) Machine size L2335*W1500*H2400(mm) Soft   start&stop Included Intelligent Alarm Included Stop at original starting height Included Turntable lock Included Cut film Manual Fix film on the pallet Artificial supplementary PLC X-Line Inverter JSK/X-Line Touch screen Smart Wasp Contacts Schneider Button switch Schneider Approaching switch SICK Sa...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/stretch-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/Pallet-wrapping-machine-SMARTWRAP-X.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/Pallet-wrapping-machine-SMARTWRAP-X-film-carriage.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/stretch-wrap-machine-SMART-WRAP-X-price-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/stretch-wrap-machine-SMART-WRAP-X-new-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/stretch-wrap-machine-SMART-WRAP-X-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/Pallet-wrapping-machine-SMARTWRAP-X-Touch-screen.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>3399 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2999 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:mpn>330054</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>460.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2473,834,2575</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2473</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Pakking maskiner &gt; Pallepakkemaskin</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>770070</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[SMITH Electric Forklift | 3-Wheel Electric Lift Truck 1500kg, 450cm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[SMITH Electric Forklift | 3-Wheel Electric Lift Truck 1500kg, 450cm SMITH Electric Forklift | 3-Wheel Electric Lift Truck is a multi-use forklift that leads the industry in run time, travel speeds, and lift/lowering speeds. The ergonomically pleasing, easy to maintain Three-Wheel Electric Forklift is an asset to any application, including narrow aisles and tight spaces. It adopts an advanced structure such as a ring rod lifting system and DC controller, at the same time it is equipped with a high-quality motor, battery, and pump station motor. 3-Wheel Electric Lift Truck employs cutting-edge techniques and quality-approved material in fulfillment with the set industrial norms. As well, our product is checked by our adept quality controllers in order to avoid any possible defect. Customers can avail 3-Wheel Electric Lift Trucks at affordable prices. It has the characteristics of maximum visibility nested rail profiles hydraulically damped lift cylinders low-noise lifting hydraulics reduced vibrations adjustable canted load rollers optimum load distribution less pollution and beautiful appearance This electric forklift is suitable for working on smooth ground in the warehouse and also in open spaces. A 3-Wheel Electric forklift can be used for lifting up heavy objects and pallets to about 4500mm high and transporting them to the new location. The electric forklift truck is an affordable and powerful electric forklift to have around. The 3-Wheel Electric Lift Truck can lift various objects and pallets and is highly customizable. The electric forklift has two motors. One is for driving and one is for lifting. The driving motor has the power of 24V/1.7 kW and the lifting motor has the power of 24V/4.5 kW This electric forklift comes with a powerful battery of 24V/400 Ah and a charger. The battery is very powerful and allows you to use an electric stacker for several hours without recharging. Recharging is very fast, therefore, you will not waste time waiting. The maneuverability and ease of operation with this 3-Wheel Electric Lift Truck will allow you to use it for lifting pallets or heavy objects 4500mm high from the ground and putting them in a new location. 3-Wheel Electric Lift Truck SMITH is designed in a way that can be easily operated and it doesn’t use a lot of space. It has a 12-month warranty, service is available only in Slovenia.   Specification of 3-Wheel Electric Forklift Model SMITH Electric Forklift | 3-Wheel Electric Lift Truck 1500kg, 450cm Power Battery Operation type Seated-on Load Capacity 1500 kg Load center distance 500 mm Distance between fork backrest and front wheel 158 mm Wheel base 1090 mm Weight with battery 2000 kg Tires PU Wheel size, front 305×127 mm Wheel size, rear 250×75 mm Wheels, number, front/rear 2/1 pcs The width between front wheels 783 mm Mast/fork carriage tilt forward/backward 2/5 ° Lifting height 4500 mm Free lift height 100 mm Lowered mast height 1995 mm Extended mast height 3950 mm Overhead load guard (cab) height 1980 mm Seat height 960 mm Overall length 2590 mm Overall width 917 mm Fork size, thickness/width/length 35/100/1070 mm Fork carriage width 618 mm Ground clearance under mast 90 mm Ground clearance, center of wheelbase 128 mm Aisle width for pallets 1000x1200 crossways 2893 mm Aisle width for pallets 800x1200 lengthways 3005 mm Turning radius 1348 mm Max.gradient performance, laden/unladen 8/10 % Travel speed, laden/unladen 6.5/8.0 km/h Lift speed, laden/unladen 100/140 mm/s Lowering speed, laden/unladen 155/130 mm/s Steering motor 24/0.165 kw Drive motor 24/1.7 kw Lift motor 24/4.5 kw Battery voltage/Rated capacity 24/400 V/Ah Battery weight 350 kg Battery dimensions (Length/width/height) 645/292/570 mm   Features of 3-Wheel Electric Lift Truck Side-pull batteries. It makes the replacement quickly and easily, ensures continuous operation, and greatly improves efficiency. The new chimney design, beautiful and strong, not only to the headlamps have a protective effect and is easy to remove maintenance. Unfolding a snap button can fully open the cover. The users can check, test, and maintain the driving system assembly, pump stations, controller assembly, batteries as well as other main electrical components. Lifting limitation function. When the forks are raised to the maximum height, the system will automatically cut off the power supply for lifting, and smoothly stop. This action not only can save energy, and prevent danger, but also extend the service life of the hydraulic systems and related components. The fire extinguisher bracket is on the rear part of the overhead guard, with a reasonable height for a catch. It reminds the users to get a fire extinguisher and raises awareness of fire prevention to protect lives and property. The hand brake and handle are set on the right side, which meets the ergonomic principles. It reduces the operator’s labor intensity and improves the operation comfort Wide-field mast design and reasonable position for dual ...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/smith-electric-forklift-3-wheel-electric-lift-truck-1500kg-450cm/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Three-wheel-electric-forklift.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>14000 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>10999 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMITH</g:brand><g:mpn>770070</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>1000</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>528</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>528</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Elektrisk pallestabler</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Elektrisk pallestabler</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>770060</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[SMITH Powered Pallet Truck Walkie - Li-ion battery - 1500kg, 1.5t, 200mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[SMITH Powered pallet truck Walkie - Li-ion battery - 1500kg 200mm SMITH Powered pallet truck Walkie is a Walkie type motorized pallet truck. It adopts an advanced structure such as a ring rod lifting system and DC controller, at the same time it is equipped with a high-quality motor, lithium battery, and pump station motor. This motorized pallet truck is designed to be used with two hands and it is the most affordable in this category of electric pump trucks. It has the characteristics of superior performance, convenient operation, flexible steering, reliable braking, good dynamic performance, less noise, less pollution, and a beautiful appearance. This series truck is suitable for working on the smooth ground in the warehouse. Powered pallet truck Walkie can be used for lifting up heavy objects and pallets to about 200mm high and transporting them to the new location. The electric pump truck is an affordable, lightweight, and powerful pallet truck to have around. The powered pallet truck can lift various objects and pallets and is highly customizable. The electric pallet truck has two motors. One is for driving and one is for lifting. Both motors have a power of 24V/0.75KW. This motorized pallet truck comes with a Li-ion battery 24V/30 Ah and a charger. The battery is very powerful and allows you to use an electric pump truck for several hours without recharging. Recharging is very fast, therefore, you will not waste time waiting. The maneuverability and ease of operation with this motorized pallet truck will allow you to use it for lifting pallets or heavy objects approximately 200mm high from the ground and putting them to the new location. Electric pump truck SMITH Walkie is designed in a way that can be easily operated and it doesn’t use a lot of space. It has a 12-month warranty and service is available only in the European Union.   SMITH Powered pallet truck Walkie specification: Model SMITH Powered pallet truck Walkie Drive type ELECTRIC Manner of operation Walkie Load Capacity 1500 kg Load Centre 600 c (mm) Distance between fork backrest and front wheel 944 x (mm) Wheel Base 1243 y (mm) Service Weight（with battery） 142 kg Tire material PU Driving wheel size Φ210×70 Φ×w(mm) Balance wheel size Φ80×60 Φ×w(mm) Qty of wheel，Front/Rear（x=driving wheel） 1x/4 Tread 400 mm Lifting Height 200 mm The height of handle in the operation position 740 mm Lowered fork height 85 mm Overall Length 1603 mm Body Length 453 mm Overall Width 550 mm Fork Size 50/150/1150 s/e/l (mm) Fork Width 550 mm Ground clearance under mast 35 mm Aisle width for pallets 1000*1200 crossways 1804 mm Aisle width for pallets 1000*1200 lengthways 1854 mm Turning Radius 1398 mm Driving Speed, load/unload 4.2/4.5 km/h Maximum gradeability load/unload 5/10 % Brake Type Electromagnetic brake Drive Motor 0.75 kW Lift Motor 0.75 kW Battery voltage/rate capacity 24/30 V/Ah Battery Weight（±5%） 7.8 kg Type of drive control DC Noise level ≤70 dB(A) Steering type Manual steering system   Advantages of electric pump truck SMITH: Ring rod lifting system and DC controller Li-ion battery 24V/30 Ah and a charger Convenient operation, flexible steering, and reliable braking system Good dynamic performance, less noise, less pollution, and beautiful appearance The electrical system includes walking and operation control. The truck use DC electric control assembly. The meter has a battery indicator What is the price of the electric pump truck SMITH? Powered pallet truck SMITH Walkie is one of the cheapest electric pump trucks out there. However, the price of the Powered pallet truck does not reflect on the quality. Despite it is affordable, the motorized pallet truck is made out of high-quality materials and it has implemented the latest lifting and driving technology. The price of the electric pallet truck is displayed above. The powered pallet truck has a 12-month warranty and comes with a Li-ion battery 24V/30 Ah and a charger. We offer also cheap international shipping. Where Powered pallet truck Walkie can be used: Altitude does not exceed 1200 meters Temperature not over +40℃, not under +5℃ When environment temperature at +40℃, the relative humidity can’t be over 50% The ground needs hard and flat It is forbidden to use this car in a corrosive environment such as a flammable and explosive or acid-base   How to use Electric pump truck Walkie: This is a tramp-type electric pump truck with autonomous control, lifting and lowering are controlled by the handle button. Improper use can cause personal injury or machine damage. Operators or operating companies need to ensure proper use, at the same time ensure that the truck is only operated by trained and authorized personnel. The Truck needs to be used on a firm, flat, intact surface and suitable surface, The truck is designed for indoor use at room temperature from+5°C to +40°C. The operator should use it under light load without using permanent barriers or pits, It is forbidden to operate on the slops. Du...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/smith-powered-pallet-truck-walkie-li-ion-battery-1500kg-200mm/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/7SMITH-Electric-pallet-truck-Walky-Li-ion-battery-1500kg-200mm-price.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/7SMITH-Electric-pallet-truck-Walky-Li-ion-battery-1500kg-200mm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1200 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>939 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMITH</g:brand><g:mpn>770060</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>190.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>528</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>528</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Elektrisk pallestabler</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Elektrisk pallestabler</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>770030</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[SMITH Electric Stacker S-Ride with Stand 2.6m 260cm 1500 kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[SMITH Electric Stacker with stand S-Ride 2,6m 260cm 1500 kg The Ergonomic and robust design of this electric pallet stacker with stand SMITH S-Ride helps provide maximum operator comfort during usage. A strong and robust stand will give the operator comfort and ease of use since the operator doesn't need to walk with the stacker. This will speed up the work process and make employees happier. On both sides, the electric stacker SMITH S-ride is equipped with sidearms, which make the drive convenient and safe. It is easy to operate and its two-handed operation system allows a precise lifting process. The Electric stacker SMITH S-Ride can be used for lifting and transporting heavy objects and pallets. With constant moving and lifting the battery takes around 6 hours. Charging is fast. It is assembled in China, and has parts from Japan, Germany, and Taiwan. If we don't have service in your country and something is wrong in the warranty period we will hire a local team and pay for the repair. Components are standard and can be easily replaced. It uses a car accumulator, which can be cheaply replaced if needed. Most spare parts are available. The electric stacker is an affordable, lightweight, and powerful forklift to have around. This electric pallet stacker with a paddle is designed to be used with two hands and it is the most stable in this category of electric pallet stackers with stand. The electric stacker S-Ride weighs 690 kg, therefore is very robust and stable and can lift various objects and pallets. When max lowered it measure 1877 mm in height.  The electric stacker has two motors. One is for lifting and one is for driving. The lifting motor has the power of 24V/2,2KW, and the driving motor has the power of 24V/0.75KW. This electric stacker comes with 2 batteries and a charger. Batteries are very powerful with a capacity of 2×12V/120Ah which allows you to use an electric stacker for several hours without recharging. Recharging is very fast, therefore, you will not waste time waiting. The maneuverability and ease of operation of this electric stacker will allow you to use it for lifting pallets or objects from the ground and putting them on the shelf or in the truck or for unloading the truck. The electric stacker SMITH S-Ride is also designed in a way that can be easily operated and doesn't use a lot of space. It has a 12-month warranty and service is available in the European Union. What is the price of an electric stacker with padel SMITH S-Ride? Electric stacker with stand SMITH is one of the cheapest electric stackers out there. However, the price of the electric stacker does not reflect the quality. Despite it being affordable, the electric stacker with padel and side arms is made out of high-quality materials and it has implemented the latest lifting and driving technology. You can find the limited price of the electric pallet stacker above. The electric stacker has a 12-month warranty and comes with two batteries 2*12V/120AH. Electric stackers use the battery as the power source by controlling DC motor on the driving wheel to fulfill the function of walking, DC motor converts the high-speed low torque to low-speed high torque through the gearbox, being implemented by the driving wheel. The speed of walking is controlled by the accelerator. Advantages of e stacker with stand SMITH: Robust and stable electric stacker with stand and side arms which make lifting and driving operations fast and safe. Employees can safely stand on the padel and drive on it while working. The stand and side are foldable and can be easily removed or added. Through it is an electric stacker with a platform it is equipped with a high-power and high-performance lifting pump station, which ensures good lifting. The turtle speed switch on the handle makes low-speed control more precise. German-imported waterproof micro-switches are built for usage in cold, damp, dusty, and other harsh environments. YONGCI motor drive system is small in size, lightweight, low loss, and highly efficient. Where to use e-stacker with padel SMITH? Electric stacker with stand SMITH is a very affordable electric forklift, its value is easily reflected when it is introduced into the packaging or transporting processes of any industry. It eases into the workflow and helps double, even sometimes triple the efficiency of its users. With the electric stacker manual heavy lifting is eliminated from the workspace. This reduces any occurrence of accidents in the factory or warehouse. Since the source of power is electricity, the electric stacker is very clean and doesn't produce and toxic gas, therefore it can be used indoors. There is no need for worry of tripping over wires and the need for cable management. The electric stacker uses a battery and comes with two batteries as stated earlier. This allows a seamless workflow. Since recharging is very fast. there is no need for stopping the workflow to charge the battery. This electric pallet stacker has...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/smith-electric-stacker-s-ride-with-stand-2-6m-260cm-1500-kg/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/SMITH-Electric-stacker-with-platform-1500kg-260cm-price.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/7SMITH-Electric-stacker-with-padel-1500kg-260cm-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/7SMITH-Electric-stacker-with-padel-1500kg-260cm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/7SMITH-Electric-stacker-with-padel-1500kg-260cm-cheap.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/7SMITH-Electric-stacker-with-stand-1500kg-260cm.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/7SMITH-Electric-stacker-with-stand-price-1500kg-260cm.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>3900 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>3099 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMITH</g:brand><g:mpn>770030</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>450.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>528</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>528</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Elektrisk pallestabler</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Elektrisk pallestabler</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>230030</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[TOP TAPE Automatic Box Taping Machine Carton Sealer 48-72mm (Kraft or BOPP tape)]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Automatic Box Taping Machine TOP TAPE Automatic Carton Closing Machines with adhesive tape will extremely speed up the packing process of boxes and cartons and other packages. The Automatic Carton Sealer packing machine automates the process of gluing the tape to the top and bottom of the box. The productivity of the packaging increases, the number of packed boxes per minute usually increases by several times. An automatic box-closing machine with adhesive tape is easy to use and can be operated by a person without prior professional training. Suitable for adhesive tapes of width from 48mm to 72mm and for boxes or packages of the length of between 280 and 550mm, width between 120 and 480mm, and height between 120 and 480mm. The Carton Sealing machine is developed for sealing cartons on both sides (top and bottom). Adjustable Table height 550-750mm.   Features of Automatic Box Taping Carton Closing Machine TOP TAPE Automatically fold carton top flaps Automatically convey and seal carton top and bottom meanwhile Suitable to connect full automatic production line Side belts drive Carton width and height needs to be adjusted manually   TOP TAPE Box Taping Machine specification: · Side belts drive included · Suitable for heavy products Model TOP TAPE Box Taping Machine Power supply 1p 110V/220V 50Hz/60Hz 400W Sealing speed 19 meter/min Carton size L(280～550)mm × W(120～480)mm × H(120～480)mm Tape size 48-72mm (Kraft or BOPP tape) Air pressure 4-6 kgf/cm2 Table height 550-750mm (adjustable) Electronic components Motor: Taiwan "Luson" Contactor & Pushbutton switch: France "Schneider" Pneumatic components: Taiwan "Airtac" Sealing tape Kraft tape, BOPP tape Noise ≤75dB(A) Condition Humidity≤90%, temperature 0-40℃ Lubrication General application lubrication oil Machine size L(1650)×W(836)×H(1400)mm Shipping size L(2100)×W(1100)×H(1500)mm G.W/N.W 230kg/180kg Performance Manual position, top fin back-folding automatically, transport in due time automatically, don’t need to take care by the person, it adapts to connect with the fully automatic production line.   Table dimensions of Automatic Box Taping Machine The function of the TOP TAPE Box Taping Machine Carton flaps are folded automatically, and then the machine seals the upper and lower sides of the carton. The carton must be in the middle of the machine, and the upper and lower parts of the carton are sealed. 48mm-72mm wide adhesive tapes can be used in the taping head, which can be customized according to customer needs.  In order that the machine can work properly, please first consider the length, width, height, and weight of a carton. Carton specifications for the machine are as follows, which can be customized according to customer needs: Length: (280～550)mm × Width: (120～480)mm × Height (120～480)mm   How Carton Sealer with Box Taping Machine works Connect the power supply, the power light will be bright, Connect the air supply. Press the START button, the machine starts, the belts start moving. Without folding the carton flaps, push the carton box to the belts area, the belts will drive the carton box moving forward. During the process of the carton box moving forward, the machine will automatically fold carton top flaps, the taping head will seal the carton box, the finished carton box will outfeed through the belts. The top and bottom surfaces of the cartons to be sealed are pressed by upper and lower rollers, thus the cartons are sealed automatically. The blade cuts off the adhesive tape automatically after the carton sealing requirements are met.   Video of Automatic Box Taping Machine]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/top-tape-automatic-boxtaping-machine-carton-sealer-48-72mm-kraft-or-bopp-tape/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Automatic-case-sealer-TOP-TAPE.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>4679 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>4199 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>230030</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>220.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>973</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2602,833,2473,530</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2602</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Cardboard packaging</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Pakking maskiner &gt; Kartongforseglere</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>770020</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[SMITH Electric Stacker 3,5 m 350 cm 1500 kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[SMITH Electric Stacker 3,5 m 350 cm 1500 kg The Electric stacker SMITH can be used for lifting and transporting heavy objects and pallets. The electric stacker is an affordable, lightweight and powerful forklift to have around. This electric pallet stacker is designed to be used with two hands and it is the most stable in this category of electric pallet stackers. The electric stacker is highly customizable and can lift various objects and pallets. The electric stacker has two motors. One is for lifting and one is for driving. The lifting motor has the power of 24V/2,2KW and the driving motor has the power of 24V/0.75KW. This electric stacker comes with 2 batteries and a charger. Batteries are very powerful and allow you to use an electric stacker for several hours without recharging. Recharging is very fast, therefore, you will not waste time waiting. The maneuverability and ease of operation with this electric stacker will allow you to use it for lifting pallets or objects from the ground and putting them on the shelf or in the truck or for unloading the truck. Electric stacker SMITH is also designed in a way that can be easily operated and it doesn't use a lot of space. It has a 12-month warranty and service is available only in the European Union.   What is the price of an electric stacker SMITH? Electric stacker SMITH is one of the cheapest electric stackers out there. However, the price of an electric stacker does not reflect on the quality. Despite it being affordable, the electric stacker is made out of high-quality materials and it has implemented the latest lifting and driving technology. The price of the electric pallet stacker is displayed above. The electric stacker has a 12-month warranty and comes with two batteries 2*12V/100AH.   Advantages of electric stacker SMITH: The side-driven design effectively reduces the size of the operation channel. With a small turning radius and better view, this stacker is suitable for narrow spaces. Though it is an economical electric stacker, it is still equipped with high-power and high. performance lifting pump station, which ensures good lifting. The turtle speed switch on the handle makes low-speed control more precise. German imported waterproof micro-switches are built for usage in cold, damp, dusty and other harsh environments. YONGCI motor drive system is small in size, lightweight, low loss, and highly efficient.   Where to use electric stacker SMITH? Electric stacker SMITH is a very affordable electric forklift, its value is easily reflected when it is introduced into the packaging or transporting processes of any industry. It eases into the workflow and helps double, even sometimes triple the efficiency of its users. With the electric stacker manual heavy lifting is eliminated from the workspace. This reduces any occurrence of accidents in the factory or warehouse. Since the source of power is electricity, the electric stacker is very clean and doesn't produce and toxic gas, therefore it can be used indoors. There is no need for worry of tripping over wires and the need for cable management. The electric stacker uses a battery and comes with two batteries as stated earlier. This allows a seamless workflow. Since recharging is very fast. there is no need for stopping the workflow to charge the battery. This electric pallet stacker has been built to be very stable and robust, it can easily transport and lift heavy objects in different shapes. Electric stacker SMITH is widely used in the paper, aluminum, textile, steel, logistics, farm, chemical, metal industries. Electric pallet stacker SMITH has a very robust body and it is easy to use. The electric stacker moves fast, however, it can be easily controlled and maneuvered. The electric stacker is beautiful and strong. With the electric pallet stacker, you will be able to automate operations and speed uplifting and transporting activities. The electric pallet stacker SMITH has a high degree of automation, simple operation and it is easy to understand. The body of the electric stacker is made of high-strength alloy materials and engineering plastics, which is durable in use. The electric stacker is easy to move and can be used for various sizes of packages.   Specs of SMITH Electric Stacker 350cm 1500 kg Model: SMITH electric stacker 1535 Power unit Electric Operation Pedestrian Rated traction weight kg 1500 Load center c (mm) 600 Axle center to fork face x (mm) 720 Wheelbase y (mm) 1167 Wheels type PU Driving wheels size Ø x w (mm) Ø210 x 70 Bearing wheel size Ø x w (mm) Ø80 x 70 additional wheels (dimensions) Ø x w (mm) Ø115 x 55 Wheels, number front/rear (x= driven) 1x+1/4 Track width b10 (mm) 522 Track width b11 (mm) 410/535 Height of mast, lowered h1 (mm) 2245 Free lift h2 (mm) 0 Lift h3 (mm) 3500 Height of mast, extended h4 (mm) 3924 Overall height (With handle) h14 (mm) 700/1225 Overall length l1 (mm) 1740 Length to fork face l2 (mm) 590 Overall width b1/b2 (mm) 795 Fork dimensions s/e/l (mm) ...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/smith-electric-stacker-35m-350cm-1500kg/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/Electric-stacker-3500mm-350cm-1500kg.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/Electric-stacker-350cm-1500kg-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/Electric-stacker-specification.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/Electric-stacker-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/Electric-stacker-3500mm-350cm-1500kg-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/Electric-stacker-350cm-1500kg.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>3000 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2389 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMITH</g:brand><g:mpn>770020</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>525.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>528</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>528</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Elektrisk pallestabler</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Elektrisk pallestabler</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>130041</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[AIR Metal 19-32mm (3/4" - 1 1/2") - Pneumatic steel strapping tool with seal joint — strap-width: 16-19mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[AIR Metal 19-32mm (3/4" - 1 1/2") - Pneumatic steel strapping tool with seal joint AIR Metal 19-32mm Pneumatic Strapping tool is suitable for the packing of steel, timber, brick, fiber, pallets, and other heavy and unstable items. It is used in the paper industry, aluminum industry, steel industry, wood, wooden packaging, chemical fiber, cotton, tobacco, chemicals, metal industry, and so on. Pneumatic strapping tool Air Metal can be used for steel strap which is 19-32 mm wide. The pneumatic strapping tool is an affordable, lightweight, and powerful tool to have around. This pneumatic strapping machine can be used with one hand if the pneumatic tool is attached to the wire, Anyhow it is one of the lightest pneumatic strapping tools in this category and has strengths. The pneumatic bander is highly customizable and can be used for 19-32mm or 3/3″ to 1 1/2″ wide metal strap. The strapping tension is customizable and can be set to up to 9800 N (2200 lbs). Pneumatic strapping tool AIR Metal works on air pressure, therefore you have to have a source of air in the facility. This pneumatic strapping tool's maneuverability and ease of operation will allow you to use it for vertical and horizontal strapping. This pneumatic banding tool is also designed to deliver a high-grade friction weld seal. To use this tool you will need a steel strap 19-32mm and a clip for the steel strap. It has a 12-month warranty and service is available only in the European Union.   AIR Metal 19-32mm (3/4" - 1 1/2") - Pneumatic steel strapping tool with seal joint is a combination of different tools and its functions as tensioners, sealers, and cutters. You will save time and money by eliminating the need to buy and handle separate tools.   Advantages of Pneumatic steel strapping tool AIR Metal 19-32mm Pneumatic Push-type Combination Tool for Steel Strapping Easy to operate The ergonomic design makes it easy to maneuver when suspended, helping to reduce operator fatigue. The simple one-lever operation allows for fast tensioning, sealing and cutoff. Simple to maintain Minimal wear parts and a freewheel that can be replaced in minutes. Versatile It is ideal for angular and irregularly-shaped products. Durable All metal and alloy parts provide long-lasting, low-maintenance operation.   What is the price of air-powered pneumatic banding tool AIR Metal? Pneumatic strapping tool AIR Metal 19-32mm is made of high-quality materials, it can be used for steel strap which is wide between 19-32mm and has a very strong tension force of 9.800N, the price of it is still very affordable. We can say that it is the cheapest pneumatic strapping tool with these characteristics on the market. However, the price of the pneumatic strapping tool does not reflect the quality. Despite it is affordable, the pneumatic banding tool is made out of high-quality steel and it has implemented the latest welding technology. The maximum tension force is 9800N and can be adjustable. It works on air pressure, therefore you can use the tool around the clock all you need is a source of pressed air.   Specification of Pneumatic steel strapping tool AIR Metal 32mm Apply straps Steel strip  Air pressure 0.35-0.6Mpa Straps specification （19-32）×（0.8-1.2） mm Steel strip tension speed 5.3 m/min Tension force ≥9.8 KN/0.6Mpa Machine weight 15 kg   Specification of Pneumatic steel strapping tool AIR Metal 16-19mm Apply straps Steel strip  Air pressure 0.4-0.6Mpa Straps specification （16-19）×（0.63-0.9） mm Steel strip tension speed 5.3 m/min Tension force ≥3KN Machine weight 4 kg     How does the Pneumatic steel strapping tool AIR Metal 19-32mm works The Ergonomic and rugged design of this friction weld, pneumatic-powered, hand strapping tool helps provide maximum operator comfort during use. It is easy to operate and if the tool is attached to a pully it can be used with one hand. A single thumb pressing operates the tool, with tensioning and sealing at the touch of the button. Put the steel strap with the stipulated width around the package then overlap the straps with the lead end on the bottom and hold the strap in your left hand, after making sure the strap is clean and oil-free, squeeze the release lever and insert the steel clip on the strap and then the pneumatic tool on the steel clip. Adjustable strapping and adjustable sealing time allow individuals free reign in setting the machine for the different strap types available. Press the tension butting to start tensioning when the desired tension is reached the button is pressed again to initiate welding when this is done the tool then cools the strap and cuts it. The pneumatic strapping tool is built to last and withstand usage in factories or warehouses. The pneumatic strapping tool has a one-year warranty and it is serviced in the European Union.   Pneumatic steel strapping tool AIR Metal 19-32mm video ﻿]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/air-metal-19-32mm-pneumatic-steel-strapping-tool/?attribute_strap-width=16-19mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/air-metal-19-32mm-pneumatic-steel-strapping-tool.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/pneumatic-steel-strapping-tools-AIR-Metal-19-32mm-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/pneumatic-steel-strapping-tools-AIR-Metal-19-32mm-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/pneumatic-steel-strapping-tools-AIR-Metal-19-32mm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2200 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1799 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>130041</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>6463</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>12 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>130040</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[AIR Metal 19-32mm (3/4" - 1 1/2") - Pneumatic steel strapping tool with seal joint — strap-width: 32mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[AIR Metal 19-32mm (3/4" - 1 1/2") - Pneumatic steel strapping tool with seal joint AIR Metal 19-32mm Pneumatic Strapping tool is suitable for the packing of steel, timber, brick, fiber, pallets, and other heavy and unstable items. It is used in the paper industry, aluminum industry, steel industry, wood, wooden packaging, chemical fiber, cotton, tobacco, chemicals, metal industry, and so on. Pneumatic strapping tool Air Metal can be used for steel strap which is 19-32 mm wide. The pneumatic strapping tool is an affordable, lightweight, and powerful tool to have around. This pneumatic strapping machine can be used with one hand if the pneumatic tool is attached to the wire, Anyhow it is one of the lightest pneumatic strapping tools in this category and has strengths. The pneumatic bander is highly customizable and can be used for 19-32mm or 3/3″ to 1 1/2″ wide metal strap. The strapping tension is customizable and can be set to up to 9800 N (2200 lbs). Pneumatic strapping tool AIR Metal works on air pressure, therefore you have to have a source of air in the facility. This pneumatic strapping tool's maneuverability and ease of operation will allow you to use it for vertical and horizontal strapping. This pneumatic banding tool is also designed to deliver a high-grade friction weld seal. To use this tool you will need a steel strap 19-32mm and a clip for the steel strap. It has a 12-month warranty and service is available only in the European Union.   AIR Metal 19-32mm (3/4" - 1 1/2") - Pneumatic steel strapping tool with seal joint is a combination of different tools and its functions as tensioners, sealers, and cutters. You will save time and money by eliminating the need to buy and handle separate tools.   Advantages of Pneumatic steel strapping tool AIR Metal 19-32mm Pneumatic Push-type Combination Tool for Steel Strapping Easy to operate The ergonomic design makes it easy to maneuver when suspended, helping to reduce operator fatigue. The simple one-lever operation allows for fast tensioning, sealing and cutoff. Simple to maintain Minimal wear parts and a freewheel that can be replaced in minutes. Versatile It is ideal for angular and irregularly-shaped products. Durable All metal and alloy parts provide long-lasting, low-maintenance operation.   What is the price of air-powered pneumatic banding tool AIR Metal? Pneumatic strapping tool AIR Metal 19-32mm is made of high-quality materials, it can be used for steel strap which is wide between 19-32mm and has a very strong tension force of 9.800N, the price of it is still very affordable. We can say that it is the cheapest pneumatic strapping tool with these characteristics on the market. However, the price of the pneumatic strapping tool does not reflect the quality. Despite it is affordable, the pneumatic banding tool is made out of high-quality steel and it has implemented the latest welding technology. The maximum tension force is 9800N and can be adjustable. It works on air pressure, therefore you can use the tool around the clock all you need is a source of pressed air.   Specification of Pneumatic steel strapping tool AIR Metal 32mm Apply straps Steel strip  Air pressure 0.35-0.6Mpa Straps specification （19-32）×（0.8-1.2） mm Steel strip tension speed 5.3 m/min Tension force ≥9.8 KN/0.6Mpa Machine weight 15 kg   Specification of Pneumatic steel strapping tool AIR Metal 16-19mm Apply straps Steel strip  Air pressure 0.4-0.6Mpa Straps specification （16-19）×（0.63-0.9） mm Steel strip tension speed 5.3 m/min Tension force ≥3KN Machine weight 4 kg     How does the Pneumatic steel strapping tool AIR Metal 19-32mm works The Ergonomic and rugged design of this friction weld, pneumatic-powered, hand strapping tool helps provide maximum operator comfort during use. It is easy to operate and if the tool is attached to a pully it can be used with one hand. A single thumb pressing operates the tool, with tensioning and sealing at the touch of the button. Put the steel strap with the stipulated width around the package then overlap the straps with the lead end on the bottom and hold the strap in your left hand, after making sure the strap is clean and oil-free, squeeze the release lever and insert the steel clip on the strap and then the pneumatic tool on the steel clip. Adjustable strapping and adjustable sealing time allow individuals free reign in setting the machine for the different strap types available. Press the tension butting to start tensioning when the desired tension is reached the button is pressed again to initiate welding when this is done the tool then cools the strap and cuts it. The pneumatic strapping tool is built to last and withstand usage in factories or warehouses. The pneumatic strapping tool has a one-year warranty and it is serviced in the European Union.   Pneumatic steel strapping tool AIR Metal 19-32mm video ﻿]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/air-metal-19-32mm-pneumatic-steel-strapping-tool/?attribute_strap-width=32mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/pneumatic-steel-strapping-tools-AIR-Metal-19-32mm-cheap.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/pneumatic-steel-strapping-tools-AIR-Metal-19-32mm-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/pneumatic-steel-strapping-tools-AIR-Metal-19-32mm-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/pneumatic-steel-strapping-tools-AIR-Metal-19-32mm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2200 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>130040</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>6463</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>12.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>110010</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[NEO 9-16mm PET/PP baterijski spenjalec vključno z baterijo in polnilcem]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Battery Strapping Tool NEO 9-16mm (3/8″-5/8″) PET/PP strap incl. Battery & Charger NEO Handheld Strapping Machine is suitable for the packing of steel, timber, brick, fiber for its compact design and lightweight that enables portability. It is used in the paper industry, aluminum industry, steel industry, wood, wooden packaging, chemical fiber, cotton, tobacco, chemicals, metal industry and so on. The battery banding tool NEO can be used for PET and PP straps which are 9-16 mm wide. The battery strapping tool is an affordable, lightweight and powerful tool to have around. This banding strapping machine is designed to be used with one hand and it is one of the lightest in this category of battery banding tools. The bander is highly customizable and can be used for 9-16mm or 3/8″ to 5/8″ wide polyester (PET) or polypropylene (PP) strapping. The strapping tension is customizable and can be set to up to 2800 N (630 lbs). Battery strapping tool NEO comes with a Lithium battery, which have a capacity 6000mAh, therefore, you can make more than 800 strapping cycles with one single charge. The charger is also included, so you are able to get your bundling process started as soon as the package arrives.  The maneuverability and ease of operation with this battery strapping tool will allow you to use it for vertical and horizontal strapping. This battery banding tool is also designed to deliver a high-grade friction weld seal. It has a 12-month warranty and service is available only in the European Union.   What is the price of battery-powered banding tool NEO? Although battery strapping tool NEO 9-16mm is made of high-quality materials, it can be used for PET and PP straps which are wide between 9-16mm and has a very powerful Lithium battery (6000mAh), the price of it is still very affordable. We can say that it is the cheapest battery strapping tool with these characteristics on the market. However, the price of battery strapping tool does not reflect on the quality. Despite it is affordable, the banding tool is made out of high-quality hard plastic and it has implemented the latest welding technology. The maximum tension force is 2800N and can be adjustable. With one single charge battery strapping tool NEO can produce more than 800 strapping cycles.   Advantages of Battery banding tool NEO Samsung high-capacity 6000mAh, 14.4V battery (up to 2000 charges) Approximate 800-1000 strapping cycles in one single charge (30 minutes) Brushless Rare-Eart Motor, high efficiency, light temperature increase, continuous work up to 15.000 hours High-quality PCB (print circuit board), dust-proof, moisture-proof, anti-static   Characteristics of battery strapping tool NEO9-16mm： Easy to use, lightweight, compact design, portability - Portable, lightweight No fasteners, friction welding, high sealing efficiency - Efficient A high degree of automation - Easy to operate Suitable for different sizes and shapes - Adjustable Machine frame and components adopt high strength alloy material and engineering plastics - Durable High safety performance - Safe   Specification of battery banding tool NEO 9-16mm: Machine model Battery strapping tool NEO 9-16mm PET/PP Weight 3.4KG Machine dimensions 350*140*120MM Maximum tension force 2800N Strap sealing form friction welding Application straps PP/PET belts Strap width 9-16MM Strapping thickness 0.5-1.2MM Battery capacity Lithium battery（DC14.4V、6000MAH） Charger input voltage（AC100-245V、50-60HZ） output voltage（DC16.8V-3.0A） Battery life Up to 2000 times accessories A set of commonly used tools and gear washers. After-sales service The whole machine is guaranteed for 1 year, except for wearing parts (blades, gaskets, tensioning wheel), and the tightening motor and control board are guaranteed for 3 years.   How does the battery banding tool works in industrial packing? The Ergonomic and rugged design of this friction weld, battery-powered, hand strapping tool helps provide maximum operator comfort during use. It is easy to operate and its single-handed operation allows for flexibility during use. A single thumb pressing operates the tool, with tensioning and sealing at the touch of the button. Put the PET or PP strap with the stipulated width around the package then overlap the straps with the lead end on the bottom and hold the strap in your left hand, after making sure the strap is clean and oil-free, squeeze the release lever and insert the strap in the tool while making sure they are overlapped and aligned against the strap guides. Adjustable strapping and adjustable sealing time allows individual free reign in setting the machine for the different strap types available. For the semi-automatic strap press, the tension butting to start tensioning, when the desired tension is reached the button is pressed again to initiate welding when this is done the tool then cools the strap and cut it. The battery lasts for up to 800 seals, thanks to Samsung's high-capacity Lithium battery (6000mAh). The b...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/neo-9-16mm-pet-pp-battery-strapping-tool/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/battery-strapping-tool-NEO-9-16mm-PET-PP-e1574251066607.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/battery-strapping-tool-NEO-9-16mm-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/battery-strapping-tool-NEO-9-16mm-sale.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/battery-strapping-tool-NEO-9-16mm-purchase.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/battery-strapping-tool-NEO-9-16mm-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/battery-strapping-tool-NEO-9-16mm-low-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/battery-strapping-tool-NEO-9-16mm-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/battery-strapping-tool-NEO-9-16mm-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1299 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1199 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>110010</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>3.9 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>531,2473,2652,2552</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>531</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Batteridrevet Strekkapparat</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Stroppingsverktøy &gt; Batteridrevet Strekkapparat</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>110130</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Signode BXT3 9-19mm (3/8″, 3/4″) Battery Powered Strapping Tool — strap-width: BXT3-13: 9–13mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Signode BXT3 9-19mm (3/8″, 3/4″) Battery Powered Strapping Tool The Signode BXT3 is the next generation of the successful Signode BXT2 battery-powered combination tools for 9-19 mm PP and PET plastic strapping. The tool series is designed to help enhance convenience and speed. It accepts polyester and polypropylene strapping. It can pull adjustable tension of up to 4500N (1000 lbs). This latest poly strapping tool features Bosch Hypercharge Technology that further helps increase your production. It helps in recharging the battery up to 80% within just 15 minutes. The BXT next-generation battery powered strapping tools have a number of revolutionary world firsts in manual strapping features. The BXT3 is designed to withstand the everyday rigors of industrial use over many years. The battery strapping tool Signode BXT3 can be operated with different strap widths: ● BXT3-13: 9–10 mm, 12–13 mm (3/8″, 1/2″) ● BXT3-16: 12–13 mm, 15–16 mm (1/2″, 5/8″) ● BXT3-19: 15–16 mm, 18–19 mm (5/8″, 3/4″) What is the price of Signode BXT3 SIGNODE BXT3 battery strapping tool is one of the best battery strapping tools currently on the market. However, the price does not reflect on premium quality. Despite its high-quality and all-new features, the price of Signode BXT3 strapping tool is still modest. Signode BXT3 is made out of high-quality hard plastic and it has implemented the latest welding technology. Additionally, it has a large digital display and it comes with a battery and a charger. New features of Signode BXT3 battery strapping tool: E-controlled strapping process Strap alignment indicator The welding time can be set Quickly access your favorite strapping function Ergonomic protective design with new battery cover to increase longevity Fewer wear parts make it economical to maintain Improved performance offers up 800 cycles per charge Lock feature to ensure consistent results Easy to use – Digital tool HMI Interface touchpad controls with new highlights for simple operator use and reduced training needs. Secure packaging process – Favourite cycle settings for process repeatability – a world first! Exact load securement – actually applied strap tension to the load indicated in display- a world first in a hand tool! Easy to package sensitive products – Single finger strap tension speed control through finger pressure, so easy to position load protection, etc when strapping – again another world first! Light-weight – the perfect balance to the tool makes it easy to use in all applications, vertically and horizontally without any operator fatigue issues. Industry-proven high-quality tool and parts – Swiss made for reliability, durability and lowest cost of ownership over the tool lifetime. The heavy-duty shock resistant tool housing ensures longevity and also provides maximum protection for the battery. Specification of battery banding tool Signode BXT3: Strapping tool BXT3-13 BXT3-16 BXT3-19 Operation mode auto / semi / manual auto / semi / manual auto / semi / manual Variable tension speed range 0 – 290 mm / s 0 – 220 mm / s 0 – 120 mm / s Weight (incl. battery) 3,6 kg 3,8 kg 4,3 kg Relative humidity up 90% up 90% up 90% Battery / charger BXT3-13 BXT3-16 BXT3-19 Charger type Bosch Bosch Bosch Battery charger voltage 100 or 110 or 230 V 100 or 110 ok 230 V 100 ok 110 ok 230 V Charging time 15-30 min 15-30 min 25-35 min Battery type Bosch Li-Ion 18V, 2.0Ah Bosch Li-Ion 18V, 2.0Ah Bosch Li-Ion 18V, 4.0Ah Cycles per battery charge Low tension (N) Medium tension (N) High tension (N)  800 400 800 1200  800 900 1700 2500  800 1300 2900 4500 Strap BXT3-13 BXT3-16 BXT3-19 Strap PET (Polyester)PP (Polypropylene) PET (Polyester)PP (Polypropylene) PET (Polyester)PP (Polypropylene) Width 9-13mm (3/8”, 1/2”) 12-16mm (1/2”, 5/8”) 16-19mm (5/8”, 3/4”) Thickness 0.4-0.8 mm (PET .015”–.031” PP .019”–.031”) 0,5-1 mm (.019”–.040”) 0,8-1,3 mm (.031”–.051”) Features BXT3-13 BXT3-16 BXT3-19 Real-time indication of applied tension force OK OK OK Variable tension speed OK OK OK Favorite strapping function OK OK OK Display color indication for tool status information OK OK OK Strap alignment indication OK OK OK   How Battery banding tool Signode BXT3 works: The rocker lever is used to open the tensioning device so that the straps can be inserted. The straps are clamped between the toothplate on the rocker (1) and the tension wheel (2). The strap is tensioned by the tension wheel (2) rotating in a counter-clockwise direction. The straps are welded in the welding device (3) using the friction welding process. The upper strap is cut off by the knife (4). Signode BXT3 allows you to choose between three operating modes: Semi-automatic (standard/factory setting) The tensioning button (Section 3.1) must be pressed and held down until the set tension force has been reached. The straps are then automatically welded and the upper strap is cut off. It can be welded manually at any time by pressing the welding button. Fully automatic The tensioning butt...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/signode-bxt3-9-19mm/?attribute_strap-width=BXT3-13%3A+9%E2%80%9313mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/Signode-BXT3-battery-powered-strapping-tool.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/Signode-BXT3-battery-powered-strapping-tool-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/Signode-BXT3-battery-powered-strapping-tool-low-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/Signode-BXT3-battery-powered-strapping-tool-lcd.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/Signode-BXT3-battery-powered-strapping-tool-range.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>out of stock</g:availability><g:price>2449 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>signode</g:brand><g:mpn>110130</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>4041</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>4.9 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>110140</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Signode BXT3 9-19mm (3/8″, 3/4″) Battery Powered Strapping Tool — strap-width: BXT3-16: 12-16mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Signode BXT3 9-19mm (3/8″, 3/4″) Battery Powered Strapping Tool The Signode BXT3 is the next generation of the successful Signode BXT2 battery-powered combination tools for 9-19 mm PP and PET plastic strapping. The tool series is designed to help enhance convenience and speed. It accepts polyester and polypropylene strapping. It can pull adjustable tension of up to 4500N (1000 lbs). This latest poly strapping tool features Bosch Hypercharge Technology that further helps increase your production. It helps in recharging the battery up to 80% within just 15 minutes. The BXT next-generation battery powered strapping tools have a number of revolutionary world firsts in manual strapping features. The BXT3 is designed to withstand the everyday rigors of industrial use over many years. The battery strapping tool Signode BXT3 can be operated with different strap widths: ● BXT3-13: 9–10 mm, 12–13 mm (3/8″, 1/2″) ● BXT3-16: 12–13 mm, 15–16 mm (1/2″, 5/8″) ● BXT3-19: 15–16 mm, 18–19 mm (5/8″, 3/4″) What is the price of Signode BXT3 SIGNODE BXT3 battery strapping tool is one of the best battery strapping tools currently on the market. However, the price does not reflect on premium quality. Despite its high-quality and all-new features, the price of Signode BXT3 strapping tool is still modest. Signode BXT3 is made out of high-quality hard plastic and it has implemented the latest welding technology. Additionally, it has a large digital display and it comes with a battery and a charger. New features of Signode BXT3 battery strapping tool: E-controlled strapping process Strap alignment indicator The welding time can be set Quickly access your favorite strapping function Ergonomic protective design with new battery cover to increase longevity Fewer wear parts make it economical to maintain Improved performance offers up 800 cycles per charge Lock feature to ensure consistent results Easy to use – Digital tool HMI Interface touchpad controls with new highlights for simple operator use and reduced training needs. Secure packaging process – Favourite cycle settings for process repeatability – a world first! Exact load securement – actually applied strap tension to the load indicated in display- a world first in a hand tool! Easy to package sensitive products – Single finger strap tension speed control through finger pressure, so easy to position load protection, etc when strapping – again another world first! Light-weight – the perfect balance to the tool makes it easy to use in all applications, vertically and horizontally without any operator fatigue issues. Industry-proven high-quality tool and parts – Swiss made for reliability, durability and lowest cost of ownership over the tool lifetime. The heavy-duty shock resistant tool housing ensures longevity and also provides maximum protection for the battery. Specification of battery banding tool Signode BXT3: Strapping tool BXT3-13 BXT3-16 BXT3-19 Operation mode auto / semi / manual auto / semi / manual auto / semi / manual Variable tension speed range 0 – 290 mm / s 0 – 220 mm / s 0 – 120 mm / s Weight (incl. battery) 3,6 kg 3,8 kg 4,3 kg Relative humidity up 90% up 90% up 90% Battery / charger BXT3-13 BXT3-16 BXT3-19 Charger type Bosch Bosch Bosch Battery charger voltage 100 or 110 or 230 V 100 or 110 ok 230 V 100 ok 110 ok 230 V Charging time 15-30 min 15-30 min 25-35 min Battery type Bosch Li-Ion 18V, 2.0Ah Bosch Li-Ion 18V, 2.0Ah Bosch Li-Ion 18V, 4.0Ah Cycles per battery charge Low tension (N) Medium tension (N) High tension (N)  800 400 800 1200  800 900 1700 2500  800 1300 2900 4500 Strap BXT3-13 BXT3-16 BXT3-19 Strap PET (Polyester)PP (Polypropylene) PET (Polyester)PP (Polypropylene) PET (Polyester)PP (Polypropylene) Width 9-13mm (3/8”, 1/2”) 12-16mm (1/2”, 5/8”) 16-19mm (5/8”, 3/4”) Thickness 0.4-0.8 mm (PET .015”–.031” PP .019”–.031”) 0,5-1 mm (.019”–.040”) 0,8-1,3 mm (.031”–.051”) Features BXT3-13 BXT3-16 BXT3-19 Real-time indication of applied tension force OK OK OK Variable tension speed OK OK OK Favorite strapping function OK OK OK Display color indication for tool status information OK OK OK Strap alignment indication OK OK OK   How Battery banding tool Signode BXT3 works: The rocker lever is used to open the tensioning device so that the straps can be inserted. The straps are clamped between the toothplate on the rocker (1) and the tension wheel (2). The strap is tensioned by the tension wheel (2) rotating in a counter-clockwise direction. The straps are welded in the welding device (3) using the friction welding process. The upper strap is cut off by the knife (4). Signode BXT3 allows you to choose between three operating modes: Semi-automatic (standard/factory setting) The tensioning button (Section 3.1) must be pressed and held down until the set tension force has been reached. The straps are then automatically welded and the upper strap is cut off. It can be welded manually at any time by pressing the welding button. Fully automatic The tensioning butt...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/signode-bxt3-9-19mm/?attribute_strap-width=BXT3-16%3A+12-16mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/Signode-BXT3-battery-powered-strapping-tool.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/Signode-BXT3-battery-powered-strapping-tool-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/Signode-BXT3-battery-powered-strapping-tool-low-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/Signode-BXT3-battery-powered-strapping-tool-lcd.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/Signode-BXT3-battery-powered-strapping-tool-range.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2789 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2679 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>signode</g:brand><g:mpn>110140</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>4041</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>3.4 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>110150</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Signode BXT3 9-19mm (3/8″, 3/4″) Battery Powered Strapping Tool — strap-width: BXT3-19: 15-19 mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Signode BXT3 9-19mm (3/8″, 3/4″) Battery Powered Strapping Tool The Signode BXT3 is the next generation of the successful Signode BXT2 battery-powered combination tools for 9-19 mm PP and PET plastic strapping. The tool series is designed to help enhance convenience and speed. It accepts polyester and polypropylene strapping. It can pull adjustable tension of up to 4500N (1000 lbs). This latest poly strapping tool features Bosch Hypercharge Technology that further helps increase your production. It helps in recharging the battery up to 80% within just 15 minutes. The BXT next-generation battery powered strapping tools have a number of revolutionary world firsts in manual strapping features. The BXT3 is designed to withstand the everyday rigors of industrial use over many years. The battery strapping tool Signode BXT3 can be operated with different strap widths: ● BXT3-13: 9–10 mm, 12–13 mm (3/8″, 1/2″) ● BXT3-16: 12–13 mm, 15–16 mm (1/2″, 5/8″) ● BXT3-19: 15–16 mm, 18–19 mm (5/8″, 3/4″) What is the price of Signode BXT3 SIGNODE BXT3 battery strapping tool is one of the best battery strapping tools currently on the market. However, the price does not reflect on premium quality. Despite its high-quality and all-new features, the price of Signode BXT3 strapping tool is still modest. Signode BXT3 is made out of high-quality hard plastic and it has implemented the latest welding technology. Additionally, it has a large digital display and it comes with a battery and a charger. New features of Signode BXT3 battery strapping tool: E-controlled strapping process Strap alignment indicator The welding time can be set Quickly access your favorite strapping function Ergonomic protective design with new battery cover to increase longevity Fewer wear parts make it economical to maintain Improved performance offers up 800 cycles per charge Lock feature to ensure consistent results Easy to use – Digital tool HMI Interface touchpad controls with new highlights for simple operator use and reduced training needs. Secure packaging process – Favourite cycle settings for process repeatability – a world first! Exact load securement – actually applied strap tension to the load indicated in display- a world first in a hand tool! Easy to package sensitive products – Single finger strap tension speed control through finger pressure, so easy to position load protection, etc when strapping – again another world first! Light-weight – the perfect balance to the tool makes it easy to use in all applications, vertically and horizontally without any operator fatigue issues. Industry-proven high-quality tool and parts – Swiss made for reliability, durability and lowest cost of ownership over the tool lifetime. The heavy-duty shock resistant tool housing ensures longevity and also provides maximum protection for the battery. Specification of battery banding tool Signode BXT3: Strapping tool BXT3-13 BXT3-16 BXT3-19 Operation mode auto / semi / manual auto / semi / manual auto / semi / manual Variable tension speed range 0 – 290 mm / s 0 – 220 mm / s 0 – 120 mm / s Weight (incl. battery) 3,6 kg 3,8 kg 4,3 kg Relative humidity up 90% up 90% up 90% Battery / charger BXT3-13 BXT3-16 BXT3-19 Charger type Bosch Bosch Bosch Battery charger voltage 100 or 110 or 230 V 100 or 110 ok 230 V 100 ok 110 ok 230 V Charging time 15-30 min 15-30 min 25-35 min Battery type Bosch Li-Ion 18V, 2.0Ah Bosch Li-Ion 18V, 2.0Ah Bosch Li-Ion 18V, 4.0Ah Cycles per battery charge Low tension (N) Medium tension (N) High tension (N)  800 400 800 1200  800 900 1700 2500  800 1300 2900 4500 Strap BXT3-13 BXT3-16 BXT3-19 Strap PET (Polyester)PP (Polypropylene) PET (Polyester)PP (Polypropylene) PET (Polyester)PP (Polypropylene) Width 9-13mm (3/8”, 1/2”) 12-16mm (1/2”, 5/8”) 16-19mm (5/8”, 3/4”) Thickness 0.4-0.8 mm (PET .015”–.031” PP .019”–.031”) 0,5-1 mm (.019”–.040”) 0,8-1,3 mm (.031”–.051”) Features BXT3-13 BXT3-16 BXT3-19 Real-time indication of applied tension force OK OK OK Variable tension speed OK OK OK Favorite strapping function OK OK OK Display color indication for tool status information OK OK OK Strap alignment indication OK OK OK   How Battery banding tool Signode BXT3 works: The rocker lever is used to open the tensioning device so that the straps can be inserted. The straps are clamped between the toothplate on the rocker (1) and the tension wheel (2). The strap is tensioned by the tension wheel (2) rotating in a counter-clockwise direction. The straps are welded in the welding device (3) using the friction welding process. The upper strap is cut off by the knife (4). Signode BXT3 allows you to choose between three operating modes: Semi-automatic (standard/factory setting) The tensioning button (Section 3.1) must be pressed and held down until the set tension force has been reached. The straps are then automatically welded and the upper strap is cut off. It can be welded manually at any time by pressing the welding button. Fully automatic The tensioning butt...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/signode-bxt3-9-19mm/?attribute_strap-width=BXT3-19%3A+15-19+mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/Signode-BXT3-battery-powered-strapping-tool.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/Signode-BXT3-battery-powered-strapping-tool-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/Signode-BXT3-battery-powered-strapping-tool-low-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/Signode-BXT3-battery-powered-strapping-tool-lcd.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/Signode-BXT3-battery-powered-strapping-tool-range.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>3100 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2859 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>signode</g:brand><g:mpn>110150</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>4041</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>3.4 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>110080</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[GT SMART Plus 9-16mm (3/8″-5/8″) Battery Strapping Tool for PET/PP strap w/ Battery & Charger]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[SIAT GT-SMART Plus Battery strapping tool SIAT GT-SMART next-generation fast and lightweight Battery strapping tool. The battery banding strapping tool GT ONE is highly customizable and can fit 9-16mm or 3/8″ to 5/8″ wide polyester (PET) or polypropylene (PP) strapping. The battery strapping tool is affordable and it is designed to be used with one hand. The strapping tension is customizable and can be set to up to 1800 N (400 lbs). Battery strapping tool GT-SMART comes with a battery and a charger so you are able to get your bundling process started as soon as the package arrives. The maneuverability and ease of operation possible with this battery strapping tool will allow you to use it for both vertical and horizontal strapping. The battery banding tool GT-SMART is also designed to deliver a high-grade friction weld seal. It is serviced in Europe and has a 12-month warranty. The battery strapping tool GT-SMART 9-16mm (3/8″ to 5/8″) is widely used in all sorts of industries and warehouses. It is one of the easiest and safest ways to strap the pallet. It can be automatic, semi-automatic, manual, or soft. The strapping cycle is performed by pushing a single button (in automatic or semi-automatic mode). It is easy to use and adjust. Also, it is perfectly balanced and relatively lightweight. The brushless motor is powered by the latest Li-Ion battery. With the battery strapping tool, you will be able to automate operations and speed up packing activities. Battery strapping tool with adjustable functioning mode according to the application: manual and soft. It is easy to use and adjust. Perfectly balanced, it can perform both vertical and horizontal strapping. The brushless motor is powered by the latest Li-Ion battery. The battery strapping tool is built to last and to withstand usage in factories or warehouses.   Main features of GT-SMART Plus battery strapping tool: POWER SOURCE: 14.4V Li-Ion battery produced in Germany by AKKU POWER by using high-performance LG cells MAIN MOTOR: AMETEK 14.4V motor (brushless, sensor-less, high-speed) the counterclockwise motion of the motor is used for the tensioning, whereas it's clockwise motion is used for the welding the motion transmission is performed by means fo mechanical one-way clutch bearings the Microchip CPU of the main electronic board operates the main motor MAIN ELETRONIC BOARD the Microchip CPU driven board manages the main motor, the steeper linear actuator, the tools settings, and adjustments, the tool errors USER INTERFACE ELECTRONIC BOARD Mechanical transmission with speed reduction gearbox for the tensioning system Welding system with the semi-automatic lowering mechanism on the carriage support Aluminum frame   Specs of SIAT GT-SMART Plus Battery strapping tool GT-SMART Strap PP/PET Strap width 9-16mm Strap thickness 0.4-0.85mm Seal efficiency 75-85% Max tension Max. 1800N Max tension speed 14 m/min Weight 3.5kg (with battery) Battery SP6 14.4V -1.5Ah Li-Ion LG cells SP1 14.4V -3.0Ah Li-Ion Samsung ells Cycles per charge 150 - 160 with 1.5Ah battery 250+ with 3.0Ah battery (special request) Charger AP I 2830 MV Charging time 20min   Battery strapping tool GT SMART Plus specifications: Max tension: 1800N Weight: 3.5kg including battery (the lightest tool in the market) Functioning mode: semi-automatic/manual/soft Max. tension speed: 14m/min Battery SP6 (SIAT POWERLITE) 14.4V - 1.5Ah LG cells (optional 3.0Ah) Brushless motor Perfect handling (better than all competitors) Robust plastic cover with natural rubber for the handle Front & rear guides are adjustable for all measures of the strap a unique solution to change the strap size. You don't have to change guides. It is necessary to make only an extremely easy adjustment that will take no more than 30 seconds. Thanks to this technology, distributors, and end-users can easily change the strap size without changing the guide and having a considerable time saving The design of GT-SMART communicates immediately a "good feeling" of modernity and robustness User-friendly touch panel Extremely ergonomic tool The plastic cover grants a good "touch" and an immediate feeling of "high quality"   GT-SMART Plus battery strapping tool - Brushless motor Brushless DC motors have many advantages compared to their brushed DC motor. The most obvious advantage of a brushless motor is its lack of brushes and physical commutator. This difference means that there are many fewer parts that can wear out or break and need to replace than in a brushed motor. Therefore, brushless DC motors (BLDC) tend to be more reliable, last longer and more efficient. In fact, BLDC motors have a greater duration of over 10.000 hours. Furthermore, brushless DC motors can operate at speeds above 10.000 rpm in both loaded and unloaded conditions. Thanks to their enclosed internal parts, they are able to operate with less noise and electromagnetic interference than DC motors. For the mentioned reasons, we estimate an energy saving of about 25% ...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/gt-smart-plus-9-16mm/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/siat-gt-smart-battery-strapping-tool.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/gt-smart-battery-strapping-tool-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/gt-smart-battery-strapping-tool-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2000 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1699 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>siat-maillis</g:brand><g:mpn>110080</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>3.5 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>531,2473,2652,2552</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>531</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Batteridrevet Strekkapparat</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Stroppingsverktøy &gt; Batteridrevet Strekkapparat</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>120021</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Battery Strapping Set | GT-ONE 10-16mm (3/8″- 5/8″) – Battery & Charger - PET strap 12mm or 15,5mm - dispenser cart — select-width: 12×0,6mm/2000m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Battery Strapping Set GT-ONE 10-16mm with Battery & Charger, PET strap 12mm or 15,5mm and dispenser cart for plastic strap We prepared battery strapping set which includes battery strapping tool GT-ONE 10-16mm with battery and charger + PET strap of your choice and dispenser cart for PP/PET band. To see the price of battery strapping kit please select the width of the strap above. In this plastic banding kit  you get: Battery Strapping Tool GT-ONE 10-16mm (3/8″- 5/8″) for PET/PP Strap Lithium battery (DC14.4V, 3000MaH, 10C) and a charger PET strap 12 mm or 15,5mm Dispenser cart for PP or PET strap Battery strapping tool TITAN 10-16mm in a kit has a warranty and is serviced in Europe. The plastic banding kit will be shipped for Free to your address in the EU. GT ONE 10-16mm (3/8″-5/8″) Battery Strapping Tool for PET/PP strap w/ Battery & Charger The battery banding strapping tool GT ONE is highly customizable and can fit 10-16mm or 3/8″ to 5/8″ wide polyester (PET) or polypropylene (PP) strapping. The battery strapping tool is affordable and it is designed to be used with one hand. The strapping tension is customizable and can be set to up to 2750 N (620 lbs). This battery strapping tool comes with a battery and a charger so you are able to get your bundling process started as soon as the package arrives. The maneuverability and ease of operation possible with this battery strapping tool will allow you to use it for both vertical and horizontal strapping. This battery banding tool is also designed to deliver a high-grade friction weld seal. It is serviced in Europe and has a 12-month warranty.  The battery strapping tool GO-ONE 10-16mm (3/8″ to 5/8″) is widely used in all sorts of industries and warehouses. It is one of the easiest and safest way to strap the pallet. GT ONE battery banding tool with adjustable functioning mode according to its required application. It can be automatic, semi-automatic, manual or soft. The strapping cycle is performed by pushing a single button (in automatic or semi-automatic mode). It is easy to use and adjust. Also, it is perfectly balanced and relatively lightweight. The brushless motor is powered by the latest Li-Ion battery. With battery strapping tool, you will be able to automate operations and speed up packing activities. Usage: Battery strapping tool GT ONE 10-16mm al sorts of industries and warehouses Size of the strapping tool: L320mm × D100mm × H160mm Weight: 3.7 Kg (inc. battery) Features: Single button operation in automatic mode. Ergonomic – perfectly balanced in all directions. Quality Bosch Brushless Motor. Can be used in a vertical or horizontal position. Powered by latest generation lithium batteries. Easy to use and lightweight (3.7 kg including battery). Can be used with PP or PET strapping. Eliminates the use of metal seals Strap width: from 10-16mm (3/8″ to 5/8″) Strap thickness: 0.5 – 1.1 mm Appy straps: PET and PP strap Seal: high-grade friction weld seal, vibration welding (heating by friction) Maximum tension force: Max Tension: 2750N / Soft Mode: 500N Battery: Battery Akku Power SP2 14.4 Vdc – 3.0 Ah Li-Ion Charger: 220V Charging time: 30 minutes – 200/400 strapping PET polyester strap 12mm, 15,5mm - 1 unit Strapping PET polyester bands enable quick and easy strapping on manual appliances or battery strapping tools, which enables you to work at high speed. PET strap is environmentally friendly, suitable for all fully automatic strapping machines and hand tools. Advantages of PET polyester strap: easy handling lower coil weight eco-friendliness made of recycled raw material and 100% recyclable greater transport efficiency (less CO2) thanks to more meters per coil and pallet less waste per meter of strapping cost-efficient lower disposal costs due to the lower amount of waste optimized utilization of cargo and storage space thanks to the optimized length of strapping per coil Cart Dispenser for PP/PET strap - Industrial Strapping Cart for polypropylene (PP) and polyester (PET) High-quality Cart Dispenser for PP/PET, with wheels, very stable size: 65×48×110cm, the inner diameter 400mm PET/PP strap.  ]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/battery-strapping-set-gt-one-pet-packing/?attribute_select-width=12%C3%970%2C6mm%2F2000m</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-sets-GT-ONE-10-16mm-PET-strap-dispenser.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-tool-GT-ONE-10-16mm-PET-PP-price-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-packing-plastic-PET-strap-12mm-16mm-19mm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/PET-strap-dispenser-cart-405mm-wheels-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2300 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2145 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>120021</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>3961</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>49.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>120020</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Battery Strapping Set | GT-ONE 10-16mm (3/8″- 5/8″) – Battery & Charger - PET strap 12mm or 15,5mm - dispenser cart — select-width: 15,5×0,7mm/1750m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Battery Strapping Set GT-ONE 10-16mm with Battery & Charger, PET strap 12mm or 15,5mm and dispenser cart for plastic strap We prepared battery strapping set which includes battery strapping tool GT-ONE 10-16mm with battery and charger + PET strap of your choice and dispenser cart for PP/PET band. To see the price of battery strapping kit please select the width of the strap above. In this plastic banding kit  you get: Battery Strapping Tool GT-ONE 10-16mm (3/8″- 5/8″) for PET/PP Strap Lithium battery (DC14.4V, 3000MaH, 10C) and a charger PET strap 12 mm or 15,5mm Dispenser cart for PP or PET strap Battery strapping tool TITAN 10-16mm in a kit has a warranty and is serviced in Europe. The plastic banding kit will be shipped for Free to your address in the EU. GT ONE 10-16mm (3/8″-5/8″) Battery Strapping Tool for PET/PP strap w/ Battery & Charger The battery banding strapping tool GT ONE is highly customizable and can fit 10-16mm or 3/8″ to 5/8″ wide polyester (PET) or polypropylene (PP) strapping. The battery strapping tool is affordable and it is designed to be used with one hand. The strapping tension is customizable and can be set to up to 2750 N (620 lbs). This battery strapping tool comes with a battery and a charger so you are able to get your bundling process started as soon as the package arrives. The maneuverability and ease of operation possible with this battery strapping tool will allow you to use it for both vertical and horizontal strapping. This battery banding tool is also designed to deliver a high-grade friction weld seal. It is serviced in Europe and has a 12-month warranty.  The battery strapping tool GO-ONE 10-16mm (3/8″ to 5/8″) is widely used in all sorts of industries and warehouses. It is one of the easiest and safest way to strap the pallet. GT ONE battery banding tool with adjustable functioning mode according to its required application. It can be automatic, semi-automatic, manual or soft. The strapping cycle is performed by pushing a single button (in automatic or semi-automatic mode). It is easy to use and adjust. Also, it is perfectly balanced and relatively lightweight. The brushless motor is powered by the latest Li-Ion battery. With battery strapping tool, you will be able to automate operations and speed up packing activities. Usage: Battery strapping tool GT ONE 10-16mm al sorts of industries and warehouses Size of the strapping tool: L320mm × D100mm × H160mm Weight: 3.7 Kg (inc. battery) Features: Single button operation in automatic mode. Ergonomic – perfectly balanced in all directions. Quality Bosch Brushless Motor. Can be used in a vertical or horizontal position. Powered by latest generation lithium batteries. Easy to use and lightweight (3.7 kg including battery). Can be used with PP or PET strapping. Eliminates the use of metal seals Strap width: from 10-16mm (3/8″ to 5/8″) Strap thickness: 0.5 – 1.1 mm Appy straps: PET and PP strap Seal: high-grade friction weld seal, vibration welding (heating by friction) Maximum tension force: Max Tension: 2750N / Soft Mode: 500N Battery: Battery Akku Power SP2 14.4 Vdc – 3.0 Ah Li-Ion Charger: 220V Charging time: 30 minutes – 200/400 strapping PET polyester strap 12mm, 15,5mm - 1 unit Strapping PET polyester bands enable quick and easy strapping on manual appliances or battery strapping tools, which enables you to work at high speed. PET strap is environmentally friendly, suitable for all fully automatic strapping machines and hand tools. Advantages of PET polyester strap: easy handling lower coil weight eco-friendliness made of recycled raw material and 100% recyclable greater transport efficiency (less CO2) thanks to more meters per coil and pallet less waste per meter of strapping cost-efficient lower disposal costs due to the lower amount of waste optimized utilization of cargo and storage space thanks to the optimized length of strapping per coil Cart Dispenser for PP/PET strap - Industrial Strapping Cart for polypropylene (PP) and polyester (PET) High-quality Cart Dispenser for PP/PET, with wheels, very stable size: 65×48×110cm, the inner diameter 400mm PET/PP strap.  ]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/battery-strapping-set-gt-one-pet-packing/?attribute_select-width=15%2C5%C3%970%2C7mm%2F1750m</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-sets-GT-ONE-10-16mm-PET-strap-dispenser.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-tool-GT-ONE-10-16mm-PET-PP-price-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-packing-plastic-PET-strap-12mm-16mm-19mm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/PET-strap-dispenser-cart-405mm-wheels-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2300 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2145 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>120020</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>3961</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>49.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>120022</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Battery Strapping kit | GT-ONE 10-16mm (3/8″- 5/8″) – Battery &amp; Charger – PP strap 12mm or 16mm – dispenser cart — select-width: 15,5 x 0,7 mm/2000m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Battery Strapping kit GT-ONE 10-16mm with Battery & Charger, PP strap 12mm or 15,5mm, and dispenser cart for plastic strap We prepared a battery strapping set which includes battery strapping tool GT-ONE 10-16mm with two batteries and charger + PP strap of your choice and dispenser cart for PP/PET band. Please select one of the following widths of PP strap above: WIDTH 12 x 0,8mm/2000m 15,5 x 0,65mm/2000m In this plastic banding kit you get: Battery Strapping Tool GT-ONE 10-16mm (3/8″- 5/8″) for PET/PP Strap Lithium battery (DC14.4V, 3000MaH, 10C) and a charger PP strap 12 mm or 15,5mm Dispenser cart for PP or PET strap GT ONE 10-16mm (3/8″-5/8″) Battery Strapping Tool for PET/PP strap w/ Battery & Charger The battery banding strapping tool GT ONE is highly customizable and can fit 10-16mm or 3/8″ to 5/8″ wide polyester (PET) or polypropylene (PP) strapping. The battery strapping tool is affordable and is designed to be used with one hand. The strapping tension is customizable and can be set to up to 2750 N (620 lbs). This battery strapping tool comes with a battery and a charger so you are able to get your bundling process started as soon as the package arrives. The maneuverability and ease of operation possible with this battery strapping tool will allow you to use it for both vertical and horizontal strapping. This battery banding tool is also designed to deliver a high-grade friction weld seal. It is serviced in Europe and has a 12-month warranty.  The battery strapping tool GO-ONE 10-16mm (3/8″ to 5/8″) is widely used in all sorts of industries and warehouses. It is one of the easiest and safest way to strap the pallet. GT ONE battery banding tool with adjustable functioning mode according to its required application. It can be automatic, semi-automatic, manual or soft. The strapping cycle is performed by pushing a single button (in automatic or semi-automatic mode). It is easy to use and adjust. Also, it is perfectly balanced and relatively lightweight. The brushless motor is powered by the latest Li-Ion battery. With a battery strapping tool, you will be able to automate operations and speed up packing activities. Usage: Battery strapping tool GT ONE 10-16mm al sorts of industries and warehouses Size of the strapping tool: L320mm × D100mm × H160mm Weight: 3.7 Kg (inc. battery) Features: Single button operation in automatic mode. Ergonomic – perfectly balanced in all directions. Quality Bosch Brushless Motor. Can be used in a vertical or horizontal position. Powered by latest generation lithium batteries. Easy to use and lightweight (3.7 kg including battery). Can be used with PP or PET strapping. Eliminates the use of metal seals Strap width: from 10-16mm (3/8″ to 5/8″) Strap thickness: 0.5 – 1.1 mm Appy straps: PET and PP strap Seal: high-grade friction weld seal, vibration welding (heating by friction) Maximum tension force: Max Tension: 2750N / Soft Mode: 500N Battery: Battery Akku Power SP2 14.4 Vdc – 3.0 Ah Li-Ion Charger: 220V Charging time: 30 minutes – 200/400 strapping PP polypropylene strap 12 or 16mm - 1 unit Strapping PP polypropylene bands enable quick and easy strapping on manual appliances or battery strapping tools, which enables you to work at high speed. PP polypropylene band is the classic among the plastic to strapping tapes for the strapping of boxes and lighter packages. PP bands are also often referred to as PP-strapping or referred also polypropylene. PP (polypropylene) strapping is the most common type for securing shipping units. Even though PP strap is the cheapest strapping material, it does not damage the environment. PP strapping is made with no added heavy metals, so burning or sealing PP strap does not damage your health. The most common widths are 5mm, 9mm, 12mm and 16mm with a core diameter of 200mm, 280mm or 406mm. The breaking strain is defined by the width and thickness of the strap. You can fasten the PP strap using buckles, seals or welds, and this can be done either semi or fully automatically. Advantages of PP polypropilen strap: easy handling lower coil weight eco-friendliness made of recycled raw material and 100% recyclable cost-efficient Cart Dispenser for PP/PET strap - Industrial Strapping Cart for polypropylene (PP) and polyester (PET) High-quality Cart Dispenser for PP/PET, with wheels, very stable size: 65×48×110cm, inner diameter 400mm PET/PP strap.]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/battery-strapping-set-gt-one-10-16mm-pp-packing/?attribute_select-width=15%2C5+x+0%2C7+mm%2F2000m</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-sets-GT-ONE-10-16mm-PP-strap-dispenser.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-tool-GT-ONE-10-16mm-PET-PP-price-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/PET-strap-dispenser-cart-405mm-wheels-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-plastic-PP-strap-12mm-16mm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2300 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2145 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>120022</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>3928</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>49.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>120023</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Battery Strapping kit | GT-ONE 10-16mm (3/8″- 5/8″) – Battery &amp; Charger – PP strap 12mm or 16mm – dispenser cart — select-width: 12 x 0,8 mm/2000m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Battery Strapping kit GT-ONE 10-16mm with Battery & Charger, PP strap 12mm or 15,5mm, and dispenser cart for plastic strap We prepared a battery strapping set which includes battery strapping tool GT-ONE 10-16mm with two batteries and charger + PP strap of your choice and dispenser cart for PP/PET band. Please select one of the following widths of PP strap above: WIDTH 12 x 0,8mm/2000m 15,5 x 0,65mm/2000m In this plastic banding kit you get: Battery Strapping Tool GT-ONE 10-16mm (3/8″- 5/8″) for PET/PP Strap Lithium battery (DC14.4V, 3000MaH, 10C) and a charger PP strap 12 mm or 15,5mm Dispenser cart for PP or PET strap GT ONE 10-16mm (3/8″-5/8″) Battery Strapping Tool for PET/PP strap w/ Battery & Charger The battery banding strapping tool GT ONE is highly customizable and can fit 10-16mm or 3/8″ to 5/8″ wide polyester (PET) or polypropylene (PP) strapping. The battery strapping tool is affordable and is designed to be used with one hand. The strapping tension is customizable and can be set to up to 2750 N (620 lbs). This battery strapping tool comes with a battery and a charger so you are able to get your bundling process started as soon as the package arrives. The maneuverability and ease of operation possible with this battery strapping tool will allow you to use it for both vertical and horizontal strapping. This battery banding tool is also designed to deliver a high-grade friction weld seal. It is serviced in Europe and has a 12-month warranty.  The battery strapping tool GO-ONE 10-16mm (3/8″ to 5/8″) is widely used in all sorts of industries and warehouses. It is one of the easiest and safest way to strap the pallet. GT ONE battery banding tool with adjustable functioning mode according to its required application. It can be automatic, semi-automatic, manual or soft. The strapping cycle is performed by pushing a single button (in automatic or semi-automatic mode). It is easy to use and adjust. Also, it is perfectly balanced and relatively lightweight. The brushless motor is powered by the latest Li-Ion battery. With a battery strapping tool, you will be able to automate operations and speed up packing activities. Usage: Battery strapping tool GT ONE 10-16mm al sorts of industries and warehouses Size of the strapping tool: L320mm × D100mm × H160mm Weight: 3.7 Kg (inc. battery) Features: Single button operation in automatic mode. Ergonomic – perfectly balanced in all directions. Quality Bosch Brushless Motor. Can be used in a vertical or horizontal position. Powered by latest generation lithium batteries. Easy to use and lightweight (3.7 kg including battery). Can be used with PP or PET strapping. Eliminates the use of metal seals Strap width: from 10-16mm (3/8″ to 5/8″) Strap thickness: 0.5 – 1.1 mm Appy straps: PET and PP strap Seal: high-grade friction weld seal, vibration welding (heating by friction) Maximum tension force: Max Tension: 2750N / Soft Mode: 500N Battery: Battery Akku Power SP2 14.4 Vdc – 3.0 Ah Li-Ion Charger: 220V Charging time: 30 minutes – 200/400 strapping PP polypropylene strap 12 or 16mm - 1 unit Strapping PP polypropylene bands enable quick and easy strapping on manual appliances or battery strapping tools, which enables you to work at high speed. PP polypropylene band is the classic among the plastic to strapping tapes for the strapping of boxes and lighter packages. PP bands are also often referred to as PP-strapping or referred also polypropylene. PP (polypropylene) strapping is the most common type for securing shipping units. Even though PP strap is the cheapest strapping material, it does not damage the environment. PP strapping is made with no added heavy metals, so burning or sealing PP strap does not damage your health. The most common widths are 5mm, 9mm, 12mm and 16mm with a core diameter of 200mm, 280mm or 406mm. The breaking strain is defined by the width and thickness of the strap. You can fasten the PP strap using buckles, seals or welds, and this can be done either semi or fully automatically. Advantages of PP polypropilen strap: easy handling lower coil weight eco-friendliness made of recycled raw material and 100% recyclable cost-efficient Cart Dispenser for PP/PET strap - Industrial Strapping Cart for polypropylene (PP) and polyester (PET) High-quality Cart Dispenser for PP/PET, with wheels, very stable size: 65×48×110cm, inner diameter 400mm PET/PP strap.]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/battery-strapping-set-gt-one-10-16mm-pp-packing/?attribute_select-width=12+x+0%2C8+mm%2F2000m</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-sets-GT-ONE-10-16mm-PP-strap-dispenser.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-tool-GT-ONE-10-16mm-PET-PP-price-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/PET-strap-dispenser-cart-405mm-wheels-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-plastic-PP-strap-12mm-16mm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2300 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2145 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>120023</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>3928</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>49.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>210012</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Povezovalni stroj avtomatski - AUTOMA za PP trak 11-12 mm, debeline- 0,6-1,0 mm okvir 1000x800mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[AUTOMA Automatic Strapping Machine for PP strap 11-12mm AUTOMA automatic strapping machine for PP strap 11-12mm is a high-speed working table automatic strapping machine. Under the packing process, the operator gently pushes the goods to finish strapping. This machine can be used alone, or be connected with other packing machinery. It used to strapping food, medicine, hardware and other industries cardboard packaging, wooden packaging, paper packaging, etc. Automatic Strapping Machine for PP strap price Automatic Strapping Machine AUTOMA is one of the cheapest automatic packings, strapping machines out there. However, the price of the Automatic Strapping Machine does not reflect on the quality. Despite it is affordable, the automatic packing machine is made out of high-quality materials and it has implemented the latest strapping technology. The price of the automatic strapping machine is displayed above. The automatic strapping machine has a 12-month warranty and comes with standard arch size: width 800mm X height 600mm. We offer also cheap international shipping. Features of AUTOMA automatic packing machine: The unique tighten structure design to make the tightening force is stronger Opening top cover panel design to easy maintenance New type heating section to heating fast and longer life Working table with eight roller shafts Specification of AUTOMA automatic strapping machine for PP strap 1-12mm: Model AUTOMA automatic strapping machine for PP strap 11-12mm Power source 220V 50/60HZ 1.0kW 10A Packing speed ≤28-30path/min Strapping force 0-90kg（adjustable） Supporting value 80kgs Hot-adhering position bottom Table height 750mm (It’s possible to customize the height) Arch 1.     standard size: width 800mm X height 600mm 2.     material: aluminum alloy (It’s possible to customize the size) Applicable PP strap width(9-12)mm, thickness(0.6~1.0)mm stretching resistance：Max.150kg Applicable PP strap spool W:160mm inner dia.:200mm～210mm,  out dia.:400mm～500mm Packing type parallel strapping manual operation, continual packing, ball switch and footswitch Product size Min: W 80 mm x H 80 mm Package size L（200- ∞）W(≤750)H(≤500) mm Machine dimensions L1380XW620XH1450mm Packing measurement L1500×W700×H1050mm(1.1CBM,dis-assembled arch) Weight N.W:180kg  G.W: 220kg Noise ≤75dB（A） Environment condition humidity≤90%, temperature 0-40℃ Bottom adhesion surface≥90%, deviation of position≤2mm   Electrical Configuration of AUTOMA automatic strapping machine for PP strap 11-12mm: PLC control：LG Contactor：“Schneider” Button Switch：“Schneider” Relay：“Schneider” Motor：Chinese “MEIWA” Proximity switch：“P+F” or “FOTEK”   How to use the automatic strapping machine? Install PP strap spool to the machine Turn on the power According to the label to thread the strap Set tension force,temperature & cooling time Turn the switch to “MANUAL” and press button to start packing Packing line with AUTOMA Automatic Packing Machine for PP strap AUTOMA Automatic Strapping Machine can be integrated with a new or already existing packing line. Integrating the Automatic packing machine in the existing packing line will speed up the packing activity and increase productivity. The table height of the automatic packing machine AUTOMA is 750mm, therefore, the packing machine can be integrated with most standard packing lines. Video how automatic strapping machine works: Don’t hesitate and buy online or send us an inquiry and we will reply you the offer right away. The packing machine AUTOMA for automated packing with PP strap has 12-month warranty. We offer also cheap international shipping.]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/automa-automatic-strapping-machine-for-pp-strap-11-12mm/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/AUTOMA-automatic-strapping-machine-price.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/AUTOMA-automatic-strapping-machine-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/AUTOMA-automatic-strapping-machine-low-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/AUTOMA-automatic-strapping-machine-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/AUTOMA-automatic-strapping-machine-sale.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/AUTOMA-automatic-strapping-machine-control-panel.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/AUTOMA-automatic-strapping-machine-how-it-works.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/AUTOMA-automatic-strapping-machine-packing-line.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/AUTOMA-automatic-strapping-machine.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/AUTOMA-automatic-strapping-machine-spare-parts.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2599 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>210012</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>185.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2473,2552,530</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2473</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Pakking maskiner &gt; Stroppemaskiner</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>770050</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[SMITH Electric pallet truck 1500 kg 200mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[SMITH Electric pallet truck 1500 kg 200mm The Electric pallet truck SMITH can be used for lifting up heavy objects and pallets to about 200mm high and transporting them to the new location. The electric pallet truck is an affordable, lightweight, and powerful pallet truck to have around. This electric pallet truck is designed to be used with two hands and it is the most affordable in this category of electric pallet trucks. The electric pallet truck can lift various objects and pallets and is highly customizable. The electric pallet truck has two motors. One is for driving and one is for lifting. The driving motor has the power of 24V/0.75KW and the lifting motor has the power of 24V/0.8KW. This electric pallet truck comes with 2 batteries and a charger. Batteries are very powerful and allow you to use an electric pallet truck for several hours without recharging. Recharging is very fast, therefore, you will not waste time waiting. The maneuverability and ease of operation with this electric pallet truck will allow you to use it for lifting pallets or heavy objects approximately 200mm high from the ground and putting them to the new location. Electric pallet truck SMITH is designed in a way that can be easily operated and it doesn't use a lot of space. It has a 12-month warranty and service is available only in the European Union. What is the price of an electric pallet truck SMITH? Electric pallet truck SMITH is one of the cheapest electric pallet trucks out there. However, the price of the electric pallet truck does not reflect the quality. Despite it being affordable, the electric pallet truck is made out of high-quality materials and it has implemented the latest lifting and driving technology. The price of the electric pallet truck is displayed above. The electric pallet truck has a 12-month warranty and comes with two batteries 2*12V/75AH and a charger. We offer also cheap international shipping.   Advantages of electric pallet truck SMITH: The side-driven design effectively reduces the size of the operation channel. With a small turning radius and better view, this pallet truck is suitable for narrow spaces. Though it is an economical electric pallet truck, it is still equipped with high power and high. performance lifting pump station, which ensures good lifting. The turtle speed switch on the handle makes low-speed control more precise. German imported waterproof micro-switches are built for usage in cold, damp, dusty, and other harsh environments. YONGCI motor drive system is small in size, lightweight, low loss, and highly efficient.   Where to use electric pallet truck SMITH? Electric pallet truck SMITH is a very affordable electric forklift, its value is easily reflected when it is introduced into the packaging or transporting processes of any industry. It eases into the workflow and helps double, even sometimes triple the efficiency of its users. With the electric pallet truck manual heavy lifting is eliminated from the workspace. This reduces any occurrence of accidents in the factory or warehouse. Since the source of power is electricity, the electric pallet truck is very clean and doesn't produce and toxic gas, therefore it can be used indoors. There is no need for worry of tripping over wires and the need for cable management. The electric pallet truck uses a battery and comes with two batteries as stated earlier. This allows a seamless workflow. Recharging is very fast. This electric pallet truck has been built to be very stable and robust, it can easily transport and lift heavy objects in different shapes. Electric pallet truck SMITH is widely used in the paper, aluminum, textile, steel, logistics, farm, chemical, metal industries. Electric pallet truck SMITH has a very robust body and it is easy to use. The electric pallet truck moves fast, however, it can be easily controlled and maneuvered. The electric pallet truck is beautiful and strong. With the electric pallet truck, you will be able to automate operations and speed lifting and transporting activities. The electric pallet truck SMITH has a high degree of automation, simple operation, and is easy to understand. The body of the electric pallet truck is made of high-strength alloy materials and engineering plastics, which are durable in use. The electric pallet truck is easy to move and can be used for various sizes of packages. Model SMITH electric pallet truck Unit 15 Load capacity kg 1500 Fork length mm 1150 Overall fork width mm 560 Single fork width mm 160 Lowered fork height mm 85 Max. Lifting height mm 200 Overall length mm 1624 Overall width mm 560 Overall height mm 1174 Front-wheel size, number 80x60, 4 Driving wheel size, number 210x70,1 Turning radius mm 1440 Load center distance mm 600 Lift motor 24V/0.8KW Drive motor 24V/0.75KW Battery voltage 2*12V/75AH Working time of fully charged battery h 3.5 Electric pallet truck weight kg 170 How to use electric pallet truck SMITH? The Ergonomic and robust design of this elect...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/smith-electric-pallet-truck-1500-kg-200mm/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/Electric-pallet-truck.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/Electric-pallet-truck-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/Electric-pallet-truck-200mm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/Electric-pallet-truck-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/Electric-pallet-truck-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1400 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>999 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMITH</g:brand><g:mpn>770050</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>140.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>528</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>528</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Elektrisk pallestabler</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Elektrisk pallestabler</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>770010</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[7SMITH Elektrisk Pallestabler 2,5m 250cm 1500 kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[7SMITH Elektrisk Pallestabler 2,5m 250cm 1500 kg 7SMITH Elektrisk pallestabler kan brukes til løfting og transportering av tunge objekter og paller. Denne elektriske pallestableren er designet slik at den kan brukes med begge hendene og den er en av de mest stabile innenfor denne kategorien av pallestablere. Denne elektriske pallestableren er veldig fleksibel og kan løfte forskjellige objekter og paller. Denne pallestableren har to motorer. En av dem er for å løfte og den andre er før kjøring. Løftemotoren har en kraft på 24V/2,2KW og kjøremotoren har en kraft på 24V/0,75KW. Denne elektriske pallestableren kommer med 2 batterier og en lader. Batteriene er veldig kraftige, du kan kjøre flere timer uten å måtte lade den. Oppladningen er veldig sjapp, derfor sløser du aldri tid på å vente. Fleksibiliteten og fordi den er så lett å bruke gjør at du enkelt kan løfte paller eller objekter fra bakken og putte dem på en hylle eller i trucken eller for avlastning av trucken. 7SMITH elektrisk pallestabler er også designet på en slik måte at den enkelt kan opereres og den tar lite plass. Den har 12-måneders garanti og service er bare tilgjengelig i Europa.   Hva er prisen på 7SMITH elektrisk pallestabler? 7SMITH elektrisk pallestabler er en av de billigste elektriske pallestablene på markedet. Ikke la deg lure av den billige prisen; disse pallestablerne er laget av høykvalitets materialer og tar i bruk den nyeste løfte- og kjøre-teknologien. Prisen på denne elektriske pallestableren kan leses over denne teksten. De elektriske pallestablerne har 12-måneders garanti og kommer med to batterier 2*12V/100AH   Fordeler med 7SMITH elektriske pallestableren: Det sidekjørte designet reduserer effektivt størrelsen på operasjonskanalen. Men en liten snuradius og bedre utsikt, er denne pallestableren passende for trange områder. Selv om dette er en økonomisk elektrisk pallestabler, er den fortsatt utstyrt med høy kraft og en løftestasjon med super kvalitet som sørger for bra løft. Skilpadde-hastighet knappen på håndtaket gjør at den opereres mer presist i lave hastigheter. Tysk importert vannsikre mikro-knapper er laget for bruk i kalde, støvete, fuktige og andre tøffe terreng. YONGCI motor kjøresystemet har liten størrelse, er vet, lavt tap og høy effektivitet. Hvor kan du bruke 7SMITH elektrisk pallestabler? Den elektriske pallestableren 7SMITH er en veldig rimelig elektrisk gaffeltruck, verdien reflekteres lett når den blir brukt til pakkeprosessen eller transportprosessen til enhver industri. Det letter arbeidsflyten og hjelper til med å doble, og noen ganger tredoble effektiviteten til brukerne. Med den elektriske stableren elimineres manuell tung løfting fra arbeidsområdet. Dette reduserer enhver forekomst av ulykker i fabrikken eller lageret. Siden kilden til strøm er strøm, er den elektriske stableren veldig ren og produserer ikke giftig gass, derfor kan den brukes innendørs. Det er ingen grunn til bekymring for å snuble over ledninger og behovet for kabeladministrasjon. Den elektriske stableren bruker et batteri og leveres med to batterier som nevnt tidligere. Dette muliggjør en sømløs arbeidsflyt. Siden ladingen er veldig rask er det ikke behov for å stoppe arbeidsflyten for å lade batteriet. Denne elektriske pallestableren er bygget for å være veldig stabil og robust, den kan enkelt transportere og løfte tunge gjenstander i forskjellige former. Den elektriske pallestableren 7SMITH er mye brukt i papir-, aluminium-, tekstil-, stål-, logistikk-, gårds-, kjemi- og metallindustrien. Den elektriske pallestableren 7SMITH har en veldig robust kropp og er enkel å bruke. Den elektriske stableren beveger seg raskt, men den kan enkelt kontrolleres og manøvreres. Den elektriske stableren er vakker og sterk. Med den elektriske pallestableren vil du kunne automatisere operasjoner og øke hastigheten på løfte- og transportaktiviteter. Den elektriske pallestabler 7SMITH har høy grad av automatisering, enkel betjening og er lett å forstå. Kroppen til den elektriske stableren er laget av høyfast legeringsmaterialer og konstruksjonsplast, som er holdbar i bruk. Den elektriske stableren er enkel å flytte og kan brukes i forskjellige størrelser på pakker. Modell: 7SMITH elektrisk pallestabler 1525 Kraftenhet Elektrisk Operasjon Fotgjenger trekkvekt kg 1500 Lastesenter c (mm) 600 Aksel midt på gaffelflaten x (mm) 720 Hjulbase y (mm) 1167 Hjultype PU Hjulstørrelse på kjørehjulene Ø x w (mm) Ø210 x 70 Lagerhjul størrelse Ø x w (mm) Ø80 x 70 Ekstrahjul (dimensjoner) Ø x w (mm) Ø115 x 55 Hjul, nummer front/bak (x= kjørt) 1x+1/4 Banebredde b10 (mm) 522 Banebredde b11 (mm) 410/535 Høyden på masten h1 (mm) 1745 Friløft h2 (mm) 0 Løft h3 (mm) 2500 Høyde på masten, utvided h4 (mm) 2924 Total høyde (med håndtak) h14 (mm) 700/1225 Total lengde l1 (mm) 1740 Lengde til gaffelflaten l2 (mm) 590 Total bredde b1/b2 (mm) 795 Gaffelens dimensjoner s/e/l (mm) 60/160/1150 Bredden på gaffelen b5 (mm) 570/695 Minste Bakkeklarering m2 (mm) 26 Gangbredde med pal...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/7smith-elektrisk-pallestabler-25m-250cm-1500-kg/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/electric-stacker-1.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/electric-stacker-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/Electric-stacker-specification.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/Electric-stacker-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2800 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2299 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMITH</g:brand><g:mpn>770010</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>465 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>528</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>528</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Elektrisk pallestabler</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Elektrisk pallestabler</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>660020</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Dispenservogn for Tekstilbånd - Ø76mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Dispenservogn for Tekstil - Ø76mm Dispenservogn passende for tekstilbånd med en indre diameter på Ø76mm. Veier lite. Laget av Stål av Høy Kvalitet.]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/dispenservogn-for-tekstilband-o76mm/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/dispenser-cart-for-textile-band.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/dispenser-cart-for-textile-band-buy-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/dispenser-cart-for-textile-band-sale.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/dispenser-cart-for-textile-band-76mm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/dispenser-cart-for-textile-band-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/dispenser-cart-for-textile-band-76mm-strapping.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/dispenser-cart-for-textile-band-76mm-reel.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/dispenser-cart-for-textile-band-high-quality.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>78 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>69 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>660020</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>8 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2473,823</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2473</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Packaging solutions</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>660050</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Dispenservogn for Sammensatte bånd - Ø200mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Dispenservogn for Sammensatte bånd - Ø200mm Dispenservogn for sammensatte stropper, på hjul. Den veier rundt 13kg og har en indre diameter på 200mm, som passer for sammensatte, kablede bånd. Navn Sammensatt stroppedispenser N.W. 13.3kg Størrelse 61×34×101cm Tilfør rekkevidde Indre diameter 200mm sammensatte stropper  ]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/dispenservogn-for-sammensatte-band-o200mm/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/dispenser-cart-cord-band-new.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/dispenser-cart-cord-band-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/dispenser-cart-cord-band-200mm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/dispenser-cart-cord-pp-band-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/dispenser-cart-wheels.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/dispenser-cart-toolbox.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>180 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>139 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>660050</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>16 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2473,2552,823</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2473</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Packaging solutions</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>660300</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Forsegler, Klips, Klemmer for PP stropper av plast 13mm eller 16mm — Velg bredde: 13mm/1500]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Forsegler for stropper av plast, 13mm og 16mm, galvanisert, 1000 stk/salgsenhet eller 1500 stk/salgsenhet. Kvantitet/Nettopris 13mm/1500 16mm/1000 Fra 1 enhet €19 * €18 * Fra 10 €17 * €14,50 * Fra 28 €15 * €12,50 * * Pris inkluderer ikke MVA og fraktkostnader  ]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/forseglere-klips-klemmer-for-pp-stropper-av-plast-13mm-eller-16mm/?attribute_select-width=13mm%2F1500</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-seals-plastic-PP-strapping-16mm-19mm-25mm-price.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>15 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>660300</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>6990</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>9.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>660310</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Forsegler, Klips, Klemmer for PP stropper av plast 13mm eller 16mm — Velg bredde: 16mm/1000]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Forsegler for stropper av plast, 13mm og 16mm, galvanisert, 1000 stk/salgsenhet eller 1500 stk/salgsenhet. Kvantitet/Nettopris 13mm/1500 16mm/1000 Fra 1 enhet €19 * €18 * Fra 10 €17 * €14,50 * Fra 28 €15 * €12,50 * * Pris inkluderer ikke MVA og fraktkostnader  ]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/forseglere-klips-klemmer-for-pp-stropper-av-plast-13mm-eller-16mm/?attribute_select-width=16mm%2F1000</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-seals-plastic-PP-strapping-16mm-19mm-25mm-price.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>15 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>660310</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>6990</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>15.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>660320</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Spenner, klips, og klemmer for tekstil/sammensatt stropping 16mm, 19mm or 25mm — Velg bredde: 16mm/1000enheter]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Metallspenner, Klips, Klemmer, galvanisert, fra 16-25 mm - pris Kvantitet/ Netto pris 16mm 19mm 25mm Fra 2 €30.50 * €52.50 * €56.50 * Fra 10 €24.40 * €47.70 * €50.70 * Fra 28 €23.30 * €42.30 * €44.30 * * Pris inkluderer ikke moms og fraktkostnader. Minimum: 2 enheter. Metallspenner, Klips, Klemmer, galvanisert, for 16mm Metallspenner for tekstil og sammensatte/kablede stropper. 16 mm bredde på stroppene, 3,5mm kabeldiameter, 1000 stk/boks, 80000 stk/pall Bredde på stropper (mm): 16 Type forsegling: galvanisert Metallspenner, Klips, Klemmer, galvanisert, for 19 mm Metallspenner for tekstil sammensatte/kablede stropper, 19 mm bredde på stroppene, 4 mm kabeldiameter, 1000 stk/boks, 60000 stk/pall Bredde på stroppene (mm): 19 Type forsegling: galvanisert Metallspenner, Klips, Klemmer, galvanisert, for 25mm Metallspenner for tekstil sammensatte/kablede stropper, 25 mm bredde på stroppene, 5 mm kabeldiameter, 500 stk/boks, 24000 stk/pall   Bredde på stroppene (mm): 25 Type forsegling: galvanisert Stropper og stroppeutstyr er nå uunnværlige i pakkeproduksjon. De blir brukt for å sikre paller og bunter med bokser. Du finner et stort utvalg av forskjellige stroppeutstyr. Fra PP teip, som vanligvis blir brukt i stroppemaskiner, til tekstilstropper teipen som brukes for å pakke tunge varer.  ]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/spenner-klips-og-klemmer-for-tekstil-sammensatt-stropping/?attribute_select-width=16mm%2F1000enheter</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-wire-buckets-textile-composite-strapping-16mm-19mm-25mm-price.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-wire-buckets-textile-composite-strapping-16mm-19mm-25mm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>39 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>660320</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>6984</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>10 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>660324</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Spenner, klips, og klemmer for tekstil/sammensatt stropping 16mm, 19mm or 25mm — Velg bredde: 19mm/1000enheter]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Metallspenner, Klips, Klemmer, galvanisert, fra 16-25 mm - pris Kvantitet/ Netto pris 16mm 19mm 25mm Fra 2 €30.50 * €52.50 * €56.50 * Fra 10 €24.40 * €47.70 * €50.70 * Fra 28 €23.30 * €42.30 * €44.30 * * Pris inkluderer ikke moms og fraktkostnader. Minimum: 2 enheter. Metallspenner, Klips, Klemmer, galvanisert, for 16mm Metallspenner for tekstil og sammensatte/kablede stropper. 16 mm bredde på stroppene, 3,5mm kabeldiameter, 1000 stk/boks, 80000 stk/pall Bredde på stropper (mm): 16 Type forsegling: galvanisert Metallspenner, Klips, Klemmer, galvanisert, for 19 mm Metallspenner for tekstil sammensatte/kablede stropper, 19 mm bredde på stroppene, 4 mm kabeldiameter, 1000 stk/boks, 60000 stk/pall Bredde på stroppene (mm): 19 Type forsegling: galvanisert Metallspenner, Klips, Klemmer, galvanisert, for 25mm Metallspenner for tekstil sammensatte/kablede stropper, 25 mm bredde på stroppene, 5 mm kabeldiameter, 500 stk/boks, 24000 stk/pall   Bredde på stroppene (mm): 25 Type forsegling: galvanisert Stropper og stroppeutstyr er nå uunnværlige i pakkeproduksjon. De blir brukt for å sikre paller og bunter med bokser. Du finner et stort utvalg av forskjellige stroppeutstyr. Fra PP teip, som vanligvis blir brukt i stroppemaskiner, til tekstilstropper teipen som brukes for å pakke tunge varer.  ]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/spenner-klips-og-klemmer-for-tekstil-sammensatt-stropping/?attribute_select-width=19mm%2F1000enheter</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-wire-buckets-textile-composite-strapping-16mm-19mm-25mm-price.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-wire-buckets-textile-composite-strapping-16mm-19mm-25mm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>39 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>660324</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>6984</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>18 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>660326</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Spenner, klips, og klemmer for tekstil/sammensatt stropping 16mm, 19mm or 25mm — Velg bredde: 25mm/500enheter]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Metallspenner, Klips, Klemmer, galvanisert, fra 16-25 mm - pris Kvantitet/ Netto pris 16mm 19mm 25mm Fra 2 €30.50 * €52.50 * €56.50 * Fra 10 €24.40 * €47.70 * €50.70 * Fra 28 €23.30 * €42.30 * €44.30 * * Pris inkluderer ikke moms og fraktkostnader. Minimum: 2 enheter. Metallspenner, Klips, Klemmer, galvanisert, for 16mm Metallspenner for tekstil og sammensatte/kablede stropper. 16 mm bredde på stroppene, 3,5mm kabeldiameter, 1000 stk/boks, 80000 stk/pall Bredde på stropper (mm): 16 Type forsegling: galvanisert Metallspenner, Klips, Klemmer, galvanisert, for 19 mm Metallspenner for tekstil sammensatte/kablede stropper, 19 mm bredde på stroppene, 4 mm kabeldiameter, 1000 stk/boks, 60000 stk/pall Bredde på stroppene (mm): 19 Type forsegling: galvanisert Metallspenner, Klips, Klemmer, galvanisert, for 25mm Metallspenner for tekstil sammensatte/kablede stropper, 25 mm bredde på stroppene, 5 mm kabeldiameter, 500 stk/boks, 24000 stk/pall   Bredde på stroppene (mm): 25 Type forsegling: galvanisert Stropper og stroppeutstyr er nå uunnværlige i pakkeproduksjon. De blir brukt for å sikre paller og bunter med bokser. Du finner et stort utvalg av forskjellige stroppeutstyr. Fra PP teip, som vanligvis blir brukt i stroppemaskiner, til tekstilstropper teipen som brukes for å pakke tunge varer.  ]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/spenner-klips-og-klemmer-for-tekstil-sammensatt-stropping/?attribute_select-width=25mm%2F500enheter</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-wire-buckets-textile-composite-strapping-16mm-19mm-25mm-price.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-wire-buckets-textile-composite-strapping-16mm-19mm-25mm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>out of stock</g:availability><g:price>42 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>660326</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>6984</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>18.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>660328</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Spenner, klips, og klemmer for tekstil/sammensatt stropping 16mm, 19mm or 25mm — Velg bredde: 32mm/250units]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Metallspenner, Klips, Klemmer, galvanisert, fra 16-25 mm - pris Kvantitet/ Netto pris 16mm 19mm 25mm Fra 2 €30.50 * €52.50 * €56.50 * Fra 10 €24.40 * €47.70 * €50.70 * Fra 28 €23.30 * €42.30 * €44.30 * * Pris inkluderer ikke moms og fraktkostnader. Minimum: 2 enheter. Metallspenner, Klips, Klemmer, galvanisert, for 16mm Metallspenner for tekstil og sammensatte/kablede stropper. 16 mm bredde på stroppene, 3,5mm kabeldiameter, 1000 stk/boks, 80000 stk/pall Bredde på stropper (mm): 16 Type forsegling: galvanisert Metallspenner, Klips, Klemmer, galvanisert, for 19 mm Metallspenner for tekstil sammensatte/kablede stropper, 19 mm bredde på stroppene, 4 mm kabeldiameter, 1000 stk/boks, 60000 stk/pall Bredde på stroppene (mm): 19 Type forsegling: galvanisert Metallspenner, Klips, Klemmer, galvanisert, for 25mm Metallspenner for tekstil sammensatte/kablede stropper, 25 mm bredde på stroppene, 5 mm kabeldiameter, 500 stk/boks, 24000 stk/pall   Bredde på stroppene (mm): 25 Type forsegling: galvanisert Stropper og stroppeutstyr er nå uunnværlige i pakkeproduksjon. De blir brukt for å sikre paller og bunter med bokser. Du finner et stort utvalg av forskjellige stroppeutstyr. Fra PP teip, som vanligvis blir brukt i stroppemaskiner, til tekstilstropper teipen som brukes for å pakke tunge varer.  ]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/spenner-klips-og-klemmer-for-tekstil-sammensatt-stropping/?attribute_select-width=32mm%2F250units</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-wire-buckets-textile-composite-strapping-16mm-19mm-25mm-price.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-wire-buckets-textile-composite-strapping-16mm-19mm-25mm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>55 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>660328</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>6984</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>18.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>140202</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Manuelle stroppeverktøy for tekstil &amp; sammensatte/kablede stropper - 13-50 MM — select-width: 25-50mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Manuelle stroppeverktøy for tekstil & sammensatte/kablede stropper for forskjellige bredder av tekstil & sammensatte stropper. Vi selger tre forskjellige Manuelle stroppeverktøy for tekstil & sammensatte/kablede stropper som passer for størrelser mellom 13-19mm, 19-25mm, og 25-50mm. Velg det stroppeverktøyet du trenger og legg igjen en bestilling eller send oss en forespørsel. Bredde 13-19mm 19-25mm 25-50mm   Navn XW-20 Manualfiber stroppeverktøy Funksjon Mye brukt i papir-, aluminium-, stål-, treverks-, trepakkings-, bomulls-, tobakk-, kjemikalie- og metallproduksjon industrier og så videre. Features 1. Smart design, lett å bruke og flytte. 2. Sterk strammekraft og spesiell strukturell design for å sørge for enkel stramming og pakking. Slik som materialer av stål, aluminiums-stenger, tung pakking. 3. Verktøyet er holdbart, tilpasser seg legeringer av høy styrke for kroppen og komponentene, pålitelig design, og avansert produksjonsteknologi. 4. Designet er patentert, trygt å bruke, slitefritt design. Vekt 1.12kg Tilfør rekkevidde Stroppebredde 13-19 mm 19-25 mm 25-50 mm Vekt 1.18kg 1.76kg Tilfør stropper Polyester fiberstropper, fleksible stropper  ]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/manuelle-stroppeverktoy-for-tekstil-sammensatte-kablede-stropper/?attribute_select-width=25-50mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-Manual-strapping-tool-textile-strap-25-50-mm-strap.jpg.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-Manual-strapping-tool-textile-strap-25-50-mm-strap.jpg.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-Manual-strapping-tool-textile-strap-13-19-mm-strap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>138 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>140202</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>6977</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>4.5 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>140201</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Manuelle stroppeverktøy for tekstil &amp; sammensatte/kablede stropper - 13-50 MM — select-width: 19-25mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Manuelle stroppeverktøy for tekstil & sammensatte/kablede stropper for forskjellige bredder av tekstil & sammensatte stropper. Vi selger tre forskjellige Manuelle stroppeverktøy for tekstil & sammensatte/kablede stropper som passer for størrelser mellom 13-19mm, 19-25mm, og 25-50mm. Velg det stroppeverktøyet du trenger og legg igjen en bestilling eller send oss en forespørsel. Bredde 13-19mm 19-25mm 25-50mm   Navn XW-20 Manualfiber stroppeverktøy Funksjon Mye brukt i papir-, aluminium-, stål-, treverks-, trepakkings-, bomulls-, tobakk-, kjemikalie- og metallproduksjon industrier og så videre. Features 1. Smart design, lett å bruke og flytte. 2. Sterk strammekraft og spesiell strukturell design for å sørge for enkel stramming og pakking. Slik som materialer av stål, aluminiums-stenger, tung pakking. 3. Verktøyet er holdbart, tilpasser seg legeringer av høy styrke for kroppen og komponentene, pålitelig design, og avansert produksjonsteknologi. 4. Designet er patentert, trygt å bruke, slitefritt design. Vekt 1.12kg Tilfør rekkevidde Stroppebredde 13-19 mm 19-25 mm 25-50 mm Vekt 1.18kg 1.76kg Tilfør stropper Polyester fiberstropper, fleksible stropper  ]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/manuelle-stroppeverktoy-for-tekstil-sammensatte-kablede-stropper/?attribute_select-width=19-25mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-Manual-strapping-tool-textile-strap-19-25-mm-strap.jpg.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-Manual-strapping-tool-textile-strap-25-50-mm-strap.jpg.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-Manual-strapping-tool-textile-strap-13-19-mm-strap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>89 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>140201</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>6977</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>3.5 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>140200</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Manuelle stroppeverktøy for tekstil &amp; sammensatte/kablede stropper - 13-50 MM — select-width: 13-19mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Manuelle stroppeverktøy for tekstil & sammensatte/kablede stropper for forskjellige bredder av tekstil & sammensatte stropper. Vi selger tre forskjellige Manuelle stroppeverktøy for tekstil & sammensatte/kablede stropper som passer for størrelser mellom 13-19mm, 19-25mm, og 25-50mm. Velg det stroppeverktøyet du trenger og legg igjen en bestilling eller send oss en forespørsel. Bredde 13-19mm 19-25mm 25-50mm   Navn XW-20 Manualfiber stroppeverktøy Funksjon Mye brukt i papir-, aluminium-, stål-, treverks-, trepakkings-, bomulls-, tobakk-, kjemikalie- og metallproduksjon industrier og så videre. Features 1. Smart design, lett å bruke og flytte. 2. Sterk strammekraft og spesiell strukturell design for å sørge for enkel stramming og pakking. Slik som materialer av stål, aluminiums-stenger, tung pakking. 3. Verktøyet er holdbart, tilpasser seg legeringer av høy styrke for kroppen og komponentene, pålitelig design, og avansert produksjonsteknologi. 4. Designet er patentert, trygt å bruke, slitefritt design. Vekt 1.12kg Tilfør rekkevidde Stroppebredde 13-19 mm 19-25 mm 25-50 mm Vekt 1.18kg 1.76kg Tilfør stropper Polyester fiberstropper, fleksible stropper  ]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/manuelle-stroppeverktoy-for-tekstil-sammensatte-kablede-stropper/?attribute_select-width=13-19mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-Manual-strapping-tool-textile-strap-13-19-mm-strap.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-Manual-strapping-tool-textile-strap-25-50-mm-strap.jpg.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-Manual-strapping-tool-textile-strap-13-19-mm-strap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>48 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>140200</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>6977</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>2.9 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>210043</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[HIPO PRO High speed Automatic Strapping Machine 5-12mm — select-width: 5-6mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[HIPO PRO High-speed Automatic Strapping Machine for different PP strap widths We sell three different High speed Automatic Strapping Machine suitable for 5-6mm, 8-9mm, and 10-11mm wide PP straps. Select which machine you need and proceed with an order or send an inquiry. If HIPO PRO High-speed Automatic Strapping Machine desired width won't be in stock we will let you know the delivery time. Compact design with external dispenser, standard arch size 1000x800 mm (other dimensions on request and with surcharge), up to 50 strappings per minute, for PP strap, 5-12 mm. The tension range can be adjustable between 0-45kg. WIDTH 5-6mm 8-9mm 11-12mm   HIPO PRO High-speed Strapping Machine We sell three different High-speed Automatic Strapping Machines suitable for 5-6mm, 8-9mm, and 10-11mm wide PP straps. Select which machine you need and proceed with an order or send an inquiry. If HIPO PRO High-speed Automatic Strapping Machine desired width won’t be in stock we will let you know the delivery time. The HIPO PRO is a rapid tying machine intended to build profitability and lessen machine downtime. Whenever started, the lash is pulled around the bundle at that point fixed to the exact strain, the plastic tie is then warmed, fixed, and squeezed to make the most ideal seal all in roughly 1.2 seconds. The HIPO PRO is a high-speed strapping machine with very low upkeep lashing head with insignificant moving parts that lessen mechanical glitches that occur due to part failure or wear. All body components can be effortlessly detached to get to the lashing head, electrical box, and strap pool territory. The HIPO PRO can be altered to best accommodate your bundling condition. It is equipped for decreasing the machine downtime caused by loop changes, accordingly, expanding work output. To help hold the expense down, its loops utilize less pressing material in contrast with standard curls, in this manner, making extra sparing as far as material expense. Compact design with external dispenser, standard arch size 1000×800 mm (other dimensions on request and with surcharge), up to 50 strappings per minute, for PP strap, 5-12 mm. The tension range can be adjustable between 0-45kg.   HIPO PRO High-speed Strapping Machine features • Easy operation, easy maintenance • Mechanical voltage regulation • Fixed castors with brake • Reliable PC board control • Proven quality   HIPO PRO High-speed Strapping Machine specs HIPO PRO High speed Automatic Strapping Machine Model HIPO PRO High-speed Automatic Strapping Machine 5-12mm Power supply 1Phase/220V/50-60Hz/600W 4A Packing speed 50strap/min Tension Range 0-45Kg Hot-adhering Position Bottom Arch W1000mm*H800mm(It's possible to customize the size ) Working Table Height 850mm Applicable PP Strap width:5mm, 6mm, thickness:(0.5-0.8)mm width:8mm, 9mm, thickness: 0.5-0.8mm width:11mm, 12mm, thickness: 0.5-0.8mm Applicable Strap Spool 210mm*178mm Control System PC board control Machine Dimensions(mm) L1170 W585 H1450 Packing Measurement(mm) L1220 W650 H1600 Machine Weight(kg) N.W:185/G.W:230  ]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/hipo-pro-high-speed-automatic-strapping-machine-5-12mm/?attribute_select-width=5-6mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/High-speed-Automatic-Strapping-Machine-HIPO-PRO-PP-strap.gif</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>3490 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>210043</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>2475</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>185.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>210045</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[HIPO PRO High speed Automatic Strapping Machine 5-12mm — select-width: 8-9mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[HIPO PRO High-speed Automatic Strapping Machine for different PP strap widths We sell three different High speed Automatic Strapping Machine suitable for 5-6mm, 8-9mm, and 10-11mm wide PP straps. Select which machine you need and proceed with an order or send an inquiry. If HIPO PRO High-speed Automatic Strapping Machine desired width won't be in stock we will let you know the delivery time. Compact design with external dispenser, standard arch size 1000x800 mm (other dimensions on request and with surcharge), up to 50 strappings per minute, for PP strap, 5-12 mm. The tension range can be adjustable between 0-45kg. WIDTH 5-6mm 8-9mm 11-12mm   HIPO PRO High-speed Strapping Machine We sell three different High-speed Automatic Strapping Machines suitable for 5-6mm, 8-9mm, and 10-11mm wide PP straps. Select which machine you need and proceed with an order or send an inquiry. If HIPO PRO High-speed Automatic Strapping Machine desired width won’t be in stock we will let you know the delivery time. The HIPO PRO is a rapid tying machine intended to build profitability and lessen machine downtime. Whenever started, the lash is pulled around the bundle at that point fixed to the exact strain, the plastic tie is then warmed, fixed, and squeezed to make the most ideal seal all in roughly 1.2 seconds. The HIPO PRO is a high-speed strapping machine with very low upkeep lashing head with insignificant moving parts that lessen mechanical glitches that occur due to part failure or wear. All body components can be effortlessly detached to get to the lashing head, electrical box, and strap pool territory. The HIPO PRO can be altered to best accommodate your bundling condition. It is equipped for decreasing the machine downtime caused by loop changes, accordingly, expanding work output. To help hold the expense down, its loops utilize less pressing material in contrast with standard curls, in this manner, making extra sparing as far as material expense. Compact design with external dispenser, standard arch size 1000×800 mm (other dimensions on request and with surcharge), up to 50 strappings per minute, for PP strap, 5-12 mm. The tension range can be adjustable between 0-45kg.   HIPO PRO High-speed Strapping Machine features • Easy operation, easy maintenance • Mechanical voltage regulation • Fixed castors with brake • Reliable PC board control • Proven quality   HIPO PRO High-speed Strapping Machine specs HIPO PRO High speed Automatic Strapping Machine Model HIPO PRO High-speed Automatic Strapping Machine 5-12mm Power supply 1Phase/220V/50-60Hz/600W 4A Packing speed 50strap/min Tension Range 0-45Kg Hot-adhering Position Bottom Arch W1000mm*H800mm(It's possible to customize the size ) Working Table Height 850mm Applicable PP Strap width:5mm, 6mm, thickness:(0.5-0.8)mm width:8mm, 9mm, thickness: 0.5-0.8mm width:11mm, 12mm, thickness: 0.5-0.8mm Applicable Strap Spool 210mm*178mm Control System PC board control Machine Dimensions(mm) L1170 W585 H1450 Packing Measurement(mm) L1220 W650 H1600 Machine Weight(kg) N.W:185/G.W:230  ]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/hipo-pro-high-speed-automatic-strapping-machine-5-12mm/?attribute_select-width=8-9mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/High-speed-Automatic-Strapping-Machine-HIPO-PRO-PP-strap.gif</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2990 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>210045</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>2475</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>185.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>210046</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[HIPO PRO High speed Automatic Strapping Machine 5-12mm — select-width: 11-12mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[HIPO PRO High-speed Automatic Strapping Machine for different PP strap widths We sell three different High speed Automatic Strapping Machine suitable for 5-6mm, 8-9mm, and 10-11mm wide PP straps. Select which machine you need and proceed with an order or send an inquiry. If HIPO PRO High-speed Automatic Strapping Machine desired width won't be in stock we will let you know the delivery time. Compact design with external dispenser, standard arch size 1000x800 mm (other dimensions on request and with surcharge), up to 50 strappings per minute, for PP strap, 5-12 mm. The tension range can be adjustable between 0-45kg. WIDTH 5-6mm 8-9mm 11-12mm   HIPO PRO High-speed Strapping Machine We sell three different High-speed Automatic Strapping Machines suitable for 5-6mm, 8-9mm, and 10-11mm wide PP straps. Select which machine you need and proceed with an order or send an inquiry. If HIPO PRO High-speed Automatic Strapping Machine desired width won’t be in stock we will let you know the delivery time. The HIPO PRO is a rapid tying machine intended to build profitability and lessen machine downtime. Whenever started, the lash is pulled around the bundle at that point fixed to the exact strain, the plastic tie is then warmed, fixed, and squeezed to make the most ideal seal all in roughly 1.2 seconds. The HIPO PRO is a high-speed strapping machine with very low upkeep lashing head with insignificant moving parts that lessen mechanical glitches that occur due to part failure or wear. All body components can be effortlessly detached to get to the lashing head, electrical box, and strap pool territory. The HIPO PRO can be altered to best accommodate your bundling condition. It is equipped for decreasing the machine downtime caused by loop changes, accordingly, expanding work output. To help hold the expense down, its loops utilize less pressing material in contrast with standard curls, in this manner, making extra sparing as far as material expense. Compact design with external dispenser, standard arch size 1000×800 mm (other dimensions on request and with surcharge), up to 50 strappings per minute, for PP strap, 5-12 mm. The tension range can be adjustable between 0-45kg.   HIPO PRO High-speed Strapping Machine features • Easy operation, easy maintenance • Mechanical voltage regulation • Fixed castors with brake • Reliable PC board control • Proven quality   HIPO PRO High-speed Strapping Machine specs HIPO PRO High speed Automatic Strapping Machine Model HIPO PRO High-speed Automatic Strapping Machine 5-12mm Power supply 1Phase/220V/50-60Hz/600W 4A Packing speed 50strap/min Tension Range 0-45Kg Hot-adhering Position Bottom Arch W1000mm*H800mm(It's possible to customize the size ) Working Table Height 850mm Applicable PP Strap width:5mm, 6mm, thickness:(0.5-0.8)mm width:8mm, 9mm, thickness: 0.5-0.8mm width:11mm, 12mm, thickness: 0.5-0.8mm Applicable Strap Spool 210mm*178mm Control System PC board control Machine Dimensions(mm) L1170 W585 H1450 Packing Measurement(mm) L1220 W650 H1600 Machine Weight(kg) N.W:185/G.W:230  ]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/hipo-pro-high-speed-automatic-strapping-machine-5-12mm/?attribute_select-width=11-12mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/High-speed-Automatic-Strapping-Machine-HIPO-PRO-PP-strap.gif</g:image_link><g:availability>out of stock</g:availability><g:price>2990 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>210046</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>2475</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>185.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>210070</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[HIPO BOX Semi-automatic Strapping Machine PP strap 6-15mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[HIPO BOX Semi-automatic Strapping Machine for PP strap 6-15mm. The semi-automatic machine is characterized by a better operator panel and an advanced heating tongue. KEY FEATURES • High technical standard and simple design • Easy operation, easy maintenance • Hinged stainless steel cover plate • electronic tension adjustment • Fixed castors with brake • Energy efficient, engine only runs when needed • Reliable PC board control • Affordable for every company • Provides a maximum total value of multiple competing brands • Proven quality TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Strapping width 6 mm-15 mm Strap tension 3 kg-45kg - electronically adjustable Dimension 755 mm x 540 mm x 760 mm Net weight 60 kg Electrical Specification 220V 50 / 60Hz 1PH Semi-automatic Strapping Machine Model HIPO BOX Semi-automatic Strapping Machine PP strap 6-15mm (closed) Power supply 220V/50/60Hz 1PH 0.25Kw Packing speed ≤3second/strap Tension Range 3-45Kg Hot-adhering Position Bottom Working Table Height 760mm Applicable PP Strap width:5-15mm thickness:0.5-0.8mm Applicable Strap Spool 210mm*178mm Control System PC board control Machine Dimensions(mm) L755 W540 H760 Packing Measurement(mm) L780 W570 H900 Machine Weight(kg) N.W:60/G.W:67 HIPO BOX Semi-automatic Strapping Machine PP strap 6-15mm video]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/hipo-box-semi-automatic-strapping-machine/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-semi-automatic-strapping-machine-HIPO-BOX-6-15mm-PP.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>699 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>210070</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>70.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2473,2552,530</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2473</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Pakking maskiner &gt; Stroppemaskiner</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>550531_01</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Adhesive tape BOPP 48mm/66m brown/transparent - 72units/box — Velg farge: brown]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Adhesive tape BOPP 48mm/66m brown/transparent - 72units/box BOPP50 is made of a high-quality pressure-sensitive adhesive coated with high-quality BOPP film. Free from most chemicals and moisture, in compliance with ROHS directives, ensuring users' safety. Adhesive tape is tape coated with glue, either on one side or on both sides. It is used for the temporary or permanent combination of two overlapping materials. It is something that we all use in everyday life. It can be used for many purposes. Its convenience makes it almost indispensable when used at home as well as at work. We offer high-quality adhesive tapes that can withstand from + 70 ° C to - 20 ° C. We have both brown and transparent adhesive tape, 50mm wide and 66 meters on the reel. The total thickness of the adhesive tape is 50µ. In one box there are 72 pieces of adhesive tape, however, the minimum quantity that can be provided to you is two boxes or 144 units. The minimum order quantity is two cartons which are 144 units, but prices are lower based on quantity. The price does not include VAT and shipping costs. Key features of Adhesive tape BOPP 48mm/66m brown/transparent – 72 units One box contains 72 units of Adhesive tape BOPP 50mic/48mm/66m brown/transparent High-quality adhesive tape with pressure-sensitive adhesive and BOPP film coating Compliant with ROHS directives for user safety and environmental standards Offers strong adhesion to steel sheets, with a minimum peeling strength of 4.5 N/25mm Durable and flexible with a tensile strength of 35 N/cm and elongation of at least 150% Available in transparent, brown, or customized colors to suit different preferences Temperature resistant from -20°C to 70°C, ensuring suitability for various environments Versatile applications including fixing, packaging, carton sealing, and temporary item fixation   Technical specs of 50 mic Adhesive tape BOPP 48mm/66m Specification Value Material BOPP Film Glue Type Water Based Acrylic Resin/Solvent Acrylic Adhesion to Steel Sheet (peeling) ≥ 4.5 N/25mm Tensile Strength 35 N/cm Elongation (hold) ≥ 150% Thickness 0.050 mm (50μm) Flame Resistance S (ASTMD1000) Color Transparent, Brown, Customized Temperature Rating -20°C to 70°C Shelf Life 12 months Application Fixing, Packaging, Carton Sealing, Temporary Fixation, etc.   Adhesive tapes for packaging An adhesive tape is an essential tool for packaging as it provides a secure and reliable way to seal boxes and packages. It is used to hold the flaps of a box together, preventing them from opening during transportation and handling. The tape creates a strong bond between the surfaces, keeping the contents of the package safe and intact. To use adhesive tape for packaging, you typically start by folding and aligning the flaps of the box or package. Then, you apply the tape along the seams, running it across the edges where the flaps meet. By firmly pressing the tape onto the surface, you ensure a strong adhesion that keeps the package closed and protected. The choice of adhesive tape depends on the specific requirements of the packaging. Clear packaging tape is commonly used for general sealing, providing a transparent and professional appearance. Brown packaging tape is often preferred for shipments and warehouse use, offering durability and visibility. For heavy or irregularly shaped items, filament tape with its reinforced fibers provides extra strength. Overall, the adhesive tape plays a vital role in packaging by providing a secure seal, preventing damage, and ensuring that the contents of the package reach their destination safely.   What kind of adhesive tapes are out there? ACRYLATE - it has a water-based adhesive. This adhesive is used as standard (for common use) and reaches a 100% adhesive effect immediately upon application. The use of this type of tape is unsuitable at low temperatures. HOT MELT - has a glue based on synthetic rubber, it is universal and after application, it reaches a 100% adhesive effect. It is also suitable for use in a wide temperature range and more demanding bonding. SOLVENT - natural rubber adhesive, has high capacity. It is suitable for demanding to glue because its quality belongs to the highest grade.   Brown or clear adhesive tape Clear Adhesive Packaging Tape: This is the standard transparent tape used for sealing boxes and packages. It is made of a strong adhesive that securely holds boxes together. Brown Adhesive Packaging Tape: Also known as "buff tape" or "parcel tape," this tape is similar to clear packaging tape but is brown in color. It is often used for sealing boxes and packages in warehouses or for shipments.   Possibilities of using adhesive tape The primary use of adhesive tape is the packaging. The materials from which it is made today are cellophane, acrylic, glass fibers, silicone, foil, rubber, and paper. The quantity of a particular substance depends on how strong the tape should be. Adhesive tapes are available in a variety of sizes, including standar...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/adhesive-tape-bopp-48mm-66m/?attribute_pa_color=brown</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-adhesive-tape-brown-bopp-48mm-66m-price.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-adhesive-tape-transparent-bopp-48mm-66m.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-adhesive-tape-brown-bopp-48mm-66m.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-adhesive-tape-transparent-bopp-48mm-66m-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>60.48 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550531_01</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>2444</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>14.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550521_01</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Adhesive tape BOPP 48mm/66m brown/transparent - 72units/box — Velg farge: transparent]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Adhesive tape BOPP 48mm/66m brown/transparent - 72units/box BOPP50 is made of a high-quality pressure-sensitive adhesive coated with high-quality BOPP film. Free from most chemicals and moisture, in compliance with ROHS directives, ensuring users' safety. Adhesive tape is tape coated with glue, either on one side or on both sides. It is used for the temporary or permanent combination of two overlapping materials. It is something that we all use in everyday life. It can be used for many purposes. Its convenience makes it almost indispensable when used at home as well as at work. We offer high-quality adhesive tapes that can withstand from + 70 ° C to - 20 ° C. We have both brown and transparent adhesive tape, 50mm wide and 66 meters on the reel. The total thickness of the adhesive tape is 50µ. In one box there are 72 pieces of adhesive tape, however, the minimum quantity that can be provided to you is two boxes or 144 units. The minimum order quantity is two cartons which are 144 units, but prices are lower based on quantity. The price does not include VAT and shipping costs. Key features of Adhesive tape BOPP 48mm/66m brown/transparent – 72 units One box contains 72 units of Adhesive tape BOPP 50mic/48mm/66m brown/transparent High-quality adhesive tape with pressure-sensitive adhesive and BOPP film coating Compliant with ROHS directives for user safety and environmental standards Offers strong adhesion to steel sheets, with a minimum peeling strength of 4.5 N/25mm Durable and flexible with a tensile strength of 35 N/cm and elongation of at least 150% Available in transparent, brown, or customized colors to suit different preferences Temperature resistant from -20°C to 70°C, ensuring suitability for various environments Versatile applications including fixing, packaging, carton sealing, and temporary item fixation   Technical specs of 50 mic Adhesive tape BOPP 48mm/66m Specification Value Material BOPP Film Glue Type Water Based Acrylic Resin/Solvent Acrylic Adhesion to Steel Sheet (peeling) ≥ 4.5 N/25mm Tensile Strength 35 N/cm Elongation (hold) ≥ 150% Thickness 0.050 mm (50μm) Flame Resistance S (ASTMD1000) Color Transparent, Brown, Customized Temperature Rating -20°C to 70°C Shelf Life 12 months Application Fixing, Packaging, Carton Sealing, Temporary Fixation, etc.   Adhesive tapes for packaging An adhesive tape is an essential tool for packaging as it provides a secure and reliable way to seal boxes and packages. It is used to hold the flaps of a box together, preventing them from opening during transportation and handling. The tape creates a strong bond between the surfaces, keeping the contents of the package safe and intact. To use adhesive tape for packaging, you typically start by folding and aligning the flaps of the box or package. Then, you apply the tape along the seams, running it across the edges where the flaps meet. By firmly pressing the tape onto the surface, you ensure a strong adhesion that keeps the package closed and protected. The choice of adhesive tape depends on the specific requirements of the packaging. Clear packaging tape is commonly used for general sealing, providing a transparent and professional appearance. Brown packaging tape is often preferred for shipments and warehouse use, offering durability and visibility. For heavy or irregularly shaped items, filament tape with its reinforced fibers provides extra strength. Overall, the adhesive tape plays a vital role in packaging by providing a secure seal, preventing damage, and ensuring that the contents of the package reach their destination safely.   What kind of adhesive tapes are out there? ACRYLATE - it has a water-based adhesive. This adhesive is used as standard (for common use) and reaches a 100% adhesive effect immediately upon application. The use of this type of tape is unsuitable at low temperatures. HOT MELT - has a glue based on synthetic rubber, it is universal and after application, it reaches a 100% adhesive effect. It is also suitable for use in a wide temperature range and more demanding bonding. SOLVENT - natural rubber adhesive, has high capacity. It is suitable for demanding to glue because its quality belongs to the highest grade.   Brown or clear adhesive tape Clear Adhesive Packaging Tape: This is the standard transparent tape used for sealing boxes and packages. It is made of a strong adhesive that securely holds boxes together. Brown Adhesive Packaging Tape: Also known as "buff tape" or "parcel tape," this tape is similar to clear packaging tape but is brown in color. It is often used for sealing boxes and packages in warehouses or for shipments.   Possibilities of using adhesive tape The primary use of adhesive tape is the packaging. The materials from which it is made today are cellophane, acrylic, glass fibers, silicone, foil, rubber, and paper. The quantity of a particular substance depends on how strong the tape should be. Adhesive tapes are available in a variety of sizes, including standar...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/adhesive-tape-bopp-48mm-66m/?attribute_pa_color=transparent</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-adhesive-tape-transparent-bopp-48mm-66m.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-adhesive-tape-transparent-bopp-48mm-66m.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-adhesive-tape-brown-bopp-48mm-66m.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-adhesive-tape-transparent-bopp-48mm-66m-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>60.48 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550521_01</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>2444</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>14.00 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550310</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Textile straps 16mm or 19mm - Ø76mm — width: 16mm/850m – Ø76mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Packing with textile strap We are selling two different widths of textile straps. There is a minimum order quantity of textile strap which is 2 units, however, prices are lower based on quantity. The price does not include VAT and shipping costs. MOQ: 2 units. Packaging with a textile strap is becoming more and more popular. Textile tape is an exceptional substitute for steel strips, as it is cheaper, lighter, and more secure, and more friendly to use. Textile straps are made of polyester fibers, but they differ in how fibers are interconnected. In the process of production, the polyester fiber is bonded to the glued tape by hot glue. Since the tape is not further processed, it is very affordable. It is wrapped on a disc with a center diameter of 76 mm. Knit bands, unlike the other two forms, are not produced by the process glued. Individual polyester fibers are intertwined, resulting in high tensile strength and insensitivity to sharp edges. Since the textile straps are not produced by the process glued, it is recommended to use phosphate terminals. It is wrapped on a disc with a center diameter of 76 mm. All textile straps perfectly absorb shocks and at the same time allow for subsequent tightening, as they are used in combination with special metal clamps. The textile straps are available in widths from 13 mm to 35 mm and they achieve tensile strength from 300 kg to 1600 kg.   Textile strap - structure The textile strap is made of hot thermoplastic fibers. Depending on the width of the tape and the associated number of fibers making up the tape, the 13 mm strap can withstand up to 390 kg of load, and 35 mm up to 1400 kg. Due to the hot glue, it looks like wax. In the event that it has built-in metal buckles, we can optimize ourselves for what purpose we will use it. Textile tape is among all the ribbons made of polyester fibers known as the most standard and cheapest. It is practical for any kind of packaging, but the products must not have sharp edges and should not be hot when they are tied once. These straps are made of polyester fibers, which are either integrated into the polymeric coating (composite strips), can also be bonded with glue (thermoplastic), or have a knit structure (woven strips). The tensile strength of the strap and the elongation property they have are similar to those of the steel strap. Combined with these two features and the advantages listed below, this product already replaces the steel strap in the following industries: woodworking, mining, construction, packaging waste, etc. ...   Characteristics of the textile strap Unlike steel, the textile strap is safer to use Costs are lower Do not damage the tied goods They can withstand high tension and have high absorption power We can print on them Are easier to carry They are more resistant to chemical and weather influences (do not rust or rot) We can reuse them Accessible tools for connecting with composite strap Textile straps can be tensioned by hand or pneumatic binding tools. They can be fastened using a special clamp or simply by making a knot (this method is not suitable for composite strips).]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/textile-straps-16mm-or-19mm/?attribute_width=16mm%2F850m+%E2%80%93+%C3%9876mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-textile-strap-16mm-19mm-price.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-textile-strap-16mm-19mm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>34.3 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550310</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>2431</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>8.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550330</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Textile straps 16mm or 19mm - Ø76mm — width: 19mm/600m – Ø76mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Packing with textile strap We are selling two different widths of textile straps. There is a minimum order quantity of textile strap which is 2 units, however, prices are lower based on quantity. The price does not include VAT and shipping costs. MOQ: 2 units. Packaging with a textile strap is becoming more and more popular. Textile tape is an exceptional substitute for steel strips, as it is cheaper, lighter, and more secure, and more friendly to use. Textile straps are made of polyester fibers, but they differ in how fibers are interconnected. In the process of production, the polyester fiber is bonded to the glued tape by hot glue. Since the tape is not further processed, it is very affordable. It is wrapped on a disc with a center diameter of 76 mm. Knit bands, unlike the other two forms, are not produced by the process glued. Individual polyester fibers are intertwined, resulting in high tensile strength and insensitivity to sharp edges. Since the textile straps are not produced by the process glued, it is recommended to use phosphate terminals. It is wrapped on a disc with a center diameter of 76 mm. All textile straps perfectly absorb shocks and at the same time allow for subsequent tightening, as they are used in combination with special metal clamps. The textile straps are available in widths from 13 mm to 35 mm and they achieve tensile strength from 300 kg to 1600 kg.   Textile strap - structure The textile strap is made of hot thermoplastic fibers. Depending on the width of the tape and the associated number of fibers making up the tape, the 13 mm strap can withstand up to 390 kg of load, and 35 mm up to 1400 kg. Due to the hot glue, it looks like wax. In the event that it has built-in metal buckles, we can optimize ourselves for what purpose we will use it. Textile tape is among all the ribbons made of polyester fibers known as the most standard and cheapest. It is practical for any kind of packaging, but the products must not have sharp edges and should not be hot when they are tied once. These straps are made of polyester fibers, which are either integrated into the polymeric coating (composite strips), can also be bonded with glue (thermoplastic), or have a knit structure (woven strips). The tensile strength of the strap and the elongation property they have are similar to those of the steel strap. Combined with these two features and the advantages listed below, this product already replaces the steel strap in the following industries: woodworking, mining, construction, packaging waste, etc. ...   Characteristics of the textile strap Unlike steel, the textile strap is safer to use Costs are lower Do not damage the tied goods They can withstand high tension and have high absorption power We can print on them Are easier to carry They are more resistant to chemical and weather influences (do not rust or rot) We can reuse them Accessible tools for connecting with composite strap Textile straps can be tensioned by hand or pneumatic binding tools. They can be fastened using a special clamp or simply by making a knot (this method is not suitable for composite strips).]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/textile-straps-16mm-or-19mm/?attribute_width=19mm%2F600m+%E2%80%93+%C3%9876mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-textile-strap-16mm-19mm-price.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-textile-strap-16mm-19mm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>39.5 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550330</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>2431</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>8.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550390_02</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Cord strapping WG 13mm, 16mm, 19mm, 25mm or 32mm - Ø200mm - 2 units (1box) — select-width: 2x WGC 13mm/1100m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Cord strapping - cord WG strap - Ø200mm - 2 units (1box) Cord strapping is the ultimate solution for heavy cargo packing and safe transportation. We offer a range of sizes to cater to your specific needs, including 13mm, 16mm, 19mm, 25mm, and 32mm cord straps. With a strength ranging from 485kg to an impressive 2360kg, our Cord Straps ensure the secure and reliable fastening of your valuable goods. Cord strapping list of each width variant of our Cord Strap along with their respective descriptions: Cord Strapping - 13mm Length: 1100m / Strength: 485kg The 13mm Cord Strap is a reliable and cost-effective solution for securing medium-sized cargo. With a length of 1100m and a strength of 485kg, it offers a secure fastening option for various shipping needs. Cord Strap - 16mm Length: 850m / Strength: 680kg The 16mm Cord Strap provides a robust and versatile option for securing larger cargo. With a length of 850m and a strength of 680kg, it ensures the safe transportation of your goods, even under challenging conditions. Poly cord strapping - 19mm Length: 500m / Strength: 800kg The 19mm Cord Strap is designed to handle heavier loads with ease. With a length of 500m and a strength of 800kg, it offers enhanced security and stability during transportation, making it ideal for demanding packing applications. Polyester cord strapping - 25mm Length: 500m / Strength: 1280kg The 25mm Cord Strap is a heavy-duty option that provides exceptional strength for securing large and heavy cargo. With a length of 500m and a strength of 1280kg, it ensures the utmost safety during transportation, even for the most demanding shipments. Cordstrap banding - 32mm Length: 250m / Strength: 2360kg The 32mm Cord Strap is specifically designed for handling extremely heavy and bulky cargo. With a length of 250m and an impressive strength of 2360kg, it offers unparalleled security and stability for your valuable goods, ensuring their safe arrival at the destination. Each variant of our Cord Strap offers superior strength, cost-effectiveness, weather-resistance, and compliance with international safety standards. Choose the appropriate width based on your cargo requirements and enjoy the benefits of a reliable and efficient packing solution. All cord straps have inner diameter of  Ø200mm. The minimum order quantity of cord straps is 2 units. Prices are lower based on quantity. The price does not include VAT and shipping costs.   Specs of Cord WG straps 13mm, 16mm, 19mm, 25mm or 32mm - Ø200mm Product Name Width (mm) Length (m) Strength (kg) Inner Diameter (mm) Description Cord WG strap 13mm 13mm 1100m 485kg Ø200mm A reliable and cost-effective solution for securing medium-sized cargo. Cord WG strap 16mm 16mm 850m 680kg Ø200mm A robust and versatile option for securing larger cargo, even under challenging conditions. Cord WG strap 19mm 19mm 500m 800kg Ø200mm Designed to handle heavier loads with ease, offering enhanced security for demanding packing applications. Cord WG strap 25mm 25mm 500m 1280kg Ø200mm A heavy-duty option that provides exceptional strength for securing large and heavy cargo. Cord WG strap 32mm 32mm 250m 2360kg Ø200mm Specifically designed for extremely heavy and bulky cargo, ensuring unparalleled security and stability during transit.   Polyester cord strapping One of the standout advantages of our Cord Straps is their cost-effectiveness. Compared to steel straps, Cord Straps provide a more practical and economical alternative. They are reusable for multiple shipments, minimizing costs over time and promoting sustainable practices. Moreover, these straps are lightweight and easy to handle, reducing labor costs and improving efficiency during the packing process. When it comes to durability, Cord Straps excel. They are weather-resistant, making them suitable for outdoor storage and transportation in various environmental conditions. Furthermore, they are non-corrosive, ensuring the protection of your cargo from any potential damage. Our Cord Straps are fully compliant with international safety standards, ensuring that your shipments meet the required regulations. This gives you peace of mind and guarantees a hassle-free experience during transport. In the category of packing straps, our Cord Straps are the go-to choice for heavy cargo, providing both security and cost-efficiency. With lengths ranging from 1100m to 250m and corresponding weight capacities from 485kg to 2360kg, you can find the perfect match for your specific packing needs. Choose our Cord Straps for their strength, cost-effectiveness, reusability, safety, and compliance with international standards. Make your packing process smoother and more efficient while ensuring the secure transportation of your valuable goods. Packaging with composite tape is of high quality and comfortable. The composite tape is used as a substitute for steel strips, as it is cheaper, lighter, and safer to handle. The basis of the composite straps is textile tape on which an additiona...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/composite-cord-wg-strap/?attribute_select-width=2x+WGC+13mm%2F1100m</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-composit-corded-strap-WGC-16-19-25mm.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-composit-corded-strap-WGC-16-19-25mm-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>83 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550390_02</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>2426</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>19.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550400_02</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Cord strapping WG 13mm, 16mm, 19mm, 25mm or 32mm - Ø200mm - 2 units (1box) — select-width: 2x WGC 16mm/850m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Cord strapping - cord WG strap - Ø200mm - 2 units (1box) Cord strapping is the ultimate solution for heavy cargo packing and safe transportation. We offer a range of sizes to cater to your specific needs, including 13mm, 16mm, 19mm, 25mm, and 32mm cord straps. With a strength ranging from 485kg to an impressive 2360kg, our Cord Straps ensure the secure and reliable fastening of your valuable goods. Cord strapping list of each width variant of our Cord Strap along with their respective descriptions: Cord Strapping - 13mm Length: 1100m / Strength: 485kg The 13mm Cord Strap is a reliable and cost-effective solution for securing medium-sized cargo. With a length of 1100m and a strength of 485kg, it offers a secure fastening option for various shipping needs. Cord Strap - 16mm Length: 850m / Strength: 680kg The 16mm Cord Strap provides a robust and versatile option for securing larger cargo. With a length of 850m and a strength of 680kg, it ensures the safe transportation of your goods, even under challenging conditions. Poly cord strapping - 19mm Length: 500m / Strength: 800kg The 19mm Cord Strap is designed to handle heavier loads with ease. With a length of 500m and a strength of 800kg, it offers enhanced security and stability during transportation, making it ideal for demanding packing applications. Polyester cord strapping - 25mm Length: 500m / Strength: 1280kg The 25mm Cord Strap is a heavy-duty option that provides exceptional strength for securing large and heavy cargo. With a length of 500m and a strength of 1280kg, it ensures the utmost safety during transportation, even for the most demanding shipments. Cordstrap banding - 32mm Length: 250m / Strength: 2360kg The 32mm Cord Strap is specifically designed for handling extremely heavy and bulky cargo. With a length of 250m and an impressive strength of 2360kg, it offers unparalleled security and stability for your valuable goods, ensuring their safe arrival at the destination. Each variant of our Cord Strap offers superior strength, cost-effectiveness, weather-resistance, and compliance with international safety standards. Choose the appropriate width based on your cargo requirements and enjoy the benefits of a reliable and efficient packing solution. All cord straps have inner diameter of  Ø200mm. The minimum order quantity of cord straps is 2 units. Prices are lower based on quantity. The price does not include VAT and shipping costs.   Specs of Cord WG straps 13mm, 16mm, 19mm, 25mm or 32mm - Ø200mm Product Name Width (mm) Length (m) Strength (kg) Inner Diameter (mm) Description Cord WG strap 13mm 13mm 1100m 485kg Ø200mm A reliable and cost-effective solution for securing medium-sized cargo. Cord WG strap 16mm 16mm 850m 680kg Ø200mm A robust and versatile option for securing larger cargo, even under challenging conditions. Cord WG strap 19mm 19mm 500m 800kg Ø200mm Designed to handle heavier loads with ease, offering enhanced security for demanding packing applications. Cord WG strap 25mm 25mm 500m 1280kg Ø200mm A heavy-duty option that provides exceptional strength for securing large and heavy cargo. Cord WG strap 32mm 32mm 250m 2360kg Ø200mm Specifically designed for extremely heavy and bulky cargo, ensuring unparalleled security and stability during transit.   Polyester cord strapping One of the standout advantages of our Cord Straps is their cost-effectiveness. Compared to steel straps, Cord Straps provide a more practical and economical alternative. They are reusable for multiple shipments, minimizing costs over time and promoting sustainable practices. Moreover, these straps are lightweight and easy to handle, reducing labor costs and improving efficiency during the packing process. When it comes to durability, Cord Straps excel. They are weather-resistant, making them suitable for outdoor storage and transportation in various environmental conditions. Furthermore, they are non-corrosive, ensuring the protection of your cargo from any potential damage. Our Cord Straps are fully compliant with international safety standards, ensuring that your shipments meet the required regulations. This gives you peace of mind and guarantees a hassle-free experience during transport. In the category of packing straps, our Cord Straps are the go-to choice for heavy cargo, providing both security and cost-efficiency. With lengths ranging from 1100m to 250m and corresponding weight capacities from 485kg to 2360kg, you can find the perfect match for your specific packing needs. Choose our Cord Straps for their strength, cost-effectiveness, reusability, safety, and compliance with international standards. Make your packing process smoother and more efficient while ensuring the secure transportation of your valuable goods. Packaging with composite tape is of high quality and comfortable. The composite tape is used as a substitute for steel strips, as it is cheaper, lighter, and safer to handle. The basis of the composite straps is textile tape on which an additiona...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/composite-cord-wg-strap/?attribute_select-width=2x+WGC+16mm%2F850m</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-composit-corded-strap-WGC-16-19-25mm.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-composit-corded-strap-WGC-16-19-25mm-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>83 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550400_02</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>2426</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>20 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550410_02</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Cord strapping WG 13mm, 16mm, 19mm, 25mm or 32mm - Ø200mm - 2 units (1box) — select-width: 2x WGC 19mm/500m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Cord strapping - cord WG strap - Ø200mm - 2 units (1box) Cord strapping is the ultimate solution for heavy cargo packing and safe transportation. We offer a range of sizes to cater to your specific needs, including 13mm, 16mm, 19mm, 25mm, and 32mm cord straps. With a strength ranging from 485kg to an impressive 2360kg, our Cord Straps ensure the secure and reliable fastening of your valuable goods. Cord strapping list of each width variant of our Cord Strap along with their respective descriptions: Cord Strapping - 13mm Length: 1100m / Strength: 485kg The 13mm Cord Strap is a reliable and cost-effective solution for securing medium-sized cargo. With a length of 1100m and a strength of 485kg, it offers a secure fastening option for various shipping needs. Cord Strap - 16mm Length: 850m / Strength: 680kg The 16mm Cord Strap provides a robust and versatile option for securing larger cargo. With a length of 850m and a strength of 680kg, it ensures the safe transportation of your goods, even under challenging conditions. Poly cord strapping - 19mm Length: 500m / Strength: 800kg The 19mm Cord Strap is designed to handle heavier loads with ease. With a length of 500m and a strength of 800kg, it offers enhanced security and stability during transportation, making it ideal for demanding packing applications. Polyester cord strapping - 25mm Length: 500m / Strength: 1280kg The 25mm Cord Strap is a heavy-duty option that provides exceptional strength for securing large and heavy cargo. With a length of 500m and a strength of 1280kg, it ensures the utmost safety during transportation, even for the most demanding shipments. Cordstrap banding - 32mm Length: 250m / Strength: 2360kg The 32mm Cord Strap is specifically designed for handling extremely heavy and bulky cargo. With a length of 250m and an impressive strength of 2360kg, it offers unparalleled security and stability for your valuable goods, ensuring their safe arrival at the destination. Each variant of our Cord Strap offers superior strength, cost-effectiveness, weather-resistance, and compliance with international safety standards. Choose the appropriate width based on your cargo requirements and enjoy the benefits of a reliable and efficient packing solution. All cord straps have inner diameter of  Ø200mm. The minimum order quantity of cord straps is 2 units. Prices are lower based on quantity. The price does not include VAT and shipping costs.   Specs of Cord WG straps 13mm, 16mm, 19mm, 25mm or 32mm - Ø200mm Product Name Width (mm) Length (m) Strength (kg) Inner Diameter (mm) Description Cord WG strap 13mm 13mm 1100m 485kg Ø200mm A reliable and cost-effective solution for securing medium-sized cargo. Cord WG strap 16mm 16mm 850m 680kg Ø200mm A robust and versatile option for securing larger cargo, even under challenging conditions. Cord WG strap 19mm 19mm 500m 800kg Ø200mm Designed to handle heavier loads with ease, offering enhanced security for demanding packing applications. Cord WG strap 25mm 25mm 500m 1280kg Ø200mm A heavy-duty option that provides exceptional strength for securing large and heavy cargo. Cord WG strap 32mm 32mm 250m 2360kg Ø200mm Specifically designed for extremely heavy and bulky cargo, ensuring unparalleled security and stability during transit.   Polyester cord strapping One of the standout advantages of our Cord Straps is their cost-effectiveness. Compared to steel straps, Cord Straps provide a more practical and economical alternative. They are reusable for multiple shipments, minimizing costs over time and promoting sustainable practices. Moreover, these straps are lightweight and easy to handle, reducing labor costs and improving efficiency during the packing process. When it comes to durability, Cord Straps excel. They are weather-resistant, making them suitable for outdoor storage and transportation in various environmental conditions. Furthermore, they are non-corrosive, ensuring the protection of your cargo from any potential damage. Our Cord Straps are fully compliant with international safety standards, ensuring that your shipments meet the required regulations. This gives you peace of mind and guarantees a hassle-free experience during transport. In the category of packing straps, our Cord Straps are the go-to choice for heavy cargo, providing both security and cost-efficiency. With lengths ranging from 1100m to 250m and corresponding weight capacities from 485kg to 2360kg, you can find the perfect match for your specific packing needs. Choose our Cord Straps for their strength, cost-effectiveness, reusability, safety, and compliance with international standards. Make your packing process smoother and more efficient while ensuring the secure transportation of your valuable goods. Packaging with composite tape is of high quality and comfortable. The composite tape is used as a substitute for steel strips, as it is cheaper, lighter, and safer to handle. The basis of the composite straps is textile tape on which an additiona...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/composite-cord-wg-strap/?attribute_select-width=2x+WGC+19mm%2F500m</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-composit-corded-strap-WGC-16-19-25mm.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-composit-corded-strap-WGC-16-19-25mm-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>85 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550410_02</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>2426</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>20.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550420_02</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Cord strapping WG 13mm, 16mm, 19mm, 25mm or 32mm - Ø200mm - 2 units (1box) — select-width: 2x WGC 25mm/500m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Cord strapping - cord WG strap - Ø200mm - 2 units (1box) Cord strapping is the ultimate solution for heavy cargo packing and safe transportation. We offer a range of sizes to cater to your specific needs, including 13mm, 16mm, 19mm, 25mm, and 32mm cord straps. With a strength ranging from 485kg to an impressive 2360kg, our Cord Straps ensure the secure and reliable fastening of your valuable goods. Cord strapping list of each width variant of our Cord Strap along with their respective descriptions: Cord Strapping - 13mm Length: 1100m / Strength: 485kg The 13mm Cord Strap is a reliable and cost-effective solution for securing medium-sized cargo. With a length of 1100m and a strength of 485kg, it offers a secure fastening option for various shipping needs. Cord Strap - 16mm Length: 850m / Strength: 680kg The 16mm Cord Strap provides a robust and versatile option for securing larger cargo. With a length of 850m and a strength of 680kg, it ensures the safe transportation of your goods, even under challenging conditions. Poly cord strapping - 19mm Length: 500m / Strength: 800kg The 19mm Cord Strap is designed to handle heavier loads with ease. With a length of 500m and a strength of 800kg, it offers enhanced security and stability during transportation, making it ideal for demanding packing applications. Polyester cord strapping - 25mm Length: 500m / Strength: 1280kg The 25mm Cord Strap is a heavy-duty option that provides exceptional strength for securing large and heavy cargo. With a length of 500m and a strength of 1280kg, it ensures the utmost safety during transportation, even for the most demanding shipments. Cordstrap banding - 32mm Length: 250m / Strength: 2360kg The 32mm Cord Strap is specifically designed for handling extremely heavy and bulky cargo. With a length of 250m and an impressive strength of 2360kg, it offers unparalleled security and stability for your valuable goods, ensuring their safe arrival at the destination. Each variant of our Cord Strap offers superior strength, cost-effectiveness, weather-resistance, and compliance with international safety standards. Choose the appropriate width based on your cargo requirements and enjoy the benefits of a reliable and efficient packing solution. All cord straps have inner diameter of  Ø200mm. The minimum order quantity of cord straps is 2 units. Prices are lower based on quantity. The price does not include VAT and shipping costs.   Specs of Cord WG straps 13mm, 16mm, 19mm, 25mm or 32mm - Ø200mm Product Name Width (mm) Length (m) Strength (kg) Inner Diameter (mm) Description Cord WG strap 13mm 13mm 1100m 485kg Ø200mm A reliable and cost-effective solution for securing medium-sized cargo. Cord WG strap 16mm 16mm 850m 680kg Ø200mm A robust and versatile option for securing larger cargo, even under challenging conditions. Cord WG strap 19mm 19mm 500m 800kg Ø200mm Designed to handle heavier loads with ease, offering enhanced security for demanding packing applications. Cord WG strap 25mm 25mm 500m 1280kg Ø200mm A heavy-duty option that provides exceptional strength for securing large and heavy cargo. Cord WG strap 32mm 32mm 250m 2360kg Ø200mm Specifically designed for extremely heavy and bulky cargo, ensuring unparalleled security and stability during transit.   Polyester cord strapping One of the standout advantages of our Cord Straps is their cost-effectiveness. Compared to steel straps, Cord Straps provide a more practical and economical alternative. They are reusable for multiple shipments, minimizing costs over time and promoting sustainable practices. Moreover, these straps are lightweight and easy to handle, reducing labor costs and improving efficiency during the packing process. When it comes to durability, Cord Straps excel. They are weather-resistant, making them suitable for outdoor storage and transportation in various environmental conditions. Furthermore, they are non-corrosive, ensuring the protection of your cargo from any potential damage. Our Cord Straps are fully compliant with international safety standards, ensuring that your shipments meet the required regulations. This gives you peace of mind and guarantees a hassle-free experience during transport. In the category of packing straps, our Cord Straps are the go-to choice for heavy cargo, providing both security and cost-efficiency. With lengths ranging from 1100m to 250m and corresponding weight capacities from 485kg to 2360kg, you can find the perfect match for your specific packing needs. Choose our Cord Straps for their strength, cost-effectiveness, reusability, safety, and compliance with international standards. Make your packing process smoother and more efficient while ensuring the secure transportation of your valuable goods. Packaging with composite tape is of high quality and comfortable. The composite tape is used as a substitute for steel strips, as it is cheaper, lighter, and safer to handle. The basis of the composite straps is textile tape on which an additiona...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/composite-cord-wg-strap/?attribute_select-width=2x+WGC+25mm%2F500m</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-composit-corded-strap-WGC-16-19-25mm.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-composit-corded-strap-WGC-16-19-25mm-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>out of stock</g:availability><g:price>94 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550420_02</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>2426</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>20.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550430_02</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Cord strapping WG 13mm, 16mm, 19mm, 25mm or 32mm - Ø200mm - 2 units (1box) — select-width: 2x WGC 32mm/250m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Cord strapping - cord WG strap - Ø200mm - 2 units (1box) Cord strapping is the ultimate solution for heavy cargo packing and safe transportation. We offer a range of sizes to cater to your specific needs, including 13mm, 16mm, 19mm, 25mm, and 32mm cord straps. With a strength ranging from 485kg to an impressive 2360kg, our Cord Straps ensure the secure and reliable fastening of your valuable goods. Cord strapping list of each width variant of our Cord Strap along with their respective descriptions: Cord Strapping - 13mm Length: 1100m / Strength: 485kg The 13mm Cord Strap is a reliable and cost-effective solution for securing medium-sized cargo. With a length of 1100m and a strength of 485kg, it offers a secure fastening option for various shipping needs. Cord Strap - 16mm Length: 850m / Strength: 680kg The 16mm Cord Strap provides a robust and versatile option for securing larger cargo. With a length of 850m and a strength of 680kg, it ensures the safe transportation of your goods, even under challenging conditions. Poly cord strapping - 19mm Length: 500m / Strength: 800kg The 19mm Cord Strap is designed to handle heavier loads with ease. With a length of 500m and a strength of 800kg, it offers enhanced security and stability during transportation, making it ideal for demanding packing applications. Polyester cord strapping - 25mm Length: 500m / Strength: 1280kg The 25mm Cord Strap is a heavy-duty option that provides exceptional strength for securing large and heavy cargo. With a length of 500m and a strength of 1280kg, it ensures the utmost safety during transportation, even for the most demanding shipments. Cordstrap banding - 32mm Length: 250m / Strength: 2360kg The 32mm Cord Strap is specifically designed for handling extremely heavy and bulky cargo. With a length of 250m and an impressive strength of 2360kg, it offers unparalleled security and stability for your valuable goods, ensuring their safe arrival at the destination. Each variant of our Cord Strap offers superior strength, cost-effectiveness, weather-resistance, and compliance with international safety standards. Choose the appropriate width based on your cargo requirements and enjoy the benefits of a reliable and efficient packing solution. All cord straps have inner diameter of  Ø200mm. The minimum order quantity of cord straps is 2 units. Prices are lower based on quantity. The price does not include VAT and shipping costs.   Specs of Cord WG straps 13mm, 16mm, 19mm, 25mm or 32mm - Ø200mm Product Name Width (mm) Length (m) Strength (kg) Inner Diameter (mm) Description Cord WG strap 13mm 13mm 1100m 485kg Ø200mm A reliable and cost-effective solution for securing medium-sized cargo. Cord WG strap 16mm 16mm 850m 680kg Ø200mm A robust and versatile option for securing larger cargo, even under challenging conditions. Cord WG strap 19mm 19mm 500m 800kg Ø200mm Designed to handle heavier loads with ease, offering enhanced security for demanding packing applications. Cord WG strap 25mm 25mm 500m 1280kg Ø200mm A heavy-duty option that provides exceptional strength for securing large and heavy cargo. Cord WG strap 32mm 32mm 250m 2360kg Ø200mm Specifically designed for extremely heavy and bulky cargo, ensuring unparalleled security and stability during transit.   Polyester cord strapping One of the standout advantages of our Cord Straps is their cost-effectiveness. Compared to steel straps, Cord Straps provide a more practical and economical alternative. They are reusable for multiple shipments, minimizing costs over time and promoting sustainable practices. Moreover, these straps are lightweight and easy to handle, reducing labor costs and improving efficiency during the packing process. When it comes to durability, Cord Straps excel. They are weather-resistant, making them suitable for outdoor storage and transportation in various environmental conditions. Furthermore, they are non-corrosive, ensuring the protection of your cargo from any potential damage. Our Cord Straps are fully compliant with international safety standards, ensuring that your shipments meet the required regulations. This gives you peace of mind and guarantees a hassle-free experience during transport. In the category of packing straps, our Cord Straps are the go-to choice for heavy cargo, providing both security and cost-efficiency. With lengths ranging from 1100m to 250m and corresponding weight capacities from 485kg to 2360kg, you can find the perfect match for your specific packing needs. Choose our Cord Straps for their strength, cost-effectiveness, reusability, safety, and compliance with international standards. Make your packing process smoother and more efficient while ensuring the secure transportation of your valuable goods. Packaging with composite tape is of high quality and comfortable. The composite tape is used as a substitute for steel strips, as it is cheaper, lighter, and safer to handle. The basis of the composite straps is textile tape on which an additiona...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/composite-cord-wg-strap/?attribute_select-width=2x+WGC+32mm%2F250m</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-composit-corded-strap-WGC-16-19-25mm.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-composit-corded-strap-WGC-16-19-25mm-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>96 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550430_02</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>2426</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>20.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550210</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Plastic PP polypropylene strap - 12mm or 15,5mm — select-width: 15,5x0,7mm/2000m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Packing with plastic PP strap We are selling three different widths of PP straps. The core of 406 mm in diameter. Minimum order quantity of PP strap: 2 units. Prices are lower based on quantity. Price does not include VAT and shipping costs Packaging with plastic PP straps is popular in craft and industrial plants. It enables quick and efficient packaging and is cost-effective. PP tapes are used when high tensile strength is not required. You can use tapes in combination with (semi) automatic strapping machines, a manual mechanical strapping tool (metal clips are needed), or a battery strapping tool (the strap is combined with hot seal and vibration). In addition to tape and staplers, it is recommended to use a strap dispenser cart as they speed up the packaging process and protect the tape from the environment. The advantage of battery strapping tools compared to the hand-held mechanical strapping tool is that they do not need clips because the strap is connected by heat (hot seal), which in the long run allows savings in packaging and connection. The straps can also be used in combination with plastic clips. The straps can be supplied in different sizes and on different cores (63mm, 150mm, 200mm, 280mm, 406mm). PP strap - Connecting straps PP or polypropylene tape comprises a clean, environmentally friendly and lightweight polypropylene layer. This tape is a good choice when packing and connecting, made for ease of use, enabling you to pack products that are usually easier to work and increase productivity in sectors, without major problems. PP tapes are available in the width of 5mm-19 mm and the thickness of the strips varies between 0.5 mm-1 mm. Due to its low cost and easy use, PP strap is the perfect solution for packaging in a wide variety of industries and craft industries. If necessary, the product is almost never broken, which gives it reliability. Customers can make a logo (can contain three colors) of the logo of their brand on the tape, and so they can also take care of their promotion. The polypropylene tape can be recycled in the case of waste generation, but it can easily be removed. PP tape is available in the width of 5-19 mm and 0,5 - 1 mm thick. The tape can withstand 70 - 500 kg. With the same width and thickness of the strap, the PP strap achieves half the power of the PET  strap. But by contrast, the elongation of PP strap is up to 20% higher. When PP straps are used with automatic machines, the diameter of the core is usually 200 or 406 mm. When using a hand-held or battery-powered tools, a core of 406 mm diameter is considered standard. In addition to various core diameters and diameters, PP strap also differs in their surfaces, which can either be embossed or smooth. PP strap is easy to install on semi-automatic machines. When working with hand tools, the relief surface of the strap increases the flexibility and resistance to tearing. Also, the cost is lower, since the strap is priced by the relief surface, so it is necessary to produce a tape of the same power, with less material required PP strap can be made in different colors and on it also company logo or slogan can be printed. Advantages of PP strap: PP straps can be used for packaging various products and boxes. These have the following benefits: they are lightweight they have a high tensile strength are chemically resistant they are easy to use do not rust safety and aesthetic appearance of the goods suitable for all types of machines (for automatic, semi-automatic, and hand-held machines) resistant to temperature differences (from minus ten to fifty degrees Celsius) at a low price and we can print on them Comparison of PET strip with PP tape PET strap has more power than a PP strap (despite the same dimension) despite the high tension, the PET band will not be broken PET strap can be stretched up to fifty percent more than polypropylene (despite the same dimensions) PET strips are more resistant to temperature differences]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/plastic-pp-strap/?attribute_select-width=15%2C5x0%2C7mm%2F2000m</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-plastic-PP-strap-12mm-16mm.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-plastic-PP-strap-12mm-16mm-price.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>39 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550210</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>2422</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>10.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550208</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Plastic PP polypropylene strap - 12mm or 15,5mm — select-width: 12x0,8mm/2000m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Packing with plastic PP strap We are selling three different widths of PP straps. The core of 406 mm in diameter. Minimum order quantity of PP strap: 2 units. Prices are lower based on quantity. Price does not include VAT and shipping costs Packaging with plastic PP straps is popular in craft and industrial plants. It enables quick and efficient packaging and is cost-effective. PP tapes are used when high tensile strength is not required. You can use tapes in combination with (semi) automatic strapping machines, a manual mechanical strapping tool (metal clips are needed), or a battery strapping tool (the strap is combined with hot seal and vibration). In addition to tape and staplers, it is recommended to use a strap dispenser cart as they speed up the packaging process and protect the tape from the environment. The advantage of battery strapping tools compared to the hand-held mechanical strapping tool is that they do not need clips because the strap is connected by heat (hot seal), which in the long run allows savings in packaging and connection. The straps can also be used in combination with plastic clips. The straps can be supplied in different sizes and on different cores (63mm, 150mm, 200mm, 280mm, 406mm). PP strap - Connecting straps PP or polypropylene tape comprises a clean, environmentally friendly and lightweight polypropylene layer. This tape is a good choice when packing and connecting, made for ease of use, enabling you to pack products that are usually easier to work and increase productivity in sectors, without major problems. PP tapes are available in the width of 5mm-19 mm and the thickness of the strips varies between 0.5 mm-1 mm. Due to its low cost and easy use, PP strap is the perfect solution for packaging in a wide variety of industries and craft industries. If necessary, the product is almost never broken, which gives it reliability. Customers can make a logo (can contain three colors) of the logo of their brand on the tape, and so they can also take care of their promotion. The polypropylene tape can be recycled in the case of waste generation, but it can easily be removed. PP tape is available in the width of 5-19 mm and 0,5 - 1 mm thick. The tape can withstand 70 - 500 kg. With the same width and thickness of the strap, the PP strap achieves half the power of the PET  strap. But by contrast, the elongation of PP strap is up to 20% higher. When PP straps are used with automatic machines, the diameter of the core is usually 200 or 406 mm. When using a hand-held or battery-powered tools, a core of 406 mm diameter is considered standard. In addition to various core diameters and diameters, PP strap also differs in their surfaces, which can either be embossed or smooth. PP strap is easy to install on semi-automatic machines. When working with hand tools, the relief surface of the strap increases the flexibility and resistance to tearing. Also, the cost is lower, since the strap is priced by the relief surface, so it is necessary to produce a tape of the same power, with less material required PP strap can be made in different colors and on it also company logo or slogan can be printed. Advantages of PP strap: PP straps can be used for packaging various products and boxes. These have the following benefits: they are lightweight they have a high tensile strength are chemically resistant they are easy to use do not rust safety and aesthetic appearance of the goods suitable for all types of machines (for automatic, semi-automatic, and hand-held machines) resistant to temperature differences (from minus ten to fifty degrees Celsius) at a low price and we can print on them Comparison of PET strip with PP tape PET strap has more power than a PP strap (despite the same dimension) despite the high tension, the PET band will not be broken PET strap can be stretched up to fifty percent more than polypropylene (despite the same dimensions) PET strips are more resistant to temperature differences]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/plastic-pp-strap/?attribute_select-width=12x0%2C8mm%2F2000m</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-plastic-PP-strap-12mm-16mm.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-plastic-PP-strap-12mm-16mm-price.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>41.9 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550208</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>2422</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>8.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550206</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Plastic PP polypropylene strap - 12mm or 15,5mm — select-width: 12x0,55mm/3000m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Packing with plastic PP strap We are selling three different widths of PP straps. The core of 406 mm in diameter. Minimum order quantity of PP strap: 2 units. Prices are lower based on quantity. Price does not include VAT and shipping costs Packaging with plastic PP straps is popular in craft and industrial plants. It enables quick and efficient packaging and is cost-effective. PP tapes are used when high tensile strength is not required. You can use tapes in combination with (semi) automatic strapping machines, a manual mechanical strapping tool (metal clips are needed), or a battery strapping tool (the strap is combined with hot seal and vibration). In addition to tape and staplers, it is recommended to use a strap dispenser cart as they speed up the packaging process and protect the tape from the environment. The advantage of battery strapping tools compared to the hand-held mechanical strapping tool is that they do not need clips because the strap is connected by heat (hot seal), which in the long run allows savings in packaging and connection. The straps can also be used in combination with plastic clips. The straps can be supplied in different sizes and on different cores (63mm, 150mm, 200mm, 280mm, 406mm). PP strap - Connecting straps PP or polypropylene tape comprises a clean, environmentally friendly and lightweight polypropylene layer. This tape is a good choice when packing and connecting, made for ease of use, enabling you to pack products that are usually easier to work and increase productivity in sectors, without major problems. PP tapes are available in the width of 5mm-19 mm and the thickness of the strips varies between 0.5 mm-1 mm. Due to its low cost and easy use, PP strap is the perfect solution for packaging in a wide variety of industries and craft industries. If necessary, the product is almost never broken, which gives it reliability. Customers can make a logo (can contain three colors) of the logo of their brand on the tape, and so they can also take care of their promotion. The polypropylene tape can be recycled in the case of waste generation, but it can easily be removed. PP tape is available in the width of 5-19 mm and 0,5 - 1 mm thick. The tape can withstand 70 - 500 kg. With the same width and thickness of the strap, the PP strap achieves half the power of the PET  strap. But by contrast, the elongation of PP strap is up to 20% higher. When PP straps are used with automatic machines, the diameter of the core is usually 200 or 406 mm. When using a hand-held or battery-powered tools, a core of 406 mm diameter is considered standard. In addition to various core diameters and diameters, PP strap also differs in their surfaces, which can either be embossed or smooth. PP strap is easy to install on semi-automatic machines. When working with hand tools, the relief surface of the strap increases the flexibility and resistance to tearing. Also, the cost is lower, since the strap is priced by the relief surface, so it is necessary to produce a tape of the same power, with less material required PP strap can be made in different colors and on it also company logo or slogan can be printed. Advantages of PP strap: PP straps can be used for packaging various products and boxes. These have the following benefits: they are lightweight they have a high tensile strength are chemically resistant they are easy to use do not rust safety and aesthetic appearance of the goods suitable for all types of machines (for automatic, semi-automatic, and hand-held machines) resistant to temperature differences (from minus ten to fifty degrees Celsius) at a low price and we can print on them Comparison of PET strip with PP tape PET strap has more power than a PP strap (despite the same dimension) despite the high tension, the PET band will not be broken PET strap can be stretched up to fifty percent more than polypropylene (despite the same dimensions) PET strips are more resistant to temperature differences]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/plastic-pp-strap/?attribute_select-width=12x0%2C55mm%2F3000m</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-plastic-PP-strap-12mm-16mm.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-plastic-PP-strap-12mm-16mm-price.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>out of stock</g:availability><g:price>42 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550206</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>2422</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>10.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550100</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[PET strap - 12mm or 15,5mm, 19mm, 25mm or 32mm — select-width: 12×0,6mm/2500m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[PET strap PET straps are a reliable and efficient solution for securing your packages and optimizing your packing operations. PET straps are made from high-quality polyester material, providing excellent strength and durability. We offer a range of sizes and specifications to meet your specific packaging requirements. PET Strap 12 x 0.6mm/406 – 2500m – Strength 310kg: Dimensions: 12mm width and 0.6mm thickness Length: 2500 meters Strength: With a robust strength of 310kg, this PET strap ensures secure bundling and reinforcement of lighter to medium-weight packages. PET Polyester Strap 15.5 x 0.7mm/406/1750m – Strength 440kg: Dimensions: 15.5mm width and 0.7mm thickness Length: 1750 meters Strength: Designed for heavier loads, this PET polyester strap offers a substantial strength of 440kg. It ensures reliable strapping and reinforcement of medium to heavy-weight packages. Polyester Strap 15.5 x 0.9mm/406/1250m – Strength 540kg: Dimensions: 15.5mm width and 0.9mm thickness Length: 1250 meters Strength: With a high strength rating of 540kg, this polyester strap is ideal for securing and stabilizing heavy packages. It provides superior strength and reliability. PET Polyester Strap 19 x 1.0mm/406/1000m – Strength 820kg: Dimensions: 19mm width and 1.0mm thickness Length: 1000 meters Strength: Offering an impressive strength of 820kg, this PET polyester strap is perfect for demanding applications. It ensures strong and secure bundling of heavy packages. Polyester Strap 25 x 1.2mm/406/600m – Strength 1260kg: Dimensions: 25mm width and 1.2mm thickness Length: 600 meters Strength: With a remarkable strength of 1260kg, this polyester strap is specifically designed for the most demanding packaging tasks. It provides exceptional load stability and security. Polyester Strap 32 x 1.2mm/406/500m – Strength 1600kg: Dimensions: 32mm width and 1.2mm thickness Length: 500 meters Strength: With a remarkable strength of 1600kg, this polyester strap is specifically designed for the most demanding packaging tasks. It provides exceptional load stability and security.   All PET straps have inner diameter of Ø406mm. Minimum order quantity of PET strap are 2 units. If you order more units quantity discount will automatically apply. Prices are lower based on quantity.   Polyester strapping Experience the reliability and strength of our PET straps, also known as polyester strapping, carefully designed to meet your packaging needs. With an inner diameter of Ø406mm, our PET straps offer superior performance compared to polypropylene tape (PP), making them a preferred choice in the industry. When it comes to strength, polyester strapping, outshines PP straps of the same dimensions. These durable and robust polyester strapping options ensure secure bundling and reinforcement of your packages. Additionally, PET straps are more compact, making them easier to handle during packaging operations. Our PET straps, or polyester strapping, are engineered to withstand various environmental conditions. They exhibit excellent resistance to corrosion, water, and harmful UV rays, ensuring optimal performance even in challenging environments. Whether you require protection during storage or transportation, polyester strapping provides reliable and long-lasting performance. Choose from our wide range of polyester strapping, available in widths ranging from 9 mm to 32 mm, and thicknesses from 0.35 mm to 1.27 mm. The wide range allows you to select the most suitable dimensions of polyester strapping for your specific packaging requirements. With tensile strengths ranging from 190 kg to 1330 kg, our polyester strapping options, offer ample strength for a variety of applications. As a cost-effective alternative to steel straps polyester strapping offer high tensile strength while being significantly lighter and more affordable. This makes them a preferred choice in industries where strength and cost efficiency are paramount. By choosing our PET straps, or polyester strapping, you can enjoy the benefits of a reliable and cost-effective packaging solution. At our company, we prioritize quality and reliability in all our PET straps, or polyester strapping, offerings. With over 30 years of experience in the industry, we have become a trusted supplier of high-quality PET straps, or polyester strapping, to numerous satisfied customers. Our polyester straps, have undergone rigorous testing and have proven to deliver exceptional performance, ensuring peace of mind during your packaging operations. Choose our polyester strapping products, and experience the difference in strength, reliability, and cost efficiency.   Polyester strap - PET strap and price of PET strap The polyester tape, also known as the PET tape, is used when conventional polypropylene tape is not strong enough and therefore can not serve its purpose. The polyester tape and steel tape are most similar in their physical characteristics. The polyester tape can withstand up to twenty-five percent more...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pet-strap-12mm-15mm-19mm-25mm-32mm/?attribute_select-width=12%C3%970%2C6mm%2F2500m</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-packing-plastic-PET-strap-12mm-16mm-19mm-price-buy.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-packing-plastic-PET-strap-12mm-16mm-19mm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-packing-plastic-PET-strap-12mm-16mm-19mm-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>49 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550100</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>2418</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>20.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550110</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[PET strap - 12mm or 15,5mm, 19mm, 25mm or 32mm — select-width: 15,5×0,7mm/1750m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[PET strap PET straps are a reliable and efficient solution for securing your packages and optimizing your packing operations. PET straps are made from high-quality polyester material, providing excellent strength and durability. We offer a range of sizes and specifications to meet your specific packaging requirements. PET Strap 12 x 0.6mm/406 – 2500m – Strength 310kg: Dimensions: 12mm width and 0.6mm thickness Length: 2500 meters Strength: With a robust strength of 310kg, this PET strap ensures secure bundling and reinforcement of lighter to medium-weight packages. PET Polyester Strap 15.5 x 0.7mm/406/1750m – Strength 440kg: Dimensions: 15.5mm width and 0.7mm thickness Length: 1750 meters Strength: Designed for heavier loads, this PET polyester strap offers a substantial strength of 440kg. It ensures reliable strapping and reinforcement of medium to heavy-weight packages. Polyester Strap 15.5 x 0.9mm/406/1250m – Strength 540kg: Dimensions: 15.5mm width and 0.9mm thickness Length: 1250 meters Strength: With a high strength rating of 540kg, this polyester strap is ideal for securing and stabilizing heavy packages. It provides superior strength and reliability. PET Polyester Strap 19 x 1.0mm/406/1000m – Strength 820kg: Dimensions: 19mm width and 1.0mm thickness Length: 1000 meters Strength: Offering an impressive strength of 820kg, this PET polyester strap is perfect for demanding applications. It ensures strong and secure bundling of heavy packages. Polyester Strap 25 x 1.2mm/406/600m – Strength 1260kg: Dimensions: 25mm width and 1.2mm thickness Length: 600 meters Strength: With a remarkable strength of 1260kg, this polyester strap is specifically designed for the most demanding packaging tasks. It provides exceptional load stability and security. Polyester Strap 32 x 1.2mm/406/500m – Strength 1600kg: Dimensions: 32mm width and 1.2mm thickness Length: 500 meters Strength: With a remarkable strength of 1600kg, this polyester strap is specifically designed for the most demanding packaging tasks. It provides exceptional load stability and security.   All PET straps have inner diameter of Ø406mm. Minimum order quantity of PET strap are 2 units. If you order more units quantity discount will automatically apply. Prices are lower based on quantity.   Polyester strapping Experience the reliability and strength of our PET straps, also known as polyester strapping, carefully designed to meet your packaging needs. With an inner diameter of Ø406mm, our PET straps offer superior performance compared to polypropylene tape (PP), making them a preferred choice in the industry. When it comes to strength, polyester strapping, outshines PP straps of the same dimensions. These durable and robust polyester strapping options ensure secure bundling and reinforcement of your packages. Additionally, PET straps are more compact, making them easier to handle during packaging operations. Our PET straps, or polyester strapping, are engineered to withstand various environmental conditions. They exhibit excellent resistance to corrosion, water, and harmful UV rays, ensuring optimal performance even in challenging environments. Whether you require protection during storage or transportation, polyester strapping provides reliable and long-lasting performance. Choose from our wide range of polyester strapping, available in widths ranging from 9 mm to 32 mm, and thicknesses from 0.35 mm to 1.27 mm. The wide range allows you to select the most suitable dimensions of polyester strapping for your specific packaging requirements. With tensile strengths ranging from 190 kg to 1330 kg, our polyester strapping options, offer ample strength for a variety of applications. As a cost-effective alternative to steel straps polyester strapping offer high tensile strength while being significantly lighter and more affordable. This makes them a preferred choice in industries where strength and cost efficiency are paramount. By choosing our PET straps, or polyester strapping, you can enjoy the benefits of a reliable and cost-effective packaging solution. At our company, we prioritize quality and reliability in all our PET straps, or polyester strapping, offerings. With over 30 years of experience in the industry, we have become a trusted supplier of high-quality PET straps, or polyester strapping, to numerous satisfied customers. Our polyester straps, have undergone rigorous testing and have proven to deliver exceptional performance, ensuring peace of mind during your packaging operations. Choose our polyester strapping products, and experience the difference in strength, reliability, and cost efficiency.   Polyester strap - PET strap and price of PET strap The polyester tape, also known as the PET tape, is used when conventional polypropylene tape is not strong enough and therefore can not serve its purpose. The polyester tape and steel tape are most similar in their physical characteristics. The polyester tape can withstand up to twenty-five percent more...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pet-strap-12mm-15mm-19mm-25mm-32mm/?attribute_select-width=15%2C5%C3%970%2C7mm%2F1750m</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-packing-plastic-PET-strap-12mm-16mm-19mm-price-buy.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-packing-plastic-PET-strap-12mm-16mm-19mm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-packing-plastic-PET-strap-12mm-16mm-19mm-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>out of stock</g:availability><g:price>49 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550110</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>2418</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>20.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550111</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[PET strap - 12mm or 15,5mm, 19mm, 25mm or 32mm — select-width: 15,5×0,9mm/1250m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[PET strap PET straps are a reliable and efficient solution for securing your packages and optimizing your packing operations. PET straps are made from high-quality polyester material, providing excellent strength and durability. We offer a range of sizes and specifications to meet your specific packaging requirements. PET Strap 12 x 0.6mm/406 – 2500m – Strength 310kg: Dimensions: 12mm width and 0.6mm thickness Length: 2500 meters Strength: With a robust strength of 310kg, this PET strap ensures secure bundling and reinforcement of lighter to medium-weight packages. PET Polyester Strap 15.5 x 0.7mm/406/1750m – Strength 440kg: Dimensions: 15.5mm width and 0.7mm thickness Length: 1750 meters Strength: Designed for heavier loads, this PET polyester strap offers a substantial strength of 440kg. It ensures reliable strapping and reinforcement of medium to heavy-weight packages. Polyester Strap 15.5 x 0.9mm/406/1250m – Strength 540kg: Dimensions: 15.5mm width and 0.9mm thickness Length: 1250 meters Strength: With a high strength rating of 540kg, this polyester strap is ideal for securing and stabilizing heavy packages. It provides superior strength and reliability. PET Polyester Strap 19 x 1.0mm/406/1000m – Strength 820kg: Dimensions: 19mm width and 1.0mm thickness Length: 1000 meters Strength: Offering an impressive strength of 820kg, this PET polyester strap is perfect for demanding applications. It ensures strong and secure bundling of heavy packages. Polyester Strap 25 x 1.2mm/406/600m – Strength 1260kg: Dimensions: 25mm width and 1.2mm thickness Length: 600 meters Strength: With a remarkable strength of 1260kg, this polyester strap is specifically designed for the most demanding packaging tasks. It provides exceptional load stability and security. Polyester Strap 32 x 1.2mm/406/500m – Strength 1600kg: Dimensions: 32mm width and 1.2mm thickness Length: 500 meters Strength: With a remarkable strength of 1600kg, this polyester strap is specifically designed for the most demanding packaging tasks. It provides exceptional load stability and security.   All PET straps have inner diameter of Ø406mm. Minimum order quantity of PET strap are 2 units. If you order more units quantity discount will automatically apply. Prices are lower based on quantity.   Polyester strapping Experience the reliability and strength of our PET straps, also known as polyester strapping, carefully designed to meet your packaging needs. With an inner diameter of Ø406mm, our PET straps offer superior performance compared to polypropylene tape (PP), making them a preferred choice in the industry. When it comes to strength, polyester strapping, outshines PP straps of the same dimensions. These durable and robust polyester strapping options ensure secure bundling and reinforcement of your packages. Additionally, PET straps are more compact, making them easier to handle during packaging operations. Our PET straps, or polyester strapping, are engineered to withstand various environmental conditions. They exhibit excellent resistance to corrosion, water, and harmful UV rays, ensuring optimal performance even in challenging environments. Whether you require protection during storage or transportation, polyester strapping provides reliable and long-lasting performance. Choose from our wide range of polyester strapping, available in widths ranging from 9 mm to 32 mm, and thicknesses from 0.35 mm to 1.27 mm. The wide range allows you to select the most suitable dimensions of polyester strapping for your specific packaging requirements. With tensile strengths ranging from 190 kg to 1330 kg, our polyester strapping options, offer ample strength for a variety of applications. As a cost-effective alternative to steel straps polyester strapping offer high tensile strength while being significantly lighter and more affordable. This makes them a preferred choice in industries where strength and cost efficiency are paramount. By choosing our PET straps, or polyester strapping, you can enjoy the benefits of a reliable and cost-effective packaging solution. At our company, we prioritize quality and reliability in all our PET straps, or polyester strapping, offerings. With over 30 years of experience in the industry, we have become a trusted supplier of high-quality PET straps, or polyester strapping, to numerous satisfied customers. Our polyester straps, have undergone rigorous testing and have proven to deliver exceptional performance, ensuring peace of mind during your packaging operations. Choose our polyester strapping products, and experience the difference in strength, reliability, and cost efficiency.   Polyester strap - PET strap and price of PET strap The polyester tape, also known as the PET tape, is used when conventional polypropylene tape is not strong enough and therefore can not serve its purpose. The polyester tape and steel tape are most similar in their physical characteristics. The polyester tape can withstand up to twenty-five percent more...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pet-strap-12mm-15mm-19mm-25mm-32mm/?attribute_select-width=15%2C5%C3%970%2C9mm%2F1250m</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-packing-plastic-PET-strap-12mm-16mm-19mm-price-buy.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-packing-plastic-PET-strap-12mm-16mm-19mm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-packing-plastic-PET-strap-12mm-16mm-19mm-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>56 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550111</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>2418</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>20.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550120</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[PET strap - 12mm or 15,5mm, 19mm, 25mm or 32mm — select-width: 19×1,0mm/1000m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[PET strap PET straps are a reliable and efficient solution for securing your packages and optimizing your packing operations. PET straps are made from high-quality polyester material, providing excellent strength and durability. We offer a range of sizes and specifications to meet your specific packaging requirements. PET Strap 12 x 0.6mm/406 – 2500m – Strength 310kg: Dimensions: 12mm width and 0.6mm thickness Length: 2500 meters Strength: With a robust strength of 310kg, this PET strap ensures secure bundling and reinforcement of lighter to medium-weight packages. PET Polyester Strap 15.5 x 0.7mm/406/1750m – Strength 440kg: Dimensions: 15.5mm width and 0.7mm thickness Length: 1750 meters Strength: Designed for heavier loads, this PET polyester strap offers a substantial strength of 440kg. It ensures reliable strapping and reinforcement of medium to heavy-weight packages. Polyester Strap 15.5 x 0.9mm/406/1250m – Strength 540kg: Dimensions: 15.5mm width and 0.9mm thickness Length: 1250 meters Strength: With a high strength rating of 540kg, this polyester strap is ideal for securing and stabilizing heavy packages. It provides superior strength and reliability. PET Polyester Strap 19 x 1.0mm/406/1000m – Strength 820kg: Dimensions: 19mm width and 1.0mm thickness Length: 1000 meters Strength: Offering an impressive strength of 820kg, this PET polyester strap is perfect for demanding applications. It ensures strong and secure bundling of heavy packages. Polyester Strap 25 x 1.2mm/406/600m – Strength 1260kg: Dimensions: 25mm width and 1.2mm thickness Length: 600 meters Strength: With a remarkable strength of 1260kg, this polyester strap is specifically designed for the most demanding packaging tasks. It provides exceptional load stability and security. Polyester Strap 32 x 1.2mm/406/500m – Strength 1600kg: Dimensions: 32mm width and 1.2mm thickness Length: 500 meters Strength: With a remarkable strength of 1600kg, this polyester strap is specifically designed for the most demanding packaging tasks. It provides exceptional load stability and security.   All PET straps have inner diameter of Ø406mm. Minimum order quantity of PET strap are 2 units. If you order more units quantity discount will automatically apply. Prices are lower based on quantity.   Polyester strapping Experience the reliability and strength of our PET straps, also known as polyester strapping, carefully designed to meet your packaging needs. With an inner diameter of Ø406mm, our PET straps offer superior performance compared to polypropylene tape (PP), making them a preferred choice in the industry. When it comes to strength, polyester strapping, outshines PP straps of the same dimensions. These durable and robust polyester strapping options ensure secure bundling and reinforcement of your packages. Additionally, PET straps are more compact, making them easier to handle during packaging operations. Our PET straps, or polyester strapping, are engineered to withstand various environmental conditions. They exhibit excellent resistance to corrosion, water, and harmful UV rays, ensuring optimal performance even in challenging environments. Whether you require protection during storage or transportation, polyester strapping provides reliable and long-lasting performance. Choose from our wide range of polyester strapping, available in widths ranging from 9 mm to 32 mm, and thicknesses from 0.35 mm to 1.27 mm. The wide range allows you to select the most suitable dimensions of polyester strapping for your specific packaging requirements. With tensile strengths ranging from 190 kg to 1330 kg, our polyester strapping options, offer ample strength for a variety of applications. As a cost-effective alternative to steel straps polyester strapping offer high tensile strength while being significantly lighter and more affordable. This makes them a preferred choice in industries where strength and cost efficiency are paramount. By choosing our PET straps, or polyester strapping, you can enjoy the benefits of a reliable and cost-effective packaging solution. At our company, we prioritize quality and reliability in all our PET straps, or polyester strapping, offerings. With over 30 years of experience in the industry, we have become a trusted supplier of high-quality PET straps, or polyester strapping, to numerous satisfied customers. Our polyester straps, have undergone rigorous testing and have proven to deliver exceptional performance, ensuring peace of mind during your packaging operations. Choose our polyester strapping products, and experience the difference in strength, reliability, and cost efficiency.   Polyester strap - PET strap and price of PET strap The polyester tape, also known as the PET tape, is used when conventional polypropylene tape is not strong enough and therefore can not serve its purpose. The polyester tape and steel tape are most similar in their physical characteristics. The polyester tape can withstand up to twenty-five percent more...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pet-strap-12mm-15mm-19mm-25mm-32mm/?attribute_select-width=19%C3%971%2C0mm%2F1000m</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-packing-plastic-PET-strap-12mm-16mm-19mm-price-buy.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-packing-plastic-PET-strap-12mm-16mm-19mm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-packing-plastic-PET-strap-12mm-16mm-19mm-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>56 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550120</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>2418</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>20.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550140</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[PET strap - 12mm or 15,5mm, 19mm, 25mm or 32mm — select-width: 25×1,2mm/600m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[PET strap PET straps are a reliable and efficient solution for securing your packages and optimizing your packing operations. PET straps are made from high-quality polyester material, providing excellent strength and durability. We offer a range of sizes and specifications to meet your specific packaging requirements. PET Strap 12 x 0.6mm/406 – 2500m – Strength 310kg: Dimensions: 12mm width and 0.6mm thickness Length: 2500 meters Strength: With a robust strength of 310kg, this PET strap ensures secure bundling and reinforcement of lighter to medium-weight packages. PET Polyester Strap 15.5 x 0.7mm/406/1750m – Strength 440kg: Dimensions: 15.5mm width and 0.7mm thickness Length: 1750 meters Strength: Designed for heavier loads, this PET polyester strap offers a substantial strength of 440kg. It ensures reliable strapping and reinforcement of medium to heavy-weight packages. Polyester Strap 15.5 x 0.9mm/406/1250m – Strength 540kg: Dimensions: 15.5mm width and 0.9mm thickness Length: 1250 meters Strength: With a high strength rating of 540kg, this polyester strap is ideal for securing and stabilizing heavy packages. It provides superior strength and reliability. PET Polyester Strap 19 x 1.0mm/406/1000m – Strength 820kg: Dimensions: 19mm width and 1.0mm thickness Length: 1000 meters Strength: Offering an impressive strength of 820kg, this PET polyester strap is perfect for demanding applications. It ensures strong and secure bundling of heavy packages. Polyester Strap 25 x 1.2mm/406/600m – Strength 1260kg: Dimensions: 25mm width and 1.2mm thickness Length: 600 meters Strength: With a remarkable strength of 1260kg, this polyester strap is specifically designed for the most demanding packaging tasks. It provides exceptional load stability and security. Polyester Strap 32 x 1.2mm/406/500m – Strength 1600kg: Dimensions: 32mm width and 1.2mm thickness Length: 500 meters Strength: With a remarkable strength of 1600kg, this polyester strap is specifically designed for the most demanding packaging tasks. It provides exceptional load stability and security.   All PET straps have inner diameter of Ø406mm. Minimum order quantity of PET strap are 2 units. If you order more units quantity discount will automatically apply. Prices are lower based on quantity.   Polyester strapping Experience the reliability and strength of our PET straps, also known as polyester strapping, carefully designed to meet your packaging needs. With an inner diameter of Ø406mm, our PET straps offer superior performance compared to polypropylene tape (PP), making them a preferred choice in the industry. When it comes to strength, polyester strapping, outshines PP straps of the same dimensions. These durable and robust polyester strapping options ensure secure bundling and reinforcement of your packages. Additionally, PET straps are more compact, making them easier to handle during packaging operations. Our PET straps, or polyester strapping, are engineered to withstand various environmental conditions. They exhibit excellent resistance to corrosion, water, and harmful UV rays, ensuring optimal performance even in challenging environments. Whether you require protection during storage or transportation, polyester strapping provides reliable and long-lasting performance. Choose from our wide range of polyester strapping, available in widths ranging from 9 mm to 32 mm, and thicknesses from 0.35 mm to 1.27 mm. The wide range allows you to select the most suitable dimensions of polyester strapping for your specific packaging requirements. With tensile strengths ranging from 190 kg to 1330 kg, our polyester strapping options, offer ample strength for a variety of applications. As a cost-effective alternative to steel straps polyester strapping offer high tensile strength while being significantly lighter and more affordable. This makes them a preferred choice in industries where strength and cost efficiency are paramount. By choosing our PET straps, or polyester strapping, you can enjoy the benefits of a reliable and cost-effective packaging solution. At our company, we prioritize quality and reliability in all our PET straps, or polyester strapping, offerings. With over 30 years of experience in the industry, we have become a trusted supplier of high-quality PET straps, or polyester strapping, to numerous satisfied customers. Our polyester straps, have undergone rigorous testing and have proven to deliver exceptional performance, ensuring peace of mind during your packaging operations. Choose our polyester strapping products, and experience the difference in strength, reliability, and cost efficiency.   Polyester strap - PET strap and price of PET strap The polyester tape, also known as the PET tape, is used when conventional polypropylene tape is not strong enough and therefore can not serve its purpose. The polyester tape and steel tape are most similar in their physical characteristics. The polyester tape can withstand up to twenty-five percent more...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pet-strap-12mm-15mm-19mm-25mm-32mm/?attribute_select-width=25%C3%971%2C2mm%2F600m</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-packing-plastic-PET-strap-12mm-16mm-19mm-price-buy.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-packing-plastic-PET-strap-12mm-16mm-19mm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-packing-plastic-PET-strap-12mm-16mm-19mm-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>66 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550140</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>2418</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>20.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550150</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[PET strap - 12mm or 15,5mm, 19mm, 25mm or 32mm — select-width: 32×1,2mm/500m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[PET strap PET straps are a reliable and efficient solution for securing your packages and optimizing your packing operations. PET straps are made from high-quality polyester material, providing excellent strength and durability. We offer a range of sizes and specifications to meet your specific packaging requirements. PET Strap 12 x 0.6mm/406 – 2500m – Strength 310kg: Dimensions: 12mm width and 0.6mm thickness Length: 2500 meters Strength: With a robust strength of 310kg, this PET strap ensures secure bundling and reinforcement of lighter to medium-weight packages. PET Polyester Strap 15.5 x 0.7mm/406/1750m – Strength 440kg: Dimensions: 15.5mm width and 0.7mm thickness Length: 1750 meters Strength: Designed for heavier loads, this PET polyester strap offers a substantial strength of 440kg. It ensures reliable strapping and reinforcement of medium to heavy-weight packages. Polyester Strap 15.5 x 0.9mm/406/1250m – Strength 540kg: Dimensions: 15.5mm width and 0.9mm thickness Length: 1250 meters Strength: With a high strength rating of 540kg, this polyester strap is ideal for securing and stabilizing heavy packages. It provides superior strength and reliability. PET Polyester Strap 19 x 1.0mm/406/1000m – Strength 820kg: Dimensions: 19mm width and 1.0mm thickness Length: 1000 meters Strength: Offering an impressive strength of 820kg, this PET polyester strap is perfect for demanding applications. It ensures strong and secure bundling of heavy packages. Polyester Strap 25 x 1.2mm/406/600m – Strength 1260kg: Dimensions: 25mm width and 1.2mm thickness Length: 600 meters Strength: With a remarkable strength of 1260kg, this polyester strap is specifically designed for the most demanding packaging tasks. It provides exceptional load stability and security. Polyester Strap 32 x 1.2mm/406/500m – Strength 1600kg: Dimensions: 32mm width and 1.2mm thickness Length: 500 meters Strength: With a remarkable strength of 1600kg, this polyester strap is specifically designed for the most demanding packaging tasks. It provides exceptional load stability and security.   All PET straps have inner diameter of Ø406mm. Minimum order quantity of PET strap are 2 units. If you order more units quantity discount will automatically apply. Prices are lower based on quantity.   Polyester strapping Experience the reliability and strength of our PET straps, also known as polyester strapping, carefully designed to meet your packaging needs. With an inner diameter of Ø406mm, our PET straps offer superior performance compared to polypropylene tape (PP), making them a preferred choice in the industry. When it comes to strength, polyester strapping, outshines PP straps of the same dimensions. These durable and robust polyester strapping options ensure secure bundling and reinforcement of your packages. Additionally, PET straps are more compact, making them easier to handle during packaging operations. Our PET straps, or polyester strapping, are engineered to withstand various environmental conditions. They exhibit excellent resistance to corrosion, water, and harmful UV rays, ensuring optimal performance even in challenging environments. Whether you require protection during storage or transportation, polyester strapping provides reliable and long-lasting performance. Choose from our wide range of polyester strapping, available in widths ranging from 9 mm to 32 mm, and thicknesses from 0.35 mm to 1.27 mm. The wide range allows you to select the most suitable dimensions of polyester strapping for your specific packaging requirements. With tensile strengths ranging from 190 kg to 1330 kg, our polyester strapping options, offer ample strength for a variety of applications. As a cost-effective alternative to steel straps polyester strapping offer high tensile strength while being significantly lighter and more affordable. This makes them a preferred choice in industries where strength and cost efficiency are paramount. By choosing our PET straps, or polyester strapping, you can enjoy the benefits of a reliable and cost-effective packaging solution. At our company, we prioritize quality and reliability in all our PET straps, or polyester strapping, offerings. With over 30 years of experience in the industry, we have become a trusted supplier of high-quality PET straps, or polyester strapping, to numerous satisfied customers. Our polyester straps, have undergone rigorous testing and have proven to deliver exceptional performance, ensuring peace of mind during your packaging operations. Choose our polyester strapping products, and experience the difference in strength, reliability, and cost efficiency.   Polyester strap - PET strap and price of PET strap The polyester tape, also known as the PET tape, is used when conventional polypropylene tape is not strong enough and therefore can not serve its purpose. The polyester tape and steel tape are most similar in their physical characteristics. The polyester tape can withstand up to twenty-five percent more...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/pet-strap-12mm-15mm-19mm-25mm-32mm/?attribute_select-width=32%C3%971%2C2mm%2F500m</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-packing-plastic-PET-strap-12mm-16mm-19mm-price-buy.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-packing-plastic-PET-strap-12mm-16mm-19mm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-packing-plastic-PET-strap-12mm-16mm-19mm-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>66 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550150</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>2418</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>20.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>140100</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[BO-51 Manual sealless steel strapping tools 13-20mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[BO-51 Manual sealless steel strapping tools 13-20mm If you're looking for a high-quality and reliable solution for strapping, the BO-51 Manual Sealless Steel Strapping Tools are the perfect choice. Designed for professional use, these tools are suitable for strapping steel bands with a width of 13-20mm, making them versatile for various applications. Built to last, the BO-51 Manual Sealless Steel Strapping Tools are made from durable materials, ensuring long-lasting performance even in demanding environments. These tools are specifically designed for sealless strapping, eliminating the need for metal seals, and making strapping quick and hassle-free. Featuring an ergonomic design, the BO-51 Manual Sealless Steel Strapping Tools are easy to handle, reducing operator fatigue and increasing productivity. They are also lightweight and portable, making them convenient for on-the-go strapping needs. With the BO-51 Manual Sealless Steel Strapping Tools, you can achieve tight and secure strapping, ensuring your packages are safe and secure during transit. These tools are ideal for a wide range of applications, including bundling, palletizing, shipping, and more. Key features of BO-51 Manual sealless steel strapping tools 13-20mm Suitable for steel bands with a width of 13-20mm Sealless design for quick and hassle-free strapping Durable materials for long-lasting performance Ergonomic design for easy handling and reduced operator fatigue Lightweight and portable for on-the-go strapping needs Ensures tight and secure strapping for safe package transit Upgrade your strapping game with the BO-51 Manual Sealless Steel Strapping Tools and enjoy efficient and reliable strapping for your packaging needs   Specifications of BO-51 Manual sealless steel strapping tools: Strap Width: 13-20mm Material: High-quality materials for durability Weight: 3.9 KG Application: Suitable for bundling, palletizing, and shipping of various packages Seal Type: Sealless design Handle Type: Ergonomic handle for easy handling Suitable Band Material: Steel bands Usage: Manual operation   Name Manual sealless steel strapping tools BO-51 Function 1t has the features of no external power required, no fasteners and easy moving, widely used in manufacturing, metallurgy, transportation and other industries, such as rolling, freight, metal, equipment manufacturing and so on. Features 1. Lightweight body and easy to use, no external power required. 2. Without fasteners, adopting two-stage booster structure, can be easily achieved with a fastening between the steel packaging, high connection reliability. 3. Large tightening force and special structure design to achieve tightenni g and packagni g easliy. Such as the materials of steel,aluminumingots,heavy packagni g. 4. The tool is durable, adopting high-strength alloy materials for the body and components,high reliability design, and advanced manufacturing technology. 5. Patented design,safe for use, fatigue-free design. Model B051 Apply straps size Width 12.7-19 mm Thickness 0.38-0.6mm Apply straps Steel strip Padlock form Yin and yang buckle Weight 3.9 kg Size 387×168×308mm Maximum tension force Steel strip on the maximum tension between 70% and 80%   Features of BO-51 Manual sealless steel strapping tools: Sealless Design: Eliminates the need for metal seals, making strapping quick and hassle-free. Suitable for Steel Bands: Designed for steel bands with a width of 13-20mm, providing versatility for various packaging needs. Durable Materials: Made from high-quality materials for long-lasting performance in demanding environments. Ergonomic Design: Features an ergonomic handle for easy handling, reducing operator fatigue and increasing productivity. Lightweight and Portable: Weighing only [insert weight], the BO-51 Manual Sealless Steel Strapping Tools are lightweight and portable, making them convenient for on-the-go strapping needs. Efficient Strapping: Provides tight and secure strapping for safe package transit, ensuring packages are securely bundled, palletized, or shipped.   Benefits of BO-51 Manual sealless steel strapping tools: Time-saving: The sealless design of the BO-51 Manual Sealless Steel Strapping Tools eliminates the need for metal seals, making the strapping process quick and efficient, saving you time and effort. Versatility: These tools are designed to accommodate steel bands with a width of 13–20 mm, making them suitable for various packaging needs, from bundling smaller packages to palletizing larger shipments. Cost-effective: With their sealless design, the BO-51 Manual Sealless Steel Strapping Tools eliminate the ongoing cost of metal seals, reducing the overall cost of strapping operations in the long run. Durability: Made from high-quality materials, these tools are built to withstand tough environments and heavy usage, ensuring durability and long-lasting performance even in the most demanding conditions. Ergonomic Design: The ergonomic handle of these tools provides a comfo...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/bo-51-manual-sealless-steel-strapping-tools/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-Manual-sealless-steel-strapping-tool.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>490 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>140100</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>4.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>533,2473,2652,2539,823</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>533</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Manuelle stroppeverktøy</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Stroppingsverktøy &gt; Manuelle stroppeverktøy</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>220010</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[COMBO Pallet Semi-automatic Strapping Machine PET/PP strap 9-16mm — strap: PET 12 mm Φ406]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[COMBO semi-automatic machine for strapping pallets with PET and PP strap 9-16mm Eliminate hand strapping and speed up the process of pallet strapping with this Semi-Automatic Pallet Strapper. COMBO pallet strapping machine automatically feeds the desired polypropylene (PP) or Polyethylene (PET) strap through the pallet, tightens and seals the strap around the pallet. The semi-automatic COMBO machine automatically seals different thicknesses of the PP and PET strap from 0.5 to 1mm. The tensile strength is adjustable from 5 to 150kg. The pallet connecting pane is suitable for PP tape 210mm * 178mm width from 9 to 16mm (9, 10, 12, 13, 15, 16mm) and PET strap tape 400mm * 178mm width from 9 to 16mm (9, 10, 12, 13, 15, 16mm). When buying the strapping machine please let us know which model and strap width would you like to buy. The tensile control is mechanical, the weld is based on hot welding. The net weight of packing packs is 140kg. COMBO Pallet Semi-automatic Strapping Machine has CE and ISO certificates and required quality certificates. The minimum pallet height that the semi-automatic strapping machine can still connect is 650mm. The pallet packing semi-automatic machine has wheels that allow you to move the machine freely around the room. The COMBO Pallet Semi-automatic Strapping Machine PET/PP strap is a pallet strapping machine equipped with a motorized and retractable pallet feeder. It is provided with an electronic control board that is attributed to a 24 V electric control panel. Moreover, the apparatus is capable of instant sealing through the usage of its warmed wire. This COMBO pallet strapping machine highlights a mobile machine that features a big handle. It also has strap tension for an external adjustment. Furthermore, it uses a PP strap as standard but it is also compatible with a PET strap. The price for a semi-automatic strapping pallet machine depends on multiple factors, however, the investment can return within months, if we consider the time savings, increased packing productivity, and direct savings on costs of clips. Additionally, employees will be more satisfied, since you will make their job easier and safer.   COMBO semi-automatic machine for connecting pallets with PET and PP strip 9-16mm specification Pallet Semi-automatic Strapping Machine Model COMBO semi-automatic machine for strapping pallets with PET and PP strap 9, 10, 12, 13, 15, 16mm Power supply 1Phase/220V/50/60Hz 0.6Kw Packing speed ≤3second/strap Tension Range 5-150Kgs Sword L1000mm Hot-adhering Position Side Packaging Height Range 650mm-∞ Applicable Strap PP or PET width:9, 10, 12, 13, 15, 16mm - specify which model you need. thickness:0.5-1.0mm(to be specified) Applicable Strap Spool PP 210mm*178mm PET 406*150mm (on request) Control System PC board control Machine Dimensions(mm) L1073 W550 H1670 Packing Measurement(mm) L1200 W580 H1680 Machine Weight(kg) N.W:140/G.W:180   How does COMBO Pallet Semi-automatic Strapping Machine work The pallet strapping process is as follows: Unfold pallet probe Push pallet probe into the pallet Feed PET or PP strap Insert the tip of the strap into the strap pallet strapping machine Adjust the tension and the pallet strapping machine will automatically tighten the pallet and perform a heat seal The strap is then automatically cut off and with that the strapping cycle is complete Then remove the pallet strapping machine and insert it into the next pallet.   Strap feeder of pallet wrapping machine COMBO Pallet Semi-automatic Strapping Machine PET/PP strap is equipped with a motorized and retractable strap feeder. The strap feeder automatically moves under the pallet and pushes the strap to the other side of the pallet. The height of the strap feeder is around 7 cm.   Semi-automatic machine for strapping pallets]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/combo-pallet-semi-automatic-strapping-machine/?attribute_strap=PET+12+mm+%CE%A6406</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-COMBO-Pallet-Semi-automatic-Strapping-Machine-price.jpg.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-COMBO-Pallet-Semi-automatic-Strapping-Machine.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-COMBO-Pallet-Semi-automatic-Strapping-Machine-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-COMBO-Pallet-Semi-automatic-Strapping-Machine-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>3360 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2799 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>220010</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>2398</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>150.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>220011</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[COMBO Pallet Semi-automatic Strapping Machine PET/PP strap 9-16mm — strap: PET 15,5 mm Φ406]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[COMBO semi-automatic machine for strapping pallets with PET and PP strap 9-16mm Eliminate hand strapping and speed up the process of pallet strapping with this Semi-Automatic Pallet Strapper. COMBO pallet strapping machine automatically feeds the desired polypropylene (PP) or Polyethylene (PET) strap through the pallet, tightens and seals the strap around the pallet. The semi-automatic COMBO machine automatically seals different thicknesses of the PP and PET strap from 0.5 to 1mm. The tensile strength is adjustable from 5 to 150kg. The pallet connecting pane is suitable for PP tape 210mm * 178mm width from 9 to 16mm (9, 10, 12, 13, 15, 16mm) and PET strap tape 400mm * 178mm width from 9 to 16mm (9, 10, 12, 13, 15, 16mm). When buying the strapping machine please let us know which model and strap width would you like to buy. The tensile control is mechanical, the weld is based on hot welding. The net weight of packing packs is 140kg. COMBO Pallet Semi-automatic Strapping Machine has CE and ISO certificates and required quality certificates. The minimum pallet height that the semi-automatic strapping machine can still connect is 650mm. The pallet packing semi-automatic machine has wheels that allow you to move the machine freely around the room. The COMBO Pallet Semi-automatic Strapping Machine PET/PP strap is a pallet strapping machine equipped with a motorized and retractable pallet feeder. It is provided with an electronic control board that is attributed to a 24 V electric control panel. Moreover, the apparatus is capable of instant sealing through the usage of its warmed wire. This COMBO pallet strapping machine highlights a mobile machine that features a big handle. It also has strap tension for an external adjustment. Furthermore, it uses a PP strap as standard but it is also compatible with a PET strap. The price for a semi-automatic strapping pallet machine depends on multiple factors, however, the investment can return within months, if we consider the time savings, increased packing productivity, and direct savings on costs of clips. Additionally, employees will be more satisfied, since you will make their job easier and safer.   COMBO semi-automatic machine for connecting pallets with PET and PP strip 9-16mm specification Pallet Semi-automatic Strapping Machine Model COMBO semi-automatic machine for strapping pallets with PET and PP strap 9, 10, 12, 13, 15, 16mm Power supply 1Phase/220V/50/60Hz 0.6Kw Packing speed ≤3second/strap Tension Range 5-150Kgs Sword L1000mm Hot-adhering Position Side Packaging Height Range 650mm-∞ Applicable Strap PP or PET width:9, 10, 12, 13, 15, 16mm - specify which model you need. thickness:0.5-1.0mm(to be specified) Applicable Strap Spool PP 210mm*178mm PET 406*150mm (on request) Control System PC board control Machine Dimensions(mm) L1073 W550 H1670 Packing Measurement(mm) L1200 W580 H1680 Machine Weight(kg) N.W:140/G.W:180   How does COMBO Pallet Semi-automatic Strapping Machine work The pallet strapping process is as follows: Unfold pallet probe Push pallet probe into the pallet Feed PET or PP strap Insert the tip of the strap into the strap pallet strapping machine Adjust the tension and the pallet strapping machine will automatically tighten the pallet and perform a heat seal The strap is then automatically cut off and with that the strapping cycle is complete Then remove the pallet strapping machine and insert it into the next pallet.   Strap feeder of pallet wrapping machine COMBO Pallet Semi-automatic Strapping Machine PET/PP strap is equipped with a motorized and retractable strap feeder. The strap feeder automatically moves under the pallet and pushes the strap to the other side of the pallet. The height of the strap feeder is around 7 cm.   Semi-automatic machine for strapping pallets]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/combo-pallet-semi-automatic-strapping-machine/?attribute_strap=PET+15%2C5+mm+%CE%A6406</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-COMBO-Pallet-Semi-automatic-Strapping-Machine-price.jpg.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-COMBO-Pallet-Semi-automatic-Strapping-Machine.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-COMBO-Pallet-Semi-automatic-Strapping-Machine-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-COMBO-Pallet-Semi-automatic-Strapping-Machine-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>3360 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2799 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>220011</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>2398</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>150.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>220020</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[COMBO Pallet Semi-automatic Strapping Machine PET/PP strap 9-16mm — strap: PP 12 mm Φ200]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[COMBO semi-automatic machine for strapping pallets with PET and PP strap 9-16mm Eliminate hand strapping and speed up the process of pallet strapping with this Semi-Automatic Pallet Strapper. COMBO pallet strapping machine automatically feeds the desired polypropylene (PP) or Polyethylene (PET) strap through the pallet, tightens and seals the strap around the pallet. The semi-automatic COMBO machine automatically seals different thicknesses of the PP and PET strap from 0.5 to 1mm. The tensile strength is adjustable from 5 to 150kg. The pallet connecting pane is suitable for PP tape 210mm * 178mm width from 9 to 16mm (9, 10, 12, 13, 15, 16mm) and PET strap tape 400mm * 178mm width from 9 to 16mm (9, 10, 12, 13, 15, 16mm). When buying the strapping machine please let us know which model and strap width would you like to buy. The tensile control is mechanical, the weld is based on hot welding. The net weight of packing packs is 140kg. COMBO Pallet Semi-automatic Strapping Machine has CE and ISO certificates and required quality certificates. The minimum pallet height that the semi-automatic strapping machine can still connect is 650mm. The pallet packing semi-automatic machine has wheels that allow you to move the machine freely around the room. The COMBO Pallet Semi-automatic Strapping Machine PET/PP strap is a pallet strapping machine equipped with a motorized and retractable pallet feeder. It is provided with an electronic control board that is attributed to a 24 V electric control panel. Moreover, the apparatus is capable of instant sealing through the usage of its warmed wire. This COMBO pallet strapping machine highlights a mobile machine that features a big handle. It also has strap tension for an external adjustment. Furthermore, it uses a PP strap as standard but it is also compatible with a PET strap. The price for a semi-automatic strapping pallet machine depends on multiple factors, however, the investment can return within months, if we consider the time savings, increased packing productivity, and direct savings on costs of clips. Additionally, employees will be more satisfied, since you will make their job easier and safer.   COMBO semi-automatic machine for connecting pallets with PET and PP strip 9-16mm specification Pallet Semi-automatic Strapping Machine Model COMBO semi-automatic machine for strapping pallets with PET and PP strap 9, 10, 12, 13, 15, 16mm Power supply 1Phase/220V/50/60Hz 0.6Kw Packing speed ≤3second/strap Tension Range 5-150Kgs Sword L1000mm Hot-adhering Position Side Packaging Height Range 650mm-∞ Applicable Strap PP or PET width:9, 10, 12, 13, 15, 16mm - specify which model you need. thickness:0.5-1.0mm(to be specified) Applicable Strap Spool PP 210mm*178mm PET 406*150mm (on request) Control System PC board control Machine Dimensions(mm) L1073 W550 H1670 Packing Measurement(mm) L1200 W580 H1680 Machine Weight(kg) N.W:140/G.W:180   How does COMBO Pallet Semi-automatic Strapping Machine work The pallet strapping process is as follows: Unfold pallet probe Push pallet probe into the pallet Feed PET or PP strap Insert the tip of the strap into the strap pallet strapping machine Adjust the tension and the pallet strapping machine will automatically tighten the pallet and perform a heat seal The strap is then automatically cut off and with that the strapping cycle is complete Then remove the pallet strapping machine and insert it into the next pallet.   Strap feeder of pallet wrapping machine COMBO Pallet Semi-automatic Strapping Machine PET/PP strap is equipped with a motorized and retractable strap feeder. The strap feeder automatically moves under the pallet and pushes the strap to the other side of the pallet. The height of the strap feeder is around 7 cm.   Semi-automatic machine for strapping pallets]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/combo-pallet-semi-automatic-strapping-machine/?attribute_strap=PP+12+mm+%CE%A6200</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-COMBO-Pallet-Semi-automatic-Strapping-Machine-price.jpg.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-COMBO-Pallet-Semi-automatic-Strapping-Machine.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-COMBO-Pallet-Semi-automatic-Strapping-Machine-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-COMBO-Pallet-Semi-automatic-Strapping-Machine-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>out of stock</g:availability><g:price>3360 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2799 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>220020</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>2398</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>150.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>120040</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Battery Strapping Set | TES Plus 16-19mm (5/8" to 6/8") – 2 Batteries & Charger – PET strap 15,5mm or 19mm – PET/PP dispenser cart — select-width: 19×1,0mm/1000m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[We prepared battery strapping set which includes battery strapping tool TES Plus 16-19mm with two batteries and charger + PET strap of your choice (Ø406mm) and dispenser cart for PP/PET band. Please select one of the following widths of PET strap above: WIDTH 15,5×0,7mm/1750m 19×1,0mm/1000m Battery Strapping Set | TES Plus 16-19mm (5/8" to 6/8") – 2 Batteries & Charger Battery strapping tool TES Plus 16-19mm is a durable, affordable, lightweight and powerful tool to have around. It’s designed to be used with one hand, the bander is highly customizable and can be ordered to fit 16-19mm or 5/8″ to 6/8″ wide polyester (PET) or polypropylene (PP) strapping. The strapping tension is customizable and can be set from 400 to 5000N (13.5 to 900 lbs). The appropriate tension ensures ideal load security. Complete with a 14.4V Li-ion battery with 90 minute recharging time. The battery lasts for up to 220 seals. Battery strapping tool TES Plus 16-19mm is widely used in the paper, aluminum, textile, steel, logistics, farm, chemical, metal industries. Battery strapping tool TES Plus has a lightweight body and it is easy to use. The strapping machine doesn’t use fasteners but instead using friction hot melt. The strapping device is beautiful and strong. With battery strapping tool you will automate operations and speed up packing activities. Usage: Battery strapping tool TES Plus 16-19mm is widely used in the paper, aluminum, textile, steel, logistics, farm, chemical, metal industries. Size of the strapping tool: 345 x 110 x 155 mm Weight: 4,3 kg Features: 1. lightweight body and easy to use. 2. Without fasteners, using friction hot melt, the interface is beautiful and strong. 3. High degree of automation, simple operation and easy to understand. 4.Easy to move, for a variety of venues,the various size of the package can be applied. 5. The body and components are made of high-strength alloy materials and engineering plastics, which is durable in use. 6. High safety performance. Strap width: from 16 to 19 mm Strap thickness: 0.5 – 1.2 mm Appy straps: PET and PP strap Seal: high-grade friction weld seal Maximum tension force: 400-5000N Battery: Two batteries per set ( 14.8V-4000mAh 59.2Wh ) Charger: 110 – 240V – 50-60Hz   DC12.6V=4,0Ah Charging time: 90 minutes – 150 and 220 seals   PET polyester strap 15,5mm or 19mm - Ø406mm PET polyester band is efficient and economic security for parcels and pallets. A light, flexible and non-rusting strapping tape that keeps products secure.  Plastic PET polyester band can be used for manual strapping or for battery strapping. PET strap is the best alternative to steel strapping and is especially used for medium-heavy to heavy applications. When compared with steel strapping, PET strapping has many advantages. For instance, PET strap does not rust, is quicker to process and is inexpensive. This sort of strapping is also suitable for 'active' loads, such as loads that expand or contract during transport due to varying temperatures and moisture content. PET strap also has advantages over PP strap: PET strap can stretch up to 7% without losing its elasticity, thus preserving strap rigidity. Temperatures of 60°C are not unusual in the transportation industry. This can make PP strap contract or expand and lose its rigidity. PET strap, on the other hand, can withstand temperatures of up to 75°C without losing its characteristics. The most commonly used PET band has the core of 406mm. Cart Dispenser for PP/PET strap - Industrial Strapping Cart for polypropylene (PP) and polyester (PET) High-quality Cart Dispenser for PP/PET, with wheels, very stable with a total weight around 28kg, size: 65×48×110cm, inner diameter 400mm PET/PP strap.]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/battery-strapping-set-tes-plus-16-19mm-pet-19mm/?attribute_select-width=19%C3%971%2C0mm%2F1000m</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-sets-TES-Plus-16-19mm-PET-strap-dispenser.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1655 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1495 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>120040</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>2256</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>49.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>120041</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Battery Strapping Set | TES Plus 16-19mm (5/8" to 6/8") – 2 Batteries & Charger – PET strap 15,5mm or 19mm – PET/PP dispenser cart — select-width: 15,5×0,7mm/1750m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[We prepared battery strapping set which includes battery strapping tool TES Plus 16-19mm with two batteries and charger + PET strap of your choice (Ø406mm) and dispenser cart for PP/PET band. Please select one of the following widths of PET strap above: WIDTH 15,5×0,7mm/1750m 19×1,0mm/1000m Battery Strapping Set | TES Plus 16-19mm (5/8" to 6/8") – 2 Batteries & Charger Battery strapping tool TES Plus 16-19mm is a durable, affordable, lightweight and powerful tool to have around. It’s designed to be used with one hand, the bander is highly customizable and can be ordered to fit 16-19mm or 5/8″ to 6/8″ wide polyester (PET) or polypropylene (PP) strapping. The strapping tension is customizable and can be set from 400 to 5000N (13.5 to 900 lbs). The appropriate tension ensures ideal load security. Complete with a 14.4V Li-ion battery with 90 minute recharging time. The battery lasts for up to 220 seals. Battery strapping tool TES Plus 16-19mm is widely used in the paper, aluminum, textile, steel, logistics, farm, chemical, metal industries. Battery strapping tool TES Plus has a lightweight body and it is easy to use. The strapping machine doesn’t use fasteners but instead using friction hot melt. The strapping device is beautiful and strong. With battery strapping tool you will automate operations and speed up packing activities. Usage: Battery strapping tool TES Plus 16-19mm is widely used in the paper, aluminum, textile, steel, logistics, farm, chemical, metal industries. Size of the strapping tool: 345 x 110 x 155 mm Weight: 4,3 kg Features: 1. lightweight body and easy to use. 2. Without fasteners, using friction hot melt, the interface is beautiful and strong. 3. High degree of automation, simple operation and easy to understand. 4.Easy to move, for a variety of venues,the various size of the package can be applied. 5. The body and components are made of high-strength alloy materials and engineering plastics, which is durable in use. 6. High safety performance. Strap width: from 16 to 19 mm Strap thickness: 0.5 – 1.2 mm Appy straps: PET and PP strap Seal: high-grade friction weld seal Maximum tension force: 400-5000N Battery: Two batteries per set ( 14.8V-4000mAh 59.2Wh ) Charger: 110 – 240V – 50-60Hz   DC12.6V=4,0Ah Charging time: 90 minutes – 150 and 220 seals   PET polyester strap 15,5mm or 19mm - Ø406mm PET polyester band is efficient and economic security for parcels and pallets. A light, flexible and non-rusting strapping tape that keeps products secure.  Plastic PET polyester band can be used for manual strapping or for battery strapping. PET strap is the best alternative to steel strapping and is especially used for medium-heavy to heavy applications. When compared with steel strapping, PET strapping has many advantages. For instance, PET strap does not rust, is quicker to process and is inexpensive. This sort of strapping is also suitable for 'active' loads, such as loads that expand or contract during transport due to varying temperatures and moisture content. PET strap also has advantages over PP strap: PET strap can stretch up to 7% without losing its elasticity, thus preserving strap rigidity. Temperatures of 60°C are not unusual in the transportation industry. This can make PP strap contract or expand and lose its rigidity. PET strap, on the other hand, can withstand temperatures of up to 75°C without losing its characteristics. The most commonly used PET band has the core of 406mm. Cart Dispenser for PP/PET strap - Industrial Strapping Cart for polypropylene (PP) and polyester (PET) High-quality Cart Dispenser for PP/PET, with wheels, very stable with a total weight around 28kg, size: 65×48×110cm, inner diameter 400mm PET/PP strap.]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/battery-strapping-set-tes-plus-16-19mm-pet-19mm/?attribute_select-width=15%2C5%C3%970%2C7mm%2F1750m</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-sets-TES-Plus-16-19mm-PET-strap-dispenser.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1645 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1495 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>120041</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>2256</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>49.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>120052</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Battery Strapping kit | MB620 12-16mm (1/2″- 5/8″) – Battery & Charger – PP strap 12mm or 16mm – dispenser cart — select-width: 15,5 x 0,7mm/2000m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Battery Strapping kit | MB620 12-16mm (1/2″- 5/8″) – Battery & Charger – PP strap 12mm or 16mm – dispenser cart We prepared a battery strapping set which includes battery strapping tool MB620 12-16mm with battery and charger + PP strap of your choice and dispenser cart for PP/PET band. To see the price of battery strapping kit please select the width of the strap above. In this plastic banding kit  you get: Battery Strapping Tool MB620 12-16mm (1/2″- 5/8″) for PET/PP Strap Lithium battery and a charger PP strap 12 mm or 15,5mm Dispenser cart for PP or PET strap MB620 battery hand tool 12-16mm (1/2″ to 5/8″) + Battery & Charger + PP strap 12mm or 16mm + dispenser Properties of the hand strapping tool MB620 battery hand tool 12-16mm (1/2″ to 5/8″): Full Touch Display Real-time tension force indicator Three-color information display and acoustic signal Variable tension speed Pre-programmed touch board with a digital signal to match different task needs instinctually. The lightest rendition amongst a similar class of apparatuses is roughly 3.4 kg. Outfitted with an extraordinary apparatus guaranteeing a simple charge expulsion. A unique rear-end roller configuration is considered to counteract scratches or worn-out damages on strapping items. Owing to the self-adjustable strap it’s anything but difficult to replace guides and wearing parts. Specifications of battery strapping tool: Usage: Messersi MB620 battery hand tool 12-16mm (1/2″ to 5/8″) battery strapping tool for PET and PP strap w/ Battery & Charger Size of the strapping tool: 330x150x130 mm Weight: 3.4 Kg (inc. battery) Features: Fully-automatic battery strapping machine. Safe and friendly to operate. Reliable and affordable. Can be used in a vertical or horizontal position. Fast charging Easy to use and lightweight (3.7 kg including battery). Can be used with PP or PET strapping. Eliminates the use of metal seals Strap width: from 12-16mm (1/2″ to 5/8″) Strap thickness: 0.65 – 1.0 mm Appy straps: PET and PP strap Seal: high-grade friction weld seal, vibration welding (heating by friction) Maximum tension force: Max Tension: from 10N – 2500N (9-900lbs) Battery: Battery 14,8 V /2,0 A Li-Po complies with UN28.3 requirements Charger: 220V Charging time: 15-30 minutes – up to 400 strappings The MB620 battery hand tool 12-16mm (1/2″ to 5/8″) is an all-around tool with a low 3.4kg weight and variable tension speed. It’s usable for most normal PP straps (12 – 16 mm). Furthermore, this battery hand tool convinces by its unlimited versatility, one-hand operation and the basic insertion of the strap. The battery strapping tool is built to last and to withstand usage in factories or warehouses. If anything happens to this tool, our service technicians are trained to fully repair and source parts for this tool as well as tools from other manufacturers. Service in the EU. MB620 battery hand tool 12-16mm (1/2″ to 5/8″) has one year warranty. PP polypropene strap 12 or 16mm Strapping PP polypropene bands enable quick and easy strapping on manual appliances or on semi-automatic or automatic machines or battery strapping tools, which enables you to work at high speed. Strapping bands can be connected by metal or plastic fasteners or by ultrasound or heat welding. One of the advantages of the plastic PP strapping band is its low weight, adaptation to the form of the package, resistance against moisture, and most of the common chemical substances. The plastic PP strap does not corrode. Cart Dispenser for PP/PET strap - Industrial Strapping Cart for polypropylene (PP) and polyester (PET) High-quality Cart Dispenser for PP/PET, with wheels, very stable size: 65×48×110cm, the inner diameter 400mm PET/PP strap.    ]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/battery-strapping-set-mb620-12-16mm-pp/?attribute_select-width=15%2C5+x+0%2C7mm%2F2000m</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-sets-MB620-12-16mm-PP-strap-dispenser-price.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2145 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>120052</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>2254</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>49.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>120053</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Battery Strapping kit | MB620 12-16mm (1/2″- 5/8″) – Battery & Charger – PP strap 12mm or 16mm – dispenser cart — select-width: 12 x 0,8mm/2000m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Battery Strapping kit | MB620 12-16mm (1/2″- 5/8″) – Battery & Charger – PP strap 12mm or 16mm – dispenser cart We prepared a battery strapping set which includes battery strapping tool MB620 12-16mm with battery and charger + PP strap of your choice and dispenser cart for PP/PET band. To see the price of battery strapping kit please select the width of the strap above. In this plastic banding kit  you get: Battery Strapping Tool MB620 12-16mm (1/2″- 5/8″) for PET/PP Strap Lithium battery and a charger PP strap 12 mm or 15,5mm Dispenser cart for PP or PET strap MB620 battery hand tool 12-16mm (1/2″ to 5/8″) + Battery & Charger + PP strap 12mm or 16mm + dispenser Properties of the hand strapping tool MB620 battery hand tool 12-16mm (1/2″ to 5/8″): Full Touch Display Real-time tension force indicator Three-color information display and acoustic signal Variable tension speed Pre-programmed touch board with a digital signal to match different task needs instinctually. The lightest rendition amongst a similar class of apparatuses is roughly 3.4 kg. Outfitted with an extraordinary apparatus guaranteeing a simple charge expulsion. A unique rear-end roller configuration is considered to counteract scratches or worn-out damages on strapping items. Owing to the self-adjustable strap it’s anything but difficult to replace guides and wearing parts. Specifications of battery strapping tool: Usage: Messersi MB620 battery hand tool 12-16mm (1/2″ to 5/8″) battery strapping tool for PET and PP strap w/ Battery & Charger Size of the strapping tool: 330x150x130 mm Weight: 3.4 Kg (inc. battery) Features: Fully-automatic battery strapping machine. Safe and friendly to operate. Reliable and affordable. Can be used in a vertical or horizontal position. Fast charging Easy to use and lightweight (3.7 kg including battery). Can be used with PP or PET strapping. Eliminates the use of metal seals Strap width: from 12-16mm (1/2″ to 5/8″) Strap thickness: 0.65 – 1.0 mm Appy straps: PET and PP strap Seal: high-grade friction weld seal, vibration welding (heating by friction) Maximum tension force: Max Tension: from 10N – 2500N (9-900lbs) Battery: Battery 14,8 V /2,0 A Li-Po complies with UN28.3 requirements Charger: 220V Charging time: 15-30 minutes – up to 400 strappings The MB620 battery hand tool 12-16mm (1/2″ to 5/8″) is an all-around tool with a low 3.4kg weight and variable tension speed. It’s usable for most normal PP straps (12 – 16 mm). Furthermore, this battery hand tool convinces by its unlimited versatility, one-hand operation and the basic insertion of the strap. The battery strapping tool is built to last and to withstand usage in factories or warehouses. If anything happens to this tool, our service technicians are trained to fully repair and source parts for this tool as well as tools from other manufacturers. Service in the EU. MB620 battery hand tool 12-16mm (1/2″ to 5/8″) has one year warranty. PP polypropene strap 12 or 16mm Strapping PP polypropene bands enable quick and easy strapping on manual appliances or on semi-automatic or automatic machines or battery strapping tools, which enables you to work at high speed. Strapping bands can be connected by metal or plastic fasteners or by ultrasound or heat welding. One of the advantages of the plastic PP strapping band is its low weight, adaptation to the form of the package, resistance against moisture, and most of the common chemical substances. The plastic PP strap does not corrode. Cart Dispenser for PP/PET strap - Industrial Strapping Cart for polypropylene (PP) and polyester (PET) High-quality Cart Dispenser for PP/PET, with wheels, very stable size: 65×48×110cm, the inner diameter 400mm PET/PP strap.    ]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/battery-strapping-set-mb620-12-16mm-pp/?attribute_select-width=12+x+0%2C8mm%2F2000m</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-sets-MB620-12-16mm-PP-strap-dispenser-price.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2145 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>120053</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>2254</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>49.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>120050</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Battery Strapping kit | MB620 12-16mm – Battery & Charger – PET strap 12mm or 15.5mm – PET/PP dispenser cart — select-width: 15,5 × 0,7mm/1750m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Battery Strapping kit | MB620 12-16mm (1/2″- 5/8″) – Battery & Charger – PP strap 12mm or 16mm – dispenser cart We prepared battery strapping set which includes battery strapping tool MB620 12-16mm with battery and charger + PET strap of your choice and dispenser cart for PP/PET band. To see the price of the battery strapping kit please select the width of the strap above. In this plastic banding kit  you get: Battery Strapping Tool MB620 12-16mm (1/2″- 5/8″) for PET/PP Strap Lithium battery and a charger PET strap 12 mm or 15,5mm Dispenser cart for PP or PET strap   MB620 battery hand tool 12-16mm (1/2″ to 5/8″) + Battery & Charger + PET strap 16mm + dispenser The MB620 battery hand tool 12-16mm (1/2″ to 5/8″) gives every one of the advantages of a solid battery strapping device and is even faster, simple to use and more effective than ever. The device is intended to convey minimal effort of ownership, consistency and unwavering quality, MB620 battery hand tool 12-16mm (1/2″ to 5/8″)  highlights 'Hypercharge Technology' empowering the battery to be charged whenever, with only a 15 minute charge reestablishing 75-80% of the battery's aggregate power. Furthermore, MB620 battery hand tool 12-16mm (1/2″ to 5/8″)  keeps up strap tension levels, to the last cycle. Specifications of MB620 battery hand tool 12-16mm (1/2″ to 5/8″) Usage: Messersi MB620 battery hand tool 12-16mm (1/2″ to 5/8″) battery strapping tool for PET and PP strap w/ Battery & Charger Size of the strapping tool: 330x150x130 mm Weight: 3.4 Kg (inc. battery) Features: Fully-automatic battery strapping machine. Safe and friendly to operate. Reliable and affordable. Can be used in a vertical or horizontal position. Fast charging Easy to use and lightweight (3.7 kg including battery). Can be used with PP or PET strapping. Eliminates the use of metal seals Strap width: from 12-16mm (1/2″ to 5/8″) Strap thickness: 0.65 – 1.0 mm Appy straps: PET and PP strap Seal: high-grade friction weld seal, vibration welding (heating by friction) Maximum tension force: Max Tension: from 10N – 2500N (9-900lbs) Battery: Battery 14,8 V /2,0 A Li-Po complies with UN28.3 requirements Charger: 220V Charging time: 15-30 minutes – up to 400 strappings MB620 battery hand tool 12-16mm (1/2″ to 5/8″) is an all-around device with low 3.4kg weight and has a variable tension speed. It is safe to say the tool is usable for most common PP straps (12 – 16 mm). The device is competitively priced meaning that it is a pocket-friendly product. Furthermore, this battery hand tool proves its uniqueness by its unlimited adaptability, one-hand operation, and the simple insertion of the PET strap. The device has a year warranty. PET polyester strap 12mm or 15.5mm - 1 unit Strapping PET polyester bands enable quick and easy strapping on manual appliances or battery strapping tools, which enables you to work at high speed. PET strap is environmentally friendly, suitable for all fully automatic strapping machines and hand tools. Advantages of PET polyester strap: easy handling lower coil weight comfortable coil changing procedure thanks to 1-2 Strap technology eco-friendliness made of recycled raw material and 100% recyclable greater transport efficiency (less CO2) thanks to more meters per coil and pallet less waste per meter of strapping cost-efficient lower disposal costs due to the lower amount of waste optimized utilization of cargo and storage space thanks to the optimized length of strapping per coil Cart Dispenser for PP/PET strap - Industrial Strapping Cart for polypropylene (PP) and polyester (PET) High-quality Cart Dispenser for PP/PET, with wheels, very stable size: 65×48×110cm, inner diameter 400mm PET/PP strap.]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/battery-strapping-kit-mb620-12-16mm-pet/?attribute_select-width=15%2C5+%C3%97+0%2C7mm%2F1750m</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-sets-MB620-12-16mm-PET-PP-strap-dispenser.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2155 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>120050</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>2253</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>49.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>120051</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Battery Strapping kit | MB620 12-16mm – Battery & Charger – PET strap 12mm or 15.5mm – PET/PP dispenser cart — select-width: 12 × 0,6mm/2000m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Battery Strapping kit | MB620 12-16mm (1/2″- 5/8″) – Battery & Charger – PP strap 12mm or 16mm – dispenser cart We prepared battery strapping set which includes battery strapping tool MB620 12-16mm with battery and charger + PET strap of your choice and dispenser cart for PP/PET band. To see the price of the battery strapping kit please select the width of the strap above. In this plastic banding kit  you get: Battery Strapping Tool MB620 12-16mm (1/2″- 5/8″) for PET/PP Strap Lithium battery and a charger PET strap 12 mm or 15,5mm Dispenser cart for PP or PET strap   MB620 battery hand tool 12-16mm (1/2″ to 5/8″) + Battery & Charger + PET strap 16mm + dispenser The MB620 battery hand tool 12-16mm (1/2″ to 5/8″) gives every one of the advantages of a solid battery strapping device and is even faster, simple to use and more effective than ever. The device is intended to convey minimal effort of ownership, consistency and unwavering quality, MB620 battery hand tool 12-16mm (1/2″ to 5/8″)  highlights 'Hypercharge Technology' empowering the battery to be charged whenever, with only a 15 minute charge reestablishing 75-80% of the battery's aggregate power. Furthermore, MB620 battery hand tool 12-16mm (1/2″ to 5/8″)  keeps up strap tension levels, to the last cycle. Specifications of MB620 battery hand tool 12-16mm (1/2″ to 5/8″) Usage: Messersi MB620 battery hand tool 12-16mm (1/2″ to 5/8″) battery strapping tool for PET and PP strap w/ Battery & Charger Size of the strapping tool: 330x150x130 mm Weight: 3.4 Kg (inc. battery) Features: Fully-automatic battery strapping machine. Safe and friendly to operate. Reliable and affordable. Can be used in a vertical or horizontal position. Fast charging Easy to use and lightweight (3.7 kg including battery). Can be used with PP or PET strapping. Eliminates the use of metal seals Strap width: from 12-16mm (1/2″ to 5/8″) Strap thickness: 0.65 – 1.0 mm Appy straps: PET and PP strap Seal: high-grade friction weld seal, vibration welding (heating by friction) Maximum tension force: Max Tension: from 10N – 2500N (9-900lbs) Battery: Battery 14,8 V /2,0 A Li-Po complies with UN28.3 requirements Charger: 220V Charging time: 15-30 minutes – up to 400 strappings MB620 battery hand tool 12-16mm (1/2″ to 5/8″) is an all-around device with low 3.4kg weight and has a variable tension speed. It is safe to say the tool is usable for most common PP straps (12 – 16 mm). The device is competitively priced meaning that it is a pocket-friendly product. Furthermore, this battery hand tool proves its uniqueness by its unlimited adaptability, one-hand operation, and the simple insertion of the PET strap. The device has a year warranty. PET polyester strap 12mm or 15.5mm - 1 unit Strapping PET polyester bands enable quick and easy strapping on manual appliances or battery strapping tools, which enables you to work at high speed. PET strap is environmentally friendly, suitable for all fully automatic strapping machines and hand tools. Advantages of PET polyester strap: easy handling lower coil weight comfortable coil changing procedure thanks to 1-2 Strap technology eco-friendliness made of recycled raw material and 100% recyclable greater transport efficiency (less CO2) thanks to more meters per coil and pallet less waste per meter of strapping cost-efficient lower disposal costs due to the lower amount of waste optimized utilization of cargo and storage space thanks to the optimized length of strapping per coil Cart Dispenser for PP/PET strap - Industrial Strapping Cart for polypropylene (PP) and polyester (PET) High-quality Cart Dispenser for PP/PET, with wheels, very stable size: 65×48×110cm, inner diameter 400mm PET/PP strap.]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/battery-strapping-kit-mb620-12-16mm-pet/?attribute_select-width=12+%C3%97+0%2C6mm%2F2000m</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-sets-MB620-12-16mm-PET-PP-strap-dispenser.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2145 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>120051</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>2253</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>49.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>120031</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Battery Strapping Set | TES 12-16mm - 2 Batteries & Charger - PET strap 12mm - dispenser cart]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Battery Strapping kit with battery strapping tool TES 12mm - 16mm, 2 Batteries & Charger,  PET strap 12mm and dispenser cart We prepared a battery strapping set which includes battery strapping tool TES 12-16mm with two batteries and charger + PET strap of your choice and dispenser cart for PET band. In this plastic banding kit  you get: Battery Strapping Tool TES 12-16mm for PET/PP Strap 2 units of Lithium battery and a charger PET strap 12 mm Dispenser cart for PP or PET strap   TES battery strapping tool 12-16mm for PET and PP strap w/ 2 Batteries & Charger Battery banding strapping tool TES can be used for PET straps 12mm wide. Battery strapping tool TES 12 (1/2″) is widely used in the paper, aluminum, textile, steel, logistics, farm, chemical, metal industries. Battery strapping tool TES has a lightweight body and it is easy to use. The strapping tension is customizable and can be set up to 2800N (630 lbs).  The strapping tension is customizable and can be set up to 2800N (630 lbs).  Strap tension adjustment can be easily done by the simple turn of a dial. The appropriate tension ensures ideal load security. Complete with a 14.4V Li-ion battery with 90 minute recharging time. The battery lasts for up to 220 seals. Easy to operate, the single-handed operation allows for flexibility during use. The battery strapping tool is built to last and to withstand usage in factories or warehouses. The maneuverability and ease of operation with this battery strapping tool will allow you to use it for vertical and horizontal strapping. This battery banding tool is also designed to deliver a high-grade friction weld seal. Service in the European Union. 12M warranty.  Usage: Battery strapping tool TES 12mm is widely used in the paper, aluminum, textile, steel, logistics, farm, chemical, metal industries. Size of the strapping tool: 340 x 130 x 120 mm Weight: 3,16 kg Features: 1. Lightweight body and easy to use. 2. Without fasteners, using friction hot melt, the interface is beautiful and strong. 3. High degree of automation, simple operation and easy to understand. 4. Easy to move, for a variety of venues, the various size of the package can be applied. 5. The body and components are made of high-strength alloy materials and engineering plastics, which is durable in use. 6. High safety performance. Strap width: from 12 mm (1/2”) Strap thickness: 0.7 Appy straps: PET Seal: high-grade friction weld seal Maximum tension force: 2800N Battery: Two batteries per set ( lithium battery 4.0Aih 12VCD ) Charger: 100V -245 CAC-50-60HZ DC12.6V=4.0A Charging time: 90 minutes – 150 and 220 seals PET polyester strap 12mm - 1 unit Strapping PET polyester bands enable quick and easy strapping on manual appliances or battery strapping tools, which enables you to work at high speed. PET strap is environmentally friendly, suitable for all fully automatic strapping machines and hand tools. Advantages of PET polyester strap: easy handling lower coil weight eco-friendliness made of recycled raw material and 100% recyclable greater transport efficiency (less CO2) thanks to more meters per coil and pallet less waste per meter of strapping cost-efficient lower disposal costs due to the lower amount of waste optimized utilization of cargo and storage space thanks to the optimized length of strapping per coil Cart Dispenser for PP/PET strap - Industrial Strapping Cart for polypropylene (PP) and polyester (PET) High-quality Cart Dispenser for PP/PET, with wheels, very stable with a total weight around 28kg, size: 65×48×110cm, inner diameter 400mm PET/PP strap.]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/battery-strapping-set-tes-12-16mm-pet-16mm/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-sets-TES-12-16mm-PET-strap-dispenser.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1195 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>120031</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>49.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2473,2652,532,2552</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2473</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Stroppingsverktøy &gt; Batteridrevne stroppesett</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>110040</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[TES 12-16mm (1/2"-5/8") battery strapping tool for PET strap incl. 2 Batteries & Charger]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[TES 12-16mm (1/2"-5/8") battery strapping tool for PET strap incl. 2 Batteries & Charger The battery banding strapping tool TES can be used for PET straps which are 12-16 mm wide. The battery strapping tool is an affordable, lightweight and powerful tool to have around. This banding strapping machine is designed to be used with one hand and it is one of the lightest in this category of battery banding tools. The bander is highly customizable and can fit 12-16mm or 1/2″ to 5/8″ wide polyester (PET) strapping. The strapping tension is customizable and can be set to up to 2800 N (630 lbs). This battery strapping tool comes with 2 batteries and a charger so you are able to get your bundling process started as soon as the package arrives. The additional 12-volt battery allows for continuous working when one is charging, resulting in zero downtime. The maneuverability and ease of operation with this battery strapping tool will allow you to use it for vertical and horizontal strapping. This battery banding tool is also designed to deliver a high-grade friction weld seal. It has a 12-month warranty and service is available only in the European Union.   What is the price of battery strapping tool? Battery strapping tool TES 12-16mmis one of the cheapest battery strapping tools out there. However, the price does not reflect on the quality. Despite it being affordable, the banding tool is made out of high-quality hard plastic and it has implemented the latest welding technology. The tension force can be adjustable and with the banding tool, you receive two batteries.   Where to use battery strapping tool? The battery banding strapping tool TES 12-16mm is a very affordable tool, its value is easily reflected when it is introduced into the packaging processes of any industry. It eases into the workflow and helps double, even sometimes triple the efficiency of its users. With the battery trapping tool, wires are eliminated from the workflow. This reduces any occurrence of accidents in the factory or warehouse. There is no need for worry of tripping over wires and the need for cable management. The battery banding strapping tool TES 12-16mm uses a battery as the name implies comes with two batteries as stated earlier. This allows a seamless workflow. There is no need for stopping the workflow to charge the battery, while one of the batteries are being used the other can be charged simultaneously. This battery banding strapping tool TES 12-16mm has been built to be very rugged to withstand falls, scratches, and every heavy-duty handling and use it might encounter during its use. Battery strapping tool TES 12-16mm (1/2″ to 5/8″) is widely used in the paper, aluminum, textile, steel, logistics, farm, chemical, metal industries. Battery strapping tool TES has a lightweight body and it is easy to use. The strapping machine doesn’t use fasteners but instead, it uses a friction hot weld. The strapping device is beautiful and strong. With the battery strapping tool, you will be able to automate operations and speed up packing activities. The banding strapping machine TES has a high degree of automation, simple operation and it is easy to understand. The body of battery strapping machine is made of high-strength alloy materials and engineering plastics, which is durable in use. The strapping machine is easy to move and can be used on the various sizes of packages.   Specification of battery banding tool TES 12-16mm: Usage: Battery strapping tool TES 12-16mm is widely used in the paper, aluminum, textile, steel, logistics, farm, chemical, metal industries. Size of the strapping tool: 340 x 130 x 120 mm Weight: 3,16 kg Features: 1. Lightweight body and easy to use. 2. Without fasteners, using friction hot melt, the interface is beautiful and strong. 3. High degree of automation, simple operation and easy to understand. 4. Easy to move, for a variety of venues, the various size of the package can be applied. 5. The body and components are made of high-strength alloy materials and engineering plastics, which is durable in use. 6. High safety performance. Strap width: from 12 to 16 mm (1/2” – 5/8”) Strap thickness: 0.7 Appy straps: PET Seal: high-grade friction weld seal Maximum tension force: 2800N Battery: Two batteries per set ( lithium battery 4.0Aih 12VCD ) Charger: 100V -245 CAC-50-60HZ DC12.6V=4.0A Charging time: 90 minutes – 150 and 220 seals   How does the battery banding tool work? The Ergonomic and rugged design of this friction weld, battery powered, hand strapping tool helps provide maximum operator comfort during use. It is easy to operate and its single-handed operation allows for flexibility during use. A single thumb pressing operates the tool, with tensioning and sealing at the touch of the button. Put the PET strap with the stipulated width around the package then overlap the straps with the lead end on the bottom and hold the strap in your left hand, after making sure the strap is clean and oil-free, squeeze the ...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/tes-12-16mm-battery-strapping-tool/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-tool-TES-12-16mm-PET-PP-price-sale.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-banding-tool-TES-12-16mm-PET-PP-cheap-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-tool-TES-12-16mm-PET-PP-price-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1400 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>995 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>110040</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>3.9 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>531,2473,2652,2552</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>531</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Batteridrevet Strekkapparat</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Stroppingsverktøy &gt; Batteridrevet Strekkapparat</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>660010</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Dispenser cart for PET/PP strap - 405/406mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[High-quality strapping dispenser cart for PET/PP strap with inner diameter 405/406mm High-quality PET/PP strap dispenser cart: 405/406 is your ultimate solution for effortless and reliable strapping! Designed to simplify your strapping process, this cutting-edge dispenser cart offers unparalleled convenience and quality for all your packaging needs. It's high-quality PET/PP strap compatibility and durable construction make it the perfect companion for carrying PET/PP straps, seals, and a manual or battery strapping tool. Say goodbye to time-consuming and cumbersome strapping methods and say hello to streamlined efficiency with the High-quality PET/PP Strap Dispenser Cart - 405/406.   Dispenser cart specs: Card dispenser dimensions: 550*400*1050 mm Toolbox dimensions: 370*200*100 mm Weight of a card dispenser for strapping: 17 kg Inner diameter: 400 mm Loaded weight: up to 50 kg Suitable for plastic strap: PP/PET (with inner diameter 405/406mm) With wheels Suitable for PET and PP straps with 405mm, and 406mm reels. High-quality materials, with wheels. Size: 550*400*1050 mm. Inner diameter 400mm.   Features of high-quality PET/PP strap dispenser cart: Strong Construction: Built to last with high-quality steel, ensuring long-lasting performance. Easy-to-Use: Designed for hassle-free operation, it makes strapping tasks quick and efficient. Compatibility: compatible with PET (polyester) and PP (polypropylene) straps Mobility: Equipped with sturdy wheels for easy maneuverability, this desk enables smooth movement around your workspace. Ergonomic Design: Designed with user comfort in mind, featuring an ergonomic handle and a comfortable grip for ease of use. Strap Storage: It has a built-in strap storage compartment for organized and convenient strap management. Time-saving: It helps streamline the strapping process, saving time and effort for increased productivity.   Specifications of high-quality PET/PP strap dispenser cart: Material: high-quality materials for durability Strap Compatibility: PET (Polyester) and PP (Polypropylene) straps Dispenser Type: Manual, hand-held dispenser Wheels: sturdy wheels for mobility Handle: ergonomic handle for comfortable use Strap Storage: Built-in strap storage compartment Dimensions: 550 x 400 x 1050 mm   Card dispenser parameters: Dispenser cart Dimension 550 x 400 x 1050 mm Tool Box Size 370 x 200 x 100 mm Weight 17kg Suitable Inner Diameter 400mm Loaded Weight 50kg Suitable Strapping PP/Composite (ID 200mm), PET (ID 400mm) Name High-quality PET strap dispenser cart - 405/406 Type of Strap PET - polyethylene, PP - polypropylene Strap Width Range 10-19mm Apply Range The inner diameter 405/406mm PET/PP strap   Benefits PET/PP strap dispenser trolley: Improved Efficiency: The high-quality PET/PP strap dispenser cart (405/406) streamlines the strapping process, making it quick and easy to secure loads. Its convenient brake system allows for precise dispensing control, helping to save time and effort while ensuring consistent and reliable strapping results. Versatility: This dispenser cart is compatible with both PET (polyester) and PP (polypropylene) straps, offering flexibility in choosing the right type of strap for your specific packaging needs. This versatility allows you to adapt to different packaging requirements, making it a versatile tool for a wide range of applications. Enhanced Durability: Built to last with high-quality materials, the High-quality PET/PP Strap Dispenser Cart (405/406) is designed for long-lasting performance, providing durability and reliability in demanding packaging environments. Its sturdy construction ensures it can withstand the rigors of regular use, reducing the need for frequent replacements. User-Friendly Design: It has an ergonomic handle and a comfortable grip. Increased Mobility: Equipped with sturdy wheels, the strap dispenser cart for plastic straps with reel 405/406 mm offers excellent mobility, allowing you to easily move around your workspace and efficiently strap loads in different areas. This mobility enhances productivity by reducing the time and effort required to transport the cart to different locations. Organized Strap Management: The built-in strap storage compartment of the dispenser cart helps keep your strapping materials organized and easily accessible, reducing clutter and improving overall efficiency in the strapping process. This feature ensures that you have a tidy and well-organized workspace, which can contribute to a more efficient packaging workflow. Cost-effective: By providing efficient and reliable strapping results, the High-quality PET/PP Strap Dispenser Cart - 405/406 can help reduce the risk of damaged shipments, minimizing costly product returns or replacements. In addition, its strong and durable construction reduces the need for frequent replacements, resulting in cost savings over the long term.   Use Cases of strap dispenser trolley for plastic straps: Packaging and Shipping: The High-quality PET...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/dispenser-cart-pet-pp-strapping/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/dispenser-cart.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/dispenser-cart-pet-pp-strapping.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/dispenser-cart-pet-pp.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/dispenser-cart-toolbox.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/dispenser-cart-pet-pp-strap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/dispenser-cart-wheels.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/dispenser-cart-with-wheels.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/dispenser-cart-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>189 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>149 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>660010</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>31.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>860,2473,2652,2552,823</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>860</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Banding carts - strapping carts</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Stroppingsverktøy &gt; Banding carts - strapping carts</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>140010</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Manual strapping tool PPST-13/16 for PP strap 12/13mm and 15/16mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Manual strapping tool PPST-13-16 Manual 3 in 1 strapping tool PPST - 13-16 is one of the best high-quality manual strapping tools for PP strapping.  The structure is simple and the durability of the manual strapping tool is high. The replacement parts are simple and convenient to change if needed.  The hand-packing tool is extremely lightweight, it weights only 2,75kg and it's 3 in 1 tool. That means the hand strapping tool tensioning strap, deformation buckle and cut the strap. Strapping tool PPST - 13-16 is a combined universal strapping tool for packing boxes and products. This economical strapping tool tightening and join PP strap with metal buckles widths 12/13 mm or 15/16mm. Product parameters: Function devices  Tensioning strap + deformation buckle, cut the strap Type of strap PP - polypropylene Strap width 12-13 mm, 15-16mm Type of buckle metal - 12-13 mm or 15-16mm Weight 2,75 kg]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/manual-strapping-tool-ppst-13/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/PP-manual-strapping-tool-price.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/PP-manual-strapping-tool.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/PP-manual-strapping-tool-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/PP-manual-strapping-tool-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>150 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>119 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>140010</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>3.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>533,2473,2652,2552,823</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>533</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Manuelle stroppeverktøy</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Stroppingsverktøy &gt; Manuelle stroppeverktøy</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>210060</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[HIPO Semi-automatic Strapping Machine 5-15mm (3/16" to 9/16") Banding Machine for plastic PP strap]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[HIPO semi-automatic strapping machine 5-15mm (3/16" to 9/16") banding machine for plastic PP strap The High-quality semi-automatic strapping machine 5-15mm (3/16″ to 9/16″) HIPO is one of the best stable and reliable semi-automatic machines out there. This semi-automatic strapping machine is developed by using top-grade material and advanced techniques in compliance with international quality standards. The semi-automatic banding machine can be used with polypropylene (PP) straps with a width of 5-15mm (3/16″ to 9/16″). The length, width and height of the package shouldn't be less than 120mm. Semi-automatic Strapping Machine is easy to manipulate. The strapping tension can be adjusted from 30 to 450N. In the package with the machine are all the necessary accessories so you are able to get your bundling process started as soon as the package arrives. Semi-automatic Strapping Machine can be used in all sorts of industries or warehouses and will speed up your work thus making your employees more productive. The semi-automatic machine uses the latest strapping technology and it is designed to deliver a high-grade friction weld seal. Features of the semi-automatic strapping machine for PP strap: Reliable PCB and control components. Minimal product dimensions: the length, width, and height of the package shouldn't be less than 120mm. Mechanical tension control. Motor shut off for energy saving. Easy to operate, less maintenance. Hinged table top. Usage of the semi-automatic strapping machine HIPO semi-automatic strapping machine 5-15mm (3/16″ to 9/16″) is widely used in all sorts of industries and warehouses. The semi-automatic strapping machine is ideal for speeding up the packing process. It is easy to use and to adjust. With the semi-automatic PP strapping machine, you can tension, seal and cut the plastic PP strap. Packing speed is less them 3 seconds per strap. Tension range is between 3-45kg. The hot-adhering position is at the bottom of the semi-automatic packing machine. Working table is high 730mm. The semi-automatic packing machine is used for PP straps with the width of 5-15mm and thickness of 0.5-0.8mm. Applicable strip spool is 210mm x 178mm. The machine is durable, all of its body and components are made of high strength alloy materials, large tightening force, special structure design, easy steel, aluminum, heavy-duty packing, tightening and packaging. It is widely used for paper, aluminum, wood, wooden packaging, chemical fiber, cotton, tobacco, chemicals, foodstuff and daily merchandise, and metal products industries. Specifications of semi-automatic packing machine: Usage: HIPO semi-automatic strapping machine 5-15mm (3/16" to 9/16") banding machine for plastic PP strap Size of the strapping machine (mm): L840 W550 H730 Weight: 60 Kg Power supply 220V/50/60Hz 1PH 0.25Kw Minimal product dimensions: Length, Width, and Height must be bigger than 120mm Strap width: from 5-15mm (3/16" to 9/16") Strap thickness: 0.5 - 0.8 mm Appy straps: PP strap Seal: high-grade friction weld seal, vibration welding (heating by friction) Maximum tension force: Max Tension: 3-45 Kg Applicable Strap Spool 210mm*178mm   How to use semi-automatic strapping machine HIPO: Power switch: Turn ON to start the machine, and OFF to stop the machine. Power indicator light (POWER): Turn on the power switch, the light is on. Length adjustment for strap feeding (TIMER): Every one scale is about 500mm.For any adjustment that is required turn it in the clockwise direction. The length of the strap will then become longer. Strap tension button (TENSION): Choose the tension degree of a strap according to the size of the package. Manual feeding/Reset button (FEED/HOME): Press the FEED button to help feed the straps. The longer you press, the longer the strap will be. If the machine is not at the home position, press the HOME button so that the machine will return to its home position. Cooling time adjustment (COOL TIME): Depending on the strap and the different tensile strength, adjust the cooling time, for better adhesion effects. Safety door switch: If the top cover is opened, the machine will stop running automatically. (Please turn off the main power switch before opening top cover.) Pull straps out from the strap reel and check whether the strap head is down (if not, then you need to change the side of strap reel), thread straps out from the bottom of pulley A and from the top of pulley B. Then thread the strap through wheel C and thread it upwards to the strap slot D which is on the bottom board, then thread it upwards along the guide roll to the distance between rollers. Press the FEED button, then the straps will dispense automatically. We offer fast cheap international shipping inside the European Union.   Semi-automatic strapping machine HIPO video ﻿]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/semi-automatic-strapping-machine-5-15mm/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/batterystrapping.com-semi-automatic-strapping-machine-HIPO-5-15mm-PP.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>699 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>210060</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>70.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2473,2552,530</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2473</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Pakking maskiner &gt; Stroppemaskiner</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>130010</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[AIR19 Pneumatic Strapping Tool 13-19mm (1/2" to 3/4") Banding Tool for plastic PET and PP strap]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[AIR19 pneumatic strapping tool 13-19mm (1/2" to 3/4") pneumatic banding tool for PET and PP strap High-quality pneumatic strapping machine for PET and PP strap AIR19 is one of the best and lightest pneumatic tools out there. This pneumatic strapping machine is developed by using top grade material and advanced techniques in compliance with international quality standards. Pneumatic banding machine can be used with polyester (PET) or polypropylene (PP) straps wide 13-19mm (1/2″ to 3/4″).  The pneumatic hand banding tool can be used with one hand and it is easy to manipulate. The strapping tension is adjusted from 3500N (786 lbs). In the package with the machine are all necessary accessories so you are able to get your bundling process started as soon as the package arrives. The pneumatic strapping tool can be used in all sorts of industries or warehouses. The hand strapping tool uses the latest strapping technology. This pneumatic banding tool is designed to deliver a high-grade friction weld seal. Service is in Europe and the pneumatic tool has 12 months warranty.  Features of pneumatic strapping tool for plastic PET and PP strap: Pneumatic machine: it operates with air, and is very affordable, seals via friction, doing away with the need for metal seals, the seal is extremely strong, secure and aesthetically pleasing, high tensile strength. Ideal for merchandise such as steel or other very heavy loads, manufactured with the most advanced technology and very durable materials for a long-lasting product.   Usage of pneumatic strapping tool AIR19 pneumatic strapping tool 13-19mm (1/2″ to 3/4″) is widely used in all sorts of industries and warehouses. Pneumatic strapping is one of the easiest and safest way to strap the pallet.  It is easy to use and to adjust. It is perfectly balanced and can perform both vertical and horizontal strapping. The handheld strapping machine can be used for plastic PET and PP straps. With the pneumatic hand machine, you can tension, seal and cut the plastic strap. Pneumatic strapping tool air Pressure: 0.5-0.8Mpa. Max Strap Tension: 3500N. Strapping width is 13-19mm (1/2″ to 3/4″) and strapping thickness is 0.5 – 1.2 mm (0.0196″-0.06″). Welding time is adjusted and it ranges between 2-5 seconds. Portable design lightweight weight and easy to handle. Driven by the air motor with low noise and economical. Sealing, tensioning and cutting pneumatically for one time. The machine is durable, all of the body and components are made of high strength alloy materials, large tightening force, the special structure design, easy steel, aluminum, heavy-duty packaging. It is widely used for paper, aluminum, wood, wooden packaging, chemical fiber, cotton, tobacco, chemicals, foodstuff and daily merchandise, metal products industries.   Specifications of pneumatic strapping tool: Usage: AIR19 pneumatic strapping tool 13-19mm (1/2" to 3/4") battery strapping tool for PET and PP strap w/ Battery & Charger Size of the strapping tool: 280x160x180 mm (11'' x 6.3'' x 7'') Weight: 3.82 Kg Features: High-power pneumatic design, lightweight body and easy to use. Without fasteners, using friction hot melt, the interface is beautiful and strong. High degree of automation, taut and strong welding shell controllability. Large tightening force and special structure design to achieve tightening and packaging easily. Such as the materials of steel, aluminum ingots, heavy packaging. The tool is durable, adopting high-strength alloy materials for the body and components, high-reliability design, and advanced manufacturing technology. Patented design,safe for use, fatigue-free design. Strap width: from 13-19mm (1/2" to 3/4") Strap thickness: 0.5 - 1.2 mm Appy straps: PET and PP strap Seal: high-grade friction weld seal, vibration welding (heating by friction) Maximum tension force: Max Tension: 3500N (786lbs) Air pressure 0.5-0.8 MPa   How to use the pneumatic strapping tool: Place the strap around the product to be strapped and match the two edges. The operator will then insert the edges between the base and the tensioning roller of the tensioning device. The pneumatic banding tool is designed for tension, seal and cut the plastic PP and PET strap. The ergonomic and rugged design of this friction weld pneumatic hand strapping tool helps maximum operator comfort. It is equipped with a special tool ensuring an easy removal after the strap is cut. Unique rear-end roller design conceived to prevent scratches or worn out damages on strapping objects. Thanks to the self-adjustable strap it is very easy to substitute guides and wearing parts. A single thumb pressing operates the tool, with tensioning sealing and cutting done at the touch of the start button. Adjustable sealing time allows individual setting for different strap types and quality to guarantee the high efficiency. Strap tension adjustment can be easily done by the simple turn of a dial. The appropriate tension ensures ideal load security. Check the video ...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/air19-pneumatic-strapping-tool-13-19/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/batterystrapping.com-pneumatic-strapping-tool-AIR19-13-19mm-PET-PP.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-pneumatic-strapping-tool-AIR19-13-19mm-PET-PP-cheap-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-pneumatic-strapping-tool-AIR19-13-19mm-PET-PP-new-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-pneumatic-strapping-tool-AIR19-13-19mm-PET-PP-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>out of stock</g:availability><g:price>469 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>130010</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>5.0 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2473,2652,2552,859,823</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2473</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Stroppingsverktøy &gt; Pneumatic Banding Tools</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>110100</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Messersi MB620 Battery Hand Tool 12-16mm (1/2"-5/8")  Battery Strapping Tool PET/PP strap incl. Battery & Charger]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Messersi MB620 Battery Hand Tool 12-16mm (1/2″-5/8″) Battery Strapping Tool PET/PP strap incl. Battery & Charger The battery strapping hand tool Messersi MB620 can be used for polyester (PET) or polypropylene (PP) straps wide 12-16mm (1/2″ to 5/8″).  The battery hand tool can be used with one hand and it is easy to manipulate. The strapping tension is adjustable from 10N to 2500N (2-560 lbs). The MB620 battery banding PP/PET tool comes with a battery and a charger so you are able to get your bundling process started as soon as the package arrives. The modern battery strapping tool MB620 hand tool can be used in all sorts of industries and is suitable for processing PP plastic straps and PET plastic straps. The hand strapping tool uses the latest strapping technology. Brushless single motor design provides an extremely long service life. New strap grippers contribute to high tension ability and strap quality tolerance. Single hand operation performs automatic tensioning, friction welding, and cutting efficiency. The hand battery tool has a pre-programmed touch panel with a digital signal to suit different operation needs instinctively. A special tool retreating device ensures smooth and easy removal of the tool.  Unique rear-end roller design prevents scratches or worn-out damages on strapping objects. This battery banding tool is also designed to deliver a high-grade friction weld seal. The user can self-adjust the strap width and it is equipped with a self-charging wearing part. It is serviced in Europe and has a 12-month warranty.    SMART & EASY - battery strapping tool The battery strapping tool Messersi 12-16mm (1/2″ to 5/8″) is widely used in all sorts of industries and warehouses. Battery strapping is one of the easiest and safest way to strap the pallet.  It is easy to use and to adjust. It is perfectly balanced and can perform both vertical and horizontal strapping. The brushless motor is powered by the latest Li-Ion battery. With this battery strapping tool, you will be able to automate operations and speed up packing activities. The size of the battery banding tool is 330 x 150 x 130 mm (L x W x H) and it weighs 3.4kg with the battery. The battery banding machine for plastic straps is automatic, ergonomic and can be used in a vertical and horizontal positions. It is designed for straps with the width of 12-16mm (1/2″ to 5/8″) and 0.65 – 1.0 mm (0.026″ -0.04″) thick. The battery (14.8 V /2.0 A Li-Po with UN 38.3 safety requirements) and charger are included in the package with MB620 PET/PP battery strapping tool. When fully charged, the Li-Ion battery can support up to max 400 cycles depending on the strap’s set tension & sealing time. The Li-Ion battery life is up to 2000 charges when proper charging and discharging habits are maintained. The sealing time adjustment is from 0.3 – 2.7 seconds.   Specifications of battery strapping tool: Usage: Messersi MB620 battery hand tool 12-16mm (1/2" to 5/8") battery strapping tool for PET and PP strap w/ Battery & Charger Size of the strapping tool: 330x150x130 mm Weight: 3.4 Kg (inc. battery) Features: Fully-automatic battery strapping machine. Safe and friendly to operate. Reliable and affordable. Can be used in a vertical or horizontal position. Fast charging Easy to use and lightweight (3.7 kg including battery). Can be used with PP or PET strapping. Eliminates the use of metal seals Strap width: from 12-16mm (1/2" to 5/8") Strap thickness: 0.65 - 1.0 mm Appy straps: PET and PP strap Seal: high-grade friction weld seal, vibration welding (heating by friction) Maximum tension force: Max Tension: from 10N - 2500N (9-900lbs) Battery: Battery 14,8 V /2,0 A Li-Po complies with UN28.3 requirements Charger: 220V Charging time: 15-30 minutes - up to 400 strappings   How to use battery strapping tool: Place the strap around the product to be strapped and match the two edges. The operator will then insert the edges between the base and the tensioning roller of the tensioning device. Depending on how you set the strapping tool you can choose among automatic, semi-automatic or “soft” modes for fragile products. In the semi-automatic version, the operator must press the button to tighten the strap until you reach the desired tension. Fully automatic clamping, welding and cutting with just one button. A light and a beep signals indicate that the operator can extract the strapping tool. The ergonomic and rugged design of this friction weld battery powered hand strapping tool helps maximum operator comfort. Equipped with a special tool that ensures an easy charge removal, and also, its unique rear-end roller design conceived to prevent scratches or worn out damages on strapping objects. Thanks to the self-adjustable strap, it is very easy to substitute the guides and wearing parts. A single thumb pressing operates the tool, with tensioning sealing and cutting done at the touch of the start button. Adjustable sealing time allows individual setting for different strap...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/messersi-mb620-battery-hand-tool-16-19mm-5-8-to-3-4-banding-tool-pet-pp-strap/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-tool-MB620-12-16mm-PET-PP-new-price.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-tool-MB620-12-16mm-PET-PP-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-tool-MB620-12-16mm-PET-PP-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-tool-MB620-12-16mm-PET-PP-price-new-high-quality.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2160 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1920 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>messersi</g:brand><g:mpn>110100</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>3.4 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>531,2473,2652,2552</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>531</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Batteridrevet Strekkapparat</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Stroppingsverktøy &gt; Batteridrevet Strekkapparat</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>110110</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[MB820 Battery Hand Tool 16-19mm (5/8" to 3/4") Battery Strapping Tool PET/PP strap incl. Battery & Charger]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[MB820 battery strapping hand tool 16-19mm (5/8" to 3/4") battery banding tool for PET and PP strap w/ Battery & Charger The battery strapping hand tool MB820 can be used for polyester (PET) or polypropylene (PP) straps with the of 16 to 19mm (5/8″ to 3/4″).  The battery hand tool can be used with one hand and it is easy to manipulate. The strapping tension is adjustable from 40 N to 4000 N (9-900 lbs). The MB820 battery banding PP/PET tool comes with a battery and a charger so you are able to get your bundling process started as soon as the package arrives.  The modern battery strapping tool MB820 hand tool can be used in all sorts of industries and is suitable for processing PP plastic straps and PET plastic straps. The hand strapping tool uses the latest strapping technology. Brushless single motor design provides an extremely long service life. New strap grippers contribute to high tension ability and strap quality tolerance. Its single hand operation performs automatic tensioning, friction welding, and efficient cutting. The hand battery tool has a pre-programmed touch panel with a digital signal to suit different operation needs instinctively. A special tool retreating device ensures smooth and easy removal of the tool.  Unique rear-end roller design prevents scratches or worn-out damages on strapping objects. This battery banding tool is also designed to deliver a high-grade friction weld seal. The user can self-adjust the strap width and it is equipped with a self-charging wearing part. It is serviced in Europe and has a 12-month warranty.   SMART & EASY – battery strapping tool The battery strapping tool MB820 16-19mm (5/8″ to 3/4″) is widely used in all sorts of industries and warehouses. It is one of the easiest and safest way to strap the pallet.  It is easy to use and to adjust. It is perfectly balanced, and it can perform both vertical and horizontal strapping. The brushless motor is powered by the latest Li-Ion battery. With this battery strapping tool, you will be able to automate operations and speed up packing activities. The size of the battery banding tool is 330 x 150 x 130 mm (L x W x H) and it weighs 3.4kg with the battery. Battery banding machine for plastic straps is automatic, ergonomic and can be used in a vertical and horizontal positions. It is designed for straps with the width of 16-19mm (5/8″ to 3/4″) and 0.7 – 1.27 mm (0.028″ – 0.05″) thick. The battery (14.8 V /2.0 A Li-Po with UN38.3 safety requirements) and charger are included in the package with MB820 PET/PP battery strapping tool. When fully charged, the Li-Ion battery can support up to max 400 cycles depending on the strap’s set tension & sealing time. The Li-Ion battery life is up to 2000 charges when proper charging and discharging habits are maintained.   Specifications of battery strapping tool: Usage: MB820 battery hand tool 16-19mm (5/8" to 3/4") battery strapping tool for PET and PP strap w/ Battery & Charger Size of the strapping tool: 330x150x130 mm Weight: 3.4 Kg (inc. battery) Features: Fully-automatic battery strapping machine. Safe and friendly to operate. Reliable and affordable. Can be used in a vertical or horizontal position. Fast charging Easy to use and lightweight (3.7 kg including battery). Can be used with PP or PET strapping. Eliminates the use of metal seals Strap width: from 16-19mm (5/8" to 3/4") Strap thickness: 0.7 - 1.27 mm Appy straps: PET and PP strap Seal: high-grade friction weld seal, vibration welding (heating by friction) Maximum tension force: Max Tension: from 40N - 4000N (9-900lbs) Battery: Battery 14,8 V /2,0 A Li-Po complies with UN28.3 requirements Charger: 220V Charging time: 15-30 minutes - up to 400 strappings   How to use battery strapping tool: Place the strap around the product to be strapped and match the two edges. The operator will then insert the edges between the base and the tensioning roller of the tensioning device. Depending on how you set the strapping tool you can choose among automatic, semi-automatic or “soft” modes for fragile products. In the semi-automatic version, the operator must press the button to tighten the strap until you reach the desired tension. Fully automatic” clamping, welding, and cutting with just one button. A light and beep signals indicate that the operator can extract the strapping tool. The ergonomic and rugged design of this friction weld battery-powered hand strapping tool helps maximum operator comfort. Equipped with a special tool that ensures an easy charge removal, and also, its unique rear-end roller design conceived to prevent scratches or worn out damages on strapping objects. Thanks to the self-adjustable strap, it is very easy to substitute the guides and wearing parts. A single thumb pressing operates the tool, with tensioning sealing and cutting done at the touch of the start button. Adjustable sealing time allows individual settings for different strap types and quality to guarantee high efficiency. Strap tension adjus...]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/mb820-battery-hand-tool-pet-pp/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-tool-MB820-16-19mm-PET-PP.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-tool-MB820-16-19mm-PET-PP-quality-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-tool-MB820-16-19mm-PET-PP-quality-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-tool-MB820-16-19mm-PET-PP-new-quality-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2180 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2095 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>messersi</g:brand><g:mpn>110110</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>3.4 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>531,2473,2652,2552</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>531</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Batteridrevet Strekkapparat</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Stroppingsverktøy &gt; Batteridrevet Strekkapparat</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>110070</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[GT ONE 10-16mm (3/8″-5/8″) Battery Strapping Tool for PET/PP strap w/ Battery & Charger]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[GT ONE 10-16mm (3/8″-5/8″) Battery Strapping Tool for PET/PP strap w/ Battery & Charger The battery banding strapping tool GT ONE is highly customizable and can fit 10-16mm or 3/8″ to 5/8″ wide polyester (PET) or polypropylene (PP) strapping. The battery strapping tool is affordable and is designed to be used with one hand. The strapping tension is customizable and can be set to up to 2750 N (620 lbs). This battery strapping tool comes with a battery and a charger so you are able to get your bundling process started as soon as the package arrives. The maneuverability and ease of operation possible with this battery strapping tool will allow you to use it for both vertical and horizontal strapping. This battery banding tool is also designed to deliver a high-grade friction weld seal. It is serviced in Europe and has a 12-month warranty.  The battery strapping tool GT-ONE 10-16mm (3/8″ to 5/8″) is widely used in all sorts of industries and warehouses. It is one of the easiest and safest ways to strap the pallet. GT ONE battery banding tool with adjustable functioning mode according to its required application. It can be automatic, semi-automatic, manual, or soft. The strapping cycle is performed by pushing a single button (in automatic or semi-automatic mode). It is easy to use and adjust. Also, it is perfectly balanced and relatively lightweight. The brushless motor is powered by the latest Li-Ion battery. With a battery strapping tool, you will be able to automate operations and speed up packing activities. The ergonomic and rugged design of this friction weld, battery-powered, hand strapping tool helps maximum operator comfort. It is easy to operate. Its single-handed operation allows for flexibility during use. A single thumb press operates the tool, with tensioning sealing and cutting done at the touch of the start button. An adjustable sealing time allows individual settings for different strap types and qualities to guarantee a higher efficiency. Strap tension adjustment can be easily done by the simple turn of a dial. The appropriate tension ensures ideal load security. Complete with a 14.4V Li-ion battery with a 90-minute recharging time, this battery can last for up to 400 seals. The battery strapping tool is built to last and to withstand usage in factories or warehouses. Specification of Battery Strapping Tool GT ONE 10-16mm Usage: Battery strapping tool GT ONE 10-16mm al sorts of industries and warehouses Size of the strapping tool: L320mm × D100mm × H160mm Weight: 3.7 Kg (inc. battery) Features: Single-button operation in automatic mode. Ergonomic – perfectly balanced in all directions. Quality Bosch Brushless Motor. Can be used in a vertical or horizontal position. Powered by latest generation lithium batteries. Easy to use and lightweight (3.7 kg including battery). Can be used with PP or PET strapping. Eliminates the use of metal seals Strap width: from 10-16mm (3/8″ to 5/8″) Strap thickness: 0.5 – 1.1 mm Appy straps: PET and PP strap Seal: high-grade friction weld seal, vibration welding (heating by friction) Maximum tension force: Max Tension: 2750N / Soft Mode: 500N Battery: Battery Akku Power SP2 14.4 Vdc – 3.0 Ah Li-Ion Charger: 220V Charging time: 30 minutes – 200/400 strapping How to use battery strapping tool GT-ONE? Place the strap around the product to be strapped and match the two edges. The operator will then insert the edges between the base and the tensioning roller of the tensioning device. Depending on how you set the strapping tool you can choose among automatic, semi-automatic or “soft” modes for fragile products. In the semi-automatic version, the operator must press the button to tighten the strap until you reach the desired tension. By pressing a single button, the tensioning device automatically performs the welding and cutting of the strap. A light and beep signals indicate that the operator can extract the strapping tool.   Video of GT ONE 10-16mm battery strapping tool  ]]></g:description><g:link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/produkt/gt-one-10-16mm-battery-banding-tool-pet-pp/</g:link><g:image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-tool-GT-ONE-10-16mm-PET-PP-price-new.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-tool-GT-ONE-10-16mm-PET-PP-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-tool-GT-ONE-10-16mm-PET-PP-charger.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://stroppemaskiner.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-battery-banding-tool-GT-ONE-10-16mm-PET-PP-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2200 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1939 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>siat-maillis</g:brand><g:mpn>110070</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>3.7 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>no</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>531,2473,2652,2552</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>531</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Batteridrevet Strekkapparat</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Stroppingsverktøy &gt; Batteridrevet Strekkapparat</g:product_type></item></channel></rss>
